what is the first taxable year that bradbury corp is not exempt from the alternative 625445

Bradbury Corp., a calendar-year corporation, was formed on January 2, 2004, and had gross receipts for its first four taxable years as follows:

Year

Gross receipts

2004

$4,500,000

2005

9,000,000

2006

9,500,000

2007

6,500,000

What is the first taxable year that Bradbury Corp. is not exempt from the alternative minimum tax (AMT)?

  1. 2005
  2. 2006
  3. 2007
  4. Bradbury is exempt from AMT for its first four taxable years.

for 2007 what amount should brown corp deduct for organizational expenses 625452

Brown Corp., a calendar-year taxpayer, was organized and actively began operations on July 1, 2007, and incurred the following costs:

Legal fees to obtain corporate charter

$40,000

Commission paid to underwriter

25,000

Temporary directors’ meetings

15,000

State incorporation fees

4,400

For 2007, what amount should Brown Corp. deduct for organizational expenses?

  1. $1,980
  2. $2,814
  3. $5,940
  4. $6,812

silo corp was organized on march 1 2007 began doing business on september 1 2007 and 625454

Silo Corp. was organized on March 1, 2007, began doing business on September 1, 2007, and elected to file its income tax return on a calendar-year basis. The following qualifying organizational expenditures were incurred in organizing the corporation:

July 1, 2007

$3,000

September 3, 2007

5,600

The maximum allowable deduction for organizational expenditures for 2007 is

  1. $ 600
  2. $3,000
  3. $5,000
  4. $5,080

what is the amount of jackson corp rsquo s charitable contribution carryover to 2008 625455

During 2007, Jackson Corp. had the following income and expenses:

Gross income from operations

$100,000

Dividend income from taxable domestic 20%-owned corporations

10,000

Operating expenses

35,000

Officers’ salaries

20,000

Contributions to qualified charitable organizations

8,000

Net operating loss carryforward from 2006

30,000

What is the amount of Jackson Corp.’s charitable contribution carryover to 2008?

  1. $0
  2. $2,500
  3. $5,500
  4. $6,300

tapper corp an accrual basis calendar year corporation was organized on january 2 20 625457

Tapper Corp., an accrual-basis calendar-year corporation, was organized on January 2, 2006. During 2006, revenue was exclusively from sales proceeds and interest income. The following information pertains to Tapper:

Taxable income before charitable contributions for the year ended December 31, 2006

$500,000

Tapper’s matching contribution to employee-designated qualified universities made during 2006

10,000

Board of Directors’ authorized contribution to a qualified charity (authorized December 1, 2006, made February 1, 2007)

30,000

What is the maximum allowable deduction that Tapper may take as a charitable contribution on its tax return for the year ended December 31, 2006?

  1. $0
  2. $10,000
  3. $30,000
  4. $40,000

in 2007 best corp an accrual basis calendar year c corporation received 100 000 in d 625462

In 2007, Best Corp., an accrual-basis calendar-year C corporation, received $100,000 in dividend income from the common stock that it held in a 15%-owned domestic corporation. The stock was not debt-financed, and was held for over a year. Best recorded the following information for 2007:

Loss from Best’s operations

$ (10,000)

Dividends received

100,000

Taxable income (before dividends received deduction)

$90,000

Best’s dividends received deduction on its 2007 tax return was

  1. $100,000
  2. $ 80,000
  3. $ 70,000
  4. $ 63,000

the dividends were received from a corporation of which acorn owns 30 in acorn rsquo 625463

In 2007, Acorn, Inc. had the following items of income and expense:

Sales

$500,000

Cost of sales

250,000

Dividends received

25,000

The dividends were received from a corporation of which Acorn owns 30%. In Acorn’s 2007 corporate income tax return, what amount should be reported as income before special deductions?

  1. $525,000
  2. $505,000
  3. $275,000
  4. $250,000

if taylor makes no special election to waive a net operating loss carryback period w 625470

For the year ended December 31, 2007, Taylor Corp. had a net operating loss of $200,000. Taxable income for the earlier years of corporate existence, computed without reference to the net operating loss, was as follows:

Taxable income

2002

$ 5,000

2003

$10,000

2004

$20,000

2005

$30,000

2006

$40,000

If Taylor makes no special election to waive a net operating loss carryback period, what amount of net operating loss will be available to Taylor for the year ended December 31, 2008?

  1. $200,000
  2. $130,000
  3. $110,000
  4. $ 95,000

what is dorsett rsquo s net operating loss for 2007 625473

Dorsett Corporation’s income tax return for 2007 shows deductions exceeding gross income by $56,800. Included in the tax return are the following items:

Net operating loss deduction (carryover from 2006)

$15,000

Dividends received deduction

6,800

What is Dorsett’s net operating loss for 2007?

  1. $56,800
  2. $50,000
  3. $41,800
  4. $35,000

for the year ended december 31 2007 maple corp rsquo s book income before federal in 625477

For the year ended December 31, 2007, Maple Corp.’s book income, before federal income tax, was $100,000. Included in this $100,000 were the following:

Provision for state income tax

$1,000

Interest earned on US Treasury Bonds

6,000

Interest expense on bank loan to purchase US Treasury Bonds

2,000

Maple’s taxable income for 2007 was

  1. $ 96,000
  2. $ 97,000
  3. $100,000
  4. $101,000

C

for the year ended december 31 2007 dodd corp had net income per books of 100 000 in 625478

For the year ended December 31, 2007, Dodd Corp. had net income per books of $100,000. Included in the computation of net income were the following items:

Provision for federal income tax

$27,000

Net long-term capital loss

5,000

Keyman life insurance premiums (corporation is beneficiary)

3,000

Dodd’s 2007 taxable income was

  1. $127,000
  2. $130,000
  3. $132,000
  4. $135,000

for the year ended december 31 2007 bard corp rsquo s income per accounting records 625479

For the year ended December 31, 2007, Bard Corp.’s income per accounting records, before federal income taxes, was $450,000 and included the following:

State corporate income tax refunds

$ 4,000

Life insurance proceeds on officer’s death

15,000

Net loss on sale of securities bought for investment in 2005

20,000

Bard’s 2007 taxable income was

  1. $435,000
  2. $451,000
  3. $455,000
  4. $470,000

find coca cola s basic eps for 2006 listed in its income statement if the common sto 625271

The following questions are based on the Coca-Cola Company”s 2006 annual report. To view the report, go to the Coca-Cola web site at After you activate the web site, click on The Coca-Cola Company. Go to investors and a menu will drop down that has financials as an option with Financial Statements (select this) to its right. Click on Balance Sheet and then open it to find the total cost of treasury shares. Then go to Selected Financial Data and open it to find the number of common shares outstanding.

a. Based on the information in the balance sheet and the note, determine the number of common shares outstanding; and the total cost of treasury stock shares on hand at the end of 2006.

b. In writing, discuss what reasons Coca-Cola might have to acquire treasury stock.

c. Find Coca-Cola”s basic EPS for 2006 listed in its Income Statement. If the common stock”s market price at 2006 December 31, was USD 30, what was the price earnings ratio?

compute the difference between cost and book value in each of the following cases 625292

On 2009 January 1, Company J acquired 85 percent of the outstanding voting common stock of Company K. On that date, Company K”s stockholders” equity consisted of:

Stockholders” equity:

Paid-in capital:

 

Common stock, $90 par; 30,000 shares authorized, issued, and

outstanding

$2,700,000

Retained earnings

675,000

Total stockholders” equity

$3,375,000

Compute the difference between cost and book value in each of the following cases:

a. Company J pays USD 2,868,750 cash for its interest in Company K.

b. Company J pays USD 3,375,000 cash for its interest in Company K.

c. Company J pays USD 2,610,000 cash for its interest in Company K.

he 2010 january 1 stockholders equity section of saye company s balance sheet follow 625293

he 2010 January 1, stockholders” equity section of Saye Company”s balance sheet follows

Stockholders” equity:

Paid-in capital:

Common stock, $144 par; authorized, 200,000

$21,600,00

shares; issued, and outstanding, 150,000 shares

0

Paid-in capital in excess of par value

3,600,000

Total paid-in capital

$25,200,00

 

0

Retained earnings

2,160,000

Total stockholders” equity

$27,360,00

 

0

Ninety percent of Saye Company”s outstanding voting common stock was  acquired by Tim Company on 2011 January 1, for USD 24,048,000. Compute

(a) the book value of the investment, (b) the difference between cost and book value, and

(c) the minority interest.

in june 2007 olive bell bought a house for use partially as a residence and partiall 625342

In June 2007, Olive Bell bought a house for use partially as a residence and partially for operation of a retail gift shop. In addition, Olive bought the following furniture:

Kitchen set and living room pieces for the residential portion

$ 8,000

Showcases and tables for the business portion

12,000

How much of this furniture comprises capital assets?

  1. $0
  2. $ 8,000
  3. $12,000
  4. $20,000

for the year ended december 31 2007 mcewing corporation a calendar year corporation 625351

For the year ended December 31, 2007, McEwing Corporation, a calendar-year corporation, reported book income before income taxes of $120,000. Included in the determination of this amount were the following gain and losses from property that had been held for more than one year:

Loss on sale of building depreciated on the straight-line method

$(7,000)

Gain on sale of land used in McEwing’s business

16,000

Loss on sale of investments in marketable securities

(8,000)

For the year ended December 31, 2007, McEwing’s taxable income was

  1. $113,000
  2. $120,000
  3. $125,000
  4. $128,000

what amount should hoff a cash basis taxpayer report in his 2007 return as income fo 625355

Ola Associates is a limited partnership engaged in real estate development. Hoff, a civil engineer, billed Ola $40,000 in 2007 for consulting services rendered. In full settlement of this invoice, Hoff accepted a $15,000 cash payment plus the following:

Fair market value

Carrying amount on Ola’s books

3% limited partnership interest in Ola

$10,000

N/A

Surveying equipment

7,000

$3,000

What amount should Hoff, a cash-basis taxpayer, report in his 2007 return as income for the services rendered to Ola?

  1. $15,000
  2. $28,000
  3. $32,000
  4. $40,000

basic partnership a cash basis calendar year entity began business on february 1 200 625361

Basic Partnership, a cash-basis calendar-year entity, began business on February 1, 2007. Basic incurred and paid the following in 2007:

Filing fees incident to the creation of the partnership

$ 3,600

Accounting fees to prepare the representations in offering materials

12,000

Basic elected to deduct costs. What was the maximum amount that Basic could deduct on the 2007 partnership return?

  1. $15,600
  2. $ 3,600
  3. $ 660
  4. $ 220

the partnership of felix and oscar had the following items of income during the taxa 625367

The partnership of Felix and Oscar had the following items of income during the taxable year ended December 31, 2007.

Income from operations

$156,000

Tax-exempt interest income

8,000

Dividends from foreign corporations

6,000

Net rental income

12,000

What is the total ordinary income of the partnership for 2007?

  1. $156,000
  2. $174,000
  3. $176,000
  4. $182,000

what amount of income should chris report from vista partnership on her 2007 tax ret 625369

Chris, a 25% partner in Vista partnership, received a $20,000 guaranteed payment in 2007 for deductible services rendered to the partnership. Guaranteed payments were not made to any other partner. Vista’s 2007 partnership income consisted of

Net business income before guaranteed payments

$80,000

Net long-term capital gains

10,000

What amount of income should Chris report from Vista Partnership on her 2007 tax return?

  1. $37,500
  2. $27,500
  3. $22,500
  4. $20,000

dean is a 25 partner in target partnership dean rsquo s tax basis in target on janua 625381

Dean is a 25% partner in Target Partnership. Dean’s tax basis in Target on January 1, 2007, was $20,000. At the end of 2007, Dean received a nonliquidating cash distribution of $8,000 from Target. Target’s 2007 accounts recorded the following items:

Municipal bond interest income

$12,000

Ordinary income

40,000

What was Dean’s tax basis in Target on December 31, 2007?

  1. $15,000
  2. $23,000
  3. $25,000
  4. $30,000

gray is a 50 partner in fabco partnership gray rsquo s tax basis in fabco on january 625383

Gray is a 50% partner in Fabco Partnership. Gray’s tax basis in Fabco on January 1, 2007, was $5,000. Fabco made no distributions to the partners during 2007, and recorded the following:

Ordinary income

$20,000

Tax exempt income

8,000

Portfolio income

4,000

What is Gray’s tax basis in Fabco on December 31, 2007?

  1. $21,000
  2. $16,000
  3. $12,000
  4. $10,000

doris and lydia are sisters and also are equal partners in the capital and profits o 625388

Doris and Lydia are sisters and also are equal partners in the capital and profits of Agee & Nolan. The following information pertains to 300 shares of Mast Corp. stock sold by Lydia to Agee & Nolan.

Year of purchase

2000

Year of sale

2007

Basis (cost)

$9,000

Sales price (equal to fair market value)

$4,000

The amount of long-term capital loss that Lydia recognized in 2007 on the sale of this stock was

  1. $5,000
  2. $3,000
  3. $2,500
  4. $0

irving aster dennis brill and robert clark were partners who shared profits and loss 625395

Irving Aster, Dennis Brill, and Robert Clark were partners who shared profits and losses equally. On February 28, 2007, Aster sold his interest to Phil Dexter. On March 31, 2007, Brill died, and his estate held his interest for the remainder of the year. The partnership continued to operate and for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007, it had a profit of $45,000. Assuming that partnership income was earned on a pro rata monthly basis and that all partners were calendar-year taxpayers, the distributive shares to be included in 2007 gross income should be

  1. Aster $10,000, Brill $0, Estate of Brill $15,000, Clark $15,000, and Dexter $5,000.
  2. Aster $10,000, Brill $11,250, Estate of Brill $3,750, Clark $15,000, and Dexter $5,000.
  3. Aster $0, Brill $11,250, Estate of Brill $3,750, Clark $15,000, and Dexter $15,000.
  4. Aster $0, Brill $0, Estate of Brill $15,000, Clark $15,000, and Dexter $15,000.

at november 1 2007 the real estate and insurance business is separated and two partn 625400

Partnership Abel, Benz, Clark & Day is in the real estate and insurance business. Abel owns a 40% interest in the capital and profits of the partnership, while Benz, Clark, and Day each owns a 20% interest. All use a calendar year. At November 1, 2007, the real estate and insurance business is separated, and two partnerships are formed: Partnership Abel & Benz takes over the real estate business, and Partnership Clark & Day takes over the insurance business. Which one of the following statements is correct for tax purposes?

  1. Partnership Abel & Benz is considered to be a continuation of Partnership Abel, Benz, Clark & Day.
  2. In forming Partnership Clark & Day, partners Clark and Day are subject to a penalty surtax if they contribute their entire distributions from Partnership Abel, Benz, Clark & Day.
  3. Before separating the two businesses into two distinct entities, the partners must obtain approval from the IRS.
  4. Before separating the two businesses into two distinct entities, Partnership Abel, Benz, Clark & Day must file a formal dissolution with the IRS on the prescribed form.

the personal service partnership of allen baker amp carr had the following cash basi 625404

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following:

The personal service partnership of Allen, Baker & Carr had the following cash basis balance sheet at December 31, 2006:

Assets

Adjusted basis per books

Market value

Cash

$102,000

$102,000

Unrealized accounts receivable

420,000

Totals

$102,000

$522,000

Liability and Capital

Note payable

$ 60,000

$ 60,000

Capital accounts:

Allen

14,000

154,000

Baker

14,000

154,000

Carr

14,000

154,000

Totals

$102,000

$522,000

Carr, an equal partner, sold his partnership interest to Dole, an outsider, for $154,000 cash on January 1, 2007. In addition, Dole assumed Carr’s share of the partnership’s liability.

What was the total amount realized by Carr on the sale of his partnership interest?

  1. $174,000
  2. $154,000
  3. $140,000
  4. $134,000

What amount of ordinary income should Carr report in his 2007 income tax return on the sale of his partnership interest?

  1. $0
  2. $ 20,000
  3. $ 34,000
  4. $140,000

stone and frazier decided to terminate the woodwest partnership as of december 31 on 625407

Stone and Frazier decided to terminate the Woodwest Partnership as of December 31. On that date, Woodwest’s balance sheet was as follows:

Cash

$2,000

Land (adjusted basis)

2,000

Capital—Stone

3,000

Capital—Frazier

1,000

The fair market value of the equipment was $3,000. Frazier’s outside basis in the partnership was $1,200. Upon liquidation, Frazier received $1,500 in cash. What gain should Frazier recognize?

  1. $0
  2. $250
  3. $300
  4. $500

prepare the balance sheet of the company as of 2009 march 1 625216

On 2009 January 1, Cowling Company was authorized to issue 500,000 shares of USD 5 par value common stock. It then completed the following transactions:

2009

Jan. 14 Issued 90,000 shares of common stock at USD 24 per share for cash. 29 Gave the promoters of the corporation 50,000 shares of common stock for their services in organizing the company. The board of directors valued these services at USD 620,000.

Feb. 19 Exchanged 100,000 shares of common stock for the following assets at the indicated fair market values:

Equipment

USD 180,000

Building

440,000

Land

600,000

a. Prepare general journal entries to record the transactions.

b. Prepare the balance sheet of the company as of 2009 March 1.

repeat a for the t accounts involving stockholders equity assuming the stock is no p 625217

On 2009 July 3, Barr Company was authorized to issue 15,000 shares of common stock; 3,000 shares were issued immediately to the incorporators of the company for cash at USD 320 per share. On July 5 of that year, an additional 300 shares were issued to the incorporators for services rendered in organizing the company. The board valued these services at USD 96,000. On 2009 July 6, legal and printing costs of USD 12,000 were paid. These costs related to securing the corporate charter and the stock certificates.

a. Set up T-accounts and post these transactions. Then prepare the balance sheet of the Barr Company as of the close of 2009 July 10, assuming the authorized stock has a USD 160 par value.

b. Repeat (a) for the T-accounts involving stockholders” equity, assuming the stock is no-par stock with a USD 240 stated value. Prepare the stockholders” equity section of the balance sheet.

c. Repeat (a) for the T-accounts involving stockholders” equity, assuming the stock is no-par stock with no stated value. Prepare the stockholders” equity section of the balance sheet.

compute the amount payable to each class of stock the stockholders equity sections f 625220

compute the amount payable to each class of stock. The stockholders” equity sections from three different corporations” balance sheets follow.

1) Stockholders” equity:

 

 

Paid-in capital:

 

 

Preferred stock—7% cumulative, $240 par value,500 shares

 

 

authorized, issued, and outstanding

$ 120,000

 

Common stock—$48 par value, 10,000 shares authorized,

 

 

issued and outstanding

480,000

 

Total paid-in capital

 

 

Retained earnings

 

$ 600,000

Total stockholders” equity

 

422,400

(All dividends have been paid.)

 

$1,022,400

2) Stockholders” equity:

 

 

Paid-in capital:

 

 

Preferred stock—6% cumulative, $80 par value,10,000

 

 

shares authorized, issued, and outstanding

$ 800,000

 

Common stock—$240 par value, 30,000shares authorized,

 

 

issued and outstanding

7,200,000

 

Total paid-in capital

 

$8,000,000

Retained earnings

 

88,000

Total stockholders” equity

 

$8,088,000

(The current year”s dividends have not been paid.)

 

 

3) Stockholders” equity:

 

 

Paid-in capital:

 

 

Preferred stock—7% cumulative, $480 par value,10,000

 

 

shares authorized, issued, and outstanding

$4,800,000

 

Common stock—$240 par value, 50,000shares authorized,

 

 

issued and outstanding

12,000,000

 

Total paid-in capital

 

$16,800,000

Retained earnings deficit

 

(1,872,000)

Total stockholders” equity

 

$14,928,000

(Dividends have not been paid for 2 previous years or the current year.)

 

 

Compute the book values per share of the preferred and common stock of each corporation assuming that in a liquidation the preferred stock receives par value plus dividends in arrears.

compute the amount the remaining brothers must pay to the estate of james lehman for 625221

Mendell, Inc., is a corporation in which all of the outstanding preferred and common stock is held by the four Lehman brothers. The brothers have an agreement stating that the remaining brothers will, upon the death of a brother, purchase from the estate his holdings of stock in the company at book value.

The stockholders” equity section of the balance sheet for the company on 2009 December 31, the date of the death of James Lehman, shows:

Stockholders” equity:

 

 

Paid-in capital:

 

 

Preferred stock—6%; $320 par value; $320 liquidation value,

$1,280,000

 

4,000 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding

 

 

Paid-in capital in excess of par—preferred

64,000

 

Common stock—without par value, $16 stated value,

 

 

60,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

960,000

 

Paid-in capital in excess of par value—common

960,000

 

Total paid-in capital

 

$3,264,000

Retained earnings

 

128,000

Total stockholders” equity

 

$3,392,000

No dividends have been paid for the last year on the preferred stock, which is cumulative. At the time of his death, James Lehman held 2,000 shares of preferred stock and 10,000 shares of common stock of the company.

a. Compute the book value of the preferred stock.

b. Compute the book value of the common stock.

c. Compute the amount the remaining brothers must pay to the estate of James Lehman for the preferred and common stock that he held at the time of his death.

which company s stock would you buy why 625222

Rudd Company and Clay Company have extremely stable net income amounts of USD 4,800,000 and USD 3,200,000, respectively. Both companies distribute all their net income as dividends each year. Rudd Company has100,000 shares of USD 80 par value, 6 percent preferred stock, and 500,000 shares of USD 8 par value common stock outstanding. Clay Company has 50,000 shares of USD 40 par value, 8 percent preferred stock, and 400,000 shares of USD 8 par value common stock outstanding. Both preferred stocks are cumulative.

a. Compute the annual dividend per share of preferred stock and per share of common stock for each company.

b. Based solely on the preceding information, which common stock would youpredict to have the higher market price per share? Why?

c. Which company”s stock would you buy? Why?

on may 30 benton sent the certificate to the transfer agent of park corporation for 625238

The following dates are associated with a cash dividend of USD 80,000: July 15, July 31, and August 15. Identify each of the three dates, and give the journal entry required on each date, if any.

How should a declared but unpaid cash dividend be shown on the balance sheet? How should a declared but unissued stock dividend be shown?

On May 8, the board of directors of Park Corporation declared a dividend, payable on June 5, to stockholders of record on May 17. On May 10, James sold his capital stock in Park Corporation directly to Benton for USD 20,000, endorsing his stock certificate and giving it to Benton. Benton placed the stock certificate in her safe. On May 30, Benton sent the certificate to the transfer agent of Park Corporation for transfer. Who received the dividend? Why?

calculate eps for the year ended 2009 december 31 present the information in the sam 625251

The following information relates to Perry Corporation for the year ended 2009 December 31:

Common stock outstanding

75,000 shares

Income from continuing operations

$1,523,200

Loss on discontinued operations (net of tax)

240,000

Extraordinary gain (net of tax)

144,000

Calculate EPS for the year ended 2009 December 31. Present the information in the same format used in the corporation”s income statement.

prepare the correct stockholders equity section of the balance sheet at 2009 decembe 625253

The bookkeeper of Hart Company has prepared the following incorrect statement of stockholders” equity for the year ended 2009 December 31:

Stockholders” equity:

 

 

Paid-In Capital:

 

 

Preferred stock – 6%, cumulative (8,000 shares)

$1,003,200

 

Common stock – 50,000 shares

2,856,000

 

Total paid-in capital

 

$3,859,200

Retained earnings

 

1,636,800

Total stockholders” equity

 

$5,496,000

The authorized stock consists of 12,000 shares of preferred stock with a USD 120 par value and 75,000 shares of common stock, USD 48 par value. The preferred stock was issued on two occasions: (1) 5,000 shares at par, and (2) 3,000 shares at USD 134.40 per share. The 50,000 shares of common stock were issued at USD 62.40 per share. Five thousand shares of treasury common stock were reacquired for USD 264,000. The bookkeeper deducted the cost of the treasury stock from the Common Stock account. Prepare the correct stockholders” equity section of the balance sheet at 2009 December 31.

on 2009 august 4 a 4 percent cash dividend was declared payable on september 3 on no 625254

The only stockholders” equity items of Jody Company at 2009 June 30, are:

Stockholders” equity:

 

 

Paid-in capital:

 

 

Common stock – $200 par value, 10,000

$1,200,000

 

shares authorized, 6,000 shares issued and outstanding

Paid-in capital in excess of par value

480,000

 

Total paid-in capital

 

$1,680,000

Retained earnings

 

480,000

Total stockholders” equity

 

$2,160,000

       

On 2009 August 4, a 4 percent cash dividend was declared, payable on September 3. On November 16, a 10 percent stock dividend was declared. The shares were issued on December 1. The market value of the common stock was USD 360 per share on November 16 and USD 354 per share on December 1. Prepare journal entries for these dividend transactions.

following are selected transactions of white corporation 625255

Following are selected transactions of White Corporation:

2002

Dec. 31 The board of directors authorized the appropriation of USD 50,000 of retained earnings to provide for the future acquisition of a new plant site and the construction of a new building. (On the last day of the next six years, the same action was taken. You need not make entries for these six years.)

2007

Jan. 2 Purchased a new plant site for cash, USD 100,000. Mar. 29 Entered into a contract for construction of a new building, payment to be made within 30 days following completion.

2009

Feb. 10 Following final inspection and approval of the new building, Dyer

Construction Company was paid in full, USD 500,000.

Mar. 10 The board of directors authorized release of the retained earnings appropriated for the plant site and building.

Apr. 2 A 5 percent stock dividend on the 100,000 shares of USD 50 par value common stock outstanding was declared. The market price on this date was USD 55 per share. Prepare journal entries for all of these transactions.

prepare a statement of retained earnings for the year ended 2009 december 31 625256

Following are selected data of Kane Corporation at 2009 December 31:

Net income for the year

$512,000

Dividends declared on preferred stock

72,000

Retained earnings appropriated during the year for future plant expansion

240000

Dividends declared on common stock

64,000

Retained earnings, January 1, un appropriated

720,000

Directors ordered that the balance in the “Appropriation per loan agreement”, related to a loan repaid on 2009 March 31, be returned to un appropriated

retained earnings

480,000

Prepare a statement of retained earnings for the year ended 2009 December 31.

prepare journal entries as necessary for these transactions 625257

The stockholders” equity of Sayers Company at 2009 January 1, is as follows:

Common stock – no-par value, stated value of $20; 100,000 shares

authorized, 60,000 shares issued

$1,200,000

Paid-in capital in excess of stated value

200,000

Appropriation per loan agreement

75,200

Unappropriated retained earnings

424,000

Treasury stock (3,000 shares at cost)

-72,000

During 2009, the following transactions occurred in the order listed:

•Issued 10,000 shares of stock for USD 368,000.

•Declared a 4 percent stock dividend when the market price was USD 48 per share.

•Sold 1,000 shares of treasury stock for USD 43,200.

•Issued stock certificates for the stock dividend declared in transaction 2.

•Bought 2,000 shares of treasury stock for USD 67,200.

•Increased the appropriation by USD 43,200 per loan agreement.

Prepare journal entries as necessary for these transactions.

prepare journal entries for these dividend transactions 625262

The stockholders” equity section of Carson Company”s 2008 December 31, balance sheet follows:

Stockholders” equity:

 

Paid-In Capital:

 

Common stock – $120 par value; authorized,

2,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 1,000

$120,000

 

shares

   

Paid-in capital in excess of par value

6,000

 

Total paid-in capital

$126,000

Retained earnings

48,000

Total stockholders” equity

$174,000

On 2009 July 15, the board of directors declared a cash dividend of USD 12 per share, which was paid on 2009 August 1. On 2009 December 1, the board declared a stock dividend of 10 percent, and the shares were issued on 2009 December 15. Market value of the stock was USD 144 on December 1 and USD 168 on December 15. Prepare journal entries for these dividend transactions.

prepare the journal entries to record these transactions of falcone company 625263

The ledger of Falcone Company includes the following account balances on 2009 September 30:

Appropriation for contingencies

$210,000

Appropriation for plant expansion

392,000

Retained earnings, un appropriated

700,000

During October 2009, the company took action to:

•Increase the appropriation for contingencies by USD 60,000.

•Decrease the appropriation for plant expansion by USD 160,000.

•Establish an appropriation per loan agreement, with an annual increase of USD 48,000.

•Declare a cash dividend of USD 140,000.

Prepare the journal entries to record these transactions of Falcone Company.

prepare journal entries to record all of these transactions 625264

Following are selected transactions of Taylor Corporation:

2004

Dec. 31 By action of the board of directors, USD 450,000 of retained earnings was appropriated to provide for future expansion of the company”s main building. (On the last day of each of the next four years, the same action was taken. You need not make entries for these years.)

2009

Jan. 3 Obtained, at a cost of USD 4,500, a building permit to construct a new wing on the main plant building.

July 30 Paid USD 1,800,000 to Starke Construction Company for completion of the new wing.

Aug. 4 The board of directors authorized the release of the sum appropriated for expansion of the plant building. 4 The board of directors declared a 10 percent common stock dividend on the 25,000 shares of USD 500 par value common stock outstanding. The market price on this date was USD 660 per share. Prepare journal entries to record all of these transactions.

prepare a statement of retained earnings for the year ended 2009 december 31 625265

The following information relates to Dahl Corporation for the year 2009:

Net income for the year

$1,680,000

Dividends declared on common stock

235,000

Dividends declared on preferred stock

134,000

Retained earnings, January 1, un appropriated

5,040,000

Appropriation for retirement of bonds

672,000

Balance in “Appropriation for possible loss of a lawsuit”, no longer needed

on December 31 because of a favorable court decision, is (by directors”

order) returned to un appropriated retained earnings

840,000

Prepare a statement of retained earnings for the year ended 2009 December 31.

prepare the stockholders equity section of the 2009 december 31 balance sheet 625266

The stockholders” equity of Acorn Company as of 2008 December 31, consisted of 20,000 shares of authorized, issued, and outstanding USD 50 par value common stock, paid-in capital in excess of par of USD 240,000, and retained earnings of USD 400,000. Following are selected transactions for 2009:

May 1 Acquired 3,000 shares of its own common stock at USD 100 per share.

June 1 Reissued 500 shares at USD 120.

30 Reissued 700 shares at USD 90.

Oct. 1 Declared a cash dividend of USD 5 per share.

31 Paid the cash dividend declared on October 1.

Net income for the year was USD 80,000. No other transactions affecting retained earnings occurred during the year.

a. Prepare general journal entries for these transactions.

b. Prepare the stockholders” equity section of the 2009 December 31, balance sheet.

prepare the stockholders equity section of the 2009 december 31 balance sheet 625267

The stockholders” equity section of Sager Company”s 2008 December 31, balance sheet follows:

Stockholders” equity:

 

Paid-In Capital:

   

Preferred stock – $60 par value, 5%; authorized, 5,000 shares;

$150,000

issued and outstanding, 2,500 shares

Common stock – without par or stated value; authorized,

225,000

50,000 shares; issued, 25,000 shares of which 500 are held in

treasury

   

Paid-in capital in excess of par – preferred

3,000

Total paid-in capital

$378,000

Retained earnings:

 

Appropriated:

   

For plant expansion

$15,000

 

Unappropriated (restricted as to dividends to the extent of

$6,000, the cost of the treasury stock held)

126,000

 

Total retained earnings

141,000

Total paid-in capital and retained earnings

$519,000

Less: Treasury stock, common, at cost (500 shares)

6,000

Total stockholders” equity

$513,000

Following are selected transactions that occurred in 2009:

Jan. 13 Cash was received for 550 shares of previously unissued common stock at USD 13.20.

Feb. 4 A plot of land was accepted as payment in full for 500 shares of common stock, and the stock was issued. Closing market price of the common stock on this date was USD 12 per share.

Mar. 24 All of the treasury stock was reissued at USD 14.40 per share.

June 23 The regular semiannual dividend on the preferred stock was declared.

30 The preferred dividend was paid.

July 3 A 10 percent stock dividend was declared on the common stock. Market price on this date was USD 16.80.

18 The stock dividend shares were issued.

Oct. 4 The company reacquired 105 shares of its common stock at USD 14.40.

Dec. 18 The regular semiannual dividend on the preferred stock and a USD 0.24 per share dividend on the common stock were declared.

31 Both dividends were paid.

31 An additional appropriation of retained earnings of USD 3,000 for plant expansion was authorized.

a. Prepare journal entries to record the 2009 transactions.

b. Prepare a statement of retained earnings for the year 2009, assuming net income for the year was USD 25,800.

c. Prepare the stockholders” equity section of the 2009 December 31, balance sheet.

prepare an income statement and a statement of retained earnings for 2009 625268

Selected data of Ace Company for the year ended 2009 December 31, are:

Sales, net

$1,000,000

Interest expense

90,000

Cash dividends on common stock

150,000

Selling and administrative expenses

245,000

Cash dividends on preferred stock

70,000

Rent revenue

400,000

Cost of goods sold

650,000

Flood loss (has never occurred before)

200,000

Interest revenue

90,000

Other revenue

150,000

Depreciation and maintenance on rental equipment

270,000

Stock dividend on common stock

300,000

Operating income on Plastics Division up to point of sale in 2009

50,000

Gain on disposal of Plastics Division

25,000

Litigation loss (has never occurred before)

400,000

Cumulative positive effect on prior years” income of changing to a

80,000

different depreciation method

Assume the applicable federal income tax rate is 40 percent. All of the preceding items of expense, revenue, and loss are included in the computation of taxable income. The litigation loss resulted from a court award of damages for patent infringement on a product that the company produced and sold in 2005 and 2006, but was discontinued in 2006. In addition, the company discovered that in 2005 it had erroneously charged to expense the USD 250,000 cost of a tract of land purchased that year and had made the same error on its tax return for 2008. Retained earnings as of 2009 January 1, were USD 5,600,000. Assume there were 10,000 shares of common stock and 5,000 shares of preferred stock outstanding for the entire year.

Prepare an income statement and a statement of retained earnings for 2009.

the following journal entries are for keel corporation 625270

The following journal entries are for Keel Corporation:

Retained earnings

12,000

 

Reserve for uncollectible accounts

12,000

To record the adjusting entry for uncollectible

accounts.

   

Retained earnings

48,000

 

Reserve for depreciation

48,000

To record depreciation expense.

Retained earnings

120,000

 

Appropriation for plant expansion

120,000

To record retained earnings appropriation.

Retained earnings

8,000

 

Stock dividend distributable – Common

8,000

To record 10% stock dividend declaration (100

shares to be distributed – $80 par value, $120

market value).

 

Stock dividend distributable – Common

8,000

 

Common stock

8,000

To record distribution of stock dividend.

Treasury Stock

32,000

 

Cash

 

32,000

To record acquisition of 200 shares of $80 par

value common stock at $160 per share.

Cash

17,600

 

Treasury Stock

17,600

To record sale of 100 treasury shares at $176 per

share.

   

Cash

6,800

 

Treasury stock

6,800

To record sale of 50 treasury shares at $136 per

share.

   

Common stock

16,000

 

Dividends payable

16,000

To record declaration of cash dividend.

Dividends payable

16,000

 

Cash

 

16,000

To record payment of cash dividend.

The management of Keel Corporation has asked you, a CPA, to analyze these journal entries and decide whether each is correct. The explanations are all correct. Wherever a journal entry is incorrect, prepare the journal entry that should have been made.

prepare the annual year end adjusting journal entries at december 31 624986

Alternate problem A The trial balance of Caribbean Vacation Tours, Inc., at December 31 of the current year includes, among other items, the following account balances:

 

Debits

Credits

Prepaid Insurance

$24,000

 

Prepaid Rent

24,000

 

Buildings

188,000

 

Accumulated Depreciation—Buildings

 

$31,600

Salaries Expense

200,000

 

The balance in the Prepaid Insurance account is the advance premium for one year from September 1 of the current year.

The buildings are expected to last 25 years, with an expected residual value of USD 30,000.

Salaries incurred but not paid as of December 31 amount to USD 8,400.

The balance in Prepaid Rent is for a one-year period that started March 1 of the current year.

Prepare the annual year-end adjusting journal entries at December 31.

open ledger accounts for each of the accounts involved enter the balances as shown i 624987

Among the account balances shown in the trial balance of Dunwoody Mail Station, Inc., at December 31 of the current year are the following:

 

Debits

Credits

Supplies on hand

$10,000

 

Prepaid insurance

6,000

 

Buildings

168,000

 

Accumulated depreciation and buildings

 

$39,000

The inventory of supplies on hand at December 31 amounts to USD 3,000.

The balance in the Prepaid Insurance account is for a two-year policy taken out June 1 of the current year.

Depreciation for the buildings is based on the cost shown in the Buildings account, less residual value estimated at USD18,000. When acquired, the lives of the buildings were estimated at 50 years each.

a. Prepare the year-end adjusting journal entries at December 31.

b. Open ledger accounts for each of the accounts involved, enter the balances as shown in the trial balance, post the adjusting journal entries, and calculate year-end balances.

where possible record the original transaction so that no adjusting entry would be n 624990

On 2010 June 1, Richard Cross opened a swimming pool cleaning and maintenance service, Cross Pool Company. He vaguely recalled the process of making journal entries and establishing ledger accounts from a high school bookkeeping course he had taken some years ago.

At the end of June, he prepared an income statement for the month of June, but he had the feeling that he had not proceeded correctly. He contacted his brother, John, a recent college graduate with a major in accounting, for assistance. John immediately noted that his brother had kept his records on a cash basis.

June 1 Received cash of USD 28,000 from various customers in exchange for service agreements to clean and maintain their pools for June, July, August, and September.

5 Paid rent for automotive and cleaning equipment to be used during the period June through September, USD 8,000. The payment covered the entire period.

8 Purchased a two-year liability insurance policy effective June 1 for USD 12,000 cash.

10 Received an advance of USD 9,000 from a Florida building contractor in exchange for an agreement to help service pools in his housing development during October through May.

16 Paid salaries for the first half of June, USD 8,400.

17 Paid USD 900 for advertising to be run in a local newspaper for two weeks in June and four weeks in July.

19 Paid the rent of USD 24,000 under a four-month lease on a building rented and occupied on June 1.

26 Purchased USD 5,400 of supplies for cash. (Only USD 900 of these supplies were used in June.)

29 Billed various customers for services rendered, USD 16,000.

30 Unpaid employee services received in the last half of June amounted to USD 12,600.

30 Received a bill for USD 600 for gas and oil used in June.

a. Prepare the entries for the transactions as Richard must have recorded them under the cash basis of accounting.

b. Prepare journal entries as they would have been prepared under the accrual basis. Where the entry is the same as under the cash basis, merely indicate “same”. Where possible, record the original transaction so that no adjusting entry would be necessary at the end of the month. Ignore explanations.

what journal entries are required to record the equipment s disposal under each of t 625165

Equipment costing USD 330,000, on which USD 225,000 of up-to date accumulated depreciation has been recorded, was disposed of on 2009 January 2. What journal entries are required to record the equipment”s disposal under each of the following unrelated assumptions?

a. The equipment was sold for USD 120,000 cash.

b. The equipment was sold for USD 87,000 cash.

c. The equipment was retired from service and hauled to the junkyard. No material was salvaged.

d. The equipment was exchanged for similar equipment having a cash price of USD 450,000. A trade-in allowance of USD 150,000 from the cash price was received, and the balance was paid in cash. The exchange has no commercial substance.

e. The equipment was exchanged for similar equipment having a cash price of USD 450,000. A trade-in allowance of USD 75,000 was received, and the balance was paid in cash. The exchange has commercial substance.

on 2007 january 2 blake company purchased a delivery truck for usd 78 750 cash the t 625174

On 2007 January 2, Blake Company purchased a delivery truck for USD 78,750 cash. The truck has an estimated useful life of six years and an estimated salvage value of USD 6,750. The straight-line method of depreciation is being used.

a. Prepare a schedule showing the computation of the book value of the truck on 2009 December 31.

b. Assume the truck is to be disposed of on 2010 July 1. Prepare the journal entry to record depreciation for the six months ended 2010 June 30.

c. Prepare the journal entries to record the disposal of the truck on 2010 July 1,under each of the following unrelated assumptions:

i. The truck was sold for USD 26,250 cash.

ii. The truck was sold for USD 48,000 cash.

iii .The truck was retired from service, and it is expected that USD 20,625 will be received from the sale of salvaged materials.

iv. The truck and USD 60,000 cash were exchanged for office equipment that had a cash price of USD 105,000. The exchange has commercial substance.

v. The truck and USD 67,500 cash were exchanged for a new deliver  truck that had a cash price of USD 112,500. The exchange has no commercial substance.

vi. The truck was completely destroyed in an accident. Cash of USD 25,500 is expected to be recovered from the insurance company.

compute the depletion charge for 2009 round to the nearest cent 625176

On 2009 January 2, York Mining Company acquired land with ore deposits at a cash cost of USD 1,800,000. Exploration and development costs amounted to USD 192,000. The residual value of the land is expected to be USD 360,000. The ore deposits contain an estimated 6 million tons. Present technology will allow the economical extraction of only 85 percent of the total deposit. Machinery, equipment, and temporary sheds were installed at a cost of USD 255,000. The assets will have no further value to the company when the ore body is exhausted; they have a physical life of 12 years. In 2007, 200,000 tons of ore were extracted. The company expects the mine to be exhausted in 10 years, with sharp variations in annual production.

a. Compute the depletion charge for 2009. Round to the nearest cent.

b. Compute the depreciation charge for 2009 under the units-of-production method.

c. If all other mining costs, except depletion, amounted to USD 1,260,000, what was the average cost per ton mined in 2009? (The depreciation calculated in b is included in the USD 1,260,000.)

following are selected transactions and other data relating to long company for the 625178

Following are selected transactions and other data relating to Long Company for the year ended 2009 December 31.

a. The company rented the second floor of a building for five years on 2009 January 2, and paid the annual rent of USD 18,000 for the first and fifth years in advance.

b. In 2008, the company incurred legal fees of USD 54,000 paid to an outside law firm in applying for a patent and paid a fee of USD 18,000 to a former employee who conceived a device that substantially reduced the cost of manufacturing one of the company”s products. The patent on the device has a market value of USD 540,000 and is expected to be useful for 10 years.

c. In 2008, the company entered into a 10-year operating lease on several floors of a building, paying USD 36,000 in cash immediately and agreeing to pay USD 18,000 at the end of each of the 10 years of life in the lease. The company then incurred costs of USD 72,000 to install partitions, shelving, and fixtures. These items would normally last 25 years.

d. The company spent USD 21,600 promoting a trademark in a manner that it believed enhanced the value of the trademark considerably. The trademark has an indefinite life.

e. The company incurred costs amounting to USD 180,000 in 2008 and USD234,000 in 2009 for research and development of new products that are expected to enhance the company”s revenues for at least five years.

f. The company paid USD 180,000 to the author of a book that the company published on 2009 July 2. Sales of the book are expected to be made over a two-year period from that date. For each of the situations just described, prepare only the journal entries to record the expense applicable to 2009.

the truck was stolen july 1 and insurance proceeds of usd 7 560 were expected 625180

On 2007 January 1, Wood Company purchased a truck for USD 43,200 cash. The truck has an estimated useful life of six years and an expected salvage value of USD 5,400. Depreciation on the truck was computed using the straight-line method.

a. Prepare a schedule showing the computation of the book value of the truck on 2009 December 31.

b. Prepare the journal entry to record depreciation for the six months ended 2010 June 30.

c. Prepare journal entries to record the disposal of the truck on 2010 June 30, under each of the following unrelated assumptions:

(a)The truck was sold for USD 3,600 cash.

(b)The truck was sold for USD 25,200 cash.

(c)The truck was scrapped. Used parts valued at USD 6,660 were salvaged.

(d)The truck (which has a fair market value of USD 10,800) and USD 32,400 of cash were exchanged for a used back hoe that did not have a known market value. The transaction has commercial substance.

(e)The truck and USD 29,700 cash were exchanged for another truck that had a cash price of USD 51,300. The exchange has no commercial substance.

(f) The truck was stolen July 1, and insurance proceeds of USD 7,560 were expected.

kine company purchased a new model ii computer 2009 october 1 cash price of the new 625181

Kine Company purchased a new Model II computer 2009 October 1. Cash price of the new computer was USD 24,960; Jackson received a trade-in allowance of USD 9,300 from the cash price for a Model I computer. The old computer was acquired on 2007 January 1, at a cost of USD 23,040. Depreciation has been recorded through 2008 December 31, on a straight-line basis, with an estimated useful life of four years and USD 3,840 expected salvage value. The exchange has commercial substance. Prepare the journal entries to record the exchange. Alternate problem D On 2009 July 1, Morgan Company had the following balances in some of its accounts:

 

Asset

Accumulated Depreciation

Land

$ 672,000

 

Leasehold

252,000

 

Buildings

3,151,680

$369,768

Equipment

1,370,880

436,800

Trucks

238,560

71,652

The leasehold covers a plot of ground leased on 2004 July 1, for a period of 25 years under an operating lease. The office building is on the leased land and was completed on 2005 July 1, at a cost of USD 967,680; its physical life is set at 40 years. The factory building is on the owned land and was completed on 2004 July 1, at a cost of USD 2,184,000; its life is also set at 40 years with no expected salvage value. The equipment has a 15-year useful life with no expected salvage value. The company owns three trucks—A, B, and C. Truck A, purchased on 2007 July 1, at a cost of USD 53,760, had an expected useful life of three years and a salvage value of USD 3,360. Truck B, purchased on 2008 January 2, at a cost of USD 84,000, had an expected life of four years and an estimated salvage value of USD 6,720. Truck C, purchased on 2009 January 2, at a cost of USD 100,800, had an expected life of five years and an estimated salvage value of USD 10,080. The following transactions occurred in the fiscal year ended 2010 June 30: 2009

July 1 Rent for2009 July 1, through 2010 June 30, on leased land was paid, USD 31,920.

Oct. 1 Truck A was traded in on truck D. Cash price of the new truck was USD 107,520. Cash of USD 90,720 was paid. Truck D has an expected life of four years and a salvage value of USD 5,880. The exchange has no commercial substance. 2010

Feb. 2 Truck B was sold for USD 47,040 cash.

June 1 Truck C was completely demolished in an accident. The truck was not insured. Prepare journal entries to record these transactions and the necessary 2010 June 30, adjusting entries. Use the straight-line depreciation method.

in december 2008 brown company acquired a mine for usd 2 700 000 the mine contained 625182

In December 2008, Brown Company acquired a mine for USD 2,700,000. The mine contained an estimated 10 million tons of ore. It was also estimated that the land would have a value of USD 240,000 when the mine was exhausted and that only 4 million tons of ore could be economically extracted. A building was erected on the property at a cost of USD 360,000. The building had an estimated useful life of 35 years and no salvage value. Specialized mining equipment was installed at a cost of USD 495,000. This equipment had an estimated useful life of seven years and an estimated USD 33,000 salvage value. The company began operating on 2009 January 1, and put all of its assets into use on that date. During the year ended 2009 December 31, 400,000 tons of ore were extracted. The company decided to use the units-of-production method to record depreciation on the building and the straight-line method to record depreciation on the equipment. Prepare journal entries to record the depletion and depreciation charges for the year ended 2009 December 31. Show calculations.

compute the patent amortization expense for 2010 and give the entry to record it 625183

Trask Company purchased a patent for USD 108,000 on 2009 January 2. The patent was estimated to have a finite life of 10 years. The USD 108,000 cost was properly charged to an asset account and amortized in 2009. On 2010 January 1, the company incurred legal and court costs of USD 32,400 in a successful defense of the patent in a lawsuit. The legal work was performed by an outside law firm.

a. Compute the patent amortization expense for 2009 and give the entry to record it.

b. Compute the patent amortization expense for 2010 and give the entry to record it.

Alternate problem G Selected transactions and other data for Grant Company:

a. The company purchased a patent in early January 2006 for USD 144,000 and began amortizing it over its finite life of 10 years. In early January 2008, the company hired an outside law firm and successfully defended the patent in an infringement suit at a cost of USD 38,400.

b. Research and development costs incurred in 2008 of USD 43,200 were expected to provide benefits over the three succeeding years.

c. On 2009 January 2, the company rented space in a warehouse for five years at an annual fee of USD 9,600. Rent for the first and last years was paid in advance.

d. A total of USD 96,000 was spent uniformly throughout 2009 by the company in promoting its lesser known trademark, which is expected to have a finite useful life of 20 years.

e. In January 2007, the company purchased all of the assets and assumed all of the liabilities of another company, paying USD 192,000 more than the fair market value of all identifiable assets acquired, less the liabilities assumed. The company expects the cash flow benefits for which it paid the USD 192,000 to last 10 years (finite useful life). For each of these unrelated transactions, prepare journal entries to record only those entries (required for 2009. Note any items that do not require an entry in 2009.

how should machine b be reported on the 2010 december 31 balance sheet 625184

During your audit examination of the Shirley Company”s Plant, Property, and Equipment accounts, the following transaction came to your attention. On 2009 January 2, machine A was exchanged for machine B. Shirley Company acquired machine A for USD 90,000 on 2007 January 2. Machine A had an estimated useful life of four years and no salvage value, and the machine was depreciated on the straight-line basis. Machine B had a cash price of USD 108,000. In addition to machine A, cash of USD 30,000 was given up in the exchange. Machine B has an estimated useful life of five years and no salvage value, and the machine is being depreciated using the straight-line method. The exchange has no commercial substance. Upon further analysis, you discover that the company recorded the transaction as an exchange of nonmonetary assets having commercial substance instead of one not having commercial substance. You must now determine the following:

a. What journal entry did the Shirley Company make when it recorded the exchange of machines? (Show computations.)

b. What journal entry should the Shirley Company have made to record the exchange of machines?

c. Assume the error was discovered on 2010 December 31, before adjusting journal entries have been made. What journal entries should be made to correct the accounting records? (Adjustments of prior years” net income because of errors should be debited or credited to Retained Earnings.) What adjusting journal entry should be made to record depreciation for 2010? (Ignore income taxes.)

d. What effect did the error have on reported net income for 2009? (Ignore income taxes.)

e. How should machine B be reported on the 2010 December 31, balance sheet?

use the total assets turnover ratios you computed for rational software as an exampl 625185

Currently, many corporations are looking for acquisition opportunities. Tyre, Inc., is trying to decide whether to buy Amite Company or Beauman Company. Tyre, Inc., has hired you as a consultant to analyze the two companies” financial information and to determine the more advantageous aquisition. Your review of the companies” books has revealed that both Amite and Beauman have assets with the following book values and fair market values:

 

Book Value

Fair Market Value

Accounts receivable

$150,000

$ 150,000

Inventories

450,000

750,000

Land

375,000

675,000

Buildings

450,000

1,050,000

Equipment

180,000

300,000

Patents

120,000

150,000

Liabilities assumed on the purchase of either company include accounts payable, USD 300,000, and notes payable, USD 75,000. The only difference between the companies is that Amite has net income that is about average for the industry, while Beauman”s net income is greatly above average for the industry. Top-level management at Tyre, Inc., has asked you to respond in writing to the following possible situations:

a. Assume Tyre, Inc., can buy Amite Company for USD 2,700,000 or Beauman Company for USD 3,450,000. Prepare the journal entries to record the acquisition of Amite Company and Beauman Company. What accounts for the difference between the purchase price of the two companies?

b. Assume Tyre, Inc, can buy either company for USD 2,700,000. Write a report for Tyre, Inc., advising which company to buy. Annual report analysis C The mission of Rational Software Corporation is to ensure the success of customers constructing the software systems that they depend on. Using the following excerpts from Rational Software”s annual reports, calculate the firm”s total assets turnover for 2004 and 2003. (Amounts are in USD thousands.)

 

2004

2003

2002

Net sales

$ 814,935

$ 572,190

$ 411,816

Total assets

1,709,323

1,225,776

453,956

In a written report, discuss the meaning of the total assets turnover ratio and what the ratio means to management and investors. Use the total assets turnover ratios you computed for Rational Software as an example in your report.

indicate whether each of the following statements is true or false 625189

Indicate whether each of the following statements is true or false.

A person may favor the corporate form of organization for a risky business enterprise primarily because a corporation”s shares can be easily transferred.

In the event of corporate liquidation, stockholders whose stock is preferred as to assets are entitled to receive the par value of their shares before any amounts are distributed to creditors or common stockholders.

The par value of a share of capital stock is no indication of the market value or book value of the share of stock.

When 10,000 shares of USD 20 par value common stock are issued in payment for a parcel of land with a fair market value of USD 300,000, the Common Stock account is credited for USD 200,000, and the Paid-In Capital in Excess of Par Value —Common account is credited for USD 100,000.

compute the average price at which the 70 000 issued shares of common stock were sol 625207

The stockholders” equity of Graf Company”s balance is as follows:

Stockholders” equity:

 

 

Paid-in capital:

 

 

Common stock—without par value, $12

 

 

stated value; authorized 100,000 shares;

 

 

issued and outstanding, 70,000 shares

$ 840,000

 

Paid-in capital in excess of stated value

340,000

 

Total paid-in capital

 

$1,180,000

Retained earnings

 

80,000

Total stockholders” equity

 

$1,260,000

Compute the average price at which the 70,000 issued shares of common stock were sold. Compute the book value per share of common stock.

prepare a schedule showing the dividends declared each year on each class of stock a 625208

The outstanding capital stock of Robbins Corporation consisted of 3,000 shares of 10 percent preferred stock, USD 250 par value, and 30,000 shares of no-par common stock with a stated value of USD 250. The preferred was issued at USD 412, the common at USD 480 per share. On 2005 January 1, the retained earnings of the company were USD 250,000. During the succeeding five years, net income was as follows:

2005

$767,500

2006

510,000

2007

48,000

2008

160,000

2009

662,500

No dividends were in arrears as of 2005 January 1, and during the five years 2005-2009, the board of directors declared dividends in each year equal to net income of the year. Prepare a schedule showing the dividends declared each year on each class of stock assuming the preferred stock is:

a. Cumulative.

b. Noncumulative.

prepare the balance sheet of the company as of 2009 march 1 625209

On 2008 December 27, Glade Company was authorized to issue 250,000 shares of USD 24 par value common stock. It then completed the following transactions: 2009

Jan. 14 Issued 45,000 shares of common stock at USD 30 per share for cash. 29 Gave the promoters of the corporation 25,000 shares of common stock for their services in organizing the company. The board of directors valued these services at USD 744,000. 19 Exchanged 50,000 shares of common stock for the following assets at the indicated fair market values:

Land

USD 216,000

Building

528,000

Machinery

720,000

a. Prepare general journal entries to record the transactions.

b. Prepare the balance sheet of the company as of 2009 March 1.

repeat part a for the stockholders equity accounts assuming the stock authorized has 625210

In the corporate charter that it received on 2009

May 1, Norris Company was authorized to issue 15,000 shares of common stock. The company issued 1,000 shares immediately for USD 82 per share, cash.

On July 2, the company issued 100 shares of stock to a lawyer to satisfy a USD 8,400 bill for legal services rendered in organizing the corporation.

On July 5, the company issued 1,000 shares to the principal promoter of the corporation in exchange for a patent. Another 200 shares were issued to this same person for costs incurred and services rendered in bringing the corporation into existence. The market value of the stock was USD 84 per share.

a. Set up T-accounts, and post these transactions. Then prepare a balance sheet for the Norris Company as of 2009 July 5, assuming the authorized stock has a par value of USD 75 per share.

b. Repeat part (a) for the stockholders” equity accounts, and prepare the stockholders” equity section of the July 5 balance sheet assuming the stock authorized has no par value but has a USD 30 per share stated value.

c. Repeat part (a) for the stockholders” equity accounts assuming the stock authorized has neither par nor stated value. Prepare the stockholders” equity section of the balance sheet.

assume that retained earnings were usd 200 000 prepare the stockholders equity secti 625211

On 2009 May 1, Farmington Company received a charter that authorized it to issue:

•4,000 shares of no-par preferred stock to which a stated value of USD 12 per share is assigned. The stock is entitled to a cumulative dividend of USD 9.60, convertible into two shares of common stock, callable at USD 208, and entitled to USD 200 per share in liquidation.

•1,500 shares of USD 400 par value, USD 20 cumulative preferred stock, which is callable at USD 420 and entitled to USD 412 in liquidation.

•60,000 shares of no-par common stock to which a stated value of USD 40 is assigned.

May 1 All of the USD 9.60 cumulative preferred was issued at USD 204 per share, cash.

2 All of the USD 20 cumulative preferred was exchanged for merchandise inventory, land, and buildings valued at USD 128,000, USD 160,000, and USD 425,000, respectively.

3 Cash of USD 15,000 was paid to reimburse promoters for costs incurred for accounting, legal, and printing services. In addition, 1,000 shares of common stock were issued to the promoters for their services. The value of all of the services (including those paid in cash) was USD 55,000.

a. Prepare journal entries for these transactions.

b. Assume that retained earnings were USD 200,000. Prepare the stockholders” equity section of the 2009 May 31, balance sheet.

alternate problem a on 2005 january 1 the retained earnings of quigley company were 625215

Alternate problem A On 2005 January 1, the retained earnings of Quigley Company were USD 432,000. Net income for the succeeding five years was as follows:

2005

$288,000

2006

216,000

2007

4,800

2008

48,000

2009

264,000

The outstanding capital stock of the corporation consisted of 2,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of USD 480 per share that pays a dividend of USD 19.20 per year and 8,000 shares of no-par common stock with a stated value of USD 240 per share. No dividends were in arrears as of 2005 January 1. Prepare schedules showing how the net income for these five years was distributed to the two classes of stock if in each of the years the entire current net income was distributed as dividends and the preferred stock was:

a. Cumulative.

b. Noncumulative.

prepare a summary of transactions using column headings as given in the preceding ba 624913

The following data are for Central District Parking Corporation:

CENTRAL DISTRICT PARKING CORPORATION
Balance Sheet
2010 October 1

Assets

 

Cash

$344,000

Accounts Receivable

18,000

Total assets

$362,000

Liabilities and Stockholders” Equity

 

Accounts payable

$94,000

Capital stock

232,000

Retained earnings

36,000

Total liabilities and stockholders” equity

$362,000

The summarized transactions for October 2010 are as follows:

Oct.1 The accounts payable owed as of September 30 (USD 94,000) were paid.

1 The company paid rent for the premises for October, USD 19,200.

7 The company received cash of USD 4,200 for parking by daily customers during the week.

10 The company collected USD 14,400 of the accounts receivable in the balance sheet at September 30.

14 Cash receipts for the week from daily customers were USD 6,600.

15 Parking revenue earned but not yet collected from fleet customers was USD 6,000.

16 The company paid salaries of USD 2,400 for the period October 1–15.

19 The company paid advertising expenses of USD 1,200 for October.

21 Cash receipts for the week from daily customers were USD 7,200.

24 The company incurred miscellaneous expenses of USD 840. Payment will be due November 10.

31 Cash receipts for the last 10 days of the month from daily customers were USD 8,400.

31 The company paid salaries of USD 3,000 for the period October 16–31.

31 Billings to monthly customers totaled USD 21,600 for October.

31 Paid cash dividends of USD 24,000.

a. Prepare a summary of transactions using column headings as given in the preceding balance sheet. Determine balances after each transaction.

b. Prepare an income statement for October 2010.

c. Prepare a statement of retained earnings for October 2010.

d. Prepare a balance sheet as of 2010 October 31.

state the probable causes of the changes in each of the balance sheet accounts from 624914

The following balance sheets for 2010 June 30, and 2010 May 31, and the income statement for June are for Beach Camping Trailer Storage, Inc. (Common practice is to show the most recent period first.)

BEACH CAMPING TRAILER STOR AGE, INC
Comparative Balance Sheet

 

June 30,

May 31,

 

2010

2010

Assets

   

Cash

$52,000

$60,000

Accounts receivable

24,000

-0-

Land

36,000

36,000

Total assets

$112,000

$96,000

Liabilities and Stockholders”

Equity

 

Accounts payable

$18,000

$24,000

Capital stock

60,000

60,000

Retained earnings

34,000

12,000

Total liabilities and stockholders” equity

$112,000

$96,000

BEACH CAMPING TRAILER STORAGE, INC. , Income Statement For the Month Ended 2010 June 3

Revenues:

   

Service revenue

 

$100,000

Expenses:

   

Salaries expense

$48,000

 

Supplies bought and used

24,000

72,000

Net income

 

$28,000

A cash dividend of USD 6,000 was declared and paid in June.

State the probable causes of the changes in each of the balance sheet accounts from May 31 to 2010 June 30.

prepare a trial balance 624915

Green Hills Riding Stable, Incorporated, had the following balance sheet on 2010 June 30:

GREEN HILLS RIDING STABLE, INCORPORATED
Balance Sheet
2010 June 30

Assets

Cash

 

$7,500

Accounts receivable

 

5,400

Land

 

40,000

Total assets

 

$52,900

Liabilities and Stockholders” Equity

Liabilities:

   

Accounts payable

 

$800

Notes payable

 

40,000

Total liabilities

 

$40,800

Stockholders” equity:

   

Capital stock

$10,000

 

Retained earnings

2,100

 

Total stockholders” equity

 

12,100

Total liabilities and stockholders” equity

 

$52,900

a. Prepare the journal entries to record the transactions for July 2010.

b. Post the journal entries to the ledger accounts after entering the beginning balances in those accounts. Insert cross-indexing references in the journal and ledger. Use the following chart of accounts:

100

Cash

320

Dividends

103

Accounts Receivable

402

Horse Boarding Fees Revenue

130

Land

404

Riding and Lesson Fees Revenue

140

Buildings

507

Salaries Expense

200

Accounts Payable

513

Feed Expense

201

Notes Payable

540

Interest Expense

300

Capital Stock

568

Miscellaneous Expense

310

Retained Earnings

   

c. Prepare a trial balance.

prepare journal entries to record each of the following transactions for sanchez com 624935

Prepare journal entries to record each of the following transactions for Sanchez Company. Use the letter of the transaction in place of the date. Include an explanation for each entry.

a. Capital stock was issued for cash, USD 300,000.

b. Purchased trucks by signing a note bearing no interest, USD 210,000.

c. Earned service revenue on account, USD 4,800.

d. Collected the account receivable resulting from transaction (c), USD 4,800.

e. Paid the note payable for the trucks purchased, USD 210,000.

f. Paid utilities for the month in the amount of USD 1,800.

g. Paid salaries for the month in the amount of USD 7,500.

h. Incurred supplies expenses on account in the amount of USD 1,920.

i. Purchased another truck for cash, USD 48,000.

j. Performed delivery services on account, USD 24,000.

prepare a trial balance as of 2010 august 31 624941

Economy Laundry Company had the following transactions in August 2010:

Aug. 1 Issued capital stock for cash, USD 150,000.

3 Borrowed USD 40,000 from the bank on a note.

4 Purchased cleaning equipment for USD 25,000 cash.

6 Performed services for customers who promised to pay later, USD 16,000.

7 Paid this month”s rent on a building, USD 2,800.

10 Collections were made for the services performed on August 6, USD 3,200.

14 Supplies were purchased on account for use this month, USD 3,000.

17 A bill for USD 400 was received for utilities for this month.

25 Laundry services were performed for customers who paid immediately, USD 22,000.

31 Paid employee salaries, USD 6,000.

31 Paid cash dividend, USD 2,000.

a. Prepare journal entries for these transactions.

b. Post the journal entries to T-accounts. Enter the account number in the Posting Reference column of the journal as you post each amount. Use the following account numbers:

No.

Acct.

Account Title

100

 

Cash

103

 

Accounts receivable

170

 

Equipment

200

 

Accounts payable

201

 

Notes payable

300

 

Capital stock

320

 

Dividends

400

 

Service revenue

507

 

Salaries expense

511

 

Utilities expense

515

 

Rent expense

518

 

Supplies expense

c. Prepare a trial balance as of 2010 August 31.

prepare general ledger accounts for all of these accounts except retained earnings t 624942

Clean-Sweep Janitorial, Inc., a company providing janitorial services, was organized 2010 July 1. The following account numbers and titles constitute the chart of accounts for the company:

No.

Acct.

Account Title

100

 

Cash

103

 

Accounts receivable

150

 

Trucks

160

 

Office equipment

170

 

Equipment

200

 

Accounts payable

201

 

Notes payable

300

 

Capital stock

310

 

Retained earnings

320

 

Dividends

400

 

Service revenue

506

 

Gas and oil expense

507

 

Salaries expense

511

 

Utilities expense

512

 

Insurance expense

515

 

Rent expense

518

 

Supplies expense

July 1 The company issued USD 600,000 of capital stock for cash.

5 Office space was rented for July, and USD 5,000 was paid for the rental.

8 Desks and chairs were purchased for the office on account, USD 28,800.

10 Equipment was purchased for USD 50,000; a note was given, to be paid in 30 days.

15 Purchased trucks for USD 150,000, paying USD 120,000 cash and giving a 60-day note to the dealer for USD 30,000.

July 18 Paid for supplies received and already used, USD 2,880.

23 Received USD 17,280 cash as service revenue.

27 Insurance expense for July was paid, USD 4,500.

30 Paid for gasoline and oil used by the truck in July, USD 576.

31 Billed customers for janitorial services rendered, USD 40,320.

31 Paid salaries for July, USD 51,840.

31 Paid utilities bills for July, USD 5,280.

31 Paid cash dividends, USD 9,600.

a. Prepare general ledger accounts for all of these accounts except Retained Earnings. The Retained Earnings account has a beginning balance of zero and maintains this balance throughout the period.

b. Journalize the transactions given for July 2010 in the general journal.

c. Post the journal entries to ledger accounts.

d. Prepare a trial balance as of 2010 July 31.

prepare entries in the general journal for the preceding transactions for december 2 624943

Trim Lawn, Inc., is a lawn care company. Thus, the company earns its revenue from sending its trucks to customers” residences and certain commercial establishments to care for lawns and shrubbery. Trim Lawn”s trial balance at the end of the first 11 months of the year follows:

TRIM LAWN, INC.
Trial Balance
2010 November 30

Acct.

     

No.

Account Title

Debits

Credits

100

Cash

$63,740

 

103

Accounts Receivable

88,600

 

150

Trucks

102,900

 

160

Office Furniture

8,400

 

200

Accounts Payable

 

$33,600

300

Capital Stock

 

30,000

310

Retained Earnings, 2010 January 1

 

30,540

400

Service Revenue

 

371,010

505

Advertising Expense

18,300

 

506

Gas an d Oil Expense

21,900

 

507

Salaries Expense

65,850

 

511

Utilities Expense

2,310

 

515

Rent Expense

15,000

 

518

Supplies Expense

75,600

 

531

Entertainment Expense

2,550

 
   

$465,150

$465,150

Dec. 2 Paid rent for December, USD 3,000.

5 Paid the accounts payable of USD 33,600.

8 Paid advertising for December, USD 1,500.

10 Purchased a new office desk on account, USD 1,050.

13 Purchased USD 240 of supplies on account for use in December.

15 Collected cash from customers on account, USD 75,000.

20 Paid for customer entertainment, USD 450.

24 Collected an additional USD 6,000 from customers on account.

26 Paid for gasoline used in the trucks in December, USD 270.

28 Billed customers for services rendered, USD 79,500.

30 Paid for more December supplies, USD 12,000.

31 Paid December salaries, USD 15,300.

31 Paid a USD 4,000 cash dividend. (The Dividends account is No. 320.)

a. Open three-column general ledger accounts for each of the accounts in the trial balance under the date of 2010 December 1. Place the word Balance in the explanation space of each account. Also open an account for Dividends, No. 320.

b. Prepare entries in the general journal for the preceding transactions for December 2010.

c. Post the journal entries to three-column general ledger accounts.

d. Prepare a trial balance as of 2010 December 31.

prepare journal entries for these transactions in the general journal 624944

Speedy Laundry Company, Inc., entered into the following transactions in August 2010:

Aug. 1 Received cash for capital stock issued to owners, USD 400,000.

3 Paid rent for August on a building and laundry equipment rented, USD 3,000.

6 Performed laundry services for USD 2,000 cash.

8 Secured an order from a customer for laundry services of USD 7,000. The services are to be performed next month.

13 Performed laundry services for USD 6,300 on account for various customers.

15 Received and paid a bill for USD 430 for supplies used in operations.

23 Cash collected from customers on account, USD 2,600.

31 Paid USD 2,400 salaries to employees for August.

31 Received the electric and gas bill for August, USD 385, but did not pay it at this time.

31 Paid cash dividend, USD 1,000.

Prepare journal entries for these transactions in the general journal.

how profitable is this new venture should jacobs stay in this business 624947

Business decision case A John Jacobs lost his job as a carpenter with a contractor when a recession hit the construction industry. Jacobs had been making USD 50,000 per year. He decided to form his own company, Jacobs Corporation, and do home repairs.

The following is a summary of the transactions of the business during the first three months of operations in 2010:

Jan. 15 Stockholders invested USD 40,000 in the business.

Feb. 25 Received payment of USD 4,400 for remodeling a basement into a recreation room. The homeowner purchased all of the building materials.

Mar. 5 Paid cash for an advertisement that appeared in the local newspaper, USD 150.

Apr. 10 Received USD 7,000 for converting a room over a garage into an office for a college professor. The professor purchased all of the materials for the job.

11 Paid gas and oil expenses for automobile, USD 900.

12 Miscellaneous business expenses were paid, USD 450.

15 Paid dividends of USD 2,000.

a. Prepare journal entries for these transactions.

b. Post the journal entries to T-accounts.

c. How profitable is this new venture? Should Jacobs stay in this business?

could its philosophy regarding its employees be the major factor in its outstanding 624949

In The Home Depot”s recent Annual Report, the following passages appear:

The primary key to our success is our 39,000 employees who wear those orange aprons you see in our stores.

Few great achievements—in business or in any aspect of life—are reached and sustained without the support and involvement of large numbers of people committed to shared values and goals they deem worthy. Indeed, one need look no further than the business section of the morning newspaper to read of how yet another “blue chip” American business, entrenched in and isolated by its own bureaucracy, has lost the support of its employees and customers…

Frankly, the biggest difference between The Home Depot and our competitors is not the products on our shelves, it is our people and their ability to forge strong bonds of loyalty and trust with our customers……Contrary to conventional management wisdom, those at the top of organization charts are not the source of all wisdom. Many of our best ideas come from the people who work on the sales floor. We encourage our employees to challenge senior management directives if they feel strongly enough about their dissenting opinions…

…We want our people to be themselves and to be bold enough to apply their talents as individuals. Certainly, people can often perceive great risk acting this way. Thus, we go to great lengths to empower our employees to be mavericks, to express differences of opinion without fear of being fired or demoted…We do everything we can to make people feel challenged and inspired at work instead of being threatened and made to feel insecure. An organization can, after all, accomplish more when people work together instead of against each other.

Write answers to the following questions:

a. Do you think The Home Depot management regards its employees more as expenses or assets?

Explain.

b. What does The Home Depot regard as its most valuable asset? Explain your answer.

c. Is The Home Depot permitted to list its human resources as assets on its balance sheet? Why or why not?

d. Could its philosophy regarding its employees be the major factor in its outstanding financial performance? Explain.

what motivated larry to go along with unethical and illegal actions explain 624950

Writing experience D Refer to “An ethical perspective: Financial deals, Inc.”. Write out the answers to the following questions:

a. What motivated Larry to go along with unethical and illegal actions? Explain.

b. What are Larry”s options now? List each possibility.

c. What would you do if you were Larry? Describe in detail.

d. What do you think the real Larry did? Describe in detail.

Group project E In teams of two or three students, interview in person or by speakerphone a new staff member who has worked for a CPA firm for only one or two years. Seek information on the advantages and disadvantages of working for a CPA firm. Also, inquire about the nature of the work and the training programs offered by the firm for new employees. As a team, write a memorandum to the instructor summarizing the results of the interview. The heading of the memorandum should contain the date, to whom it is written, from whom, and the subject matter.

Group project F With one or two other students and using library resources, write a report on the life of Luca Pacioli, sometimes referred to as the father of accounting. Pacioli was a Franciscan monk who wrote a book on double-entry accounting in 1494. Be careful to cite sources and treat direct quotes properly. (If you do not know how to do this, ask your instructor.)

select the best answer for each of the following questions 624953

Select the best answer for each of the following questions.

An insurance policy premium of USD 1,200 was paid on 2010 September 1, to cover a one-year period from that date. An asset was debited on that date. Adjusting entries are prepared once a year, at year-end. The necessary adjusting entry at the company’s year-end, 2010 December 31, is:

a.

Prepaid insurance

400

 
 

Insurance expense

 

400

b.

Insurance expense

800

 
 

Prepaid insurance

 

800

c.

Prepaid insurance

800

 
 

Insurance expense

 

800

d.

Insurance expense

400

 
 

Prepaid insurance

 

400

The Supplies on Hand account has a balance of USD 1,500 at year-end. The actual amount of supplies on hand at the end of the period was USD 400. The necessary adjusting entry is:

a.

Supplies expense

1,100

 
 

Supplies on hand

 

1,100

b.

Supplies expense

400

 
 

Supplies on hand

 

400

c.

Supplies on hand

1,100

 
 

Supplies expense

 

1,100

d.

Supplies on hand

400

 
 

Supplies expense

 

400

A company purchased a truck for USD 20,000 on 2010 January 1. The truck has an estimated residual value of USD 5,000 and is expected to last five years. Adjusting entries are prepared only at year-end. The necessary adjusting entry at 2010 December 31, the company’s year-end, is:

a.

Depreciation expense – Trucks

4,000

 
 

Accumulated

 

4,000

b.

Depreciation expense – Trucks

3,000

 
 

Trucks

 

3,000

c.

Depreciation expense – Trucks

3,000

 
 

Accumulated depreciation – Trucks

 

3,000

d.

Accumulated depreciation trucks

3,000

 
 

Depreciation expense – Trucks

 

3,000

A company received cash of USD 24,000 on 2010 October 1, as subscriptions for a one-year period from that date. A liability account was credited when the cash was received. The magazine is to be published by the company and delivered to subscribers each month. The company prepares adjusting entries at the end of each month because it prepares financial statements each month. The adjusting entry the company would make at the end of each of the next 12 months would be:

a.

Unearned subscription fees

6,000

 
 

Subscription fee revenue

 

6,000

b.

Unearned subscription fees

2,000

 
 

Subscription fee revenue

 

2,000

c.

Unearned subscription feeds

18,000

 
 

Subscription fee revenue

 

18,000

d.

Subscription fee revenue

2,000

 
 

Unearned subscription fees

 

2,000

When a company earns interest on a note receivable or on a bank account, the debit and credit are as follows:

 

Debit

Credit

a.

Accounts receivable

Interest revenue

b.

Interest receivable

Interest revenue

c.

Interest revenue

Accounts receivable

d.

Interest revenue

Interest receivable

If USD 3,000 has been earned by a company’s workers since the last payday in an accounting period, the necessary adjusting entry would be:

a. Debit an expense and credit a liability.

b. Debit an expense and credit an asset.

c. Debit a liability and credit an asset.

d. Debit a liability and credit an expense.

what adjusting entry is necessary at december 31 the end of the accounting year show 624968

One-year insurance policy was purchased on August 1 for USD 2,400, and the

following entry was made at that time:

Prepaid Insurance

2,400

 

Cash

 

2,400

What adjusting entry is necessary at December 31, the end of the accounting year? Show how the T-accounts for Prepaid Insurance and Insurance Expense would appear after the entries are posted.

you know that the gross amount of rent paid was usd 4 500 which was to cover a one y 624970

At 2010 December 31, an adjusting entry was made as follows:

Rent Expense

1,500

 

Prepaid Rent

 

1,500

You know that the gross amount of rent paid was USD 4,500, which was to cover a one-year period.

Determine:

a. The opening date of the year to which the USD 4,500 of rent applies.

b. The entry that was made on the date the rent was paid.

in the following table indicate the effects of failing to recognize each of the indi 624979

In the following table, indicate the effects of failing to recognize each of the indicated adjustments by writing “O” for overstated and “U” for understated.

     

Effect on Balance Sheet Items

   

Effect on
Net Income

Stockholders”

 

Failure to Recognize

 

Assets

Liabilities

Equity

1

Depreciation on a building

       

2

Consumption of supplies on hand

       

3

The earning of ticket revenue received in advance

       

4

The earning of interest on a bank
account

       

5

Salaries incurred by unpaid

       

using 1989 as the base year calculate the trend percentages and comment on the resul 624980

The following data regarding net income (loss) are for Perkins Parts, a medium-sized automotive supplier, for the period 2004–2009.

Net Income
(Earnings)
($ millions)

Net Income
(Earnings)
($ millions)

1989

$860

1995

$4,139

1990

3,835

1996

4,446

1991

(2,258)

1997

6,920

1992

(7,385)

1998

22,071

1993

2,529

1999

7,237

1994

5,308

2000

3,467

Using 1989 as the base year, calculate the trend percentages, and comment on the results.

prepare the annual year end adjusting journal entries at december 31 624981

Among other items, the trial balance of Filmblaster, Inc., a movie rental company, at December 31 of the current year includes the following account balances:

 

Debits

Prepaid Insurance

USD 10,000

Prepaid Rent

USD 14,400

Supplies on Hand

USD 2,800

Examination of the records shows that adjustments should be made for the following items:

a. Of the prepaid insurance in the trial balance, USD 4,000 is for coverage during the months after December 31 of the current year.

b. The balance in the Prepaid Rent account is for a 12-month period that started October 1 of the current year.

c. USD 300 of interest has been earned but not received.

d. Supplies used during the year amount to USD 1,800.

Prepare the annual year-end adjusting journal entries at December 31.

prepare the year end adjusting journal entries at december 31 624982

Marathon Magazine, Inc., has the following account balances, among others, in its trial balance at December 31 of the current year:

 

Debits

Credits

Supplies on Hand

$3,720

 

Prepaid Rent

7,200

 

Unearned Subscription Fees

 

$15,000

Subscriptions Revenue

 

261,000

Salaries Expense

123,000

 

The inventory of supplies on hand at December 31 amounts to USD 720.

The balance in the Prepaid Rent account is for a one-year period starting October 1 of the

current year.

One-third of the USD 15,000 balance in Unearned Subscription Fees has been earned. Since the last payday, the employees of the company have earned additional salaries in the amount of USD 5,430.

a. Prepare the year-end adjusting journal entries at December 31.

b. Open ledger accounts for each of the accounts involved, enter the balances as shown in the trial balance, post the adjusting journal entries, and calculate year-end balances.

prepare the annual year end adjusting entries indicated by the additional data 624983

Hillside Apartments, Inc., adjusts and closes its books each December 31. Assume the accounts for all prior years have been properly adjusted and closed. Following are some of the company’s account balances prior to adjustment on 2010 December 31:

HILLSIDE APARTMENTS, INC.
Partial Trial Balance
2010 December 31

 

Debits

Credits

Prepaid insurance

$7,500

 

Supplies on hand

7,000

 

Buildings

255,000

 

Accumulated depreciation – Buildings

 

$96,000

Unearned rent

 

2,700

Salaries expense

69,000

 

Rent revenue

 

277,500

The Prepaid Insurance account balance represents the remaining cost of a four-year insurance policy dated 2011 June 30, having a total premium of USD 12,000.

The physical inventory of the office supply stockroom indicates that the supplies on hand cost USD 3,000.

The building was originally acquired on 1994 January 1, at which time management estimated that the building would last 40 years and have a residual value of USD 15,000. Salaries earned since the last payday but unpaid at December 31 amount to USD 5,000.

Interest earned but not collected on a savings account during the year amounts to USD 400.

The Unearned Rent account arose through the prepayment of rent by a tenant in the building for 12 months beginning 2010 October 1.

Prepare the annual year-end adjusting entries indicated by the additional data.

calculate the correct net income for 2010 and 2011 in your answer start with the rep 624984

The reported net income amounts for Gulf Coast Magazine, Inc., for calendar years 2010 and 2011 were USD 200,000 and USD 222,000, respectively. No annual adjusting entries were made at either year-end for any of the following transactions:

A fire insurance policy to cover a three-year period from the date of payment was purchased on 2010 March 1 for USD 3,600. The Prepaid Insurance account was debited at the date of purchase.

Subscriptions for magazines in the amount of USD 72,000 to cover an 18-month period from 2010 May 1, were received on 2010 April 15. The Unearned Subscription Fees account was credited when the payments were received.

A building costing USD 180,000 and having an estimated useful life of 50 years and a residual value of USD 30,000 was purchased and put into service on 2010 January 1.

On 2011 January 12, salaries of USD 9,600 were paid to employees. The account debited was Salaries Expense. One-third of the amount paid was earned by employees in December of 2010.

Calculate the correct net income for 2010 and 2011. In your answer, start with the reported net income. Then show the effects of each correction (adjustment), using a plus or a minus to indicate whether reported income should be increased or decreased as a result of the correction. When the corrections are added to or deducted from the reported net income amounts, the result should be the correct net income amounts. The answer format should appear as follows:

Explanation of corrections

2010

2011

Reported net income

$200,000

$222,000

To correct error in accounting for:

   

Fire insurance policy premium:

   

Correct expense in 2010

-1,000

 

Correct expense in 2011

 

-1,200

in january 2007 joan hill bought one share of orban corp stock for 300 on march 1 20 624684

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following data:

In January 2007, Joan Hill bought one share of Orban Corp. stock for $300. On March 1, 2007, Orban distributed one share of preferred stock for each share of common stock held. This distribution was nontaxable. On March 1, 2007, Joan’s one share of common stock had a fair market value of $450, while the preferred stock had a fair market value of $150.

After the distribution of the preferred stock, Joan’s bases for her Orban stocks are

Common

Preferred

a.

$300

$0

b.

$225

$ 75

c.

$200

$100

d.

$150

$150

The holding period for the preferred stock starts in

  1. January 2007.
  2. March 2007.
  3. September 2007.
  4. December 2007.

what is tom gow rsquo s recognized gain and basis in his new investment real estate 624686

Tom Gow owned a parcel of investment real estate that had an adjusted basis of $25,000 and a fair market value of $40,000. During 2007, Gow exchanged his investment real estate for the items of property listed below.

Land to be held for investment (fair market value)

$35,000

A small sailboat to be held for personal use (fair market value)

3,000

Cash

2,000

What is Tom Gow’s recognized gain and basis in his new investment real estate?

Gain recognized

Basis for real estate

a.

$2,000

$22,000

b.

$2,000

$25,000

c.

$5,000

$25,000

d.

$5,000

$35,000

the following information pertains to the acquisition of a six wheel truck by sol ba 624691

The following information pertains to the acquisition of a six-wheel truck by Sol Barr, a self-employed contractor:

Cost of original truck traded in

$20,000

Book value of original truck at trade-in date

4,000

List price of new truck

25,000

Trade-in allowance for old truck

6,000

Business use of both trucks

100

%

The basis of the new truck is

  1. $27,000
  2. $25,000
  3. $23,000
  4. $19,000

the following information pertains to the sale of al and beth oran rsquo s principal 624694

The following information pertains to the sale of Al and Beth Oran’s principal residence:

Date of sale

February 2007

Date of purchase

October 1991

Net sales price

$760,000

Adjusted basis

$170,000

Al and Beth owned their home jointly and had occupied it as their principal residence since acquiring the home in 1991. In June 2007, the Orans bought a condo for $190,000 to be used as their principal residence. What amount of gain must the Orans recognize on their 2007 joint return from the sale of their residence?

  1. $ 90,000
  2. $150,000
  3. $340,000
  4. $400,000

on january 3 2007 smith sold the shares purchased on december 15 2006 for 13 000 wha 624697

Smith, an individual calendar-year taxpayer, purchased 100 shares of Core Co. common stock for $15,000 on December 15, 2006, and an additional 100 shares for $13,000 on December 30, 2006. On January 3, 2007, Smith sold the shares purchased on December 15, 2006, for $13,000. What amount of loss from the sale of Core stock is deductible on Smith’s 2006 and 2007 income tax returns?

2006

2007

a.

$0

$0

b.

$0

$2,000

c.

$1,000

$1,000

d.

$2,000

$0

also in 2007 nam sustained a long term capital loss of 24 000 from the sale of marke 624709

In 2007, Nam Corp., which is not a dealer in securities, realized taxable income of $160,000 from its business operations. Also, in 2007, Nam sustained a long-term capital loss of $24,000 from the sale of marketable securities. Nam did not realize any other capital gains or losses since it began operations. In Nam’s income tax returns, what is the proper treatment for the $24,000 long-term capital loss?

  1. Use $3,000 of the loss to reduce 2007 taxable income, and carry $21,000 of the long-term capital loss forward for five years.
  2. Use $6,000 of the loss to reduce 2007 taxable income by $3,000, and carry $18,000 of the long-term capital loss forward for five years.
  3. Use $24,000 of the long-term capital loss to reduce 2007 taxable income by $12,000.
  4. Carry the $24,000 long-term capital loss forward for five years, treating it as a short-term capital loss.

determine balances after each transaction to show that the basic accounting equation 624880

On 2010 June 1, Green Hills Riding Stable, Incorporated, was organized. The following transactions occurred during June:

June 1 Shares of capital stock were issued for USD 10,000 cash.

4 A horse stable and riding equipment were rented (and paid for) for the month at a cost of USD 1,200.

8 Horse feed for the month was purchased on credit, USD 800.

15 Boarding fees of USD 3,000 for June were charged to those owning horses boarded at the stable. (Fee is due on July 10.)

20 Miscellaneous expenses of USD 600 were paid.

29 Land was purchased from a savings and loan association by borrowing USD 40,000 on a note from that association. The loan is due to be repaid in five years. Interest payments are due at the end of each month beginning July 31.

30 Salaries of USD 700 for the month were paid.

30 Riding and lesson fees were billed to customers in the amount of USD 2,800. (Fees are due on July 10.)

Prepare a summary of the preceding transactions. Use columns headed Cash, Accounts Receivable, Land, Accounts Payable, Notes Payable, Capital Stock, and Retained Earnings. Determine balances after each transaction to show that the basic accounting equation is in balance.

Prepare an income statement for June 2010.

Prepare a statement of retained earnings for June 2010.

Prepare a balance sheet as of 2010 June 30.

a match the descriptions in column b with the appropriate terms in column a 624894

A Match the descriptions in Column B with the appropriate terms in Column A.

 

Column A

 

Column B

1

Corporation.

a.

An unincorporated business owned by an individual.

2

Merchandising Company

b.

The form of organization used by most large businesses.

3

Partnership.

c.

Buys raw materials and converts them into finished products.

4

Manufacture Company

d.

Buys goods in their finished form and sells them to customers in that same form.

5

Service company

e.

An unincorporated business with more than one owner.

6

Single Proprietorship

f.

Performs services for a fee

for each of the following events determine if it has an effect on the specific items 624898

For each of the following events, determine if it has an effect on the specific items (such as cash) in the accounting equation. For the events that do have an effect, present an analysis of the transaction showing its two sides or dual nature.

a. Purchased equipment for cash, USD 12,000.

b. Purchased a truck for USD 40,000, signed a note (with no interest) promising payment in 10 days.

c. Paid USD 1,600 for the current month’s utilities.

d. Paid for the truck purchased in (b).

e. Employed Mary Childers as a salesperson at USD 1,200 per month. She is to start work next week.

f. Signed an agreement with a bank in which the bank agreed to lend the company up to USD 200,000 any time within the next two years.

bradley company engaged in a courier service business completed the following 624899

Bradley Company, engaged in a courier service business, completed the following

selected transactions during July 2010:

a. Purchased office equipment on account.

b. Paid an account payable.

c. Earned service revenue on account.

d. Borrowed money by signing a note at the bank.

e. Paid salaries for month to employees.

f. Received cash on account from a charge customer.

g. Received gas and oil bill for month.

h. Purchased delivery truck for cash.

i. Declared and paid a cash dividend.

Using a tabular form similar to Exhibit 4 (Part A), indicate the effect of each transaction on the accounting equation using (+) for increase and (–) for decrease. No dollar amounts are needed, and you need not fill in the Explanation column.

prepare an income statement for july 2010 624903

Assume that the following items were included in the Retained Earnings column in the

summary of transactions for Cinck Company for July 2010:

Salaries expense

$120,000

Service revenue

300,000

Gas and oil expense

27,000

Rent expense

48,000

Dividends paid

40,000

Prepare an income statement for July 2010.

prepare a balance sheet we have purposely listed the accounts out of order 624904

Given the following facts, prepare a statement of retained earnings for Brindle Company, a tanning salon, for August 2010:

Balance in retained earnings at end of July, USD 188,000.

Dividends paid in August, USD 63,600.

Net income for August, USD 72,000.

The column totals of a summary of transactions for Speedy Printer Repair, Inc., as of 2010 December 31, were as follows:

Accounts payable

$60,000

Accounts receivable

90,000

Capital stock

100,000

Cash

40,000

Land

80,000

Building

50,000

Equipment

30,000

Notes payable

20,000

Retained earnings

?

Prepare a balance sheet. We have purposely listed the accounts out of order.

given the following data for merck calculate the equity ratios for 2003 and 2002 the 624905

Merck & Co., Inc. is a world leader in the discovery, development, manufacture and marketing of a broad range of human and animal health products. The company, which has 70,000 employees, spends over USD 2 billion every year on the research and development of new drugs. As of the end of 2, its 2.2 billion shares are valued in the stock market for a total of USD 132 billion. Given the following data for Merck, calculate the equity ratios for 2003 and 2002. Then comment on the results.

 

2003

2002

Stockholders” equity

USD 14,832,400,000

USD 13,241,600,000

Total equities

USD 39,910,400,000

USD 35,634,900,000

prepare a summary of transactions see part a of exhibit 4 use money columns headed c 624906

Lakewood Personal Finance Company, which provides financial advisory services,

engaged in the following transactions during May 2010:

May 1Received USD 300,000 cash for shares of capital stock issued when company was organized.

2 The company borrowed USD 40,000 from the bank on a note.

7 The company bought USD 182,400 of computer equipment for cash.

11 Cash received for services performed to date was USD 15,200.

14 Services performed for a customer who agreed to pay within a month were USD 10,000.

15 Employee wages were paid, USD 13,200.

19 The company paid USD 14,000 on the note to the bank.

31 Interest paid to the bank for May was USD 140. (Interest is an expense, which reduces retained earnings.)

31 The customer of May 14 paid USD 3,200 of the amount owed to the company.

31 An order was received from a customer for services to be rendered next week, which will be billed at USD 12,000.

Prepare a summary of transactions (see Part A of Exhibit 4). Use money columns headed Cash, Accounts Receivable, Equipment, Notes Payable, Capital Stock, and Retained Earnings. Determine balances after each transaction to show that the accounting equation balances.

determine balances after each transaction to show that the basic accounting equation 624907

Reliable Lawn Care Service, Inc., a company that takes care of lawns and shrubbery of

personal residences, engaged in the following transactions in April 2010:

Apr.1 The company was organized and received USD 400,000 cash from the owners in exchange for capital stock issued.

4 The company bought equipment for cash, USD 101,760.

9 The company bought additional mowing equipment that cost USD 9,120 and agreed to pay for it in 30 days.

15 Cash received for services performed to date was USD 3,840.

16 Amount due from a customer for services performed totaled USD 5,280.

30 Of the receivable (see April 16), USD 3,072 was collected in cash.

30 Miscellaneous operating expenses of USD 6,240 were paid during the month.

30 An order was placed for miscellaneous equipment costing USD 28,800.

a. Prepare a summary of transactions (see Part A of Exhibit 4). Use money columns headed Cash, Accounts Receivable, Equipment, Accounts Payable, Capital Stock, and Retained Earnings. Determine balances after each transaction to show that the basic accounting equation balances.

b. Prepare a balance sheet as of April 30.

prepare an income statement for june 2010 624908

Analysis of the transactions of the Moonlight Drive-In Theater for June 2010 disclosed

the following:

Ticket revenue

USD 180000

Equipment rent expense

50000

Film rent expense

53400

Concession revenue

29600

Advertising expense

18600

Salaries expense

60000

Utilities expense

14100

Cash dividends declared and paid

12000

Balance sheet amounts at June 30 include the following:

Cash

USD 140,000

Land

148000

Accounts payable

87600

Capital stock

114000

Retained earnings as of 2010 June 1

84900

a. Prepare an income statement for June 2010.

b. Prepare a statement of retained earnings for June 2010.

c. Prepare a balance sheet as of 2010 June 30.

d. How solvent does this company appear to be?

prepare a summary of transactions see part a of exhibit 4 using column headings as g 624909

Little Folks Baseball, Inc., was formed by a group of parents to meet a need for a place for kids to play baseball. At the beginning of its second year of operations, its balance sheet appeared as follows:

LITTLE FOLKS BASEBALL
Balance Sheet 2010 April 30

Assets

   

Cash

 

$56,000

Accounts Receivable

 

80,000

Land

 

600,000

Total assets

 

$736,000

Liabilities and Stockholders” Equity

   

Liabilities:

   

Accounts payable

 

$64,000

Stockholders” Equity:

   

Capital stock

$400,000

 

Retained earnings

272,000

672,000

Total liabilities and stockholders” equity

 

$736,000

The summarized transactions for May 2010 are as follows:

a. Issued additional capital stock for cash, USD 200,000.

b. Collected USD 80,000 on accounts receivable.

c. Paid USD 64,000 on accounts payable.

d. Received membership fees from parents (nonrefundable): in cash, USD 260,000; and on account, USD 120,000.

e. Incurred operating expenses: for cash, USD 60,000; and on account, USD 160,000.

f. Paid dividends of USD 16,000.

g. Purchased more land for cash, USD 96,000.

h. Placed an order for new equipment expected to cost USD 120,000.

a. Prepare a summary of transactions (see Part A of Exhibit 4) using column headings as given in the balance sheet. Determine balances after each transaction.

b. Prepare an income statement for May 2010.

c. Prepare a statement of retained earnings for May 2010.

d. Prepare a balance sheet as of 2010 May 31.

The balance sheets for 2010 May 31, and 2010 April 30, and the income statement for May of the Target-Line Golf Driving Range follow. (Common practice is to show the most recent period first.)

TARGET-LINE GOLF DRIVING RANGE
Comparative Balance Sheet

 

May 31,

April 30,

 

2010

2010

Assets

   

Cash

$56,400

$46,800

Land

163,200

144,000

Total assets

$219,600

$190,800

Liabilities and Stockholders” Equity

   

Accounts payable

$18,000

$27,600

Capital stock

144,000

144,000

Retained earnings

57,600

19,200

Total liabilities and stockholders” equity

$219,600

$190,800

TARGET-LINE GOLF DRIVING RANGE
Income Statement
For the Month Ended 2010 May 31

Revenues:

   

Service revenue

 

$64,000

Expenses:

   

Salaries expense

$16,000

 

Equipment rental expense

9,600

25,600

Net income

 

$38,400

All revenues earned are on account.

State the probable cause(s) of the change in each of the balance sheet accounts from April 30 to 2010 May 31.

prepare a summary of transactions see part a of exhibit 4 for the company for these 624910

Preston Auto Paint Company had the temporary free use of an old building and completed the following transactions in September 2010:

Sept. 1 The company was organized and received USD 100,000 cash from the issuance of capital stock.

5 The company bought painting and sanding equipment for cash at a cost of USD 25,000.

7 The company painted the auto fleet of a customer who agreed to pay USD 8,000 in one week. The customer furnished the special paint.

14 The company received the USD 8,000 from the transaction of September 7.

20 Additional sanding equipment that cost USD 2,800 was acquired today; payment was postponed until September 28.

28 USD 2,400 was paid on the liability incurred on September 20.

30 Employee salaries for the month, USD 2,200, were paid.

30 Placed an order for additional painting equipment advertised at USD 20,000.

Prepare a summary of transactions (see Part A of Exhibit 4) for the company for these transactions.

Use money columns headed Cash, Accounts Receivable, Equipment, Accounts Payable, Capital Stock, and Retained Earnings. Determine balances after each transaction to show that the basic accounting equation balances.

determine balances after each transaction to show that the basic accounting equation 624911

Quick-Start Home Repair Company completed the following transactions in June 2010:

June 1 The company was organized and received USD 200,000 cash from the issuance of capital stock.

4 The company paid USD 48,000 cash for a truck.

7 The company borrowed USD 10,000 from its bank on a note.

9 Cash received for repair services performed was USD 4,500.

12 Expenses of operating the business so far this month were paid in cash, USD 3,400.

18 Repair services performed for a customer who agreed to pay within a month amounted to USD 5,400.

25 The company paid USD 4,065 on its loan from the bank, including USD 4,050 of principal and USD 15 of interest. (The principal is the amount of the loan. Interest is an expense, which reduces retained earnings.)

30 Miscellaneous expenses incurred in operating the business from June 13 to date were USD 3,825 and were paid in cash.

30 An order (contract) was received from a customer for repair services to be performed tomorrow, which will be billed at USD 3,000.

a. Prepare a summary of transactions (see Part A of Exhibit 4). Include money columns for Cash, Accounts Receivable, Trucks, Notes Payable, Capital Stock, and Retained Earnings. Determine balances after each transaction to show that the basic accounting equation balances.

b. Prepare a balance sheet as of 2010 June 30.

prepare an income statement for the year ended 2010 june 30 624912

Following are summarized transaction data for Luxury Apartments, Inc., for the year ending 2010 June 30. The company owns and operates an apartment building.

Rent revenue from building owned

USD 150,000

Building repairs

2870

Building cleaning, labor cost

3185

Property taxes on the building

4000

Insurance on the building

1225

Commissions paid to rental agent

5000

Legal and accounting fees (for preparation of tenant leases)

1260

Utilities expense

8225

Cost of new awnings (installed on June 30, will last 10 years)

5000

Of the USD 150,000 rent revenue, USD 5,000 was not collected in cash until 2010 July 5. Prepare an income statement for the year ended 2010 June 30.

what portion of the 1 120 would qualify as itemized deductions for 2007 624586

During 2007, William Clark was assessed a deficiency on his 2005 federal income tax return. As a result of this assessment he was required to pay $1,120 determined as follows:

Additional tax

$900

Late filing penalty

60

Negligence penalty

90

Interest

70

What portion of the $1,120 would qualify as itemized deductions for 2007?

  1. $0
  2. $ 14
  3. $150
  4. $220

without regard to the 100 ldquo floor rdquo and the adjusted gross income percentage 624598

Alex and Myra Burg, married and filing joint income tax returns, derive their entire income from the operation of their retail candy shop. Their 2007 adjusted gross income was $50,000. The Burgs itemized their deductions on Schedule A for 2007. The following unreimbursed cash expenditures were among those made by the Burgs during 2007:

Repair of glass vase accidentally broken in home by dog; vase cost $500 in 2004; fair value $600 before accident and $200 after accident

$90

Without regard to the $100 “floor” and the adjusted gross income percentage threshold, what amount should the Burgs deduct for the casualty loss in their itemized deductions on Schedule A for 2007?

  1. $0
  2. $ 90
  3. $300
  4. $400

2 500 repairs in connection with 2007 fire damage to the hoyt residence this proper 624600

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following selected 2007 information pertaining to Sam and Ann Hoyt, who filed a joint federal income tax return for the calendar year 2007. The Hoyts had adjusted gross income of $34,000 and itemized their deductions for 2007. Among the Hoyts’ cash expenditures during 2007 were the following:

$2,500 repairs in connection with 2007 fire damage to the Hoyt residence. This property has a basis of $50,000. Fair market value was $60,000 before the fire and $55,000 after the fire. Insurance on the property had lapsed in 2006 for nonpayment of premium.

$800 appraisal fee to determine amount of fire loss.

What amount of fire loss were the Hoyts entitled to deduct as an itemized deduction on their 2007 return?

  1. $5,000
  2. $2,500
  3. $1,600
  4. $1,500

The appraisal fee to determine the amount of the Hoyts’ fire loss was

  1. Deductible from gross income in arriving at adjusted gross income.
  2. Subject to the 2% of adjusted gross income floor for miscellaneous itemized deductions.
  3. Deductible after reducing the amount by $100.
  4. Not deductible.

hall a divorced person and custodian of her twelve year old child submitted the foll 624603

Hall, a divorced person and custodian of her twelve-year-old child, submitted the following information to the CPA who prepared her 2006 return:

During 2006, Hall spent a total of $1,000 for state lottery tickets. Her lottery winnings in 2006 totaled $200.

Hall’s lottery transactions should be reported as follows:

Schedule A—itemized deductions

Other miscellaneous deductions

Other income on page 1

Subject to 2% AGI floor

Not subject to 2% AGI floor

a.

$0

$0

$0

b.

$200

$0

$200

c.

$200

$200

$0

d.

$200

$0

$0

joel rich is an outside salesman deriving his income solely from commissions and per 624604

Joel Rich is an outside salesman, deriving his income solely from commissions, and personally bearing all expenses without reimbursement of any kind. During 2007, Joel paid the following expenses pertaining directly to his activities as an outside salesman:

Travel

$10,000

Secretarial

7,000

Telephone

1,000

How should these expenses be deducted in Joel’s 2007 return?

From gross income, in arriving at adjusted gross income

As itemized deductions

a.

$18,000

$0

b.

$11,000

$ 7,000

c.

$10,000

$ 8,000

d.

$0

$18,000

how much can magda claim in 2007 as allowable miscellaneous deductions on schedule a 624605

Magda Micale, a public school teacher with adjusted gross income of $10,000, paid the following items in 2007 for which she received no reimbursement:

Initiation fee for membership in teachers’ union

$100

Dues to teachers’ union

180

Voluntary unemployment benefit fund contributions to union-established fund

72

How much can Magda claim in 2007 as allowable miscellaneous deductions on Schedule A of Form 1040?

  1. $ 80
  2. $280
  3. $252
  4. $352

if brodsky were to itemize his personal deductions what amount should he claim as mi 624606

Harold Brodsky is an electrician employed by a contracting firm. His adjusted gross income is $25,000. During the current year he incurred and paid the following expenses:

Use of personal auto for company business (reimbursed by employer for $200)

$300

Specialized work clothes

550

Union dues

600

Cost of income tax preparation

150

Preparation of will

100

If Brodsky were to itemize his personal deductions, what amount should he claim as miscellaneous deductible expenses?

  1. $ 800
  2. $ 900
  3. $1,500
  4. $1,700

poole wishes to minimize his income tax what is poole rsquo s 2007 total income tax 624628

Poole, forty-five years old and unmarried, is in the 15% tax bracket. He had 2007 adjusted gross income of $20,000. The following information applies to Poole:

Medical expenses

$7,000

Standard deduction

5,350

Personal exemption

3,400

Poole wishes to minimize his income tax. What is Poole’s 2007 total income tax?

  1. $3,000
  2. $1,733
  3. $1,665
  4. $1,455

what are the amounts of tax preference items and adjustments that must be added to o 624630

Randy Lowe reported the following items in computing his regular federal income tax for 2007:

Personal exemption

$3,400

Itemized deduction for state taxes

1,500

Cash charitable contributions

1,250

Net long-term capital gain

700

Excess of accelerated depreciation over straight-line depreciation on real property placed in service prior to 1987

600

Tax-exempt interest from private activity bonds

400

What are the amounts of tax preference items and adjustments that must be added to or subtracted from regular taxable income in order to compute Lowe’s alternative minimum taxable income for 2007?

Preferences

Adjustments

a.

$1,000

$4,900

b.

$1,000

$5,600

c.

$1,700

$6,150

d.

$2,250

$5,400

an individual rsquo s alternative minimum tax adjustments include 624633

An individual’s alternative minimum tax adjustments include

Net long-term capital gain in excess of net short-term capital loss

Home equity interest expense where loan proceeds not used to buy, build, or improve home

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

assuming that the jasons do not claim any other credits against their tax what is th 624647

Robert and Mary Jason, filing a joint tax return for 2007, had a tax liability of $9,000 based on their tax table income and three exemptions. Robert and Mary had earned income of $30,000 and $22,000, respectively, during 2007. In order for Mary to be gainfully employed, the Jasons incurred the following employment-related expenses for their four-year-old son John in 2007:

Payee

Amount

Union Day Care Center

$2,500

Acme Home Cleaning Service

500

Wilma Jason, babysitter (Robert Jason’s mother)

1,000

Assuming that the Jasons do not claim any other credits against their tax, what is the amount of the child care tax credit they should report on their tax return for 2007?

  1. $ 500
  2. $ 600
  3. $ 700
  4. $1,050

which factor s may affect the amount of sunex rsquo s foreign tax credit available i 624649

Sunex Co., an accrual-basis, calendar-year domestic C corporation, is taxed on its worldwide income. In the current year, Sunex’s US tax liability on its domestic and foreign-source income is $60,000 and no prior year foreign income taxes have been carried forward. Which factor(s) may affect the amount of Sunex’s foreign tax credit available in its current year corporate income tax return?

Income source

The foreign tax rate

a.

Yes

Yes

b.

Yes

No

c.

No

Yes

d.

No

No

what amount of foreign tax credit may wald claim for 2007 624650

The following information pertains to Wald Corp.’s operations for the year ended December 31, 2007:

Worldwide taxable income

$300,000

US source taxable income

180,000

US income tax before foreign tax credit

96,000

Foreign nonbusiness-related interest earned

30,000

Foreign income taxes paid on nonbusiness-related interest earned

12,000

Other foreign source taxable income

90,000

Foreign income taxes paid on other foreign source taxable income

27,000

What amount of foreign tax credit may Wald claim for 2007?

  1. $28,800
  2. $36,600
  3. $38,400
  4. $39,000

what is birch rsquo s tax basis for the land and building 624675

Ralph Birch purchased land and a building which will be used in connection with Birch’s business. The costs associated with this purchase are as follows:

Cash down payment

$ 40,000

Mortgage on property

350,000

Survey costs

2,000

Title and transfer taxes

2,500

Charges for hookup of gas, water, and sewer lines

3,000

Back property taxes owed by the seller that were paid by Birch

5,000

What is Birch’s tax basis for the land and building?

  1. $ 44,500
  2. $394,500
  3. $397,500
  4. $402,500

laura rsquo s father albert gave laura a gift of 500 shares of liba corporation comm 624680

Items 1 through 3 are based on the following data:

Laura’s father, Albert, gave Laura a gift of 500 shares of Liba Corporation common stock in 2007. Albert’s basis for the Liba stock was $4,000. At the date of this gift, the fair market value of the Liba stock was $3,000.

If Laura sells the 500 shares of Liba stock in 2007 for $5,000, her basis is

  1. $5,000
  2. $4,000
  3. $3,000
  4. $0

If Laura sells the 500 shares of Liba stock in 2007 for $2,000, her basis is

  1. $4,000
  2. $3,000
  3. $2,000
  4. $0

If Laura sells the 500 shares of Liba stock in 2007 for $3,500, what is the reportable gain or loss in 2007?

  1. $3,500 gain.
  2. $ 500 gain.
  3. $ 500 loss.
  4. $0.

fred zorn died on january 5 2007 bequeathing his entire 2 000 000 estate to his sist 624682

Fred Zorn died on January 5, 2007, bequeathing his entire $2,000,000 estate to his sister, Ida. The alternate valuation date was validly elected by the executor of Fred’s estate. Fred’s estate included 2,000 shares of listed stock for which Fred’s basis was $380,000. This stock was distributed to Ida nine months after Fred’s death. Fair market values of this stock were

At the date of Fred’s death

$400,000

Six months after Fred’s death

450,000

Nine months after Fred’s death

480,000

Ida’s basis for this stock is

  1. $380,000
  2. $400,000
  3. $450,000
  4. $480,000

on march 1 2007 lois rice learned that she was bequeathed 1 000 shares of elin corp 624683

Items 1 and 2 are based on the following data:

On March 1, 2007, Lois Rice learned that she was bequeathed 1,000 shares of Elin Corp. common stock under the will of her uncle, Pat Prevor. Pat had paid $5,000 for the Elin stock in 2002. Fair market value of the Elin stock on March 1, 2007, the date of Pat’s death, was $8,000 and had increased to $11,000 six months later. The executor of Pat’s estate elected the alternative valuation for estate tax purposes. Lois sold the Elin stock for $9,000 on May 1, 2007, the date that the executor distributed the stock to her.

Lois’ basis for gain or loss on sale of the 1,000 shares of Elin stock is

  1. $ 5,000
  2. $ 8,000
  3. $ 9,000
  4. $11,000

Lois should treat the 1,000 shares of Elin stock as a

  1. Short-term Section 1231 asset.
  2. Long-term Section 1231 asset.
  3. Short-term capital asset.
  4. Long-term capital asset.

with regard to the passive loss rules involving rental real estate activities which 624530

With regard to the passive loss rules involving rental real estate activities, which one of the following statements is correct?

  1. The term “passive activity” includes any rental activity without regard as to whether or not the taxpayer materially participates in the activity.
  2. Gross investment income from interest and dividends not derived in the ordinary course of a trade or business is treated as passive activity income that can be offset by passive rental activity losses when the “active participation” requirement is not met.
  3. Passive rental activity losses may be deducted only against passive income, but passive rental activity credits may be used against tax attributable to non-passive activities.
  4. The passive activity rules do not apply to taxpayers whose adjusted gross income is $300,000 or less.

with regard to depreciation computations made under the general macrs method the hal 624538

With regard to depreciation computations made under the general MACRS method, the half-year convention provides that

  1. One-half of the first year’s depreciation is allowed in the year in which the property is placed in service, regardless of when the property is placed in service during the year, and a half-year’s depreciation is allowed for the year in which the property is disposed of.
  2. The deduction will be based on the number of months the property was in service, so that one-half month’s depreciation is allowed for the month in which the property is placed in service and for the month in which it is disposed of.
  3. Depreciation will be allowed in the first year of acquisition of the property only if the property is placed in service no later than June 30 for calendar-year corporations.
  4. Depreciation will be allowed in the last year of the property’s economic life only if the property is disposed of after June 30 of the year of disposition for calendar-year corporations.

in january 2007 he moved to houston to seek employment and obtained a full time job 624544

Martin Dawson, who resided in Detroit, was unemployed for the last six months of 2006. In January 2007, he moved to Houston to seek employment, and obtained a full-time job there in February. He kept this job for the balance of the year. Martin paid the following expenses in 2007 in connection with his move:

Rental of truck to move his personal belongings to Houston

$

800

Penalty for breaking the lease on his Detroit apartment

300

Total

$

1,100

How much can Martin deduct in 2007 for moving expenses?

  1. $0
  2. $ 300
  3. $ 800
  4. $1,100

how much of the indirect expenses can be deducted by putney as moving expenses 624545

Richard Putney, who lived in Idaho for five years, moved to Texas in 2007 to accept a new position. His employer reimbursed him in full for all direct moving costs, but did not pay for any part of the following indirect moving expenses incurred by Putney:

Househunting trips to Texas

$800

Temporary housing in Texas

900

How much of the indirect expenses can be deducted by Putney as moving expenses?

  1. $0
  2. $ 900
  3. $1,500
  4. $1,700

carroll had no medical insurance for regular income tax purposes what was carroll rs 624560

Carroll, an unmarried taxpayer with an adjusted gross income of $100,000, incurred and paid the following unreimbursed medical expenses for the year:

Doctor bills resulting from a serious fall

$5,000

Cosmetic surgery that was necessary to correct a congenital deformity

$15,000

Carroll had no medical insurance. For regular income tax purposes, what was Carroll’s maximum allowable medical expense deduction, after the applicable threshold limitation, for the year?

  1. $0
  2. $12,500
  3. $15,000
  4. $20,000

the blairs graciously paid the bill however they provided no other support for eric 624561

Charlene and Gene Blair are married and filed a joint return for 2007. Their medical related expenditures for 2007 included the following:

Medical insurance premiums

$ 800

Medicines prescribed by doctors

450

Aspirin and over-the-counter cold capsules

80

Unreimbursed doctor fees

1,000

Transportation to and from doctors

150

Emergency room fee

500

The emergency room fee related to an injury incurred by the Blair’s son, Eric, during a visit to their home. The Blairs graciously paid the bill; however, they provided no other support for Eric during the year. For 2007, Eric earned $12,000 as a self-employed house painter. Assuming the Blairs’ adjusted gross income was $30,000, what amount of medical expenses can the Blairs deduct as an itemized deduction for 2007?

  1. $0
  2. $ 150
  3. $ 650
  4. $1,750

without regard to the adjusted gross income percentage threshold what amount may the 624562

Tom and Sally White, married and filing joint income tax returns, derive their entire income from the operation of their retail stationery shop. Their 2007 adjusted gross income was $100,000. The Whites itemized their deductions on Schedule A for 2007. The following unreimbursed cash expenditures were among those made by the Whites during 2007:

Repair and maintenance of motorized wheelchair for physically handicapped dependent child

$ 600

Tuition, meals, lodging at special school for physically handicapped dependent child in an institution primarily for the availability of medical care, with meals and lodging furnished as necessary incidents to that care

8,000

Without regard to the adjusted gross income percentage threshold, what amount may the Whites claim in their 2007 return as qualifying medical expenses?

  1. $8,600
  2. $8,000
  3. $ 600
  4. $0

disregarding the adjusted gross income percentage threshold what amount could be cla 624563

In 2007, Wells paid the following expenses:

Premiums on an insurance policy against loss of earnings due to sickness or accident

$3,000

Physical therapy after spinal surgery

2,000

Premium on an insurance policy that covers reimbursement for the cost of prescription drugs

500

In 2007, Wells recovered $1,500 of the $2,000 that she paid for physical therapy through insurance reimbursement from a group medical policy paid for by her employer. Disregarding the adjusted gross income percentage threshold, what amount could be claimed on Wells’ 2007 income tax return for medical expenses?

  1. $4,000
  2. $3,500
  3. $1,000
  4. $ 500

before consideration of any ldquo floor rdquo or other limitation on deductibility w 624564

Mr. and Mrs. Sloan incurred the following expenses on December 15, 2007, when they adopted a child:

Child’s medical expenses

$5,000

Legal expenses

8,000

Agency fee

3,000

Before consideration of any “floor” or other limitation on deductibility, what amount of the above expenses may the Sloans deduct on their 2007 joint income tax return?

  1. $16,000
  2. $13,000
  3. $11,000
  4. $ 5,000

disregarding the adjusted gross income percentage threshold what total amount of the 624565

Ruth and Mark Cline are married and will file a joint 2007 income tax return. Among their expenditures during 2007 were the following discretionary costs that they incurred for the sole purpose of improving their physical appearance and self-esteem:

Face-lift for Ruth, performed by a licensed surgeon

$5,000

Hair transplant for Mark, performed by a licensed surgeon

3,600

Disregarding the adjusted gross income percentage threshold, what total amount of the aforementioned doctors’ bills may be claimed by the Clines in their 2007 return as qualifying medical expenses?

  1. $0
  2. $3,600
  3. $5,000
  4. $8,600

stenger received 900 in 2007 as reimbursement for a portion of the doctors rsquo fee 624568

Jon Stenger, a cash-basis taxpayer, had adjusted gross income of $35,000 in 2007. During the year he incurred and paid the following medical expenses:

Drugs and medicines prescribed by doctors

$

300

Health insurance premiums

750

Doctors’ fees

2,550

Eyeglasses

75

$

3,675

Stenger received $900 in 2007 as reimbursement for a portion of the doctors’ fees. If Stenger were to itemize his deductions, what would be his allowable net medical expense deduction?

  1. $0
  2. $ 150
  3. $1,050
  4. $2,475

what is the total amount of medical expenses before application of any limitation ru 624569

During 2007, Mr. and Mrs. Benson provided substantially all the support, in their own home, for their son John, age twenty-six, and for Mrs. Benson’s cousin Nancy, age seventeen. John had $3,900 of income for 2007, and Nancy’s income was $2,500. The Bensons paid the following medical expenses during the year:

Medicines and drugs:

For themselves

$400

For John

500

For Nancy

100

Doctors:

For themselves

600

For John

900

For Nancy

200

What is the total amount of medical expenses (before application of any limitation rules), that would enter into the calculation of itemized deductions on the Bensons’ 2007 tax return?

  1. $1,000
  2. $1,300
  3. $2,400
  4. $2,700

what total amount was matthews entitled to claim for taxes on her 2006 schedule a of 624571

Matthews was a cash-basis taxpayer whose records showed the following:

2006 state and local income taxes withheld

$1,500

2006 state estimated income taxes paid December 30, 2006

400

2006 federal income taxes withheld

2,500

2006 state and local income taxes paid April 17, 2007

300

What total amount was Matthews entitled to claim for taxes on her 2006 Schedule A of Form 1040?

  1. $4,700
  2. $2,200
  3. $1,900
  4. $1,500

the bronsons sold their house on june 30 2007 under an agreement in which the real e 624575

During 2007, Jack and Mary Bronson paid the following taxes:

Taxes on residence (for period January 1 to September 30, 2007)

$2,700

State motor vehicle tax on value of the car

360

The Bronsons sold their house on June 30, 2007, under an agreement in which the real estate taxes were not prorated between the buyer and sellers. What amount should the Bronsons deduct as taxes in calculating itemized deductions for 2007?

  1. $1,800
  2. $2,160
  3. $2,700
  4. $3,060

what amount can the wests deduct as property taxes in calculating itemized deduction 624577

During 2007 Mr. and Mrs. West paid the following taxes:

Property taxes on residence

$1,800

Special assessment for installation of a sewer system in their town

1,000

State personal property tax on their automobile

600

Property taxes on land held for long-term appreciation

300

What amount can the Wests deduct as property taxes in calculating itemized deductions for 2007?

  1. $2,100
  2. $2,700
  3. $3,100
  4. $3,700

how much can the parkers utilize as interest expense in calculating itemized deducti 624584

Robert and Judy Parker made the following payments during 2007:

Interest on a life insurance policy loan (the loan proceeds were used for personal use)

$1,200

Interest on home mortgage for period January 1 to October 4, 2007

3,600

Penalty payment for prepayment of home mortgage on October 4, 2007

900

How much can the Parkers utilize as interest expense in calculating itemized deductions for 2007?

  1. $5,700
  2. $4,620
  3. $4,500
  4. $3,600

what amount can wolfe utilize as interest expense in calculating itemized deductions 624585

Charles Wolfe purchased the following long-term investments at par during 2007:

$20,000 general obligation bonds of Burlington County (wholly tax-exempt)

$10,000 debentures of Arrow Corporation

Wolfe financed these purchases by obtaining a $30,000 loan from the Union National Bank. For the year 2007, Wolfe made the following interest payments:

Union National Bank

$3,600

Interest on home mortgage

3,000

Interest on credit card charges (items purchased for personal use)

500

What amount can Wolfe utilize as interest expense in calculating itemized deductions for 2007?

  1. $3,000
  2. $4,200
  3. $5,400
  4. $7,100

prepare journal entries to record all of these transactions and adjusting entries 624437

As of 2009 December 31, Fargo Company”s accounts prior to adjustment show: Allowance for uncollectible accounts (credit balance)

Accounts receivable

$ 40,000

Allowance for uncollectible accounts (credit balance)

750

Sales

250,000

Fargo Company estimates uncollectible accounts at 1 percent of sales. On 2010 February 23, the account of Dan Hall in the amount of USD 300 was considered uncollectible and written off. On 2010 August 12, Hall remitted USD 200 and indicated that he intends to pay the balance due as soon as possible. By 2010 December 31, no further remittance had been received from Hall and no further remittance was expected.

a. Prepare journal entries to record all of these transactions and adjusting entries.

b. Give the entry necessary as of 2009 December 31, if Fargo Company estimated its uncollectible accounts at 8 percent of outstanding receivables rather than at 1 percent of sales.

prepare the entry to record the repairs made on 2010 january 8 624440

Honest Tim”s Auto Company sells used cars and warrants all parts for one year. The average price per car is USD 10,000, and the company sold 900 in 2009. The company expects 30 percent of the cars to develop defective parts within one year of sale. The estimated average cost of warranty repairs per defective car is USD 600. By the end of the year, 80 cars sold that year had been returned and repaired under warranty. On 2010 January 4, a customer returned a car purchased in 2009 for repairs under warranty. The repairs were made on January 8. The cost of the repairs included parts, USD 400, and labor, USD 210.

a. Calculate the amount of the estimated product warranty payable.

b. Prepare the entry to record the estimated product warranty payable on 2009 December 31.

c. Prepare the entry to record the repairs made on 2010 January 8.

celoron power boat company is in the power boat manufacturing business as of 2010 se 624441

Celoron Power Boat Company is in the power boat manufacturing business. As of 2010 September 1, the balance in its Notes Receivable account is USD

256,000. The balance in Dishonored Notes Receivable is USD 60,660 (includes the interest of USD 600 and the protest fee of USD 60). A schedule of the notes (including the dishonored note) is as follows:

Face

Date

Interest

Amount

Maker

of Note

Life

Rate

$ 100,000

C. Glass Co.

2009/6/01

120 days

12%

72,000

A. Lamp Co.

2009/6/15

90

8

84,000

C. Wall Co.

2009/7/01

90

10

60,000

N. Case Co.

2009/7/01

60

6

$316,000

Following are Celoron Power Boat Company”s transactions for September:

Sept. 10 Received USD 36,660 from N. Case Company as full settlement of the amount due from it. The company does not charge losses on notes to the Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts account.

? The A. Lamp Company note was collected when due.

? The C. Glass Company note was not paid at maturity.

? C. Wall Company paid its note at maturity.

30 Received a new 60-day, 12 percent note from C. Glass Company for the total balance due on the dishonored note. The note was dated as of the maturity date of the dishonored note. Celoron Power Boat Company accepted the note in good faith. Prepare dated journal entries for these transactions.

prepare journal entries to record all of these transactions and the uncollectible a 624443

The following selected accounts are for Keystone, Inc., a name brand shoe wholesale store, as of 2009 December 31. Prior to closing the accounts and making allowance for uncollectible accounts entries, the USD 5,000 account of Morgan Company is to be written off (this was a credit sale of 2009 February 12)

Accounts receivable

$ 360,000

Allowance for uncollectible accounts (credit)

6,000

Sales

1,000

Sales returns and allowances

30,000

a. Prepare journal entries to record all of these transactions and the uncollectible accounts expense for the period. Assume the estimated expense is 2 percent of net sales.

b. Give the entry to record the estimated expense for the period if the allowance account is to be adjusted to 5 percent of outstanding receivables instead of as in (a).

prepare the general journal entries to record the july 1 sales revenue and sales tax 624445

Beacham Hardware, Inc., sells merchandise in a state that has a 6 percent sales tax. On 2010 July 1, it sold goods with a sales price of USD 20,000 on credit. Sales taxes collected are recorded in a separate account. Assume that sales for the entire month were USD 400,000. On 2010 July 31, the company remitted the sales taxes collected to the state taxing agency.

a. Prepare the general journal entries to record the July 1 sales revenue and sales tax payable. Also prepare the entry to show the remittance of the taxes on July 31.

b. Now assume that the merchandise sold also is subject to federal excise taxes of 10 percent in addition to the 6 percent sales tax. The company remitted the federal excise taxes collected to the proper agency on July 31. Show the entries on July 1 and July 31.

prepare the entry to record the repairs made on 2010 january 3 624446

Quick Wheels, Inc., sells racing bicycles and warrants all parts for one year. The average price per bicycle is USD 560, and the company sold 4,000 in 2009. The company expects 20 percent of the bicycles to develop defective parts within one year of sale. The estimated average cost of warranty repairs per defective bicycle is USD 40. By the end of the year, 500 bicycles sold that year had been returned and repaired under warranty. On 2010 January 2, a customer returned a bicycle purchased in 2009 for repairs under warranty. The repairs were made on January 3. The cost of the repairs included parts, USD 25, and labor, USD 15.

a. Calculate the amount of the estimated product warranty payable.

b. Prepare the entry to record the estimated product warranty payable on 2009 December 31.

c. Prepare the entry to record the repairs made on 2010 January 3.

what other factors should she take into consideration 624449

Sally Stillwagon owns a hardware store; she sells items for cash and on account. During 2009, which seemed to be a typical year, some of her company”s operating data and other data were as follows:

Sales:

For cash

$1,200,000

On credit

2,200,000

Cost of obtaining credit reports on customers

3,600

Cost incurred in paying a part-time bookkeeper to keep the accounts

receivable subsidiary ledger up to date

12,000

Cost associated with preparing and mailing invoices to customers and

other collection activities

18,000

Uncollectible accounts expense

45,000

Average outstanding accounts receivable balance (on which

A national credit card agency has tried to convince Stillwagon that instead of carrying her own accounts receivable, she should accept only the agency”s credit card for sales on credit. The agency would pay her two days after she submits sales charges, deducting 6 percent from the amount and paying her 94 percent.

a. Using the data given, prepare an analysis showing whether or not Stillwagonwould benefit from switching to the credit card method of selling on credit.

b. What other factors should she take into consideration?

calculate accounts receivable turnover and the number of days sales in accounts rece 624450

Jim Perry operates a large fruit and vegetable stand on the outskirts of a city. In a typical year he sells USD 600,000 of goods to regular customers. His sales are 40 percent for cash and 60 percent on credit. He carries all of the credit himself. Only after a customer has a USD 300 unpaid balance on which no payments have been made for two months does he refuse that customer credit for future purchases. His income before taxes is approximately USD 95,000. The total of uncollectible accounts for a given year is USD 48,000. You are one of Perry”s regular customers. He knows that you are taking a college course in accounting and has asked you to tell him your opinion of several alternatives recommended to him to reduce or eliminate the USD 48,000 per year uncollectible accounts expense. The alternatives are as follows:

•Do not sell on credit.

•Sell on credit by national credit card only.

•Allow customers to charge only until their account balances reach USD 50.

•Allow a bill collector to go after uncollectible accounts and keep half of the amount collected.

Write a report for Perry about the advisability of following any of these alternatives. Annual report analysis C Visit the Internet site: Locate the most recent annual reports of The Coca-Cola Company. Calculate accounts receivable turnover and the number of days” sales in accounts receivable and prepare a written comment on the results.

bolt company purchased a machine for use in its operations that had an invoice price 624484

Bolt Company purchased a machine for use in its operations that had an invoice price of USD 80,000 excluding sales tax. A 4 percent sales tax was levied on the sale. Terms were net 30. The company estimated the total cost of hauling the machine from the dealer”s warehouse to the company”s plant at USD 5,600, which did not include a fine of USD 1,600 for failure to secure the necessary permits to use city streets in transporting the machine. In delivering the machine to its plant, a Bolt employee damaged the truck used; repairs cost USD 3,600. The machine was also slightly damaged with repair costs amounting to USD 1,600. Bolt incurred installation costs of USD 32,000 that included the USD 4,000 cost of shoring up the floor under the machine. Testing costs amounted to USD 2,400. Safety guards were installed on the machine at a cost of USD 640, and the machine was placed in operation. Prepare a schedule showing the amount at which the machine should be recorded in Bolt”s accounts.

prepare schedules showing the proper valuation of the assets acquired by pressler co 624485

Pressler Company planned to erect a new factory building and a new office building in Atlanta, Georgia, USA. A report on a suitable site showed an appraised value of USD 180,000 for land and orchard and USD 120,000 for a building. After considerable negotiation, the company and the owner reached the following agreement: Pressler Company was to pay USD 216,000 in cash, assume a USD 90,000 mortgage note on the property, assume the interest of USD 1,920 accrued on the mortgage note, and assume unpaid property taxes of USD 13,200. Pressler Company paid USD 18,000 cash for brokerage and legal services in acquiring the property. Shortly after acquisition of the property, Pressler Company sold the fruit on the trees for USD 2,640, remodeled the building into an office building at a cost of USD 38,400, and removed the trees from the land at a cost of USD 9,000. Construction of the factory building was to begin in a week. Prepare schedules showing the proper valuation of the assets acquired by Pressler Company.

prepare the necessary journal entries to correct the records of peach company at 201 624487

Peach Company has the following entries in its Building account:

2009

Debits

May 5

Cost of land and building purchased

$200,000

5

Broker fees incident to purchase of land and building

12,000

2010

Jan. 3

Contract price of new wing added to south end

84,000

15

Cost of new machinery, estimated life 10 years

160,000

June 10

Real estate taxes for six months ended 2010/6/30

3,600

Aug. 10

Cost of building parking lot for employees in back of building

4,960

Sept. 6

Replacement of windows broken in August

160

Oct. 10

Repairs due to regular usage

2,240

Credits

2009

May 24

Transfer to Land account, per allocation of purchase cost authorized in minutes of board of directors

32,000

2010

Jan. 5

Proceeds from leases of second floor for six months ended 12/31/09

8,000

Peach acquired the original property on 2009 May 5. Orange immediately engaged a contractor to construct a new wing on the south end of the building. While the new wing was being constructed, the company leased the second floor as temporary warehouse space to Kellett Company. During this period (July 1 to 2009 December 31), the company installed new machinery costing USD 160,000 on the first floor of the building. Regular operations began on 2010 January 2.

a. Compute the correct balance for the Buildings account as of 2010 December 31. The company employs a calendar-year accounting period.

b. Prepare the necessary journal entries to correct the records of Peach Company at 2010 December 31. No depreciation entries are required.

brite company purchased a machine that had an invoice price of usd 400 000 excluding 624490

Brite Company purchased a machine that had an invoice price of USD 400,000 excluding sales tax. Terms were net 30. A 4 percent sales tax was levied on the sale. The company incurred and paid freight costs of USD 10,000. Special electrical connections were run to the machine at a cost of USD 14,000 and a special reinforced base for the machine was built at a cost of USD 18,000. The machine was dropped and damaged while being mounted on this base. Repairs cost USD 4,000. Raw materials with a cost of USD 1,000 were consumed in testing the machine. Safety guards were installed on the machine at a cost of USD 1,400, and the machine was placed in operation. In addition, USD 500 of costs were incurred in removing an old machine. Prepare a schedule showing the amount at which the machine should be recorded in Brite Company”s account.

prepare a schedule showing the amount at which the land should be carried on maxwell 624491

Maxwell Company purchased 2 square miles of farmland under the following terms: USD 968,000 cash; and liability assumed on mortgage= note of USD 320,000 and interest accrued on mortgage note assumed, USD 12,800. The company paid USD 67,200 of legal and brokerage fees and also paid USD 3,200 for a title search on the property. The company planned to use the land as a site for a new office building and a new factory. Maxwell paid clearing and leveling costs of USD 28,800. It sold crops on the land for USD 7,360 and sold one of the houses on the property for USD 19,200. The other buildings were torn down at a cost of USD 14,400; sale of salvaged materials yielded cash proceeds of USD 13,600. Approximately 1 percent of the land acquired was deeded to the county for roads. The cost of excavating a basement for the office building amounted to USD 9,120. Prepare a schedule showing the amount at which the land should be carried on Maxwell Company”s books.

prepare the journal entry to record depreciation at the end of the calendar year acc 624492

Dawson Towing Company purchased a used panel truck for USD 28,800 cash. The next day the company”s name and business were painted on the truck at a total cost of USD 1,488. The truck was then given a minor overhaul at a cost of USD 192, and new “super” tires were mounted on the truck at a cost of USD 1,920, less a trade-in allowance of USD 240 for the old tires. The truck was placed in service on 2009 April 1, at which time it had an estimated useful life of five years and a salvage value of USD 3,360.

a. Prepare a schedule showing the cost to be recorded for the truck.

b. Prepare the journal entry to record depreciation at the end of the calendar-year accounting period, 2009 December 31. Use the double-declining-balance method.

c. Assume that the straight-line depreciation method has been used. At the beginning of 2009 it is estimated the truck will last another four years. The estimated salvage value changed to USD 1,920. Prepare the entry to record depreciation for 2012.

dr berger a physician reports on the cash basis the following items pertain to dr be 624512

Dr. Berger, a physician, reports on the cash basis. The following items pertain to Dr. Berger’s medical practice in 2006:

Cash received from patients in 2006

$200,000

Cash received in 2006 from third-party reimbursers for services provided by Dr. Berger in 2005

30,000

Salaries paid to employees in 2006

20,000

Year-end 2006 bonuses paid to employees in 2007

1,000

Other expenses paid in 2006

24,000

What is Dr. Berger’s net income for 2006 from his medical practice?

  1. $155,000
  2. $156,000
  3. $185,000
  4. $186,000

jason budd cpa reports on the cash basis in april 2006 budd billed a client 3 500 fo 624521

Jason Budd, CPA, reports on the cash basis. In April 2006, Budd billed a client $3,500 for the following professional services:

Personal estate planning

$2,000

Personal tax return preparation

1,000

Compilation of business financial statements

500

No part of the $3,500 was ever paid. In April 2007, the client declared bankruptcy, and the $3,500 obligation became totally uncollectible. What loss can Budd deduct on his 2007 tax return for this bad debt?

  1. $0
  2. $ 500
  3. $1,500
  4. $3,500

how much of these gifts was deductible as a business expense for 2007 624523

During the 2007 holiday season, Palo Corp. gave business gifts to seventeen customers. These gifts, which were not of an advertising nature, had the following fair market values:

4

at

$ 10

4

at

25

4

at

50

5

at

100

How much of these gifts was deductible as a business expense for 2007?

  1. $840
  2. $365
  3. $140
  4. $0

what is the amount of jennifer rsquo s net operating loss for 2007 624524

Jennifer, who is single, has the following items of income and deduction for 2007:

Salary

$30,000

Itemized deductions (all attributable to a personal casualty loss when a hurricane destroyed her residence)

45,000

Personal exemption

3,400

What is the amount of Jennifer’s net operating loss for 2007?

  1. $0
  2. $15,000
  3. $18,400
  4. $45,000

robin moore a self employed taxpayer reported the following information for 2007 624525

Robin Moore, a self-employed taxpayer, reported the following information for 2007:

Income:

Dividends from investments

$ 500

Net short-term capital gain on sale of investment

1,000

Deductions:

Net loss from business

(6,000)

Personal exemption

(3,400)

Standard deduction

(5,350)

What is the amount of Moore’s net operating loss for 2007?

  1. $4,500
  2. $5,000
  3. $6,000
  4. $9,850

what amount of dividend income should gail report in her 2007 income tax return 624101

In 2007, Gail Judd received the following dividends from

Benefit Life Insurance Co., on Gail’s life insurance policy (Total dividends received have not yet exceeded accumulated premiums paid)

$100

Safe National Bank, on bank’s common stock

300

Roe Mfg. Corp., a Delaware corporation, on preferred stock

500

What amount of dividend income should Gail report in her 2007 income tax return?

  1. $900
  2. $800
  3. $500
  4. $300

amy finch had the following cash receipts during 2007 624102

Amy Finch had the following cash receipts during 2007:

Dividend from a mutual insurance company on a life insurance policy

$500

Dividend on listed corporation stock; payment date by corporation was 12/30/06, but Amy received the dividend in the mail on 1/2/07

875

Total dividends received to date on the life insurance policy do not exceed the aggregated premiums paid by Amy. How much should Amy report for dividend income for 2007?

  1. $1,375
  2. $ 875
  3. $ 500
  4. $0

total dividends received to date on the life insurance policy do not exceed cumulati 624103

Jack and Joan Mitchell, married taxpayers and residents of a separate property state, elect to file a joint return for 2007 during which they received the following dividends:

Received by

Jack

Joan

Alert Corporation (a qualified, domestic corporation)

$400

$ 50

Canadian Mines, Inc. (a Canadian company)

300

Eternal Life Mutual Insurance Company (dividends on life insurance policy)

200

Total dividends received to date on the life insurance policy do not exceed cumulative premiums paid. For 2007, what amount should the Mitchells report on their joint return as dividend income?

  1. $550
  2. $600
  3. $750
  4. $800

the exclusion is subject to a modified gross income limitation and a limit of aggreg 624106

In a tax year where the taxpayer pays qualified education expenses, interest income on the redemption of qualified US Series EE Bonds may be excluded from gross income. The exclusion is subject to a modified gross income limitation and a limit of aggregate bond proceeds in excess of qualified higher education expenses. Which of the following is(are) true?

  1. I. The exclusion applies for education expenses incurred by the taxpayer, the taxpayer’s spouse, or any person whom the taxpayer may claim as a dependent for the year.
  2. II. “Otherwise qualified higher education expenses” must be reduced by qualified scholarships not includible in gross income.
    1. a. I only.
    2. b. II only.
    3. c. Both I and II.
    4. d. Neither I nor II.

how much should drury report as gross income on her 2007 tax return 624128

The following information is available for Ann Drury for 2007:

Salary

$36,000

Premiums paid by employer on group-term life insurance in excess of $50,000

500

Proceeds from state lottery

5,000

How much should Drury report as gross income on her 2007 tax return?

  1. $36,000
  2. $36,500
  3. $41,000
  4. $41,500

lake had no restrictions on the use of the advanced rental payments and renders no s 624134

Lake Corp., an accrual-basis calendar-year corporation, had the following 2006 receipts:

2007 advanced rental payments where the lease ends in 2008

$125,000

Lease cancellation payment from a five-year lease tenant

50,000

Lake had no restrictions on the use of the advanced rental payments and renders no services. What amount of income should Lake report on its 2006 tax return?

  1. $0
  2. $ 50,000
  3. $125,000
  4. $175,000

in 2007 depreciation for the entire house was determined to be 5 000 what amount sho 624136

Emil Gow owns a two-family house that has two identical apartments. Gow lives in one apartment and rents out the other. In 2007, the rental apartment was fully occupied and Gow received $7,200 in rent. During the year ended December 31, 2007, Gow paid the following:

Real estate taxes

$6,400

Painting of rental apartment

800

Annual fire insurance premium

600

In 2007, depreciation for the entire house was determined to be $5,000. What amount should Gow include in his adjusted gross income for 2007?

  1. $2,900
  2. $ 800
  3. $ 400
  4. $ 100

how much should amy include in her 2007 taxable income for rent 624137

Amy Finch had the following cash receipts during 2007:

Net rent on vacant lot used by a car dealer (lessee pays all taxes, insurance, and other expenses on the lot)

$6,000

Advance rent from lessee of above vacant lot, such advance to be applied against rent for the last two months of the five-year lease in 2011

1,000

How much should Amy include in her 2007 taxable income for rent?

  1. $7,000
  2. $6,800
  3. $6,200
  4. $6,000

how much would the company have to pay if it lost the suit and had to pay the full a 624431

Assume the following note appeared in the annual report of a company: In 2009, two small retail customers filed separate suits against the company alleging misrepresentation, breach of contract, conspiracy to violate federal laws, and state antitrust violations arising out of their purchase of retail grocery stores through the company from a third party. Damages sought range up to USD 10 million in each suit for actual and treble damages and punitive damages of USD 2 million in one suit and USD 10 million in the other. The company is vigorously defending the actions and management believes there will be no adverse financial effect. What kind of liability is being reported? Why is it classified this way? Do you think itIs possible to calculate a dollar amount for this obligation? How much would the company have to pay if it lost the suit and had to pay the full amount?

what is the market value of invested capital 623324

You have been asked to value Pacific Corporation, Inc., using an excess earnings method, given the following information:

• Working capital balance = $2,000,000

• Fair value of fixed assets = $5,500,000

• Book value of fixed assets = $4,000,000

• Normalized earnings of firm = $1,000,000

• Required return on working capital = 5.0 percent

• Required return on fixed assets = 8.0 percent

• Required return on intangible assets = 15.0 percent

• Weighted average cost of capital = 10.0 percent

• Long-term growth rate of residual income = 5.0 percent

Based on this information:

a. What is the value of Pacific’s intangible assets?

b. What is the market value of invested capital?

ebinosa decides to calculate a value of thunder rsquo s equity using the capitalized 623325

An appraiser has been asked to determine the combined level of valuation discounts for a small equity interest in a private company. The appraiser concluded that an appropriate control premium is 15 percent. A discount for lack of marketability was estimated at 25 percent. Given these factors, what is the combined discount?

The following information relates to Questions 6 through 11.

Alan Chin, the chief executive officer of Thunder Corporation, has asked his chief financial officer, Constance Ebinosa, to prepare a valuation of Thunder for the purpose of selling the company to a private investment partnership. Thunder is a profitable $200 million annual sales U.S. domiciled manufacturer of generic household products. Customers consist of several grocery store chains in the United States. Competitors include large companies such as Procter & Gamble, Clorox, and Unilever. Thunder has been in business for 15 years and is privately owned by the original shareholders, none of whom are employed by the company. The company’s senior management has been in charge of the company’s operations for most of the past 15 years and expects to remain in that capacity after any sale.

The partnership has expectations about Thunder similar to those of the current shareholders and management of Thunder. These investors expect to hold Thunder for an intermediate period of time and then bring the company public when market conditions are more favorable than currently.

Chin is concerned about what definition of value should be used when analyzing Thunder. He notes that the stock market has been very volatile recently. He also wonders whether fair market value can be realistically estimated when the most similar recent private market transactions may not have been at arm’s length.

Chin asks Ebinosa whether there will be differences in the process of valuing a private company like Thunder compared with a public company. Ebinosa replies that differences do exist and mentions several factors an analyst must consider.

Ebinosa also explains that several approaches are available for valuing private companies. She mentions that one possibility is to use an asset-based approach because Thunder has a relatively large and efficient factory and warehouse for its products. A real estate appraiser can readily determine the value of these facilities. A second method would be the market approach and using an average of the price-to-earnings multiples for Procter & Gamble and Clorox. A third possibility is a discounted free cash flow approach. The latter would focus on a continuation of Thunder’s trend of slow profitable growth during the past 10 years.

The private investment partnership has mentioned that they are likely to use an income approach as one of their methods. Ebinosa decides to validate the estimates they make. She assumes for the next 12 months that Thunder’s revenues increase by the long-term annual growth rate of 3 percent. She also makes the following assumptions to calculate the free cash flow to the firm for the next 12 months:

• Gross profit margin is 45 percent.

• Depreciation is 2 percent of revenues.

• Selling, general, and administrative expenses are 24 percent of revenues.

• Capital expenditures equal 125 percent of depreciation to support the current level of revenues.

• Additional capital expenditures of 15 percent of incremental revenues are needed to fund future growth.

• Working capital investment equals 8 percent of incremental revenues.

• Marginal tax rate on EBIT is 35 percent.

Chin knows that if an income approach is used then the choice of discount rate may have a large influence on the estimated value. He makes two statements regarding discount rate estimates:

1. If the CAPM method is used to estimate the discount rate with a beta estimate based on public companies with operations and revenues similar to Thunder, then a small stock premium should be added to the estimate.

2. The weighted average cost of capital of the private investment partnership should be used to value Thunder.

Ebinosa decides to calculate a value of Thunder’s equity using the capitalized cash flow method (CCM) and decides to use the build-up method to estimate Thunder’s required return on equity. She makes the following assumptions:

• Growth of FCFE is at a constant annual rate of 3 percent.

• Free cash flow to equity for the year ahead is $2.5 million.

• Risk free rate is 4.5 percent.

• Equity risk premium is 5.0 percent.

• Size premium is 2.0 percent.

which of the following statements concerning asset based valuation as applied to oak 623331

The senior vice president of acquisitions for Northland Industries, Angela Lanton, and her head analyst, Michael Powell, are evaluating several potential investments. Northland is a diversified holding company for numerous businesses. One of Northland’s divisions is a manufacturer of fine papers and that division has alerted Lanton about Oakstar Timber, a supplier that may be available for purchase. Oakstar’s sole owner, Felix Tanteromo, has expressed interest in exchanging his ownership of Oakstar for a combination of cash and Northland Industries securities.

Oakstar’s main asset is 10,000 hectares of timberland in the western part of Canada. The land is a combination of new- and old-growth Douglas fir trees. The value of this timberland has been steadily increasing since Oakstar acquired it. Oakstar manages the land on a sustained yield basis (i.e., so it continues to produce timber indefinitely) and contracts with outside forestry companies to evaluate, harvest, and sell the timber. Oakstar’s income is in the form of royalties (fees paid to Oakstar based on the number of cubic meters harvested). Oakstar’s balance sheet as of 31 December 2008 is as follows.

Oakstar Timber Balance Sheet Year Ended 31 December 2008

Assets

Cash

$500,000

Inventory

25,000

Accounts receivable

50,000

Plant and equipment (cost less depreciation)

750,000

Land

10,000,000

Total assets

$ 11,325,000

Liabilities and Equity

Accounts payables

$75,000

Long-term bank loan

1,500,000

Common stock

9,750,000

Total liabilities and equity

$11,325,000

In addition to the balance sheet, Powell is gathering other data to assist in valuing Oakstar and has found information on recent sales of timberland in the western part of Canada. Douglas fir properties have averaged $6,178 per hectare for tracts that are not contiguous and do not have a developed road system for harvesting the timber. For tracts that have these features, as possessed by Oakstar, the average price is $8,750 per hectare. Properties near urban areas and having potential for residential and recreational second home development command up to $20,000 per hectare. Oakstar’s land lacks this potential. Lanton believes these values would form the basis of an asset-based valuation for Oakstar, with the additional assumption that other assets and liabilities on the balance sheet are assumed to be worth their stated values.

The second company under evaluation, FAMCO, Inc., is a family-owned electronic manufacturing company with annual sales of $120 million. The family wants to monetize the value of their ownership in FAMCO with a view to later investing part of the proceeds in a diversified stock portfolio. Lanton has asked Powell to obtain data for both an income-based and market-based valuation. Powell has obtained the recent annual income statement and additional data needed to calculate normalized earnings as follows.

FAMCO, Inc. Income Statement Year Ending 31 December 2008

Revenues

$120,000,000

Gross profit

85,000,000

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

23,000,000

Pro forma EBITDA

$62,000,000

Depreciation and amortization

3,500,000

Pro forma earnings before interest and taxes

$58,500,000

Less: Interest

1,000,000

Earnings before taxes (EBT)

$57,500,000

Pro forma taxes on EBT

40% 23,000,000

Operating income after tax

$34,500,000

Additional data for FAMCO is provided in the following table. Included are estimates by Powell of the compensation paid to family members and the smaller amount of salary expense for replacement employees if Northland acquires the company (reflecting perceived above-market compensation of the family group executives). He believes the current debt of FAMCO can be replaced with a more optimal level of debt at a lower interest rate. These will be reflected in a normalized income statement.

FAMCO, Inc.

Current debt level

$10,000,000

Current interest rate

10%

Salaries of employed family members

$7,000,000

Salaries of replacement employees

$5,400,000

New debt level

$25,000,000

New interest rate

8%

Powell also recognizes that a value needs to be assigned to FAMCO’s intangibles consisting of patents and other intangible assets. Powell prepares an additional estimate of excess earnings and intangibles value using the capitalized cash flow method. He gathers the following data:

FAMCO, Inc.—Intangibles Valuation Data

Working capital balance

$10,000,000

Fair value of fixed assets

$45,000,000

Normalized income to the company

$35,000,000

Required return on working capital

8%

Required return on fixed assets

12%

Required return on intangible assets

20%

Weighted average cost of capital

14.5%

Future growth rate

6%

Lanton asks Powell to also use the market approach to valuation with a focus on the guideline transactions method. Powell prepares a table showing relevant information regarding three recent guideline transactions and market conditions at the time of the transactions. Powell’s assumptions about FAMCO include its expected fast growth and moderate level of risk.

Target firm

Target’s risk

Target’s growth

Consideration

Market conditions

Firm 1

High

Slow

Cash

Normal, rising trend

Firm 2

Moderate

Fast

Stock

Prices near Peak

Firm 3

Moderate

Fast

Cash

Normal, rising trend

Although Northland is interested in acquiring all of the stock of FAMCO, the acquisition of a 15 percent equity interest in FAMCO is also an option. Lanton asks Powell about the valuation of small equity interests in private entities and notes that control and marketability are important factors that lead to adjustments in value estimates for small equity interests. Powell mentions that the control premium paid for the most similar guideline firm used in the analysis suggests a discount for lack of control of 20 percent. The discount for lack of marketability was estimated at 15 percent.

Which of the following statements concerning asset-based valuation as applied to Oakstar is most accurate? The approach is applicable

a. Only when a guideline public company for the valuation is not available.

b. Because natural resources with determinable market values constitute the majority of Oakstar’s total value.

c. Because as a passive collector of royalties, Oakstar has no meaningful capital expenditures and free cash flow is irrelevant.

using an asset based approach the value net of debt of oakstar is closest to 623332

The senior vice president of acquisitions for Northland Industries, Angela Lanton, and her head analyst, Michael Powell, are evaluating several potential investments. Northland is a diversified holding company for numerous businesses. One of Northland’s divisions is a manufacturer of fine papers and that division has alerted Lanton about Oakstar Timber, a supplier that may be available for purchase. Oakstar’s sole owner, Felix Tanteromo, has expressed interest in exchanging his ownership of Oakstar for a combination of cash and Northland Industries securities.

Oakstar’s main asset is 10,000 hectares of timberland in the western part of Canada. The land is a combination of new- and old-growth Douglas fir trees. The value of this timberland has been steadily increasing since Oakstar acquired it. Oakstar manages the land on a sustained yield basis (i.e., so it continues to produce timber indefinitely) and contracts with outside forestry companies to evaluate, harvest, and sell the timber. Oakstar’s income is in the form of royalties (fees paid to Oakstar based on the number of cubic meters harvested). Oakstar’s balance sheet as of 31 December 2008 is as follows.

Oakstar Timber Balance Sheet Year Ended 31 December 2008

Assets

Cash

$500,000

Inventory

25,000

Accounts receivable

50,000

Plant and equipment (cost less depreciation)

750,000

Land

10,000,000

Total assets

$ 11,325,000

Liabilities and Equity

Accounts payables

$75,000

Long-term bank loan

1,500,000

Common stock

9,750,000

Total liabilities and equity

$11,325,000

In addition to the balance sheet, Powell is gathering other data to assist in valuing Oakstar and has found information on recent sales of timberland in the western part of Canada. Douglas fir properties have averaged $6,178 per hectare for tracts that are not contiguous and do not have a developed road system for harvesting the timber. For tracts that have these features, as possessed by Oakstar, the average price is $8,750 per hectare. Properties near urban areas and having potential for residential and recreational second home development command up to $20,000 per hectare. Oakstar’s land lacks this potential. Lanton believes these values would form the basis of an asset-based valuation for Oakstar, with the additional assumption that other assets and liabilities on the balance sheet are assumed to be worth their stated values.

The second company under evaluation, FAMCO, Inc., is a family-owned electronic manufacturing company with annual sales of $120 million. The family wants to monetize the value of their ownership in FAMCO with a view to later investing part of the proceeds in a diversified stock portfolio. Lanton has asked Powell to obtain data for both an income-based and market-based valuation. Powell has obtained the recent annual income statement and additional data needed to calculate normalized earnings as follows.

FAMCO, Inc. Income Statement Year Ending 31 December 2008

Revenues

$120,000,000

Gross profit

85,000,000

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

23,000,000

Pro forma EBITDA

$62,000,000

Depreciation and amortization

3,500,000

Pro forma earnings before interest and taxes

$58,500,000

Less: Interest

1,000,000

Earnings before taxes (EBT)

$57,500,000

Pro forma taxes on EBT

40% 23,000,000

Operating income after tax

$34,500,000

Additional data for FAMCO is provided in the following table. Included are estimates by Powell of the compensation paid to family members and the smaller amount of salary expense for replacement employees if Northland acquires the company (reflecting perceived above-market compensation of the family group executives). He believes the current debt of FAMCO can be replaced with a more optimal level of debt at a lower interest rate. These will be reflected in a normalized income statement.

FAMCO, Inc.

Current debt level

$10,000,000

Current interest rate

10%

Salaries of employed family members

$7,000,000

Salaries of replacement employees

$5,400,000

New debt level

$25,000,000

New interest rate

8%

Powell also recognizes that a value needs to be assigned to FAMCO’s intangibles consisting of patents and other intangible assets. Powell prepares an additional estimate of excess earnings and intangibles value using the capitalized cash flow method. He gathers the following data:

FAMCO, Inc.—Intangibles Valuation Data

Working capital balance

$10,000,000

Fair value of fixed assets

$45,000,000

Normalized income to the company

$35,000,000

Required return on working capital

8%

Required return on fixed assets

12%

Required return on intangible assets

20%

Weighted average cost of capital

14.5%

Future growth rate

6%

Lanton asks Powell to also use the market approach to valuation with a focus on the guideline transactions method. Powell prepares a table showing relevant information regarding three recent guideline transactions and market conditions at the time of the transactions. Powell’s assumptions about FAMCO include its expected fast growth and moderate level of risk.

Target firm

Target’s risk

Target’s growth

Consideration

Market conditions

Firm 1

High

Slow

Cash

Normal, rising trend

Firm 2

Moderate

Fast

Stock

Prices near Peak

Firm 3

Moderate

Fast

Cash

Normal, rising trend

Although Northland is interested in acquiring all of the stock of FAMCO, the acquisition of a 15 percent equity interest in FAMCO is also an option. Lanton asks Powell about the valuation of small equity interests in private entities and notes that control and marketability are important factors that lead to adjustments in value estimates for small equity interests. Powell mentions that the control premium paid for the most similar guideline firm used in the analysis suggests a discount for lack of control of 20 percent. The discount for lack of marketability was estimated at 15 percent.

Using an asset-based approach, the value (net of debt) of Oakstar is closest to

a. $62,250,000.

b. $87,250,000.

c. $199,750,000.

the total discount for both control and marketability is closest to 623336

The senior vice president of acquisitions for Northland Industries, Angela Lanton, and her head analyst, Michael Powell, are evaluating several potential investments. Northland is a diversified holding company for numerous businesses. One of Northland’s divisions is a manufacturer of fine papers and that division has alerted Lanton about Oakstar Timber, a supplier that may be available for purchase. Oakstar’s sole owner, Felix Tanteromo, has expressed interest in exchanging his ownership of Oakstar for a combination of cash and Northland Industries securities.

Oakstar’s main asset is 10,000 hectares of timberland in the western part of Canada. The land is a combination of new- and old-growth Douglas fir trees. The value of this timberland has been steadily increasing since Oakstar acquired it. Oakstar manages the land on a sustained yield basis (i.e., so it continues to produce timber indefinitely) and contracts with outside forestry companies to evaluate, harvest, and sell the timber. Oakstar’s income is in the form of royalties (fees paid to Oakstar based on the number of cubic meters harvested). Oakstar’s balance sheet as of 31 December 2008 is as follows.

Oakstar Timber Balance Sheet Year Ended 31 December 2008

Assets

Cash

$500,000

Inventory

25,000

Accounts receivable

50,000

Plant and equipment (cost less depreciation)

750,000

Land

10,000,000

Total assets

$ 11,325,000

Liabilities and Equity

Accounts payables

$75,000

Long-term bank loan

1,500,000

Common stock

9,750,000

Total liabilities and equity

$11,325,000

In addition to the balance sheet, Powell is gathering other data to assist in valuing Oakstar and has found information on recent sales of timberland in the western part of Canada. Douglas fir properties have averaged $6,178 per hectare for tracts that are not contiguous and do not have a developed road system for harvesting the timber. For tracts that have these features, as possessed by Oakstar, the average price is $8,750 per hectare. Properties near urban areas and having potential for residential and recreational second home development command up to $20,000 per hectare. Oakstar’s land lacks this potential. Lanton believes these values would form the basis of an asset-based valuation for Oakstar, with the additional assumption that other assets and liabilities on the balance sheet are assumed to be worth their stated values.

The second company under evaluation, FAMCO, Inc., is a family-owned electronic manufacturing company with annual sales of $120 million. The family wants to monetize the value of their ownership in FAMCO with a view to later investing part of the proceeds in a diversified stock portfolio. Lanton has asked Powell to obtain data for both an income-based and market-based valuation. Powell has obtained the recent annual income statement and additional data needed to calculate normalized earnings as follows.

FAMCO, Inc. Income Statement Year Ending 31 December 2008

Revenues

$120,000,000

Gross profit

85,000,000

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

23,000,000

Pro forma EBITDA

$62,000,000

Depreciation and amortization

3,500,000

Pro forma earnings before interest and taxes

$58,500,000

Less: Interest

1,000,000

Earnings before taxes (EBT)

$57,500,000

Pro forma taxes on EBT

40% 23,000,000

Operating income after tax

$34,500,000

Additional data for FAMCO is provided in the following table. Included are estimates by Powell of the compensation paid to family members and the smaller amount of salary expense for replacement employees if Northland acquires the company (reflecting perceived above-market compensation of the family group executives). He believes the current debt of FAMCO can be replaced with a more optimal level of debt at a lower interest rate. These will be reflected in a normalized income statement.

FAMCO, Inc.

Current debt level

$10,000,000

Current interest rate

10%

Salaries of employed family members

$7,000,000

Salaries of replacement employees

$5,400,000

New debt level

$25,000,000

New interest rate

8%

Powell also recognizes that a value needs to be assigned to FAMCO’s intangibles consisting of patents and other intangible assets. Powell prepares an additional estimate of excess earnings and intangibles value using the capitalized cash flow method. He gathers the following data:

FAMCO, Inc.—Intangibles Valuation Data

Working capital balance

$10,000,000

Fair value of fixed assets

$45,000,000

Normalized income to the company

$35,000,000

Required return on working capital

8%

Required return on fixed assets

12%

Required return on intangible assets

20%

Weighted average cost of capital

14.5%

Future growth rate

6%

Lanton asks Powell to also use the market approach to valuation with a focus on the guideline transactions method. Powell prepares a table showing relevant information regarding three recent guideline transactions and market conditions at the time of the transactions. Powell’s assumptions about FAMCO include its expected fast growth and moderate level of risk.

Target firm

Target’s risk

Target’s growth

Consideration

Market conditions

Firm 1

High

Slow

Cash

Normal, rising trend

Firm 2

Moderate

Fast

Stock

Prices near Peak

Firm 3

Moderate

Fast

Cash

Normal, rising trend

Although Northland is interested in acquiring all of the stock of FAMCO, the acquisition of a 15 percent equity interest in FAMCO is also an option. Lanton asks Powell about the valuation of small equity interests in private entities and notes that control and marketability are important factors that lead to adjustments in value estimates for small equity interests. Powell mentions that the control premium paid for the most similar guideline firm used in the analysis suggests a discount for lack of control of 20 percent. The discount for lack of marketability was estimated at 15 percent.

The total discount for both control and marketability is closest to

a. 15 percent.

b. 32 percent.

c. 35

during his years of employment brown contributed 12 000 to the cost of his company r 624091

Richard Brown, who retired on May 31, 2006, receives a monthly pension benefit of $700 payable for life. His life expectancy at the date of retirement is ten years. The first pension check was received on June 15, 2006. During his years of employment, Brown contributed $12,000 to the cost of his company’s pension plan. How much of the pension amounts received may Brown exclude from taxable income for the years 2006, 2007, and 2008?

2006

2007

2008

a.

$0

$0

$0

b.

$4,900

$4,900

$4,900

c.

$ 700

$1,200

$1,200

d.

$4,900

$8,400

$8,400

howard o rsquo brien an employee of ogden corporation died on june 30 2007 during ju 624096

Howard O’Brien, an employee of Ogden Corporation, died on June 30, 2007. During July, Ogden made employee death payments (which do not represent the proceeds of life insurance) of $10,000 to his widow, and $10,000 to his fifteen-year-old son. What amounts should be included in gross income by the widow and son in their respective tax returns for 2007?

Widow

Son

a.

$ 5,000

$ 5,000

b.

$ 5,000

$10,000

c.

$ 7,500

$ 7,500

d.

$10,000

$10,000

during the current year hal leff sustained a serious injury in the course of his emp 624098

During the current year Hal Leff sustained a serious injury in the course of his employment. As a result of this injury, Hal received the following payments during the year:

Workers’ compensation

$2,400

Reimbursement from his employer’s accident and health plan for medical expenses paid by Hal and not deducted by him

1,800

Damages for physical injuries

8,000

The amount to be included in Hal’s gross income for the current year should be

  1. $12,200
  2. $ 8,000
  3. $ 1,800
  4. $0

what amount of the preceding payments should be included in martin rsquo s 2007 gros 624099

James Martin received the following compensation and fringe benefits from his employer during 2007:

Salary

$50,000

Year-end bonus

10,000

Medical insurance premiums paid by employer

1,000

Reimbursement of qualified moving expenses

5,000

What amount of the preceding payments should be included in Martin’s 2007 gross income?

  1. $60,000
  2. $61,000
  3. $65,000
  4. $66,000

a manufacturing company requires you to calculate and present the master budget for 622113

A manufacturing company requires you to calculate and present the master budget for the next year 2011 from the following information:

Sales

– Rs. 16,00,000.

Direct-material cost

– 60% of sales.

Direct wages

– 20 workers @ Rs. 300 p.m.

Factory overheads:

Indirect labour: Works Manager

– Rs. 1,000 p.m.

Foreman

– Rs. 800 p.m.

Stores & Spares

– 2½; % on sales.

Depreciation on machinery

– Rs. 25,200.

Light & Power

– Rs. 10,000.

Other sundries

– 10% on direct wages.

Administration & Selling

– Rs. 28,000 per year.

Repairs & Maintenance

– Rs. 16,000.

calculate material yield variance 622120

For manufacturing a certain quantity of product, the standard and actual figures relating to materials are as follows:

Materials

Standard

Actual

Qty (kgs)

Price

Qty (kgs)

Price

A

90

Rs. 4

140

Rs. 3.80

B

60

Rs. 5

60

Rs. 5.20

150

200

Less: Loss

30

34

120

166

Calculate material-yield variance.

you are required to calculate the following variances 622124

For manufacturing a certain quantity of product X, the standard and actual figures in respect of materials are as follows:

Materials

Standard

Act als

Quality kg

Price Rs.

Quantity kg

Price Rs.

A

B

Less = Loss

90

60

4

5

140

60

3-80

5-60

150

30

200

35

120

165

You are required to calculate the following variances:

  1. Material-cost variance
  2. Material-price variance
  3. Material-usage variance
  4. Material-mix variance
  5. Material-yield variance
  6. Prepare the actual cost sheet.

calculate the direct labour cost variance from the following 622126

Calculate the direct labour cost variance from the following:

Standard output

=

500 units

Actual output

=

400 units

Standard time per unit

=

5 hrs

Total actual time taken

=

2,200 hrs

Standard rate of wages

=

Rs. 20 per hour

Actual rate of wages

=

Rs. 25 per hour

research case 1 foreign currency translation and hedging activities 622153

Many companies make annual reports available on their corporate Internet home page. Annual reports also can be accessed through the SEC’s EDGAR system at ww,-w.sec.aov (under Filing Type, search for 10-K). Access the most recent annual report for a U.S.—based multinational company with which you are familiar.

Required a. Identify the location(s) in the annual report that provides disclosures related to the translation of foreign currency financial statements and foreign currency hedging. b. Determine whether the company’s foreign operations have a predominant functional currency. c. Determine the amount of remeasurement gain or loss, if any, reported in net income in each of the three most recent years. d. Determine the amount of translation adjustment, if any, reported in other comprehensive in-come in each of the three most recent years. Explain the sign (positive or negative) of the trans-lation adjustment in each of the three most recent years. e. Determine whether the company hedges net investments in foreign operations. If so, determine the type(s) of hedging instrument used.

RESEARCH CASE 2-FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION DISCLOSURES IN THE COMPUTER INDUSTRY Many companies make annual reports available on their corporate Internet home page. Annual _ L,. „–e.pri through the SEC’s EDGAR system at www.sec.gov (under Filing

/’DA

Attachments:

o hare products inc 622159

A Top managers of O’Hare Products, Inc., have asked for your help in comparing the companys profit performance and financial position with the average for the industry. The accountant has given you the company’s income statement and balance sheet and also the following data for the industry. The problem is that O’Hare is in dollars and the Industry Average is in percentages. To complete the analysis you will need to convert O’Hare’s dollar amounts to percentages. O’Hare Products, Inc. Income Statement Compared with Industry Average Year Ended December 31, 2012 O’Hare Industry Average Net sales……………………………………………………………………. $960,000 100.0%

Cost of goods sold…………………………………………………….. 662,400 57.3% Gross profit……………………………………………………………….. 297,600 42.7%

Operating expenses ………………………………………………….. 220,800 29.4%

Operating income………………………………………………………. 76,800 13.3%

Other expenses………………………………………………………….. 9,600 2.5%

Net income ……………………………………………………………….. $67,200 10.8%

O’Hare Products, Inc. Balance Sheet Compared with Industry Average December 31, 2012 O’Hare Industry Average Current assets……………………………………………………………. $292,000 72.1%

Fixed assets, net ……………………………………………………….. 72,800 19.0%

Intangible assets, net …………………………………………………. 14,000 4.8%

Other assets………………………………………………………………. 21,200 4.1%

Total …………………………………………………………………………. 400,000 100.0% Current liabilities……………………………………………………….. 188,000 47.2%

Long-term liabilities …………………………………………………… 84,000 21.0% Stockholders equity…………………………………………………… 128,000 31.8%

Total …………………………………………………………………………. $400,000 100.0%

See red triangle for helpful hints. Requirements 1. Prepare a common-size income statement and balance sheet for OHare Products. The first column of each statement should present OHare Products common-size statement, and the second column should show the industry averages. 2. For the profitability analysis, compare OHare Products (a) ratio of gross profit to net sales, (b) ratio of operating income to net sales, and (c) ratio of net income to net sales with the industry averages. Is OHare Products profit performance better or worse than the average for the industry? 3. For the analysis of financial position, compute OHare Products (a) ratios of current assets and current liabilities to total assets and (b) ratio of stockholders equity to total assets. Compare these ratios with the industry averages. Is OHare Products financial position better or worse than the average for the industry?

Solution

Requirement #1

 

 

O’Hare Products, Inc.

 

 

Common-Size Income Statement Compared to Industry Average

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 
           

O’Hare Products

Industry Average

 

 

Net sales……………………………………………………

   

 

 

Cost of goods sold………………………………………..

   

 

 

Gross profit…………………………….…………………..

   

 

 

Operating expenses……………………………………….

   

 

 

Operating income………………………………………….

   

 

 

Other expenses…………………………………………….

   

 

 

Net income…………………………………………………

   

 

 
               

 

 

O’Hare Products, Inc.

 

 

Common-Size Balance Sheet Compared to Industry Average

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 
           

O’Hare Products

Industry Average

 

 

Current assets……………………………………………..

   

 

 

Fixed assets, net…………………………………………..

   

 

 

Intangible assets, net………………………………………

   

 

 

Other assets……………………………………………….

   

 

 

Total assets………………………………………………..

   

 

 
               

 

 

Current liabilities………………………….………………..

   

 

 

Long-term liabilities………………………………………..

   

 

 

Stockholders’ equity……………………………………….

   

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity…………………

   

 

 
               

 

 

Requirement #2

 

 
 

 

 
                 
   
                                 

Requirement #3

                 
                 

 

                 
                 
                                 

 

this is a group assignment each group needs to have 2 to 3 members in it please orga 622206

This is a group-assignment. Each group needs to have 2 to 3 members in it. Please organise yourselves into groups. Please make sure that names and ID numbers of all members are stated on the cover sheet of your submission.

As this is a group assignment, each member of the group is awarded the same mark. Working in groups has its pros and cons. I am sure that you will hold constructive and energetic group discussions on the issues at hand. In case of any disagreements, you will be able to resolve them in a democratic and rational way. There will be times when you may have to agree to disagree with each other. Invariably different group members bring different skills to a project; it is up to you to make the best of it. I believe one can learn a lot by discussing the issues with one’s colleagues.

If you happen to find your group members are “not pulling their weight” or there are problems with any member’s commitment, then please try to resolve those issues amongst yourselves. Open and honest communication always helps. If you are unable to resolve these issues, you are most welcome to see me and we will try to sort out the problems together. Do this as soon as possible and certainly before the due date.

Please adapt this to suit your group, particularly the last two paragraphs.

PART 1:

George Ltd manufactures two types of coils used in electric motors. The two types are: C20 and D40. They both require plastic and metal. Information for the two products for the month of April is given in the following tables:

Input prices

Direct materials

Plastic

$4 per kilogram

Metal

$3 per kilogram

Direct manufacturing labour

$10 per direct manufacturing labour hour

Input quantities per unit of output

C20

D40

Direct materials

Plastic

4 kilograms

6 kilograms

Metal

0.5 kilogram

1 kilogram

Direct manufacturing labour-hours (DMLH)

3 hours

5 hours

Machine-hours (MH)

10 MH

18MH

Inventory information, direct materials

Plastic

Metal

Beginning inventory

250 kilograms

60 kilograms

Target ending inventory

380 kilograms

55 kilograms

Cost of beginning inventory

$950

$180

The company accounts for direct materials using a FIFO cost flow assumption.

Sales and inventory information, finished goods

C20

D40

Expected sales in units

500

300

Selling price

$160

$250

Target ending inventory in units

35

15

Beginning inventory in units

15

30

Beginning inventory in dollars

$1500

$5580

The company uses:

· a FIFO cost flow assumption for finished goods inventory.

· an activity-based costing system and classifies overhead into three activity pools: Set-up, Processing and Inspection. Activity rates for these activities are $100 per set-up hour. $5 per machine-hour and $16 per inspection-hour, respectively.

Other information is as follows:

Cost driver information

C20

D40

Number of units per batch

20

15

Set-up time per batch

1.5 hours

1.75 hours

Inspection time per batch

0.5 hour

0.6 hour

Non-manufacturing fixed costs for March equal $36,000 of which half are salaries. Salaries are expected to increase by 5% in April. The only variable non-manufacturing cost is sales commission equal to 1% of sales revenue.

Required:

Prepare the following for April:

a. Sales budget

b. Production budget in units

c. Direct material usage budget and direct material purchases budget

d. Manufacturing overhead cost budgets for each of the three activities

e. Budgeted income statement (ignore income taxes)

holmes holmes institute faculty of higher education 622255

HOLMES INSTITUTE

FACULTY OF HIGHER EDUCATION

HI5019Group Assignment: Due Friday Week 11

2500 words and extra for diagrams: WORTH 20%

The Resources, Events, and Agents (REA) Approach to Database Modelling

Choose any company (your choice) and do the following SIX (6) items:

1. First of all discuss how the REA approach to database design will overcome problems with traditional approaches for your company of choice.

2. Identify the Resources, Events and Agents entity types in your company.

3. Discuss the economic duality that occurs in your company.

4. Develop three (3) individual REA diagrams.

5. Develop one (1) Enterprise-Wide REA model (i.e. View Integration).

6. Discuss the competitive advantages of using the REA approach in your company. This will be done by doing a value chain analysis.

Report is due by week 11 Friday 5pm online AND with a hard copy to Holmes (same deadline). Worth 15%

GROUPS OF THREE STUDENTS.

Groups will present a short group presentation in week 12 class on the contents of their assignment (presentation time should be 8 to 10 minutes). Worth 5%

All notes for this assignment can be found in Chapter 10 of the textbook:

Hall, James A. (2013) Accounting Information Systems, 8th edition, South-western Cengage Learning.

MARKING SCHEME FOR REPORT:

Question 1:
REA approach to database design
Excellent
8-10
Good
6-7
Average
5
Not adequate
3-4
Poor
0-2
Clearly justified reasons
Well referenced literature to topic
Comments:
/20%
Question 2:
Resources, Events and Agents entity types
Question 3:
Discuss the economic duality
Excellent
8-10
Good
6-7
Average
5
Not adequate
3-4
Poor
0-2
Selection of suitable resources, events and agents
Appropriate use of economic duality
References used to justify choices
Comments:
/30%
Question 4: Three (3) individual REA diagrams
Question 5: One (1) Enterprise-Wide REA model
Question 6:the competitive advantages of using the REA approach
Excellent
8-10
Good
6-7
Average
5
Not adequate
3-4
Poor
0-2
Suitable use of REA diagrams
Correct REA diagrams
Suitable use of enterprise-wide REA model
Correct enterprise-wide REA model
Correct competitive advantages with references
Comments:
/50%
Overall Comments TOTAL /100%

mr leung has been an active investor in properties in hong kong 622370

Assignment 1 Due date: 31 May 2013 Question 1 (30 marks) Read the following article, which is an extract from a press release by the Hong Kong Institute of CPAs, titled ‘Hong Kong Institute of CPAs’ budget submission asks government to use tax policies and budget measures to help families and lower income groups and boost support for SMEs and overall business competitiveness,’ and then answer the questions required. Hong Kong Institute of CPAs Hong Kong, 10 January 2013 The Hong Kong Institute of CPAs says that, financially, Hong Kong remains in a sound position. The Institute expects a budget surplus in excess of HK$25 billion for 2012–13 and fiscal reserves of about HK$695 billion by 31 March 2013. In its budget proposals for 2013–14, it calls on the government to offer more help to families and to increase the city’s international competitiveness. According to the Institute’s submission, one of the main concerns of the city’s taxpayers is keeping up with rising costs. The proposal suggests a range of measures to help families and individuals, including widening the marginal tax bands from HK$40,000 to HK$50,000, increasing child allowances from HK$63,000 to HK$70,000, allowing deductions for voluntary MPF contributions with an annual cap of HK$60,000, allowing deductions for private healthcare insurance premiums with an annual cap of HK$12,000, offering a rental payment deduction as an alternative to the home loan interest deduction, adjusting the price thresholds of different stamp duty rates in line with property price inflation, providing a waiver on property rates of up to HK$2,500 per quarter, and an electricity subsidy of HK$1,800 for the coming year. Florence Chan, chair of the Institute’s taxation faculty executive committee, says, ‘Lower and middle income groups face continuing pressure from rising costs. The Institute’s proposal would give a helping hand to families with children and other dependants, in relation to significant costs such as education, housing and health care. Families are the building blocks of the Hong Kong community and the heart of future generations, so tax measures devised to assist them should always be a priority,’ she adds. 2 ACT B414 Taxation I The Institute’s proposals also call for tax incentives focusing on the city’s international competitiveness. The recommendations include: a reduction of the corporate profits tax rate to 15% for companies with gross income not exceeding HK$2 million, a tax waiver on assessable profits up to HK$500,000, a business registration fee waiver, an extension of the profits tax exemption for offshore funds and exemptions for onshore funds meeting specific criteria, an extension of tax deductions for research and development and intellectual property usage, and tax concessions for regional headquarters and offices. Required: a Discuss the objectives of a good tax system and the characteristics it should possess. (20 marks) b Comment on the proposals as submitted by the HKICPA and evaluate whether they are desirable or undesirable in terms of the ideal objectives and characteristics of a good tax system. (10 marks) Question 2 (30 marks) Mr Leung has been an active investor in properties in Hong Kong. In addition to his home in Causeway Bay, he owns the following three properties: Hung Hom flat The Hung Hom flat was first rented to Ms Lam and subsequently to Mr Pok. The details of the leases are as follows: • Lease to Ms Lam: The lease was for a three-year period from 1 January 2009 to 31 December 2011. The agreed rent was for $20,000 per month with Mr Leung being responsible for the rates of $2,500 per quarter and the management fee of $1,000 per month. However, Ms Lam vacated the property early on 31 May 2011 with four months of rent in arrears. In November 2011, Mr Leung found out that Ms Lam had gone to Shanghai and the Assessor was satisfied that the debt became irrecoverable. Mr Leung did not ask for any rental deposit at the time of signing the lease. • Lease to Mr Pok: The lease was for a five-year period from 1 July 2011 to 30 June 2016. The agreed rent was for $15,000 per month. Mr Leung agreed to the lower monthly rent on condition that Mr Pok paid an initial premium of $60,000. Also, after his previous unhappy experience with Ms Lam, Mr Leung demanded a rental deposit of $30,000 from Mr Pok. He also required that Mr Pok pay the rates of $2,500 per quarter and the management fee of $1,000 per month. Mr Leung incurred repairs and decoration expenses of $30,000 in June 2011 prior to handing over the flat to Mr Pok. Assignment File 3 Chai Wan flat This property has been occupied by Mr Leung’s son since Mr Leung bought the property in 2009. His son contributed $30,000 a year to Mr Leung for Mr Leung’s living expenses for the years of assessment 2010/11 and 2011/12 respectively. Shenzhen flat This property has been rented out to Mr Lee, a Hong Kong resident, at a monthly rent of HK$8,000 since 2009. The tenancy agreement was negotiated and signed in Hong Kong, and Mr Lee paid the monthly rent directly into Mr Leung’s bank account in Hong Kong. The monthly management fee of RMB$200 and other charges were paid by Mr Lee. Required: a Determine the Hong Kong property tax liabilities for Mr Leung for the years of assessment 2010/11 and 2011/12. Ignore provisional property tax and any tax waiver or refund. The standard tax rate for years of assessment 2010/11 and 2011/12 is 15%. (15 marks) b Provide a brief comment on the treatment of significant items where appropriate. (5 marks) c In December 2012, Mr Pok ran into financial difficulty and negotiated with Mr Leung on whether he could sublet part of the flat to relieve his financial burden. Mr Leung agreed. Explain whether Mr Pok would be chargeable to property tax in doing so and include in your answer the definition of ‘owners’ under Hong Kong property tax. (10 marks) Question 3 (25 marks) Fireplace Restaurant is a well-established restaurant solely owned by Mr Lam. It makes up its accounts to 31 December annually. During the two years ended 31 December 2012, Fireplace Restaurant had the following transactions in respect of plant and machinery: i Tax written-down values brought forward from year of assessment 2010/11: 10% pool 100,000 20% pool 200,000 30% pool 300,000 ii 1 February 2011 — Purchased additional tables and chairs for $360,000. 4 ACT B414 Taxation I iii 2 March 2011 — Installed a new air-conditioning plant on hirepurchase terms as follows: Cash price: $2,000,000 Down payment: 10% Balance: by 12 equal monthly installments of $160,000 commencing 2 April 2011. iv 31 March 2011 — Sold an old air-conditioning plant for $10,000. The plant was purchased in 2001 for $400,000 on hire-purchase terms, with all instalments completely paid in early 2003. v 15 May 2011— Replaced kitchen utensils, crockery and cutlery for $180,000. vi 1 September 2011 — Sold a bunch of assets in the 30% pool for $75,000. The proceeds of the individual assets were all less than their respective costs, except for a washer, which was bought in 2009 for $4,000, and was sold for $5,000. vii 10 January 2012 — The sole proprietor, Mr Lam, donated his private car for the exclusive use of the business. The car was acquired in May 2010 for $250,000. Its second-hand value as at 10 January 2012 was $70,000. viii 12 February 2012 — Mr Lam took some furniture for his personal use. The furniture was purchased for $25,000 three years ago and had a market value of $7,600 as at 12 February 2012. Required: In accordance with the relevant provisions of the Inland Revenue Ordinance, determine the depreciation allowances to which Mr Lam’s business, Fireplace Restaurant, is entitled for the years of assessment 2011/12 and 2012/13. Question 4 (15 marks) Mr Orlando is a US citizen and has been working in the Finance Department of Clever Inc. in Los Angeles since 2008. In April 2012, he was relocated to the Hong Kong office as the regional financial controller. In his new role, he has to travel to other Asian countries on a regular basis to review the financial and related matters. The Hong Kong subsidiary of Clever Inc. did not sign a new employment contract with him but did provide him with administative and support services he needed in carrying out his responsibilities. Mr Orlando’s salary was deposited into his bank account opened in Hong Kong right after his arrival in Hong Kong. Mr Orlando continues to work closely with his superior in the US on important direction and policy matters. Assignment File 5 Required: a State the factors which are used by the IRD in determining the source of employment and discuss whether Mr Orlando’s employment should be considered as a Hong Kong employment or not. (10 marks) b Explain the significance of the source of employment in terms of taxability of employment income under Hong Kong salaries tax. (5 marks)

Attachments:

j problems i i p7 39 analyzing and interpreting available for sale securities disclo 622379

— -~——— J PROBLEMS i!i~P7-39. Analyzing and Interpreting Available-for-Sale Securities Disclosures ” .~, Following is a portion of the investments footnote from l”lietL~fe’s 2010 lO-K report. Investment earnings are a crucial component of the financial performance of insurance companies such as MetLife, and investments comprise a large part of MetLife’s assets. MetLife accounts for its fixed maturity (debt security or bond) investments as available-for-sale securities. Fixed Maturity Securities: U.S. corporate securities . Foreign corporate securities . RMSS ‘” Foreign government securities ………..• U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities . CMBS . ASS . State and political subdivision securities . Other fixed maturity securities . Total fi~d maturity securities . Equity Securities: Common stock ………………•….. Non-redeemable preferred stock . Total equity securities . Module 7 I Reporting and Analyzing Intercorporate Investments 7-44 ‘. Cost or Amortized’ Cost’ ‘Gross Unrealized T~mp~rl!!.-y(O:Tl:J~.Estim~~~cJ Loss .~ Loss Fair Value, $ 89,713 $ 4,486 $1,631 65,784 3,333 939 44,468 1,652 917 42,154 1,856 610 32,469 1,394 559 20,213 740 266 14,725 274 590 10,476 171 518 6 1 $320,008 $13,907 $6,030 $ – $ 92,568 68,178 470 44,733 43,400 33,304 12 20,675 119 14,290 10,129 7 $601 $327,284 $ 2,060 1,565 $ 3,625 $ 12 229 $ 241 $- $- $ 2,194 1,412 $ 3,606 $ 146 76 $ 222 ‘OTTI refers to “Other-Than-Temporary Impairment” that MetLife does not expect to reverse. Fixed Maturity Securities: U.S. corporate securities ……………. $ 72,075 $2,821 $2,699 Foreign corporate securities ………….. 37,254 2,011 1,226 RMBS …………………………. 45,343 1,234 1,957 Foreign government securities 11,010 1,076 139 U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities …………….. 25,712 745 1,010 CMBS …………………………. 16,555 191 1,106 ABS ………………………….. 14,272 189 1,077 State and political subdivision securities …. 7,468 151 411 Other fixed maturity securities ………… 20 1 2 — Total fixed maturity securities ……….. $229,709 $8,419 $9,627 Equity Securities: Common stock …………………… $ 1,537 $ 92 $ 8 Non-redeemable preferred stock ………. 1,650 80 267 — — Total equity securities …………….. $ 3,187 $ 172 $ 275 . ‘~ross Unrealized . Cost ,or’ ..”:-_-,–‘—‘-‘—-:-“-‘- __ ~_ Amor:tized .Temporary. ,OTII* . Estimated· , Cost . . ‘Gain .. ‘. Loss ‘.’ L9ss .: Fair Value ,. -:;.– . :;:” ::,~~—” $ 10 $ 72,187 9 38,030 600 44,020 11,947 25,447 18 15,622 222 13,162 7,208 19 $859 $227,642 ‘OTTI refers to “Other-Than-Temporary Impairment” that MetLife does not expect to reverse. $ – $ 1,621 1,463 $ – $ 3,084 Required a. At what amount does MetLife report its fixed maturity securities on its balance sheets for 2010 and 2009? h. What is the difference between realized and unrealized gains and losses? c. What are the net unrealized gains (losses) for 2010 and 2009 on its fixed maturity securities? How did these unrealized gains (losses) affect the company’s reported income in 2010 and 2009? (Hint: see the Google footnote excerpt on page 7-7 for an explanation of how OTII losses affect income.) P7-40. Analyzing and Interpreting Disclosures on Equity Method Investments r.~.’; , Ge”eral IVj[ills invests in a number of joint ventures to manufacture and distribute its food products as discussed in the following footnote to its fiscal year 2010 1O-K report: -.- INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES Our investments in companies over which we have the ability to exercise significant influence are stated at cost plus our share of undistributed “‘~6htinued General fViills (;?;!$)

Attachments:

what was the competitive environment for power generation equipment in the catty 199 622393

Possible assignment questions What was the competitive environment for power generation equipment in the catty 1990s? 2. What factors led to the need for an ABC system? 3. What are the objectives of the plans activity-based costing system? 4. Conniver a diagram of the ABC system and explain how products are costed in a computer-integrated environment.5. How were the cost driven determined? 6. Nine of the ten different cost drivers refer to the number of times an activity or operation is performed. Only one of the ten cost drivers relates to processing or machine time. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of selecting the quantity of a cost driver to assign costs as opposed to utilising the time used to perform an activity when assigning costs.

7. How has the computer-integrated manufacturing system mask the tube Shop more efficient? 8. Capacity utilisation remains stuck in the 45-50 per cent area. How does that affect product costs under the ABC system? Explain the conceptual basis for your answer. 9. What other ateax of project design, marketing or manufacturing could be reviewed for continuous process improvement? 10. What role could the ABC system play in East River’s continuous improvement efforts? 11. Evaluate the process of developing and implementing the ABC system? Why wasn’t ABC implemented across the entire plant?

Attachments:

at the beginning of 20×2 dahl ltd acquired 8 of the outstanding common shares of tip 622396

At the beginning of 20X2, Dahl Ltd. acquired 8% of the outstanding common shares of Tippy Ltd. for $400,000. This amounted to 80,000 shares.
At the beginning of 20X4, Dahl acquired an additional 270,000 shares of Tippy for $1,512,000. At this acquisition date, Tippy’s shareholders’ equity consisted of the following:
4% non-cumulative preferred shares $1,000,000
Common shares, 1,000,000 outstanding shares 2,400,000
Retained earnings 2,160,000
At this acquisition date, the fair values of the net identifiable assets equalled their carrying values except for the following:
Excess of fair value
over carrying value

Inventory $ 96,000

Land 800,000

At the beginning of 20X5, Dahl acquired an additional 450,000 shares of Tippy for 2,880,000. The shares were trading for $6 per share. At this acquisition date, Tippy’s shareholders’ equity consisted of the following:

4% non-cumulative preferred shares $1,000,000
Common shares, 1,000,000 outstanding shares 2,400,000
Retained earnings 2,560,000
At this acquisition date, the fair values of the net identifiable assets equalled their carrying values except for the following:

Excess of fair value over/(under)
carrying value

Accounts receivable $W (48,000)
Building and equipment (net) 720,000

Long-term debt 160,000

The building and equipment have an estimated remaining life of 10 years and the long-term debt matures in 10 years.

The condensed separate-entity financial statements for December 31, 20X6 are as follows:

Balance Sheets

As at December 31, 20X6

Dahl Ltd.

Tippy Ltd.

Assets:

Cash

$ 400,000

$ 560,000

Accounts receivable

1,920,000

440,000

Inventories

400,000

320,000

Land

4,400,000

800,000

Buildings and equipment (net)

8,488,000

7,200,000

Investment in Tippy (at cost)

4,792,000

____-____

Total assets

$ 20,400,000

$ 9,320,000

Liabilities:

Accounts payable

$ 2,400,000

$ 400,000

Long-term debt

3,200,000

1,600,000

Total liabilities

5,600,000

2,000,000

Shareholders’ equity:

4% non-cumulative preferred shares

1,000,000

Common shares

7,200,000

2,400,000

Retained earnings

7,600,000

3,920,000

Total shareholders’ equity

14,800,000

7,320,000

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$ 20,400,000

$ 9,320,000

Income Statements

Year Ended December 31, 20X6

Dahl Ltd.

Tippy Ltd.

Sales

$ 12,000,000

$ 7,200,000

Dividend income

96,000

Gain on sale of equipment

_______

168,000

Total revenue

12,096,000

7,368,000

Cost of goods sold

7,600,000

4,960,000

Operating expenses

2,374,400

944,000

Income tax expense

825,600

584,000

Total expenses

10,800,000

6,488,000

Net income

$ 1,296,000

$ 880,000

Additional information:

  • Dahl and Tippy declared and paid dividends during 20X6 of $400,000 and $160,000, respectively.
  • At the end of 20X5, the inventories of Dahl and Tippy included goods with intercompany profits of $68,000 and $152,000 respectively.
  • During 20X6, Dahl sold goods to Tippy for $3,120,000 at a gross margin of 45%. At the end of 20X6, $200,000 of these goods were still in Tippy’s inventory.
  • During 20X6, Tippy sold goods to Dahl for $2,080,000 at a gross margin of 35%. At the end of the year, $320,000 of these goods were still in Dahl’s inventory.
  • On January 1, 20X6, Tippy sold some equipment to Dahl for $360,000. At that time, the equipment had a book value of $192,000 and an estimated remaining life of 8 years. Dahl has paid Tippy $252,000 and will pay the balance on January 31, 20X7.
  • Both Dahl and Tippy use the straight-line method of amortization for their buildings and equipment.
  • In 20X5, a goodwill impairment of $73,600 was recognized and a further impairment of $46,400 occurred in 20X6. Impairment losses are allocated 80% to Dahl and 20% to the non-controlling interest.
  • Both companies are taxed at an average rate of 40%.

Required:

Calculate Dahl’s 20X6 consolidated net income and identify the amount attributable to Dahl’s shareholders and to the non-controlling interest. Be sure to show all your calculations. You are not required to prepare a consolidated income statement.


40 000 capital stock 60 000 business transactions during july are summarized as fol 622483

$40,000; Capital Stock, $60,000. Business transactions during July are summarized as follows:

  1. Joel Palk invested additional cash in exchange for capital stock with a deposit of $35,000 in the business bank account.
  2. Paid $50,000 for the purchase of land adjacent to land currently owned by D’Lite Dry Cleaners as a future building site.
  3. Received cash from cash customers for dry cleaning revenue, $32,125.
  4. Paid rent for the month, $6,000.
  5. Purchased supplies on account, $2,500.
  6. Paid creditors on account, $22,800.
  7. Charged customers for dry cleaning revenue on account, $84,750.
  8. Received monthly invoice for dry cleaning expense for July (to be paid on August 10), $29,500.
  9. Paid the following: wages expense, $7,500; truck expense, $2,500; utilities expense, $1,300; miscellaneous expense, $2,700.
  10. Received cash from customers on account, $88,000.
  11. Determined that the cost of supplies on hand was $5,900; therefore, the cost of supplies used during the month was $3,600.
  12. Paid dividends, $12,000.

using the balances from the spreadsheet prepare an income statement for july a retai 622496

D’Lite Dry Cleaners is owned and operated by Joel Palk. A building and equipment are currently being rented, pending expansion to new facilities. The actual work of dry cleaning is done by another company at wholesale rates. The assets, liabilities, and capital stock of the business on July 1, 2014, are as follows: Cash, $45,000; Accounts Receivable, $93,000; Supplies, $7,000; Land, $75,000; Accounts Payable, $40,000; Capital Stock, $60,000. Business transactions during July are summarized as follows:

  1. Joel Palk invested additional cash in exchange for capital stock with a deposit of $35,000 in the business bank account.
  2. Paid $50,000 for the purchase of land adjacent to land currently owned by D’Lite Dry Cleaners as a future building site.
  3. Received cash from cash customers for dry cleaning revenue, $32,125.
  4. Paid rent for the month, $6,000.
  5. Purchased supplies on account, $2,500.
  6. Paid creditors on account, $22,800.
  7. Charged customers for dry cleaning revenue on account, $84,750.
  8. Received monthly invoice for dry cleaning expense for July (to be paid on August 10), $29,500.
  9. Paid the following: wages expense, $7,500; truck expense, $2,500; utilities expense, $1,300; miscellaneous expense, $2,700.
  10. Received cash from customers on account, $88,000.
  11. Determined that the cost of supplies on hand was $5,900; therefore, the cost of supplies used during the month was $3,600.
  12. Paid dividends, $12,000.

Using the balances from the spreadsheet, prepare an income statement for July, a retained earnings statement for July, and a balance sheet as of July 31.

hello attached is the file that includes the data the forecasting tab needs to be co 622630

Hello,

Attached is the file that includes the data. The forecasting tab needs to be completed.

Thanks.

Document Preview:

Forecasts Interest Analysis Analysis Data Analyst Name: Company Name: Cash Marketable Securities Accounts Receivable – Trade Inventories CURRENT ASSETS Property, Plant & Equipment – at cost TOTAL ASSETS Accounts Payable – Trade CURRENT LIABILITIES Long Term Debt Deferred Taxes TOTAL LIABILITIES Minority Interest in Subsidiaries Preferred Stock Retained Earnings Other Equity Adjustments Cost of Goods Sold Interest Expense Income Tax Expense Extraordinary Gains (Losses) Other Current Assets (1) Other Current Assets (2) Other Non-Current Assets (1) Other Non-Current Assets (2) Accumulated Depreciation Other Current Liabilities (1) Other Current Liabilities (2) Other Non-Current Liabilities (1) Other Non-Current Liabilities (2) Treasury Stock TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITIES BALANCE SHEET DATA INCOME STATEMENT DATA Gross Profit SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Selling, General and Admin. Expense Operating Profit Income before Tax Unusual Expenses or Losses Unusual Income or Gains Year (Most recent in far right column.) PROFITABILITY FACTORS: Profit Margin for ROA x Asset Turnover = Return on Assets Profit Margin for ROCE x Capital Structure Leverage = Return on Common Equity OPERATING PERFORMANCE: ASSET TURNOVER: RISK FACTORS: LIQUIDITY: Current Ratio Quick Ratio SOLVENCY: Total Liabilities / Total Assets NET INCOME ASSETS: LIABILITIES: Inventory Turnover FSAP OUTPUT: Format: Actual Amounts Forecast Amounts Common Size Percent Forecast assumption Rate of Change Percent Forecast assumption explanation Long-Run Growth Factor: Actuals Forecasts Year +1 Year +2 Year +3 Year +4 Year +5 INCOME STATEMENT Interest Income Income before Tax BALANCE SHEET Long Term Investments in Securities Amortizable Intangible Assets (net) Notes Payable and Short Term Debt Revenues Year COMMON SIZE BALANCE SHEET – AS A PERCENT OF TOTAL ASSETS Year +6 and beyond: Long-Run Growth Rate: Common…

Attachments:

act360 portfolio 622674

Portfolio Project Intel Inc. Refer to the Intel Inc. 2012 financial statements and the accompanying notes to answer the following questions. The 2012 financial statements of Intel can be accessed at: http://files.shareholder.com/downloads/INTC/2825217990x0x670527/f2682ca3-e175-4549-91f2-ad7477806a0d/Intel_2012_Annual_Report_and_Form_10-K%5b1%5d.pdf http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/50863/000119312513065416/d424446d10k.

Document Preview:

Portfolio Project Intel Inc. Refer to the Intel Inc. 2012 financial statements and the accompanying notes to answer the following questions. The 2012 financial statements of Intel can be accessed at: ? HYPERLINK “http://files.shareholder.com/downloads/INTC/2825217990x0x670527/f2682ca3-e175-4549-91f2-ad7477806a0d/Intel_2012_Annual_Report_and_Form_10-K%5b1%5d.pdf” ?? http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/50863/000119312513065416/d424446d10k.htm Module 1 1) What are the maturities on Intel’s Long-term debt? 2) What are Intel’s projected obligations on Long-Term Debt and Payments due by period? 3) What is the par or stated value of Intel’s preference shares? 4) What is the par or stated value of Intel’s ordinary shares? 5) What percentage of Intel’s authorized ordinary shares was issued at Dec 29, 2012? 6) How many ordinary shares were outstanding at Dec 29, 2012, and Dec 31, 2011? Module 2 Under Intel’s equity-based compensation plan, share options are granted annually to key managers and directors. 1) How many options were granted and exercisable in 2011 and 2012 under the plan? 2) What number of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding was used by Intel in computing earnings per share for 2011 and 2012? What were Intel’s diluted earnings per share in 2011 and 2012? 3) What other equity-based compensation plans does Intel have? 4) What investments does Intel report in 2012? 5) How does Intel determine fair value? 6) How does Intel use derivative financial instruments? Module 3 1) What amounts relative to income taxes does Intel report in its: a. 2012 income statement? b. 29 Dec 2012 balance sheet? c. 2012 statement of cash flows? 2) Intel’s provision for income taxes in 2011 and 2012 was computed at what effective tax rates? 3) How much of Intel’s 2012 total provision for income taxes was current tax expense, and how much was deferred tax expense? 4) What did Intel report as the significant components (the details) of its 29 December,…

Attachments:

in this assignment you will write a c program to implement the gauss seidel algorith 622752

In this assignment you will write a C++ program to implement the Gauss-Seidel algorithm

Gauss-Seidel Iteration in C++

Preliminary Information

In this assignment you will write a C++ program to implement the Gauss-Seidel algorithm to solve a set of linear algebraic equations. In addition your program will read data from a file and write your results to a file. The problem you will solve is based on Question 12.5 of the course textbook.

The following system of equations is designed to determine the concentrations (the c’s are in g/m3) in a series of coupled reactors as a function of the amount of mass input to each reactor (the right-hand side is in g/day):

The Program

  1. Create an ASCII data file of the coefficient and right-hand side constants of the form:

15 -3 -3 3800

-3 18 -6 1200

-4 -3 12 2350

  1. Write a function that will implement the Gauss-Seidel algorithm.
  1. Write a main program that will read the data from the ASCII file you created, and then call your Gauss-Seidel Function. After the function is called it will write the data to an ASCII file in the following format:

c[1] = 326.2458

c[2] = 242.8018

c[3] = 365.2824

These are the answers you should get if your program is working properly.

  1. Put the program and function in one file.
  1. The GA will use g++ to compile your program, so be sure it compliles with this command.

Goals:

  • Writing numerical analysis software
  • Writing C++ program
  • I/O to disk files

In Course Assignment 1 you hard coded your data into the program. This is not very efficient since every time the data changed you had to change your program. In this assignment once the program is written and compiled it is not changed. The changes occur in the data file that is read into the program. This is closer to how software is used: the user will not modify the program but only modify the input data.

What to Submit

You are required to upload the following files to Blackboard

  1. Your C++ program.
  2. Your data file from Step 1
  3. A documentation file.

You should note that your documentation file is extremely important. It is this information that users of your software will consult when running your software. Too many programmers make extreme efforts writing and testing software and then fail to provide proper documentation. This hinders the use of your software and prevents users from gaining the full benefits of your hard work.

The program should contain the following:

  • File name
  • Description of Program
  • Program variables
  • Programmer
  • Student number
  • Date
  • Comments

Documentation file should contain the following information:

  • Programmer
  • Student number
  • Date
  • File software names of all your programs
  • Description of program
  • Instructions on how to run the program

In the documentation you should provide any comments on special feature that you would like the GA to consider when marking. Also, if you were not able to complete all the requirements you should mention which ones so that you can at least be given partial marks for your work.

Attachments:

if you correct for the accounting r d expense what would the debt to equity ratio ch 622791

In answering the following questions, please refer to the 10K report of Intel 2013.

Q1. Suppose, in 2013, Intel expensed all of R&D expense but 50% of the R%D was eligible for the capitalization. If you correct for the accounting R&D expense, what would the Debt to equity ratio change?

Q2. Identify the main usage of cash for investment. How can you tell such investment activities are involved in merger and acquisition activities? If there is any such merger and acquisitions, identify the related account in balance sheet and its change.

Q3. Based on the sales numbers and cost of goods sold numbers from 2012 and 2013, forecast the sales and gross margin of Intel for 2014.

Q4.Describe the general procedure of forecasting pro-forma income statement and balance sheet as we discussed in class.

Q5. What would you recommend for Amazon Shares? Buy or Sell? Why?

Document Preview:

ACC 600 Summer 2014 Final Exam Analyst Name:___________________________________________________ In answering the following questions, please refer to the 10K report of Intel 2013. Q1. Suppose, in 2013, Intel expensed all of R&D expense but 50% of the R%D was eligible for the capitalization. If you correct for the accounting R&D expense, what would the Debt to equity ratio change? Q2. Identify the main usage of cash for investment. How can you tell such investment activities are involved in merger and acquisition activities? If there is any such merger and acquisitions, identify the related account in balance sheet and its change. Q3. Based on the sales numbers and cost of goods sold numbers from 2012 and 2013, forecast the sales and gross margin of Intel for 2014. Q4.Describe the general procedure of forecasting pro-forma income statement and balance sheet as we discussed in class. Q5. What would you recommend for Amazon Shares? Buy or Sell? Why?

Attachments:

journalize the entries to record the following record the adjusting entry at decembe 622927

Journalize the entries to record the following:

  1. Record the adjusting entry at December 31, 2010, the end of the fiscal year, to record the bad debt expense. The accounts receivable account has a balance of $800,000, and the contra asset account before adjustment has a debit balance of $600. Analysis of the receivables indicates uncollectible receivables of $18,000.
  2. In March, 2011, the $350 owed by Fronk Co. on account is written off as uncollectible.
  3. In November, 2011, $200 of the Fronk Co. account is reinstated and payment of that amount is received.
  4. In December, 2011, $400 is received on the $600 owed by Dodger Co. and the remainder is written off as uncollectible.

For a compound transaction, if an amount box does not require an entry, leave it blank or enter “0”.

bbac501 project management johnson set up valleyview playgyms company 623133

Group Assignment (Group of Four) BBAC501-Project Management Accounting Due date: Session 5.2 Total Marks 25 (18+7) Problem # 1 Marks (9+9=18) On 1 January, Johnson set up Valleyview Playgyms Company to manufacture and sell children’s outdoor playgyms. He was an engineer by profession but he understood the importance of accounting information and kept his accounting records meticulously throughout the year.

Document Preview:

Group Assignment (Group of Four) BBAC501-Project Management Accounting Due date: Session 5.2 Total Marks 25 (18+7) Problem # 1 Marks (9+9=18) On 1 January, Johnson set up Valleyview Playgyms Company to manufacture and sell children’s outdoor playgyms. He was an engineer by profession but he understood the importance of accounting information and kept his accounting records meticulously throughout the year. At the end of the year he prepared the following income statement for the year: Valleyview Playgyms Company Income Statement for the year ended 31st December, 2012 Sales??450,000??Less Operating expenses:????Purchase of Raw Material? $200,000???Purchase of factory supplies? 10,000???Wages of the factory employees (who worked directly on the playgyms)? 75,000???Wages for other factory employees? 10,000???Managers’ salary? 40,000???Office staff salaries? 10,000???Sales Staff salaries? 22,000???Advertising? 10,000???Administrative Expenses? 8,000???Clearing costs? 5,000???Rent? 25,000???Electricity? 4,500???Purchase of factory equipment? 140,000???Purchase of Office Equipment? 10,000???Purchase of Sales vehicles? 15,000???Total Operating expenses??584,500??Net Loss??$(134,500)?? Although disappointed, Johnson was not surprised. He knew that expenses were higher than sales because, throughout the year, he had been able to generate a cash surplus. His bank overdraft had blown out and his bank manager has asked him to present his financial statements for 2012 to the bank. Required: You are the bank’s accountant and the bank manager has asked you to: Review the performance of Valleyview Playgyms in 2012 and make a recommendation as to whether Johnson’s overdraft facility should be cancelled. Prepare a report for Johnson explaining the errors he made in his income…

Attachments:

record the following transactions in the ledger under integrated system and prepare 622054

Record the following transactions in the ledger under integrated system and prepare the trial balance:

The following are the extracts of balances in its integrated ledger on 31 March 2009:

Dr Rs.

Cr Rs.

Stores control A/c

7,200

Finished goods A/c

5,200

Work-in-progress A/c

6,800

Creditors A/c

3,200

Cash at bank

4,000

Debtors A/c

4,800

Fixed assets A/c

22,000

Profit and loss A/c

12,800

Depreciation provision account

2,000

Share capital account

32,000

50,000

50,000

Transactions for the year ending 31 March 2010 were:

Wages direct

34,800

Indirect

2,000

Stores purchased on credit

40,000

Stores issued to production

44,000

Stores issued to repair order

800

Goods finished during the period at cost

86,000

Goods sold at cost

88,000

Goods sold at sales value (credit)

1,20,000

Production overhead recovered

19,200

Production overhead (paid for by cheque)

16,000

Administration overhead (paid for by cheque)

4,800

Selling and distribution overhead (paid for by cheque)

5,600

Depreciation (works)

520

Payment from customers

1,16,000

Purchases to suppliers

40,400

Purchases of fixed assets in cash

800

Fines paid

200

Income tax

8,000

Charitable donations

400

Rates per-paid included in production overhead incurred

120

Interest on bank loan

40

You are required to write up accounts in integral ledger and take out a trial balance. (The administration overhead is written off to profit and loss A/c.)

you are required to prepare a production budget for 6 months ending 31 march 2010 fo 622055

Model 2: Production budget

You are required to prepare a production budget for 6 months ending 31 March 2010 for a factory producing four products from the following information:

Product

Estimated Stock on
30 September 2009
(Units)

Estimated Soles During
September 2009 to March 2010
(Units)

Desired Closing Stock
on 37 March 2010
(Units)

P

Q

R

S

3,500
4,500

5,000
6,500

12,500
16,500

20,000
23,500

4,500
5,500

4000
3,500

two kinds of raw materials x and y are required to manufacture the product each unit 622056

Model 4: Materials purchased or Procurement budget

The sales director of a manufacturing company reports that he plans to sell 30,000 units of a product in the next year.

The production manager consults the storekeeper and casts his figures as follows:

Two kinds of raw materials X and Y are required to manufacture the product. Each unit of the product requires 3 units of X and 4 units of Y.

The estimated opening balances at the commencement of the next year are:

Finished product: 5,000 units: X = 6,000 units and Y = 7,000 units.

The desirable closing balance at the end of the next year are:

Finished products: 8,000 units: X = 7,500 units and Y = 10,000 units.

You are required to draw up a quantitative chart showing material-purchase budget for the next year.

you are required to prepare a production budget in units and b raw material purchase 622057

Model 5: Production and purchase budgets

The following are the estimates of a company for 8 months ending 31 December 2009:

Month

Estimated Sales (Units)

April 2009

8,000

May 2009

10,000

June 2009

12,000

July 2009

8,000

August 2009

7,000

September 2009

10,000

October 2009

13,000

November 2009

15,000

As a matter of policy, the company maintains the closing balance of finished goods and raw materials as follows:

Stock item

Closing balance of months

Finished goods

50% of the estimated sales for the next months.

Raw materials

Estimated consumption for the next month.

Every unit of production requires 2 kg of raw material costing Rs. 10 per kg.

You are required to prepare (a) production budget (in units) and (b) raw-material-purchase budget (in units and cost) of the company for the period ending 30 September 2009.

xl co ltd manufactures two products using one type of material and one grade of labo 622058

Model 6: Material-purchase budget and Direct (labour) wages budget

XL Co. Ltd manufactures two products using one type of material and one grade of labour. Following is an extract from the company’s working papers for the next period’s budget:

Particulars

Product X

Product Y

Budgeted sales (unit)

6,300

8,400

Budgeted material consumption per product (kg.)

3

5

Budgeted material cost, Rs. 10 per kg.

Standard hours allowed per product

Budgeted wage rate, Rs. 5 per hour

5

3

Overtime premium is 50% and is payable, if a worker works for more than 40 hours a week. There are 100 direct workers.

The target-productivity ratio (or efficiency ratio) for the productive hours worked by the direct workers in actually manufacturing the products is 80%; in addition to the non-productive downtime which is budgeted at 20% of productive hours worked.

There are 12 five-day weeks in the budget period and it is anticipated that sales and production will occur evenly throughout the whole period.

It is anticipated that stock at the beginning of the period will be:

Product X: 1,000 units; Product Y: 2,000 units; and Raw material: 4,000 kg

The target-closing stock, expressed in terms of anticipated activity during budget period, is:

Product X: 15 days sales; Product Y: 20 days sales; and Raw material: 10 days consumption.

Required:

Calculate (a) the material-purchase budget.

(b) the wages budget for direct workers showing the quantities and values, for the next period.

you are required to calculate the cost of factory overhead items given above at 80 0 622060

Model 8: Factory-overheads budget

The budget manager of X Ltd is preparing a budget for the accounting year starting from 1 April 2009.

As a part of the budget operations, some items of factory overhead costs have been estimated by him under specified conditions of volume as follows:

Volume of production in (units)

60,000 Rs.

75,000 Rs.

Expenses:

Indirect materials

1,32,000

1,65,000

Indirect labour

75,000

93,750

Maintenance

42,000

51,000

Supervision

99,000

1,17,000

Engineering services

47,000

47,000

You are required to calculate the cost of factory overhead items given above at 80,000 units of production.

prepare a budget for production of a 7 000 units and b 9 000 units showing distinctl 622062

Model 15: Flexible budget (Marginal cost)

Following are the budgeted expenses for production of an electronic component of TV (10,000 units):

Direct materials

50

Direct labour

20

Variable overheads

20

Fixed overheads (Rs. 1,00,000)

10

Variable expenses (Direct)

5

Selling expenses (10% fixed)

10

Distribution expenses (20% fixed)

5

Administration expenses (Rs. 50,000)

5

Total cost of sale per unit (to make and sell)

125

Prepare a budget for production of (a) 7,000 units and (b) 9,000 units, showing distinctly marginal cost and total cost. Assume that the administration expenses are rigid for all levels of production.

the company plans to sell product a throughout the year at a price of rs 10 per unit 622085

Raj Bros. sells two products A and B, which are manufactured in one plant. During the year 2009, it plans to sell the following quantities of each product:

Sales Budget Units

I Quarter

II Quarter

III Quarter

IV Quarter

A

B

25,000
20,000

75,000
40,000

1,25,000

45,000

45,000
42,000

The company plans to sell product A throughout the year at a price of Rs.10 per unit and product B at a price of Rs.16 per unit. A study of the past experience reveals that the company has lost 3% of its billed revenue each year because of return (constituting 2% of loss of revenue) allowances and bad debts (1% loss). You are required to prepare a sales budget incorporating the above information.

prepare a production budget for three months ending 31 march 2010 for a manufacturin 622087

Prepare a production budget for three months ending 31 March 2010 for a manufacturing unit producing four products, on the basis of the following information:

Product

Estimated
Stock on 1
January 2010
(Units)

Estimated Sales
During January-
March 2010
(Units)

Desired Closing
Stock on 31
March 2010
(Units)

P

Q

R

S

4,000

5,000

7,000

9,000

20,000

25,000

22,000 30,000

9,000

7,000

5,000

4,000

prepare the production budget and the summarized production cost budget for 5 months 622090

The sales forecast in units for the first six months of 2009 is given as follows:

January

1,500

April

2,500

February

1,700

May

2,900

March

2,100

June

2,900

Finished goods equal to half the sales for the next month will be in stock at the end of each month (including for previous December). Budgeted production and production cost for the whole year are as follows:

Production units

25,000.

Material cost per unit

Rs.13.

Wages per unit

Rs. 5.50.

Factory overhead for the year Rs. 75,000.

Prepare the production budget and the summarized production cost budget for 5 months ending 31 May 2009.

the sales director of a manufacturing company reports that next year he expects to s 622093

The sales director of a manufacturing company reports that next year he expects to sell 40,000 units of a particular product. The production department gives the following particulars:

Two kinds of raw materials A and B are required for manufacturing the product. Each product requires 3 units of material A and 2 units of material B.

The estimated opening balances for the next year will be:

Finished product:

10,000 units.

Material A:

12,000 units.

Material B:

15,000 units.

The desirable closing balances at the end of the year are:

Finished product–

16,000 units.

Material A–

14,000 units.

Material B–

15,000 units.

Draw a material-purchase budget.

from the following figures prepare a raw material purchase cost budget 622094

From the following figures, prepare a raw material-purchase cost budget:

Material in units

X

Y

Z

Estimated opening stocks

30,000

10,000

10,000

Estimated closing stocks

20,000

20,000

30,000

Estimated consumption

1,10,000

1,40,000

1,80,000

Standard price per unit (Rs.)

0.25

0.50

ao

you are required to construct a selling overhead budget from the following details 622096

You are required to construct a selling-overhead budget from the following details:

Establishment expenses of the sales department

30,000.

Other expenses of the sales department

12,000.

Advertisement

9,000.

Salaries to counter-salesmen

30,000.

Commission to counter-salesmen at 2% on their sales.

commission to travelling salesmen at 5% on their sales and out-of-pocket expenses at 3% on their sales.

The following are the likely sales range for a year.

Sales as counter

Sales by travelling salesmen

Rs. 3,00,000

Rs. 30,000

Rs. 4,00,000

Rs. 40,000

Rs. 5,00,000

Rs. 50,000

from the following particulars prepare a cash budget for the period october to decem 622097

From the following particulars, prepare a cash budget for the period October to December 2009, indicating the extent of the bank facilities the company will require at the end of each month:

Month

Sales Rs.

Purchases Rs.

Wages Rs.

August

80,000

62,400

6,000

September

1,00,000

75,000

7,000

October

55,000

1,20,000

5,000

November

90,000

1,25,000

5,000

December

65,000

1,34,000

10,000

Additional information:

  1. 50% of credit sales are realized in the month following the sales and the remaining 50% in the second month following.
  2. Creditors are paid in the month following the month of purchase.
  3. Cash as bank on 1 October 2009 (estimated) Rs.12,500.

prepare a flexible budget for the production of a 3 000 units and b 4 000 units 622101

The expenses for the budgeted production of 5,000 units in a factory are furnished as follows:

Rs. Per Unit

Materials

35.00

Labour

12.50

Variable overheads

10.00

Fixed overheads (Rs. 50,000)

5.00

Variable expenses (direct)

2.50

Selling expenses (10% fixed)

6.50

Distribution expenses (20% fixed)

3.50

Administration expenses (25,000) (fixed for all levels)

2.50

Total cost

77.50

Prepare a flexible budget for the production of (a) 3,000 units and (b) 4,000 units.

a company requires to calculate and present the budget for the next year from the fo 622102

A company requires to calculate and present the budget for the next year from the following data:

Sales

21,00,000.

Direct-material cost

40% of sales.

Direct wages of 10 workers at

Rs. 600 per month.

Factory overheads:

Indirect labour:

Works manager

Rs. 2,100 p.m.

Foreman

Rs. 600 p.m.

Stores & Spares

3% on sales.

Depreciation on machinery

Rs. 30,000.

Light & Power

Rs. 6,000.

Other sundries

10% on direct wages.

Administration, selling and

Rs. 42,000 per year. distribution

Repairs & Maintenance

Rs. 21,000.

in which quarter of the year is the company expected to break even 622104

Ahead Ltd produces and sells a single product. Sales budget for the calendar year ended 31 December by quarters is as follows:

Quarter I

No. of Units to be Sold

I

12,000

II

15,000

III

16,500

IV

18,000

The year is expected to open with an inventory of 4,000 units of finished products and close with an inventory of 6,500 units. Production is customarily scheduled to provide for two-thirds of the current quarter’s sales demand plus one-third of the following quarter’s demand. Thus, the production anticipates a sales volume by about one month. The standard cost details for unit of the product is as follows:

Direct materials – 10 kg at 0.50 p per kg.

Direct labour for 1 hour – 30 minutes at Rs. 4 per hour.

Variable overheads for 1 hr – 30 minutes at Re 1 per hour.

Fixed overheads for 1 hr – 30 minutes at Rs. 2 per hour based on a budgeted production volume of 90,000 direct labour hours for the year.

  1. Prepare a production budget for the year by quarters showing the number of units to be produced and the total costs of direct material, direct-labour-variable overhead and fixed overheads.
  2. If the budgeted selling price per unit is Rs. 17, what would be the budgeted profit for the year as a whole?
  3. In which quarter of the year is the company expected to break even?

raw material purchase budget in quantity and value 622106

A single product company estimated its sales for the next quarter as follows:

Quarter

Sales Units

I

30,000

II

37,500

III

41,250

IV

45,000

The opening stock of finished goods is 10,000 units and the company expects to maintain the closing stock of finished goods at 16,250 units at the end of the year. The production pattern in each quarter is based on 80% of the sales of the current quarter and 20% of the sales of the next quarter.

The opening stock of raw materials in the beginning of the year is 10,000 kg and the closing stock at the end of the year is required to be maintained at 5,000 kg. Each unit of the finished output requires 2 kg of raw materials.

The company proposes to purchase the entire annual requirements of raw materials in the first three quarters in the proportion and at the prices given as follows:

Quarter

Purchase of raw materials in % to total annual requirement in quantity

Price per kg Rs.

I

30%

2

II

50%

3

III

20%

4

The value of the opening stock of raw materials in the beginning of the year is Rs. 20,000.

You are required to present the following for the next year, quarter-wise:

  1. Production budget in units.
  2. Raw-material-consumption budget.
  3. Raw-material-purchase budget in quantity and value.
  4. Priced-stores ledger card of the raw material using FIFO method.

dividends from investments amounting to rs 1 000 are expected to be received in june 622107

Your Board of Directors has the following proposals for the next financial year:

  1. Capital-expenditure proposals Rs. 28 lakhs.
  2. Borrowings Rs. 25 lakhs.
  3. Investments worth Rs. 4.50 lakhs to be sold for Rs. 7.20 lakhs.

(b) Credit terms are as follows:

Sales/debtors – 10% sales are on cash, 50% of the credit sales are collected next month and the balance in the following months:

Creditors: Materials

– 2 months.

Wages

– 1/4; month.

Overheads

– 1/2; month.

(c) Cash and bank balance on 1 April 2010 is expected to be 6000.

(d) Other relevant information are as follows:

  1. Plant and machinery will be installed in February 2010 at a cost of Rs. 96,000. The monthly instalment of Rs. 2000 is payable from April onward.
  2. Dividend@ 5% on the preference-share capital of Rs. 2,00,000 will be paid on 1 June.
  3. Advance to be received for sale of vehicles@ Rs. 9,000 in June.
  4. Dividends from investments amounting to Rs. 1,000 are expected to be received in June.
  5. Income tax (advance) to be paid in June is Rs. 2,000.

prepare a cash budget from the above and assess the surplus or deficit 622108

The following data are available in a manufacturing company for a half-yearly period:

Fixed expenses:

Rs. (lakhs)

Rs. (lakhs)

Wages & salaries

8.4

Rent, rates & taxes

5.6

Depreciation

7.0

Sundry administration expenses

8.9

29.9

Semi-variable expenses:

(at 50% of capacity)

  1. Equipment of original value of Rs. 1.63 lakhs with accumulated depreciation of 0.84 lakhs to be sold.
  2. The increase in working capital is as follows:
    1. Inventory Rs. 5.2 lakhs
    2. Debtors Rs. 2.8 lakhs
  3. Dividends of Rs. 15 lakhs to be paid.
  4. Term-loan instalment due during the year – Rs. 3 lakhs.
  5. Following is the budgeted P&L A/c for the next year

(Rs. in lakhs)

Sales

155.44

Less: Cost of sales (includes depreciation of Rs. 10.37 lakhs)

101.24

Less: Administration & selling costs

30.68

Less: Interest

1.25

Add: Gain on sale of:

Equipments

0.11

Investments

2.70

Gross income

25.08

Tax

12.19

Net income

12.89

Prepare a cash budget from the above and assess the surplus or deficit.

the profit as per cost accounts is rs 82 650 the following details are ascertained a 622017

The profit as per cost accounts is Rs. 82,650. The following details are ascertained after the comparison of cost and financial accounts:

Cost Accounts Rs.

Financial Accounts Rs.

(a) Opening stocks:

Materials

16,300

16,500

Work-in-progress

10,000

10,500

(b) Closing stocks:

Material

18,000

17,200

Work-in-progress

8,000

7,600

Finished goods

4,000

4,500

(c) The director’s fee is Rs. 500, interest paid Rs. 400, reserve for bad debts Rs. 250 and transfer fees collected Rs. 150, dividends received at Rs. 100 are recorded only in financial accounts.

(d) Rent charged in costing but not in financial accounts is Rs. 3,000

(e) Preliminary expenses written off is Rs. 6,500 (not charged in cost accounts)

(f) Overheads charged in financial accounts were Rs. 60,600, recovered in costing was Rs. 63,100

Find out profit as per financial accounts and draw up a reconciliation statement.

prepare a reconciliation statement from the following figures so as to ascertain the 622018

Prepare a reconciliation statement from the following figures so as to ascertain the profit as per the financial accounts:

Loss as per cost accounts

5,000

Closing stock undervalued in cost accounts

2,500

Goodwill written off

10,000

Profit on sale of machinery

60,000

Interest on bank loan

6,075

Works overheads over-recovered in cost accounts

11,075

overheads in the cost accounts were estimated at rs 25 500 the charges shown by the 622019

Prepare a reconciliation statement from the information given below:

Profit as per financial accounts

55,650

Director’s fees not charged in cost accounts

1,950

A provision for bad and doubtful debts

1,710

Bank interest

90

Income tax

24,900

Overheads in the cost accounts were estimated at Rs. 25,500, the charges shown by the financial accounts were Rs. 24,960; depreciation of Rs. 2,400 was provided in the financial accounts.

according to the costing books of bright co ltd the net profit was rs 55 560 prepare 622020

According to the costing books of Bright Co. Ltd, the net profit was Rs. 55,560. Prepare a reconciliation statement explaining the reasons for the difference in profits from the following:

Profit and Loss Account for the Year Ended 31.12.2009

Particulars

Particulars

To opening stock

31,340

By sales

8,73,400

To purchases

7,34,800

By closing stock

42,120

To direct wages

31,300

To works overhead

41,120

To gross profit c/d

76,960

915 520

9,15,520

To administration overhead

26,920

By gross profit b/d

76,960

To selling overhead

2,480

To net profit

47,560

76,960

76,960

The costing records show the following:

(a) Closing stock

51,260

(b) Direct wages recovered during the year

33,440

(c) Works overhead recovered

37,120

(d) Administration overhead charged

30,920

(e) Selling expenses charged

1,480

in costing opening materials were shown at rs 7 000 the factory overheads were absor 622021

Cost sheet and reconciliation statement—Required.

From the following profit and loss account and additional information given, prepare (1) a cost sheet and (2) reconciliation statement.

Profit and Loss Account

Particulars

Particulars

To opening stock (materials)

8,000

By sales

1,85,000

To purchases

52,000

By closing stock

15,000

(materials)

To wages

28,000

To factory expenses

12,000

To administration expenses

10,000

To selling and distribution expenses

14,000

To patents (written off)

6,000

To net profit c./d

70,000

2,00,000

2,00,000

In costing opening materials were shown at Rs. 7,000. The factory overheads were absorbed at Rs. 14,000. Administration overhead charges 10% of works cost and selling overhead was 10% of sales.

you are required to prepare a cost sheet and reconcile the profit there in units tha 622022

The following is the profit and loss account of a firm

Particulars

Particulars

To materials

To wages

To work overhead To administration overhead

To selling overheads To net profit c./d

1,00,000

50,000 30,000 9,000

6,000
5,000

By sales (50,000 units)

2,00,000

2,00,000

2,00,000

The normal output of the firm is 75,000 units. Works overhead is fixed to the extent of Rs. 18,000 and selling overhead is 50% variable. Administration overhead is fully fixed.

You are required to prepare a cost sheet and reconcile the profit there in units that shown by the financial accounts.

x ltd provides the following profit and loss a c for the year 2009 622024

X Ltd. provides the following profit and loss A/c for the year 2009.

Profit and Loss A/c of X Ltd for the Year Ended 31.12.2009

Particulars

Particulars

To materials

50,000

By sales

1,20,000

To wages

20,000

By closing stock of finished goods

10,000

To works expenses

15,000

By work-In-progress

To office expenses

10,000

Material 1,500

To provision for

20,000

Wages 1,000

Income tax

To net profit

18,000

Work expenses 500

3,000

1,33,000

1,33,000

The production was 10,000 units of which 9,000 units were sold. Absorption of overhead in cost accounts was on unit basis. The pre-determined rates were works overhead at Rs. 2 per unit and the office overhead Rs. 1.50 per Unit.

Prepare: (1) Cost sheet and (2) Reconciliation statement

ascertain the figures amount in the profit and loss account by preparing memorandum 622025

Ascertain the figures (amount) in the profit and loss account by preparing memorandum reconciliation account:

Profit as per cost books

3,00,600

Factory overheads under-recovered in cost books

8,000

Office overheads over-recovered in financial books

3,000

Depreciation shown excess in cost books

1,900

Interest on investments

990

Receipt of income from share transfer

240

Provision made for income tax

97,000

prepare a statement reconciling the profit as per cost records with the profit as pe 622029

The financial records of Modern Manufactures Ltd reveal the following data:

Rs. (in thousands)

Sales (20,000 units)

4,000

Materials

1,600

Wages

800

Factory overheads

720

Office and administration overheads

416

Selling and distribution overheads

288

Closing stock of finished goods (1,230 units)

240

Work-in-progress: (closing): [Rs. in’000]

Materials

48

Labour

32

Overheads (factory)

32

112

Goodwill written off

320

Interest on capital

32

Dividend received

10

Interest received

5

In the costing records, factory overhead is charged at 100% of wages, administration overhead at 10% of works cost and selling and distribution overhead at Rs. 16 per unit sold.

Prepare a statement reconciling the profit as per cost records with the profit as per financial records of the company.

the profit and loss account as shown in the financial books of a company for the yea 622030

The profit and loss account as shown in the financial books of a company for the year ended 31.3.2010 together with a statement of reconciliation between the profit as per financial and cost accounts is given below:

Profit and Loss Account for the Year Ended 31.3.2010

Particulars

Particukus

Opening stock

Sales Rs.

15,00,000

Rs

Closing stock:

Raw materials 90,000

Raw materials 98,000

Work-in-progress 50,000

Work-in-progress 53,000

Finished goods 70,000

2,10,000

Finished goods 72,000

2,23,000

Raw material purchases

5,00,000

Miscellaneous receipts

45,000

Direct wages

2,00,000

Factory overheads

2,00,000

Administration expenses

1,70,000

Selling and distributiwon expenses

2,20,000

Preliminary expenses written off

75,000

Debenture interest

30,000

Net profit

1,63,000

17,68,000

17,68,000

Statement of reconciliation of profit as per financial and cost accounts:

Profit as per financial accounts

Difference in valuation of stock

1,63,000

Add: Raw materials – Closing stock

1,200

Work-in-progress – Opening stock

1,300

Finished goods – Opening stock

2,000

– Closing stock

1,000

5,500

Less: Paw materials – 1,650

Opening stock

Work-in-progress closing stock 750

2,400

3,100

Other items:

Add: Preliminary expenses written off

75,000

Debenture interest

30,000

1,05,000

45,000

Less: Miscellaneous receipts

60,000

Profit as per cost accounts

2,26,100

You are required to prepare the following accounts as they would appear in the costing ledger:

  1. Raw material control A/c
  2. Work-in-progress control A/c
  3. Finished goods control A/c
  4. Cost of sales A/c and
  5. Costing profit and loss A/c

prepare profit and loss account both as per financial records and as per cost record 622032

The following figures have been extracted from the financial accounts of V Ltd. for the first year of its operations:

Direct materials consumed

50,000

Productive wages

30,000

Factory overheads

16,000

Administrative overheads

7,000

Selling and distribution overheads

9,600

Bad debts written off

800

Preliminary expenses written off

400

Legal charges

100

Dividend received

1,000

Interest received on bank deposits

200

Sales (12,000 units)

1,20,000

Closing stock:

Finished stock (400 units)

3,200

Work-in-progress

2,400

The cost accounts for the same period reveal that direct materials consumed was Rs. 56,000, factory overheads are recovered at 20% on prime cost, administration overheads are recovered at 60 paise per unit of production, selling and distribution overheads at 80 paise per unit sold.

Prepare profit and loss account both as per financial records and as per cost records. Also reconcile the profits as per the two records.

the profit per each brand mdash piece of bat charge labour and material at actual av 622034

A firm of sports equipments commenced business on 1.4.2009 for 2 varieties of cricket bats, senior and junior. The following information has been extracted from the accounts records for the half-year period ended 30.9.2009:

(i) Average material cost per piece of senior bat

80

(ii) Average material cost per piece of junior bat

60

(iii) Average cost of labour per piece of senior bat

140

(iv) Average cost of labour per piece of junior bat

110

(v) Finished goods sold:

Senior 300 pieces

Junior 700 pieces

(vi) Sale price:

Per piece of senior bat

500

Per piece of junior bat

390

(vii) Works expenses incurred during the period

1,20,000

(viii) Office expenses

68,000

You the required to prepare a statement showing:

  1. The profit per each brand—piece of bat, charge labour, and material at actual average cost, works expenses at 100% on labour cost and office expenses at 25% of works cost
  2. Financial profit for the half year ending 30.9.2009
  3. Reconciliation between profits as shown by cost accounts and financial accounts

sun enterprises operates an integral system of accounting you are required to pass j 622036

Sun Enterprises operates an integral system of accounting. You are required to pass journal entries for the following transactions that took place for the year ended 31 March (narration is not required).

(i) Raw materials purchased (50% on credit)

9,00,000

(ii) Materials issued to production

6,00,000

(iii) Wages paid to workers

3,00,000

(iv) Factory overheads incurred

2,00,000

(v) Factory overheads charged to production

2,50,000

(vi) Selling and distribution overheads incurred

1,00,000

(vii) Finished goods at cost

7,50,000

(viii) Sales (50% credit)

12,00,000

in the absence of the chief accountant you have been asked to prepare a month rsquo 622038

In the absence of the chief accountant, you have been asked to prepare a month’s cost accounts for a company which operates a batch costing system fully integrated with the financial accounts. The following relevant information is provided to you:

Balance at the beginning of the month:

Stores ledger control account

50,000

Work-in-progress control account

40,000

Finished goods control account

70,000

Pre-paid production overhead b/f from previous month:

6,000

Transactions during the month:

Materials purchased

1,50,000

Materials issued–

To production:

60,000

To factory maintenance:

8,000

68,000

Materials transferred from batches

10,000

Total wages paid –

Direct workers

50,000

Indirect workers

10,000

60,000

Direct wages charged to batches

40,000

Recorded non-productive time of direct workers

10,000

Selling and distribution overheads incurred

12,000

Other production overheads incurred

24,000

Sales

2,00,000

Cost of finished goods sold

1,60,000

Cost of goods completed and transferred into finished goods during the month

1,30,000

Physical value of work-in-progress at the end of the month

80,000

The production overhead absorption rate is 150% of direct wages charged to work-in-progress.

Required:

Prepare the following accounts for the month:

  1. Stores ledger control account
  2. Work-in-progress account
  3. Finished goods control account
  4. Production overhead control account
  5. Profit and loss account

m s s r ltd maintains integrated accounts of cost and financial accounts from the fo 622039

M/S S.R. Ltd maintains integrated accounts of cost and financial accounts. From the following details, write up control accounts in the general ledger of the factory and prepare a trial balance:

Share capital

1,50,000

Reserve

1,00,000

Sundry creditors

2,50,000

Plant and machinery

2,87,500

Sundry debtors

1,00,000

Closing stock

75,000

Cash and bank balance

37,500

Transactions during the year were as follows:

Stores purchased

5,00,000

Stores issued to production

5,25,000

Stores in hand

47,500

Direct wages incurred

3,25,000

Direct wages charged to production

3,00,000

Manufacturing expenses incurred

1,50,000

Manufacturing expenses charged to production

1,37,500

Selling and distributing expenses

50,000

Finished stock production (at cost)

9,00,000

Sales at selling price

11,00,000

Closing stock

47,500

Payment to creditors

5,50,000

Receipts from Debtors

10,50,000

system overcomes the problems associated with two sets of records viz financial and 622040

Fill in the blanks with apt word(s)

  1. _____ system overcomes the problems associated with two sets of records viz. financial and cost books.
  2. Integrated accounting system involves the _____ of cost accounting and financial accounting records.
  3. Under integral system _____ accounts follow the principles of cost accounting rules.
  4. Under integral system both _____ and _____ accounts are maintained in accordance with financial accounting rules.
  5. _____ system of book-keeping is used for recording transactions in integral system.
  6. Integral system eliminates the problem of _____.
  7. For recording cash paid to creditors under integral accounting, _____ is debited and _____ is credited.
  8. For recording sales under integrated accounting, _____ are debited and _____ are credited.
  9. There will be _____ in the main ledger for transfer of materials from one job to another.
  10. Of late, _____ entry method is not used in integral system.

vas enterprises operates an integral system of accounting you are required to pass j 622049

Vas Enterprises operates an integral system of accounting. You are required to pass journal entries in the books of Vas Enterprises for the following transactions that took place for the year ended 31 March 2010. (Narrations need not be given.)

Raw materials purchased (50% on credit)

10,00,000

Materials issued to production

6,00,000

Wages paid (50% Direct)

3,00,000

Wages charged to production

1,60,000

Factory overheads incurred

90,000

Factory overheads charged to production

1,40,000

Selling and distribution overheads incurred

60,000

Finished goods at cost

9,00,000

Sales (50% credit)

12,00,000

Closing stock

nil

Receipts from debtors

3,00,000

Payments to creditors

3,00,000

from the following information you are required to pass journal entries and prepare 622050

From the following information, you are required to pass journal entries and prepare necessary accounts under the system of integrated system of accounting:

Rs.

Materials purchased on credit

1,50,000

Wages paid

1,80,000

Wages productive

1,50,000

Wages unproductive

30,000

Materials issued to production

1,20,000

Works expenses incurred

50,000

Works expenses charged to production

75,000

Work-in-progress completed transferred to finished goods

3,00,000

Office and administration expenses paid

45,000

Office and administration expenses charges to production

40,000

Selling overheads paid

50,000

Selling overheads charged to sales

50,000

Sales (credit)

4,00,000

cost of goods completed and transferred into finished goods during the month 622051

In the absence of a chief accountant, you have been asked to prepare a month’s cost accounts for a company which operates a batch costing system fully integrated with the financial accounts. The following relevant information is provided to you:

Balance at the beginning of the month:

Stores ledger control a/c

25,000

Work-in-progress control a/c

20,000

Finished goods control a/c

35,000

Pre-paid production overhead brought forward from previous month

3,000

Transactions during the month:

Materials purchased

75,000

Materials issued

To production

Rs. 30,000

To factory maintenance

  1. 4,000

34,000

Materials transferred between batches

5,000

Total wages paid–

Direct workers

Rs. 25,000

Indirect workers

  1. 5,000

30,000

Direct wages charged to batches

20,000

Recorded non-productive time of direct

5,000

workers

Selling and distribution overheads incurred

6,000

Other production overheads incurred

12,000

Sales

1,00,000

Cost of finished goods sold

80,000

Cost of goods completed and transferred into finished goods during the month

65,000

Physical value of work-in-progress at the end of the month

40,000

The production overhead absorption rate is 150% of direct wages charged to work-in-progress

Prepare the following accounts for the month:

  1. Stores ledger control A/c
  2. Work-in-progress control A/c
  3. Finished goods control A/c
  4. Production overhead control A/c
  5. Profit and loss A/c

journalize the following transactions under the integral accounting system 622052

Journalize the following transactions under the integral accounting system:

Direct wages paid in cash

60,000

Indirect wages paid in cash

30,000

Purchases made in cash

15,000

Purchases (credit)

2,90,000

Stores issued against production order

2,75,000

Works expenses incurred and paid in cash

55,000

Works expenses allocated to jobs

80,000

Administration expenses paid in cash

40,000

Administration expenses allocated to jobs

48,000

Finished goods transferred to warehouse

4,50,000

the amount is to be utilized for acquiring new plant amp machinery assuming the whol 621964

The following was the balance sheet of ABC Ltd. as on 31 March 20…. :

Liabilities

Assets

Share Capital:

Goodwill

2,40,000

12,000 7%

12,00,000

Land & Buildings

6,00,000

Preference

Plant &

12,00,000

Shares of Rs. 100

Machinery

Each

16,000 Equity

16,00,000

Patents

1,20,000

Shares of Rs. 100

Stock

8,80,000

Each

Sundry Debtors

6,00,000

Profit Prior to

40,000

Cash at Bank

20,000

Incorporation

6% Debentures

12,00,000

Preliminary

1,00,000

Expenses

Sundry Creditors

8,00,000

P&L A/c

1080000

48,40,000

4840000

The following scheme of reconstruction was duly approved:

  1. 7% Preference shares be converted into 9% preference shares, the amount being received by 30%.
  2. Equity shares be reduced to fully paid shares of Rs.50 each.
  3. Land & buildings be appreciated by 20%.
  4. Debentures be reduced by 20%.
  5. All intangible assets, fictitious assets including patents and accumulated losses be written off. Utilize profit prior to incorporation, if necessary.
  6. Equity shareholders to subscribe equity shares of Rs.4,00,000.

The amount is to be utilized for acquiring new plant & machinery assuming the whole scheme to have been put through. Give journal entries and prepare the resultant balance sheet.

vrv co ltd resolved to write off one half of its subscribed capital by reducing each 621966

VRV Co. Ltd. resolved to write off one-half of its subscribed capital by reducing each Rs.100 share, both preference & equity to Rs.50 fully paid up and to reduce the book figures of its assets by an equivalent amount by wiping out the goodwill and the debit balance of P&L A/c and by writing down land and building by Rs.75,000; plant & machinery by Rs.50,000 and providing the balance for bad debts.

The balance sheet of the company before the reduction of capital is as follows:

Liabilities

Assets

Authorized

Goodwill

5,00,000

Capital:

Land & Buildings

5,50,000

15,000 Preference

15,00,000

Plant &

4,50,000

Shares of Rs.100

Machinery

Each

Stock

4,00,000

25,000 Equity

25,00,000

Sundry Debtors

4,50,000

Shares of Rs. 100

Cash

50,000

Each

Profit & Loss A/c

6,00,000

40,00,000

Subscribed

Capital:

10,000 Pref.

10,00,000

Shares of Rs.100

Each

15,000 Equity

15,00,000

Shares of Rs. 100

Each

Sundry Creditors

5,00,000

30,00,000

30,00,000

Pass journal entries to give effect to the above resolution, showing the new balance sheet of the company.

below is given the balance sheet of unlucky ltd as on 31 march 2011 621968

Below is given the balance sheet of Unlucky Ltd. as on 31 March 2011:

Liabilities

Assets

Share Capital:

Leasehold

18,00,000

Authorized

Premises

40,000 Pref.

20,00,000

Plant

3,20,000

Shares of Rs. 50

Each

40,000 Equity

20,00,000

Debtors

4,00,000

Shares of Rs. 50

Each

40,00,000

Stock

2,80,000

Subscribed

Preliminary

2,00,000

Capital:

Expenses

32,000 Pref.

16,00,000

P&L A/c

4,96,000

Shares of Rs. 50

Each Fully Paid

32,000 Equity

16,00,000

Cash at Bank

4,000

Shares of Rs. 50 each fully paid

Sundry Creditors

1,60,000

Bank Overdraft

1,40,000

35,00,000

35,00,000

Due to heavy losses, the company decided upon the following scheme of reconstruction:

  1. The preference shares were to be reduced to a value of Rs.30 each. The equity shares were also to be reduced to the value of Rs.30 each.
  2. The balance available was to be used to write off the debit balance of the P&L A/c 80,000 from stock and the full amount of preliminary expenses account. A provision of Rs.1,20,000 was to be made against sundry debtors.

The leasehold premises were to be reduced by Rs.2,64,000 and the plant account to be reduced to Rs.2,00,000.

You are required to journalize the above transactions and prepare the reconstructed balance sheet.

the chairman of the company agreed to advance the sum of rs 50 000 to be secured by 621969

The balance sheet of Rita Ltd. as on 31 March 2011 was as follows:

Liabilities

Assets

Share Capital:

Goodwill

15,000

issued &

Land & Buildings

75,000

Subscribed

Plant &

2,30,000

Capital:

Machinery

5,000 Pref. Shares

5,00,000

Patents

25,000

of Z 100 Each

Stock

1,48,000

Fully Paid

Sundry Debtors

2,52,000

7,500 Equity

3,75,000

P&L A/c

2,55,000

Shares of Z 50

Each Fully Paid

Bank Loan

22,000

Secured on Land

& Building

Sundry Creditors

1,03,000

1,03,000

1,00,000

1,00,000

The preference share dividends are in arrears since 2007. The company passed a special resolution to reduce its capital and the following scheme was sanctioned by the Court.

  1. The preference shares to be reduced to Rs.75 each fully paid and the arrears of dividend to be cancelled.
  2. The equity shares to be reduced to Rs.25 each fully paid.
  3. The debit balance on P&L A/c and goodwill to be written off. Plant & machinery to be reduced by Rs.20,000; of the book debts, Rs.12,000 known to be bad to be written off, available balance to be used for writing down patents.

The chairman of the company agreed to advance the sum of Rs.50,000 to be secured by a mortgage at 5% p.a. on land & buildings. The cash is to be applied in paying off the bank loan and providing additional working capital.

Pass journal entries giving effect to the above scheme and prepare the revised balance sheet of the company.

the shares are surrendered and not re issued to be cancelled set out journal entries 621970

The balance sheet of Disappointed Ltd. as at 31 March 2011 is as follows:

Liabilities

Assets

Issued &

Sundry Assets

4,62,000

Subscribed

Capital:

24,000 Shares of

2,40,000

Investments

9,000

Rs. 10 Each Fully

Paid

Debentures

P&L A/c

3,21,000

4,02,000

Add: Interest Due

4,14,000

12,000

Creditors:

Income Tax

3,000

Others 1,35,000

1,38,000

7,92,000

7,92,000

The following reconstruction scheme is passed and duly sanctioned:

  1. Each share is to be sub-divided into ten fully paid equity shares of Rs.1 each.
  2. After such sub-division, each shareholder shall surrender to the company 95% of his holding, for the purpose of re-issue to debenture holders and creditors as far as necessary and the balance cancelled.
  3. Of these surrendered, 69,000 shares of Rs.1 each shall be converted into preference shares of Rs.1 each fully paid.
  4. The claim of debenture holders shall be reduced by 5/6th and in consideration thereof, the debenture holders shall receive preference shares to the value of one-sixth of their claim as at 31 March 2011.
  5. The income tax liability is to be paid in full, and claims of other creditors to be reduced to one-fifth of their claims to be satisfied by the issue of equity shares of Rs.1 each from the shares surrendered.
  6. The shares are surrendered and not re-issued to be cancelled. Set out journal entries and the resultant balance sheet assuming that the income tax liability is still outstanding and the amounts of the assets are unaltered.

the total claims of preference shareholders were reduced to rs 6 25 000 and in consi 621971

The ledger balances of X Ltd. on 31 December 20… were as follows:

25,000 Equity Shares of Rs.100 Each

25,00,000

12,500, 10% Preference Shares of Rs.100 Each

12,50,000

Preference Dividend in Arrears

1,50,000

Creditors

6,25,000

Fixed Assets

25,00,000

Current Assets

8,12,000

The following scheme of reconstruction was adopted:

  1. The fixed assets were valued at Rs.15,00,000 and current assets at Rs.6,25,000
  2. The equity shares were sub-divided into shares of Rs.5 each fully paid and 90% of these shares were surrendered
  3. The total claims of preference shareholders were reduced to Rs.6,25,000 and in consideration of this, they were allotted equity shares, out of surrendered shares amounting to Rs.3,12,500
  4. The creditors agreed to reduce their claims to Rs.3,75,000, one-third of which was to be satisfied by the issue of equity shares out of those surrendered
  5. The remaining surrendered shares were cancelled

Pass journal entries and give the balance sheet after re-construction.

make journal entries and thereafter prepare the balance sheet preference shareholder 621973

The following is the balance sheet of self-injured company as on 31 March 20…. :

Liabilities

Assets

( in 000″s)

Equity Share

17,50,000

Fixed Assets

37,50,000

Capital @

Current Assets

87,50,000

Z 2,500 Each

Fully Paid up

500, 12%

2,50,000

P&L A/c

7,50,000

Preference

Shares of

Z 500 Each

10%

7,50,000

Debentures

Current

97,50,000

Liabilities

Provision for

7,50,000

Taxation

1,32,50,000

1,32,50,000

The following scheme of reconstruction is sanctioned:

  1. Fixed assets are to be written down to Rs.25,00,000.
  2. Current assets are to be revalued at Rs.67,50,000.
  3. Preference shareholders agree to forego their right to arrears of dividend which are in arrears for 3 years.
  4. One of the creditors of the company, to whom the company owes Rs.62,50,000 agree to forego one-half of this claims. He is allotted 10,000 equity shares of Rs.25 each in part satisfaction of the balance of his claim.
  5. The taxation liability of the company is settled at Rs.10,00,000.
  6. The rate of interest on debentures is raised to 12%. The debenture holders surrender their existing debentures of Rs.5,000 each and exchange the same for fresh debentures of Rs.3,750 each.
  7. All existing shares are reduced to Rs.25 each.
  8. All preference shares are reduced to Rs.375 each.

Make journal entries and thereafter prepare the balance sheet.

the total claims of debenture holders were reduced to rs 3 92 000 and in considerati 621974

The following information relates to Sick Ltd. as on 31 December 2010:

16,000 Equity Shares of 100
Each

16,00,000

8,000 6% Debentures of 100
Each

8,00,000

Interest on Debentures
Outstanding

96,000

Trade Creditors

4,00,000

Fixed Assets

16,00,000

Current Assets

5,20,000

The following scheme was duly agreed and approved by the Court:

  1. The shares were sub-divided into shares of 5 each and 90% of the shares were surrendered
  2. The total claims of debenture holders were reduced to Rs.3,92,000, and in consideration of this, they were allotted shares (out of the surrendered shares) amounting to Rs.2,00,000
  3. Creditors agreed to reduce their claims to Rs.1,20,000, one-third of which was satisfied by issue of equity shares out of those surrendered
  4. Fixed assets were revalued at Rs.7,68,000 and current assets were revalued at Rs.3,84,000
  5. The shares surrendered but not re-issued were cancelled Make journal entries and give the balance sheet after reconstruction.

equity shares are reduced by rs 95 per share they are then consolidated into 50 000 621975

The following is the balance sheet of X Ltd. as at 31 March 20…:

Liabilities

Assets

( in 000″s)

Share Capital

Goodwill

125

1,00,000 Equity

10,000

Land & Buildings

750

Shares of Z 100

Plant &

1,500

Each

Machinery

12% Debentures

2,500

Furniture

400

Outstanding

600

Stock

1,350

Debenture

Debtors

300

Interest

Cash at Bank

175

Creditors

1,500

Preliminary

100

Expenses

P&L A/c

9,900

14,600

14,600

The following scheme of reconstruction is executed:

  1. Equity shares are reduced by Rs.95 per share. They are then consolidated into 50,000 equity shares of Rs.10 each.
  2. Debenture holders agree to forego outstanding debentures interest. As a compensation 12% debentures are converted into 14% debentures, the amount remaining Rs.25,00,000.
  3. Creditors are given the option either to accept 50% of their claim in cash in full settlement or to convert their claim into equity shares of Rs.10 each. Creditors for 10,00,000 opt for shares in satisfaction of their claims and the rest accepted cash.
  4. To make payment to creditors and to augment working capital, the company issued 2,50,000 equity shares of Rs.10 each at par. The entire amount being payable along with application. The issue was fully subscribed.
  5. Land and building are revalued at Rs.10,00,000; plant & machinery at Rs.10,50,000 and provision amounting to Rs.25,000 is made for doubtful debts.

Pass journal entries to record the above.

pass journal entries necessary to implement the above mentioned scheme and prepare t 621976

Following is the balance sheet of W Ltd. as on 31 March 20…:

Liabilities:

2,00,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10 Each, Fully Paid up

20,00,000

6,000, 12% Preference Shares of Rs.100 Each Paid up

6,00,000

11% Debentures

6,00,000

Interest Outstanding on Debentures

66,000

Loan from Bank (Including Interest Due)

1,72,800

Creditors

1,09,000

35,47,800

Assets:

Machinery

17,40,000

Furniture

2,00,000

Patents & Copyrights

80,000

Investments (Market Value Rs.55,000)

65,000

Stock

6,00,000

Debtors

4,39,000

Cash at Bank

15,800

P&L A/c

4,08,000

35,47,800

Note: Preference dividend is in arrears for 2 years.

The following scheme of reconstruction has been agreed upon and duly approved by the Court:

  1. The existing equity shares are converted into equal number of fully paid equity shares of Rs.7 each. The equity shareholders also agree to take up 1,00,000 new equity shares of Rs.7 each, the total amount being paid by them immediately.
  2. The preference shareholders agree to forego arrears of dividend and accept 85% of their capital account by way of redemption of all the preference shares.
  3. The debenture holders agree to give up their claim to outstanding interest in consideration of the rare of interest on debentures being enhanced to 13.5%.
  4. Bank agrees to waive its claim to outstanding interest amounting to Rs.12,800 provided the balance of loan Rs.1,60,000 be paid off forth with.
  5. Investments are to appear at market value.
  6. Patents and copyrights are to be written off completely.
  7. Machinery is to be written down to the extent possible after writing off all other losses.

Pass journal entries necessary to implement the above-mentioned scheme and prepare the balance sheet of the company in the prescribed form immediately after the implementation of the scheme.

assuming the scheme is duly approved by all parties interested and by the court show 621977

Geetha and Shweta Ltd. had to pass to the hands of a receiver for debenture holders who held charge on all assets except uncalled capital. The following is the position as prepared by the receiver.

Share Capital:

40,000 Shares of Rs.50 Each Fully Paid up

20,00,000

2,00,000 Shares of Rs.50 Each, Rs.25 per Share Paid up

50,00,000

First Debentures

50,00,000

Second Debentures

1,00,00,000

Unsecured Creditors

80,00,000

Bank Balance

60,00,000

Building, Plant & Machinery

80,00,000

(Estimated to Realize Rs.30,00,000)

The following is the interest of Geetha and Shweta in the company:

Geetha

Shweta

First Debentures

40,00,000

10,00,000

Second Debentures

60,00,000

40,00,000

Unsecured Creditors

12,00,000

18,00,000

1,12,00,000

68,00,000

Share Capital:

Fully Paid Shares

10,00,000

10,00,000

Partly Paid Shares

20,00,000

20,00,000

The following scheme of reconstruction is proposed:

  1. Geeta is to cancel Rs.62,00,000 of her total debt, pay cash Rs.10,00,000 and she would be issued Rs.60,00,000 first debentures in lieu of first and second debentures to be cancelled
    1. Shweta is to cancel her total debt by accepting Rs.10,00,000 in cash and 10,00,000 in first debentures
    2. Shweta is to surrender for cancellation of Rs.10,00,000 worth of fully paid-up shares
  2. Unsecured creditors, other than Geetha and Shweta, agree to reduce their debt by 20%, and accept in lieu there of 2,00,000 shares of Rs.10 each fully paid up and the balance in cash payable in five equal annual instalments
  3. Uncalled capital is to be called up in full and Rs.40 per share to be cancelled thus making shares of Rs.10 each

Assuming the scheme is duly approved by all parties interested and by the Court, show the reconstructed balance sheet and the journal entries in the books of the company.

md amp co is in the hands of a receiver for debenture holders the following statemen 621978

MD & Co. is in the hands of a receiver for debenture holders. The following statement of affairs is prepared:

Assets

Book

Realizable

 

Value

Value

 

   

Buildings

20,00,000

24,00,000

Machinery

40,00,000

16,00,000

Stock

32,00,000

8,00,000

Debtors

32,00,000

20,00,000

Cash

4,00,000

4,00,000

 

1,28,00,000

72,00,000

Less: 6% First Mortgage

 

= 40,00,000

   Debentures

 

                    

 

 

= 32,00,000

Less: 7% Second Mortgage

 

= 48,00,000

   Debentures

 

                    

   Deficiency Regarding

 

= 16,00,000

   Mortgage Debentures

 

 

Less: Unsecured Creditors

 

= 20,00,000

   Deficiency Regarding

 

= 36,00,000

   Unsecured Creditors

 

 

Less: Contributions aries:

 

   2,00,000 Fully Paid

 

 

   Shares of Rs.10 Each

 

 

   20,00,000

 

 

   2,00,000 Shares of

 

 

   Rs. 10 Each Rs.4 Paid up

 

 

   8,00,000 _________

 

28,00,000

   Deficiency Regarding

 

64,00,000

   Contributories

 

 

All the debentures are held by A and B. First mortgage debentures are held as Rs.24,00,000 and Rs.16,00,000 respectively by A and B. Second mortgage debentures are held as Rs.32,00,000 and Rs.16,00,000 by A and B, respectively.

In addition, Rs.8,00,000 of unsecured creditors are debts due to A and B for Rs.4,00,000 each. Further, fully paid 20,000 and 8,000 partly paid shares respectively under a scheme of reconstruction.

  1. Partly paid shares of Rs.10 are to be fully called up and all shares, except as shown in (iii) below, are to be reduced shares of Rsd.1 fully paid up.
  2. A will cancel all his dues including debentures, pay Rs.4,00,000 cash and will be issued new 8% first mortgage debentures of Rs.44,00,000.
  3. B will cancel all his dues and surrender all his shares and will be paid Rs.4,00,000 cash and new 8% first mortgage debentures of Rs.24,00,000.
  4. Balance of unsecured creditors will sacrifice 20% and will be compensated to the extent of 10% of original amount by issue of equity shares of Rs.1.

Pass the necessary journal entries and also draft the balance sheet after the scheme is put into operation.

you are required to reconcile the profits shown by the two sets of accounts 621984

Model: From profit and loss A/c—Preparation of reconciliation statement

The financial profit and loss account of a manufacturing company for the year ended 31 March 2010 is as follows:

The net profit shown by the cost accounts for the year is Rs. 26,250.

In comparison with the two sets of accounts, it is found that:

  1. The amounts charged in the cost accounts in respect of overhead charges are as under:

Works overhead:

Rs. 9,100

Office overhead:

Rs. 5,600

Selling and distribution overhead:

Rs. 7,125

  1. No charge has been made in the cost accounts with respect to debenture interest.

You are required to reconcile the profits shown by the two sets of accounts.

you are required to prepare a memorandum reconciliation account 621985

Model: Memorandum reconciliation statement

A manufacturing company disclosed a net loss of Rs. 1,73,500 as per their cost accounts for the year ended March 31, 2010. The financial accounts however disclosed a net loss of Rs. 2,55,000 for the same period. The following information was revealed as a result of scrutiny of the figures of both the sets of accounts.

(i) Factory overheads under-absorbed

20,000

(ii) Administration overheads over-absorbed

30,000

(iii) Depreciation charged in financial accounts

1,62,500

(iv) Depreciation charged in cost accounts

1,37,500

(v) Interest on investments not included in cost accounts

48,000

(vi) Income tax provided

27,000

(vii) Interest on loan funds in financial accounts

1,22,500

(viii) Transfer fees (credit in financial books)

12,000

(ix) Stores adjustment (credit in financial books)

7,000

(x) Dividend received

16,000

You are required to prepare a memorandum reconciliation account.

in the reconciliation between cost and financial accounts one of the areas of differ 621987

Model: Determination of profit with respect to raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods—opening and closing level

In the reconciliation between cost and financial accounts, one of the areas of differences is for different methods of stock valuation. State, with reasons, in each of the following circumstances whether costing profit will be higher or lower than the financial profit:

Items of Stock

Cost Valuation Rs.

Financial Valuation Rs.

Raw materials (opening)

20,000

25,000

Raw materials (closing)

25,000

20,000

Work-in-progress (opening)

25,000

20,000

Work-in-progress (closing)

20,000

25,000

Finished stock (opening)

30,000

40,000

Finished stock (closing)

30,000

40,000

model preparation of cost sheet trading and profit and loss account and then reconci 621990

Model: Preparation of cost sheet, trading and profit and loss account and then reconciliation statement.

In a factory, works overheads are absorbed at 60? of works cost. You are required to prepare

  1. Cost sheet
  2. Trading and profit and loss account and
  3. Reconciliation statement

From the following information:

Materials

4,00,000

Factory: Rs.1,80,000

Wages

3,00,000

Office: Rs. 1,76,000

Factory expenses in finance book

2,00,000

Office expenses in finance book

1,70,000

Stock at the end is 10% of the output sales are

10,40,000

a statement reconciling the profit disclosed by the cost records with that shown in 621992

Model: Control accounts for different overheads

The following is a summary of the trading and profit and loss account of ‘X’ Ltd for the year ended 31 December 2009:

The company manufactures a standard unit.

In the cost accounts, production overhead has been absorbed by production at 20% of prime cost, administration overhead Rs. 1.50 per unit and selling and distribution overhead at Rs. 2.00 per unit. The net profit shown by the cost accounts is Rs. 66,000.

You are required to prepare:

  1. Control accounts for production overhead, administration overhead and selling and distribution overhead
  2. A statement reconciling the profit disclosed by the cost records with that shown in the financial accounts

profit shown in the costing and profit and loss account is rs 1 19 400 621993

The Manufacturing Account for the Year Ended December 31, 2009

Manufacturing Account for the Year Ended December 31, 2009

The profit and loss account reveals a profit of Rs. 1,20,000 for the year 2009. In the cost accounts the valuations placed on stocks were:

Raw materials

Opening stock

50,600

Closing stock

59,200

Work-in-progress

Opening stock

31,000

Closing stock

39,800

Profit shown in the costing and profit and loss account is Rs. 1,19,400.

You are required to prepare reconciliation account.

the system of maintaining same set of books of account to record both costing and fi 621998

Fill in the blanks with apt word(s)

  1. Cost and financial accounts are reconciled in _________ accounting system.
  2. The system of maintaining same set of books of account to record both costing and financial transactions is known as “ ______ ” accounting system.
  3. Appropriation of profits is _____ in cost accounts.
  4. Purely financial charges and incomes are ______ in financial accounts.
  5. Stock is valued at the lower of _____ or ____ in financial accounts, while in cost accounts it is valued at ______.
  6. Abnormal losses are _____ in financial accounts, where as they are ____ in cost accounts.
  7. Over/under-absorption is excluded from ________ accounts.
  8. Capital losses shown in financial accounts are _____ while reconciling costing profits with financial profits.
  9. If profit as per cost accounts is taken as the base, over-valuation of opening stock of inventory is to be _____ to it.
  10. _____ of depreciation in cost accounts is added to costing profits while reconciling with financial profits.

find out the profit as per the financial accounts by drawing up a memorandum reconci 622016

The profit as per cost accounts is Rs. 75,000. The following details are ascertained a comparison of cost and financial accounts:

Cost Accounts Rs.

Financial Accounts Rs.

(a) Opening stocks:

Material

5,000

7,500

Finished goods

9,000

8,000

(b) Closing stocks:

Material

6,000

6,500

Finished goods

10,000

8,500

(c) Interest charged

5,000

(d) Preliminary expenses written off

250

(e) Goodwill written off

750

(f) Dividend received

500

(g) Indirect expenses

37,500

40,000

Find out the profit as per the financial accounts by drawing up a memorandum reconciliation account.

you are required to give journal entries and balance sheet after the scheme of inter 621923

Model: Issue of shares for arrears of preference dividend—Assets written down in proportion to written down values The following is the summarized balance sheet as on 31 March 2011:

Liabilities

Assets

Share Capital:

Fixed Assets:

4,500 8% Cumulative Pref. Shares of

4,50,000

Property at Cost

3,30,000

Rs. 100 Each

Less: Depreciation

60000

2,70,000

6,000 Equity Shares of Rs. 100 Each

6,00,000

Machinery at Cost

6,60,000

Less: Depreciation

120000

5,40,000

6% Debenture

1,50,000

Goodwill

51,000

Debenture Interest outstanding

9,000

Patents

66,000

Securities Premium

1,50,000

Current Assets:

Creditors

60,000

Stock

45,000

Debtors

93,000

Preliminary Expenses

96,000

P&L A/c

2,57,400

14,19,000

14,19,000

The following schemes of capital reduction were duly sanctioned by Court:

  1. Equity shares to be reduced by Rs.90 each
  2. Preference shares to be reduced to Rs.90 each
  3. The debenture holders to waive their right over outstanding interest
  4. One new equity share paid up to the extent of 50% only to be issued for each Rs.100 of gross preference dividend, which has not been declared since April 2009
  5. All credit balances not being the outside liabilities and all debt balances not being the amounts receivable as well as the intangible assets are to be written off
  6. Any balance available is to be utilized in writing down the fixed assets in proportion to their written down values.

You are required to give journal entries and balance sheet after the scheme of internal reconstruction is completed.

model sale of assets to settle debenture holders claim the following is the balance 621924

Model: Sale of assets to settle debenture holders claim The following is the balance sheet of Devi Ltd. As at 31 March 2011:

Liabilities

 

 

Assets

 

 

Share Capital:

 

 

Sundry Assets:

 

 

1,00,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10 Each Fully

 

10,00,000

Workmen”s

 

7,50,000

Paid

 

 

Compensation

 

 

90,000 8% Preference Shares of 310

 

9,00,000

Fund Investments

 

1,50,000

Each Fully Paid

 

 

Property:

 

 

6% First Debentures

 

 

Delhi 8,00,000

 

 

(Secured on Delhi Property)

 

1,50,000

Chennai

6.00.000

14,00,000

6% Second Debentures

 

 

P&L A/c

 

2,00,000

(Secured on Chennai Property

 

1,75,000

 

 

 

Workmen”s Compensation

 

 

 

 

 

Delhi 1,00,000

 

 

 

 

 

Chennai

50.000

1,50,000

 

 

 

Creditors

 

1,25,000

 

 

 

 

 

25,00,000

 

 

25,00,000

The following reconstruction scheme was duly sanctioned by Court:

  1. Equity shares were to be reduced to Rs.1 each.
  2. Preference shares were to be reduced to Rs.8 each.
  3. Debenture holders to forego their interest ofRs.26,000, which is included among sundry creditors.
  4. Second debenture holders agreed to take over Chennai property atRs.2,50,000, accept an allotment of 15,000 Re 1 equity shares at par, and upon their forming a company called Roses Ltd.. to take over the Chennai property, they allotted Devi Ltd. 9,000 shares of Rs.10 fully paid at par.
  5. The Chennai workmen’s compensation disclosed the fact that there were liabilities to the extent of Rs.10,000. The investments pertaining to it were sold at a profit of 10% on book value and the liability was paid.
  6. Sundry assets were to be written down by Rs.4,00,000.

Show the journal entries to give effect to the above and prepare the reconstructed balance sheet.

creditors agreed to reduce their claims to rs 9 00 000 one third of which was satisf 621926

Model: Surrender of shares A company’s position on 31 December 2010 was as follows:

60,000 Equity Shares of Rs.100 Each

60,00,000

30,000 8% Debenture of Rs.100 Each

30,00,000

Interest outstanding of Debentures

3,60,000

Creditors

15,00,000

Assets on that date were as follows:

Fixed Assets

60,00,000

Current Assets

19,50,000

Fixed assets were revalued at Rs.28,80,000 and current assets at Rs.14,40,000. The reconstruction scheme approved by the Court was as follows:

  1. The shares were sub-divided into shares of Rs.5 each and 90% of the shares were surrendered
  2. Claims of debenture holders were reduced to Rs.14,70,000 for which Rs.7,50,000 equity shares were allotted
  3. Creditors agreed to reduce their claims to Rs.9,00,000, one-third of which was satisfied by issue of equity shares out of those surrendered Draft journal entries.

the rate of interest on debentures is increased to 11 the debenture holders surrende 621928

Model: Dealing with taxes The following is the balance sheet of Sick Ltd as on 31 March 2011:

Liabilities

Assets

13% Cumulative Pref. Shares of .100

50,000

Fixed Assets

7,50,000

Each

Equity Shares of Z10 Each

3,50,000

Current Assets

17,50,000

8% Debentures

1,50,000

P&L A/c

1,50,000

Current Liabilities

19,50,000

Provision for Taxation

1,50,000

26,50,000

26,50,000

The following scheme of reorganization is sanctioned:

  1. Fixed assets are to be written down by 331/2.
  2. Current assets are to be revalued at Rs.13,50,000.
  3. Preference shareholders decide to forego their right to arrows of dividend which are in arrears for 3 years.
  4. The taxation liability of the company is settled at Rs.2,00,000 and the same is paid immediately.
  5. One of the creditors of the company to whom it owes Rs.12,50,000 decides to forego 50% of his claim. He is allotted 50,000 equity shares of Rs.5 each in part satisfaction of the balance of his claim.
  6. The rate of interest on debentures is increased to 11%. The debenture holders surrender their debentures of Rs.100 each and exchange the same for fresh debentures of Rs.75 each.
  7. The existing equity and preference shares are reduced to Rs.5 and Rs.75 each, respectively.

model arrears of dividend on pref shares surrender of shares the balance sheet of na 621930

Model: Arrears of dividend on pref. shares (Surrender of shares) The balance sheet of Naina Lohia Ltd. as on 31 March 2011 was as follows:

Liabilities

Assets

1,50,000 Equity Shares of 310 Each

15,00,000

Patents

2,50,000

10,000, 10% Preference Shares of “100

10,00,000

Plant & Machinery

15,00,000

Each

Equipments

50,000

Securities Premium

4,50,000

Book Debts

12,50,000

Loan (Unsecured)

2,50,000

Inventories

7,50,000

Creditors

15,00,000

Bank Balance

75,000

Expenses Due

1,25,000

Preliminary Expenses

25,000

Employees Provident Fund

2,25,000

Profit & Loss A/c

10,00,000

Goodwill

1,50,000

50,50,000

50,50,000

Dividend on preference shares is in arrears for 5 years. The following scheme of reconstruction was approved by the Court:

  1. Equity shares are to be converted into 3,00,000 shares of Rs.5 each.
  2. Equity shareholders agreed to surrender to the company 80% of their holdings.
  3. Preference shareholders agreed to forego their right to unpaid dividend. They also agreed to reduce each preference share from Rs.100 to Rs.80.
  4. Creditors agreed to reduce their claim by two-fifths in consideration of their getting shares of Rs.1,80,000 out of surrendered equity shares.
  5. Unsecured loan is converted into Rs.1,50,000 equity shares out of shares surrendered and remaining amount of loan is waived.
  6. Surrendered shares not utilized are to be cancelled.
  7. Assets are to be reduced as follows:

Goodwill by Rs.1,50,000; plant by Rs.2,00,000; equipments by Rs.40,000; book debts by Rs.80,000; inventories by Rs.1,00,000. All intangible and fictitious assets are to be written off.

  1. Any surplus left should be utilized in writing down the machinery plant further.
  2. Cost of reconstruction amounted to Rs.50,000.
  3. Further 2,00,000 shares were issued to existing shareholders to increase working capital. The issue was fully subscribed and paid for.

Draft journal entries for the above arrangement. Also prepare reconstruction A/c.

debenture holders agree to forego outstanding debenture interest as a compensation 1 621931

The following is the Balance Sheet of X Ltd. as at 31 March 2011:

Liabilities

Assets

Share Capital

Goodwill

50,000

40,000 Equity Shares of 3100 Each

40,00,000

Land & Buildings

3,00,000

12% Debentures

10,00,000

Plant & Machinery

6,00,000

Outstanding Debentures Interest

2,40,000

Furniture

1,60,000

Creditors

6,00,000

Stock

5,40,000

Debtors

1,20,000

Cash at Bank

70,000

Preliminary Expenses

40,000

Profit & Loss A/c

39,60,000

58,40,000

58,40,000

The following scheme of reconstruction is executed:

  1. Equity shares are reduced by Rs.95 per share. They are then consolidated into 20,000 equity shares of Rs.10 each.
  2. Debenture holders agree to forego outstanding debenture interest. As a compensation, 12% debentures are converted into 14% debentures, the amount remaining Rs.10,00,000.
  3. Creditors are given the option to either accept 50% of their claim in cash in full settlement or to convert their claim into equity shares of Rs.10 each. Creditors for 4,00,000 opt for shares in satisfaction of their claims and the rest accepted cash.
  4. To make payment to creditors and to augment working capital, the company issued 1,00,000 equity shares of Rs.10 each at par, the entire amount being payable along with application. The issue was fully subscribed.
  5. Land and building are revalued at Rs.4,00,000; plant and machinery at Rs.4,20,000 and provision amounting to Rs.10,000 is made for doubtful debts. Pass journal entries to record the above.

the shares surrendered but not re issued were cancelled you are required to draft th 621932

Model: Revaluation of assets—Surrender of shares. The following information relates to Sick Ltd. as on 31 December 2010:

Rs.

12,000 Equity Share of Rs.100 Each

12,00,000

6,000 6% Debentures of Rs.100 Each

6,00,000

Interest on Debentures Outstanding

72,000

Trade Creditors

3,00,000

Fixed Assets

12,00,000

Current Assets

3,90,000

The following scheme was duly agreed and approved by the Court:

  1. The shares were sub-divided into shares of Rs.5 each and 90% of the shares were surrendered
  2. The total claims of debenture holders were reduced to Rs.2,94,000 and in consideration of this, they were allotted shares (out of the surrendered shares) amounting to Rs.1,50,000
  3. Creditors agreed to reduce their claims to Rs.90,000, one-third of which was satisfied by issue of equity shares out of those surrendered
  4. Fixed assets were revalued at Rs.5,76,000 and current assets were revalued at Rs.2,88,000
  5. The shares surrendered but not re-issued were cancelled You are required to draft the necessary journal entries and give the balance sheet of the company after reconstruction.

pass journal entries in the books of the company assuming that the scheme has been p 621933

Model: Maintenance of working capital ABC Ltd., whose balance sheet as on 31 March 2011 given in the following, formulated a scheme of reconstruction details of which follow and secured approval of all concerned :

Liabilities

Rs.

Assets

Rs.

2,00,000 Equity Shares of 520 Each 310

20,00,000

Fixed Assets

22,40,000

Paid

8% 16,000 Pref. Shares of 3100 Each,

12,00,000

Patents & Copyrights

1,60,000

Z 75 Paid up

19% Debentures

12,00,000

Investments at Cost

(Market

Value

1,30,000

Interest Due there on

2,16,000

Z 1,10,000)

Bank Overdraft

3,00,000

Current Assets

16,98,000

Sundry Creditors (Including Interest of

1,68,000

Profit & Loss A/c

8,56,000

Rs. 30,000 Due to Bank)

50,84,000

50,84,000

Preference dividend is in arrears for 1 year.

  1. Preference shareholders to give up their claims, inclusive of dividends, to the extent of 30% and desire to be paid off.
  2. Debenture holders agree to give up their claims to interest in consideration of their rate of interest being enhanced to 10%.
  3. Bank agrees to give up 50% of its interest outstanding in consideration of their claim being paid off at once.
  4. Sundry creditors would like to grant a discount of 5% if they were to be paid off immediately.
  5. Balances of P&L A/c, patents & copyrights and 25% of the sundry debtors of Rs.2,40,000 to be written off. Fixed assets to be written down by Rs.28,000. Investments to reflect their market value.
  6. To the extent not specifically stated, equity shareholders suffer no reduction of their rights.
  7. Cost of reconstruction is Rs.6,700.

Pass journal entries in the books of the company assuming that the scheme has been put through fully with the equity shareholders bringing in necessary cash to pay off the parties and to leave a working capital of Rs.4,40,000. Draw the balance sheet after reconstruction.

draw the company rsquo s balance sheet immediately after the implementation of the s 621934

Model: Forfeiture of shares and utilizing the provision for taxes The following is the balance sheet of Leo Ltd. as at 31 March 2011:

Liabilities

Assets

Share Capital:

Goodwill

4,00,000

4,80,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10 Each:

Machinery

20,34,000

48,00,000

Furniture

4,11,000

Less: Calls-in-Arrears (Rs.3)

Stock

8,20,000

Per Share on 1,20,000 Shares 3.60.000

44,40,000

Debtors

6,00,000

Sundry Creditors

6,17,000

Cash at Bank

60,000

Provision for Taxation

1,60,000

Preliminary Expenses

60,000

P&L A/c 8,80,000

Less: Profit for the Year 48,000

8,32,000

52,17,000

52,17,000

The directors have had a valuation made of the machinery and find it overvalued by Rs.4,00,000. It is proposed to write down this asset to its true value and to extinguish the deficiency in the P&L A/c and to write off goodwill and preliminary expenses, by the adoption of the following course:

  1. Forfeit the shares on which the call is outstanding
  2. Reduce the paid-up capital by Rs.3 per share
  3. Re-issue the forfeited share as fully paid shares of Rs.7 each at Rs.5 per share
  4. Utilize the provision for taxation, if necessary
    1. Draft the necessary journal entries
    2. Draw the company’s balance Sheet immediately after the implementation of the scheme of reconstruction

it was also decided that the balance of reserve fund after carrying out all the abov 621935

Model: Issue of shares—Redemption of debentures At premium bonus shares The share capital of Gemini Ltd. consisted of 1,00,000 equity shares of Rs.10 each fully paid. The company has accumulated out of profits a reserve fund of Rs.10,00,000. It issued further 20,000 equity shares during 2010 at a premium of Rs.30 per share and the entire amount had been realized. An independent valuation of its assets increased the balance sheet values as thus:

Land and Buildings by

Rs.12,00,000

Plant and Machinery by

Rs.6,00,000

Stores and Spares by

Rs.5,00,000

The valuation reduced the amounts of the following:

Goodwill by

Rs.3,00,000

Patents by

Rs.2,00,000

At the end of 2010, it was decided to redeem 6,000 debentures of Rs.100 each as 5% premium; to adopt the new valuation; and to allot two equity shares of Rs.10 each as fully paid bonus shares for every equity share held. It was also decided that the balance of reserve fund, after carrying out all the above arrangements, was to be capitalized. Pass journal entries to record these transactions in the books of Gemini Ltd.

model interest of individuals in the company rsquo s reconstruction scheme having ac 621936

Model: Interest of individuals in the company’s reconstruction scheme Having accumulated huge losses, Aries Ltd. adopts a scheme of reconstruction on 31 March 2011, on which date its balance sheet is as follows:

Balance Sheet of Aries Ltd. as on 31 March 2011

Liabilities

Assets

Share Capital:

Fixed Assets:

Authorized:

Goodwill

6,50,000

75,000 Equity Shares of 350 Each

37,50,000

Plant

5,00,000

Subscribed & Paid up:

Computers

12,50,000

25,000 Equity Shares of 350 Each

12,50,000

Furniture

1,00,000

50,000 Equity Shares of 350 Each

Current Assets:

Rs. 40 per Share Paid up

20,00,000

Stock

3,50,000

Secured Loans:

Cash at Bank

50,000

11.5% First Debentures

2,50,000

Profit & Loss A/c

13,50,000

12% Second Debentures

5,00,000

Current Liabilities:

Sundry Creditors

2,50,000

42,50,000

42,50,000

The following is the interest of Mr. X and Mr. Y in Aries Ltd.:

Mr.X (Rs.)

Mr. Y (Rs.)

11.5% First Debentures

1,50,000

1,00,000

12% Second Debentures

3,50,000

1,50,000

Sundry Creditors

1,00,000

50,000

6,00,000

3,00,000

Fully Paid up Rs.50 Shares

1,50,000

1,00,000

Fully Paid up Rs.40 Paid up

2,50,000

2,50,000

The following scheme of reconstruction is approved by all parties interested and also by the Court:

  1. Uncalled capital is to be called up in full and such shares and also fully paid-up shares pertaining to the earlier issue be converted into equal number of fully paid-up equity shares of Rs.20 each
  2. Mr. X is to cancel Rs.3,50,000 of his total debt (other than share amount), is to pay Rs.1,00,000 to the company and to receive new 13% first debentures in full settlement
  3. Mr. Y is to cancel Rs.1,50,000 of his total debt (excluding shares) and to accept new 13% first debentures for the balance
  4. The amount thus rendered available by the scheme be utilized in writing off goodwill, the debit balance of P&L A/c and in reducing the book value of computers by Rs.7,50,000

You are required to pass the journal entries for all the above-mentioned transactions and prepare the initial balance sheet of the reconstructed company.

you are required to give journal entries to record the above and give the balance sh 621937

The following is the balance sheet of Singh Ltd. as at 31 March 2011:

Liabilities

Assets

Authorized Share Capital:

30,000 Shares of Rs. 10 Each

30,00,000

Goodwill

3,00,000

Issued, Subscribed & Paid up 3,000 9%

Fixed Assets

11,40,000

Cumulative Pref. Shares of 3100 Each

3,00,000

Cash

27,000

9,000 Equity Shares of f. 100

9,00,000

P&L A/c

1,83,1000

13.5% Debentures

3,00,000

Creditors (Including “30,000) Holding lien on Some Assets)

1,50,000

16,50,000

16,50,000

The company decided on a scheme of reduction of capital which was duly authorized. The scheme provided as follows:

  1. The equity shares of Rs.100 each, Rs.50 paid up per share to be issued for each preference share
  2. Each existing equity share is to be reduced to Rs.50 paid up, the face value remaining the same at Rs.100
  3. 3,000 Equity shares were taken up by the directors and paid for by them to the extent of Rs.50 each
  4. Arrears of preference dividend for the last four years is to be cancelled
  5. Debenture holders to receive 2,400 equity share of Rs.100 each credited as fully paid up
  6. Unsecured creditors to be paid immediately to the extent of 10% of their claims and they accepting a remission of 20% of their claims
  7. The amount available as a result of the scheme to be used to write off the debit balance in the P&L A/c, to write down fixed assets by Rs.30,000 and to adjust goodwill

You are required to give journal entries to record the above and give the balance sheet after the reconstruction is effected.

model typical the balance sheet of a ltd as at 31 march 2011 was as follows 621938

Model: Typical The balance sheet of A Ltd. as at 31 March 2011 was as follows:

Liabilities

Assets

Share Capital:

Intangibles

1,36,000

Authorized

28,00,000

Freehold Premises at Cost

2,80,000

1,28,000 8% Cumulative Preference

12,80,000

Plant & Equipment at Cost

4,80,000

Shares of ? 10 Each Fully Paid

1,28,000 Equity Shares of Z 10 Each,

9,60,000

Investment in Shares in B Ltd. at Cost

6,48,000

Rs. 7.50 Paid

Stocks

4,96,000

Loan from Directors

1,20,000

Debtors

6,40,000

Sundry Creditors

8,80,000

Deferred Revenue Expenditure

96,000

Bank Overdraft

4,16,000

Profit & Loss A/c

8,80,000

36,56,000

36,56,000

Note: The arrears of preference dividends amounted to Rs.1,02,400.

A Scheme of reconstruction was duly approved with effect from 1 April 2011 under the conditions stated in the following:

  1. The unpaid amount on equity shares would be called up.
  2. The preference shareholders would forego their arrears of dividends. In addition, they would accept a reduction of Rs.2.50 per share. The dividend rate would be enhanced to 10%.
  3. The equity shareholders would accept a reduction of Rs.7.50 per share.
  4. A Ltd. holds 43,200 shares in B. Ltd. This represents 15% of the share capital of that company. B Ltd. is not a quoted company. The average net profit (after tax) of the company is Rs.5,00,000. The shares would be valued based on 12% capitalization rate.
  5. A bad debt provision @ 2% would be created.
  6. The other assets would be valued as follows:

Intangibles

96,000

Plant

2,80,000

Freehold Premises

7,60,000

Stocks

5,00,000

  1. The P&L A/c debit balance and the balance standing to the debt of deferred revenue expenditure A/c would be eliminated.
  2. The directors would have to take equity shares at the new face value of Rs.2.50 per share in settlement of their loan.
  3. The equity shareholders, including the directors, who would receive equity shares in settlement of their loans, would take up two new equity shares for every one held.
  4. The preference shareholders would take up one new preference share for every four held.
  5. The authorized share capital would be restated to Rs.28,00,000.
  6. The new face value of the shares—preference & equity—will be maintained at their reduced levels. You are required:
  1. To prepare the necessary ledger accounts to effect the above
  1. To prepare the balance sheet of the company after reconstruction

model distribution of anticipated profits unrecorded liability abc ltd decided to re 621939

Model: Distribution of anticipated profits unrecorded liability ABC Ltd. decided to recognize itself following a period of adverse trading conditions. The summarized balance sheet at 31 March 20… was as follows:

Liabilities

 

Assets

(in lakhs)Rs.

12% Cumulative Preference Shares of

84.00

Goodwill

6.00

Z 10 Each

 

Patents & Franchises

5.20

Equity Shares of Z 10 Each

240.00

Land & Buildings

160.40

Share Premium A/c

10.00

Plant & Machinery

12.40

14% Debentures

96.00

Investments

32.00

Interest Payable on Debentures

 

Stocks

124.00

Loan from Directors

9.60

Debtors

84.00

Sundry Creditors

 

Deferred Charges

2.00

Bank Overdraft

20.00

Profit & Loss A/c

94.00

 

520.00

 

520.00

Preference dividend is in arrears for 3 years. The authorized share capital is Rs.12 lakh 12% cumulative preference shares of Rs.10 each and 24 lakh equity shares of Rs.10 each. The following reconstruction scheme was formulated and duly approved:

  1. The existing equity shares were to be converted into fully paid up equity shares of Rs.2 each. The equity shareholders were to accept a consequent reduction in their value of holdings. They further agree to subscribe to a new issue of equity shares on the basis of 2 for 3 at a price of Rs.3.50 per share.
  2. The Preference Shareholders were to forego their right to arrear dividends. The existing 8,40,000 preference shares were to be exchanged for a new issue of 4,20,000 14% cumulative preference shares of Rs.10 each and Rs.42,00,000 in equity shares of Rs.2 each.
  3. The debenture holders were to accept 5,00,000 equity shares of Rs.2 each in settlement of their arrear interest and the interest rate on debentures was to be enhanced to 15%. The debenture holders were also to accept further 15% debentures of Rs.16,00,000 at Rs.90 per Rs.100.
  4. Half of the directors’ loan was to be cancelled. The balance was to be settled by the issue of 96,000 equity shares of Rs.2 each.
  5. Investments were to be sold at the current market value of Rs.20,00,000.
  6. The bank overdraft was to be repaid in full.
  7. An amount of Rs.20,00,000 was to be paid immediately to creditors. The balance amount would have to be paid in quarterly investments.
  8. All intangibles, deferred charges and the debit balance to P&L A/c were to be written off.
  9. Liability for damages unrecorded in books was to be settled for Rs.17,60,000. A sum of 3,00,000 was to be recovered in this connection from the insurance company.
  10. The existing share premium account was to be utilized in full.
  11. Tangible fixed assets were to be revalued as:
    1. Land & Buildings Rs. 1,76,00,000
    2. Plant & Machiner Rs. 10,00,000
  12. Stocks were to be written down by Rs.84,00,000.
  13. Debtors account was to be adjusted for an uncontrolled debt of Rs.9,00,000.

It is expected that with the new arrangements, the company will be able to earn a return of 50,00,000 p.a. before interest and taxes. The company will not attract any tax liability for the next 5 years.

You are required to:

  1. Show the journal entries necessary to record the above scheme
  1. Prepare the summarized balance sheet of the company immediately after reconstruction
  2. Show how the anticipated profit will be distributed after the reconstruction

fill in the blanks with apt word s 1 increasing the share capital by issue of new sh 621941

Fill in the blanks with apt word(s)
1.Increasing the share capital by issue of new shares does not require______________ approval.
2.The process of converting the existing shares of lower denomination into shares of higher denomination is known as_______________ .
3.Consolidation of shares will not affect the amount of______________ .
4.In sub-division of shares, _____________ capital does not change.
5.A company can make alteration of share capital if it is authorized by _________________ of the company and by passing an ordinary resolution.
6.A company can convert fully paid shares into ______________ and also reconvert_____________ back into shares.
7.Cancellation of unissued share capital does not amount to ______________ of capital.
8.In external reconstruction, the existing company will be _______________ .
9.Confirmation of the ____________ is necessary for capital reduction.
10.After granting the scheme of capital reduction, the court may order the use of words______________ after the name of the company for a specified period.
11.No journal entry is required for the cancellation of ______________ share capital.
12.Reconstruction A/c (Capital reduction A/c) is used in the scheme of ______________.
13.Any surplus in capital reduction A/c is to be transferred to ______________.
14.If preference dividend is declared, it appears under the head _________________ in the balance sheet.
15.In a scheme of capital reduction, any new liability to be provided for such as arrears of preference dividend has to be met out of ______________.
16.A ____________ balance in P&L A/c represents accumulated losses in the scheme of internal reconstruction.
17.____________ is not required if capital reduction involves the writing off of paid-up capital not represented by available assets.
18.“____________ A/c” is an alternative term for “capital reorganization A/c”.
19.Claim foregone by debenture holders should be transferred to ________________.
20.Any gain on revolution of assets at the time of internal reconstruction will be _________________ to reconstruction A/c.

give journal entries in the books of the company necessitated by the above reconstru 621957

The following scheme of reconstruction has been duly approved:

  1. The shareholders to receive the following in lieu of their present holding of 25,000 shares of Rs.10 each:
  1. Fully paid equity shares equal to two- fifths of their holding
    1. 10% Preference shares, fully paid, to the extent of one-fifths the above new equity shares
    2. Rs.30,000 14% second debentures
  1. An issue of Rs.25,000 12% first debentures was made and allotted, payment for the same being received in cash forth with
  2. Goodwill which stood at Rs.75,000 was completely written off
  3. Plant & machinery which stood at Rs.50,000 was written down to Rs.37,500
  4. Freehold & leasehold premises which stood at Rs.87,500 were written down to Rs.75,000

Give journal entries in the books of the company necessitated by the above reconstruction.

in addition the majority of the patents acquired by the company proved to be worthle 621958

M/s Shiva Co. Ltd. was floated with a capital of Rs.10,00,000 in 50,000 equity shares of 10 each and 50,000 preference shares of Rs.10 each and the capital was fully subscribed and paid. The preference shares carried cumulative preference rights as to dividend but not as to capital repayment. The company was unsuccessful and sustained trading losses amounting to Rs.1,50,000. In addition, the majority of the patents acquired by the company proved to be worthless. It was resolved to write off Rs.5,00,000 of the subscribed capital by reducing each class of shares by Rs.5 per share and to reduce the assets correspondingly by:

  1. Wiping out the debit balance of P&L A/c Rs.1,50,000
  2. Writing down goodwill to the extent of Rs.1,50,000
  3. Writing off patents by Rs.1,50,000 and preliminary expenses of Rs.50,000

Pass the journal entries to give effect to the above transactions.

the amount thus made available to be utilized to write off fictitious assets includi 621960

Weak Ltd. had the following balance sheet as on 31 December 2010:

Liabilities

Assets

6% Preference

6,00,000

Goodwill

1,80,000

Shares of T 100

Fixed Assets

9,00,000

Each

Stock

4,50,000

Equity Shares of

12,00,000

Debtors

1,80,000

.100 Each

Discount on

30,000

Debentures

3,00,000

Debentures

Sundry

4,50,000

Bank

3,000

Creditors

P&L A/c

8,07,000

25,50,000

25,50,000

The following reconstruction scheme was approved:

  1. Preference shares to be reduced to 8% pref. shares of Rs.60 each
  2. Equity shares to be reduced by Rs.80 each

The amount thus made available to be utilized to write off fictitious assets including goodwill and Rs.1,50,000 from fixed assets Give entries for the reconstruction and the final balance sheet.

you are required to follow the scheme of reconstruction and prepare the new balance 621962

Vee & Vee Ltd. was promoted to the year 2006. The working of the company was not successful. On 31 December 2010, the company’s balance sheet stood as follows:

Liabilities

Assets

Nominal Capital:

Land

3,00,000

60,000 Shares of

60,00,000

Machinery

7,80,000

Rs. 100 each

Subscribed

Furniture

60,000

Capital:

57,000 Shares of

57,00,000

Stock

11,10,000

Rs. 100 Each Fully

Paid

Creditors

3,00,000

Debtors

5,40,000

Stalin & Co.

3,00,000

Goodwill

6,00,000

P&L A/c

29,10,000

63,00,000

63,00,00

The company is to be reconstructed on the basis of the following scheme:

  1. 57,000 Shares of Rs.100 each are to be reduced to an equal number of fully paid shares of Rs.40 each
  2. The debt of Rs.3,00,000 due to Stalin & Co. was also to be reduced the remaining 3,000 unissued shares being issued to them as fully paid up shares of Rs.40 each in full settlement of the amount due to them
  3. The amount thus rendered available by the reduction of capital and by the above arrangement with Stalin & Co. is to be utilized in wiping off goodwill and P&L A/c and in writing down the value of machinery

You are required to follow the scheme of reconstruction and prepare the new balance sheet of the company.

you are required to draft the journal entries necessary and the balance sheet after 621963

The following was the balance sheet of XYZ Ltd. as on 31 December 2010:

Liabilities

Assets

issued & Paid-up

Goodwill

60,000

Capital:

Land & Buildings

1,23,000

72,000 Shares of

Machinery

3,05,100

Rs. 10 Each

Preliminary

9,000

Rs. 7,20,000

Expenses

Less:Calls-In-

Stock

61,650

Arrear Rs. 3 per

Bank

9,000

Share on 18,000

P&L A/c 1,32,000

Shares Rs. 54.000

6,66,000

Creditors

92,550

Less: Net Profit

Provision for Tax

24,000

Profit of this Year

7,200

1,24,800

7,82,550

7,82,550

Machinery value was Rs.60,000 in excess. It is proposed to write down this asset and to extinguish P&L A/c debit balance and to write off goodwill and preliminary expenses by the adoption of the following scheme:

  1. Forfeit the shares on which the calls are outstanding
  2. Reduce the paid-up capital by Rs.3 per share
  3. Re-issue the forfeited shares at Rs.5 per share
  4. Utilize the provision for tax, if necessary

You are required to draft the journal entries necessary and the balance sheet after carrying out the scheme.

for each company compute the missing dollar amount and briefly describe the company 621848

Cash management across companies

Excerpts of statements of cash flows reported by Kraft Foods, Kellogg”s, and General Mills, three companies in the food industry, are provided below (dollars in millions).

Cash from

Operations

Cash from

Investments

Cash from

Financing

Net Change

in Cash

Company

Kraft Foods

$5,084

$ ?

$2,988

$857

Kellogg”s

1,643

(370)

(1,194)

?

General Milts

?

(289)

1,450

89

For each company compute the missing dollar amount, and briefly describe the company”s cash management policy.

assume that each transaction is independent indicate how each transaction affects th 621849

Journalizing and classifying transactions

Presented below is a list of transactions entered into by Kaitland Manufacturing during 2012.

  1. Recorded depreciation expense of $170,000.
  2. Sold 10,000 shares of common stock ($10 par value) for $18 per share.
  3. Purchased 5,000 shares of IBM for $75 per share.
  4. Purchased a three-year insurance policy for $27,000.
  5. Purchased a building with a fair market value of $200,000 in exchange for a twenty-fiveyear mortgage. The agreement called for a down payment of $40,000.

Assume that each transaction is independent. Indicate how each transaction affects the accounting equation and how the cash effect, if any, would be disclosed on the company”s statement of cash flows. That is, provide

a. the dollar amount of the cash effect,

b. whether it increases or decreases cash, and

c. the section of the statement of cash flows in which it would appear.

assume that you wish to compute the cash inflow or outflow associated with each inco 621850

Converting accrual to cash numbers

The following are several account titles that could appear on an income statement:

  1. Cost of Goods Sold
  2. Insurance Expense
  3. Sales Revenue
  4. Rent Expense
  5. Dividend Revenue
  6. Wage Expense
  7. Supplies Expense
  8. Interest Expense
  9. Rent Revenue
  10. Depreciation Expense

Several possible balance sheet accounts follow.

A. Cash

B. Merchandise Inventory

C. Retained Earnings

D. Unearned Sales Revenue

E. Interest Payable

F. Dividends Receivable

G. Fixed Assets

H. Rent Payable

I. Accounts Payable

J. Accounts Receivable

K. Premium on Bonds Payable

L. Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

M. Deferred Income Taxes

N. Prepaid Rent

O. Wages Payable

P. Common Stock

Q. Supplies Inventory

R. Discount on Bonds Payable

S. Unearned Rent

T. Marketable Securities

U. Prepaid Interest

V. Bonds Payable

W. Accumulated Depreciation

X. Prepaid Insurance

a. Assume that you wish to compute the cash inflow or outflow associated with each income statement account. Match each income statement account with the related balance sheet account (or accounts) that you would analyze in this computation.

b. For Sales Revenue, Cost of Goods Sold, and Interest Expense indicate whether an increase in the related balance sheet accounts (identified in [a]) would be added to or deducted from the income statement item when computing the cash effect.

prepare a statement of cash flows using the indirect method but this time prepare it 621852

Preparing a statement of cash flows from original transactions

Tony began a small retailing operation on January 1, 2012. During 2012, the following transactions occurred:

  1. Tony contributed $20,000 of his own money to the business.
  2. $60,000 was borrowed from the bank.
  3. Long-lived assets were purchased for $25,000 cash.
  4. Inventory was purchased: $25,000 cash and $15,000 on account.
  5. Inventory with a cost of $25,000 was sold for $80,000: $20,000 cash and $60,000 on account.
  6. Cash payments included $18,000 for operating expenses, $5,000 for loan principal, and a $2,000 dividend.
  7. $15,000 in expenses were accrued at the end of the year.

a. Prepare journal entries for each economic event.

b. Prepare a balance sheet as of the end of 2012 and an income statement and reconciliation of retained earnings for 2012 for Tony”s business.

c. Prepare a cash T-account and a statement of cash flows using the direct method.

d. Prepare a statement of cash flows using the indirect method, but this time prepare it from the company”s two balance sheets, the income statement, and the reconciliation of retained earnings. Tony”s first balance sheet contains all zero balances.

compute estimates of cash receipts from customers and cash payments to suppliers ass 621855

Compute cash flows from accrual numbers

Excerpts from the 2008 financial statements of SUPERVALU supermarkets are as follows (dollars in millions):

2008

2007

Sales

$44,564

$44,048

Cost of sales

34,451

33,943

Accounting receivable

887

965

Inventory

2,709

2,776

Accounts payable

2,441

2,579

Compute estimates of cash receipts from customers and cash payments to suppliers. Assume that all sales are on account and that accounts payable includes only accounts with suppliers.

compute cash provided used by operating activities for the period ending december 31 621856

Computing cash provided by operations from accrual information

Income statement and balance sheet excerpts of Shevlin and Liberty for the period ending December 31, 2012, follow. Compute cash provided (used) by operating activities for the period ending December 31, 2012. Use both the direct and indirect forms of presentation.

Sales

$48,000

Cost of goods sold

30,000

Cross profit

$18,000

Wage expense

$4,000

Advertising expense

1,000

Depreciation expense

2,000

7,000

Nel income

$11,000

BALANCE SHEET EXCERPTS

2012

2011

Accounts receivable

$4,000

$5,000

Deferred revenues

0

3,000

Inventory

9,000

11,000

Accounts payable

3,000

4,000

Wages payable

1,800

900

Prepaid advertising

3,000

1,200

Accumulated depreciation

5,000

3,000

prepare a statement of cash flows direct method for the period ending december 31 20 621858

Preparing a statement of cash flows from information contained in the other financial statements

The following information was taken from the records of Romora Supply House. Prepare a statement of cash flows (direct method) for the period ending December 31, 2012. Assume that all transactions involve cash.

2012

2011

Cash

$12,000

$5,000

Noncash operating assets

18,000

23,000

Nonoperating assets

27,000

23,000

Operating liabilities

7,000

2,000

Nonoperating liabilities

6,000

8,000

Contributed capital

35,000

32,000

Retained earnings

9,000

9,000

Revenues

64,000

Expenses

61,000

Dividends

3,000

compute net income for the period ending december 31 2012 621859

Computing net income from cash provided by operating activities

The operating cash flows and balance sheet excerpts of Schlee and Associates for the period ending December 31, 2012, follow. Compute net income for the period ending December 31, 2012.

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Cash inflows from sales

$65,000

Cash payments for inventories

$(40,000)

Cash payments for wage.

(6,000)

Cash payments for advertising

(1,000)

Cash provided (used) by operating activities

$ 18,000

BALANCE SHEET EXCERPTS

2012

2011

Accounts receivable

$3,000

$9,000

Deferred revenues

4,.000

1,000

Inventory

18,000

10,000

Accounts payable

7,000

3,000

Salaries payable

2,100

1,300

Prepaid advertising

5,000

8,000

Accumulated depreciation

8,000

5,000

use the chart format below and on the next page to indicate the following 621864

Placing transactions on the statement of cash flows

Endnote Enterprises entered into the following transactions during 2012:

  1. Sold merchandise for $52,000 in cash.
  2. Purchased a parcel of land. The company paid $12,000 in cash and issued a $30,000 note payable for the remainder.
  3. Purchased a three-year insurance policy for $30,000.
  4. Purchased a building in exchange for a long-term note with a face value and present value of $115,000.
  5. Collected $100,000 on a long-term note receivable. Included in the $100,000 is $6,000 in interest earned and accrued in the previous period and $4,000 in interest earned in the current period.
  6. Collected from customers $45,000 that will not be earned until 2013.
  7. Reacquired 5,000 shares of its common stock for $10 per share.
  8. Declared and paid a cash dividend of $40,000.
  9. Paid $25,000 for wages accrued in a prior year.
  10. Retired $500,000 in bonds payable. The company gave the creditor $300,000 in cash and $200,000 in common stock.
  11. Purchased $60,000 of inventory on account.
  12. Wrote off an open account ($5,000) as uncollectible (allowance method).
  13. Recorded $84,000 in depreciation expense for the year.

Endnote Enterprises is in the process of preparing its statement of cash flows under the direct method.

REQUIRED:

Use the chart format below and on the next page to indicate the following:

a. The section of the statement of cash flows in which each transaction would be listed. Use the following terms:

(1) Operating—for operating activities

(2) Investing—for investing activities

(3) Financing—for financing activities

(4) N/A—for items that would not be included on the statement of cash flows

b. Whether the transaction would involve an inflow or an outflow of cash.

c. The dollar amount, if appropriate, that the company would report on the statement of cash flows.

The first transaction is done for you as an example.

Transaction

Section

Inflow

Outflow

Amount

1

Operating

X

$52,000

you are to indicate whether cash was provided used or not affected by each transacti 621865

Classifying transactions and their cash effects

MHT Enterprises entered into the following transactions during 2012:

  1. Sold a piece of equipment with a book value of $8,000 for $1,200.
  2. Purchased a parcel of land for $13,000.
  3. Purchased a three-year insurance policy for $9,000.
  4. Issued 1,000 shares of common stock at $7 per share.
  5. Collected a short-term note, including interest, in the amount of $2,500.
  6. Collected $3,000 from customers that will not be earned until 2013.
  7. Purchased a building in exchange for a long-term note with a face value of $15,000 (the present value of the note is $12,000).
  8. Declared and paid a cash dividend of $7,000.
  9. Paid $5,000 in wages.
  10. Converted an outstanding receivable into a short-term note receivable that matures in February 2013.
  11. Purchased $4,500 of inventory on account.
  12. Wrote off an account ($500) as uncollectible (allowance method).
  13. Recorded $9,000 in depreciation expense for the year.

REQUIRED:

a. The controller of MHT Enterprises is trying to explain the change in the company”s cash balance from January 1, 2012, to December 31, 2012. The controller has asked you to analyze each of the transactions. You are to indicate whether cash was provided, used, or not affected by each transaction. If the cash balance is affected by the transaction, indicate the dollar amount of the increase or decrease. Unless otherwise indicated, assume that all transactions involve cash.

b. Classify each transaction identified in (a) as affecting cash as one of the following:

(1) An operating activity

(2) An investing activity

(3) A financing activity

describe the similarities and differences of the cash flow policies across the three 621866

Comparing cash flow policies across companies in the Internet industry

Cash flows from three well-known Internet companies are provided below (dollars in millions):

Priceline

2009

2008

2007

Operations

$510

$316

$156

Investing

501

152

221

Financing

169

169

19

Amazon.com

2009

2008

2007

Operations

$3,293

$1,697

$1,405

Investing

2,337

1,199

42

Financing

280

198

50

eBay:

2009

2008

2007

Operations

$2,908

$2,882

$2,641

Investing

1,149

2,057

693

Financing

946

1,674

694

REQUIRED:

Describe the similarities and differences of the cash flow policies across the three companies.

record each transaction on a chart like the following classify the sections of the s 621867

Classifying transactions and their cash effects

Several transactions entered into by Travis Retail during 2012 follow:

  1. Received $50,000 for wine previously sold on account.
  2. Paid $55,000 in wages.
  3. Sold a building for $100,000. The building had cost $170,000, and the related accumulated depreciation at the time of sale was $55,000.
  4. Declared and paid a cash dividend of $70,000.
  5. Repurchased 10,000 shares of outstanding common stock at $50 per share.
  6. Purchased a two-year, $100,000 fire and storm insurance policy on June 30.
  7. Purchased some equipment in exchange for 1,000 shares of common stock. The stock was currently selling for $75 per share.
  8. Purchased $500,000 in equity securities considered to be long-term.
  9. Issued $200,000 face value bonds. The bonds were sold at 101. 10. Owed $30,000 in rent as of December 31.

REQUIRED:

Record each transaction on a chart like the following. Classify the sections of the statement of cash flows as a cash flow from operating, investing, or financing activities. Transaction (1) is done as an example.

Transactions

Effect on cash

Section of statement

Explanation

1

50,000

Operating

Operations is defined in terms of inventory activity

briefly comment on the company s cash management policy over the three year period 621868

A company”s cash management policy across time

Ruttman Enterprises began operations in early 2010. Summaries of the statement of cash flows for the years 2010, 2011, and 2012 follow:

2012

2011

2010

Cash provided (used) by operating activities

$ ?

$(202)

$ ?

Cash provided (used) by investing activities

160

?

(500)

Cash provided (used) by financing activities

(150)

280

900

Increase (decrease) in cash

$ ?

$(24)

$110

Cash balance at beginning of year

86

?

0

Cash balance at end of year

$176

$86

$ ?

REQUIRED:

a. Compute the missing dollar amounts.

b. Briefly comment on the company”s cash management policy over the three-year period.

company having 1 00 000 12 preference shares of rs 10 each decided to consolidate th 621907

company having 1,00,000 12% preference shares of Rs.10 each decided to consolidate the shares into shares of Rs.100 each. Pass the needed journal entry.

Journal Entry

Date

Paniculars

L.F.

Dr. )

Cr. ()

12% Preference Share Capital Cl,00,07 x 10) Dr.
To 12% Preference Share Capital Clo,000 x 100)
(Consolidation of 1,00,07 Pref. Shares of 10 into 10,70
Preference Shares of 100 Each)

10,00,07

10,00,07

One should note here that the paid up share capital remains the same, i.e. Rs.10,00,000 only, but total number of shares is reduced to 10,000 from 1,00,000 shares. The face value of shares is increased from Rs.10 to Rs.100. Care should be taken in case of partly paid shares to keep the proportion between the paid-up and unpaid amount at the same level after consolidation.

a company whose capital consists of 1 000 shares of rs 100 each rs 75 called and pai 621913

A company whose capital consists of 1,000 shares of Rs.100 each, Rs.75 called and paid, decides to reduce the shares into 1,000 shares of Rs.75 each fully paid. Pass journal entry.

Date

Particulars

L.F.

Dr. ()

Cr. ()

Share Capital A!c Cl,000 x 75)

To Share Capital A/c

(Conversion of 1,000 Shares of 17 Each 75 (Partly) Paid
up into 1,000 Shares of 75 Each Fully Paid up)

75,000

75,000

the share capital of the company will be reduced by the amount refunded in this prob 621915

A company whose paid-up capital includes 5,000 equity shares of Rs.100 each fully paid decides to return Rs.25 per share to the members, this reducing each share to Rs.75 each, fully paid. Pass entries.

Date

Particulars

L.F.

Dr. Rs.

Cr. Rs.

O)

Equity Share Capital 100) A/c Dr. To Equity Share Capital (Rs.75) A! c To Sundry ShareholdersA/c (Conversion of 5,07 Shares of 17 Each into Shares of75 Each and the Balance to Be Refunded Transferred to the Members)

5,00,000

3,75,000
1,25,000

(ii)

Sundry Shareholders A/c Dr. To Bank A/c (Refund of Surplus Capital on Account of Reduction of Capital
to the Sharehollders)

1,25,000

1,25,000

Net result: The share capital of the company will be reduced by the amount refunded. In this problem, the share capital is reduced from Rs.5,00,000 to Rs.3,75,000 because of the refund of Rs.1,25,000 to the shareholders.

which rs 15 is paid up into 25 000 equity shares of rs 10 each fully paid up pass jo 621917

Model: Surplus in capital reduction XYZ Co. Ltd. passed resolution and got Court permission for the reduction of its share capital by Rs.2,50,000 for the purposes mentioned in the following:

  1. To write off the debit balances of P&L A/c of Rs.1,05,000
  2. To reduce the value of plant & machinery by Rs.45,000 and goodwill by Rs.20,000
  3. To reduce the value of investments by Rs.40,000

The reduction was made by converting 25,000 preference shares of Rs.20 each fully paid to the same number of preference shares of Rs.15 each fully paid and by converting 25,000 equity shares of Rs.20 each on which Rs.15 is paid up into 25,000 equity shares of Rs.10 each fully paid up. Pass journal entries to record the share capital reduction.

given the journal entries in the books of bhagya ltd for the above reconstruction sc 621918

Model: Capital reduction A/c (Reconstruction or reorganization A/c)—Issue of new debentures The following scheme of reconstruction has been legally approved for Bhagya Ltd:

  1. In lieu of their present holding of 1,20,000 shares of Rs.10 each fully paid, the shareholders are to receive the following:
  1. Fully paid new equity shares equal to one-third of their holding
    1. 10% Preference shares fully paid to the extent of one-fifth of the above new equity shares
    2. 1,20,000, 10% secured debentures
  1. The debenture holders’ total claim of Rs.1,50,000 to be reduced to Rs.50,000. This will be satisfied by issue of 5,000 10% preference shares of Rs.10 each fully paid.
  2. An issue of Rs.1,00,000 5% first debentures was made and allotted, payment for the same having been received in cash.
  3. The goodwill which stood at Rs.6,00,000 was written down to Rs.1,00,000. Plant & machinery which stood at Rs.2,00,000 was written down to Rs.1,50,000.
  4. The freehold premises which stood at Rs.3,50,000 was written down by Rs.1,50,000.

Given the journal entries in the books of Bhagya Ltd. for the above reconstruction scheme.

give journal entries necessary with respect to reduction of share capital and show h 621919

Model: Preparation of reconstruction A/c and treatment of surplus in it Veer Ltd. passed the necessary resolution and received sanction of the Court for the reduction of its share capital by Rs.10,00,000 for the purposes numerated in the following:

  1. To write off the debit balance of P&L A/c Rs.4,20,000
  2. To reduce the value of plant & machinery by Rs.1,80,000 and of goodwill by Rs.80,000
  3. To reduce the value of investments to market value by writing off Rs.1,60,000

The reduction was made by converting 1,00,000 preference shares of Rs.20 each fully paid to the same number of preferences shares of Rs.15 each fully paid and by converting 1,00,00 ordinary shares of Rs.20 each Rs.15 paid up into 1,00,000 ordinary shares of Rs.10 each fully paid.

Give journal entries necessary with respect to reduction of share capital and show how would you deal with the balance of the reduction of share capital account?

give the necessary journal entries to record the capital reduction and draw up the r 621921

Model: Issue of shares for arrears of preference dividend The summarized balance sheet of Somnath Ltd. as at December 2010 was as follows:

Balance Sheet of ABC Co. Ltd. as on….. (And Reduced)

Liabilities

Assets

Authorized & Issued Capital:

Land & Buildings

7,50,000

1,00,000 Equity Shares of 10 Each Fully

10,00,000

Plant & Machinery

5,00,000

Paid

Goodwill

1,00,000

5,000 6% Cumulative Pref. Shares of

5,00,000

Patents &Trademarks

50,000

100 Each Fully Paid

Stocks

2,00,000

Bank Overdraft

3,50,000

Sundry Debtors

1,50,000

Sundry Creditors

2,50,000

Preliminary Expenses

50,000

Note:The Cumulative Pref. Dividend is in

Profit & Loss A/c

3,00,000

Arrears for 3 Years)

21,00,000

21,00,000

A scheme of capital reduction was approved on the following terms:

  1. The preference shareholders agree that their shares be reduced to fully paid shares of Rs.50 each and to accept equity shares of Rs.54 each fully paid in lieu of the dividend arrears
  2. The equity shareholders agree that their shares be reduced to a fully paid value of Rs.5 each
  3. The authorized capital of the company is to remain at Rs.15,00,000 divided into 2,00,000 equity shares of Rs.5 each and 10,000 6% cumulative preference shares of Rs.50 each
  4. All the intangible and fictitious assets are to be eliminated and bad debts of Rs.25,000 and obsolete stocks of Rs.40,000 are to be written off

Give the necessary journal entries to record the capital reduction and draw up the revised balance sheet.

prepare an income statement using the single step format and assess the persistence 621800

Preparing an income statement

Excerpts from Crozier Industries” financial records

Debit

Credit

Sales

977,000

Sales returns

9,000

Costs of goods sold

496,000

Dividends

50,000

Rent expense

90,000

Wages payable

175,000

Loss on sale of food services division

2,000

Loss incurred by food services division

10,000

Depreciation expense

100,000

Cumulative effect on income of change in fixed asset accounting

130,000

Cain on land appropriated by the government

92,000

Insurance expense

12,000

Inventory

576,000

Administrative expenses

109,000

Prepaid insurance

48,000

Gain on sale of short-term investments

142,000

The amounts shown do not include any tax effects. Crozier”s tax rate is 35 percent. Assume that all items are treated the same for accounting and income tax purposes.

REQUIRED:

a. Indicate which items should be included on the company”s income statement. Classify each item to be included on the income statement as one of the following:

(1) Usual and frequent

(2) Unusual or infrequent

(3) Disposal of business segment

(4) Unusual and infrequent

(5) Mandated change in accounting method

b. Prepare an income statement using the single-step format, and assess the persistence of each item on the income statement.

what should be the balance in this account on december 31 2012 621802

Intraperiod tax allocation, income tax expense, and income tax liability

The following information has been obtained from the internal financial records of MTM Company:

Retained earnings, December 31, 2011

$1,259,000

Dividends declared and paid during 2012

100,000

Dividends declared during 2012 but not paid

75,000

Dividends declared during 2011 and paid in 2012

90,000

2012 income from continuing operations (before taxes)

850,000

Extraordinary losses in 2012 (before tax effect)

135,000

The company”s tax rate is 35 percent. Assume that financial accounting income equals income for tax purposes.

REQUIRED:

a. What is the company”s net income for the year ended December 31, 2012?

b. Compute income tax expense reported in MTM”s 2012 income statement.

c. Prepare a reconciliation of retained earnings for the year ended December 31, 2012.

d. Assume that the income tax liability account had a balance of $70,000 on January 1, 2012, and that tax payments of $200,000 were made during 2012. What should be the balance in this account on December 31, 2012?

estimate the number of common shares that would be outstanding if all potentially di 621803

Earnings per share and discontinued operations

The lower portion of the 2006 income statement for McDonald”s follows (dollars in millions):

Income from continuing operations

$2,875.0

Income from discontinued operations net of taxes

671.2

Net income

$1,544.2

Basic net earnings per share:

Continuing operations

$2.33

Discontinued operations

0.54

$2.87

Diluted net earnings per share:

Continuing operations

$2.30

Discontinued operations

0.53

$2.83

REQUIRED:

a. Why is there a distinction between net earnings from continuing operations and net earnings from discontinued operations?

b. Estimate the number of common shares outstanding.

c. Why is there a distinction between basic net earnings per share and diluted net earnings per share?

d. Estimate the number of common shares that would be outstanding if all potentially dilu-tive securities were converted to common shares.

estimate the number of common shares that would be outstanding if all potentially di 621804

EPS disclosures

The lower portion of the 2008 income statement for Duke Energy Corporation follows (dollars in millions, except per-share amounts):

Income from continuing operations

$2,875.0

Income from discontinued operations net of taxes

671.2

Net income

$1,544.2

Basic net earnings per share:

Continuing operations

$2.33

Discontinued operations

0.54

$2.87

Diluted net earnings per share:

Continuing operations

$2.30

Discontinued operations

0.53

$2.83

REQUIRED:

a. Why is there a distinction among income from continuing operations, income from discontinued operations, and income from extraordinary items?

b. Estimate the number of common shares outstanding.

c. Why is there a distinction between basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share?

d. Estimate the number of common shares that would be outstanding if all potentially dilutive securities were converted to common shares.

assume that income from continuing operations after tax was 600 000 and 200 000 shar 621805

Disclosing net of tax, and the earnings-per-share calculation

Woodland Farm Corporation has the following items to include in its financial statements:

Debit

Credit

Extraordinary loss from flood

250,000

Extraordinary gain from bond retirement

55,000

Sale of inventory

250,000

Loss on disposal of business segment

100,000

Loss effect due to change in accounting method

80,000

Advertising expense

50,000

Income earned by disposal business segment

150,000

None of the listed amounts includes any income tax effects. The company”s tax rate is 35 percent.

REQUIRED:

a. Describe how each item above would be disclosed on the income statement or statement of retained earnings.

b. Compute the tax effect of each of the items that should be disclosed net of tax. What dollar amount would be shown on the financial statements for each of these items?

c. Assume that income from continuing operations (after tax) was $600,000, and 200,000 shares of common stock were outstanding during the year. Provide the earnings-per-share calculation.

prepare an income statement for the year ended december 31 2012 including the recomm 621806

Preparing an income statement

Tom Brown, controller of Microbiology Labs, informs you that the company has sold a segment of its business. Mr. Brown also provides you with the following information for 2012:

Continuing Operations

Discontinued Segment

Sale

$10,000,000

$850,000

Cost of goods sold

2,500,000

600,000

Operating expenses

750,000

100,000

Loss on sale of office equipment

60,000

Gain on disposal of discontinued segment

250,000

The following information is not reflected in any of the above amounts:

  1. Microbiology Labs is subject to a 35 percent tax rate.
  2. During 2012, Microbiology Labs retired outstanding bonds that were to mature in 2014. The company incurred a loss of $80,000, prior to taxes, on the retirement of the bonds.
  3. Microbiology Labs owns several apple orchards as part of its operations. During 2012, the company”s apple crop was destroyed by an infestation of a rare insect. This unusual and infrequent loss, prior to taxes, totaled $800,000.
  4. Two million shares of common stock were outstanding throughout 2012.

REQUIRED:

Prepare an income statement for the year ended December 31, 2012, including the recommended earnings-per-share disclosures. In terms of the objectives of financial accounting, comment on the usefulness of each of the different measures of income.

which of the financial statements mdash income statement balance sheet statement of 621808

Recognized income and expense under IFRS

Group Danone, a French-based food processor that publishes IFRS-based financial statements, reported 2008 net income of 1.5 billion euros. Accumulated currency translation adjustments and net holding gains/losses from securities, both of which directly affected shareholders” equity but were not reflected on the income statement, together had balances of 311 million euros and negative 955 million euros at the beginning and end of 2008, respectively.

REQUIRED:

a. Recognized income and expense under IFRS is similar to what concept under U.S. GAAP?

b. Prepare a statement of recognized income and expense (SORIE) for Danone.

c. Which of the financial statements—income statement, balance sheet, statement of cash flows, and/or statement of shareholders” equity—contain information about the currency translation adjustments and the net holding gains/losses referred to above?

in terms of the objectives of financial accounting discuss the usefulness of the var 621809

Comprehensive problem

Laidig Industries has prepared the following unadjusted trial balance as of December 31, 2012:

Debit

Credit

Cash

$1 10,000

Accounts receivable

340,000

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$50,000

Inventory (balance 1/1/12)

467,000

Prepaid insurance

60,000

Fixed assets

850,000

Accumulated depreciation

287,000

Accounts payable

200,000

Dividends payable

45,000

Bonds payable

500,000

Common stock

100,000

Retained earnings

673,000

Sales

1,256,000

Gain on sale of land

76,000

Extraordinary loss

35,000

Income effect due to flange in accounting principle

60,000

Purchases

750,000

Administrative expenses

100,000

Selling expenses

255,000

Interest expense

25,000

Dividends

135,000

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:

  1. A physical count of inventory on December 31, 2012, indicated that the company had $480,000 of inventory on hand.
  2. An aging of accounts receivable indicates that $75,000 is uncollectible.
  3. The company uses straight-line depreciation. The assets have a ten-year life and zero salvage value.
  4. The company used a third of the remaining insurance policy during 2012.
  5. The company pays interest for its bond payable on December 31 of every year. The coupon rate and the effective rate are both 10 percent per year.
  6. The company”s tax rate is 35 percent. All income tax charges are recorded at the end of the year.
  7. 200,000 shares of common stock were outstanding during 2012.

REQUIRED:

Prepare the following:

a. The necessary adjusting and closing entries on December 31, 2012.

b. An income statement including recommended earnings-per-share disclosures.

c. A reconciliation of retained earnings.

d. In terms of the objectives of financial accounting, discuss the usefulness of the various measures of income included on the statement.

what possible entries might appear on future income statements if the companies repu 621811

Ratings agencies and assessing risks

Ratings agencies such as Moody”s and Standard&Poor”s rate securities to give investors an independent grading of the risks involved in financial transactions. During 2007 both Moody”s and S&P reported large increases in profits due to the increased volume of securities being issued and the consequent need for their services. Moody”s reported a 20 percent rise in net profits during the first quarter of 2007, while the parent company of S&P (McGraw-Hill) indicated its financial services business (including S&P) recorded a 38 percent increase in operating profits. Both companies cited the growth in issuances as the driver of their profits.

Shortly after these earnings announcements in 2007, financial markets tightened in response to the collapse of the “subprime” mortgage market. Subprime home mortgages were bundled together by issuing lenders and sold to investors in what are called mortgage-backed securities, which are rated by agencies like Moody”s and S&P. In fact, both companies have come under fire for not accurately rating the risks associated with the subprime securities.

REQUIRED:

a. What will the tightening of credit markets do to the business volume of the ratings agencies?

b. Where on the financial statements will Moody”s and S&P reflect the drop in issuing activity?

c. Assume that the two companies are held responsible for their inaccurate ratings on the mortgage-backed securities. What possible entries might appear on future income statements if the companies” reputation and business are hurt due to the subprime collapse?

do you think that the stock market prices of e tailers would decrease in response to 621814

Income statement classification

Many e-tailers (retailers via the Internet) were not profitable in their early years. Analysts who believed in the futures of these firms, therefore, were forced to focus on other positive metrics of performance, such as revenues and gross profit margins (sales less cost of goods sold). The Dow Jones News Service (June 2, 2000) reported that the FASB had recently come out with a new rule requiring companies to include shipping and handling costs, significant in the e-tailing industry, in the cost-of-goods-sold category instead of as part of selling and administrative expense. Even though this reporting requirement had no effect on the bottom line, e-tailers like Amazon.com lobbied aggressively against it.

REQUIRED:

a. Why might analysts be interested in companies that were not recording profits?

b. What specific effect did the new FASB rule have on the income statement of companies like Amazon.com, and why would these companies lobby aggressively against the rule?

c. What impact would this new rule have on the reported cash flows of the company?

d. Do you think that the stock market prices of e-tailers would decrease in response to this ruling by the FASB? Why?

explain why kodak s stock could have increased in value in response to news that the 621815

Litigation, reported income, and stock prices

In 1990, Eastman Kodak recorded a third-quarter net loss of $206 million, but at the same time, it posted a 22 percent rise in operating earnings to $835 million. Much of the loss was due to a $909.5 million charge taken to cover the costs associated with a patent infringement ruling, at which time Kodak was ordered to pay almost $1 billion to Polaroid for infringing on Polaroid”s instant photography patents. The dollar amount awarded Polaroid was far below the company”s multibillion-dollar claim. Kodak”s shares jumped $1.25 to $29.75 in response to the news.

REQUIRED:

a. Where on Kodak”s income statement should the charge be disclosed, and should the amount be reported net of tax? If so, assume a 34 percent tax rate and compute the net amount.

b. The patent infringement case between Kodak and Polaroid was well publicized and extended over several years. How do you think this situation was reported in Kodak”s 1989 annual report? In Polaroid”s 1989 annual report?

c. Explain why Kodak”s stock could have increased in value in response to news that the company reported a $206 million net loss for the quarter.

explain the nature of each item describe where they would be disclosed on the income 621816

Income statement categories

In its 2008 annual report, which included a statement of comprehensive income, Bristol-Myers Squibb reported the following items (dollars in millions):

Net earnings from discontinued operations

$ 113

Research and development

(3,585)

Foreign currency translation

(123)

Net gain on disposal of business

1,979

Provision for restructuring

(218)

Gain on sale of assets

159

Cost of products sold

(6,396)

Litigation charges

(33)

Equity in net income of affiliates

617

REQUIRED:

a. Explain the nature of each item, describe where they would be disclosed on the income statement (including comprehensive income), and state whether or not they would be reported net of taxes.

b. Discuss each item in terms of its persistence.

indicate how the income effects of the following items would be disclosed on the inc 621817

Analyzing special income statement items

Indicate how the income effects of the following items would be disclosed on the income statement and whether they represent a wealth change and/or can be expected to persist in the future.

a. Federal Express reported $17 million on operating gains from an insurance settlement for a DC-10 aircraft destroyed by fire.

b. Over a three-year period Motorola reported net gains of $443 million on asset sales.

c. Owens Corning reported a $68 million restructuring charge, equity in net income of affiliates of $11 million, and a $15 million cumulative effect of an accounting change.

d. Owens Corning reported an $875 million charge related to expected litigation claims due to asbestos injuries.

how is net income different from comprehensive income 621818

Recurring vs. nonrecurring items

When luxury car maker BMW recently released earnings, the Wall Street Journal reported that it compared poorly to the prior year for a number of reasons, including:

  • rising raw material costs
  • strength of the euro
  • a large gain booked during the year
  • rising costs to introduce new models

These factors contributed to a 38 percent drop in quarterly income despite a 2.9 percent increase in sales.

REQUIRED:

a. Discuss where the above reasons would be represented in the financial statements.

b. Which of the above reasons might be considered permanent and recurring?

c. How is net income different from comprehensive income?

d. On the day of the earnings announcement, BMW”s stock price rose 1 percent. What other factors would an analyst review in addition to the earnings?

discuss google s cash management over the three year period 621826

Google, Inc. reported the following cash flows over the three-year period 2007-2009 (dollars in millions).

2009

2008

2007

Operating cash Rows

$9,316

$7,853

$5,775

Investing cash flows

(8,019)

(5,319)

(3,682)

Financing cash flows

233

88

403

Discuss Google”s cash management over the three-year period.

ethical issue is it ethical for a company in weak financial condition to manage the 621839

ETHICS in the Real World

MicroStrategy, a software maker in the business-to-business Internet industry, was introduced at the beginning of the chapter. Since it revised its earnings numbers downward, the company continued to report net losses for some time. Clearly, company management was under considerable pressure from shareholders, bankers, and the investment community to turn things around. While the company”s cash flow situation appeared somewhat more promising, a closer look at the numbers indicates that net cash from operations was buoyed by huge increases in the company”s accounts payable balance. It is possible, for example, that MicroStrategy intentionally delayed some payments to suppliers in an effort to put as positive a spin as possible on the company”s cash flow position.

ETHICAL ISSUE Is it ethical for a company in weak financial condition to manage the timing of its cash receipts and payments to delay signaling that weakness to the public?

discuss why cash from operating for amd and agilent is greater than profits what doe 621843

Interpreting the statement of cash flows

The following information was taken from the 2008 statements of cash flow for Agilent Technologies and Advanced Micro Devices (dollars in millions):

Company

Net Income/(Loss)

Cash from operating

Cash from investing

Cash from Financing

Agilent

$693

$756

$399

$774

AMD

3,098

692

27

220

a. Compute the change in cash for both companies.

b. Describe the cash management profile for each company—that is, what is the source of each company”s cash, and how is each company using it?

c. Discuss why cash from operating for AMD and Agilent is greater than profits. What does the cash from financing figure tell you about the companies” activities?

analyze nestl eacute s cash management activities in 2007 and contrast them with 200 621844

Interpreting IFRS-based statements of cash flow across time

The statement of cash flow for Nestlé Group, a Swiss-based food conglomerate that publishes IFRS-based financial statements, contained the following numbers (in million Swiss francs—CHF).

2008

2007

Profit

19,051

11,382

Operating cash flow

10,763

13,439

Cash flow from investing activities

4,699

15,753

Cash flow from financing activities

16,884

3,397

a. Explain how profit could be below operating cash flow in one year and above it the next.

b. Analyze Nestlé”s cash management activities in 2007 and contrast them with 2008.

classify each of the following transactions as an operating investing or financing a 621845

Classifying transactions

Classify each of the following transactions as an operating, investing, or financing activity, even those that would not appear explicitly on the statement of cash flows. Some transactions may be classified in more than one category.

  1. Purchase of machinery for cash
  2. Issuance of common stock for cash
  3. Sale of inventory on account
  4. Purchase of outstanding stock (treasury stock) for cash
  5. Sale of land held as a long-term investment
  6. Purchase of a building for cash and a mortgage payable
  7. Cash payment for principal and interest on an outstanding debt
  8. Cash payment on accounts payable
  9. Payment of a cash dividend

Payment of wages to employees

summaries of the 2012 statements of cash flows for five different companies follow f 621847

Cash management policies across companies

Summaries of the 2012 statements of cash flows for five different companies follow. For each company compute the missing dollar amount, and briefly describe the company”s cash management policy for 2012.

Company

Cash Provided (Used) by

Net Increase (Decrease)

Operations

Investments

Financing

AAA

$3,20

?

$180

$(38)

BBB

219

$(450)

190

?

CCC

?

(414)

80

$137

DDD

120

(130)

?

420

EEE

?

(120)

100

70

which is most likely to result in direct misstatement of a financial statement accou 621705

  • The auditor performs audit procedures to detect material misstatements in the account balance.
  • Which is least likely to misstate financial statement amounts?
  • The CPA must understand the business issues of the company and industry.
  • Think about control deficiencies, significant deficiencies, and material weaknesses.
  • What is an indirect financial interest?
  • Which control gives the auditor the best idea about the daily operation of the company?
  • Which area does the auditor have the most control over?
  • Segregate recordkeeping from authorization.
  • Which control helps the client maintain accountability for the cash payments?
  • Obsolete or slow moving inventory may never be sold and so the amount of inventory presented on the balance sheet may be overstated.
  • The client has primary responsibility for the fair presentation of the financial statements.
  • Partner rotation helps assure independence.
  • A requirement for any engagement is for the auditor to understand the environment they are working in.
  • Which fee is contingent?
  • A review engagement provides only limited assurance.
  • Think carefully about the indicators provided by the PCAOB.
  • Mentally “write” an emphasis-of-matter paragraph and consider whether it is likely that these items would be required.
  • The standard audit report should give the reader a clear understanding about responsibilities.
  • The auditor wants to determine a deviation rate for the sample.
  • Which technique places the simulated files into the midst of live transactions?
  • Documentation should be as accurate as possible.
  • One of these is intended to get the audit team “up to speed” in the area.
  • Which procedure may not be practical in some situations?
  • Consider a reply that will provide resources to the company.
  • Client’s are able to change accounting principles.
  • Scope limitations may result in two types of opinion—only one is listed.
  • Which is false, misleading, or deceptive?
  • For both types of association a CPA attempts to avoid misunderstandings.
  • Scope limitation reports are not allowed.
  • Which is most likely to result in direct misstatement of a financial statement account balance?
  • the accountant has worked with financial hedges but has no experience with weather h 621727

    While performing certain nonaudit services for an insurance company, a professional accountant is asked to recommend the appropriate accounting treatment for a weather hedge transaction. The accountant has worked with financial hedges but has no experience with weather hedges. Which of the following actions by the accountant would be in compliance with the IFAC Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants?

    a. Agree to recommend the appropriate accounting treatment after performing sufficient research on weather hedges.

    b. Refuse to conduct the research and make a recommendation, because of insufficient experience.

    c. Refuse to conduct the research and make a recommendation, because of a conflict of interest.

    d. Agree with the accounting treatment recommended by the company’s hedge fund trader.

    on which financial statement could you find a reconciliation of the beginning and en 621758

    Comprehensive income—U.S. GAAP vs. IFRS

    Unilever Group, a Dutch-based consumer-goods company that publishes IFRS-based financial statements, reported a net profit on its 2008 income statement of 5.3 billion euros. That same year the company reported “total recognized income and expense” of only 1.1 billion euros, and on its 2008 balance sheet it reported accumulated recognized income and expense of 1.8 billion euros.

    Johnson & Johnson, a U.S. consumer-goods company that publishes U.S. GAAP-based financial statements, reported net profit on its 2008 income statement of $12.2 billion. It reported 2008 comprehensive income of $14.1 billion, and accumulated comprehensive income in the shareholders” equity section of the 2008 balance sheet of $70.3 billion.

    REQUIRED:

    a. Explain the difference between net profit and comprehensive income, which is referred to as total recognized income and expense under IFRS.

    b. Explain the difference between comprehensive income for a given year and accumulated comprehensive income, which appears on the balance sheet as of the end of that year.

    c. On which financial statement could you find a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of comprehensive income (or total recognized income and expense) for a given period of time?

    which of the numbers mdash net profit or total recognized income and expense mdash r 621762

    Under IFRS, an entity must present a statement of comprehensive income, often called the statement of recognized income and expenses (SORIE). The SORIE below was taken from the 2008 annual report of Unilever Group, a Dutch-based consumer-goods company that publishes IFRS-based financial statements (in million euros).

    2008

    2007

    2006

    Net Profit

    5,285

    4136

    5,015

    Fair value gains (losses) on cash flow hedges

    118

    84

    6

    Fair value gains (losses) on cash available for-sale securities

    46

    2

    15

    Actual gains (losses) on pension

    2293

    542

    853

    Currency retranslation gain (losses)

    1688

    413

    335

    Total recognized income and expense

    1140

    4,351

    5,554

    Which of the numbers—net profit or total recognized income and expense— represents a more accurate metric of Unilever”s past performance? Which provides a better indication of future performance? Why?

    ethical issue is it ethical for management to consider the impact of the financing d 621775

    ETHICS in the Real World

    The boards of directors of most major U.S. companies have established executive compensation plans that base executive pay on some measure of company performance. While these plans differ widely across companies, a large percentage use some form of reported earnings as the measure of performance. Recognizing that there are many different ways to measure earnings, these compensation contracts must be very specific about which earnings measure is used. Pillsbury, for example, bases its formula on operating earnings, the result of subtracting operating expenses from operating revenues, excluding such items as interest expense, interest income, gains and losses on asset sales, extraordinary gains and losses, and the effects of accounting changes. Other companies, such as DuPont and Ashland Oil, base their formulas on net income after such items—the “bottom line.”

    Consider a company that has a compensation plan like that of DuPont, where compensation is a function of earnings after interest expense, and assume that management is analyzing how to finance a particular capital investment—that is, should it be financed with debt or equity? Management knows that if debt is chosen, net income and its compensation will be reduced by the interest expense recognized on the debt. On the other hand, if management chooses equity, there will be no interest expense to reduce its compensation amount.

    ETHICAL ISSUE Is it ethical for management to consider the impact of the financing decision on its compensation amount, or should such impact be completely ignored when choosing between debt and equity?

    discuss how each of these non operating items influenced the basic accounting equati 621778

    Interpreting non-operating items

    Refer to the Merck income statement presented at the very beginning of the chapter, and note that the company reported climbing profits of $3.4 billion, $7.9 billion, and $13 billion in 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively. Restructuring charges rose across the three years; equity income affiliates fell across the three years; and there were two very large non-operating items during the three-year period. In 2007 Merck booked a $4.9 billion charge associated with a litigation settlement, and in 2009 the company booked $10.7 billion in “other income.” Discuss how each of these non-operating items influenced the basic accounting equation, and compute Merck”s net operating income for the three years. Comment on Merck”s earnings trend.

    describe how these activities are reflected on h amp r block s balance sheet income 621779

    Understanding comprehensive income and how it is reflected on the financial statements

    In the shareholders” equity section of its 2008 and 2009 balance sheets, H&R Block reported accumulated other comprehensive income balances of $2.5 million and negative $11.6 billion, respectively. The 2009 income statement reported net income of $486 million. During 2009 the net holding loss for the available-for-sale securities held by H&R Block was $4 million, and the company incurred an additional $10 million loss on foreign currency translations. Neither item affected earnings, but both reduced shareholders” equity.

    a. Compute comprehensive income for 2009.

    b. Describe how these activities are reflected on H&R Block”s balance sheet, income statement, and statement of shareholders” equity.

    indicate whether each item would be included on the company s income statement state 621780

    Which statement is affected?

    Listed below are transactions or items that are frequently reported in financial statements.

    1. Income effect due to changing from the double-declining-balance method to the straight-line method of depreciation.
    2. Collection of accounts receivable.
    3. Purchase of an insurance policy on December 31 that provides coverage for the following year.
    4. Accrued wages earned by the employees.
    5. Estimated uncollectible accounts receivable using the aging method.
    6. Recognized a gain on the sale of plant equipment.
    7. Recognized a loss when the government expropriated land for a highway.
    8. Declared a dividend valued at $100,000.
    9. Under the requirements of a debt covenant, appropriated a portion of retained earnings.
    10. Received dividends on stocks held as a short-term investment. The dividends were declared and paid on the same day.
    11. Recognized the cost of inventory sold during the year under the periodic method.
    12. Paid rent for the current year.

    a. Indicate whether each item would be included on the company”s income statement, statement of shareholders” equity, or neither, using the following codes:

    IS Income statement

    SE Statement of shareholders” equity

    N Neither

    b. Indicate whether the items you coded IS would be considered (1) usual and frequent, (2) unusual or infrequent, (3) unusual and infrequent, or (4) other.

    c. Provide a brief explanation of your choice in (b) of (1), (2), (3), or (4).

    explain why the two dollar amounts are equal 621782

    Comprehensive income

    The December 31, 2012, balance sheet of Smedley Company is as follows:

    Assets

    $70,000

    Liabilities

    $15,000

    Shareholders” equity

    55,000

    Total assets

    $70,000

    Total liabilities and shareholders” equity

    $70,000

    During 2013 the company entered into the following transactions:

    1. Common stock was issued for $35,000 cash.
    2. Services were performed for $50,000 cash.
    3. Cash expenses of $24,000 were incurred.
    4. Long-term liabilities of $15,000 were paid.
    5. Dividends of $7,000 were declared and paid.

    a. Classify each transaction as operating, investing, or financing and then prepare an income statement.

    b. Compute comprehensive income, and compare it to the income amount calculated in (a).

    c. Explain why the two dollar amounts are equal.

    explain why the bank may wish to state the contractual limitation on dividends in te 621783

    Debt covenants expressed in terms of income

    Morton Manufacturing maintains a credit line with First Bank that allows the company to borrow up to $1 million. A covenant associated with the loan contract limits the company”s dividends in any one year to 20 percent of net income. The 2012 income statement data of Morton Manufacturing is as follows:

    Net sales

    $840,000

    Less: Cost of goods sold

    570,000

    Gross profit

    $270,000

    Selling and administrative expenses

    120,000

    Net operating income

    $150,000

    Gain on sale of securities

    14,000

    Interest expense

    (4,000)

    Net income From continuing operations before tax

    $160.000

    Less: Income tax

    51,200

    Net income From continuing operations

    $108,800

    Extraordinary gain (net of tax)

    22,000

    Net income before change in accounting principle

    $130,800

    Income effect due to change in accounting principle

    52,000

    Net income

    $182,800

    a. Compute the maximum amount of dividends Morton can pay if the debt covenant is expressed as 20 percent of each of the following:

    (1) Net income

    (2) Income before change in accounting principle

    (3) Income before extraordinary items (from continuing operations)

    (4) Net operating income

    b. Explain why the bank may wish to state the contractual limitation on dividends in terms of income from operations instead of net income.

    comment on at amp t s performance across the three year period 621784

    Special items

    In a three-year period AT&T, the telecommunications provider, reported net income of $1.9 billion (Year Three), a net loss of $13 billion (Year Two), and net income of $7.7 billion (Year One). Included in these numbers were the following special items:

    Year One:

    losses from equity investments ($7.5 billion); net loss from discontinued operations ($4 billion); gain on disposition of discontinued operations ($1.3 billion); and gain from accounting changes ($904 million).

    Year Two:

    losses from equity investments ($400 million); net loss from discontinued operations ($14.5 billion); gain on disposition of discontinued operations ($1.3 billion); and loss from accounting changes ($856 million).

    Year Three:

    losses from equity investments ($12 million); net loss from discontinued operations ($13 million); and gain from accounting changes ($15 million).

    a. Describe each special item.

    b. Comment on AT&T”s performance across the three-year period.

    prepare the section of ltb s 2012 income statement that relates to the disposal of t 621785

    Disposal of a business segment

    LTB Enterprises consists of four separate divisions: building products, chemicals, mining, and plastics. On March 15, 2012, LTB sold the chemicals division for $625,000 cash. Financial information related to the chemicals division follows:

    1/1-3/15/12

    3/15/2012

    Sales

    $175,000

    Assets

    $1,850,000

    Operating expenses

    160,000

    Liabilities

    1,400,000

    Net operating income (loss)

    $15,000

    a. Provide the journal entry (or entries) to record the sale of the chemicals division. Assume an income tax rate of 35 percent.

    b. Prepare the section of LTB”s 2012 income statement that relates to the disposal of the business segment.

    describe some of the important trade offs sharon faces as she decides whether to com 621786

    Management choices and earnings persistence

    It is December 2012, and Sharon Sowers, the CEO of Mallory Services, has decided to sell the clerical division. She has received an offer for $105,000 but is undecided about whether she wishes to complete the sale in 2012 or 2013. She is currently evaluating the effects of the sale on 2012 reported net income. Income from continuing operations for 2012 is estimated to be $950,000 (excluding the activities of the clerical division), and information about the clerical division is provided as follows. The company”s tax rate is 35 percent.

    Year Ended 2012

    Dec-12

    Revenues

    $35,000

    Assets

    $93,000

    Expenses

    23,000

    Liabilities

    26,000

    a. Prepare the 2012 income statement, beginning with net income from continuing operations, assuming that Sharon accepts the offer, and explain how a user might interpret the items on the income statement in terms of earnings persistence.

    b. Prepare the 2012 income statement, beginning with net income from continuing operations, assuming that Sharon chooses not to sell the division in 2012, and explain how a user might interpret the items on the income statement in terms of earnings persistence.

    c. Describe some of the important trade-offs Sharon faces as she decides whether to complete the sale in 2012 or 2013.

    describe some of the important trade offs rob faces as he decides whether to complet 621787

    Management choices and earnings persistence

    It is December 2012, and Rob Blandig, the CEO of Carmich Industries, has decided to sell the chemical division. He has received an offer for $350,000, but he is undecided about whether he wishes to complete the sale in 2012 or 2013. He is currently evaluating the effects of the sale on 2012 reported net income. Income from continuing operations for 2012 is estimated to be $1,930,000 (excluding the activities of the chemical division and management”s bonus), and the company anticipates a weak year in 2013. Information about the division follows. The company”s tax rate is 35 percent, and company management is paid a bonus each year in the amount of 20 percent X net income from continuing operations. For purposes of the bonus calculation, net income from continuing operations is not reduced by the bonus.

    Year Ended 2012

    Dec-12

    Revenues

    $145,000

    Assets

    $93,000

    Expenses

    120,000

    Liabilities

    26,000

    a. Prepare the 2012 income statement, beginning with net income from continuing operations, assuming that Rob accepts the offer, and explain how a user might interpret the items on the income statement in terms of earnings persistence.

    b. Prepare the 2012 income statement, beginning with net income from continuing operations, assuming that Rob chooses not to sell the division in 2012, and explain how a user might interpret the items on the income statement in terms of earnings persistence.

    c. Describe some of the important trade-offs Rob faces as he decides whether to complete the sale in 2012 or 2013.

    explain what must have happened at danone in 2007 that boosted net income by so much 621788

    Interpreting non-operating items on IFRS-based income statements

    The 2007 income statement for Group Danone, a French-based food processor that publishes IFRS-based financial statements, is provided below (in million euros).

    2007

    Net sales

    12,776

    Operating expenses

    (11,230)

    Operating income

    1,546

    Net cost of debt

    (177)

    Income before taxes

    1,369

    Income tax

    (410)

    Income from consolidated companies

    959

    Net income of equity-accounted affiliates

    87

    Net income from continuing operations

    1,046

    Net income from discontinued operations

    3,292

    Net income

    4,338

    a. Briefly explain each of the line items on the income statement.

    b. Explain what must have happened at Danone in 2007 that boosted net income by so much, and comment on possible implications for Danone”s future.

    explain how the decision to include or exclude an item as extraordinary can have sig 621790

    Economic consequences of an extraordinary item

    The management of Sting Enterprises shares in a bonus that is determined and paid at the end of each year. The amount of the bonus is defined by multiplying net income from continuing operations (after tax) by 12 percent. The bonus is not used in the calculation of income from continuing operations. During 2012, Sting was a defendant in a lawsuit and was required to pay $480,000 over and above the amount covered by insurance. The loss is tax deductible, and the company”s tax rate is 35 percent. The company was last involved in a lawsuit five years ago. Net income from continuing operations (before tax) for 2012, excluding the loss from the lawsuit, was $800,000.

    a. Compute management”s 2012 bonus, assuming that the lawsuit is considered unusual but not infrequent.

    b. Compute management”s 2012 bonus, assuming that the lawsuit is considered extraordinary.

    c. Repeat (a) and (b) above, assuming that Sting was awarded the $480,000 settlement instead of having to pay it.

    d. Explain how the decision to include or exclude an item as extraordinary can have significant economic consequences.

    the company s income tax rate is 35 percent and the items above are treated identica 621792

    Intraperiod tax allocation and the financial statements

    The following information was taken from the 2012 financial records of Rothrock Consolidated. All items are pretax.

    Debit

    Credit

    Operating revenues

    87,000

    Operating expenses

    32,500

    Cain on sale of short-term investments

    5,200

    Loss on sale of business segment

    21,000

    Income earned on disposed business segment

    3,000

    Extraordinary loss

    5,000

    Income due to change in accounting principle

    12,500

    Retained earnings (beginning balance)

    72,000

    Dividends declared

    18,000

    The company”s income tax rate is 35 percent, and the items above are treated identically for financial reporting and tax purposes. Prepare the following:

    a. An income statement.

    b. A reconciliation of retained earnings.

    assuming that no taxes were owed at the beginning of 2012 and no tax payments were m 621793

    Intraperiod tax allocation

    The following pretax amounts were obtained from the financial records of Watson Company for 2012:

    Debit

    credit

    Retained earnings (1/1/09)

    847,000

    Sales revenues

    1,385,000

    Rent revenue

    360,000

    Cost of goods sold

    475,000

    Administrative expenses

    100,000

    Depreciation expense

    250,000

    Selling expenses

    189,000

    Extraordinary loss

    202,000

    Loss on sale of fixed assets

    105,000

    Dividends declared

    460,000

    The company”s tax rate is 35 percent.

    a. Prepare an income statement for the year ended December 31, 2012, using the multistep format.

    b. Prepare a reconciliation of retained earnings for the year ended December 31, 2012.

    c. What is the income tax effect associated with each item that is reported net of tax? Assuming that no taxes were owed at the beginning of 2012 and no tax payments were made during 2012, what is the total income tax liability at the end of 2012?

    discuss how madigan s accounting treatment could influence the price at which the co 621795

    Stock market reactions to income reporting

    Madigan International is planning a major stock issuance in early 2013. During 2012, the company reported net income from operations of $865,000 before taxes. The four items below describe major events that occurred during 2012. The company”s accountants chose to include items (1) and (4) in the computation of net income from continuing operations and to disclose items (2) and (3) as extraordinary items.

    1. A $42,000 gain was recognized on the sale of a subsidiary.
    2. Inventory was written down by $53,000 due to earthquake damage.
    3. An outstanding account receivable of $38,000 was written off when a major customer declared bankruptcy.
    4. A $25,000 gain was recognized due to the change of an accounting principle.

    Assume that items (1) and (4) are taxable, items (2) and (3) are tax deductible, and the company”s tax rate is 35 percent.

    a. Present the income statement, beginning with net income from operations.

    b. Critique the accounting treatment chosen by Madigan”s accountants, and provide an income statement that is consistent with generally accepted accounting principles.

    c. Discuss how Madigan”s accounting treatment could influence the price at which the company”s stock is sold in 2013, and provide a rationale for why Madigan may have made such choices.

    why might management choose to issue equity instead of borrowing the 1 million is su 621798

    Bonus contracts based on income can affect management”s business decisions

    The managers of Martin House are paid a salary and share in a bonus that is determined at the end of each year. The total bonus is determined by multiplying the company”s income from operations by 25 percent. The bonus is not considered an operating expense. Interest on borrowed funds is considered an operating expense when computing the bonus.

    During 2012, the company decided to expand its plant facility. The estimated cost of the expansion was $1 million. To raise the necessary funds, the company could either borrow $1 million at an annual interest rate of 8 percent or issue 50,000 shares of common stock at $20 each. The company raised the funds using one of these two methods, and income from operations (excluding any interest charges) for 2012 was reported as follows:

    Operating revenues

    $6,800,000

    Operating expense (excluding interest)

    5,600,000

    Income from operation

    $1,200,000

    REQUIRED:

    a. Assume that on January 1, 2012, Martin House borrowed the $1 million. Compute the total bonus shared by the company”s managers.

    b. Assume that on January 1, 2012, Martin House issued common stock to raise the $1 million. Compute the total bonus shared by the company”s managers.

    c. Why might management choose to issue equity instead of borrowing the $1 million? Is such a decision necessarily in the best interest of the company”s shareholders?

    d. Repeat (a) and (b) above, assuming that the interest expense is not considered an operating expense when computing the bonus.

    the standard cost per unit of a product are as follows 621616

    The standard cost per unit of a product are as follows:

    Material cost – 5 kg @ Rs. 10 per kg

    50

    Labour cost – 4 hrs @ Rs. 5 per hr

    20

    The Actual Cost emerged from the business operation are as follows:

    Production

    5,000 units

    Materials Consumed:

    30,000 kg @ Rs. 8 per kg

    Rs. 2,40,000

    Wages Paid:

    25,000 hrs @ Rs. 6 per hr

    Rs. 1,50,000

    Calculate MCVs and LCVs.

    you are required to workout the relevant variances 621622

    AB Co. Ltd is having a Standard Costing System in operation for quite some time. The following data relating to the month of April 1994 are available from the cost records:

    Budgeted

    Actual

    Output (units)

    30,000

    32,500

    Operating hours

    30,000

    33,000

    Fixed Overheads (Rs.)

    45,000

    50,000

    Variable Overheads (Rs.)

    60,000

    68,000

    Working Days

    25

    26

    You are required to workout the relevant variances.

    following information is available from the records of a company 621623

    Following information is available from the records of a company:

    Budget

    Actual

    Fixed Overhead for March (Rs.)

    10,000

    12,000

    Production in March (units)

    2,000

    2,100

    Standard Time per unit (hours)

    10

    Actual hours worked in March

    22,000

    Compute: (i) FOCV; (ii) Exp.V; (iii) Vol.V; (iv) Cap.V; (v) Eff.V.

    overhead expenditure variance 621624

    Overhead Cost Variance

    Rs. 1,400 (A)

    Overhead Volume Variance

    Rs. 1,000 (A)

    Budgeted hours

    1,200 hrs

    Budgeted Overhead

    Rs. 6,000

    Actual Rate of Recovery of Overhead

    Rs. 8 per hr

    Calculate:

    1. Overhead expenditure variance.
    2. Actual overhead incurred.
    3. Actual hours taken for actual production.
    4. Overhead capacity variance.
    5. Overhead efficiency variance.
    6. Standard hours for actual production.

    from the following information about sales calculate 621625

    From the following information about sales, calculate:

    (a) Total sales variance, (b) Sales price variance, (c) Sales volume variance, (d) Sales mix variance, (e) Sales quantity variance.

    Product

    Units

    Standard
    Rate (Rs.)

    Units

    Actual
    Rate (Rs.)

    A

    5,000

    5

    6,000

    6

    B

    4,000

    6

    5,000

    5

    C

    3,000

    7

    4,000

    8

    from the following information of a company calculate 621626

    From the following information of a company, calculate:

    (a) Sales variance; (b) Sales volume variance; (c) Sales price variance.

    Product

    Budgeted

    Actual

    Units

    Sales Value
    (Rs.)

    Units

    Sales Value
    (Rs.)

    P

    100

    1,200

    100

    1,100

    0

    SO

    600

    50

    600

    R

    100

    900

    200

    1,700

    S

    75

    450

    50

    300

    325

    3,150

    400

    3,700

    you are required to calculate the following for the period 621629

    A company uses Standard Costing System. The sales data for a period are as follows:

    Product

    Budgeted Sales
    (units)

    Budgeted Selling
    Price per unit (Rs.)

    Annual Sales
    (units)

    Actual Sales Value
    (Rs.)

    A

    1,280

    20

    650

    12,350

    B

    3,200

    12

    3,900

    50,700

    C

    1,920

    6

    1,950

    29,250

    The cost data are as follows:

    A Rs.

    B Rs.

    C Rs.

    Standard Cost per unit

    16

    10

    13

    Actual Cost per unit

    18

    12

    13

    You are required to calculate the following for the period:

    (a) Gross margin total sales variance; (b) Gross margin sales volume variance; (c) Gross margin sales mix variance; (d) Gross margin sales quantity variance; (e) Sales price variance; (f) Total cost variance.

    prepare an income statement under i absorption costing technique and ii variable cos 621630

    The following data have been extracted from the books of a company:

    Production & Sales Volume

    50,000 units

    Selling Price per unit

    Rs. 20

    Materials per unit

    Rs. 8

    Labour per unit

    Rs. 4

    Production Overheads:

    Variable

    Rs. 3 per unit

    Fixed

    Rs. 75,000

    Other Fixed Overheads

    Rs. 95,000

    Prepare an Income Statement under: (i) Absorption Costing technique; and (ii) Variable Costing technique.

    prepare an income statement under a absorption costing technique and b marginal cost 621631

    The following data have been obtained from the books of a company:

    Production Volume

    50,000 units

    Sales Volume

    48,000 units

    Selling Price per unit

    Rs. 50

    Materials per unit

    Rs. 20

    Labour per unit

    Rs. 10

    Production Overheads:

    Variable

    Rs. 6 per unit

    Fixed

    Rs. 2,00,000

    Administration & Selling Overheads:

    Variable

    Rs. 3 per unit

    Fixed

    Rs. 1,56,000

    Prepare an Income Statement under: (i) Absorption Costing technique; and (ii) Marginal Costing technique.

    you are required to present a comparative profit statement for each month using 621633

    The following data relate to a company which makes and sells computers.

    March 2009

    April 2009

    Production Volume

    10,000 units

    5,000 units

    Sales Volume

    5,000 units

    10,000 units

    Selling Price per unit

    Rs. 100

    Rs. 100

    Variable Production Cost per unit

    Rs. 50

    Rs. 50

    Fixed Production Overheads Incurred

    Rs. 1,00,000

    Rs. 1,00,000

    Fixed Production Overheads per unit, being predetermined

    Rs. 10

    Rs. 10

    Overhead Absorption rate

    Selling, Distribution & Administration Cost (all fixed)

    Rs. 50,000

    Rs. 50,000

    You are required to present a Comparative Profit Statement for each month using: (i) Absorption Costing technique; and (ii) Marginal Costing technique. Comment on the following statement using the figures contained in your answer: (iii) Marginal Costing rewards sales whereas Absorption Costing rewards production.

    state whether the following statements are true or false 621634

    State whether the following statements are true or false:

    1. Absorption Costing is also called Marginal Costing.
    2. Marginal Cost is nothing but Variable Cost.
    3. Absorption Costing fails to establish a relationship between cost, volume, and profit.
    4. Variable Costing is also called Direct Costing.
    5. Under Variable Costing, the stock is valued at a Marginal Cost only.
    6. Under Absorption Costing, the stock is valued at the Total Cost.
    7. Under Absorption Costing, only Variable Costs are charged to the Product Cost.
    8. For a decision-making purpose, Variable Costing is more effective than Absorption Costing.
    9. Net income as determined under Absorption Costing and Variable Costing techniques will always be different unless the production volume is equal to the sales volume.
    10. In Absorption Costing, the profit becomes a function of sales instead of production.

    choose the correct alternative from the following 621636

    Choose the correct alternative from the following:

    1. Absorption Costing is also called: (i) Variable Costing; (ii) Marginal Costing; (iii) Total Costing.
    2. Under Absorption Costing, the Closing Stock is valued at: (i) Total Cost; (ii) Variable Cost; (iii) Fixed Cost.
    3. Marginal Cost is nothing but: (i) Fixed Cost; (ii) Total Cost; (iii) Variable Cost.
    4. In Absorption Costing, the unit Product Cost includes: (i) Total Cost; (ii) Variable Cost only; (iii) Fixed Cost only.
    5. Fixed Costs are recovered from contribution under: (i) Absorption Costing; (ii) Variable Costing; (iii) None of these.
    6. Costs are classified according to their functional elements under: (i) Absorption Costing; (ii) Variable Costing; (iii) None of these.
    7. Unit Product Cost remains constant at different levels of output under: (i) Absorption Costing; (ii) Variable Costing; (iii) None of these.
    8. Profit becomes a function of production instead of sales under: (i) Absorption Costing; (ii) Variable Costing; (iii) None of these.

    prepare an income statement under absorption costing and variable costing from the f 621639

    Prepare an Income Statement under Absorption Costing and Variable Costing from the following information relating to the year 2008–09:

    Opening Stock

    1,000 units valued at Rs. 70,000 including
    the Variable Cost of Rs. 50 per unit

    Fixed Cost

    Rs. 1,20,000

    Variable Cost

    Rs. 60 per unit

    Production

    10,000 units

    Sales

    7,000 units @ Rs. 100 per unit

    Stocks are valued based on FIFO

    prepare an income statement under i absorption costing technique and ii variable cos 621640

    The following data have been obtained from the books of a company:

    Opening Stock

    6,000 units valued at Rs. 90,000 including
    the Variable Cost of Rs. 10 per unit

    Fixed Production Cost

    Rs. 70,000

    Variable Production Cost

    Rs. 15 per unit

    Production

    14,000 units

    Sales

    20,000 units @ Rs. 30 per unit

    Administration and Selling Overheads (fixed): Rs. 1,30,000

    Prepare an Income Statement under: (i) Absorption Costing Technique; and (ii) Variable Costing Technique.

    following particulars are available in respect of a ltd and b ltd 621643

    Following particulars are available in respect of A Ltd and B Ltd:

    Particulars

    A Ltd

    B Ltd

    Sales (Rs. 10/unit)

    Rs. 6,00,000

    Rs. 6,00,000

    P/V Ratio

    25%

    20%

    Fixed Cost

    Rs. 90,000

    Rs. 80,000

    Calculate:

    1. BEP of both companies.
    2. MS of both companies.
    3. Sales required to earn a profit of Rs. 90,000 by each company.

    how many units to be sold for the be 621658

    Following are the information available in respect of a product at an activity level of 10,000 units:

    Direct Materials per unit

    6

    Direct Labour per unit

    4

    Variable Overheads per unit

    2

    Fixed Overheads per unit

    3

    Total Cost per unit

    15

    Selling Price per unit

    20

    Profit per unit

    5

    How many units to be sold for the BE?

    the following figures are available from the books of makalu ltd 621665

    The following figures are available from the books of Makalu Ltd:

    Year

    2008 Rs.

    2009 Rs.

    Sales

    2,00,000

    3,00,000

    Loss

    20,000

    Profit

    30,000

    Calculate:

    1. Fixed Cost.
    2. BEPS.
    3. MS for 2009.
    4. Sales required to earn a profit of Rs. 60,000.
    5. Profit or Loss at a sales of Rs. 2,50,000.

    which reply relates to an auditor prepared item 621672

  • Which reply relates to an auditor-prepared item?
  • The predecessor auditor has a confidential relationship with the ex-client.
  • Working papers document the audit procedures applied, the information obtained, and the conclusions reached during the engagement.
  • Audit risk often relates to business risk.
  • Which is a close relative?
  • A control should be present which readily shows a missing sales invoice.
  • Where is it most likely that control will be lost because of information overload?
  • The accounts payable department is responsible for the recordkeeping function.
  • The auditor needs to be assured that the assessed level of control risk is the same at the balance sheet date as it is at the interim date.
  • Which situation would require the auditor to use the work of a specialist?
  • what body was created by the sarbanes oxley act of 2002 621673

  • What body was created by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002?
  • The group (principal) auditor must decide whether or not to assume responsibility for the work of the component (other) auditor.
  • The auditor is testing for existence.
  • The audit program should include procedures to ensure that the debt is properly presented on the balance sheet.
  • Where does authorization for these transactions originate?
  • Which loan is unsecured?
  • The auditor’s opinion regarding the financial statement should apply to the financial statements as a whole.
  • Which information is the auditor required to determine when auditing the financial statements?
  • The auditor normally considers segment information when performing an audit of financial statement in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
  • Limited reporting objectives is not the same as limiting the available procedures.
  • if lima rsquo s financial statements adequately disclose its financial difficulties 621691

    Kane, CPA, concludes that there is substantial doubt about Lima Co.’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time. If Lima’s financial statements adequately disclose its financial difficulties, Kane’s auditor’s report is required to include a paragraph that specifically uses the phrase(s)

    “Possible discontinuance of operations”

    “Reasonable period of time, not to exceed 1 year”

    Yes

    Yes

    Yes

    No

    No

    Yes

    No

    No

    state whether the following statements are true false 621533

    State whether the following statements are true or false:

    1. Revenues are a measure of inflow of assets.
    2. Business income is the net increase in the owner’s capital.
    3. Accounting income is not necessarily a business income.
    4. The terms net profit and net income are synonyms in the measurement of business income.
    5. Business income is based on the actual transactions.
    6. Business income need not be based on the revenue principle.
    7. Business income is an ex-post income.
    8. Business income ignores the unrelated profits and losses resulting from the holding of fixed assets.
    9. Business income ignores historical cost concept.
    10. No standardized procedure exists for the measurement of business income.
    11. The doctrine of going concern (entity) is essential for the measurement of business income.
    12. Accounting period is not very essential for measurement of business income.
    13. The matching concept is an important basis for the computation of business income.
    14. Business income is based on purchasing power of the rupee.
    15. Economic income is consumption in the given period plus changes in the value of capital

    fill in the blanks with appropriate word s 621534

    Fill in the blanks with appropriate word(s):

    1. Business income is defined as the increase in _______ measured by the excess of revenue over expenses.
    2. Revenues are a measure of _______ of assets.
    3. Expenses are a measure of _______ of assets.
    4. Net income is measured by comparing _______ _______ and _______.
    5. Business income is the net increase in _______.
    6. Revenue recognition is possible with the help of _______ concept.
    7. Unexpired costs are treated as _________.
    8. Business income also means _______ income.
    9. According to matching concept, all revenues and expenses (incurred to earn revenue) must belong to the same _______ period.
    10. Business income requires the measurement of expenses in terms of _______ cost.
    11. Business income is an _______ income.
    12. Business income is based on _______ transaction.
    13. Business income ignores unrealised _______ and _______.
    14. The doctrine of _______ states that the business will continue its operations for the foreseeable future.
    15. The accrual process aims to match _______ and _______ with a definite accounting period.

    state whether the following statements are true or false 621535

    State whether the following statements are True or False

    1. Revenue is the gross inflow of cash.
    2. Net receipts are recognised as revenue.
    3. Flow of revenue must be related to a particular specific period only.
    4. Revenue includes capital introduced by the owner.
    5. Professionals follow accrual accounting basis only.
    6. Revenue is recognised only at the time of sale of products or performance of services.
    7. AS–9 deals with valuation of inventories.
    8. Appreciation in the value of fixed assets is an important item for revenue recognition.
    9. Revenue recognition is mainly concerned with the timing of recognition of revenue in the profit and loss account.
    10. Revenue should be recognised when the equipment is installed and accepted by the customer.
    11. Realization principle is applicable to the recognition of expenses also.
    12. Direct identification of expenses with revenues is essential in recognition of expenses.

    fill in the blanks with suitable words 621536

    Fill in the blanks with suitable words

    1. Depreciation is a term used to denote decrease in the book value of _______.
    2. Depreciation is a permanent ________ in the book value of an asset.
    3. “Depletion” refers to _______ deterioration by exhaustion of natural resources.
    4. The term “Amortization” refers to _______ deterioration of intangible assets.
    5. Book value (as on date of sale) = original cost _______.
    6. Under Straight Line Method, the book value of the asset becomes _______ or to its _______ value at the end of its useful life.
    7. Under Written down Value Method, the rate of depreciation remains ________ year after year, whereas the amount of depreciation goes on ________.
    8. Under Written down Value Method, depreciation is charged at a fixed percentage on ________ in the first year and on ________ in subsequent years.
    9. Under Straight Line Method depreciation remains _______.
    10. Depreciation Fund Account shall appear on _______ side of Balance Sheet.
    11. Depreciation Redemption Fund Investment Account shall appear on the ________ side of the Balance Sheet.
    12. Revenue Reserves are created out of ________ available for distribution by way of dividend.
    13. Provision is a _______ against profit.
    14. Reserve is an_______ out of profit.
    15. The amount of depreciation remains constant year after year under _______.

    state whether the following statements are true or false 621558

    State whether the following statements are True or False

    1. Inventories consist of goods purchased and held for resale.
    2. Inventories include machinery spares.
    3. For inventory valuation, cost may mean historical.
    4. Abnormal amounts of wasted materials, labour or other production costs are included in the cost of inventories.
    5. Selling and distribution costs are excluded from the cost of inventories.
    6. Periodic Inventory System is a method of ascertaining inventory by taking an actual physical count.
    7. The Closing Inventory is calculated as a residual figure under Perpetual Inventory System.
    8. The Cost of Goods Sold is calculated as a residual figure under Perpetual Inventory System.
    9. Perpetual Inventory System is a method of ascertaining inventory on the basis of records.
    10. 10. The method of valuation (FIFO, LIFO, etc) is applied only once at the end of the accounting period under Periodic Inventory System to ascertain the cost of Closing Inventory.
    11. The AS–2 (Revised) is mandatory in nature.
    12. The FIFO Method is based on the assumption that the goods which are received recently are issued first.
    13. The FIFO Method is in conformity with the physical flow of goods.
    14. The LIFO Method is based on the assumption that the goods which are received first are issued first.
    15. The LIFO Method does not conform to the physical flow of goods.
    16. The Specific Identification Method is used specially for the goods produced and segregated for specific projects.
    17. Net realisable value is the actual cost of selling price without any adjustments.
    18. The inventory of finished goods is valued at cost or net realisable value whichever is lower.
    19. The inventory of materials and other suppliers is valued at cost if the finished goods are expected to be sold below the historical cost.
    20. Inventory of non-realisable waste should be valued at cost or net realisable value whichever is higher.

    fill in the blanks with suitable words 621559

    Fill in the blanks with suitable words

    1. Inventories are only __________.
    2. For inventory valuation, cost may mean historical, current or __________.
    3. Historical cost represents the cost actually incurred at the date of __________.
    4. Current replacement cost represents the replacement price on the date of __________.
    5. Standard cost represents the __________ cost.
    6. Storage costs are __________ while determining cost of inventories.
    7. Opening Inventory + Purchases – Closing Inventory = __________.
    8. Opening Inventory + Purchases – Cost of Goods Sold = __________.
    9. Under Periodic System, inventory is ascertained by taking an actual __________.
    10. Under Perpetual Inventory System, inventory is ascertained on the basis of __________.
    11. Cost of goods sold includes cost of __________ goods, if any.
    12. Under Perpetual Inventory System, the method of valuation is applied __________ during an accounting period to ascertain the Cost of Goods Sold.
    13. Under Periodic Inventory System, the method of valuation is applied __________ at the end of the accounting period to ascertain the cost of Closing Stock.
    14. The residual factor under Periodic Inventory System is __________.
    15. The residual factor under Perpetual Inventory System is __________.
    16. Under FIFO Method, the goods which are received __________ are to be issued first.
    17. Under LIFO, the goods which are received __________ are to be issued first.
    18. Weighted Average Price Method is used in __________ industries, advantageously.
    19. Goods are sold at a profit of 25% on cost is equal to __________ % on sales.
    20. All inventories should be valued at __________ of historical cost or net realisable value subject to certain conditions.

    calculate i lcv ii lrv iii lev and iv litv 621561

    The following data are available from the records of XYZ Ltd, where Standard Costing is followed:

    Actual output in the month of April ’09

    = 52,000 units

    Actual wages paid

    = Rs. 1,25,000

    Number of days worked in April ’09

    = 25 days

    Idle time paid and included in above

    = 1 day

    Number of workers

    = 100

    Standard wage rate

    = Rs. 40 per day

    Standard daily output per worker

    = 20 units

    Calculate:

    i. LCV; ii. LRV; iii. LEV; and iv. LITV.

    during april 2010 a shortage of skilled labour is expected accordingly the budgeted 621565

    Gajna Ltd operates Standard Costing and Budgetary Control system. The budgeted labour mix for 10,000 units of output is as follows:

    Skilled labour: 10,000 labour hours @ Rs. 2.50 per hr

    Unskilled labour: 10,000 labour hours @ Rs. 1.50 per hr

    During April 2010, a shortage of skilled labour is expected. Accordingly, the budgeted labour mix for the production of 10,000 units of output during April 2010 is revised as follows:

    20% less employment of skilled labour than the original budget.

    20% more employment of unskilled labour than the original budget.

    The actual results for April 2010 showed the following:

    Actual production:

    12,000 units.

    Actual labour mix:

    Skilled labour – 9,200 hrs @ Rs. 2.80 per hr

    Unskilled labour – 15,800 hrs @ Rs. 1.30 per hr

    During April 2010, idle time for unskilled workers accounted for 200 hours due to power failure and machine breakdown.

    Calculate the Labour Variances.

    during the 40 hour working week the gang produced 1 800 standard labour hours of wor 621567

    The standard labour and the actual labour employment in a week for a job are as follows:

    Skilled Workers

    Semi-skilled Workers

    Unskilled Workers

    Standard number of workers in the gang

    32

    12

    6

    Standard wage rate per hour (Rs.)

    3

    2

    1

    Actual number of workers employed in the gang during the week

    28

    18

    4

    Actual wage rate per hour (Rs.)

    4

    3

    2

    During the 40-hour working week, the gang produced 1,800 standard labour hours of work. Calculate the Labour Variances.

    the following details are related to the product a for the month of march 2000 you a 621568

    The following details are related to the Product A for the month of March 2000. You are required to compute MCVs and LCVs from the given details:

    Actual Production

    100 Units

    Standard Cost per unit:

    Material

    50 kg @ Rs. 40 per kg

    Labour

    400 hrs @ Re. 1 per hr

    Actual Cost for the month:

    Material

    4,900 kg @ Rs. 42 per kg

    Labour

    39,600 hrs @ Rs. 1.10 per hr

    from the following particulars calculate mcvs and lcvs 621569

    From the following particulars, calculate MCVs and LCVs:

    Qty/Hours

    Rate Rs.

    Amount RS.

    Standard cost per unit

    Materials

    10 kg

    10

    100

    Labour

    20 kg

    4

    80

    For the production of 2,000 units:

    Material consumed: 24,000 kg @ Rs. 9 per kg.

    Labour hours taken: 38,200 hrs @ Rs. 5 per hour, including 200 idle hours due to machine break down.

    calculate the prime cost per unit 621572

    Following information are given for a certain period of a company:

    Output

    6,250 units

    Wages paid

    Rs. 33,680 for 10,400 hrs

    Materials consumed

    3850 kg for Rs. 17,059

    The Variance Analysis revealed the following variances:

    Wage rate variance

    Rs. 1,750 (adverse)

    MUV

    Rs. 890 (favourable)

    LEV

    Rs. 570 (favourable)

    MPV

    Rs. 1,400 (favourable)

    Calculate the prime cost per unit.

    calculate svvs and smvs 621578

    Budgeted and actual sales for a period of two products are given as follows:

    Budgeted

    Actual

    Qty (kg)

    Rate (Rs.)

    Amount (Rs.)

    Qty (kg)

    Rate (Rs.)

    Amount (Rs.)

    Product P

    1,000
    1,200

    5

    5,000

    12,000

    1,200
    1,110

    6

    9

    7,200
    9,990

    Product Q

    1,200

    10

    12,000

    1,110

    9

    9,990

    2,200

    17,000

    2,310

    17,190

    Standard Cost per unit of product P and Q were Rs. 4 and Rs. 7, respectively.

    Calculate SVVs and SMVs.

    compute the missing data from the following information 621579

    Compute the missing data from the following information:

    Product X

    Product Y

    Sales Quantity:

    Standard (units)

    ?

    400

    Actual (units)

    500

    ?

    Price per kg:

    Standard (Rs.)

    12

    15

    Actual (Rs.)

    15

    20

    Sales Price Variance (Rs.)

    ?

    ?

    Sales Volume Variance (Rs.)

    1,200 F

    ?

    Total Sales Value Variance

    ?

    ?

    Sales Mix Variance for both the products together was Rs. 450 F.

    fill in the blank s of the following statements 621580

    Fill in the blank/s of the following statements:

    1. Standard cost is a _______________ cost.
    2. The deviation of actual cost or sales or profit from the standard cost or sales or profit is called _______________.
    3. When the material actually consumed is 1,100 kg at Rs. 8 per kg, the MPV is Rs. 2,200 (F) and MUV is Rs. 1,000 (A), then the standard quantity for the actual output is _______________ kg and standard price is Rs. _______________ per kg.
    4. When the standard hours required for the actual output is 5,000 hours at Rs. 20 per hour, the LRV is Rs. 20,000 (F) and LEV is Rs. 20,000 (F), then the actual hours taken for the actual output is _______________ hours and the actual labour rate is Rs. _______________ per hour.
    5. SVV is the difference between the _______________ and _______________.
    6. MCV is the difference between the _______________ of the actual output and _______________.
    7. FOCV = _______________ + _______________
    8. VOCV = _____________ + _____________

    choose the correct alternative from the following 621581

    Choose the correct alternative from the following:

    1. An adverse MPV occurs because of: (i) price increase in material; (ii) price decrease in material; (iii) more than anticipated normal wastage of material.
    2. A favourable MUV occurs because of: (i) over consumption of material; (ii) under consumption of material; (iii) price decrease in material.
    3. MYV = (SH × AO – AH × AO) X: (i) AR; (ii) Standard yield rate; (iii) SR.
    4. Standard Costing helps in: (i) reducing losses; (ii) measuring the actual performance; (iii) controlling prices.
    5. Basic standard is prepared for a: (i) short period; (ii) long period; (iii) current period.
    6. Standard Costing involves in determination of: (i) Standard Cost; (ii) Estimated Cost; (iii) budgeted cost.
    7. If MCV is Rs. 10,000 (F) and MPV is Rs. 15,000 (A), then MUV is equal to: (i) Rs. 5,000 (A); (ii) Rs. 25,000 (F); (iii) Rs. 5,000 (F).
    8. If LCV is Rs. 20,000 (A) and LEV is Rs. 12,000 (F), then LPV is equal to: (i) Rs. 32,000 (A); (ii) Rs. 8,000 (F); (iii) Rs. 32,000 (F).

    compute the following material variances contributing to the actual cost of 100 kg o 621599

    The standard material cost for 100 kg of Chemical D is made up of:

    Chemical A

    30 kg @ Rs. 4.00 per kg

    Chemical B

    40 kg @ Rs. 5.00 per kg

    Chemical C

    80 kg @ Rs. 6.00 per kg

    In a batch, 500 kg of Chemical D is produced from a mix of:

    Chemical A

    140 kg at a cost of Rs. 588

    Chemical B

    220 kg at a cost of Rs. 1,056

    Chemical C

    440 kg at a cost of Rs. 2,860

    Compute the following material variances contributing to the actual cost of 100 kg of Chemical D over the Standard Cost: (i) MCV; (ii) MPV; (iii) MUV; (iv) MMV; (v) MYV.

    compute the material variances 621601

    Lodha Ltd has established the following standard mix for producing 9 gallons of Product P:

    5 gallons of Material A @ Rs. 7 per gallon

    35

    3 gallons of Material B @ Rs. 5 per gallon

    15

    2 gallons of Material C @ Rs. 2 per gallon

    4

    54

    A standard loss of 10% of input is expected to occur. Actual input was as follows:

    53,000 gallons of Material A @ Rs. 7 per gallon.

    28,000 gallons of Material B @ Rs. 5.30 per gallon.

    19,000 gallons of Material C @ Rs. 2.20 per gallon.

    Actual output for a period was 92,700 gallons of Product P.

    Compute the Material Variances.

    you are required to compute the mcvs and lcvs and also to reconcile the standard and 621615

    The following details relating to the Product A during the month of March 2002 are available. You are required to compute the MCVs and LCVs and also to reconcile the standard and the actual cost with the help of such variances.

    Standard Cost per unit:

    Materials

    50 kg @ Rs. 40 per kg

    Labour

    400 hrs @ Re. 1 per hr

    Actual Cost for the month:

    Materials

    4,900 kg @ Rs. 42 per kg

    Labour

    39,600 hrs @ Rs. 1.10 per hr

    Actual production for the month is 100 units.

    what range should the financier set the loan payment so that the owner does not have 621368

    Consider a firm that gets the single unit of capital needed to implement a project. Suppose that the owner might substitute a bad project for a good one unless the financier takes steps to prevent it. The payoff distributions of the good project and the bad project are shown in the following table.

    Payoff($)

    Probability

    Good Project

    2

    ¾

    0

    ¼

    Bad Project

    3

    1/6

    0

    5/6

    1. If the financier sets the loan payment as $2, what is the expected payoff to the owner after taking the size of the loan payment into account when selecting the good and bad project, respectively? Which project would the owner choose?
    2. Consider the situation when the financier sets the loan payment as $1.5. Answer the same questions raised in (a).
    3. What range should the financier set the loan payment so that the owner does not have an incentive to substitute the bad project for the good one?

    what conditions should the loan repayment at time 1 satisfy so that the lender s exp 621369

    Suppose that firms and financiers are both risk neutral, that the interest rate is zero, and that firms have no initial resources. In each period a firm adopting an investment project will generate a random income y, and the distribution of y is shown in the following table.

    Payoff

    Probability

    y

    yD =4.2

    PG=3/4

    yB 1.0

    pB=1/4

    Now consider a contract in which the lender advances $2 and agrees to renew for a second period whenever the borrower makes a payment of more than yB at the end of the first period. If only yB is paid at the end of the first period, the arrangement will be terminated immediately. Assuming there are only two periods, the firm has no incentive to maintain a good reputation after time 1 has passed. What conditions should the loan repayment at time 1 satisfy so that the lender”s expected profit is positive and the entrepreneur is willing to enter the arrangement?

    evaluating these three projects which project should management prefer 621376

    The market value of Courant Rox Corporation is $20 million. There are three mutually exclusive potential projects—A, B, and C—being considered by management. Only one of the projects can be selected. All three projects require the same initial cash investment of $7 million. All three projects have only one cash flow after the project is completed one year from now. The management of Courant Rox Corporation has the following information about these three projects:

    • Project A: A known single cash flow (i.e., a deterministic cash flow) of $10.5 million immediately after the completion of the project.
    • Project B: A risky cash flow (i.e., a stochastic cash flow) of $11 million and the estimated beta for this project is 0.6.
    • Project C: A risky cash flow (i.e., a stochastic cash flow) of $12 million and the estimated beta for this project is 2.1.

    The one-year risk-free interest rate (i.e., the relevant interest rate over the life of the three projects) is 5%. Based on the projections of Wall Street analysts, the expected return on the stock market over the next year is 12%. Given this information and assuming that the Capital Asset Pricing Model is appropriate for evaluating these three projects, which project should management prefer?

    what is the beta for the firm 621377

    A group of investors is considering starting a firm. The joint distribution of the internal rate of return (IRR) for starting the firm Rj and the market portfolio return Rm is assumed to be as follows:

    Rj

    20%

    10%

    R 5%

    30%

    1/8

    1/16

    1/16

    15%

    1/16

    ¼

    0

    0%

    1/8

    1/16

    1/4

    1. What is the expected return for the market and for the firm?
    2. What is the beta for the firm?
    3. Should the investor group start assuming that the distribution above is correct and the risk-free interest rate is 5%?

    how would management value the project if the borrowing and lending rates in the mar 621381

    Assume the following about an investment project with a cost of $1,500 that is being considered by management:

    • The project will generate cash flow X (2) at time 2 that is normally distributed with mean $1,000, and standard deviation $100.
    • The project will generate cash flow X (3) at time 3 that is normally distributed with mean $1,200 and standard deviation $200.
    • The market return is normally distribution with a mean of 10% and standard deviation 0.005.
    • The correlation between X (2) and the market return is 0.8.
    • The correlation between X (3) and the market return is 0.4.

    How would management value the project if the borrowing and lending rates in the market are 8% and the project cannot be resold?

    gaurav lal and kanika raj both mbas from the renowned fsm school of management and h 621396

    Gaurav Lal and Kanika Raj, both MBAs from the renowned FSM School of Management and having worked in the industry in various capacities for over ten years, called it a day and decided to be on their own. They enter into a partnership on 1st July 2006 and form a firm Kanika and Gaurav Management Consultants. They agree to bring in capital of Rs. Six Lacs in the ratio of Gaurav 3 and Kanika 2, maintain their personal drawings in that ratio and share the profits or losses of the firm also in the same proportion. They hire a furnished office at G-40, Fort, Mumbai @ Rs. 17,000 P.M. inclusive of electricity. They also get two telephones already connected for which they have to make monthly payment to the owner. They also appoint one financial analyst Pawan Sharma; research associate Neena Kapoor and peon Satish Rane. The following are the details of the transactions entered into by the firm during the month of July.

    Date

    1. No.

    Transactions

    Amount
    (Rupees)

    July 1

    1

    Gaurav Lal brings his capital in cash.

    3,60,000

    July 1

    2

    Kanika Raj brings her capital in cash.

    2,40,030

    July 1

    3

    Opened a current account with ICICI Bank.

    5,75,000

    July 2

    4

    Purchased an Esteem car. Paid cheque for Rs. 1, 40,000. Balance

    Rs. 3, 60,000 term loan from ICICI Bank, against security of car, repayable over 3 years In equal monthly installments with interest 012% PA payable monthly on reducing balance method. First installment to tall due on August 1.

    5,03,030

    July 4

    5

    Purchased 4 computers with printers. Issued cheque.

    1,80,030

    July 5

    6

    Subscribed to Capitaline plus database for a year. Issued cheque.

    1,25,000

    July 5

    7

    Subscribed to five business magazines for a year. Issued cheque to the subscription agency.

    3.500

    July 20

    8

    Raised bill for consulting fee on Moth Ventures ltd.

    75,000

    July 27

    9

    Received cheque from Modi Ventures ltd. and deposited in ICICI Bank C/A.

    75,030

    July 29

    10

    Raised bill for consulting fee on Bata and Tata Ltd.

    1,15,000

    July 30

    11

    Paid cheque to the office owner towards telephones” use for the month.

    4.500

    July 30

    12

    Salary paid to Pavan Sharma for the month by cheque.

    25,000

    July 30

    13

    Salary paid to Neena Kapoor for the month by cheque.

    10,000

    July 30

    14

    Salary paid to Satish Rane for the month in cash.

    4,000

    July 30

    15

    Issued cheque for office rent for the month.

    17.000

    July 30

    16

    Paid by cheque to petrol pump for the month”s consumption of Esteem.

    5,000

    July 30

    17

    Cheque Issued to Gaurav for personal use.

    6,000

    July 31

    18

    Cheque issued to Kanika for personal use.

    4,000

    Required:

    Analyses the above transactions with reference to rules of recording and dual aspect concept.

    Record all the transactions in the journal of Kanika and Gaurav Management Consultants.

    outstanding rent amounted to rs 7 200 while outstanding salaries rs 8 100 at the end 621404

    The following is the trial balance of Sanjay Industries Ltd. as on 31st March 2006.

    Accounts

    Dr. (Rs.)

    Cr. (Rs.)

    Stock, 1st April 2005

    6,75,000

    Sales

    30,60,000

    Wages

    2,70,000

    Share capital (Authorized Capital 2,00,000 shares of Rs. 10 each)

    9,00,000

    Discount

    27,000

    Purchases

    22,05,000

    Carriage inward

    8,550

    Purchases returns

    90,000

    Patents & trademark

    43,200

    Salaries

    67,500

    Bills receivable

    45,000

    Sundry expenses

    63,450

    Bills payable

    63,000

    Rent

    36,000

    Debtors & creditors

    2,47,500

    1,57,500

    Plant & machinery

    2,61,000

    Furniture & fittings

    1,53,000

    Cash at bank

    4,15,800

    General reserve

    1,39,500

    Profit & loss account, 31st March 2005

    54,000

    Total

    44,91,000

    44,91,000

    Further information

    1. Outstanding rent amounted to Rs. 7,200 while outstanding salaries Rs. 8,100 at the end of the year.
    2. Make a provision for doubtful debts amounting to Rs. 4,590.
    3. Stock on 31st March 2006 was valued at Rs. 7,92,000.
    4. Depreciate plant & machinery @ 14% and furniture & fittings @18%.
    5. Amortise patents & trademarks @ 5%.
    6. Provide for managerial remuneration @ 10% of the net profits before tax.
    7. Make a provision for income tax @ 35%.
    8. The Board of Directors proposes a dividend @ 10% for the year ended 31st March 2006 after transfer to General Reserve @ 5% of profit after tax.

    Required

    1. Prepare the following financial statements of Sanjay Industries Ltd.:
      1. Profit and loss account for the year ended 31st March 2006.
      2. Profit and loss appropriation account for the year ended 31st March 2006.
      3. Balance sheet as on 31st March 2006.
    2. Briefly comment upon the performance of the company.

    following trial balance as at 31st march 2006 has been prepared from the account boo 621407

    Following trial balance as at 31st March 2006 has been prepared from the account books of Mahesh Foods Ltd.

    Accounts

    Dr. (Rs.)

    Dr. (Rs.)

    Share capital

    24,00,000

    Cash in hand

    37,200

    Repairs & maintenance plant

    51,600

    General reserve

    6,00,000

    Profit and loss account

    10,60,000

    Raw materials inventory, 31.03.2006

    16,02,000

    Plant and machinery

    25,80,000

    Sundry creditors

    18,40,000

    Land

    4,80,000

    Furniture

    73,200

    Sundry debtors

    10,40,000

    Rent

    1,31,800

    Prepaid expenses

    27,600

    Advances from customers

    3,00,000

    Power and fuel

    1,52,800

    Travelling and conveyance

    94,600

    Auditors’ fees

    39,000

    Cash at bank

    2,48,000

    Advances to staff

    31,800

    Misc. Income

    3,72,600

    Finished goods inventory, 1.04.2005

    18,60,000

    Raw materials

    1,71,60,000

    Sales

    2,53,80,000

    Building

    4,44,600

    Salaries

    42,20,000

    Wages

    17,65,000

    Deposits with govt. authorities

    2,68,400

    Cash credit-Indian bank-secured

    4,00,000

    Bank interest

    45,000

    Total

    3,23,52,600

    3,23,52,600

    Further information

    1. The authorized capital of the company is 3 lac equity shares of Rs. 10 each of which 2.40 lac shares have been issued.
    2. The closing stock of finished goods is valued at Rs. 33,50,000.
    3. Depreciation to be charged: plant and machinery @ 14%, furniture & fixtures @ 18% and building @ 10%.
    4. Provide for income tax @ 35%.
    5. Transfer to general reserve @ 5% of net profit. Round off to next higher 100 rupees.
    6. A dividend of 15% is recommended by the board of directors.

    Required

    1. Prepare the following financial statements of Mahesh Foods Ltd.:
      1. Balance sheet as at 31st March 2006.
      2. Profit and loss account for the year ended 31st March 2006.
      3. Profit and loss appropriation account for the year ended 31st March 2006.
    2. Briefly comment upon the performance of the company.

    (Hint: Raw materials inventory, 31.03.2006, Rs. 16,02,000 appearing in the trial balance means that raw materials Rs. 1,71,60,000 represent those consumed, that is, opening inventory plus purchases less closing inventory.)

    how will the old x ray machine be treated 621418

    Determination of Cost of Fixed Assets on Exchange Dr. Kapil Seth”s Imaging Centre Ltd. part exchanged its old X-ray machine with a new one from Rajneesh Medical Equipment”s Ltd. Net book value of the old X-ray machine was Rs. 4,68,345. However the vendor assessed its exchange value at Rs. 4,25,000 to which Dr. Kapil Seth”s Imaging Centre Ltd. agreed. The selling price of the new X-ray machine as per the company price list was Rs. 12,58,000 subject to a further discount of Rs. 12,580 in case of an outright sale deal. The discount was, however, not available for exchange case and, therefore, Dr. Kapil Seth”s Imaging Centre Ltd. paid Rs. 8,33,000 by way of cheque drawn on its Corporation Bank current account to Rajneesh Medical Equipment”s Ltd. Determine the cost at which the new X-ray machine will be recorded in the financial statements of Dr. Kapil Seth”s Imaging Centre Ltd. How will the old X-ray machine be treated?

    examine the depreciation policy followed by the company on assets under finance leas 621435

    Refer to the extracts from the Annual Report 2001–2002 of Larsen and Toubro Limited regarding its ‘Assets Held under Finance Leases’ as illustrated in this chapter. Analyses the case and attempt the following requirements:

    1. Examine the policy of the company concerning valuation of its assets held under finance leases. Is the policy in accordance with AS-19 or not?
    2. Examine the depreciation policy followed by the company on assets under finance leases. Two treatments have been meted out, is it justified?
    3. Had AS-19 not been followed, what would have been the impact on the financials of the company? Is the treatment mandated by AS-19 better? Why or why not?
    4. Assets acquired by the company under finance lease are mainly cars and personal computers. Could you opine why is it so?
    5. Do you think the information provided about present value of lease payments, if supported by the fair value information of these assets as on the balance shut date, would be a better disclosure for the analyst? Why or why not?
    6. In case of owned assets, details of year wise break up of loan liability and finance charges to be discharged in future are not disclosed in the financial statements. Why so then in case of leased assets treated as owned? Any purpose served by these disclosures?

    determine the nrv of the inventory as on 30th june 621442

    Suppose in the above case the product had a selling price of Rs. 2,075 per unit as on 30th June and were sold at the same price in the month of July before drawing the financial statements. Carry out the following analysis:

    1. Determine the NRV of the inventory as on 30th June.
    2. Work out its impact on the valuation of inventory.
    3. Work out its impact on COGS and gross profit.
    4. Work out its impact on net profit.
    5. Work out its impact on the financial position.

    Further

    Carry out a comparison with the results obtained earlier without considering the NRV and offer your comments. Why is it necessary to consider NRV? Analyses. Use the data as worked out by you in Exercises 1 to 4.

    determination of cost of investment acquired in exchange 621449

    DETERMINATION OF COST OF INVESTMENT ACQUIRED IN EXCHANGE

    Billimoria Investments Ltd. holds 5000 shares of Frenny Power Corporation Ltd. It acquires 4000 shares of Rajeev Kapoor Khana Khazana Ltd. from Tulsi Irani Investments Ltd. in exchange for these shares. Determine the cost of shares acquired by Billimoria Investments Ltd. under the following three situations:

    1. If shares of both Frenny Power Corporation Ltd. and Rajeev Kapoor Khana Khazana Ltd. were listed at NSE and their quoted prices on the day of the deal were Rs. 318 and Rs. 402 per share respectively. The brokerage payable on sale in the BSE is Rs. 3 per share and Rs. 4 per share respectively.
    2. If Rajeev Kapoor Khana Khazana Ltd. were unlisted and therefore its market value were not known.
    3. If Frenny Power Corporation Ltd. were unlisted.

    it did not subscribe to rights shares and sold rights of all the 1000 shares 621454

    Determination Of Cost Of Investment In Case Of A Rights Issue – Old HoldingMadhukar Finance Ltd. had acquired 2,000 shares of Krishnamurthy Aluminum Ltd. in July 2004. They were being carried in the 31–03-2006 balance sheet at Rs. 12,96,000. Krishnamurthy Aluminum Ltd. came out with a rights issue of 1 share each for every 2 shares held by the existing shareholders at a price of Rs. 450 each in the month of August 2006. Determine the cost of investment after the rights issue under the following three situations:

    1. Madhukar Finance Ltd. fully subscribed to the rights shares.
    2. It subscribed to only 500 rights shares and sold rest of the rights in the market for Rs. 260 each.
    3. It did not subscribe to rights shares and sold rights of all the 1000 shares.

    it did not subscribe to rights shares and sold rights of all the 1000 shares 621464

    Determination of Cost of Investment in case of a Rights Issue-Old HoldingJai Investment and Finance Ltd. had acquired 3,000 shares of Gabbar and Sambha Ltd. in September 2004. They were being carried in the 31–03-2006 balance sheet at Rs. 17,85,000. Gabbar and Sambha Ltd. came out with a rights issue of 1 share each for every 3 shares held by the existing shareholders at a price of Rs. 398 each in the month of December 2006. Determine the cost of investment after the rights issue under the following three situations:

    1. Jai Investment and Finance Ltd. fully subscribed to the rights shares.
    2. It subscribed to only 600 rights shares and sold rest of the rights in the market for Rs. 63 each.
    3. It did not subscribe to rights shares and sold rights of all the 1000 shares.

    has the company made the disclosures in accordance with as 13 why or why not 621467

    Refer to the extracts from the Annual Report 2001–2002 of Colgate-Palmolive (India) Limited regarding its investments as illustrated in this chapter. Analyses the case and attempt the following requirements:

    1. Examine the investment valuation policy of the company. Is it in accordance with the requirements of AS-13? Why or why not?
    2. What are the virtues of investing in the Government of India securities? Explain.
    3. Investments in wholly owned subsidiaries have been disclosed at cost. How would you know how these subsidiaries are doing and how would you assess the impact of their working on the financials of Colgate Palmolive?
    4. The company has long-term ‘listed but unquoted’ investments. What do you understand by ‘listed but unquoted’? Does it mean that they were never quoted or not quoted in the recent past and that is why the company could not work out their market value? How will you find out this information?
    5. Has the company made the disclosures in accordance with AS-13? Why or why not?

    how do the disclosures required by as 27 help an analyst 621468

    Refer to the extracts from the annual report 2005–06 of Hindalco Industries Ltd. regarding its investment in its joint venture IDEA Cellular Ltd. as illustrated in this chapter. Analyse the case and attempt the following requirements:

    1. Has the company made the disclosures in accordance with AS-27? How or how not?
    2. Analyse the impact of financial position and performance of IDEA Cellular Ltd. on the financials of Hindalco Industries Ltd.
    3. How do the disclosures required by AS-27 help an analyst?

    For your information IDEA Cellular Ltd. was running under losses for long till March 2004. It turned around in the year 2004–05.

    hero honda motors limited is the leading motorcycle manufacturing company in india g 621487

    Hero Honda Motors Limited is the leading motorcycle manufacturing company in India. Given hereunder is the following financial information provided by the company in its annual report 2001-02:

    • Balance Sheet as at 31st March, 2002.
    • Profit and loss account for the year ended 31st March, 2002.
    • Schedule 2 on Reserves and Surplus.
    • Schedule 4 on Fixed Assets—Abridged.
    • Schedule 11 on Manufacturing and Other Expenses.
    • Face value per share Rs. 2

    Required

    1. Construct the cash flow statement of the company. Follow the following procedure:
      • Analysis of balance sheet to determine cash inflow/outflow.
      • Construction of basic CFS and classification of activities.
      • Further analysis of inflows and outflows.
      • Drafting of final CFS.
    2. Has the company been able to generate positive cash flows? How?

    HERO HONDA MOTORS LIMITED

    11) MANUFACTURING AND OTHER EXPENSES

    Rupees in crores

     

    Year ended 31st March, 2002

    Year ended 31st March, 2001

    MATERIAL CONSUMED

     

     

    Purchase of spares etc. for resale

    138.14

    105.21

    Consumption of raw materials and components

    3,127.81

    2,380.89

    Less: Sale of components to ancillaries on cost to cost basis

    166.31

    192.68

     

    2,961.50

    2,188.21

    Less: Cash discount

    0.58

    1.21

     

    2,960.92

    2,187.00

    Add: Opening stock

     

     

    Motorcycles

    23.25

    6.81

    Spare parts

    13.22

    14.61

    Work-in-progress

    12.47

    9.35

     

    48.94

    30.77

    Less: Closing stock

     

     

    Motorcycles

    15.49

    23.25

    Spare parts

    18.53

    13.22

    Work-in-progress

    9.11

    12.47

     

    43.13

    48.94

    Net consumption

    3,104.87

    2,274.04

    Less: Scrap sales

    6.44

    6.29

     

    3,098.43

    2,267.75

    OTHER EXPENSES

     

     

    Payments to and provisions for employees:

     

     

    Salaries, wages, bonus, gratuity and

     

     

    Leave encashment benefit (refer Note 6)

    152.47

    104.45

    Contribution to provident and other funds

    6.96

    6.40

    Staff welfare expenses

    9.51

    7.11

    Expenses for manufacturing, administration and selling

     

     

    Stores and tools consumed

    32.08

    52.18

    Power and fuel

    25.61

    23.40

    Rent

    2.22

    2.18

    Repair and maintenance:

     

     

    Plant and machinery

    14.92

    11.45

    Buildings

    2.54

    2.19

    Others

    0.25

    0.66

    Insurance

    6.32

    5.81

    Rates and taxes

    5.39

    5.98

    Packaging, forwarding, freight, etc.

    85.39

    58.10

    Royalty

    51.61

    24.74

    Advertisement and publicity

    90.16

    61.12

    Commission

    3.57

    3.05

    Donations

    7.78

    2.40

    Lease rent on plant and machinery

    31.41

    32.57

    Other expenses

    156.86

    70.64

    Loss on fixed assets sold/discarded

    1.27

    0.21

     

    3,784.75

    2,742.39

    are the explanations offered by the management and accepted by the auditors regardin 621492

    Refer to the extracts from the annual report 2000–2001 of Indo Rama Synthetics (India) Limited regarding qualifications in its auditors’ report, management’s viewpoint and directors’ explanations on these qualifications in board’s report as illustrated in this chapter. Analyse the case and attempt the following requirements:

    1. Is it justified on the part of the company not to make provision for long outstanding dues? Cannot a best judgement estimate be made? Or it is because of losses that they have not made the provision?
    2. The company itself admits that the dues are outstanding since long. Should it then not specify the period, for a better assessment of their recoverability and impact on financial results?
    3. Are the explanations offered by the management, and accepted by the auditors, regarding the non-ascertainability of the likely impact of these outstandings on the operational results of the company tenable?
    4. In view of the details about the continuous losses suffered by the company over the past years, are the auditors justified in expressing their opinion that the accounts represent a true and fair view?
    5. In your view, is the disclosure of directors’ explanation in the board report adequate?

    draft a crisp two three page report 621497

    You have gone through and understood the information available from the annual reports of the company regarding nonprovision and ultimately provision after seven years of the diminution in the value of long-term investments in its joint venture, Liberty and Nino, Russia, as provided in this chapter.

    The following further information about the company, as taken from annual report 2000–01, is provided below:

    LIBERTY SHOES LTD.

    EXTRACTS FROM THE ANNUAL REPORT 2000-01

    Rs. In lacs

    94-95

    95-96

    96-97

    97-98

    98-99

    99-00″

    00-01″

    PAT

    627.56

    744.02

    731.30

    756.46

    837.97

    740.73

    590.19

    No. of equity shares of the face value of Rs. 10 each o/s all through these years: 50,70,000 (Except 94–95: 50,59,900).

    ** Annualised (by the company).

    Now attempt the following requirements.

    1. The joint venture closed operations in 1994. Until 1999–00 the company has been stating that it is trying realization of whatever is possible, and the amount of this realisable is not ascertainable. This in turn means that provision for diminution cannot be made. How is this possible? Is the company justified in its statements year after year for seven years? Provide a well-reasoned answer.
    2. What is the impact of provision made in 2000–01 on the EPS of the company? Do you feel it is the real EPS of the company for this year? And in fact, if the company’s business continues to grow as in the past, the 2001–02 EPS will show a marked improvement over 2000–01. In this case, therefore, the company should have made the provision much earlier. But it did not? Comment what considerations might have weighed in the mind of the management? Corporate tax rate for A/Y 2001–02 … 39.55%.
    3. Has the company not over-reported its profitability, EPS and net worth by not making the provision in 1994–95 or at best in 1995–96 and thus influenced its valuation in the capital market? Do you think that the non-provision in early years had a cascading effect to the advantage of the company? Why or why not? Compute the EPS for all the given years after making provision for diminution, assuming it should have been made in the earliest year and, if not, then in the next year and so on. Compare the EPS based on the information provided above with the revised EPS for all the years and comment. Corporate tax rate: 46% for A/Y 95–96 and 96–97, 43% for 97–98, 35% for 98–99 and 99–00, 38.5% for 00–01.
    4. Is the company justified stating in the 2000–01 report that it will continue its efforts to realise the investment together with accrued profit despite the investment seeming to be dead. Is it prudent to paint a rosy picture of the future in such cases? Why or why not?
    5. Draft a crisp two-three page report.

    do you think such items could have a volatile impact on the bottom line over years w 621502

    You have gone through the following information about Hindustan Lever Ltd., as provided in this chapter, for the year ended 31 December 2001:

    1. Profit and Loss Account
    2. Note 2: Other Income
    3. Note 13: Exceptional Items
    4. Note 15 (ii)

    Now attempt the following requirements.

    1. Measure the impact of Other Income on PBT. Is it material? Why or why not?
    2. Measure the impact of Net Exceptional Income on PAT. Is it material? Why or why not?
    3. But for Exceptional Expenses, how would the impact of Exceptional Income on PAT have differed?
    4. Discuss each item of Other Income and Exceptional Income and Expenses with your colleagues for a thorough understanding. Seek the help of your professor where needed.
    5. The company did not report any exceptional items during 2000. Do you think such items could have a volatile impact on the bottom line over years? Why or why not?
    6. Finally, do such detailed disclosures of Other Income and Exceptional Items improve the quality of reporting, and therefore help in proper assessment of profitability and future outlook? Explain.
    7. Draft a crisp two-page report.

    prepare operating activities section of the statement of cash flows using the direct 621066

    Data for Zumbrunn Company are presented below.

    ZUMBRUNN COMPANY Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

    Service revenue

    $970,000

    Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

    $624,000

    Depreciation expense

    60,000

    Loss on disposal of equipment

    16,000

    700,000

    Income before income taxes

    270,000

    Income tax expense

    40,000

    Net income

    $230,000

    2014

    2013

    Accounts receivable

    $75,000

    $65,000

    Accounts payable

    46,000

    28,000

    Income taxes payable

    11,000

    7,000

    Instructions

    Prepare the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows using the direct method.

    prepare a statement of cash flows using the indirect method compute free cash flow 621067

    Presented below are the financial statements of Nosker Company.

    NOSKER COMPANY Comparative Balance Sheets December 31

    Assets

    2014

    2013

    Cash

    $ 38,000

    $ 20,000

    Accounts receivable

    30,000

    14,000

    Inventory

    27,000

    20,000

    Equipment

    60,000

    78,000

    Accumulated depreciation—equipment

    (29,000)

    (24,000)

    Total

    $126,000

    $108,000

    Liabilities and Stockholders” Equity

    Accounts payable

    $ 24,000

    $ 15,000

    Income taxes payable

    7,000

    8,000

    Bonds payable

    27,000

    33,000

    Common stock

    18,000

    14,000

    Retained earnings

    50,000

    38,000

    Total

    $126,000

    $108,000

    NOSKER COMPANY Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

    Sales revenue

    $242,000

    Cost of goods sold

    175,000

    Gross profit

    67,000

    Operating expenses

    24,000

    Income from operations

    43,000

    Interest expense

    3,000

    Income before income taxes

    40,000

    Income tax expense

    8,000

    Net income

    $ 32,000

    Additional data:

    1. Dividends declared and paid were $20,000.
    2. During the year equipment was sold for $8,500 cash. This equipment cost $18,000 originally and had a book value of $8,500 at the time of sale.
    3. All depreciation expense, $14,500, is in the operating expenses.
    4. All sales and purchases are on account.

    Instructions

    (a)Prepare a statement of cash flows using the indirect method.

    (b)Compute free cash flow.

    cheng inc comparative balance sheets december 31 621069

    Condensed financial data of Cheng Inc. follow.

    CHENG INC. Comparative Balance Sheets December 31

    Assets

    2014

    2013

    Cash

    $ 80,800

    $ 48,400

    Accounts receivable

    92,800

    33,000

    Inventory

    117,500

    102,850

    Prepaid expenses

    28,400

    26,000

    Investments

    143,000

    114,000

    Equipment

    270,000

    242,500

    Accumulated depreciation—equipment

    (50,000)

    (52,000)

    Total

    $682,500

    $514,750

    Liabilities and Stockholders” Equity

    Accounts payable

    $112,000

    $ 67,300

    Accrued expenses payable

    16,500

    17,000

    Bonds payable

    110,000

    150,000

    Common stock

    220,000

    175,000

    Retained earnings

    224,000

    105,450

    Total

    $682,500

    $514,750

    CHENG INC. Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

    Sales revenue Less:

    $392,780

    Cost of goods sold

    $135,460

    Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

    12,410

    Depreciation expense

    46,500

    Income tax expense

    27,280

    Interest expense

    4,730

    Loss on disposal of plant assets

    7,500

    233,880

    Net income

    $158,900

    Additional information:

    1. New equipment costing $85,000 was purchased for cash during the year.
    2. Old equipment having an original cost of $57,500 was sold for $1,500 cash.
    3. Bonds matured and were paid off at face value for cash.
    4. A cash dividend of $40,350 was declared and paid during the year.

    Instructions

    Prepare a statement of cash flows using the indirect method.

    data for cheng inc are presented below further analysis reveals that accounts payabl 621070

    Data for Cheng Inc. are presented below. Further analysis reveals that accounts payable pertain to merchandise creditors.

    CHENG INC. Comparative Balance Sheets December 31

    Assets

    2014

    2013

    Cash

    $ 80,800

    $ 48,400

    Accounts receivable

    92,800

    33,000

    Inventory

    117,500

    102,850

    Prepaid expenses

    28,400

    26,000

    Investments

    143,000

    114,000

    Equipment

    270,000

    242,500

    Accumulated depreciation—equipment

    (50,000)

    (52,000)

    Total

    $682,500

    $514,750

    Liabilities and Stockholders” Equity

    Accounts payable

    $112,000

    $ 67,300

    Accrued expenses payable

    16,500

    17,000

    Bonds payable

    110,000

    150,000

    Common stock

    220,000

    175,000

    Retained earnings

    224,000

    105,450

    Total

    $682,500

    $514,750

    CHENG INC. Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

    Sales revenue Less:

    $392,780

    Cost of goods sold

    $135,460

    Operating expenses, excluding depreciation

    12,410

    Depreciation expense

    46,500

    Income tax expense

    27,280

    Interest expense

    4,730

    Loss on disposal of plant assets

    7,500

    233,880

    Net income

    $158,900

    Instructions

    Prepare a statement of cash flows for Cheng Inc. using the direct method.

    prepare a statement of cash flows for the year ended december 31 2014 using the indi 621071

    The comparative balance sheets for Rothlisberger Company as of December 31 are presented below.

    ROTHLISBERGER COMPANY Comparative Balance Sheets December 31

    Assets

    2014

    2013

    Cash

    $ 81,000

    $ 45,000

    Accounts receivable

    41,000

    62,000

    Inventory

    151,450

    142,000

    Prepaid expenses

    15,280

    21,000

    Land

    105,000

    130,000

    Buildings

    200,000

    200,000

    Accumulated depreciation—buildings

    (60,000)

    (40,000)

    Equipment

    221,000

    155,000

    Accumulated depreciation—equipment

    (45,000)

    (35,000)

    Total

    $709,730

    $680,000

    Liabilities and Stockholders” Equity

    Accounts payable

    $ 47,730

    $ 40,000

    Bonds payable

    260,000

    300,000

    Common stock, $1 par

    200,000

    160,000

    Retained earnings

    202,000

    180,000

    Total

    $709,730

    $680,000

    Additional information:

    1. Operating expenses include depreciation expense of $42,000 and charges from prepaid expenses of $5,720.
    2. Land was sold for cash at book value.
    3. Cash dividends of $20,000 were paid.
    4. Net income for 2014 was $42,000.
    5. Equipment was purchased for $88,000 cash. In addition, equipment costing $22,000 with a book value of $10,000 was sold for $6,000 cash.
    6. Bonds were converted at face value by issuing 40,000 shares of $1 par value common stock.

    Instructions

    Prepare a statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014, using the indirect method.

    oakley company comparative balance sheets december 31 621072

    Condensed financial data of Oakley Company appear below.

    OAKLEY COMPANY Comparative Balance Sheets December 31

    Assets

    2014

    2013

    Cash

    $ 82,700

    $ 47,250

    Accounts receivable

    90,800

    57,000

    Inventory

    126,900

    102,650

    Investments

    84,500

    87,000

    Equipment

    255,000

    205,000

    Accumulated depreciation—buildings

    (49,500)

    (40,000)

    $590,400

    $458,900

    Liabilities and Stockholders” Equity

    Accounts payable

    $ 57,700

    $ 48,280

    Accrued expenses payable

    12,100

    18,830

    Bonds payable

    100,000

    70,000

    Common stock

    250,000

    200,000

    Retained earnings

    170,600

    121,790

    $590,400

    $458,900

    OAKLEY COMPANY Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

    Sales revenue

    $297,500

    Gain on disposal of equipment

    8,750

    306,250

    Less:

    Cost of goods sold

    $99,460

    Operating expenses (excluding depreciation expense)

    14,670

    Depreciation expense

    49,700

    Income tax expense

    7,270

    Interest expense

    2,940

    174,040

    Net income

    $132,210

    Additional information:

    1. Equipment costing $97,000 was purchased for cash during the year.
    2. Investments were sold at cost.
    3. Equipment costing $47,000 was sold for $15,550, resulting in gain of $8,750.
    4. A cash dividend of $83,400 was declared and paid during the year.

    Instructions

    Prepare a worksheet for the statement of cash flows using the indirect method. Enter the reconciling items directly in the worksheet columns, using letters to cross-reference each entry.

    prepare the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows using the in 621077

    The income statement of Darbyshire Inc. reported the following condensed information.

    DARBYSHIRE INC Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

    Service revenue

    $545,000

    Operating expenses

    400,000

    Income from operations

    145,000

    Income tax expense

    36,000

    Net income

    $109,000

    Darbyshire”s balance sheet contained these comparative data at December 31.

    2014

    2013

    Accounts receivable

    $50,000

    $70,000

    Accounts payable

    30,000

    51,000

    Income taxes payable

    10,000

    4,000

    Darbyshire has no depreciable assets. Accounts payable pertain to operating expenses.

    Instructions

    Prepare the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows using the indirect method.

    saffordville company comparative balance sheets december 31 621079

    Condensed financial data of Saffordville Company are shown below.

    SAFFORDVILLE COMPANY Comparative Balance Sheets December 31

    Assets

    2014

    2013

    Cash

    $102,700

    $ 33,400

    Accounts receivable

    60,800

    37,000

    Inventory

    126,900

    102,650

    Investments

    79,500

    107,000

    Equipment

    315,000

    205,000

    Accumulated depreciation—equipment

    (44,500)

    (40,000)

    Total

    $640,400

    $445,050

    Liabilities and Stockholders” Equity

    Accounts payable

    $ 57,700

    $ 48,280

    Accrued expenses payable

    15,100

    18,830

    Bonds payable

    145,000

    70,000

    Common stock

    250,000

    200,000

    Retained earnings

    172,600

    107,940

    Total

    $640,400

    $445,050

    SAFFORDVILLE COMPANY Income Statement For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

    Sales revenue

    $297,500

    Gain on disposal of plant assets

    5,000

    302,500

    Less:

    Cost of goods sold

    $99,460

    Operating expenses, excluding depreciation expense

    19,670

    Depreciation expense

    30,500

    Income tax expense

    37,270

    Interest expense

    2,940

    189,840

    Net income

    $112,660

    Additional information:

    1. New equipment costing $146,000 was purchased for cash during the year.
    2. Investments were sold at cost.
    3. Equipment costing $36,000 was sold for $15,000, resulting in a gain of $5,000.
    4. A cash dividend of $48,000 was declared and paid during the year.

    Instructions

    Prepare a statement of cash flows using the indirect method.

    prepare a statement of cash flows for 2014 using the indirect method 621081

    Presented on the next page are the comparative balance sheets for Pester Company at December 31.

    PESTER COMPANY Comparative Balance Sheets December 31

    Assets

    2014

    2013

    Cash

    $ 41,000

    $ 57,000

    Accounts receivable

    77,000

    64,000

    Inventory

    172,000

    140,000

    Prepaid expenses

    12,140

    16,540

    Land

    110,000

    150,000

    Buildings

    250,000

    250,000

    Accumulated depreciation—buildings

    (70,000)

    (50,000)

    Equipment

    215,000

    175,000

    Accumulated depreciation—equipment

    (70,000)

    (42,000)

    Total

    $737,140

    $760,540

    Liabilities and Stockholders” Equity

    Accounts payable

    $ 58,000

    $ 45,000

    Bonds payable

    235,000

    265,000

    Common stock, $1 par

    280,000

    250,000

    Retained earnings

    164,140

    200,540

    Total

    $737,140

    $760,540

    Additional information:

    1. Operating expenses include depreciation expense $55,000 and charges from prepaid expenses of $4,400.
    2. Land was sold for cash at cost.
    3. Cash dividends of $84,290 were paid.
    4. Net income for 2014 was $47,890.
    5. Equipment was purchased for $80,000 cash. In addition, equipment costing $40,000 with a book value of $33,000 was sold for $37,000 cash.
    6. Bonds were converted at face value by issuing 30,000 shares of $1 par value common stock.

    Instructions

    Prepare a statement of cash flows for 2014 using the indirect method.

    what was the net outflow or inflow of cash from investing activities for the year en 621083

    The financial statements ofApple Inc.are presented. Instructions for accessing and using the company”s complete annual report, including the notes to the financial statements, are also provided.

    Instructions

    Answer the following questions.

    (a)What was the amount of net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended September 24, 2011? For the year ended September 25, 2010?

    (b)What was the amount of increase or decrease in cash and cash equivalents for the year ended September 24, 2011? For the year ended September 25, 2010?

    (c)Which method of computing net cash provided by operating activities does Apple use?

    (d)From your analysis of the 2011 statement of cash flows, did the change in accounts and notes receivable require or provide cash? Did the change in inventories require or provide cash? Did the change in accounts payable and other current liabilities require or provide cash?

    (e)What was the net outflow or inflow of cash from investing activities for the year ended September 24, 2011?

    (f)What was the amount of income taxes paid in the year ended September 24, 2011?

    with whom do you agree tom or mary explain your position 621088

    Tom Epps and Mary Jones are examining the following statement of cash flows for Guthrie Company for the year ended January 31, 2014.

    GUTHRIE COMPANY Statement of Cash Flows For the Year Ended January 31, 2014

    Sources of cash

    From sales of merchandise

    $380,000

    From sale of capital stock

    420,000

    From sale of investment (purchased below)

    80,000

    From depreciation

    55,000

    From issuance of note for truck

    20,000

    From interest on investments

    6,000

    Total sources of cash

    961,000

    Uses of cash

    For purchase of fixtures and equipment

    330,000

    For merchandise purchased for resale

    258,000

    For operating expenses (including depreciation)

    160,000

    For purchase of investment

    75,000

    For purchase of truck by issuance of note

    20,000

    For purchase of treasury stock

    10,000

    For interest on note payable

    3,000

    Total uses of cash

    856,000

    Net increase in cash

    $105,000

    Tom claims that Guthrie”s statement of cash flows is an excellent portrayal of a superb first year with cash increasing $105,000. Mary replies that it was not a superb first year. Rather, she says, the year was an operating failure, that the statement is presented incorrectly, and that $105,000 is not the actual increase in cash. The cash balance at the beginning of the year was $140,000.

    Instructions

    With the class divided into groups, answer the following.

    (a)Using the data provided, prepare a statement of cash flows in proper form using the indirect method. The only noncash items in the income statement are depreciation and the gain from the sale of the investment.

    (b)With whom do you agree, Tom or Mary? Explain your position.

    in which section operating investing or financing does zetar report interest paid fi 621099

    The financial statements ofZetar plcare presented. Instructions for accessing and using the company”s complete annual report, including the notes to its financial statements, are also provided.

    Instructions

    Use the company”s annual report to answer the following questions.

    (a)In which section (operating, investing, or financing) does Zetar report interest paid (finance costs)?

    (b)Explain why the amount that Zetar reports for cash and cash equivalents in its statement of cash flows is negative.

    (c)If Zetar reported under GAAP rather than IFRS, how would its treatment of bank overdrafts differ?

    (d)Zetar”s statement of cash flows reports negative “net movement in working capital” in 2011 of £(6,040) (in thousands). According to the statement of cash flows, what were the components of this “net movement”?

    which set of payoffs is preferable and why 621334

    The management of Minuscule Investments Ltd. is considering two investment proposals, X and Y, either of which may be had for $10 million. Because of a limited capital budget, only one of the two can be selected. Their one-period payoffs are, respectively,

    Investment X

    Investment Y

    Payoffs

    $15

    $25

    $18

    $20

    $22

    Probability

    ½

    ½

    1/3

    1/3

    1/3

    Which set of payoffs is preferable and why? (Hint: Consider second-degree stochastic dominance in answering this question.)

    what comparisons can you make in each case and why 621335

    You are asked to compare the following probability distributions of cash flows:

    1. A versus B:

    Cash flow A

    Cash flow B

    Payoffs

    $7

    $9

    $2

    $5

    $8

    Probability

    ½

    ½

    1/6

    1/3

    1/2

    1. C versus D:

    Cash flow C

    Cash flow D

    Payoffs

    $10

    $30

    $50

    $11

    $21

    $60

    Probability

    1/3

    1/3

    1/3

    1/2

    1/3

    1/6

    1. E versus F:

    Cash flow E

    Cash flow F

    Payoffs

    $10

    $30

    50

    $20

    $40

    $60

    Probability

    1/3

    1/3

    1/3

    1/2

    1/3

    1/6

    What comparisons can you make in each case, and why?

    what will be the price of the contingent claim in this market 621337

    Let”s suppose that the risk adjustment of investors is 0.05% and the risk-free rate is 4%. Determine the time 1 value of the following contingent claim in the different cases:

    State

    Probability

    Contingent Claim

    1

    1/6

    10

    2

    ½

    4

    3

    1/3

    1

    1. Homogenous expectations and risk-neutral investor
    2. Homogenous expectations and risk-averse investor
    3. Now suppose a market with two identical claims and three investors and let”s assume that an investor can hold at most one claim. Let”s also suppose that the investors have the following view of the contingent claim:

    State

    Probability investor 1

    Probability investor 2

    Probability investor 3

    1

    1/6

    1/3

    ¼

    2

    ½

    1/6

    ½

    3

    1/3

    1/2

    1/4

    What will be the price of the contingent claim in this market?

    assume that a bank does not hold any cash reserves i e invests all the funds it rece 621342

    Assume that a bank does not hold any cash reserves (i.e., invests all the funds it receives in deposits) and operates at a zero profit (i.e., the return earned on the amount it lends is equal to the interest rate which it pays depositors). Suppose further that the bank can attract deposits according to the following supply function that is linear in the interest rate that it pays. That is,

    Interest rate offered on deposits

    Amount of funds from deposits

    6%

    $1

    12%

    $2

    18%

    $3

    and so on

    what s the optimal capital structure for this company assume that the annual interes 621346

    Suppose that XYZ Corporation

    • operates in a perfect capital market,
    • faces a 40% corporate tax, and
    • has a current asset value of $1,000.

    Management expects operating earnings (i.e., earnings before interest and taxes) of $200 in the coming year.

    1. Calculate the total expected income available to the suppliers of capital for the following three capital structures:
    2. Capital structure 1: 100% equity
    3. Capital structure 2: 70% equity and 30% debt with an annual interest of 10%
    4. Capital structure 3: 30% equity and 70% debt with an annual interest of 10%
    5. What”s the optimal capital structure for this company? Assume that the annual interest of 10% applied to any amount of debt.
    6. If an individual income tax is introduced into this market and income tax on bond interest is much higher than that on dividends, how will the optimal capital structure of this company be affected and why?

    which of these factors theories could be used to support the argument that a company 621351

    In a perfect capital market, a company”s dividend policy is irrelevant in determining the firm”s market value. That is, it does not make any difference whether the company raises capital from retained earnings (i.e., not paying dividends) or from the sale of additional shares (due to paying dividends). The following are some factors/theories that may make the dividend choice relevant:

    • Bird in the hand theory
    • Signaling
    • Agency theory
    • Taxation on ordinary income and taxation on capital gain
    • Flotation costs of issuing new shares
    • Brokerage charges on the purchase of common stock shares

    Which of these factors/theories could be used to support the argument that a company”s management should pay dividends and obtain financing by issuing new shares? Be sure to explain why.

    suppose the corporate tax rate is 50 if the firm becomes insolvent at time 2 the cos 621353

    Consider a firm in a two period (time 1 and time 2) setting with the following distribution of values at time 2:

    State

    Probability

    Values (t =2)

    1

    0.5

    $3,600

    2

    0.5

    $1,600

    Suppose the corporate tax rate is 50%. If the firm becomes insolvent at time 2, the costs incurred would be $200, which is deducted from the firm”s value. Suppose further that time 0 prices of (unit) contingent claims for the two states of the world are each 0.45.

    1. . What is the firm”s weighted average cost of capital if the firm”s capital is 100% equity financed?
    2. If there is $600 worth of debt-bearing interest rate of 10% in the firm”s capital, what is the firm”s weighted average cost of capital?
    3. If there is $1,000 worth of debt-bearing interest rate of 10% in the firm”s capital, what is the firm”s weighted average cost of capital?

    what will be the price of new issuance if management still uses the old cost of equi 621354

    Consider a firm in a two-period (time 1 and time 2) setting with the following distribution of earnings at time 2:

    State

    Probability

    Earnings (t =2)

    1

    0.5

    $2,300

    2

    0.5

    $920

    Suppose the firm value at time 1 is the earnings discounted at 15% and the firm has issued $400 debt with an interest rate of 10%. Assume there is no corporate tax.

    1. What is the discount rate applied by the market on equity?
    2. If the market value of a share of equity is $1, how many shares are there in the market?
    3. Suppose that management can raise $400 of additional capital and that by raising those funds the firm can expand its earnings distribution to:

    State

    Probability

    Earnings (t =2)

    1

    0.5

    $2,990

    2

    0.5

    $1,196

    What is the discount rate applied by the market on equity?

    d. If the management decides to finance the needed $400 capital by issuing new shares and it wants the existing shareholders to have the entire capital gains from the expansion, how should management set the price and the number of shares of the new shares?

    e. What will be the price of new issuance if management still uses the old cost of equity capital—the result of part a? Why is using the old cost of equity capital not good for the existing shareholders?

    prepare a statement of cash flows for 2014 using the indirect method 621053

    Rojas Corporation”s comparative balance sheets are presented below.

    ROJAS CORPORATION Comparative Balance Sheets December 31

    2014

    2013

    Cash

    $ 14,300

    $ 10,700

    Accounts receivable

    21,200

    23,400

    Land

    20,000

    26,000

    Buildings

    70,000

    70,000

    Accumulated depreciation—buildings

    (15,000)

    (10,000)

    Total

    $110,500

    $120,100

    Accounts payable

    $ 12,370

    $ 31,100

    Common stock

    75,000

    69,000

    Retained earnings

    23,130

    20,000

    Total

    $110,500

    $120,100

    Additional information:

    1. Net income was $22,630. Dividends declared and paid were $19,500.
    2. All other changes in noncurrent account balances had a direct effect on cash flows, except the change in accumulated depreciation. The land was sold for $4,900.

    Instructions

    (a)Prepare a statement of cash flows for 2014 using the indirect method.

    (b)Compute free cash flow.

    prepare a statement of cash flows for 2014 using the indirect method 621055

    Rodriquez Corporation”s comparative balance sheets are presented below.

    RODRIQUEZ CORPORATION Comparative Balance Sheets December 31

    2014

    2013

    Cash

    $ 15,200

    $ 17,700

    Accounts receivable

    25,200

    22,300

    Investments

    20,000

    16,000

    Equipment

    60,000

    70,000

    Accumulated depreciation—equipment

    (14,000)

    (10,000)

    Total

    $106,400

    $116,000

    Accounts payable

    $ 14,600

    $ 11,100

    Bonds payable

    10,000

    30,000

    Common stock

    50,000

    45,000

    Retained earnings

    31,800

    29,900

    Total

    $106,400

    $116,000

    Additional information:

    1. Net income was $18,300. Dividends declared and paid were $16,400.
    2. Equipment which cost $10,000 and had accumulated depreciation of $1,200 was sold for $3,300.
    3. All other changes in noncurrent account balances had a direct effect on cash flows, except the change in accumulated depreciation.

    Instructions

    (a)Prepare a statement of cash flows for 2014 using the indirect method.

    (b)Compute free cash flow.

    in each case compute the amount that should be reported in the operating activities 621059

    The following information is taken from the 2014 general ledger of Swisher Company.

    Rent

    Rent expense

    $48,000

    Prepaid rent, January 1

    5,900

    Prepaid rent, December 31

    9,000

    Salaries

    Salaries and wages expense

    $54,000

    Salaries and wages payable, 1/1/2014

    10,000

    Salaries and wages payable, 12/31/2014

    8,000

    Sales

    Sales revenue

    $175,000

    Accounts receivable, January 1

    16,000

    Instructions

    In each case, compute the amount that should be reported in the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows under the direct method.

    prepare a worksheet for a statement of cash flows for 2014 using the indirect method 621060

    Comparative balance sheets for International Company are presented below.

    INTERNATIONAL COMPANY Comparative Balance Sheets December 31

    Assets

    2014

    2013

    Cash

    $ 73,000

    $ 22,000

    Accounts receivable

    85,000

    76,000

    Inventory

    180,000

    189,000

    Land

    75,000

    100,000

    Equipment

    250,000

    200,000

    Accumulated depreciation—equipment

    (66,000)

    (42,000)

    Total

    $597,000

    $545,000

    Liabilities and Stockholders” Equity

    Accounts payable

    $ 34,000

    $ 47,000

    Bonds payable

    150,000

    200,000

    Common stock ($1 par)

    214,000

    164,000

    Retained earnings

    199,000

    134,000

    Total

    $597,000

    $545,000

    Additional information:

    1. Net income for 2014 was $135,000.
    2. Cash dividends of $70,000 were declared and paid.
    3. Bonds payable amounting to $50,000 were redeemed for cash $50,000.
    4. Common stock was issued for $50,000 cash.
    5. Depreciation expense was $24,000.
    6. Sales for the year were $978,000.

    Instructions

    Prepare a worksheet for a statement of cash flows for 2014 using the indirect method. Enter the reconciling items directly on the worksheet, using letters to cross-reference each entry.

    complete the table indicating whether each item 1 affects operating o activities inv 621061

    You are provided with the following transactions that took place during a recent fiscal year.

    Transaction

    Statement of Cash Flow Activity Affected

    Cash Inflow, Outflow, or No Effect?

    (a) Recorded depreciation expense on the plant assets.

    (b) Recorded and paid interest expense.

    (c) Recorded cash proceeds from a disposal of plant assets.

    (d) Acquired land by issuing common stock.

    (e) Paid a cash dividend to preferred stockholders.

    (f) Paid a cash dividend to common stockholders.

    (g) Recorded cash sales.

    (h) Recorded sales on account.

    (i) Purchased inventory for cash.

    (j) Purchased inventory on account.

    Instructions

    Complete the table indicating whether each item (1) affects operating (O) activities, investing (I) activities, financing (F) activities, or is a noncash (NC) transaction reported in a separate schedule, and (2) represents a cash inflow or cash outflow or has no cash flow effect. Assume use of the indirect approach.

    determine the amounts of any cash inflows or outflows related to the common stock an 621062

    The following account balances relate to the stockholders’ equity accounts of Kerbs Corp. at year-end.

    Common stock, 10,500 and 10,000 shares,

    2014

    2013

    respectively, for 2014 and 2013

    $170,000

    $140,000

    Preferred stock, 5,000 shares

    125,000

    125,000

    Retained earnings

    300,000

    250,000

    A small stock dividend was declared and issued in 2014. The market value of the shares was $10,500. Cash dividends were $15,000 in both 2014 and 2013. The common stock has no par or stated value.

    Instructions

    (a)What was the amount of net income reported by Kerbs Corp. in 2014?

    (b)Determine the amounts of any cash inflows or outflows related to the common stock and dividend accounts in 2014.

    (c)Indicate where each of the cash inflows or outflows identified in (b) would be classified on the statement of cash flows.

    prepare the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows for the year 621063

    The income statement of Whitlock Company is presented here.

    WHITLOCK COMPANY Income Statement For the Year Ended November 30, 2014

    Sales revenue

    $7,700,000

    Cost to goods sold

    Beginning inventory

    $1,900,000

    Purchases

    4,400,000

    Goods available for sale

    6,300,000

    Ending inventory

    1,400,000

    Total cost of goods sold

    4,900,000

    Gross profit

    2.800.000

    Operating expenses

    1,150,000

    Net income

    1,650,000

    Additional information:

    1. Accounts receivable increased $200,000 during the year, and inventory decreased $500,000.
    2. Prepaid expenses increased $150,000 during the year.
    3. Accounts payable to suppliers of merchandise decreased $340,000 during the year.
    4. Accrued expenses payable decreased $100,000 during the year.
    5. Operating expenses include depreciation expense of $70,000.

    Instructions

    Prepare the operating activities section of the statement of cash flows for the year ended November 30, 2014, for Whitlock Company, using the indirect method.

    prepare a classified balance sheet at december 31 2014 620984

    The following data, presented in alphabetical order, are taken from the records of Mussatto Corporation.

    Accounts payable

    $ 375,000

    Accounts receivable

    135,000

    Accumulated depreciation—buildings

    270,000

    Accumulated depreciation—equipment

    80,000

    Allowance for doubtful accounts

    10,000

    Bonds payable (10%, due 2024)

    600,000

    Buildings

    1,350,000

    Cash

    210,000

    Common stock ($5 par value; 500,000 shares authorized, 440,000 shares issued)

    2,200,000

    Discount on bonds payable

    30,000

    Dividends payable

    75,000

    Equipment

    415,000

    Goodwill

    300,000

    Income taxes payable

    180,000

    Inventory

    255,000

    Investment in Sanchez Inc. stock (30% ownership), at equity

    900,000

    Land

    780,000

    Notes payable (due 2015)

    110,000

    Paid-in capital in excess of par—common stock

    300,000

    Prepaid insurance

    25,000

    Retained earnings

    480,000

    Short-term investments, at fair value (and cost)

    280,000

    Instructions

    Prepare a classified balance sheet at December 31, 2014.

    prepare a memo dated may 26 2013 that describes the advantages and disadvantages of 620985

    Part IDebby Kauffman and her two colleagues, Jamie Hiatt and Ella Rincon, are personal trainers at an upscale health spa/resort in Tampa, Florida. They want to start a health club that specializes in health plans for people in the 50+ age range. The growing population in this age range and strong consumer interest in the health benefits of physical activity have convinced them they can profitably operate their own club. In addition to many other decisions, they need to determine what type of business organization they want. Jamie believes there are more advantages to the corporate form than a partnership, but he hasn”t yet convinced Debby and Ella. They have come to you, a small-business consulting specialist, seeking information and advice regarding the choice of starting a partnership versus a corporation.

    Instructions

    (a)Prepare a memo (dated May 26, 2013) that describes the advantages and disadvantages of both partnerships and corporations. Advise Debby, Jamie, and Ella regarding which organizational form you believe would better serve their purposes. Make sure to include reasons supporting your advice.

    Part IIAfter deciding to incorporate, each of the three investors receives 20,000 shares of $2 par common stock on June 12, 2013, in exchange for their co-owned building ($200,000 fair value) and $100,000 total cash they contributed to the business. The next decision that Debby, Jamie, and Ella need to make is how to obtain financing for renovation and equipment. They understand the difference between equity securities and debt securities, but do not understand the tax, net income, and earnings per share consequences of equity versus debt financing on the future of their business.

    Instructions

    (b)Prepare notes for a discussion with the three entrepreneurs in which you will compare the consequences of using equity versus debt financing. As part of your notes, show the differences in interest and tax expense assuming $1,400,000 is financed with common stock, and then alternatively with debt. Assume that when common stock is used, 140,000 shares will be issued. When debt is used, assume the interest rate on debt is 9%, the tax rate is 32%, and income before interest and taxes is $300,000. (You may want to use an electronic spreadsheet.)

    Part IIIDuring the discussion about financing, Ella mentions that one of her clients, Timothy Hansen, has approached her about buying a significant interest in the new club. Having an interested investor sways the three to issue equity securities to provide the financing they need. On July 21, 2013, Mr. Hansen buys 90,000 shares at a price of $10 per share.

    The club, Life Path Fitness, opens on January 12, 2014, and after a slow start begins to produce the revenue desired by the owners. The owners decide to pay themselves a stock dividend since cash has been less than abundant since they opened their doors. The 10% stock dividend is declared by the owners on July 27, 2014. The market price of the stock is $3 on the declaration date. The date of record is July 31, 2014 (there have been no changes in stock ownership since the initial issuance), and the issue date is August 15, 2014. By the middle of the fourth quarter of 2014, the cash flow of Life Path Fitness has improved to the point that the owners feel ready to pay themselves a cash dividend. They declare a $0.05 cash dividend on December 4, 2014. The record date is December 14, 2014, and the payment date is December 24, 2014.

    Instructions

    (c)(1) Record all of the transactions related to the common stock of Life Path Fitness during the years 2013 and 2014. (2) Indicate how many shares are issued and outstanding after the stock dividend is issued.

    Part IVSince the club opened, a major concern has been the pool facilities. Although the existing pool is adequate, Debby, Jamie, and Ella all desire to make Life Path a cutting-edge facility. Until the end of 2014, financing concerns prevented this improvement. However, because there has been steady growth in clientele, revenue, and income since the fourth quarter of 2014, the owners have explored possible financing options. They are hesitant to issue stock and change the ownership mix because they have been able to work together as a team with great effectiveness. They have formulated a plan to issue secured term bonds to raise the needed $600,000 for the pool facilities. By the end of April 2015, everything was in place for the bond issue to go ahead. On June 1, 2015, the bonds were issued for $548,000. The bonds pay semiannual interest of 3% (6% annual) on December 1 and June 1 of each year. The bonds mature in 10 years, and amortization is computed using the straight-line method.

    Instructions

    (d)Record (1) the issuance of the secured bonds, (2) the interest payment made on December 1, 2015, (3) the adjusting entry required at December 31, 2015, and (4) the interest payment made on June 1, 2016.

    Part VMr. Hansen”s purchase of the stock of Life Path Fitness was done through his business. The stock investment has always been accounted for using the cost method on his firm”s books. However, early in 2016 he decided to take his company public. He is preparing an IPO (initial public offering), and he needs to have the firm”s financial statements audited. One of the issues to be resolved is to restate the stock investment in Life Path Fitness using the equity method since Mr. Hansen”s ownership percentage is greater than 20%.

    Instructions

    (e) (1)Give the entries that would have been made on Hansen”s books if the equity method of accounting for investments had been used from the initial investment through 2015. Assume the following data for Life Path.

    2013

    2014

    2015

    Net income

    $30,000

    $70,000

    $105,000

    Total cash dividends

    $ 2,100

    $20,000

    $ 50,000

    ken has met with curtis and natalie to discuss the business operation all have concl 620986

    Natalie has been approached by Ken Thornton, a shareholder of The Beanery Coffee Inc. Ken wants to retire and would like to sell his 1,000 shares in The Beanery Coffee, which represents 30% of all shares issued. The Beanery is currently operated by Ken”s twin daughters, who each own 35% of the common shares. The Beanery not only operates a coffee shop but also roasts and sells beans to retailers, under the name “Rocky Mountain Beanery.”

    Ken has met with Curtis and Natalie to discuss the business operation. All have concluded that there would be many advantages for Cookie & Coffee Creations Inc. to acquire an interest in The Beanery Coffee. Despite the apparent advantages, however, Natalie and Curtis are still not convinced that they should participate in this business venture.

    what has been consolidated that is from the contents of pepsico s annual report iden 620988

    PepsiCo”s financial statements are presented. Financial statements ofThe Coca-Cola Companyare presented. Instructions for accessing and using the complete annual reports of PepsiCo and Coca-Cola, including the notes to the financial statements, are also provided in Appendices B and C, respectively.

    Instructions

    (a)Based on the information contained in these financial statements, determine the following for each company.

    (1)Net cash used in investing (investment) activities for the current year (from the statement of cash flows).

    (2)Cash used for capital expenditures during the current year.

    (b)Each of PepsiCo”s financial statements is labeled “consolidated.” What has been consolidated? That is, from the contents of PepsiCo”s annual report, identify by name the corporations that have been consolidated (parent and subsidiaries).

    based on the information contained in these financial statements determine the follo 620989

    1. “s financial statements are presented. Financial statements ofWal-Mart Stores, Inc.are presented. Instructions for accessing and using the complete annual reports of Amazon and Wal-Mart, including the notes to the financial statements, are also provided in Appendices D and E, respectively.

    Instructions

    (a)Based on the information contained in these financial statements, determine the following for each company.

    (1)Net cash used for investing (investment) activities for the current year (from the statement of cash flows).

    (2)Cash used for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired during the current year.

    (b)Each of Amazon”s financial statements is labeled “consolidated.” What has been consolidated? That is, from the contents of Amazon”s annual report, identify by name the corporations that have been consolidated (parent and subsidiaries).

    explain why both stockholder linton and president cedeno are correct 620991

    At the beginning of the question-and-answer portion of the annual stockholders’ meeting of Neosho Corporation, stockholder John Linton asks, “Why did management sell the holdings in JMB Company at a loss when this company has been very profitable during the period Neosho held its stock?”

    Since president Tony Cedeno has just concluded his speech on the recent success and bright future of Neosho, he is taken aback by this question and responds, “I remember we paid $1,300,000 for that stock some years ago. I am sure we sold that stock at a much higher price. You must be mistaken.”

    Linton retorts, “Well, right here in footnote number 7 to the annual report it shows that 240,000 shares, a 30% interest in JMB, were sold on the last day of the year. Also, it states that JMB earned $520,000 this year and paid out $160,000 in cash dividends. Further, a summary statement indicates that in past years, while Neosho held JMB stock, JMB earned $1,240,000 and paid out $440,000 in dividends. Finally, the income statement for this year shows a loss on the sale of JMB stock of $180,000. So, I doubt that I am mistaken.”

    Red-faced, president Cedeno turns to you.

    Instructions

    With the class divided into groups, answer the following.

    (a)What dollar amount did Neosho receive upon the sale of the JMB stock?

    (b)Explain why both stockholder Linton and president Cedeno are correct.

    is there anything unethical in what bales and reeble propose who are the stakeholder 620993

    Harding Financial Services Company holds a large portfolio of debt and stock securities as an investment. The total fair value of the portfolio at December 31, 2014, is greater than total cost. Some securities have increased in value and others have decreased. Ann Bales, the financial vice president, and Kim Reeble, the controller, are in the process of classifying for the first time the securities in the portfolio.

    Bales suggests classifying the securities that have increased in value as trading securities in order to increase net income for the year. She wants to classify the securities that have decreased in value as long-term available-for-sale securities, so that the decreases in value will not affect 2014 net income.

    Reeble disagrees. She recommends classifying the securities that have decreased in value as trading securities and those that have increased in value as long-term available-for-sale securities. Reeble argues that the company is having a good earnings year and that recognizing the losses now will help to smooth income for this year. Moreover, for future years, when the company may not be as profitable, the company will have built-in gains.

    Instructions

    (a)Will classifying the securities as Bales and Reeble suggest actually affect earnings as each says it will?

    (b)Is there anything unethical in what Bales and Reeble propose? Who are the stakeholders affected by their proposals?

    (c)Assume that Bales and Reeble properly classify the portfolio. At year-end, Bales proposes to sell the securities that will increase 2014 net income, and that Reeble proposes to sell the securities that will decrease 2014 net income. Is this unethical?

    classify each of these transactions by type of cash flow activity 621001

    Identify the three types of activities used to report all cash inflows and outflows.

    Report as operating activities the cash effects of transactions that create revenues and expenses and enter into the determination of net income.

    Report as investing activities transactions that (a) acquire and dispose of investments and long-term assets and (b) lend money and collect loans.

    Report as financing activities transactions that (a) obtain cash from issuing debt and repay the amounts borrowed and (b) obtain cash from stockholders and pay them dividends.

    During its first week, Duffy & Stevenson Company had these transactions.

    1. Issued 100,000 shares of $5 par value common stock for $800,000 cash.
    2. Borrowed $200,000 from Castle Bank, signing a 5-year note bearing 8% interest.
    3. Purchased two semi-trailer trucks for $170,000 cash.
    4. Paid employees $12,000 for salaries and wages.
    5. Collected $20,000 cash for services performed.

    Classify each of these transactions by type of cash flow activity.

    calculate net cash provided by operating activities for josh s photoplus 621002

    Josh”s PhotoPlus reported net income of $73,000 for 2014. Included in the income statement were depreciation expense of $7,000 and a gain on disposal of equipment of $2,500. Josh”s comparative balance sheets show the following balances.

    Add noncash charges such as depreciation back to net income to compute net cash provided by operating activities.

    Deduct from net income gains on the disposal of plant assets, or add losses back to net income, to compute net cash provided by operating activities.

    Use changes in noncash current asset and current liability accounts to compute net cash provided by operating activities.

    12/31/13

    12/31/14

    Accounts receivable

    $17,000

    $21,000

    Accounts payable

    6,000

    2,200

    Calculate net cash provided by operating activities for Josh”s PhotoPlus.

    net cash provided by operating activities is 160 000 621013

    The following data are available for Allen Clapp Corporation.

    Net income

    $200,000

    Depreciation expense

    40,000

    Dividends paid

    60,000

    Gain on disposal of land

    10,000

    Decrease in accounts receivable

    20,000

    Decrease in accounts payable

    30,000

    Net cash provided by operating activities is:

    (a)$160,000.

    (b)$220,000.

    (c)$240,000.

    (d)$280,000.

    what amount was reported on the statement of cash flows as ldquo cash flow from sale 621035

    The T-accounts for Equipment and the related Accumulated Depreciation—Equipment for Luo Company at the end of 2014 are shown here.

    Equipment

    Accumulated Depriciation-Equipment

    Beg.Bal.

    80,000

    Disposals

    22,000

    Disposals

    5,500

    Beg.Bal.

    44,500

    Acquisitions

    41,600

    Depr.exp.

    12,000

    End.bal.

    99,600

    End.bal.

    51,000

    In addition, Luo Company”s income statement reported a loss on the disposal of equipment of $5,500. What amount was reported on the statement of cash flows as “cash flow from sale of equipment”?

    indicate how each item should be classified in the statement of cash flows using the 621048

    An analysis of comparative balance sheets, the current year”s income statement, and the general ledger accounts of Wellman Corp. uncovered the following items. Assume all items involve cash unless there is information to the contrary.

    (a)Payment of interest on notes payable.

    (b)Exchange of land for patent.

    (c)Sale of building at book value.

    (d)Payment of dividends.

    (e)Depreciation.

    (f)Receipt of dividends on investment in stock.

    (g)Receipt of interest on notes receivable.

    (h)Issuance of capital stock.

    (i)Amortization of patent.

    (j)Issuance of bonds for land.

    (k)Purchase of land.

    (l)Conversion of bonds into common stock.

    (m)Loss on sale of land.

    (n)Retirement of bonds.

    Instructions

    Indicate how each item should be classified in the statement of cash flows using these four major classifications: operating activity (indirect method), investing activity, financing activity, and significant noncash investing and financing activity.

    from the postings in the accounts indicate how the information is reported on a stat 621052

    The three accounts shown below appear in the general ledger of Herrick Corp. during 2014.

    Equipment

    Date

    Debit

    Credit

    Balance

    1. 1

    July 31
    Sept. 2
    Nov. 10

    Balance

    Purchase of equipment 70,000

    Cost of equipment constructed 53,000

    Cost of equipment sold

    49,000

    160,000 230,000 283,000 234,000

    Accumulated Depreciation—Equipment

    Date

    Debit

    Credit

    Balance

    1. 1

    Balance

    71,000

    Nov. 10

    Accumulated depreciation on equipment sold 30,000

    41,000

    Dec. 31

    Depreciation for year

    28,000

    69,000

    Retained Earnings

    Date

    Debit

    Credit

    Balance

    1. 1

    Balance

    105,000

    Aug. 23

    Dividends (cash) 14,000

    91,000

    Dec. 31

    Net income

    77,000

    168,000

    Instructions

    From the postings in the accounts, indicate how the information is reported on a statement of cash flows using the indirect method. The loss on disposal of equipment was $7,000.

    depreciation at 5 per cent on capital cost of rs 20 00 000 p a 620937

    From the following particulars, prepare operating cost sheet:

    Total units generated

    20,00,000 kWh

    Operating labour

    Rs. 50,000

    Repairs

    Rs. 50,000

    Lubricants

    Rs. 40,000

    Plant supervision

    Rs. 30,000

    Administration overheads

    Rs. 20,000

    Coal consumed per kWh.: 2.5 kg at Re 0.02 per kg

    Depreciation at 5 per cent on capital cost of Rs. 20,00,000 p.a.

    each double room is equal to two single rooms average occupancy throughout the year 620938

    From the following data, find out the cost per room-day and the charge to the customers, if the profit required is 20 per cent on cost.

    Room accommodation available:

    50 double rooms

    100 single rooms

    Each double room is equal to two single rooms. Average occupancy throughout the year of 360 days is 75 per cent.

    The costs are as follows:

    Depreciation of premises

    5,00,000

    Depreciation of furniture

    6,00,000

    Opening stock of linen

    10,00,000

    Purchases of linen

    5,00,000

    Closing stock of linen

    7,50,000

    Salaries of staff

    5,00,000

    Sundry charges

    3,50,000

    assuming 15 per cent profit on takings calculate the bus fare to be charged from eac 620942

    A transport company has been given a route 40 km long to run a bus. The bus costs the company the sum of Rs. 1,00,000. It has been insured at 3 per cent per annum and the annual tax will amount to Rs. 2,000. Garage rent is Rs. 200 p.m. Annual repairs will be Rs. 2,000 and the bus is likely to last for 5 years.

    The driver’s salary will be Rs. 300 p.m., and the conductor’s salary will be Rs. 200 p.m. in addition to 10 per cent of takings as commission (to be shared by the driver and conductor equally)

    Cost of stationery will be Rs. 100 p.m. Manager cum accountant salary is Rs. 700 p.m.

    Petrol and oil will be Rs. 50 per 100 km. The bus will take three up and down trips carrying on an average 40 passengers on each trip. Assuming 15 per cent profit on takings, calculate the bus fare to be charged from each passenger. The bus will run on an average of 25 days in a month.

    calculate the rate to be charged to rest village and shivapur from new city per pass 620943

    Sai Travels owns a bus and operates a tourist service on daily basis. The bus starts from New city to Rest village and returns back to New city the same day. Distance between New city and Rest village is 250 km. This trip operates for 10 days in a month. The bus also plies for another 10 days between New city and Shivapur and returns back to New city the same day; distance between these two places is 200 km. The bus makes local sightseeing trips for 5 days in a month covering a total distance of 60 km. The following data are given:

    Cost of bus

    Rs. 3,50,000

    Depreciation

    25 per cent

    Driver’s salary

    Rs. 1,200 p.m.

    Conductor’s salary

    Rs. 1,000 p.m.

    Part-time clerk’s salary

    Rs. 400 p.m.

    Insurance

    Rs. 1,800 p.a.

    Diesel consumption 4 km per litre at Rs. 8 per litre

    Token tax

    Rs. 2,400 p.a.

    Permit fee

    Rs. 1,000 p.m.

    Lubricant oil Rs. 100 for every 200 km

    Repairs and maintenance

    Rs. 1,500 p.m.

    Normal capacity

    50 passengers

    While plying to and from Rest village, the bus occupies 90 per cent of the capacity and 80 per cent when it plies between New city to Shivapur (both ways). In the city, the bus runs full capacity. Passenger tax is 20 per cent of net takings of the travels firm. Calculate the rate to be charged to Rest village and Shivapur from New city, per passenger, if the profit required to be earned is 33 per cent of net takings of the firm.

    an equitable rate of reimbursement on the basis of schedule he presently follows and 620944

    Mr Harry is a travelling inspector for the Environment Protection Agency. He uses his own car and the agency reimburses him at Rs. 1.80 per km. Mr Harry claims that he needs Rs. 2.20 per km just to breakeven. A scrutiny of his expenses by the agency reveals the following:

    Oil change every 4,800 km

    120

    Maintenance (other than oil)

    1,800

    every 9,600 km

    Yearly insurance (comprehensive

    4,000

    with accident benefits)

    Cost of car, with an average

    1,08,000

    residual value of Rs. 60,000 and

    with a useful life of 3 years

    Petrol is Rs. 5 a litre and Harry gets 8 km a litre in his car. When Harry is on the road, he averages 192 km a day. He works 5 days in a week, has 10 vacations in a year, besides 6 holidays, and spends 15 working days a month in the office. You are required to determine

    1. An equitable rate of reimbursement on the basis of schedule he presently follows and
    2. The number of kilometres a year he would have to travel to break-even at the current rate of reimbursement

    resale value is rs 20 000 at the end of the fifth year work out the relative costs o 620945

    A company is considering three alternative proposals for conveyance facilities for its sales personnel who have to do considerable travelling, approximately 20,000 kilometres every year. The proposals are as follows:

    1. Purchase and maintain its own fleet of cars. The average cost of a car is Rs. 1,00,000.
    2. Allow the executive to use his own car and reimburse expenses at the rate of Rs. 1.60 per km and also bear insurance cost.
    3. Hire cars from an agency at Rs. 20,000 per year per car. The company will have to bear the cost of petrol, taxes and tyres.

    The following further details are available:

    Petrol

    Rs. 0.60 per km

    Repairs and maintenance

    Rs. 0.20 per km

    Tyre

    Rs. 0.12 per km

    Insurance

    Rs. 1,200 per car p.a.

    Taxes

    Rs. 800 per car p.a.

    Life of car

    5 years units annual mileage of 20,000 km

    Resale value is Rs. 20,000 at the end of the fifth year. Work out the relative costs of the three proposals and rank them

    calculate the estimated annual profit also draw an estimate of cost and profit for t 620946

    The Holiday Hotel has 40 bedrooms with a maximum capacity of 490 sleeper nights per week. Average capacity is 60 per cent throughout the year. Meals provided to guests have been costed and the average food cost per person per day is as follows:

    Breakfast

    3.60

    Lunch

    11.00

    Dinner

    13.40

    Direct wages and staff meals per week are as follows:

    Restaurants and kitchens

    3,430

    Housekeeping

    1,952

    General

    1,760

    Direct expenses per annum are Rs. 45,760 for housekeeping and Rs. 52,000 for the restaurant. Indirect expenses amount to Rs. 3,41,120. Which should be apportioned on the basis of floor area? The floor areas are:

    Square metres

    Bedrooms

    3,600

    Restaurant

    1,200

    Service area

    600

    A net profit of 10 per cent each must be made on restaurant takings and accommodation takings.

    You are required to calculate what inclusive terms per person should be charged per day. Show the split between meals and accommodation charges.

    There is also a proposal to take on hire adjoining building and convert it into a pastry shop. The annual cost estimates are:

    Rates and taxes

    12,000

    Wages

    54,000

    Replacement of utensils

    2,400

    Depreciation of fixed assets

    3,000

    Fuel cost

    10 per cent of the cost of pastries.

    Sales are expected to average Rs. 1,50,000 p.a., the monthly figures varying according to seasons. Prices shown on the tags are arrived at by marking up the costs by 150 per cent. Calculate the estimated annual profit. Also draw an estimate of cost and profit for the first month when the sales are expected to be Rs. 15,000.

    calculate the per unit cost of electricity generated using a cost sheet format 620948

    A manufacturing firm facing a shortage of electric power supply from the state electricity board has set up its own power generation plant for efficient running of its production units in the factory. The following information has been taken from the records in connection with the generation of power for a month:

    1. No. of units generated was 10,00,000 for the month of which 10 per cent was utilized by the generation department.
    2. Computation data of materials, etc. for the month:
      1. Coal consumed 300 MTS at Rs. 3,600 per MT
      2. Oil consumed 4.5 MTS at Rs. 40,000 per MT
      3. Cost of water extraction and treatment of 6 lakh litres at Rs. 1.25 a litre
    3. Steam boiler costs Rs. 20 lakhs with a residual value of Rs. 2 lakhs after a life of 10 years
    4. Salaries and wages per month:
      1. For staff of generating plant:
        1. 100 skilled workers at Rs. 3,000 p.m
        2. 150 helpers at Rs. 1,500 p.m
      2. For staff of boiler house:
        1. 60 category A workers at Rs. 1,500 p.m
        2. 100 category B workers at Rs. 1,100 p.m
      3. Cost of generating plant: Rs. 36 lakhs with no residual value. Depreciation at 10 per cent on straight line basis is to be charged.
      4. Repairs and maintenance of generating plant and boiler Rs. 50,000 p.m.
      5. Share of administrative charges Rs. 40,000 p.m.
      6. Share value of ash disposed off Rs. 15,000 p.m.

    Calculate the per-unit cost of electricity generated, using a cost sheet format.

    prepare all necessary journal entries for 2014 for a edelman and b wen 620958

    Presented below are two independent situations:

    1. Edelman Inc. acquired 10% of the 500,000 shares of common stock of Schuberger Corporation at a total cost of $11 per share on June 17, 2014. On September 3, Schuberger declared and paid a $160,000 dividend. On December 31, Schuberger reported net income of $550,000 for the year.
    2. Wen Corporation obtained significant influence over Hunsaker Company by buying 30% of Hunsaker”s 100,000 outstanding shares of common stock at a cost of $18 per share on January 1, 2014. On May 15, Hunsaker declared and paid a cash dividend of $150,000. On December 31, Hunsaker reported net income of $270,000 for the year.

    Prepare all necessary journal entries for 2014 for (a) Edelman and (b) Wen.

    prepare all the necessary journal entries for 2014 for a gambino cosmetics and b kan 620968

    Presented below are two independent situations.

    1. Gambino Cosmetics acquired 10% of the 200,000 shares of common stock of Nevins Fashion at a total cost of $13 per share on March 18, 2014. On June 30, Nevins declared and paid a $60,000 dividend. On December 31, Nevins reported net income of $122,000 for the year. At December 31, the market price of Nevins Fashion was $15 per share. The stock is classified as available-for-sale.
    2. Kanza, Inc., obtained significant influence over Rogan Corporation by buying 40% of Rogan”s 30,000 outstanding shares of common stock at a total cost of $9 per share on January 1, 2014. On June 15, Rogan declared and paid a cash dividend of $30,000. On December 31, Rogan reported a net income of $80,000 for the year.

    Instructions

    Prepare all the necessary journal entries for 2014 for (a) Gambino Cosmetics and (b) Kanza, Inc.

    show the balance sheet and income statement presentation at december 31 2014 after a 620970

    At December 31, 2014, the trading securities for Storrer, Inc. are as follows.

    Security

    Cost

    Fair Value

    A

    $17,500

    $16,000

    B

    12,500

    14,000

    C

    23,000

    21,000

    $53,000

    $51,000

    Instructions

    (a)Prepare the adjusting entry at December 31, 2014, to report the securities at fair value.

    (b)Show the balance sheet and income statement presentation at December 31, 2014, after adjustment to fair value.

    journalize the listed transactions for the years 2014 2017 620973

    Vilander Carecenters Inc. provides financing and capital to the health-care industry, with a particular focus on nursing homes for the elderly. The following selected transactions relate to bonds acquired as an investment by Vilander, whose fiscal year ends on December 31.

    2014

    Jan. 1Purchased at face value $2,000,000 of Javier Nursing Centers, Inc., 10-year, 8% bonds dated January 1, 2014, directly from Javier.

    July 1Received the semiannual interest on the Javier bonds.

    Dec. 31Accrual of interest at year-end on the Javier bonds.

    (Assume that all intervening transactions and adjustments have been properly recorded and that the number of bonds owned has not changed from December 31, 2014, to December 31, 2016.)

    2017

    Jan. 1Received the semiannual interest on the Javier bonds.

    Jan. 1Sold $1,000,000 Javier bonds at 106.

    July 1Received the semiannual interest on the Javier bonds.

    Dec. 31Accrual of interest at year-end on the Javier bonds.

    Instructions

    (a)Journalize the listed transactions for the years 2014 and 2017.

    (b)Assume that the fair value of the bonds at December 31, 2014, was $2,200,000. These bonds are classified as available-for-sale securities. Prepare the adjusting entry to record these bonds at fair value.

    (c)Based on your analysis in part (b), show the balance sheet presentation of the bonds and interest receivable at December 31, 2014. Assume the investments are considered long-term. Indicate where any unrealized gain or loss is reported in the financial statements.

    identify the income statement accounts and give the statement classification of each 620974

    In January 2014, the management of Kinzie Company concludes that it has sufficient cash to permit some short-term investments in debt and stock securities. During the year, the following transactions occurred.

    Feb. 1Purchased 600 shares of Muninger common stock for $32,400.

    Mar. 1Purchased 800 shares of Tatman common stock for $20,000.

    Apr. 1Purchased 50 $1,000, 7% Yoakem bonds for $50,000. Interest is payable semiannually on April 1 and October 1.

    July 1Received a cash dividend of $0.60 per share on the Muninger common stock.

    Aug. 1Sold 200 shares of Muninger common stock at $58 per share.

    Sept. 1Received a $1 per share cash dividend on the Tatman common stock.

    Oct. 1Received the semiannual interest on the Yoakem bonds.

    Oct. 1Sold the Yoakem bonds for $49,000.

    At December 31, the fair value of the Muninger common stock was $55 per share. The fair value of the Tatman common stock was $24 per share.

    Instructions

    (a)Journalize the transactions and post to the accounts Debt Investments and Stock Investments. (Use the T-account form.)

    (b)Prepare the adjusting entry at December 31, 2014, to report the investment securities at fair value. All securities are considered to be trading securities.

    (c)Show the balance sheet presentation of investment securities at December 31, 2014.

    (d)Identify the income statement accounts and give the statement classification of each account.

    show the balance sheet presentation of the investments at december 31 2015 at this d 620975

    On December 31, 2014, Turnball Associates owned the following securities, held as a long-term investment. The securities are not held for influence or control of the investee.

    Common Stock

    Shares

    Cost

    Gehring Co.

    2,000

    $60,000

    Wooderson Co.

    5,000

    45,000

    Kitselton Co.

    1,500

    30,000

    On December 31, 2014, the total fair value of the securities was equal to its cost. In 2015, the following transactions occurred.

    July 1Received $1 per share semiannual cash dividend on Wooderson Co. common stock.

    Aug. 1Received $0.50 per share cash dividend on Gehring Co. common stock.

    Sept. 1Sold 1,500 shares of Wooderson Co. common stock for cash at $8 per share.

    Oct. 1Sold 800 shares of Gehring Co. common stock for cash at $33 per share.

    Nov. 1Received $1 per share cash dividend on Kitselton Co. common stock.

    Dec. 15Received $0.50 per share cash dividend on Gehring Co. common stock.

    31Received $1 per share semiannual cash dividend on Wooderson Co. common stock.

    At December 31, the fair values per share of the common stocks were: Gehring Co. $32, Wooderson Co. $8, and Kitselton Co. $18.

    Instructions

    (a)Journalize the 2015 transactions and post to the account Stock Investments. (Use the T-account form.)

    (b)Prepare the adjusting entry at December 31, 2015, to show the securities at fair value. The stock should be classified as available-for-sale securities.

    (c)Show the balance sheet presentation of the investments at December 31, 2015. At this date, Turnball Associates has common stock $1,500,000 and retained earnings $1,000,000.

    indicate the balance sheet income statement account balances at december 31 2014 und 620976

    Heidebrecht Design acquired 20% of the outstanding common stock of Quayle Company on January 1, 2014, by paying $800,000 for the 30,000 shares. Quayle declared and paid $0.30 per share cash dividends on March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15, 2014. Quayle reported net income of $320,000 for the year. At December 31, 2014, the market price of Quayle common stock was $34 per share.

    Instructions

    (a)Prepare the journal entries for Heidebrecht Design for 2014 assuming Heidebrecht Design cannot exercise significant influence over Quayle. (Use the cost method and assume that Quayle common stock should be classified as a trading security.)

    (b)Prepare the journal entries for Heidebrecht Design for 2014, assuming Heidebrecht Design can exercise significant influence over Quayle. Use the equity method.

    (c)Indicate the balance sheet and income statement account balances at December 31, 2014, under each method of accounting.

    show the balance sheet presentation at december 31 2015 for the investment related a 620977

    The following securities are in Frederick Company”s portfolio of long-term available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2014.

    Cost

    1,000 shares of Willhite Corporation common stock

    $52,000

    1,400 shares of Hutcherson Corporation common stock

    84,000

    1,200 shares of Downing Corporation preferred stock

    33,600

    On December 31, 2014, the total cost of the portfolio equaled total fair value. Frederick had the following transactions related to the securities during 2015.

    20

    Sold all 1,000 shares of Willhite Corporation common stock at $55 per share.

    28

    Purchased 400 shares of $70 par value common stock of Liggett Corporation at $78 per share.

    30

    Received a cash dividend of $1.15 per share on Hutcherson Corp. common stock.

    8

    Received cash dividends of $0.40 per share on Downing Corp. preferred stock.

    18

    Sold all 1,200 shares of Downing Corp. preferred stock at $27 per share.

    July

    30

    Received a cash dividend of $1.00 per share on Hutcherson Corp. common stock.

    6

    Purchased an additional 900 shares of $10 par value common stock of Liggett Corporation at $82 per share.

    1

    Received a cash dividend of $1.50 per share on Liggett Corporation common stock.

    At December 31, 2015, the fair values of the securities were:

    Hutcherson Corporation common stock

    $64 per share

    Liggett Corporation common stock

    $72 per share

    Instructions

    (a)Prepare journal entries to record the transactions.

    (b)Post to the investment accounts. (Use T-accounts.)

    (c)Prepare the adjusting entry at December 31, 2015 to report the portfolio at fair value.

    (d)Show the balance sheet presentation at December 31, 2015, for the investment-related accounts.

    journalize the listed transactions for the years 2014 and 2017 620979

    Cheese Farms is a grower of hybrid seed corn for Mukenthaler Genetics Corporation. It has had two exceptionally good years and has elected to invest its excess funds in bonds. The selected transactions, shown on the next page, relate to bonds acquired as an investment by Cheese Farms, whose fiscal year ends on December 31.

    2014

    Jan. 1Purchased at face value $400,000 of Wilkerson Corporation 10-year, 9% bonds dated January 1, 2014, directly from the issuing corporation.

    July 1Received the semiannual interest on the Wilkerson bonds.

    Dec. 31Accrual of interest at year-end on the Wilkerson bonds.

    (Assume that all intervening transactions and adjustments have been properly recorded and the number of bonds owned has not changed from December 31, 2014, to December 31, 2016.)

    2017

    Jan. 1Received the semiannual interest on the Wilkerson bonds.

    Jan. 1Sold $200,000 of Wilkerson bonds at 114.

    July 1Received the semiannual interest on the Wilkerson bonds.

    Dec. 31Accrual of interest at year-end on the Wilkerson bonds.

    Instructions

    (a)Journalize the listed transactions for the years 2014 and 2017.

    (b)Assume that the fair value of the bonds at December 31, 2014, was $385,000. These bonds are classified as available-for-sale securities. Prepare the adjusting entry to record these bonds at fair value.

    (c)Based on your analysis in part (b), show the balance sheet presentation of the bonds and interest receivable at December 31, 2014. Assume the investments are considered long-term. Indicate where any unrealized gain or loss is reported in the financial statements.

    identify the income statement accounts and give the statement classification of each 620980

    In January 2014, the management of Kord Company concludes that it has sufficient cash to purchase some short-term investments in debt and stock securities. During the year, the following transactions occurred.

    Feb. 1Purchased 500 shares of Day common stock for $30,800.

    Mar. 1Purchased 600 shares of Eldridge common stock for $20,300.

    Apr. 1Purchased 40 $1,000, 9% Lorenz bonds for $40,000. Interest is payable semiannually on April 1 and October 1.

    July 1Received a cash dividend of $0.60 per share on the Day common stock.

    Aug. 1Sold 300 shares of Day common stock at $69 per share.

    Sept. 1Received a $1 per share cash dividend on the Eldridge common stock.

    Oct. 1Received the semiannual interest on the Lorenz bonds.

    Oct. 1Sold the Lorenz bonds for $44,000.

    At December 31, the fair value of the Day common stock was $66 per share. The fair value of the Eldridge common stock was $29 per share.

    Instructions

    (a)Journalize the transactions and post to the accounts Debt Investments and Stock Investments. (Use the T-account form.)

    (b)Prepare the adjusting entry at December 31, 2014, to report the investments at fair value. All securities are considered to be trading securities.

    (c)Show the balance sheet presentation of investment securities at December 31, 2014.

    (d)Identify the income statement accounts and give the statement classification of each account.

    show the balance sheet presentation of the investment related accounts at december 3 620981

    On December 31, 2014, Bly Associates owned the following securities, held as long-term investments.

    Common Stock

    Shares

    Cost

    Woolridge Co.

    4.000

    $100,000

    Coria Co.

    5.000

    30,000

    Sterling Motors Co.

    3.000

    60,000

    On this date, the total fair value of the securities was equal to its cost. The securities are not held for influence or control over the investees. In 2015, the following transactions occurred.

    July 1Received $1 per share semiannual cash dividend on Coria Co. common stock.

    Aug. 1Received $0.50 per share cash dividend on Woolridge Co. common stock.

    Sept. 1Sold 1,500 shares of Coria Co. common stock for cash at $7 per share.

    Oct. 1Sold 600 shares of Woolridge Co. common stock for cash at $30 per share.

    Nov. 1Received $1 per share cash dividend on Sterling Motor Co. common stock.

    Dec. 15 Received $0.50 per share cash dividend on Woolridge Co. common stock.

    31 Received $1 per share semiannual cash dividend on Coria Co. common stock.

    At December 31, the fair values per share of the common stocks were Woolridge Co. $23, Coria Co. $7, and Sterling Motors Co. $19.

    Instructions

    (a)Journalize the 2015 transactions and post to the account Stock Investments. (Use the T-account form.)

    (b)Prepare the adjusting entry at December 31, 2015, to show the securities at fair value. The stock should be classified as available-for-sale securities.

    (c)Show the balance sheet presentation of the investment-related accounts at December 31, 2015. At this date, Bly Associates has common stock $2,000,000 and retained earnings $1,200,000.

    show the balance sheet presentation at december 31 2015 for the investment related a 620983

    The following are in Rodriguez”s Company”s portfolio of long-term available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2014.

    Cost

    700 shares of Parra Corporation common stock

    $35,000

    900 shares of Robison Corporation common stock

    42,000

    800 shares of Vega Corporation preferred stock

    22,400

    On December 31, the total cost of the portfolio equaled total fair value. Rodriguez”s Company had the following transactions related to the securities during 2015.

    7

    Sold 700 shares of Parra Corporation common stock at $55 per share.

    10

    Purchased 300 shares, $70 par value common stock of Younker Corporation at $78 per share.

    26

    Received a cash dividend of $1.15 per share on Robison Corporation common stock.

    2

    Received cash dividends of $0.40 per share on Vega Corporation preferred stock.

    10

    Sold all 800 shares of Vega Corporation preferred stock at $26 per share.

    July

    1

    Received a cash dividend of $1.00 per share on Robison Corporation common stock.

    1

    Purchased an additional 800 shares of the $70 par value common stock of Younker Corporation at $75 per share.

    15

    Received a cash dividend of $1.50 per share on Younker Corporation common stock.

    At December 31, 2015, the fair values of the securities were:

    Robison Corporation common stock

    $48 per share

    Younker Corporation common stock

    $72 per share

    Instructions

    (a)Prepare journal entries to record the transactions.

    (b)Post to the investment accounts. (Use T-accounts.)

    (c)Prepare the adjusting entry at December 31, 2015, to report the portfolio at fair value.

    (d)Show the balance sheet presentation at December 31, 2015, for the investment-related accounts.

    if the total cost is rs 38 000 compute cost per quintal km 620891

    Model: Cost per unit

    Following are the details regarding transportation of goods by a transport company.

    Date

    Quantity in Quintal

    Distance in km

    1 January 2010

    50

    100

    3 January 2010

    10

    200

    5 January 2010

    30

    150

    7 January 2010

    25

    300

    If the total cost is Rs. 38,000, compute cost per quintal-km.

    the trucks ran 1 000 km during the year ended 31 march 2010 and the quantity of good 620894

    Model: Transport costing—computation of operating cost per tonne-km

    From the following data, relating to a good transport company VRS Transport Co. Ltd, calculate the cost per tonne-km.

    Driver’s salary

    10,000

    Garage mechanic salary

    5,000

    Manager’s salary

    15,000

    Garage rent

    3,000

    Accountant’s salary

    12,000

    Insurance premium

    2,000

    Cleaners salary

    3,000

    Administration overhead

    5,000

    Depreciation

    25,000

    Road tax and permit fee

    1,000

    Interest

    6,000

    Petrol and diesel consumed

    5,000

    Tyres and tubes

    4,000

    Lubrication and sundries

    1,000

    Spares

    2,000

    Repairs and maintenance

    3,000

    Hire charges

    2,000

    The trucks ran 1,000 km during the year ended 31 March 2010, and the quantity of goods carried is 100 tonnes.

    the number of days on which the buses had run during the month is 30 and each bus ma 620895

    Model: Transport costing computation of cost per passenger-km

    The following data relate to a passenger transport company Raj Travels for June. You are required to calculate the cost per passenger-km.

    Manager’s salary

    25,000

    Driver’s wages

    9,000

    Cleaner’s wages

    3,000

    Garage mechanic’s salary

    5,000

    Garage rent

    3,000

    Insurance premium

    2,600

    Road tax and permit fee

    1,400

    Depreciation

    6,000

    Diesel

    7,000

    Lubricating oil and sundries

    1,000

    Spares

    750

    Tyres and tubes

    4,250

    The company runs two buses and each of them can accommodate 50 passengers. The buses run between two towns, and the distance between them is 200 km. The number of days on which the buses had run during the month is 30 and each bus made one round trip daily. On an average, the sealing capacity utilized was 75 per cent.

    you are required to prepare an operating cost for the month 620896

    The following were the expenses incurred by a company in operating one lorry (for the conveyance of raw materials) and a bus (for the conveyance of staff) during a month:

    Monthly Costs

    Lorry

    Bus

    Driver’s Salary

    7,000

    8,000

    Cleaner’s Wages

    2,000

    2,000

    Diesel

    8,000

    7,000

    Oil

    700

    500

    Repairs

    2,300

    2,500

    Depreciation

    6,000

    7,000

    General garage overhead

    4,000

    3,000

    Road tax

    1,000

    1,000

    Other overhead expenses

    2,000

    3,000

    The above-mentioned vehicles carried the following raw materials and passengers during the month.

    Lorry – 100 tonnes of raw materials

    Bus – 50 passengers daily for 20 days

    Respective distance covered during the same period

    Lorry 5000 km

    Bus 2000 km

    You are required to prepare an operating cost for the month.

    draw up a statement showing the cost per tonne km of carrying coal from each collier 620897

    A factory which uses a large amount of coal is situated between two collieries A and B the former being 10 km and the latter 15 km from the factory. A fleet of lorries of 10 tonne carrying capacity are used for collection of coal from the pitheads. The lorries give an average speed of 20 km per hour when running and regularly take 10 minutes in the factory premises to unload. At colliery A, loading time averages 20 minutes per load, and at colliery B, 30 minutes per load.

    Driver’s wages, licences, insurance, depreciation, garage and similar charges are noticed to cost Rs. 10 per hour operated.

    Fuel, oil, tyres, repairs and similar charges are noticed to cost Rs. 1 per km run.

    Draw up a statement showing the cost per tonne-km of carrying coal from each colliery. If the coal is of equal quality and price at pithead, from which colliery should the purchases be made?

    from the following data relating to two vehicles x and y you are required to compute 620898

    From the following data relating to two vehicles X and Y, you are required to compute the cost per running km:

     

    Vehicle X

    Vehicle Y

    Km run (annual)

    10,000

    6,000

    Cost of vehicle

    Rs. 1,00,000

    Rs. 80,000

    Road licence (annual)

    Rs. 1,000

    Rs. 1,000

    Insurance (annual)

    Rs. 800

    Rs. 600

    Garage rent (annual)

    Rs. 700

    Rs. 400

    Supervision salary

    Rs. 2,000

    Rs. 2,000

    Driver’s wages per hour

    Rs. 6

    Rs. 6

    Cost of fuel per hour

    6

    6

    Km run per litre

    20 km

    15 km

    Repairs and maintenance per km

    Rs. 2.00

    Rs. 2.50

    Tyre allocation per km

    Rs. 1.00

    Rs. 0.80

    Estimated life of vehicles

    1,00,000 km

    80,000 km

    Charge interest@5 per cent p.a. on cost of vehicles. The vehicles run 20 km on an average.

    Statement of Cost per Running km

    Particulars

    Vehicle X Rs.

    Vehicle Y Rs.

    Step A: Fixed Costs per annum:

     

     

    (i) Road licence

    1,000

    1,000

    (ii) Garage rent

    700

    400

    (iii) Insurance

    800

    600

    (iv) Supervision salary

    2,000

    2,000

    (v) Interest @ 5% p.a.

    5,000

    4,000

    (vi) Total fixed costs per annum

    9,500

    8,000

    (vii) Kilometres run per annum

    10,000

    6,000

       Fixed cost per km (vi ÷ vii)

    0.95

    1.33

    Step B: Running cost per km:

     

     

    (i) Driver’s wages (Rs. 6 per hour for 20 km Rs. 6 20)

    0.30

    0.30

    (ii) Fuel cost per km

    0.30

    0.40

    (iii) Repairs and maintenance

    2.00

    2.50

    (iv) Tyre allocation

    1.00

    0.80

    (v) Depreciation (cost ÷ estimated life)

    1.00

    1.00

    Total running cost per km

    4.60

    3.00

    Step C: (A + B) Total cost per running km

    5.55

    4.33

     

    model operating cost sheet of a canteen from the following data relating to a staff 620901

    Model: Operating cost sheet of a canteen From the following data relating to a staff canteen for the year ended 31 March 2010, compute the cost per meal served:

    Meat purchased

    4,000

    Fish purchased

    1,500

    Eggs purchased

    500

    Vegetables purchased

    1,000

    Bakery items purchased

    700

    Fruits purchased

    500

    Milk

    800

    Beverages

    1,000

    Supervisor’s salary

    5,000

    Cooks salary

    5,000

    Helper’s salary

    1,500

    Cleaner’s salary

    1,000

    Crockery and cutlery purchased

    500

    Consumable stores purchased

    500

    Gas

    800

    Premises rent

    2,200

    Repairs and maintenance

    1,000

    Other administrative expenses

    1,000

    Number of meals served during the period

    1,000

    Subsidy received from the company Rs.

    15,000

    the number of km a year he would have to travel to break even at the current rate of 620902

    Model: Transport costing

    Mr Harry is a travelling inspector for the Environment Protection Agency. He used his own car and the agency reimburses him at Rs. 1.80 per km. Mr Harry claims he needs Rs. 2.20 per km just to break-even. A scrutiny of his expenses by the agency reveals the following:

    Oil change every 4,800 km

    120

    Maintenance (other than oil) every 9,600 km

    1,800

    Yearly insurance (comprehensive with accident benefits)

    4,000

    Cost of car, with an average residual value of Rs. 60,000 and with a useful life of 3 years

    1,08,000

    Petrol is Rs. 5 a litre and Harry gets 8 km a litre in his car. When Harry is on the road, he averages 192 km a day. He works 5 days in a week, has 10 vacations in a year, besides six holidays and spends 15 working days a month, in the office.

    You are required to determine

    1. An equitable rate of reimbursement based on the schedule he presently follows
    2. The number of km a year he would have to travel to break-even at the current rate of reimbursement

    rbs transport ltd operates a fleet of lorries the records for a lorry reveal the fol 620903

    Model: Transport costing performance statement

    RBS Transport Ltd operates a fleet of lorries. The records for a lorry reveal the following information for November 2009:

    Days maintained

    30

    Days operated

    25

    Days idle

    5

    Total hours operated

    300

    Total km covered

    5,000

    Total tonnage 400 (8 tonnes load per trip—return journey empty)

    The following further information is made available:

    1. Operating costs for the month:
    2. Diesel, Rs. 1,800; Oil, Rs. 200; Grease, Rs. 100; Wages to driver, Rs. 2,000; Wages to khalasi, Rs. 900
    3. Maintenance costs for the month:

    Repairs, Rs. 500; Overhead, Rs. 100; Tyres, Rs. 3,500; Garage charges, Rs. 900

    1. Fixed cost for the month based on the estimates for the year:

    Insurance, Rs. 200; Licence, tax, Rs. 100; Interest, Rs. 300; Other overheads, Rs. 400

    1. Capital cost:

    Cost of acquisition : Rs. 2,00,000

    Residual value at the end of 10 years : Rs. 80,000

    You are required to prepare a cost sheet and performance statement showing:

    1. Cost per day maintained
    2. Cost per day operated
    3. Cost per day kilometre
    4. Cost per commercial tonne-km

    assuming that a profit of 20 per cent on takings is desired and that the car will be 620904

    Model: Transport costing ascertainment of cost per trip

    Mr Raj has been promised a contract to run a cab service on a 25-km-long route for the chief executive of a multinational firm. He buys a car costing Rs. 3,00,000. The annual cost of insurance and taxes are Rs. 9,000 and Rs. 1,000, respectively. He has to pay Rs. 1,000 per month where he keeps the car when it is not in use. The annual repair costs are estimated at Rs. 5,000. The car is estimated to have a life of 10 years at the end of which the scrap value is likely to be Rs. 60,000.

    He hires a driver who is to be paid Rs. 500 per month plus 10 per cent of the takings as commission. Other incidental expenses are estimated at Rs. 250 per month.

    Fuel will cost Rs. 200 per 100 km. The car will make four round trips each day. Assuming that a profit of 20 per cent on takings is desired and that the car will be on the road for 25 days on an average per month, what should be the charge per round trip?

    calculate the profit or loss per patient day made by the hospital if it charged rs 1 620905

    Model: Hospital costing

    VRV is a small hospital consisting of 30 beds. It is possible to accommodate 10 more beds as and when required.

    The permanent staff on the rolls are:

    Two supervisors, each drawing a salary of Rs.

    4,000 p.m.

    Four nurses, each drawing a salary of Rs.

    2,000 p.m.

    Four ward boys, each drawing a salary of Rs.

    1,000 p.m.

    A scrutiny of accounts in the year 2009 shows that during the year the hospital had run at full capacity (i.e., 30 patient beds per day) for 150 days and at 10 patient beds for 50 days.

    The hospital had the practice of engaging doctors from outside to attend to the patients. The fees amounted to Rs. 20,000 p.m. and was based on the patients attended and the time devoted to them.

    The following are the other expenses incurred during the year:

    Rent of premises

    80,000

    Repairs and maintenance

    5,000

    Laundry charges

    20,000

    Junior Doctors and other services

    28,000

    General Administration charges

    40,000

    Food given to Patients

    82,000

    Cost of oxygen, X-ray, etc.

    35,000

    Medicines supplied

    80,000

    You are required to:

    1. Calculate the profit or loss per patient day made by the hospital, if it charged Rs. 180 per day on an average from each patient;
    2. Compute the number of patient days that is required by the unit to break-even in the year 2010 assuming that there is no change in the expenses and revenues

    you are required to calculate cost per unit of electricity generated 620906

    Model: Power house costing

    An iron and steel works which generates its own power for the purpose of using the same for running the factory gives the following information:

    1. Coal consumed 500 quintal @ Rs. 24 per quintal
      Oil 15 quintal @ Rs. 1,000 per quintal
      Water 1,00,000 litres @ Rs. 2 per 1,000 litres
    2. Cost of steam boiler Rs. 60,000, which has a residual value of Rs. 12,000 and a life of 10 years
    3. Salaries and wages for generating plant:
      Three skilled workers @ Rs. 1,000 p.m.
      Three unskilled workers @ Rs. 500 p.m
    4. Generating plant cost Rs. 1,50,000; Depreciation as 10 per cent
    5. Share of administrative charges Rs. 2,050 p.m
    6. Salaries and wages for the boiler house:
      Five men @ Rs. 600 p.m.
      Four women @ Rs. 600 p.m
    7. Repairs and maintenance of steam boiler and generating plant Rs. 1,000 p.m.
    8. No. of units generated 1,50,000
    9. Sale of ash Rs. 300
    10. units generated were used by generating department itself

    You are required to calculate cost per unit of electricity generated.

    as service organizations provide a variety of services it is difficult to define 620909

    Fill in the blanks with suitable word(s)

    1. As service organizations provide a variety of services, it is difficult to define _____.
    2. Service organizations do not produce _____.
    3. Under operation costing, costs are divided into_____ and _____.
    4. The _____ cost is affected, when additional service is provided.
    5. The cost unit for hotel industry is _____.
    6. The cost unit is passenger transport industry is _____.
    7. Service organizations are in general _____ intensive.
    8. The costs incurred in service organizations are grouped under two heads (i) _____ and (ii) standing charges.
    9. Standing charges denote _____ costs.
    10. The cost unit in hospitals is _____.

    total life of a taxi is about 2 00 000 km a taxi runs in all 3 000 km in a month of 620926

    From the following particulars, calculate the cost of running a taxi per kilometre.

    No. of taxis

    10

    Cost of each taxi

    Rs. 2,00,000

    Salary of manager

    Rs. 6,000 p.m.

    Salary of accountant

    Rs. 5,000 p.m.

    Salary of mechanic

    Rs. 4,000 p.m.

    Salary of cleaner

    Rs. 2,000 p.m.

    Garage rent

    Rs. 6,000 p.m.

    Insurance premium

    5 per cent p.a.

    Annual tax

    Rs. 6,000 per taxi

    Driver’s salary

    Rs. 2,000 p.m.

    Annual repairs

    Rs. 10,000 per taxi

    Total life of a taxi is about 2,00,000 km. A taxi runs in all 3,000 km in a month of which 30 per cent it runs empty. Petrol consumption is one litre for 10 km @ Rs. 18 per litre. Oil and other sundries are Rs. 50 per 100 km.

    prepare operating cost sheet for april showing the fixed cost variable and total cos 620927

    A road transport company which keeps a fleet of lorries shows the following information:

    Kilometres run in April

    Rs. 30,000

    Wages for April

    Rs. 2,000

    Petrol, oil, etc. for April

    Rs. 4,000

    Original cost of vehicles

    Rs. 1,00,000

    Depreciation to be allowed at 25 per cent p.a. on original cost

    Repairs for the month of April

    Rs. 6,000

    Garage rent for April

    Rs. 1,000

    Licence, insurance for the year

    Rs. 6,000

    Prepare operating cost sheet for April showing the fixed cost variable and total cost per running kilometre.

    charge interest 10 per cent p a on the cost of vehicle the vehicle runs 20 km per ho 620930

    From the following information, compute the cost of running the tempo per tonne-km:

    Cost of vehicle

    1,50,000

    Road licence fee p.a.

    750

    Supervisor’s salary p.a.

    26,500

    Driver’s wage per hour

    40

    Repairs and maintenance per km

    0.20

    cost of fuel per litre

    9

    Tyre depreciation per km

    0.80

    Garage rent p.a.

    3,600

    Insurance p.a.

    500

    Km running per litre

    5

    Km run during the year

    6,000

    Estimated life of the vehicle

    75,000 km

    Tonnes per km (average)

    5

    Charge interest @ 10 per cent p.a. on the cost of vehicle. The vehicle runs 20 km per hour on an average.

    from the following data relating to vehicle a compute the cost per running tonne km 620931

    From the following data relating to vehicle A, compute the cost per running tonne-km:

    Kilometres run (annual)

    15,000

    Tonnes per km (average)

    6

    Cost of vehicle

    2,50,000

    Road licence (annual)

    800

    Insurance (annual)

    700

    Garage rent (annual)

    1,300

    Supervision and salaries p.a.

    2,700

    Driver’s wages per hour

    4

    Cost of fuel per litre

    6

    Km run per litre

    20

    Tyre allocation per km

    1

    Repairs and maintenance per km

    2

    Estimated life of vehicles 1,00,000 km

    Charge interest @ 5 per cent per annum on cost of vehicle.

    The vehicle runs 20 km per hour on an average

    prepare an operating cost sheet for november 2004 from the given data 620932

    A transport company operates two trucks. Following are the data regarding the monthly cost of operating them:

    Trucks

    A Rs.

    B Rs.

    Driver’s salary

    250

    275

    Cleaner’s wages

    150

    160

    Petrol

    300

    350

    Mobile oil

    25

    30

    Garage rent

    125

    125

    Taxes and insurance

    50

    50

    Depreciation

    560

    620

    Supervision

    100

    100

    Repairs

    120

    140

    Overheads

    40

    40

    The two trucks carried 150 tonnes of goods each during the month of November 2004. The distance covered were 3,500 km and 5,000 km, respectively.

    Prepare an operating cost sheet for November 2004 from the given data.

    prepare a quotation for a journey of 100 km and return by adding 10 per cent profit 620934

    A vehicle costs Rs. 15,600 and its life is 5 years, after which its residual value is estimated at Rs. 600. Standing charges per annum are: Insurance Rs. 850, Licence Rs. 750 and Administrative overhead Rs. 2,280. The company’s contribution towards National Insurance Scheme is Rs. 10 per week. The driver is paid Rs. 50 per week of 44 hours, and he is entitled to a fortnight’s paid holiday per annum. For each night spent away from home, the driver is paid an allowance of Rs. 10. Repairs over the life of the vehicle are estimated at Rs. 5,000. Fuel cost Rs. 20 per litre. The estimated consumption of fuel is 20 km per litre. The cost of lubricant is Rs. 1,500 p.a. Estimated kilometreage is 30,000 per year. A set of tyre costs Rs. 1,600 and their expected kilometreage is 16,000. It is estimated that the vehicle will run for 220 days p.a. and depreciation is regarded as a running cost.

    You are required to

    1. Calculate operating cost per kilometre
    2. Prepare a quotation for a journey of 100 km and return by adding 10 per cent profit on cost. There is no return load and the journey takes two days

    if his practice expands and he has to travel 19 000 km per annum what should be his 620935

    A practising chartered accountant now spends Re 0.90 per km on taxi fares for his client’s work. He is considering two alternatives, the purchase of new small car or an old big car. The estimated cost figures are as follows:

    New Small Car Rs.

    Old Big Car Rs.

    Purchase price

    35,000

    20,000

    Sale value after 5 years

    19,000

    12,000

    Repairs and servicing p.a.

    1,000

    1,200

    Taxes and insurance

    1,700

    700

    Premium

    Petrol consumption per

    10 km

    7 km

    litre

    Petrol per litre

    3.50

    3.50

    His estimated travelling p.a. is 10,000 km at present. Which of these three alternatives will be cheaper? If his practice expands and he has to travel 19,000 km per annum, what should be his decision? At how many kilometres per annum will the cost of the two cars break-even?

    a product passes through two distinct processes a and b and then to finished stock 620857

    A product passes through two distinct processes A and B and then to finished stock. The output of A passes direct to “B” and that of “B” passes to the finished stock. From the following information, you are required to prepare the process accounts:

    Process A

    Process B

    Materials consumed (Rs.)

    12,000

    6,000

    Direct labour (Rs.)

    14,000

    8,000

    Manufacturing expenses (Rs.)

    4,000

    4,000

    Input in Process A (units)

    10,000

    Input in Process A (value)

    10,000

    Output (units)

    9,400

    8,300

    Normal wastage (% of output)

    5%

    10%

    Value of normal wastage

    8

    10

    per 100 units (Rs.)

    No opening or closing stock is held in process.

    prepare process cost accounts showing cost per tonne of each process there was no st 620858

    The product of a manufacturing concern passes through two processes A and B and then to the finished stock. It is ascertained that in each process normally 5% of the total weight is lost and 10% is scrap which from Process A and B realized Rs. 80 per tonne and Rs. 200 per tonne, respectively.

    The following figures relate to both processes:

    Process A

    Process B

    Materials (in tonnes)

    1,000

    Cost of materials (Rs. per tonne)

    125

    70

    Wages (Rs.)

    28,000

    200

    Manufacturing expenses (Rs.)

    8,000

    10,000

    Output (in tonnes)

    830

    5,250

    780

    Prepare process cost accounts showing cost per tonne of each process. There was no stock or WIP in any process.

    raw materials of 10 000 units were introduced into process i in the beginning at a c 620859

    A product passes through three processes I, II & III. From the following information prepare the process accounts assuming that there were no opening or closing stocks.

    Process I
    Rs.

    Process ll
    Rs.

    Process III
    Rs.

    Materials

    1,000

    1,500

    500

    Labour

    5,000

    8,000

    6,500

    Overheads

    1,050

    1,188

    2,009

    Actual output (units)

    9,500

    9,100

    8,100

    Normal loss

    3%

    5%

    8%

    The wastage of Process I was sold at 25 paise per unit, that of Process II at 50 paise per unit and that of Process III at Re 1 per unit.

    Raw materials of 10,000 units were introduced into Process I in the beginning at a cost of Re 1 per unit.

    prepare process cost accounts and abnormal loss or gain account 620860

    Product B is obtained after it passes through three district processes. The following information is obtained from the accounts for the ending on 31 December 2009:

    Items

    Total
    Rs.

    Process I
    Rs.

    Process II
    Rs.

    Process III
    Rs.

    Direct materials Direct wages Production Overheads

    7,542
    9,000
    9,000

    2,600
    2,000

    1,980
    3,000

    2,962
    4,000

    1,000 units at Rs. 3 each were introduced to Process I. There was no stock of materials or work-in-process at the beginning or at the end of each process. The output of each process passes to the next process and finally to the finished stores. Production overheads recovered on 100% of direct wages. The following additional data are obtained:

    Process

    Output
    During the
    Week

    Percentage of
    Normal Loss to
    Input

    Value of Scrap
    Per Unit
    Rs.

    I

    II

    III

    950
    840
    750

    5% 10% 15%

    2

    4

    5

    Prepare process cost accounts and abnormal loss or gain account.

    from the following data of a processing industry calculate 1 equivalent production 2 620863

    From the following data of a processing industry, calculate 1) Equivalent Production 2) Cost per unit of equivalent production 3) Cost of units completed and awaiting completion:

    No. of units introduced in the process

    4,000

    No. of units completed and transferred to the next process

    3,000

    No. of units in the process at the end of the period

    800

    Stage of completion:

    Materials

    80%

    Labour

    70%

    Overheads

    70%

    Normal process loss at the end of the process 200 units

    Value of scrap – Re 1 per unit

    Value of raw materials – Rs. 7,480

    Wages – Rs. 10,680

    Overheads – Rs. 7,120

    selling prices are arrived at by adding 20 of the total cost that is the sum of work 620873

    Calculate the estimated cost of production of byproducts X and Y at the point of separation from the main product.

    By-Products

    X

    Y

    Selling price per unit

    Rs. 12

    Rs. 24

    Cost per unit after separation from the main product

    Rs. 3

    Rs. 5

    Units produced

    500

    200

    Selling expenses amount to 25% of total works cost, that is, including both pre-separation and post-separation works cost. Selling prices are arrived at by adding 20% of the total cost, that is, the sum of works cost and selling expenses.

    prepare a statement of profit or loss for both ldquo m rdquo and ldquo b rdquo on ea 620874

    A company produces a main chemical product M and in the process a by-product “B” is also produced. The costs up to the point of separation are Rs. 1,20,000.

    The separate additional costs incurred after separation are Rs. 33,000 and Rs. 3,000, respectively. The quantities emerging at the separation point are 1,50,000 kg and 30,000 kg, respectively. All the production is sold at the following prices:

    M at Rs. 1.96 per kg

    B at Re 0.20 per kg.

    Selling and distribution overheads applicable to the above quantities are Rs. 1,900 and Rs. 365, respectively.

    Prepare a statement of profit or loss for both “M” and “B” on each of the following basis:

    1. Value of B nil at separation point
    2. Apportion costs up to separation on quantity basis
    3. Apportion costs up to separation on the basis of sales

    find the percentage of wastage in process c and prepare process c account 620875

    The following data are available performing to a product after passing through two processes A and B.

    Output transferred to Process C from B–9,120 units for Rs. 49,263.

    Expenses incurred in Process C:

    Sundry materials

    1,480

    Direct labour

    6,500

    Direct expenses

    1,605

    The wastage of Process C is sold at Re 1 per unit. The overhead charges were 168% of direct labour. The finial product was sold at Rs. 10 per unit fetching a profit of 20% on sales.

    Find the percentage of wastage in Process C and prepare Process C account

    process i was fed with 40 000 units of input costing rs 3 20 000 there was no openin 620877

    Production in a manufacturing company passes through three distinct processes I, II and III. The output of each process is transferred to the next process and the output of Process III is transferred to the finished goods stock. The normal wastage in each process and the realizable value of the same are given as follows:

    Process

    % of Normal Waste Related to Input

    Realizable Value Per Unit

    I

    5

    Re 0.70

    II

    7

    Re 0.80

    III

    10

    Re 1.00

    The details of cost data and output for a month are as follows:

    Processes

    II

    Ill

    Materials consumed (Rs.)

    1,20,000

    40,000

    40,000

    Direct labour cost (Rs.)

    80,000

    60,000

    60,000

    Production expenses (Rs.)

    40,000

    40,000

    28,000

    Output (units)

    38,000

    34,600

    32,000

    Process I was fed with 40,000 units of input costing Rs. 3,20,000. There was no opening or closing WIP.

    Prepare the process accounts for the month.

    ab ltd is engaged in the process engineering industry during a particular month 2 00 620878

    AB Ltd. is engaged in the process engineering industry. During a particular month, 2,000 units were introduced in Process X. The normal loss is estimated at 5% of the input. At the end of the month, 1,400 units had been produced and transferred to Process Y: 460 were incomplete units and 140 units had to be scrapped at the end of the process. The incomplete units reached the following degree of completion:

    Materials:

    75%

    Labour:

    50%

    Overheads:

    50%

    Following are the further details regarding Process X:

    Cost of 2,000 units introduced:

    Rs. 58,000

    Additional materials consumed:

    Rs. 14,400

    Direct labour:

    Rs. 33,400

    Allocated overheads:

    Rs. 16,700

    Required:

    1. Statement of equivalent production
    2. Statement of cost
    3. Statement of evaluation
    4. Process X account

    prepare a statement of production statement of cost a statement of evaluation and th 620880

    During the month of January, Rs. 22,500 worth of materials, Rs. 11,250 of labour and Rs. 6,750 of factory overheads were introduced into Process I. At the end of the month, 40,000 units had been produced and transferred to the next process and 10,000 units were incomplete. It was estimated that the incomplete units had reached a stage in the production as follows:

    Materials 100% and Labour and Overheads 50% each. In the next Process II, Rs. 22,475 worth of materials, Rs. 15,225 of labour, Rs. 14,500 of factory overheads were added. The units produced and transferred to the finished stock amounted to 35,000 and 5,000 units were left in the process, with 25% complete as to material, labour and overhead.

    Prepare a statement of production, statement of cost, a statement of evaluation and the necessary process accounts

    the following information is obtained in respect of process i for the month of febru 620881

    The following information is obtained in respect of Process I for the month of February:

    Opening stock: 10,000 units

    Rs. 6,500

    Degree of completion:

    Material – 100% –

    Rs. 4,500

    Labour – 50% –

    Rs. 1,250

    Overhead – 50% –

    Rs. 750

    30,000 units

    Transfer to Process II

    Direct material added in

    Rs. 18,400

    process–

    Direct labour amounted to –

    Rs. 9,180

    Production overhead incurred –

    Rs. 6,180

    20,000 units

    Closing stock

    Degree of completion:

    Material 100%

    Labour 25%

    Overhead 25%

    Prepare process accounts.

    prepare a necessary process accounts and finished stock account showing the profit e 620883

    Product A passes through three processes before it is completed and transferred to the finished stock. There were no stocks in hand and no WIP too on 1June. The following data were available in respect of Processes 1,2 and 3 for the month of June

    Details

    Process 1
    Rs.

    Process 2
    Rs.

    Process 3
    Rs.

    Direct materials Direct wages

    Stock of materials

    20,000 15,000 5,000

    5,000 10,000 6,500

    4,000 20,000 9,500

    Stocks of finished goods amounted to Rs. 1,11,000 and the stock was valued at Rs. 5000. The output of each process is transferred to the next process at an amount which will yield 20% of profit on the transfer price. The transfer from Process 3 to the finished stock is to be similarly treated.

    Prepare (a) Necessary process accounts and finished stock account showing the profit element at each stage and (b) Ascertain the value of closing stock for the purpose of balance sheet.

    prepare and compute a process accounts showing profit element at each stage b actual 620884

    Product “X” passes through three processes before it is completed and transferred to the finished stock.

    The following data are available for the month of June

    Details

    Process
    I Rs.

    Process
    II Rs.

    Process III
    Rs.

    Finished
    Stock Rs.

    Opening stock

    5,000

    8,000

    10,000

    20,000

    Direct materials

    40,000

    12,000

    15,000

    Direct labour

    35,000

    40,000

    35,000

    Production

    20,000

    24,000

    20,000

    Closing stock

    10,000

    4,000

    15,000

    30,000

    Output of Process I is transferred to Process II at 25% on the transfer price.

    Output of Process II is transferred to Process III at 20% on the transfer price.

    Output of Process III is transferred to the finished stock at 10% on the transfer price.

    Stocks in progress have been valued at prime cost. Finished stock has been valued at the price at which it was received from Process III. Sales amounted to Rs. 4,00,000. [Provision for internal process profits as on 1 June were

    Included in Process II

    1,395

    Included in Process III

    2,690

    Included in finished stock

    6,534

    10,619

    These provisions would be created in the previous month in respect of closing stock. Consequently, they are brought into the account of June month as provisions in respect of internal process profits in the opening stock.]

    Prepare and compute (a) Process accounts showing profit element at each stage (b) Actual realized profit (c) Stock valuation for balance-sheet purposes (d) Provision for profit A/c.

    prepare the statement showing the apportionment of joint costs 620885

    A company operates a chemical process which produces four products K, L, M and N from a basic raw material. The company’s budget for a month is as follows:

    Raw materials consumption

    17,520

    Initial processing wages

    16,240

    Initial processing overheads

    16,240

    Product

    Production Kg

    Sales Rs.

    Additional Processing
    costs After Split-off Rs.

    K

    16,000

    1,09,600

    28,800

    L

    200

    5,600

    M

    2,000

    30,000

    16,000

    N

    360

    21,600

    6,600

    The company presently intends to sell Product L at the point of split-off without any further processing. The remaining products K, M and N are to be further processed and sold. However, the management has been advised that it would be possible to sell all the four products at the split-off point without further processing and if this course was adopted the selling prices would be as follows:

    Product

    K

    L

    M

    N

    Selling price per kg. (In Rs.)

    The joint costs are to be apportioned on the basis of the sales value realization at the point of split-off.

    Required:

    1. Prepare the statement showing the apportionment of joint costs.
    2. Present the statement showing the product-wise and total budgeted profit or loss based on the proposal to sell product L at the split-off point and products K, M and N after further processing.
    3. Prepare a statement to show the product-wise and total profit or loss if the alternative strategy to sell all the products at the split-off stage was adopted.

    in a manufacturing company 10 000 kl of ldquo a rdquo is processed to produce 6 000 620887

    In a manufacturing company 10,000 kl of “A” is processed to produce 6,000 kl of “B” and 4,000 kl of “C”. The joint cost before the separation point came to an amount of Rs. 24,000. From the following particulars, calculate the apportionment of joint cost and the profit of each product under (a) physical measurement (b) market value at separation point and (c) market value after further processing.

    B Rs.

    C Rs.

    Unit selling price at separation point

    5

    3–75

    Unit selling price after further processing

    7

    7–50

    Further processing costs after separation

    5,000

    7,500

    you are required to prepare a statement of profitability based on the product being 620888

    In a concern engaged in the process industry, four products emerge from a particular process of operation. The total cost of input for the period ended on 30 September is Rs.. 2,53,500. The details of output, additional cost after split-off point and sales value of the products are appended as follows:

    Product

    Output
    kg

    Additional Process
    after Split-off Point Rs.

    Sales Value
    Rs.

    A

    8,000

    60,000

    1,68,000

    B

    5,000

    10,000

    1,10,000

    C

    3,000

    60,000

    D

    4,000

    20,000

    90,000

    If the products are sold at a split-off point, without further processing, the sales value would have been:

    A

    1,15,000

    B

    90,000

    C

    55,000

    D

    80,000

    You are required to prepare a statement of profitability based on the product being sold:

    1. after further processing
    2. at the split-off point

    assuming additional cost other than material at rs 15 800 for all products includes 620889

    A manufacturing unit imports raw material and the process is to produce three different products, namely, bright, light and white. The raw material has an FOB value of Rs. 5 per kg and freight and insurance are charged at 10% of FOB price. Customs duty as 120% of CIF is levied at the time of import. Auxiliary duty at 20% is also charged on CIF price. Countervailing duty is charged on CIF plus duty at 10%. The landed cost includes 5% for clearing charges.

    Bright and light are joint products while white emerges as a by-product. The value of by-product after deducting 30% (10% being notional profit and 20% for selling expenses) from sales value is credited to process account. The unit consumed 4,000 kg of raw materials during a year. The relevant data are as follows:

    Bright

    Light

    White

    Production & Sale (kg)

    1,400

    1,600

    1,000

    Selling price (Rs. per kg)

    30

    26

    12

    Further processing cost (Rs.)

    1,500

    1,000

    Assuming additional cost other than material at Rs. 15,800 for all products (includes Rs. 800 for white), prepare a statement showing:

    1. Credit to process account for by-product sale
    2. Allocation of joint costs on relative sales value basis
    3. profit on each product.

    a cost unit is a quantitative unit of product or service in relation to which costs 620890

    A cost unit is a quantitative unit of product or service in relation to which costs are ascertained. The costs incurred during a period are duty collected, analysed and expressed in terms of cost unit. The selection of proper unit is not an easy task because service organizations provide a wide variety of services. It becomes difficult to define the cost unit. The unit may be simple or composite depending upon the nature of service organizations. Below is the list of cost units used by a representative group of service organizations:

    Types of Services Organizations/Departments

    Cost Unit

    1. Good transport (public carriers, trucks, good trains, etc)

    per tonne-km or quintal-km

    2. Passenger transportation (bus, railway)

    per passenger-km

    3. Power generation and distribution (electricity boards)

    per kilowatt hour

    4. Hospitals

    per patient-bed day, per operation

    5. Hotels

    per room per day bed nights, etc.

    6. Canteens

    per number of staff, per meals served, etc.

    7. Water supply

    per kilolitres

    8. Boiler houses

    per kg of steam supplied

    9. Road maintenance

    per km of road maintained

    10. Captive power generation unit

    per kilowatt hours

    11. Consulting firms

    per client hours

    12. Computer department

    per computer time provided to user departments

    13. Machinery maintenance

    per maintenance hours spent in user departments

    two companies a ltd and b ltd amalgamate and form a new company c ltd the position o 620756

    Two companies A Ltd. and B Ltd. amalgamate and form a new company C Ltd. The position of two companies is as follows:

    A Ltd.

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Paid-up Capital:

    Goodwill

    2,10,000

    90,000 Equity

    9,00,000

    Stock

    5,40,000

    Shares of Z 10

    Debtors

    6,00,000

    Each

    Profit and Loss

    1,50,000

    A/c

    5% Debentures

    2,10,000

    Sundry Creditors

    90,000

    13,50,000

    13,50,000

    B Ltd.

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Paid-up Capital:

    Goodwill

    2,40,000

    60,000 Equity

    6,00,000

    Debtors

    6,60,000

    Shares of Rs. 10

    Each

    Profit & Loss A/c

    1,26,000

    Sundry Creditors

    1,74,000

    9,00,000

    9,00,000

    The average profits of A Ltd. and B Ltd. have been Rs.90,000 and Rs.60,000, respectively. C Ltd. agrees to take over both the concerns for a sum of Rs.18,00,000 and in addition to discharge all liabilities; Rs.3,00,000 to be paid in cash and the balance in shares at face value.

    It is agreed that before being taken over by C Ltd., the debtors of A Ltd. and B Ltd. will be written off to the extent of 10% of their respective book figures.

    The profit on conversion is to be divided between the shareholders of A Ltd. and B Ltd. in the same proportion as to the profits previously earned by them.

    Draw up the purchases A/c on the completion of the transfer in the book of C Ltd. Also show how the share capital Accounts in A Ltd. and B Ltd. should be closed.

    prepare a statement showing the number of shares to be allotted by c ltd to d ltd an 620757

    The balance sheets of C Ltd. and D Ltd. as on 31 March 2011 are as follows:

    (Rs.in Lakhs)

    Liabilities

    C Ltd.
    Rs.

    D Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    C Ltd.
    Rs.

    D Ltd.
    Rs.

    Equity Shares of Rs. 10 Each

    200

    400

    234

    44

    22

    Fixed Asset

    880

    400

    Reserves

    1,048

    investments

    130

    200

    12% Debentures

    88

    Current Assets

    322

    26

    Creditors

    64

    Miscellaneous Expenditure

    68

    74

    1,400

    700

    1,400

    700

    Investments of C Ltd. represent 10,00,000 shares of D Ltd. Investments of D Ltd. are considered worth Rs.270 lakh.

    D Ltd. is taken over by C Ltd. on the basis of the intrinsic value of shares in their respective books of account.

    Prepare a statement showing the number of shares to be allotted by C Ltd. to D Ltd. and the balance sheet of C Ltd. after absorption of D Ltd.

    share of both the companies to be valued on net assets basis after considering 2 50 620758

    The following are the balance sheets of Emerald Ltd. & Diamond Ltd. as at 31 March 2011:

    Liabilities

    Emerald
    Ltd.

    Diamond
    Ltd.

    Assets

    Emerald
    Ltd.

    Diamond
    Ltd.

    Share Capital:

    Fixed Assets:

    Share of the Face Value of

    7,50,000

    6,00,000

    Cost Less Depreciation

    7,00,000

    3,75,000

    Rs. 10 Each

    Current Assets:

    Reserves

    4,75,000

    50,000

    Stock

    2,10,000

    2,35,000

    10% Debenture

    1,00,000

    Trade Debtors

    1,50,000

    2,50,000

    Current Liabilities: Trade

    2,35,000

    1,60,000

    Balance at Bank

    4,00,000

    50,000

    Creditors

    14,60,000

    9,10,000

    14,60,000

    9,10,000

    Emerald Ltd. agreed to absorb Diamond Ltd. as on 31 March 2011 on the following terms:

    1. Emerald Ltd. agreed to repay 10% debentures of Diamond Ltd.
    2. Emerald Ltd. revalue its fixed assets at 9,75,000 to be incorporated in the books
    3. Share of both the companies to be valued on net assets basis, after considering 2,50,000 towards the value of goodwill of Diamond Ltd.
    4. The cost of absorption of 15,000 are met by Emerald Ltd.

    You are required to prepare:

    1. Ratio of exchange of shares
    2. Journal entries in the books of Emerald Ltd.
    3. Bank A/c to arrive at the balance sheet on absorption

    the following is the balance sheet of abc ltd on 31 december 2010 620760

    The following is the balance sheet of ABC Ltd. on 31 December 2010:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Capital:

    Land & Buildings

    4,80,000

    80,000 Share of

    8,00,000

    Plant &

    6,00,000

    710 Each

    Machinery

    Debentures

    4,00,000

    Work-In-Progress

    1,20,000

    Sundry Creditors

    1,20,000

    Stock

    2,40,000

    Reserve Fund

    1,00,000

    Furniture &

    10,000

    Workmen”s

    40,000

    Fittings

    Compensation

    Sundry Debtors

    1,00,000

    Fund

    Cash at Bank

    50,000

    Dividend

    40,000

    Cash In Hand

    400

    Equalintion

    Fund

    P&L

    20,400

    Appropriation

    A/c

    Depreciation

    Provision:

    Land & Buildings

    80,000

    16,00,400

    16,00,400

    The Company is absorbed by XYZ Ltd. on the above date. The consideration for the absorption is the discharge of the debentures at a premium of 5%, taking over the trade liability and a payment of Rs.7 in cash and one share of Rs.5 in XYZ Ltd. at the market value of Rs.8 per share in exchange for one share in ABC Ltd. The cost of liquidation of Rs.2,000 is to be met by the purchasing company. Pass journal entries in the books of both the companies show how the purchase price is arrived at.

    the purchase consideration was paid at rs 1 530 thousand in cash and the balance in 620761

    ABC Ltd. decided to absorb XYZ Ltd. as on 30 September 2010. The summarized balance sheet of XYZ Ltd. was as follows:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    (Rs. 000)

    Share Capital:

    Fixed Assets:

    30,000 Equity

    3,000

    Land & Buildings

    1,800

    Shares of Rs. 100

    Furniture

    150

    Each

    Plant &

    3,330

    General Reserve

    1,500

    Machinery

    Profit and Loss

    720

    Current Assets:

    420

    A/c

    Stock

    210

    5% Debentures

    600

    Sundry Debtors

    60

    Sundry Creditors

    180

    Cash at Bank

    30

    Cash in hand

    6,000

    6,000

    ABC Ltd. agreed to take over all the assets and liabilities including debentures of XYZ Ltd. The current assets were to be taken over at their book value but the fixed assets were revalued as follows:

    (Rs. in 000’s)

    Land & Buildings

    2,100

    Furniture

    90

    Plant and Machinery

    3,600

    Goodwill to Be Valued at

    300

    The purchase consideration was paid at Rs.1,530 thousand in cash and the balance in fully paid equity shares of ABC Ltd.

    The absorption was duly carried out on 1 October 2010 and the expenses of absorption amounted to Rs.30,000 paid by XYZ Ltd.

    You are required to show the journal entries in the books of XYZ Ltd.

    pass the necessary journal entries in the books of the respective companies to give 620763

    With a view to effect economy in working, Modern Mills Ltd. agreed to take over the business of the Ancient Mills Ltd. from 1 November 2010. The following is the balance sheet/S of the Modern Mills Ltd. as on that date:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Paid-up Capital:

    Land & Buildings

    5,40,000

    36,000 Shares of

    18,00,000

    Plans &

    3,75,000

    Z 50 Each

    Machinery

    Reserve Fund

    3,60,000

    Stock

    7,50,000

    Reserve for

    30,000

    Debtors

    8,70,000

    Doubtful Debts

    Cash at Bank

    75,000

    Creditors

    Profit and Loss

    2,25,000

    A/c

    1,95,000

    26,10,000

    26,10,000

    The purchasers took over all the assets and liabilities of the vendor company except a sum of Rs.30,000 to provide for cost of liquidation and payment to any dissent shareholders. The purchase price was to be discharged by the allotment to the shareholders of the vendor company of the share of Rs.100 (Rs. 90 paid up) of the modern Mills Ltd. for every two shares in Ancient Mills Ltd. The expenses of liquidation amount to Rs.9,000. Dissentient shareholders of 300 shares are paid out at Rs.70 per share, i.e. Rs.21,000.

    Pass the necessary journal entries in the books of the respective companies to give effect to the above transactions.

    prepare the balance sheet of a ltd after absorption of b ltd 620764

    A Ltd. absorbs B Ltd. by issue of 6 shares of Rs.10 each at a premium of 10% for every 5 shares of B Ltd. For the purpose of absorption, it was agreed that trade investment held by B Ltd. will realize their book value and goodwill of B Ltd. will be Rs.1,00,000.

    The balance sheets of the two companies were as follows:

    Liabilities

    A Ltd.
    Rs.

    B Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    A Ltd.
    Rs.

    B Ltd.
    Rs.

    Share Capital:

    Investments:

    Equity Shares of Rs. 10 Each

    20,00,000

    15,00,000

    Trade

    1,50,000

    1,00,000

    Reserves

    12,00,000

    7,50,000

    Share at A Ltd. at Cost

    3,00,000

    Trade Creditors

    2,00,000

    1,50,000

    Other Assets

    32,50,000

    20,00,000

    34,00,000

    24,00,000

    34,00,000

    24,00,000

    Prepare the balance sheet of A Ltd. after absorption of B Ltd.

    if s ltd is to acquire the business of t ltd and if the fixed and current assets are 620766

    S Ltd. and T Ltd. have the following balance sheets on 31 March 2011:

    (Rs.in Lakin)

    Liabilities

    S Ltd.

    T Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    S Ltd.
    Rs.

    T Ltd.
    Rs.

    Share Capital

    216

    108

    Fixed Assets

    90

    27

    Reserve & Surplus

    54

    27

    3,60,000 Shares of T Ltd.

    72

    4,32,000 Shares of S Ltd

    90

    Current Assets

    108

    15

    270

    135

    270

    I 35

    If S Ltd. is to acquire the business of T Ltd. and if the fixed and current assets are expected to realize twice the values at which they stand in the balance sheet. Workout the purchase consideration and the number of shares of S Ltd. to be issued to meet the consideration if the face value of shares of both companies is Rs.10 each.

    a statement showing shareholdings in the new company attributable to the members of 620767

    The following are the abridged balance sheets of C Ltd. and D Ltd. as at 31 December 2010:

    Liabilities

    C Ltd.
    Rs.

    D Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    C Ltd.
    Rs.

    D Ltd.
    Rs.

    Share Capital

    16,00,000

    6,00,000

    Sundry Assets

    22,40,000

    8,00,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    3,00,000

    Goodwill

    1,60,000

    2,00,000

    Creditors

    5,00,000

    5,00,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    1,00,000

    24,00,000

    11,00,000

    24,00,000

    11,00,000

    C Ltd. holds 4,000 shares in D Ltd. at cost of Rs.1,00,000 and D Ltd. holds 200 shares in C Ltd. at cost of Rs.2,80,000 in each case included in the sundry assets. The shares of C Ltd. are Rs.100 each fully paid; the shares of D Ltd. are Rs.50 each Rs.30 paid. The two companies agree to amalgamate and form a new company CD Ltd. on the basis that:

    1. The shares which each company holds in the other are to be valued at book value having regard to the goodwill valuation given in (ii)
    2. The goodwill values are C Ltd.: Rs.6,00,000; D Ltd.: Rs.1,00,000
    3. The new shares are to be of a nominal value of Rs.50 each, credited as Rs.25 paid.

    You are required to prepare:

    1. A balance sheet resulting from merger
    2. A statement showing shareholdings in the new company attributable to the members of merged companies

    purchase consideration if a new company r ltd acquires the amalgamated concerns of p 620770

    The following are the summarized balance sheets of P Ltd. and Q Ltd. as on 31 March 2011:

    Liabilities

    P Ltd.
    Rs.

    Q Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    P Ltd.
    Rs.

    Q Ltd.
    Rs.

    Share Capital (Rs.100 Each)

    36,00,000

    32,00,000

    Sundry Assets

    38,40,000

    42,40,000

    Reserves

    12,00,000

    24,00,000

    12,000 Shares in P Ltd

    13,60,000

    8,000 Shares in Q Ltd

    9,60,000

    48,00,000

    56,00,000

    48,00,000

    56,00,000

    You are required to ascertain:

    1. The intrinsic value of shares of both companies individually as their respective net worth
    2. Purchase consideration if P Ltd. acquires the business of Q Ltd.
    3. Purchase consideration if Q Ltd. acquires the business of P Ltd.
    4. Purchase consideration if a new company R Ltd. acquires the amalgamated concerns of P Ltd. and Q Ltd.

    the freehold premises were revalued at 20 more while the stock was revalued at 12 80 620772

    The following is the balance sheet of Unfortunate Ltd. as at 31 March 2011:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    4,00,000 Equity

    40,00,000

    Patents

    4,00,000

    Shares of Rs. 10

    Freehold

    19,20,000

    Each

    Premises

    2,40,000 10%

    24,00,000

    Stock In Trade

    20,00,000

    Preference

    Debtors

    15,20,000

    Shares of Rs. 10

    Furniture

    2,40,000

    Each

    Investment

    6,00,000

    12% Debentures

    16,00,000

    Bank

    80,000

    Unsecured Loan

    2,88,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    28,40,000

    Creditors

    11,20,000

    Accrued Interest on Debentures

    1,92,000

    96,00,000

    96,00,000

    The following scheme of external reconstruction was approved:

    1. A new company by the name of Unfortunate (2011) Ltd. to be formed to take over the entire business of Unfortunate Ltd.
    2. One equity share of Rs.10 Rs.6 paid up is to be given in exchange of every two equity shares of Unfortunate Ltd.
    3. One 11% pref. share of Rs.100 each is to be given in exchange for 15 pref. shares of Unfortunate Ltd.
    4. The claims of 12% debenture holders of Unfortunate Ltd. would be discharged by the issue of equity shares of Rs.10 each fully paid.
    5. The creditors will receive 60% of their dues in cash and 25% in equity shares of Rs.10 each and the balance to be foregone.
    6. The party paid equity shares are to be made fully paid by receiving cash from the shareholders.
    7. Furniture is subject to depreciation by 25%.
    8. The freehold premises were revalued at 20% more while the stock was revalued at 12,80,000. The investments are to be brought upto market value of Rs.7,20,000 and debtors reduced by 10%. Preliminary expenses amounted to Rs.40,000.

    You are required to:

    1. Close the accounts in the books of Unfortunate Ltd.
    2. Opening entries in the books of Unfortunate (2011) Ltd.

    prepare realization account and equity shareholders account in the books of m s klm 620773

    M/S XYZ Ltd. agreed to acquire the business except cash of M/S KLM Ltd. as on 31 March 2011. The summarized balance sheet of M/S KLM Ltd. as on that date was as follows:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital:

    Goodwill

    1,50,000

    90,000 Shares of

    9,00,000

    Land & Building

    3,00,000

    10 Each

    Plants &

    6,60,000

    General Reserve

    3,00,000

    Machinery

    Profit and Loss

    1,20,000

    Stock-in-Trade

    2,40,000

    Account

    Sundry Debtors

    90,000

    12% Debentures

    1,50,000

    Cash at Bank

    90,000

    Creditors

    60,000

    15,30,000

    15,30,000

    The consideration payable by M/S XYZ Ltd. was agreed as follows:

    1. A cash payment of Rs.5 for each share of Rs.10 in M/S KLM Ltd.
    2. The issue of 1,80,000 shares of Rs.10 each was fully paid at an agreed value of Rs.15 per share.
    3. The issue of such as amount of 14% debentures of M/S XYZ Ltd. at 4% discount is sufficient to discharge 12% debentures of M/S KLM Ltd. at a premium of 20%. While computing the agreed consideration the management of M/S XYZ Ltd. valued land and building at Rs.9,00,000; plant & machinery at Rs.10,50,000; stock in trade at Rs.2,10,000 and debtors at their face value subject to an allowance of 4% to cover doubtful debts.

    Prepare realization account and equity shareholders account in the books of M/S KLM Ltd. and pass acquisition entries in the books of M/S XYZ Ltd.

    in a factory producing joint products of two varieties the following data are extrac 620810

    In a factory producing joint products of two varieties, the following data are extracted from the books:

    Total Rs.

    Sales of products A&B

    15,00,000

    Direct material

    4,50,000

    Direct labour

    2,20,000

    Variable overhead (150% a labour)

    3,30,000

    Fixed overhead

    4,00,000

    The analysis of sales reveals that the percentage of sale of Product A is66 2/3%.

    The management contemplates to process further the joint products so that they could be sold at higher rates. Facilities for this are available. The additional expenditure for the further processes and total sales expected at higher selling prices are given as follows. Make your recommendations presenting the effect of the proposal.

    Product A

    Product El

    Total

    Sales after further processing

    12,00,000

    6,00,000

    18,00,000

    Additional material

    1,00,000

    40,000

    1,40,000

    Additional direct labour

    40,000

    16,000

    56,000

    the output of process a is transferred to process b at a price calculated to give a 620811

    The following are the details in respect of two processes “A” and “B” of a process industry:

    Process A Rs.

    Process B Rs.

    Materials

    20,000

    Labour

    24,000

    40,000

    Overheads

    12,000

    20,000

    Closing Stock

    8,000

    16,000

    The output of Process A is transferred to Process B at a price calculated to give a profit of 20% on the transfer price and the output of Process B is charged to finished stock on a similar basis.

    Of the output transferred to finished stock, the stock costing Rs. 20,000 remained unsold at the end of the accounting period and the balance realized was Rs. 2,00,000. There was no opening stock and no closing WIP. Show:

    1. Process accounts and total profits
    2. Value of closing stocks for balance-sheet purpose

    about 400 units were held back in the process with half completion towards labour an 620812

    Model: Equivalent production – Average cost method

    The process inventory in Process No. 2 at the beginning of the period was valued at Rs. 5,900 made up of Rs. 2,800 towards materials; Rs. 2,000 towards labour; and Rs. 1,100 towards overhead for 100 units. The value added during the period was Rs. 1,07,200 towards an introduction of 4,100 units from the previous process besides Rs. 81,600 towards labour and Rs. 38,800 towards overheads. Out of 3,600 units completed, 3,300 units were transferred to the next process leaving the balance in stock. About 400 units were held back in the process with half completion towards labour and overheads while 200 units were lost in the processing considered normal and hence should be borne by the entire inventory. Prepare a cost of production statement using average cost basis.

    from the following details prepare statement of equivalent production statement of c 620813

    Model: Equivalent Production – FIFO Method

    From the following details, prepare statement of equivalent production, statement of cost and compute the value of
    (1) Output transferred and (2) Closing WIP:

    Opening of WIP Costs: 2,000 units

    Rs.

    Materials (100% complete)

    37,500

    Labour (60% complete)

    15,000

    Overhead (60% complete)

    7,500

    Units introduced into this process are 8,000 units

    There are 2,000 units in the process and the stage of completion is estimated to be:

    Materials = 100%

    Labour= 50%

    Overhead = 50%

    8,000 units are transferred to the next process.

    The Process Costs for the Period Are

    Materials

    5,00,000

    Labour

    3,90,000

    Overhead

    1,95,000

    prepare a comprehensive cost statement for each of the products allocating the mater 620814

    Model: Joint Products

    X Ltd produced four joint products A, B, C and D, all of which emerged from the processing of one raw-material. The following are the relevant data:

    Production for the Period:

    Joint Product

    No. of Units

    Selling Price Per Unit Rs.

    A

    500

    16.00

    C

    400

    8.00

    D

    200

    22.00

    While the company budgets for a profit of 10% of sales value, the other estimated costs are as follows:

    Carriage inwards

    2,000

    Direct wages

    6,000

    Manufacturing Overheads

    4,000

    Administration overhead is 10% of sales value. You are required to

    1. Calculate the maximum price that may be paid for the raw material
    2. Prepare a comprehensive cost statement for each of the products allocating the materials and other things based upon
      1. Number of units
      2. Sales value

    cost of labour and overheads amounted to rs 30 000 and rs 20 000 respectively the no 620850

    From the following figures, show the cost sheet of the three processes of manufacture. The production of each process is passed on to the next till completion:

    Process A
    Rs.

    Process B
    Rs.

    Process C
    Rs.

    Wages and materials

    60,8C0

    24,0

    58,500

    Works and cost

    11,200

    10,500

    12,000

    Production (in units)

    72,000

    75,0

    9400D

    Stock (Units from pre- ceding process on

    8,0

    33,000

    1 March 2010)

    Stock (Units from preceding process on

    2,0

    11,000

    31 March 2010

    750 units were introduced into a process at a cost of Rs. 50,000. Cost of labour and overheads amounted to Rs. 30,000 and Rs. 20,000, respectively. The normal loss in the process is 6% of input, which has no recovery value. Show the process account.

    prepare the accounts in respect of each of the processes showing its cost and cost o 620852

    A particular brand of scent passed through three important processes. During the weakened on 15 January 2010, 600 bottles were produced. The cost books show the following information:

    Process A Rs.

    Process B Rs.

    Process C Rs.

    Materials

    4,000

    2,000

    1,500

    Labour

    3,000

    2,500

    2,300

    Direct expenses

    600

    200

    500

    Cost of bottles

    2,030

    Cost of corks

    325

    The indirect expenses for the period were Rs. 1,600 (indirect expenses are charged on labour basis).

    The by-products were sold for Rs. 240 (Process B)

    The residue was sold for Rs. 125.50 (Process C)

    Prepare the accounts in respect of each of the processes, showing its cost and cost of production of the finished product per bottle.

    prepare crushing refining finishing including casking process accounts 620853

    The following are the extracts from the costing books of an oil manufacturing company, in which three processes are used:

    Coconut purchased 600 quintals worth Rs. 60,000.

    Casks (drums) costing

    Rs. 20,000

    Crude oil purchased

    400 Quintals

    Refined oil purchased

    300 Quintals

    Finished oil

    280 Quintals

    Coconut sacks sold for Rs. 10,000; Copra residue 170 quintals sold for Rs. 5,000; By-products of refining process being 75 quintals sold for Rs. 400.

    Prepare crushing, refining, finishing (including casking) process accounts.

    current assets of basu ltd included rs 320 thousand of stock in trade obtained from 620707

    Model: When the vendor company holds shares in purchasing company—Net assets method Basu Ltd. and Vasu Ltd. had the following financial position as on 31 March 2011:

    Liabilities

    Basu Ltd.

    Vasu Ltd.

    Rs

    Assets

    Basta Ltd.

    Vasu Ltd.

    Share Capital:

    Goodwill

    2,000

    400

    Equity Shares of Z100 Each

    3,200

    2,400

    Fixed Assets

    1,600

    2,800

    Fully Paid

    General Reserve

    1,200

    800

    Investments at Cost

    1,200

    800

    Investment Allowance

    1,200

    Current Assets

    1,200

    1,000

    Reserve

    Liabilities

    1,600

    600

    6,000

    5,000

    6,000

    5,000

    It was decided that on that date, Basu Ltd. will take over the business of Vasu Ltd. on the basis of the respective share value, adjusting, wherever necessary, the book values of assets and liabilities on the strength of the information given below:

    1. Investment of Vasu Ltd. included 4,000 shares in Basu Ltd., acquired at a cost of Rs.150 per share. The other investment of Vasu Ltd. have a market value of Rs.1,00,000.
    2. Investment allowance reserve was in respect of additions made to fixed assets by Vasu Ltd. during the year 2009-10, on which income tax relief has been obtained. In terms of Income Tax Act, the company has to carry forward till 2014, reserve of Rs.6,00,000 for utilization.
    3. Goodwill of Basu Ltd. and Vasu Ltd. are to be taken at Rs.1,600 thousand and Rs.800 thousand, respectively.
    4. The market value of investment of Basu Ltd. was Rs.800 thousand.
    5. Current assets of Basu Ltd. included Rs.320 thousand of stock in trade obtained from Vasu Ltd., which normally sold goods at a profit of 25% over cost.
    6. Fixed assets of Basu Ltd. & Vasu Ltd. are valued at Rs.2,000 thousand and Rs.3,000 thousand, respectively. Suggest the scheme of absorption and show the journal entries in the books of Basu Ltd. Also prepare the balance sheet of that company after take over of the business of Vasu Ltd.

    model when shares are held by both the companies in each other mdash net assets meth 620709

    Model: When shares are held by both the companies in each other—Net assets method Following are the balance sheets of C Ltd. and D Ltd.:

    Liabilities

    C Ltd.

    D Ltd.

    Assets

    C Ltd.

    D Ltd.

    Shares of Rs.10 Each Fully

    3,00,000

    1,50,000

    Sundry Assets

    12,00 000

    6,00,000

    Paid-up

    Reserves

    9,36,000

    4,80,000

    3,000 Shares in D Ltd.

    36,000

    3,000 Shares in C Ltd

    30,000

    12,36,000

    6,30,000

    12,36,000

    6,30,000

    It was decided that C Ltd. will absorb D Ltd. You are required to compute the purchase consideration.

    state whether the following statements are true or false 1 in absorption no new comp 620710

    State whether the following statements are true or false
    1.In absorption, no new company is formed.
    2.A new company is floated with new shareholders in “external reconstruction”.
    3.As per Sections 390 & 396 (A) of the Companies Act, any scheme of amalgamation requires the approval of a court.
    4.As per AS-14, amalgamation differs from absorption.
    5.Internal reconstruction requires the winding up of an existing company.
    6.External reconstruction is more or less same as that of “amalgamation in the nature of purchase”.
    7.In the case of amalgamation in the nature of merger, all the assets and liabilities of the selling company will become the assets and liabilities of the purchasing company.
    8.Adjustment has to be made in the book values of the assets and liabilities of the transferor company when they are transferred to the financial statements of the purchasing company, when amalgamation is in the nature of merger.
    9.Under amalgamation in the nature of merger, purchase consideration should be discharged to the shareholders only in the form of cash.
    10.When amalgamation is in the nature of purchase, less than 90% of the selling company’s shareholders may become shareholders in the purchasing company.
    11.When amalgamation is in the nature of purchase, assets and liabilities taken over by the purchasing company should be shown only at their book values.
    12.While computing the purchase consideration, amount agreed to be paid to debenture holders and creditors should be taken into consideration.
    13.Liquidation expenses can be treated as reimbursement while ascertaining purchase price.
    14.The aggregate of agreed payments represents the “net payment method”.
    15.Under “net assets” method, assets taken over should not include cash and bank balances.
    16.Under net assets method, accumulated profits should not form part of liabilities.
    17.Under “shares exchange method”, the exchange ratio is determined on the basis of “intrinsic value of shares” of the respective companies’ shares.
    18.When the amalgamation is in the nature of merger, purchase consideration should be made in the form of “cash” only.
    19.While recording transactions in the books of the companies, provisions should be transferred to realization account and losses should be transferred to the shareholders’ account.
    20.“Amalgamation adjustment account” is to be shown on the liabilities side of the balance sheet.
    21.If the purchase consideration agreed to be paid is greater than the net assets taken over, the difference should be treated as “capital reserve”.
    22.“Pooling of interests method” is confirmed to amalgamations in the nature of merger.
    23.Under pooling of interests method, goodwill account should be written off within a period of 5 years.
    24.In the books of the transferor company, for unrealized profit in stock, no adjustment is needed.
    25.If the amalgamation is in the nature of purchase, the amount of unrealized profit is to be debited to goodwill/capital reserve A/c.

    fill in the blanks with apt word s 1 when two or more companies combine together to 620711

    Fill in the blanks with apt word(s)
    1.When two or more companies combine together to form a new company, it is called _______.
    2.When one existing company takes over the business of one or more existing companies, it is known as_______.
    3.When an existing company is liquidated and a new company is formed (with the same shareholders mostly), it is termed_______.
    4.In the eyes of law, amalgamation includes _______ also.
    5.The Accounting Standard _______, issued by the ICAI, specifies the procedure of accounting for amalgamations.
    6.If the reorganization is carried out without liquidating the company, it is _______.
    7.In a reorganization, if a company gets liquidated and a new company is floated with the same shareholders, it is called _______.
    8.Amalgamations may broadly be divided into two categories: (i)_______ and (ii)_______.
    9.When amalgamation is in the nature of merger, _______ assets and liabilities are to be taken over by the purchasing company.
    10.When amalgamation is in the nature of merger, assets and liabilities taken over should be shown at their ______ values.
    11.When amalgamation is in the nature of purchase, all assets and liabilities _______ over by the purchasing company.
    12.When amalgamation is in the nature of purchase, assets and liabilities taken over may be shown at values_______.
    13.As per AS-14, purchase consideration means the total amount payable to the _______ of the transferor company.
    14.In the purchase price, amount paid to _______ and _______ should not be included.
    15.The total of the agreed payments represents _______ made by the purchasing company to the shareholders of transferor (selling) company.
    16.“Net assets” taken over by the purchasing company represent the _______ under “net assets” method.
    17.Agreed value of “assets” taken over – Agreed value of liabilities taken over = _______.
    19.One method of accounting for amalgamation is “the pooling of interests method”; and the other one is_______.
    20.When amalgamation is in the nature of merger, _______ method of accounting is used.
    21.The pooling of interests method has no specific effect on the books of the _______ company.
    22._______ method of accounting is used when amalgamation is in the nature of purchase.
    23.When the purchase price agreed to be paid exceed the net assets taken over, such excess amount should be debited to _______ A/c.
    24.When the purchase consideration is less than the amount of net assets taken over, such difference should be credited to _______ A/c.
    25.In purchase method, “statutory reserves” of the transferor company should be _______.
    26.All statutory reserves should be debited to A/c if they are continued for some more years.
    27.Shareholders of transferor company who have not given their assent for amalgamation are called _______.
    28.Amalgamation effected after the balance sheet date should be in accordance with the standard _______.
    29.Inter-company owings, due to purchase and or sale of goods, will create a problem of _______.
    30.If the amalgamation is in the nature of merger, the amount of unrealized profit is to be debited to ________.

    r ltd and s ltd are two companies carrying on business in the same lines of activity 620736

    R Ltd. and S Ltd. are two companies carrying on business in the same lines of activity. Their balance sheets as on 31 March 2011 are as follows:

    Liabilities

    R Ltd.

    S Ltd.

    Assets

    R Ltd.

    S Ltd.

    Fully Paid Equity Shares of

    24,00,000

    8,00,000

    Land & Buildings

    4,00,000

    Rs. 10 Each

    Plant & Machinery

    28,00,000

    I 2, ,00,000

    General Reserve

    I 6,00,000

    8,00,000

    investments

    4,00,000

    Can wad I /Ian

    7400000

    400000

    Stork

    1600000

    16000110

    The two companies decided to amalgamate into T Ltd. The following further information is as follows:

    1. All assets and liabilities of the two companies are taken over
    2. Each share in S Ltd. is valued at Rs.25 for the purpose of amalgamation
    3. Shareholders of S Ltd. and R Ltd. are paid off by issue of sufficient number of equity shares of Rs.10 each in T Ltd. as fully paid at par
    4. Each share in R Ltd. is valued at Rs.15 for the purpose of amalgamation

    Show the journal entries to close the books of both the companies.

    goodwill may be taken at 4 years purchase of average super profits of 3 years from t 620737

    M Ltd. and N Ltd. propose to amalgamate. Their balance sheets as on 31 December 2010 were as follows:

    Liabilities

    M Ltd.

    N Ltd.

    Assets

    M Ltd.

    N Ltd.

    ?

    ?

    ?

    ?

    Equity Share Capital

    16,00,000

    6,00,000

    Fixed Assets

    13,20,000

    4,00,000

    General Reserve

    7,20,000

    60,000

    investments

    2,88,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    2,40,000

    92,000

    (Face Value Z 3,20,000)

    Creditors

    4,18,000

    98.000

    Stock

    6,40,000

    1,62,000

    Debtors

    3,74,000

    200,000

    Cash

    sistwou

    66,0(X)

    29,78,000

    8,50,000

    29,78,000

    8,50,000

    Profit After Tax Year

    M Ltd. Rs.

    N Ltd. Rs.

    2010

    4,92,000

    1,66,000

    2009

    4,38,000

    1,25,600

    2008

    3,96,000

    1,08,000

    Goodwill may be taken at 4 years purchase of average super profits of 3 years from trading on the basis of 10% normal trading profit on closing capital invested.

    you are required to close the books of x ltd and y ltd and give journal entries and 620738

    X Ltd. and Y Ltd. agree to amalgamate as from 31 December 2010 on which date their balance sheets were as follows:

    Liabilities

    X Ltd.
    Rs.

    Y Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    X Ltd.
    Rs.

    V Ltd.
    Rs.

    Share Capital (Rs. 1 Each)

    25,000

    10,000

    Fixed Assets

    26,000

    8,750

    Creditors

    2,500

    1,000

    Current Assets

    20,500

    6,750

    Reserves

    4,000

    3,000

    12% Debentures

    15,000

    1,500

    44500

    15,500

    46,500

    15,500

    Z Ltd. was formed to take over the concerns of both X Ltd. and Y Ltd. Purchase price is to be discharged as follows:

    For shareholders of X Ltd., 30,000 shares of Rs.1 each in Z Ltd.

    For shareholders of Y Ltd., 12,500 shares of Rs.1 each in Z Ltd.

    Debenture holders are to be settled by issue of 15% debentures in Z Ltd.

    You are required to close the books of X Ltd. and Y Ltd. and give journal entries and balance sheet in the books of Z Ltd. assuming the amalgamation is in the nature of purchase.

    pass journal entries in the books of both the companies show how the purchase price 620740

    The following is the balance sheet of Bhama Ltd. on 31 March 2011:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    12,000 Shares of

    12,00,000

    Land & Buildings

    6,00,000

    100 Each

    Plant &

    9,00,000

    Debentures

    6,00,000

    Machinery

    Sundry Creditors

    1,80,000

    Work-In-Progress

    1,80,000

    Reserve Fund

    Stock

    3,60,000

    Dividend

    1,50,000

    Furniture &

    15,000

    Equalization

    Fittings

    Fund

    Sundry Debtors

    150.000

    Profit and Loss

    1,20,000

    Cash at Bank

    75,000
    600

    Appropriation

    30,600

    Cash In Hand

    A/c

    22,80,600

    22,80,600

    The Company is absorbed by Rita Ltd. on the above date. The consideration for the absorption is the discharge of debentures at a premium of 5% taking over the liability in respect of the sundry creditors and payment of Rs.70 in cash and one share of Rs.50 in Rita Ltd. at the market value of Rs.80 per share in exchange for one share in Bhama Ltd. The cost of liquidation of Rs.30,000 is to be met by the purchasing company.

    Pass journal entries in the books of both the companies. Show how the purchase price is arrived at.

    a co ltd agreed to acquire the assets excluding cash as on 31 december 2010 of b co 620741

    A Co Ltd. agreed to acquire the assets excluding cash as on 31 December 2010 of B Co Ltd. The balance sheet of B Co Ltd. as on that day was as follows:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Equity Capital:

    Goodwill

    3,60,000

    Shares of Rs.10

    18,00,000

    Land & Buildings

    7,20,000

    Each

    4,80,000

    Plant &

    12,00,000

    General Reserve

    3,00,000

    Machinery

    4,80,000

    Debentures

    60,000

    Stock

    1,80,000

    Creditors

    3,60,000

    Debtors

    60,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    Cash

    30,00,000

    30,00,000

    The consideration was as follows:

    1. A cash payment of Rs.4 for every share of B Co Ltd.
    2. The issue of one share of Rs.10 each at market value of Rs.12.50 in the A Co Ltd. for every share in B Co Ltd.
    3. The issue of 6,600 debentures of Rs.50 each in A Co Ltd. to enable B Co Ltd. to discharge its debentures at 10% premium
    4. The expenses of liquidation of B Co Ltd. amounting to Rs.24,000 were to be met by themselves

    Give the journal entries in the books of both the companies.

    show the journal entries to record the above in both companies and draw the balance 620742

    The position of two companies L and R is as follows:

    (Rs. in 000″s)

    Liabilities

    L Ltd.
    Rs.

    R Ltd.

    Assets

    L Ltd.
    Rs.

    R Ltd.
    Rs.

    Nominal Capital:

    Fixed Assets

    3,600

    6,000

    Shares of Rs.10 Each

    6,000

    12,000

    Debtors & Stock

    4,200

    1,000

    Issued and Paid up Capital:

    Cash at Bank

    1,200

    Shares of !10 Each Fully

    6,000

    8,400

    Goodwill

    1,200

    4,200

    Called & Paid

    Profit & Loss

    1,800

    5% Debentures

    1,200

    Creditors

    3,600

    2,400

    Profit & Loss A/c

    1,800

    I 0.800

    12,600

    10,800

    12,600

    R Ltd. agreed to absorb L Ltd. upon the following terms:

    1. The shares in L Ltd. are to be considered as worth Rs.6 each. The shareholders of L Ltd. are to be paid one quarter in cash and the balance in shares of R Ltd. at Rs.12.50 each.
    2. The debenture holders in L Ltd. agreed to take Rs.95 of 7% debentures in R Ltd. for every Rs.100 of 5% debentures held in L Ltd.
    3. L Ltd. is to be wound up.

    Show the journal entries to record the above in both companies and draw the balance sheet showing the position of R Ltd. after the absorption.

    with the consent of the shareholders the liquidator of weak ltd sold off in open mar 620743

    The following is the balance sheet of Weak Ltd. as on 30 June 2010:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    16,000 Equity

    16,00,000

    Buildings

    6,80,000

    Shares of Rs.10

    Plans &

    16,00,000

    Each

    Machinery

    General Reserve

    2,00,000

    Investments

    2,02,400

    Profit and Loss

    22,400

    Debtors

    5,62,000

    A/c

    Stock

    3,22,800

    5% Debentures

    10,00,000

    Cash at Bank

    66,000

    Creditors

    5,14,800

    Dividend

    Equalization

    96,000

    Fund

    34,33,200

    34,33,200

    Weak Ltd. was absorbed by Strong Ltd. on the above date on the following terms:

    1. Assume all liabilities and to acquire all assets except investments which were sold by Weak Ltd. for Rs.1,80,000
    2. Discharge the debenture at a discount of 5% by issue of 7% debentures in Strong Ltd.
    3. Issue two shares of Rs.60 each in Strong Ltd. at Rs.65 per share and also pay Rs.2 in cash to the shareholders of Weak Ltd. in exchange for one share in Weak Ltd.
    4. Pay the cost of absorption of Rs.6,000

    With the consent of the shareholders, the liquidator of Weak Ltd. sold off in open market one-fourth of the shares received from Strong Ltd. at an average price of Rs.63 per share.

    You are required to prepare:

    1. Statement of surchase consideration
    2. Important ledger accounts in the books of Weak Ltd.

    a ltd agreed to acquire the business of b ltd as on 31 december 2010 the balance she 620744

    A Ltd. agreed to acquire the business of B Ltd. as on 31 December 2010. The balance sheet of B Ltd. on that date was as follows:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital of

    30,00,000

    Goodwill

    5,00,000

    Rs.10 Each

    Land and

    32,00,000

    General Reserve

    8,50,000

    Buildings

    Profit & Loss A/c

    5,50,000

    Stock In Trade

    8,40,000

    6% Debentures

    5,00,000

    Debtors

    1,80,000

    Creditors

    1,00,000

    Cash

    2,80,000

    50,00,000

    50,00,000

    The consideration payable by A Ltd. was agreed upon as follows:

    1. A cash payment equivalent to Rs.2.50 for every Rs.10 share in B Ltd.
    2. The issue of 4,50,000 Rs.10 shares fully paid in A Ltd. having an agreed value of Rs.15 per share.
    3. The issue of such an amount of fully paid 5% debentures of A Ltd. at 96% is sufficient to discharge the 6% debentures of B Ltd. at a premium of 20%. While computing the consideration, the directors of A Ltd. valued land & buildings at Rs.60,00,000, the stock at Rs.7,10,000 and the debtors at their face value subject to an allowance of 5% to cover doubtful debts. The cost of liquidation of B Ltd. came to Rs.25,000 which is to be paid by A Ltd.

    Close the books of B Ltd. and give journal entries in the books of A Ltd.

    balance sheet of x ltd as on 31 march 2011 is as follows 620745

    Balance Sheet of X Ltd. as on 31 March 2011 is as follows:

         

    (Rs. in Lakhs)

    Liabilities

    Assets

     

    Share Capital:

     

    Fixed Assets

    415

    2.5 lakh Shares of

    250

    Current Assets

    345

    Rs. 10 Each

     

    investments

    85

    Capital Reserve

    50

    Goodwill

    10

    General Reserve

    180

     

     

    Unsecured Loans

    110

     

     

    Sundry Creditors

    210

     

     

    Provision for

    55

     

     

    Taxation

     

     

     

     

    855

     

    855

    X Ltd. is amalgamated with Y Ltd. as on 31 March 2011, on which date the balance sheet of Y Ltd. is as follows:

    Liabilities

    1. (Lakh)

    Assets

    1. (Lakh)

    Share Capital:

     

    Fixed Assets

    800

    40 lakh Shares of Rs.10 Each

    400

    Current Assets

    840

    General

    500

     

     

    Reserve

     

     

     

    Secured Loans

    200

     

     

    Sundry Credtors

    230

     

     

    Provision for

    260

     

     

    Tax

     

     

     

    Provision for

    50

     

     

    Dividend

     

     

     

     

    1,640

     

    1,640

    For the purpose of amalgamation, the goodwill of X Ltd. is considered to be of no value. There are also arrears of depreciation in X Ltd. amounting to Rs.20 lakh. The shareholders in X Ltd. are allotted in full satisfaction of their claims, shares in Y Ltd. in the same proportion that the respective intrinsic values of the shares of the companies bear to each other.

    Pass journal entries in the books of both companies to give effect to the above.

    all the assets except the bank balances were taken over along with the trade liabili 620746

    Vincent Ltd. acquired the business of Stephen Ltd. on 31 March 2011, whose balance sheet as on that date was as given in the following:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Capital:

    Fixed Assets

    15,00,000

    2,00,000 Shares

    20,00,000

    Stock

    4,00,000

    of Rs.10 Each

    Debtors

    2,50,000

    Profit & Loss

    3,00,000

    Cash at Bank

    3,50,000

    Account

    Creditors

    2,00,000

    25,00,000

    25,00,000

    All the assets except the bank balances were taken over along with the trade liability. The purchase consideration was agreed at the exchange of five shares of Rs.10 each in Vincent Ltd. at an agreed price of Rs.12 per share for every 6 shares held. Vincent Ltd’s share was quoted in the market at Rs.15.

    In addition, the expenses of liquidation of Rs.50,000 were agreed to be paid by Vincent Ltd. You are required to give:

    1. Realization A/c & shareholders’ A/c in the vendor company
    2. Journal entries to record the acquisition in the purchasing company

    a new company called a new ltd to be formed with a share capital of rs 20 00 000 in 620748

    The creditors and shareholders having agreed upon a scheme of reconstruction, A Ltd. went into voluntary liquidation. The balance sheet as at that date of reconstruction stood as follows:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital

    Building

    3,80,000

    1,00,000 Equity

    10,00,000

    Machinery

    4,20,000

    Shares of Rs. 10

    Stock

    2,00,000

    Each

    Debtors

    2,40,000

    5% Debentures

    4,00,000

    Cash at Bank

    8,000

    Trade Creditors

    1,60,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    3,12,000

    15,60,000

    15,60,000

    The scheme of reconstruction provided as under:

    1. A new company called A New Ltd. to be formed with a share capital of Rs.20,00,000 in 2,00,000 shares of Rs.10 each to take over from the above company, stock and debtors at 20% less than the book value and building and machinery at Rs.3,08,000 and Rs.4,00,000, respectively.
    2. The shareholders agreed to receive 1,00,000 equity shares of Rs.10 each credited with Rs.5 per share paid up, with a call of Rs.2.50 per share to be made forthwith.
    3. The debenture holders were to be satisfied by the issue of 6% mortgage debentures of Rs.6,00,000 in the new company in exchange for old debentures.
    4. The trade creditors agreed to receive Rs.1,40,000 from the new company in full settlement of their claims.
    5. The bank balance was utilized in payment of reconstruction expenses.

    Give the journal entries in the books of A Ltd. and A New Ltd.

    a new company called mala co ltd was formed to acquire the fixed assets and stock of 620749

    Leela Co Ltd. decided to reconstruct and went into liquidation with the following assets and liabilities:

    Liabilities

    Rs.

    Assets

    Rs.

    Reference Share

    4,00,000

    Fixed Assets

    9,98,400

    Capital of Rs. 10

    Stock

    1,47,000

    Each

    Debtors

    2,62,000

    Equity Share

    16,00,000

    Cash

    800

    Capital of Rs.10

    Profit & Loss A/c

    8,25,400

    Each

    General Reserve

    24,200

    Bank Loan

    37,200

    Creditors

    1,72,200

    22,33,600

    22,33,600

    A new company called Mala Co Ltd. was formed to acquire the fixed assets and stock of Leela Co Ltd. at Rs.6,80,000 and Rs.1,20,000, respectively. The purchase price is to be paid by issue of 10% preference shares and equity shares of Rs.10 each for equal amounts.

    Debtors realized Rs.2,45,500 and creditors were paid Rs.1,62,680 in full satisfaction. Bank loan was paid in full. The expenses of liquidation came to Rs.21,420.

    Close the books of Leela Co Ltd. and give the balance sheet of Mala Co Ltd.

    give important ledger accounts to close the books of govind ltd and journal entries 620750

    The balance sheet of Govind Ltd. as on 31 December 2010 is given as follows:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital:

    Land

    3,25,000

    5,000 Shares of

    5,00,000

    Machinery

    1,10,000

    7100 Each Fully

    Furniture

    15,000

    Paid up

    Stock

    1,25,000

    8% Debentures

    2,00,000

    Debtors

    75,000

    Creditors

    30,000

    Cash

    20,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    60,000

    7,30,000

    7,30,000

    Khan Company Ltd. was formed to take over the business of Govind Ltd. With a nominal capital of Rs.5,00,000 divided into 2,500 9% preference shares of Rs.100 each and 2,500 equity shares of Rs.100 each on the following basis:

    1. The debenture holders in Govind Ltd. are to accept 1,750 preference shares
    2. The shareholders in Govind Ltd. are to receive one equity share in Khan Ltd. for every two shares held by them
    3. Cost of liquidation met by Khan Ltd. was Rs.3,000
    4. The balance of preference shares has been issued which are taken up by the public

    Give important ledger accounts to close the books of Govind Ltd. and journal entries in the books of Khan Ltd.

    loan creditors accepted the debentures of ruby ltd in discharge of the loan sundry d 620751

    On 31 March 2011, the following was the balance sheet of Coral Ltd.

    Liabilities

    Assets

    60,000 Equity

    6,00,000

    Plant

    4,50,000

    Shares ofRs. 10

    & Machinery

    Each

    Furniture &

    75,000

    Capital Reserve

    10,000

    Fixtures

    Loan

    1,80,000

    Stock

    2,00,000

    Sundry

    1,50,000

    Sundry Debtors

    1,10,000

    Creditors

    Cash at Bank

    50,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    55,000

    9,40,000

    9,40,000

    A new company Ruby Ltd. was incorporated which took over fixed assets and stock of Coral Ltd. for Rs.6,30,000 payable as to Rs.4,50,000 in the form of 90,000 equity share of Rs.5 each and Rs.1,80,000 in the form of 1,800 12% mortgage debentures of Rs.100 each. Loan creditors accepted the debentures of Ruby Ltd. in discharge of the loan. Sundry Debtors realized Rs.1,02,500. Expenses of liquidation amounted to Rs.4,000 and were met by Coral Ltd. The available cash was distributed among sundry creditors in full satisfaction of their claim.

    Close the book of Coral Ltd. and draw initial balance sheet of Ruby Ltd.

    cost of winding up amounted to rs 5 000 show ledger accounts in the books of express 620752

    Express Ltd. has just recovered from a great financial difficulty. Its balance sheet as on 31 December 2010 is as follows:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Equity Share

    3,00,000

    Buildings

    2,00,000

    Capital

    Plants &

    1,00,000

    5% Preference

    2,00,000

    Machinery

    1,00,000

    Share Capital

    Current Assets

    1,75,000

    Liabilities

    75,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    5,75,000

    5,75,000

    Express (2011) Ltd. is formed to take over buildings at Rs.1,50,000; plant & machinery at 70,000 and Stock at 30,000. Purchase consideration is to be satisfied by 7% preference shares (Rs. 100) and equity shares (Rs. 10) of Express (2011) Ltd. in the ration of 3:2. Preference shareholders are to be settled in full by allotment of the new preference shares. Sundry debtors realized Rs.75,000, and Rs.55,000 was paid to creditors in full settlement. There is no other current asset except stock and debtors. Cost of winding up amounted to Rs.5,000. Show ledger accounts in the books of Express Ltd. and journal entries in the books of Express (2011) Ltd. Also draft the balance sheet of Express (2011) Ltd. Assume that the value of assets taken over is exclusively paid to equity shareholders.

    show journal entries to close the book of lal ltd ignore the costs of liquidation 620753

    Lal Co. Ltd. went into liquidation on 31 December 2010 and its whole undertaking was sold to Gupta co Ltd., the terms agreed to by the parties being:

    1. The discharge of debentures outstanding by the issue of Rs.95 of 9% debentures stock in Gupta Ltd. for each Rs.100 Lal Ltd. debentures
    2. The assumption by the transfer of all other liabilities of the transferor
    3. The exchange of five Rs.1 fully paid shares in Gupta Ltd. at an agreed value of Rs.1.25 a share, for every eight shares in Lal Ltd.
    4. Gupta Ltd. also undertook to pay the liquidator of Lal Ltd. a sum of money, on the basis of Rs.1 per share, to enable him to deal with fraction of shares; the number of shares represented by the addition of the fraction was 470.

    Balance Sheet of Lal Ltd. as on 31 December 2010

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital:

    Freehold

    3,00,000

    4,00,000 Shares

    4,00,000

    Properties

    of Rs.1 Each Fully

    Plant &

    1,00,000

    Paid

    Machinery

    9% Debentures

    50,000

    Investment

    2,500

    Creditors

    7,500

    on Accident

    Employees” Profit

    12,500

    Compensation

    Sharing Fund

    Fund

    Fatal Accident

    2,500

    Stock& Debtors

    75,000

    Compensation

    Balance at Bank

    5.000

    Fund

    Profit & Loss A/c

    10,000

    4,82,500

    481503

    Five days after the day of transfer, one of the discounted bills for Rs.500 fell due and was dishonored.

    Show journal entries to close the book of Lal Ltd. Ignore the costs of liquidation:

    model net assets method mdash two companies agree to amalgamate the following are th 620680

    Model: Net assets method—Two companies agree to amalgamate The following are the balance sheets of A Co. Ltd. and B. Co. Ltd. as on 31 March 2011:

    Liabilities

    A Ltd.

    B Ltd.

    Assets

    A Ltd. Rs.

    B Ltd.

    Equity Share Capital Rs. 10

    2,00,000

    1,00,000

    Land & Building

    50,000

    per Share

    Plant & Machinery

    2,30,000

    80,000

    10% Debentures of Rs.10

    30,000

    Stock

    20,000

    14,000

    Each

    Debtors

    14,000

    12,000

    Reserve Fund

    50,000

    Cash

    6,000

    4,000

    Dividend Equalization

    5,000

    Fund

    Employees Provident

    10,000

    Fund

    Trade Creditors

    20,000

    10,000

    Profit & Loss Account

    5,000

    3,20,000

    1,10,000

    3,20,000

    1,10,000

    Additional information:

    1. SR Ltd. takes over VR Ltd. on 6 April 2011.
    2. 12% Preference shareholders of VR Ltd. are discharged at a premium of 15% by issuing 13% preference shares of Rs.100 each.
    3. The net assets value of VR Ltd. equity share is Rs.30 per share and that of SR Ltd. equity share is Rs.50 per share. SR Ltd. will issue equity shares to satisfy the equity shareholders of VR Ltd. on the basis of intrinsic value. But the purchase consideration is to be based on the basis of par value only. The face value of equity share of SR Ltd. is Rs.10.
    4. Debentures of VR Ltd. are to be discharged at a premium of Rs.by issuing 15% debentures of SR Ltd.

    Compute the purchase consideration.

    model net assets method and net payments method the balance sheet of pq ltd as on 31 620681

    Model: Net assets method and net payments method The balance sheet of PQ Ltd. as on 31 March 2011 is as follows:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital:

    Fixed Assets

    200

    12% Preference Sh-ares of Rs. 100 Each

    50

    Investment

    30

    Equity Shares of Z 10 Each

    100

    Current Assets

    20

    General Reserve

    60

    10% Debentures

    20

    Current Liabilities

    20

    250

    250

    RS Ltd. signified their agreement to take over the assets and liabilities of PQ Ltd. as per the following terms & conditions:

    1. Fixed assets at 80% of book value
    2. Investments at 20% above the par value
    3. Current assets and liabilities at book value except that stock-in-trade at cost amounting to Rs.10 lakh was agreed to be taken over at a discount of 25%
    4. 10% Debentures are to be discharge at a premium of 10% by issuing 10% debentures of Rs.Ltd.
    5. Preference shareholders are to be discharged at a premium of 10% by issuing 12% preference shares of Rs.100 each
    6. The equity shareholders in PQ Ltd. are to be issued 6 equity shares of Rs.10 each in RS Ltd. for every 2 shares held by them Workout the consideration for the take over under: (a) Net assets method and (b) Net payment method

    ab ltd agrees to take over cd ltd find out the ratio of exchange of shares on the ba 620682

    Model: Intrinsic value of shares The following are the balance sheets of AB Ltd. & CD Ltd. as on 31 March 2011:

    Balance Sheet of AB Ltd.

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital:

    Fixed Assets

    14,00,000

    8,000 Shares of Z100 Each

    8,00,000

    Investments

    10,00,000

    General Reserve

    10,00,000

    Current Assets

    12,00,000

    Profit & Loss Account

    6,00,000

    Debentures

    7,00,000

    Current Liabilities

    5,00,000

    36,00,000

    36,00,000

    Balance Sheet of CD Ltd.

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital:

    3,600 Shares of Rs.100 Each

    3,60,000

    Fixed Assets

    6,00,000

    General Reserve

    2,00,000

    Current Assets

    4,00,000

    Profit & Loss Account

    1,60,000

    Current Liabilities

    Creditors

    2,00,000

    Bills Payable

    80,000

    10,00,000

    10,00,000

    AB Ltd. agrees to take over CD Ltd. Find out the ratio of exchange of shares on the basis of book value.

    it was decided that the holder of every 3 shares in jk ltd was to receive 5 shares i 620683

    Model: Intrinsic worth method JK Ltd. is absorbed by LM Ltd. Following are the balance sheets of these two companies as on 31 March 2011:

    Liabilities

    JK Ltd.
    Rs.

    LM Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    JK Ltd.
    Rs.

    LM Ltd.
    Rs.

    Share Capital:

    Sundry Assets

    10,15,000

    49,05,000

    Paid-up Share Capital

    3,50,000

    5.000 Equity Shares of

    Cash in Hand

    10,000

    1,35,000

    Rs. 100 each, ,T. 70 Paid up

    50,000 Equity Shares of

    37,50,000

    Rs. 100 Each, Rs. 75 Paid up

    Reserve Fund

    4,25,000

    11,00,000

    Profit & Loss Account

    1,50,000

    1,00,000

    Sundry Creditors

    1,00,000

    90,000

    10,25,000

    50,40,000

    10,25,000

    50,40,000

    It was decided that the holder of every 3 shares in JK Ltd. was to receive 5 shares in LM Ltd. plus as much cash as in necessary to adjust the rights of shareholders of both the companies in accordance with the intrinsic value of shares as per respective balance sheets.

    Calculate purchase consideration.

    a new company z ltd was formed to acquire the assets and liabilities of x ltd and y 620684

    Model: Accounting in the books of transferor company The balance sheets of X Ltd. and Y Ltd. were as follows on 31 March 2011:

    X Ltd.

    Y Ltd.

    Assets:

    Goodwill

    350

    Patents

    1,000

    Land & Buildings

    3,000

    Plant & Machinery

    7,750

    Motor Vehicles

    200

    Furniture

    125

    Investments

    0,575

    Stocks

    1,750

    1,195

    Debtors

    400

    310

    Cash at Bank

    22

    85

    14,700

    2,265

    Liabilities:

    Share Capital: 25,000 Pref. Shares of Rs.100 Each

    2,500

    7,50,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10 Each

    7,500

    2,00,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10 Each

    2,000

    10,000

    2,000

    General Reserve

    4,000

    Profit and Loss A/c

    450

    160

    Creditors

    250

    105

    14,700

    2,265

    A new company Z Ltd. was formed to acquire the assets and liabilities of X Ltd. and Y Ltd. The terms of acquisition of business were as follows:

    1. Z Ltd. to have an authorized capital of Rs.1,75,00,000 divided into 25,000 12% preference shares of Rs.100 each and 15,00,000 lakh equity shares of Rs.10 each Business of X Ltd. valued at Rs.1,50,00,000; settlement being Rs.30,00,000 cash and balance by issue of fully paid equity shares of Rs.12 each
    2. Business of Y Ltd. valued at Rs.24,00,000 to be settled by issue of fully paid equity shares of Rs.12 each
    3. Preference shares of X Ltd. were redeemed
      You are required to make journal entries in the books of X Ltd. and Y Ltd. to close their books of account and also show the necessary ledger Accounts.

    model journal entries in the books of transferee company mdash amalgamation in the n 620685

    Model: Journal entries in the books of transferee company—amalgamation in the nature of merger On 31 March 2011, the balance sheet of AX Ltd stood as follows:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital:

    Plant & Machinery

    8,05,000

    75,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10 Fully Paid

    7,50,000

    Furniture & Fixtures

    97,200

    Securities Premium

    75,000

    Stock

    3,52,750

    General Reserve

    3,12,750

    Debtors

    99,220

    Profit & Loss A/c

    92,650

    Cash at Bank

    56,600

    Creditors

    1,80,370

    14,10,770

    14,10,770

    On this date AX Ltd. took over the business of BY Ltd. for Rs.3,30,000 payable in the form of its fully paid equity shares of Rs.10 each at par. Shareholders of BY Ltd. get 110 shares of AX Ltd. for every 100 shares held in BY Ltd. The scheme of amalgamation also provided that 1,500 12% debentures of BY Ltd. would be converted into equal number of 14% debentures of AX Ltd. of Rs.100 each. The balance sheet of BY Ltd. on the date of amalgamation was as follows:

    Liabilities

    Rs.

    Assets

    Rs.

    Share Capital:

    Machinery

    2,75,000

    30,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10 Each Fully

    3,00,000

    Furniture

    67,600

    Paid

    Stock

    1,57,900

    Capital Reserve

    6,500

    Debtors

    64,650

    Foreign Projects Reserve

    4,850

    Cash at Bank

    37,180

    General Reserve

    37,675

    Profit & Loss A/c

    12,065

    1,50012% Debentures of Rs. 100 Each

    1,50,000

    Creditors

    91,240

    6,02,330

    6,02,330

    You are required to pass journal entries in the books of AX Ltd. assuming that the amalgamation is in the nature of merger.

    you are required to show the balance sheet of c ltd immediately after the above ment 620687

    Model: Amalgamation in the nature of merger and purchase—Preparation of balance sheet The following are the abridged balance sheets of C Ltd. and D Ltd. as on 31 March 2011:

    Liabilities

    C Ltd.
    Rs.

    D Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    C Ltd.
    Rs.

    D Ltd.
    Rs.

    Equity Share Capital of

    40,000

    15,000

    Fixed Assets

    55,000

    23,650

    Rs. 100 Each

    Current Assets

    20,000

    9,850

    12% Preference Shares of

    5,000

    Rs. 100 Each

    General Reserve

    23,050

    4,900

    Statutory Reserve

    1,950

    625

    Profit & Loss A/c

    1815

    1,775

    14% Debentures

    1,250

    Current Liabilities

    1185

    4,950

    75,000

    33,500

    75,000

    33,500

    On 1 April 2011, C Ltd. takes over D Ltd. on the following terms:

    1. C Ltd. will issue 1,75,000 equity shares of Rs.100 each at par to equity shareholders of D Ltd.
    2. C Ltd. will issue 55,000 12% preference shares of Rs.100 each at par to the preference shareholders of D Ltd.
    3. The debentures of D Ltd. will be converted into an equal number of 15% debentures of the same denomination. You are informed that the statutory reserves of D Ltd. are to be maintained for two more years.

    You are required to show the balance sheet of C Ltd. immediately after the above-mentioned scheme of amalgamation has been implemented assuming that:

    1. The amalgamation is in the nature of merger
    2. The amalgamation is in the nature of purchase

    model preparation of balance sheet mdash amalgamationby ldquo pooling of interest rd 620688

    Model: Preparation of balance sheet—Amalgamationby “pooling of interest” method V Ltd. and R Ltd. were amalgamated on and from 1 April 2011. A new company S Ltd. was formed to take over the business of existing companies. The balance sheets of V Ltd. and R Ltd. as on 31 March 2011 are given in the following:

               

    Liabilities

    V Ltd.
    Rs.

    R Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    V Ltd.
    Rs.

    R Ltd.
    Rs.

    Share Capital:

     

     

    Fixed Assets

    6,000

    5,000

    Equity Shares of Z 100

    5,000

    4,000

    Current Assets Loans &

    4,400

    1825

    Each

     

     

    Advances

     

     

    10% Pref. Shares of Z 100

    1000

    1,500

     

     

     

    Each

     

     

     

     

     

    Reserve & Surplus:

    SOO

    400

     

     

     

    Revaluation Reserve

     

     

     

     

     

    General Reserve

    1,000
    750

     

     

     

     

    P&L A/c

    400

    300

     

     

     

    Secured Loan:

     

     

     

     

     

    12% Debentures of

    480

    400

     

     

     

    Rs. 100 Each

     

     

     

     

     

    Current Liabilities and

    1,020

    475

     

     

     

    Provisions

     

     

     

     

     

     

    10,400

    7,825

     

    10,400

    7,825

    Other information:

    1. 12% Debenture holders of V Ltd. and R Ltd. are discharged by S Ltd. by issuing adequate number of 16% debentures of Rs.100 each to ensure that they continue to receive the same amount of interest.
    2. Preference shareholders of V Ltd. and R Ltd. have received the same number of 10% preference shares of Rs.100 each of S Ltd.
    3. S Ltd. has issued 7.5 lakh equity shares for each equity share of V Ltd. and 5 lakh equity shares for each share of R Ltd. The face value of shares issued by S Ltd. is Rs.100 each.

    Prepare the balance sheet of S Ltd. as on 1 April 2011, after the amalgamation has been carried out using the “pooling of interest method”.

    model preparation of balance sheet mdash amalgamation in the nature of merger x ltd 620689

    Model: Preparation of balance sheet—Amalgamation in the nature of merger X Ltd. and Y Ltd. were amalgamated on and from 1 April 2011. A new company Z Ltd. was formed to take over the business of existing companies. The balance sheets of X Ltd. and Y Ltd. as on 31 March 2011 are shown in the following:

    Liabilities

    X Ltd.

    Y Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    X Ltd.
    Rs.

    Y Ltd.
    Rs.

    Share Capital:

    Fixed Assets:

    3,600

    2,400

    Equity Shares of Z100

    1$00

    1,200

    Less: Depreciation

    600

    450

    Each

    10% Pref. Shares of Z100

    900

    600

    3,000

    1,950

    Each

    Investments

    1200

    450

    Reserve & Surplus:

    Currents Assets:

    Capital Reserve

    650

    400

    Stock

    900

    450

    General Reserve

    900

    450

    Debtors

    1,200

    600

    Profit & Loss A/c

    300

    150

    Cash & Bank Balance

    900

    450

    Secured Loans

    1200

    600

    Trade Creditors

    900

    300

    Tax Provision

    600

    150

    7200

    3,900

    7,200

    3,900

    Other information:

    1. Preference shareholders of the two companies are issued equipment number of 12% preference shares of Z Ltd .
    2. Z Ltd. will issue one equity share of Rs.100 each for every share of X Ltd. and Y Ltd.

    You are required to prepare the balance sheet of Z Ltd. on the assumption that the amalgamation is in the nature of merger.

    for every share of weak ltd strong ltd would issue one share at a premum of 20 per s 620690

    Model: Preparation of balance sheet—Amalgamation in the nature of purchase Given below are the balance sheets of Strong Ltd. and Weak Ltd. as on 31 March 2011. Weak Ltd. was merged with Strong Ltd. on 1 April 2011.

    Balance Sheets as on 31 March 2011

    Liabilities

    Strong Ltd.

    Weak Ltd.

    Assets

    Strong
    Ltd.

    Weak
    Ltd.

    Share Capital:

    Fixed Assets

    3,000

    2,000

    Equity Share of Z100 Each

    2,500

    1,500

    Non-trade Investments

    750

    500

    General Reserve

    Current Assets:

    Profit & Loss A/c

    1,000

    500

    stocks

    1,000

    750

    Export Profit Reserve

    500

    375

    Debtors

    1,000

    500

    10% Debentures

    400

    200

    Bank Balance

    750

    300

    Trade Creditors

    600

    625

    Preliminary Expenses

    100

    Tax Provision

    500

    300

    Proposed Dividend

    500

    250

    600

    300

    6,600

    4,050

    6,600

    4,050

    Other information:

    1. Strong Ltd. would issue sufficient number of debentures at par to the debenture holders of Weak Ltd.
    2. For every share of Weak Ltd, Strong Ltd. would issue one share at a premum of 20 per share. You are required to prepare the balance sheet of Strong Ltd. after merger assuming it to be in the nature of purchase.

    model absorption mdash by way of merger the following were the balance sheets of x l 620691

    Model: Absorption—by way of merger The following were the balance sheets of X Ltd. and Y Ltd. as on 31 March 2011:

    Liabilities

    X Ltd. :

    Y Ltd. :

    Assets

    X Ltd.Rs.

    Y Ltd.Rs.

    2,25,000 10% Preference

    22,500

    Goodwill

    750

    Shares of Rs. 100 Each

    Freehold Premises

    36,000

    90,00,000 Equity Shares of

    90,000

    Machinery

    1,03,530

    Rs.10 Each

    Furniture & Fittings

    3,360

    2,250

    15,00,000 Equity Shares of

    15,000

    Trademarks

    300

    Z 10 Each

    Stock

    38,400

    15,030

    Capital Reserve

    28,800

    Debtors

    13,020

    3,510

    General Reserve

    37,200

    4,350

    Bills Receivable

    300

    Profit & Loss A/c

    3,450

    660

    Bank

    6,690

    660

    10% Debentures

    15,000

    Creditors

    4,350

    2,490

    2,01,300

    22,500

    2,01,300

    22,500

    On the above-mentioned date, X Ltd. merged with Y Ltd. The absorption by way of merger took place on the following conditions:

    (i) Y Ltd. allotted to X Ltd. 2,25,000 15% fully paid preference shares of Rs.100 each and 84,00,000 equity shares of Rs.10 each to satisfy the claims of X Ltd’s preference shareholders and equity shareholders respectively. Y Ltd. also agreed to convert 10% debentures of X Ltd. into 12% debentures at a discount of 10%.

    (ii) Expenses of liquidation of X Ltd.—Rs. 45,000—were borne by Y Ltd. You are required to:

    1. Prepare necessary ledger accounts with respect to X Ltd.
    2. Pass journal entries in the books of Y Ltd.
    3. Prepare a post-absorption balance sheet in the books of Y Ltd.

    show the balance sheet of m ltd after the absorption if the amalgamation is in the n 620697

    Model: Absorption—Intrinsic value method The balance sheets of ‘L’ Ltd. and ‘M’ Ltd. as on 31 March 2011 were as follows:

    Liabilities

    L Ltd.
    Rs.

    M Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    L Ltd.
    Rs.

    M Ltd.

    Share Capital: (Equity)

    Rs. 100 Each

    15,00,000

    Goodwill

    1,20,000

    Rs. 10 Each

    1100,000

    Fixed Assets

    12,00,000

    24,00,000

    Capital Reserve

    3,00,000

    Cash at Bank

    3,00,000

    General Reserve

    1,05,000

    12,00,000

    Other Current Assets

    13,50000

    9,90,000

    Secured Loan

    7,50,000

    Unsecured Loan

    3,00000

    Sundry Creditors

    4,65,000

    5A0,000

    26,70,000

    36,90,000

    26,70,000

    36,90,000

    It was proposed that L Ltd. should be taken over by M Ltd. The following terms were agreed upon by both the companies:

    1. Goodwill of L Ltd. is considered worthless.
    2. Arrears of depreciation in L Ltd. amounted to Rs.60,000.
    3. The holder of every 2 shares in L Ltd. was to receive:
      1. As fully paid, at par, 10 shares in M Ltd.
      2. So much cash as is necessary to adjust the rights of shareholders of both the companies in accordance with the intrinsic values of the values of the shares as per their balance sheets after the adjustments mentioned above.

    You are required to:

    1. Determine the purchase consideration
    1. Show the balance sheet of M Ltd. after the absorption, if the amalgamation is in the nature of purchase.

    model absorption mdash fraction of shares the following are the balance sheets of x 620698

    Model: Absorption—Fraction of shares The following are the balance sheets of X Ltd. and Y Ltd. as on 31 March 2011:

    Liabilities

    X Ltd.
    Rs.

    Y Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    X Ltd.
    Rs.

    Y Ltd.
    Rs.

    Share Capital:

    Share of Rs. 10 Each

    8,00,000

    16,00,000

    Fixed Assets

    9,60,000

    20,00,000

    General Reserve

    3,20,000

    4,80,000

    Debtors

    1,60,000

    80,000

    Profit and Loss A/c

    80,000

    Stock

    2,40,000

    3,20,000

    Sundry Creditors

    2,40,000

    4,00,000

    Cash

    80,000

    80,000

    14,40,000

    24,80,000

    14,40,000

    24,80,000

    Y Ltd. agreed to absorb X Ltd. on the following terms:

    1. Y Ltd. to give one share of Rs.10 each as an agreed value of Rs.30 per share for every three shares in X Ltd. The shares of Y Ltd. are quoted in the market at Rs.45 per share.
    2. The trade liability is to be taken over.

    You are required to prepare:

    1. Journal entries in the books of Y Ltd.
    2. Balance sheet of Y Ltd. after absorption assuming the amalgamation is in nature of purchase

    you are required to draft journal entries necessary to close the books of d ltd and 620699

    Model: Absorption—inter-company owings A Ltd. agreed to acquire the business of D Ltd. as on 31 March 2011. The balance sheet of D Ltd. as on that date was as follows:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Paid-up Capital:

    Fixed Assets:

    40,000– 12% Preference Shares of Rs. 10

    4,00,000

    Land & Building

    8,00,000

    Each

    80,000 Equity Share of Rs. 10 Each

    8,00,000

    Machineries

    4,00,000

    Reserves

    80,000

    Current Assets:

    Profits & Loss A/c

    1,20,000

    Stock

    8,00,000

    12% Debentures

    4,00,000

    Debtors

    2,00,000

    Sundry Creditors

    6,00,000

    Cash & Bank Balances

    1,40,000

    Miscellaneous Expenditures:

    Preliminary Expenses

    40,000

    Debenture Discount

    20,000

    24,00,000

    24,00,000

    The consideration payable by A Ltd. was agreed as follows:

    1. The preference shareholders of D Ltd. were to be allotted 14% preference shares of Rs.4,40,000
    2. Equity shareholders to be allotted six equity shares of Rs.10 each issued at a premium of 10% and Rs.3 cash against every five shares held
    3. 12% of D Ltd. to be paid @ 8% premium by issue of 14% debentures at 10% discount

    While arriving at the agreed consideration, the directors of A Ltd. valued land & building at 10,00,000; stock at Rs.8,80,000; debtors at their book value subject to an allowance of 5% to cover doubtful debts. Debtors of D Ltd. included Rs.40,000 due from A Ltd. The machineries were valued at book value. It was agreed that before acquisition, D Ltd. will pay dividend at 10% on equity shares. Liquidation expenses are Rs.20,000.

    You are required to draft journal entries necessary to close the books of D Ltd. and to record acquisition in the book of A Ltd.

    you are required to draw up the balance sheet of abc ltd as it would stand after mak 620700

    Model: Absorption—Issue of bonus shares ABC Ltd. want to acquire the business of XYZ Ltd. as on 31 December 2010. The balance sheets of two companies as that date are given below:

    Liabilities

    ABC Ltd.
    Rs.

    XYZ Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    ABC Ltd.
    Rs.

    XYZ Ltd.
    Rs.

    Share Capital:

    Sundry Assets

    37,50,000

    5,00,000

    25,000 Equity Shares of

    25,00000

    Balances

    5,00,000

    2,50000

    Rs. 100 each

    10,000 Equity Shares of

    5,00,000

    Rs. 50 Each

    Reserve & Surplus

    15,00,000

    125,000

    Sundry Creditors

    2,50,000

    125,000

    42,50,000

    7,50,000

    42,50,000

    7,50,000

    The shares of both companies are quoted on the Stock Exchange. Such values on 31 December 2010 are:

    ABC Ltd.—Rs. 160 per share

    XYZ Ltd.—Rs. 45 per share

    The terms of absorption are as follows:

    1. ABC Ltd. to take over all the sundry assets and liabilities of XYZ Ltd. except cash and bank balances.
    2. The values of sundry assets of XYZ Ltd. to be fixed at 90% of their book values.
    3. The purchase consideration is to be met by ABC Ltd. by the allotment of one equity share at the market value for every five equity share held in XYZ Ltd. and the balance, if any, to be met by cash payment.
    4. On acquisition of the business by ABC Ltd., the directors of ABC Ltd. decide to capitalize the reserve by allotting bonus shares in the preparation of one share for every two shares held.
    5. The authorized capital of ABC Ltd. is increased to Rs.50,00,000 in 100 shares.
    6. The balance of unissued shares has now been issued at a premium of Rs.40 per share. All the allottees have fully met their obligations.
    7. Out of the moneys received, the sundry creditors are paid off in full.

    You are required to draw up the balance sheet of ABC Ltd. as it would stand after making due adjustments for carrying out the above scheme under purchase method.

    model absorption mdash dissenting shareholders ab ltd agrees to absorb cd ltd on the 620701

    Model: Absorption—Dissenting shareholders AB Ltd. agrees to absorb CD Ltd. on the [img] basis of the following balance sheet ason 31 March 2011

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital:

    Land & Buildings

    1000

    Authorized: 100,000 Shares of Rs. 50 Each

    10,000

    Machinery

    400

    Issued and Subscribed:

    Stock

    1400

    1,60,000 Shares of ,T. 50 Each

    8,000

    Called-up & Paid-up Capital:

    1,60,000 Shares of ,T. 50 Each Rs. 30 Called

    4,800

    Sundry Debtors: 1,840

    & Paid

    Less: Provision for Bad Debts: 80

    1,760

    Reserves

    1,000

    Cash at Bank

    240

    Profit & Loss A/c

    480

    Creditors

    600

    6,880

    6,880

    AB Ltd. took over all the assets and liabilities of CD Ltd. subject to the retention of Rs.120 thousand cash to provide for costs of liquidation, and to satisfy the dissenting shareholders.

    The consideration for the sale is the allotment of one share of Rs.100 (Rs. 50 paid up) in AB Ltd. for every two shares in CD Ltd. The market value of the Rs.50 paid-up share of AB Ltd. on that date was Rs.70 per share.

    The liquidator of CD Ltd. has paid out of Rs.120 thousand retained, the cost of liquidation of Rs.60 thousand and dissenting shareholders of 800 shares at Rs.32.50 per share totaling 26,000.

    You are required to prepare ledger accounts in the books of CD Ltd. and give journal entries in the books of AB Ltd.

    model purchase consideration mdash nil the following are the balance sheets of g ltd 620702

    Model: Purchase consideration—NIL The following are the balance sheets of G Ltd. and H Ltd. as on 31 March 2011:

             

    (in Rs. Lakhs)

    Liabilities

    G Ltd.
    Rs.

    H Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    G Ltd.
    Rs.

    H Ltd.
    Rs.

    Share Capital:

     

     

    Fixed Assets

    3,000

    25

    Authorized

    2,500

    125

    Less: Depreciation

    2,500

    20

     

     

     

     

    500

    5

    Issued Share Capital:

    500

    50

    Investments:

    100

    (i) For Cash Fully Paid:

     

     

    (i) 12.5 la kh Shares of H

     

     

    Equity Shares of f. 10

     

     

    Ltd. Fully Paid at Cost

     

     

    (ii) For Consideration

    2,000

    75

    (ii)5 la kh Unsecured

    490

    Other than Cash: As

     

     

    Debentures of H Ltd. of

     

     

    Bonus Shares Fully Paid

     

     

    ,T. 100 Each Fully Paid at

     

     

    Equity Shares of f. 10 Each

     

     

    Cost

     

     

    out of General Reserve

     

     

    (iii)5 lakh Fully Paid

    50

    Reserves & Surplus: Capital Reserve

     

     

    Equity Shares of f. 10 Each
    of Vas Ltd. at Cost (Market

     

     

     

    500

    25

    Value 150 lakh)

     

     

    Revenue Reserve

    9,500

    350

    Current Assets

    10,500

    750

    Unsecured Loans:

     

     

    Loans & Advances

    15,000

    500

    Debentures

    2,500

    500

    Miscellaneous

    20

    Current Liabilities

    7,500

    250

    Expenditure Not Written

     

     

    Provisions

    4,090

    75

    off

     

     

     

    26,590

    1,325

     

    26,590

    1,325

    On that day, G Ltd. absorbed H Ltd. taking over all the assets and liabilities. The consideration was NIL. You are required to

    1. Pass journal entries in the books of G Ltd.
    2. Prepare the balance sheet of G Ltd. after absorption under purchase method

    the freehold premises to be revalued at 20 more the value of machinery to be reduced 620704

    Model: External reconstruction–Dissenting shareholders The abridged balance sheet of H Ltd. as at 31 December 2010 is as follows:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    20,000 Equity Shares of ,T. 100 Each Fully

    20,00,000

    Patents

    2,80,000

    Paid

    Freehold Premises

    10,00,000

    8,000, 10% Preference Shares of f. 100

    8,00,000

    Machinery

    5,40,000

    Each Fully Paid

    Stock

    8,00,000

    15% Debentures

    8,00,000

    Debtors

    7,20,000

    Unsecured Loan

    4,00,000

    Bank

    2,00,000

    Creditors

    6,00,000

    Profit

    11,80,000

    Accrued Interest on Debentures

    1,20,000

    47,20,000

    47,20,000

    The following scheme of reconstruction was approved by the Court:

    1. A new company L Ltd. is to be formed to take over the entire business of H Ltd.
    2. L Ltd. to issue one equity share of Rs.100, Rs.60 to be paid up in exchange of every two shares in H Ltd. to the shareholders who agree with the scheme; shareholders who do not agree with the scheme are to be paid @ Rs.20 per share in cash. Such shareholders hold 1,600 equity shares.
    3. Preference shareholders to get 15, 11% preference shares of Rs.10 each in exchange of two preference shares of H Ltd.
    4. Liability in respect of 15% debentures and interest accrued thereon to be taken over and discharged directly by L Ltd. by issue of equity shares of Rs.100 each fully paid up.
    5. The creditors of H Ltd. will get from L Ltd. 50% of their dues in cash and 25% in equity shares of 100 each and the balance to be forgone by them.
    6. The freehold premises to be revalued at 20% more. The value of machinery to be reduced by Rs.and to Rs.6,40,000. Patents to have no value.
    7. The preliminary expenses amounted to Rs.20,000.

    You are required to:

    1. Open realization account in the books of H Ltd.
    2. Pass journal entries in the books of L Ltd.

    it is assessed that net assets of b ltd may be taken at rs 10 87 500 which is to be 620705

    Model: Inter-company holdings—when purchasing company holds shares in vendor company The following are the balance sheets of A Ltd. and B Ltd. as on 31 March 2011:

    Liabilities

    A Ltd.
    Rs.

    B Ltd.
    Rs.

    Assets

    A Ltd.
    Rs.

    B Ltd.
    Rs.

    Share Capital Rs. 100 Each

    30,00,000

    7,50,000

    Land & Buildings

    22,50,000

    3,00,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    22,50,000

    3,75,000

    Investments

    3,75,000

    Current Liabilities

    22,50,000

    2,25,000

    Current Assets

    48,75,000

    10,50,000

    75,00,000

    13,50,000

    75,00,000

    13,50,000

    A Ltd. agrees to absorb B Ltd. on the following terms:

    1. It is assessed that net assets of B Ltd. may be taken at Rs.10,87,500 which is to be satisfied by the issue of fully paid shares of Rs.100 each by A Ltd. at par.
    2. A Ltd’s Investments include 20% of the shares in B Ltd. at a cost of Rs.1,80,000.

    Close the books of B Ltd. and give journal and balance sheet in the books of A Ltd.

    prepare necessary ledger accounts in the books of y ltd 620706

    Model: When the vendor company holds shares in purchasing company—Net payment method X Ltd. absorbs Y Ltd. by payment of 5 shares of Rs.10 each at a premium of 10% for every 4 shares in Y Ltd. The balance sheet of Y Ltd. as on the date of absorption is shown in the following:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital Z 10 Each

    4,00,000

    Fixed Assets

    3,60,000

    General Reserve

    40,000

    8,000 Shares in X Ltd.

    80,000

    Creditors

    1,20,000

    Current Assets

    1,20,000

    5,60,000

    5,60,000

    You are required to:

    1. Prepare necessary ledger accounts in the books of Y Ltd.
    2. Give acquisition entries in the books of X Ltd.

    when assessing the tolerable rate the auditor should consider that while deviations 620540

    When assessing the tolerable rate, the auditor should consider that, while deviations from control procedures increase the risk of material misstatements, such deviations do not necessarily result in errors. This explains why

    a. A recorded disbursement that does not show evidence of required approval may nevertheless be a transaction that is properly authorized and recorded.

    b. Deviations would result in errors in the accounting records only if the deviations and the errors occurred on different transactions.

    c. Deviations from pertinent control procedures at a given rate ordinarily would be expected to result in errors at a higher rate.

    d. A recorded disbursement that is properly authorized may nevertheless be a transaction that contains a material error.

    a sample of 200 invoices was examined and 7 of them were lacking approval the audito 620548

    An auditor desired to test credit approval on 10,000 sales invoices processed during the year. The auditor designed a statistical sample that would provide 1% risk of assessing control risk too low (99% confidence) that not more than 7% of the sales invoices lacked approval. The auditor estimated from previous experience that about 2 1/2% of the sales invoices lacked approval. A sample of 200 invoices was examined and 7 of them were lacking approval. The auditor then determined the achieved upper precision limit to be 8%.

    In the evaluation of this sample, the auditor decided to increase the level of the preliminary assessment of control risk because the

    a. Tolerable rate (7%) was less than the achieved upper precision limit (8%).

    b. Expected deviation rate (7%) was more than the percentage of errors in the sample (3 1/2%).

    c. Achieved upper precision limit (8%) was more than the percentage of errors in the sample (3 1/2%).

    d. Expected deviation rate (2 1/2%) was less than the tolerable rate (7%).

    how would increases in tolerable misstatement and assessed level of control risk aff 620551

    How would increases in tolerable misstatement and assessed level of control risk affect the sample size in a substantive test of details?

    Increase in tolerable misstatement

    Increase in assessed level of control risk

    Increase sample size

    Increase sample size

    Increase sample size

    Decrease sample size

    Decrease sample size

    Increase sample size

    Decrease sample size

    Decrease sample size

    under these circumstances the auditor most likely would conclude that 620557

    An auditor established a $60,000 tolerable misstatement for an asset with an account balance of $1,000,000. The auditor selected a sample of every twentieth item from the population that represented 1the asset account balance and discovered overstatements of $3,700 and understatements of $200. Under these circumstances, the auditor most likely would conclude that

    a. There is an unacceptably high risk that the actual misstatements in the population exceed the tolerable misstatement because the total projected misstatement is more than the tolerable misstatement.

    b. There is an unacceptably high risk that the tolerable misstatement exceeds the sum of actual overstatements and understatements.

    c. The asset account is fairly stated because the total projected misstatement is less than the tolerable misstatement.

    d. The asset account is fairly stated because the tolerable misstatement exceeds the net of projected actual overstatements and understatements.

    what sample size should hill use 620559

    Hill has decided to use probability-proportional-to-size (PPS) sampling, sometimes called dollar-unit sampling, in the audit of a client’s accounts receivable balances. Hill plans to use the following PPS sampling table:

    TABLE
    Reliability Factors for Overstatements

    Additional information

    Tolerable misstatements

    (net of effect of expected misstatements)

    $ 24,000

    Risk of incorrect acceptance

    20%

    Number of misstatements

    1

    Recorded amount of accounts receivable

    $240,000

    Number of accounts

    360

    What sample size should Hill use?

    a. 120

    b. 108

    c. 60

    d. 30

    in a probability proportional to size sample with a sampling interval of 5 000 an au 620560

    Hill has decided to use probability-proportional-to-size (PPS) sampling, sometimes called dollar-unit sampling, in the audit of a client’s accounts receivable balances. Hill plans to use the following PPS sampling table:

    TABLE
    Reliability Factors for Overstatements

    Additional information

    Tolerable misstatements

    (net of effect of expected misstatements)

    $ 24,000

    Risk of incorrect acceptance

    20%

    Number of misstatements

    1

    Recorded amount of accounts receivable

    $240,000

    Number of accounts

    360

    In a probability-proportional-to-size sample with a sampling interval of $5,000, an auditor discovered that a selected account receivable with a recorded amount of $10,000 had an audit amount of $8,000. If this were the only error discovered by the auditor, the projected error of this sample would be

    a. $1,000

    b. $2,000

    c. $4,000

    d. $5,000

    the auditor wishes to test this file to determine whether credit limits are being ex 620600

    Smith Corporation has numerous customers. A customer file is kept on disk storage. Each customer file contains name, address, credit limit, and account balance. The auditor wishes to test this file to determine whether credit limits are being exceeded. The best procedure for the auditor to follow would be to

    a. Develop test data that would cause some account balances to exceed the credit limit and determine if the system properly detects such situations.

    b. Develop a program to compare credit limits with account balances and print out the details of any account with a balance exceeding its credit limit.

    c. Request a printout of all account balances so they can be manually checked against the credit limits.

    d. Request a printout of a sample of account balances so they can be individually checked against the credit limits.

    which of the following numbers represents the record count 620602

    An entity has the following invoices in a batch:

    Invoice #

    Product

    Quantity

    Unit Price

    201

    F10

    150

    $5.00

    202

    G15

    200

    $10.00

    203

    H20

    250

    $25.00

    204

    K35

    300

    $30.00

    Which of the following numbers represents the record count?

    a. 1

    b. 4

    c. 810

    d. 900

    under the ethical standards of the profession which of the following arrangements wi 620620

    Burrow & Co., CPAs, have provided annual audit and tax compliance services to Mare Corp. for several years. Mare has been unable to pay Burrow in full for services Burrow rendered nineteen months ago. Burrow is ready to begin fieldwork for the current year’s audit. Under the ethical standards of the profession, which of the following arrangements will permit Burrow to begin the fieldwork on Mare’s audit?

    a. Mare sets up a two-year payment plan with Burrow to settle the unpaid fee balance.

    b. Mare commits to pay the past due fee in full before the audit report is issued.

    c. Mare gives Burrow an eighteen-month note payable for the full amount of the past due fees before Burrow begins the audit.

    d. Mare engages another firm to perform the fieldwork, and Burrow is limited to reviewing the workpapers and issuing the audit report.

    which factor deals most directly with expected intentional misstatements 620633

  • Which factor deals most directly with expected intentional misstatements?
  • The SAS provide authoritative guidance.
  • Independence is required for performing attest engagements.
  • The auditor wants to minimize the likelihood of association with a client whose management lacks integrity.
  • Remember that audits may sometimes be affected by subsequent discovery of facts existing at the date of the audit report.
  • What real world difficulty makes detecting misstatements difficult?
  • For most assertions tests of controls are not required.
  • The auditor is trying to determine the effectiveness of internal control.
  • The auditor is not evaluating the effectiveness of internal control.
  • Which set of procedures is used to design the others?
  • does a confirmation assure that the account will be collected 620635

  • Nothing has changed with regard to the 20X5 report.
  • Only managers or partners performing nonattest services for an attest client may become covered members.
  • The auditor wants to see the effects of the controls on the transactions.
  • Think of procedures that are likely to provide additional evidence relating to the financial statements being reported upon.
  • Does a confirmation assure that the account will be collected?
  • A report may ordinarily be on two of these—but one of them is always present.
  • Confirmation with outside parties is not required.
  • Which situation is most likely to result in a report that only management will use?
  • Compilations do not provide assurance.
  • Inquiries are general in nature.
  • after appropriate consultation the assistant auditor asks to be disassociated from t 620638

    A difference of opinion concerning accounting and auditing matters relative to a particular phase of the audit arises between an assistant auditor and the auditor responsible for the engagement. After appropriate consultation, the assistant auditor asks to be disassociated from the resolution of the matter. The working papers would probably be

    a. Silent on the matter since it is an internal matter of the auditing firm.

    b. Expanded to note that the assistant auditor is completely disassociated from responsibility for the auditor’s opinion.

    c. Expanded to document the additional work required, since all disagreements of this type will require expanded substantive testing.

    d. Expanded to document the assistant auditor’s position, and how the difference of opinion was resolved.

    you are required to compute the value of different classes of equity shares on the b 620665

    The following details are available in respect of LM Ltd

    (Rs. in lakhs)

    PBIT for the year ended 31 December 2009

    40.00

    13% Secured loans as on 31 December2009

    20.00

    12% Preference shares of Rs.100 each fully paid as on 31 December 2009

    20.00

    20,000 Equity shares of Rs.100 each Rs.80 paid-up as on 31 December 2009

    16.00

    80,000 Equity shares of Rs.100 each fully paid as on 31 December 2009

    80.00

    Reserves and surplus as on 1 January 2009

    20.00

    Preliminary expenses as on 31 December 2009.

    15.830

    Other information:

    1. Corporate tax rate: 35%
    2. Dividend distribution tax: 10%
    3. Ignore surcharge
    4. Transfer to general reserve: 20% of PAT
    5. Normal dividend rate in the same industry: 12.5%
    6. Dividend declared @ 15% on paid-up equity capital
    7. Market rate of EPS: Rs.20 per share of Rs.100

    You are required to compute the value of different classes of equity shares on the basis of:

    1. Asset backing method
    2. Dividend yield method
    3. Earning yield method

    [Working required: (i) balance of P&L A/c as on 31 December 2009 & (ii) earning percentage]

    what offer do you think company a could make to company b in terms of exchange ratio 620667

    Company A wishes to takeover company B. The financial details of the two companies are as follows:

    particulars

    Company A Rs.

    Company B Rs.

    Equity Shares (Rs. 10 per Share)

    5,00,000

    2,50,000

    Share Premium Account

    10,000

    Profit and Loss Account

    1,90,000

    20,000

    Preference Shares

    1,00,000

    0% Debentures

    75,000

    25,000

    8,65,000

    3,05,000

    Fixed Assets

    6,10,000

    1,75,000

    Net Current Assets

    2,55,000

    1,30,000

    8,65,000

    33,05,000

    Maintainable Annual

    1,20,000

    75,000

    Profit (After Tax) for Equity Shareholders

    Market Price for Equity Share

    24

    27

    Price/Earnings Ratio

    10

    9

    What offer do you think Company A could make to Company B in terms of exchange ratio, based on (i) net asset value; (ii) earning per share and (iii) market price per share? Which method would you prefer from Company A’s point of view?

    you are required to state what valuation should be put upon the equity shares of the 620668

    The capital structure of a company is as follows:

    12% Preference shares of 10 each

    2,50,000

    Equity shares of 10 each

    4,00,000

    Reserves & Surplus

    2,00,000

    10% Debentures

    3,00,000

    11% Term loan

    3,50,000

    _________
    15,00,000
    _________

    The average annual profit before payment of tax and interest is Rs.3,00,000. The income tax rate is 45%.

    You are required to state what valuation should be put upon the equity shares of the company if the applicable price earnings ratio is 9?

    you are required to calculate the value of each category of equity shares of the com 620669

    The following particulars relate to a company:

    Total assets

    37,00,000

    External liabilities

    5,00,000

    Share capital:

    14% Preference shares of Rs.10 each, fully paid

    10,00,000

    80,000 Equity shares of Rs.10 each, fully paid

    8,00,000

    1,20,000 Equity shares of Rs.10 each, Rs.7.50 paid

    9,00,000

    You are required to calculate the value of each category of equity shares of the company based on a deemed liquidation.

    if you plan to invest only in preference shares which company rsquo s preference sha 620670

    Following is the information of two companies for the year ended 31 March 2010:

    Company

    Company

    X

    Y

    Equity shares of 10 each

    16,00,000

    20,00,000

    10% Preference shares of 10 each

    12,00,000

    8,00,000

    Profit after tax

    6,00,000

    6,00,000

    Assume that the market expectation is 18% and 80% of the profits are distributed.

    1. What is the rate you would pay to the equity shares of each company
      1. If you are buying a small lot
      2. If you are buying controlling interested shares

    If you plan to invest only in preference shares, which company’s preference shares would you prefer?

    you are required to ascertain the value of each equity share on the basis of product 620671

    Shiva & Vas Co. Ltd. has an issued, subscribed and paid-up share capital comprising 20,000 equity shares of Rs.100 each and 6,000 9% preference shares of Rs.100 each. The following information is supplied:

    Year Ended

    Average Net Worth

    Adjusted Taxed

    31 March

    (Excluding Investments)

    Profits

    2008

    37,20,000

    3,80,000

    2009

    43,00,000

    4,20,000

    2010

    43,80,000

    5,00,000

    As at the valuation date, the company has investments of the market value of Rs.5,60,000 the yield in respect of which has been excluded in arriving at adjusted taxed profit figures.

    The company sets apart 25% of taxed profits as rehabita and replacement reserve.

    On the valuation date, the net worth (excluding investments) amounts to Rs.45,00,000. The expected rate of return in the market is 9%. The company has consistently maintained dividend levels of 8–10% in the past and is known for its consistency.

    You are required to ascertain the value of each equity share on the basis of productivity, applying suitable weighted averages.

    model net assets method the following is the balance sheet of maa ltd as on 31 march 620677

    Model: Net assets method The following is the balance sheet of Maa Ltd. as on 31 March 2011:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    5,000 Equity Shares of :100 Each Fully

    5,00,000

    Fixed Assets

    10,00,000

    Paid

    Investments

    2,00,000

    General Reserve

    7,00,000

    Current Assets

    3,00,000

    Profit & Loss Account

    1,50,000

    Preliminary Expenses

    1,80,000

    Trade Creditors

    2,00,000

    Share Issue Expenses

    1,20,000

    Provision for Taxation

    1,50,000

    Proposed Dividends

    1,00,000

    18,00,000

    18,00,000

    On the date of balance sheet, the company was taken over by Pappa Ltd. on the following terms:

    1. Fixed assets are revalued at Rs.12,00,000
    2. Investments have a market value of Rs.1,50,000
    3. Current assets are agreed at Rs.3,50,000 for the purpose of absorption
    4. Pappa Ltd. has agreed to pay the tax liability, which is estimated at Rs.1,75,000
    5. Dividends are to be paid before absorption by Maa Ltd.

    Compute the purchase consideration.

    model purchase consideration mdash net assets method the balance sheet of abc ltd as 620678

    Model: Purchase consideration—Net assets method The balance sheet of ABC Ltd. as at 31 March 2011 is as follows:

    Liabilities

    Rs.

    Assets

    Rs.

    Equity Share Capital

    5,00,000

    Building

    2,00,000

    10% Preference Share Capital

    1,50,000

    Plant & Machinery

    3,00,000

    12% Debentures

    1,00,000

    Furniture

    70,000

    Reserve Fund

    40,000

    Investment (MV Z 80,000)

    90,000

    Securities Premium

    30,000

    Stock

    75,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    10,000

    Debtors

    2,80,000

    Workmen Compensation Fund

    45,000

    Bills Receivable

    25,000

    Bills Payable

    25,000

    Cash in Hand

    15,000

    Creditors

    1,70,000

    Cash at Bank

    85,000

    Provident Fund

    80,000

    Goodwill

    20,000

    Provision for Tax

    20,000

    Preliminary Expenses

    10,000

    11,70,000

    11,70,000

    XYZ Ltd. intends to take over the business on the following terms and valuation:

    1. Building at Rs.1,70,000; plant & machinery at Rs.2,50,000; furniture at Rs.15,000; stock at Rs.1,00,000; debtors subject to a provision of 10% for doubtful debts; goodwill found to be nil
    2. There was a liability of Rs.15,000 against workmen compensation fund
    3. Actual tax liability is Rs.25,000
    4. Realization expenses estimated at Rs.10,000 to be borne by XYZ Ltd.
    5. Preference shareholders are to be paid in cash
    6. Balance to be paid in equity shares of XYZ Ltd. of Rs.10 shares

    sv ltd manufactures a single product the selling price of the product is rs 95 per u 620431

    SV Ltd manufactures a single product. The Selling Price of the product is Rs. 95 per unit. The following are the results obtained by the company during the last two quarters:

    Quarter 1

    Quarter 2

    Sales units

    5,100

    4,800

    Production units

    5,500

    4,500

    Direct Materials A

    66,000

    54,000

    Direct Materials B

    55,000

    45,000

    Manufacturing Wages

    1,56,750

    1,38,000

    Factory Overheads

    86,000

    83,000

    Selling Overheads

    79,000

    73,000

    The company estimates its sales for the next quarter to range between 5,500 units and 6,500 units, the most likely volume being 6,000 units. The manufacturing programme will match with the sales quantity such that no increase in the inventory of finished goods is contemplated in the next quarter. The following price and cost changes will, however, apply to the next quarter.

    • The price of direct material B will increase by 10%. There will be no change in the price of direct material A.
    • The wage rates will go up by 8%. If the production volume increases beyond 5,500 units, the overtime premium of 50% is payable on the increased volume due to the overtime working to be done by the variable labour complement.
    • The fixed factory and selling expenses will increase by 20% and 25%, respectively.
    • A discount in the Selling Price of 2% is allowed on all sales made at 6,500 units level of output. The Selling Price, however, will remain unaltered, if the volume of output is below 6,500 units.

    While operating at a volume of output of 6,500 units in the next quarter, the company intends to quote for an additional volume of 2,000 units to be supplied to a government department for its captive consumption. The working capital requirement of this order is estimated at 80% of the sales value of the government order. The company desires a return of 20% on the capital employed in respect of this order.

    Required:

    1. Prepare a flexible Budget for the next quarter at 5,500, 6,000 and 6,500 unit levels and determine the profit at the respective volumes.
    2. Calculate the lowest price per unit to be quoted in respect of the government order for 2,000 units.

    from the following information compute the collection from debtors for the months of 620432

    From the following information, compute the collection from Debtors for the months of June, July and August:

    April

    May

    June

    July

    August

    Sales (Rs)

    1,00,000

    120,000

    90,000

    1,05,000

    1,25,000

    20% of sales are made in cash. Debtors are allowed a 2 months’ credit, but will receive a 5% cash discount if they pay off their dues within the month next to the month of sale. About 4/5th of the Debtors normally clear their dues to avail the Cash Discount. Remaining Debtors pay on the due date.

    from the following information prepare a cash budget for the 3 months that is ending 620433

    From the following information, prepare a Cash Budget for the 3 months that is ending on 30 November 2009:

    Months

    Sales
    Rs.

    Purchases
    Rs.

    Wages
    Its.

    Factory Expenses
    Rs.

    Office Expenses
    Rs.

    June

    25,000

    11,800

    1,600

    1,200

    2,800

    July

    24,000

    12,010

    1,680

    1,170

    3,000

    August

    22,950

    12,600

    1,740

    1,230

    3,600

    September

    23,400

    11,550

    1,740

    1,260

    4,200

    October

    27,000

    11,250

    1,770

    1,530

    4,800

    November

    28,500

    13,200

    1,770

    l,800

    3,900

    The Bank Balance on 1 September 2009 is Rs. 3,000. A sales commission @ 5% on sales, which is due in the month following the month in which the sales dues are collected, is payable in addition to the office expenses.

    Fixed Assets worth Rs. 19,500 will be purchased in September 2009 to be paid in October 2009. Rs. 5,000 in respect of debenture interest will be paid in October 2009.

    The period of credit allowed to customers is 2 months and 1 month’s credit is obtained from the suppliers of goods. Wages are paid on an average, fortnightly on the 1st and 16th of each month. Expenses are paid in the month in which they are due.

    from the following information supplied by bright ltd prepare a cash budget for the 620434

    From the following information supplied by Bright Ltd, prepare a Cash Budget for the period from 1 September 1989 to 31 December 1989:

    Months

    Sales
    Rs.

    Purchases
    Rs.

    Wages
    Rs.

    Factory Expenses
    Rs.

    Office Expenses
    Rs.

    June

    25,000

    11,800

    1,600

    1,200

    2,800

    July

    24000

    12,000

    1,680

    1,170

    3,000

    August

    22950

    12,600

    1,740

    1,230

    3,600

    September

    23,400

    11,550

    1,740

    1,260

    4,200

    October

    27,000

    11,250

    1,770

    1,530

    4,800

    November

    28,500

    13,200

    1,770

    1,800

    3,900

    Additional Information:

    1. Expected Cash Balance on 1 September—Rs. 10,500.
    2. Period of credit allowed to Debtors—2 months.
    3. Period of credit allowed by Creditors—1 month.
    4. Lag in payment of wages, selling expenses and overheads—1 month.
    5. Selling commission @ 2% on sales is payable for 1 month after sales.
    6. Expenditure on machinery worth Rs. 50,000 is payable in October.
    7. Expected Cash Sales per month is Rs. 15,000. No commission is payable on Cash Sales.

    from the following information prepare the cash budget for the year ending on 30 jun 620435

    From the following information, prepare the Cash Budget for the year ending on 30 June 2005:

    Months (2005)

    Sales
    Rs.

    Purchases
    Rs.

    Wages
    Rs.

    Other Expenses
    Rs.

    February

    2,40,000

    1,68,000

    20,000

    14,000

    March

    2,60,000

    2,00,000

    24,000

    16,000

    April

    1,60,000

    2,08.000

    16,000

    12,000

    May

    2,32,000

    2,12.000

    20,000

    24,000

    June

    1,76,000

    1,60,000

    16,000

    12,000

    Additional Information:

    1. Cash in hand on 01 April 2005—Rs. 10,000.
    2. Sales @ 20% realized in the month of sale and discount allowed is 2%, with the balance realized after 2 months of sales.
    3. About 4/5th of the Credit Purchase is paid after 1 month of that purchase and next to that month, the balance 1/5th is paid.
    4. Wages are paid 3/4th on the due date while 1/4th during the next month.
    5. Other Expenses are paid at a lag of 1 month.
    6. Income Tax of Rs. 25,000 is due on or before 30 June 2005.

    from the following information prepare a cash budget for 3 months that ended on 30 j 620436

    From the following information, prepare a Cash Budget for 3 months that ended on 30 June 2010:

    Months

    Sales
    Rs.

    Purchases
    Rs.

    Wages
    Rs.

    Misc. Exp.
    Rs.

    February

    1,20,000

    84,000

    10,000

    5,000

    March

    1,30,000

    1,00,000

    12,000

    8,000

    April

    80,000

    1,04,000

    8,000

    6,000

    May

    1,16,000

    1,06,000

    10,000

    12,000

    June

    88,000

    80,000

    8,000

    6,000

    Additional information:

    1. Sales: 20% realized in the month of sale, discount allowed 2%. Balance realized equally in two subsequent months.
    2. Purchases: These are paid for in the month following the month of supply.
    3. Wages: 25% paid in arrear the following month.
    4. Miscellaneous Expenses; Paid a month in arrears.
    5. Rent: Rs. 1,000 per month and quarterly in advance, due in April.
    6. Income Tax: First installment of advance Tax—Rs. 25,000 due on 15 June.
    7. Cash in hand: Rs. 5,000 on 1 April 2010.

    from the following particulars given prepare a cash budget for 4 months from july to 620438

    From the following particulars given, prepare a Cash Budget for 4 months from July to October 2005:

    1. Bank Balance on 1 July is expected to be Rs. 50,000.
    2. Expected capital expenditure: (a) Plant and Machinery to be purchased in September at a cost of Rs. 50,000 payable in October; (b) Extension of office building costing Rs. 40,000 is to be paid in four equal instalments starting from August and (c) Hire-Purchase instalment payment of Rs. 5,000 is to be made in each month.
    3. Cash Sales of Rs. 5,000 per month are expected.
    4. Forecast of monthly recurring incomes and expenditure:

    Months

    Credit Sales
    Rs.

    Credit Purchases
    Rs.

    Wages
    Rs.

    Work expenses Rs.

    Office expenses Rs.

    Marketing expenses Rs.

    May

    25,000

    15,000

    1,900

    1,200

    3,500

    1,000

    June

    20,000

    12,000

    1,800

    1,500

    3,800

    800

    July

    24,000

    14,000

    1,780

    1,400

    3,400

    1,100

    August

    26,000

    16,000

    1,800

    1,600

    3,900

    1,500

    September

    28,000

    15,000

    1,790

    1.800

    4,000

    1,800

    October

    27,000

    18,000

    1,800

    1.700

    3,600

    1,700

    1. Other information available: (a) A Sales commission of 4% on Credit Sales is to be paid to the salesman in the month in which the dues are collected; (b) The period of credit allowed to customers is 2 months and that
      allowed for suppliers is 1 month; (c) Wages are paid fortnightly on the 1st & 16th of each month and (d) Other Expenses are paid in the month in which they become due.

    abc company ltd has given the following particulars you are required to prepare a ca 620439

    ABC Company Ltd has given the following particulars. You are required to prepare a Cash Budget for the 3 months that is ending on 31 December 1994:

    Months

    Sales
    Rs.

    Materials Rs.

    Wages Rs.

    Overhaeds Rs.

    August

    20,000

    10,200

    3,800

    1,900

    September

    21,000

    10,000

    3,800

    2,100

    October

    23,000

    9,800

    4,000

    2,300

    November

    25,000

    10,000

    4,200

    2,400

    December

    30,000

    10,800

    4,500

    2,500

    1. Credit terms are:

    Sales/Debtors—10% Sales are on cash basis. 50% of the Credit Sales are collected next month and the balance in the following month.

    Creditors:

    Materials

    2 months

    Wages

    1/2 month

    Overheads

    1/5 month

    1. Cash Balance on 1 October 1994 is expected to be Rs. 8,000.
    2. A machinery will be installed in August 1992 at a cost of Rs. 1,00,000. The monthly instalment of Rs. 5,000 is payable from October onwards.1,900
    3. A Dividend at 10% on preference Share Capital of Rs, 3,00,000 will be paid on 1 December 1994.
    4. Advance to be received for the sale of vehicle is Rs. 20,000 in December.
    5. Income Tax (advance) to be paid in December—Rs. 5,000.

    from the following information of moon ltd prepare a cash budget for the 3 months co 620440

    From the following information of Moon Ltd, prepare a Cash Budget for the 3 months commencing on 1 June 2010, when the Bank Balance was Rs. 10,000:

    Months

    Sales
    Rs.

    Purchases
    Rs.

    Wages
    Rs.

    Selling Expenses
    Its.

    Overheads
    Rs.

    April

    1,00,000

    70,000

    8,500

    3,500

    4,000

    May

    1,20,000

    80,000

    9,500

    3,500

    4,500

    June

    1,40,000

    90,000

    9,500

    3,500

    6,000

    July

    1,60,1300

    1,00,000

    12,000

    3,500

    6,500

    August

    1,80,000

    1,10,000

    14,000

    3,500

    7,000

    A commission of 5% on the sales due of 2 months after the sales is payable in addition to the above selling expenses. Credit terms of sale are—payment by the end of the month following the month of supply. On an average, one-half of sales is paid on the due date, while the other half is paid during the next month. Creditors are paid during the month following the month of supply. The plant is purchased in June. Rs. 78,000 is payable on delivery. Rs. 48,000 and the balance in two equal monthly instalments in July and in August. A dividend of Rs. 30,000 will be paid in September. Wages are paid 3/4th on due date while 1/4th on during the next month. The lag in payment of Selling Expenses and Overheads is 1 month.

    prepare a cash budget for 6 months that ended on 30 june 2010 on the basis of the fo 620441

    Prepare a Cash Budget for 6 months that ended on 30 June 2010, on the basis of the following information:

    1. The estimated Sales and Expenses are as follows:

    Nov.”09 Rs.

    Dec.09
    Ps.

    jan”10
    Rs.

    Feb.10
    Rs.

    March10
    Rs.

    Apri10
    Rs.

    May10
    Rs.

    june”I0
    Rs.

    Sales

    2,00,000

    2,20,000

    120,000

    1.00,000

    1,50,000

    2.40.000

    2,00,000

    2,00,000

    Wages & salaries

    30,000

    30.000

    24,000

    24,000

    24,000

    30,000

    27,000

    27.000

    Misc. expenses

    27,000

    27.000

    21,000

    30,000

    24,000

    27,000

    27,000

    27,000

    1. 20% of the sales are in cash and the balance on credit.
    2. The firm has a gross margin of 25% on sales.
    3. 50% of the Credit Sales are collected in the month following the sales, 30% in the second month and the balance 20% in the third month.
    4. Material for the sale of each month is purchased 1 month in advance on a credit for 2 months.
    5. The time lag in the payment of wages and salaries is 1/3 of a month and of Miscellaneous Expenses is
      1 month.
    6. Debentures worth Rs. 40,000 are sold in January 2010.
    7. The firm maintains a minimum Cash Balance of Rs. 40,000. Funds can be borrowed @ 12% p.a. in the multiples of Rs. 1,000, the interest being payable on a monthly basis.
    8. Cash Balance at the end of December 2009 is Rs. 60,000.

    from the following information draw up a cash budget for the 3 months that is ending 620443

    From the following information, draw up a Cash Budget for the 3 months that is ending on 31 March 2010:

    1. Cash and Bank Balance on 1 January 2010-Rs. 1,00,000.
    2. Purchases:

    Actual

    Estimated

    October 2009

    2,00,000

    January 2010

    2,40,000

    November 2009

    2,40,000

    February 2010

    2,00,000

    December 2009

    2,25,000

    March 2010

    2,50,000

    iii.Sales:

    Actual

    Estimated

    October 2009

    3,25,000

    January 2010

    4,00,000

    November 2009

    3,50,000

    February 2010

    4,10,000

    December 2009

    3,75,000

    March 2010

    4,45,000

    1. Wages:

    Actual

    Estimated

    November 2009

    75,000

    January 2010

    90,000

    December 2009

    75,000

    February 2010

    90,000

    March 2010

    1,00,000

    1. Expenses:

    Actual

    Estimated

    November 2009

    25,000

    January 2010

    30,000

    December 2009

    30,000

    February 2010

    40,000

    March 2010

    40,000

    v. 10% of purchases and sales are on cash basis.

    vi. Advance payment of Income Tax in March 2010—Rs. 25,000.

    vii. Plant to be purchased for Rs. 50,000 and price paid in January 2010.

    viii. Time lag:

    Credit Purchases

    2 months

    Credit Sales

    1 month

    Wages

    1/2 month

    Expenses

    1/4 month

    from the above information calculate the material variances 620451

    Material

    Standard

    Actual

    Qty (units)

    Rate (Rs.)

    Amount (Rs.)

    Qty (units)

    Rate (Rs.)

    Amount (Rs.)

    M

    60

    5

    300

    500

    7

    3,500

    N

    50

    6

    300

    600

    5

    3,000

    110

    600

    1,100

    6,500

    Less: Loss

    10

    100

    100

    600

    1,000

    6,500

    From the above information, calculate the Material Variances.

    from the following data compute the material cost variances 620453

    From the following data, compute the Material Cost Variances:

    Standard

    Actual

    Qty (units)

    Rate (Rs.)

    Amount (Rs.)

    Qty (units)

    Rate (Rs.)

    Amount (Rs.)

    Material A

    500

    10

    5,000

    600

    8

    4,800

    Matetiall3

    1,000

    5

    5,000

    1,200

    6

    7,200

    1,500

    10,000

    1,800

    12,000

    determine the mmv from the following information 620454

    Determine the MMV from the following information:

    Hours

    Rate
    Rs.

    Total
    Rs.

    Skilled Worker

    5

    1.50

    7.50

    Unskilled Worker

    8

    0.50

    4.00

    Semi-skilled Worker

    4

    0.75

    3.00

    17

    14.50

    Raw Material

    Standard Mix

    Actual Mix

    Qty(Unit)

    Price per unit (Rs.)

    Qty (units)

    Price per unit

    A

    100

    5

    150

    5.50

    B

    200

    6

    250

    6.00

    C

    300

    4

    400

    350

    Due to a shortage of Material B, it was decided to reduce the consumption of B by 5% and increase that of A by 10%.

    for march to be exempt from complying with the requirements of statements on standar 620470

    Kell engaged March, CPA, to submit to Kell a written personal financial plan containing unaudited personal financial statements. March anticipates omitting certain disclosures required by GAAP because the engagement’s sole purpose is to assist Kell in developing a personal financial plan. For March to be exempt from complying with the requirements of Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services. Kell is required to agree that the

    a. Financial statements will not be presented in comparative form with those of the prior period.

    b. Omitted disclosures required by GAAP are not material.

    c. Financial statements will not be disclosed to a non-CPA financial planner.

    d. Financial statements will not be used to obtain credit.

    the client agrees that such a situation does exist but refuses to add disclosures re 620478

    While performing a compilation of financial statements, information indicating that the entity whose information is being compiled may lack the ability to continue as a going concern has come to the accountant’s attention. The client agrees that such a situation does exist, but refuses to add disclosures relating to it. What effect is this most likely to have on the accountant’s review report?

    a. No effect, a standard unqualified report is appropriate.

    b. The report should indicate a departure from generally accepted accounting principles, with modification of the report’s third paragraph and addition of an explanatory paragraph.

    c. An adverse opinion should be issued, with modification of the opinion paragraph and addition of an explanatory paragraph.

    d. A qualified opinion should be issued, with modification of the opinion paragraph and addition of an explanatory paragraph.

    what is clark rsquo s responsibility concerning the proposed engagement 620483

    Clark, CPA, compiled and properly reported on the financial statements of Green Co., a nonissuer, for the year ended March 31, 2008. These financial statements omitted substantially all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Green asked Clark to compile the statements for the year ended March 31, 2009, and to include all GAAP disclosures for the 2009 statements only, but otherwise present both years’ financial statements in comparative form. What is Clark’s responsibility concerning the proposed engagement?

    a. Clark may not report on the comparative financial statements because the 2008 statements are not comparable to the 2009 statements that include the GAAP disclosures.

    b. Clark may report on the comparative financial statements provided the 2009 statements do not contain any obvious material misstatements.

    c. Clark may report on the comparative financial statements provided an explanatory paragraph is added to Clark’s report on the comparative financial statements.

    d. Clark may report on the comparative financial statements provided Clark updates the report on the 2008 statements that do not include the GAAP disclosures.

    does ssars require that the compilation report be printed on the accountant rsquo s 620487

    An accountant has compiled the financial statements of a nonissuer in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services (SSARS). Does SSARS require that the compilation report be printed on the accountant’s letterhead and that the report be manually signed by the accountant?

    Printed on the accountant’s letterhead

    Manually signed by the accountant

    Yes

    Yes

    Yes

    No

    No

    Yes

    No

    No

    from the following information prepare a cash budget for the quarter that is ending 620400

    From the following information, prepare a cash Budget for the quarter that is ending on 30 June 2000:

    Month

    Sales
    Rs.

    Purchases
    Rs.

    Wages
    Rs.

    Misc. Exp.
    Rs.

    February

    1,20,000

    84,000

    10,000

    7,000

    March

    1,30,000

    1,00,000

    12,000

    8,000

    April

    80,000

    1,04,000

    8,000

    6,000

    May

    1,16,000

    1,06,000

    10,000

    12,000

    June

    88,000

    80,000

    8,000

    6,000

    Additional Information:

    1. Cash on hand on 1 April 2000 is Rs. 5,000.
    2. Sales—20% realized in the month of sale, discount allowed is 2% and balance realized is after 2 months.
    3. Purchases are paid 1 month after.
    4. Wages—25% in arrear paid in the following month.
    5. Other Expenses are paid at a lag of 1 month.
    6. Income Tax of Rs. 25,000 due on or before 30 June 2000.

    prepare a cash budget for the 3 months that is ending on 30 june 2009 from the follo 620401

    Prepare a Cash Budget for the 3 months that is ending on 30 June 2009 from the following information:

    Month

    Sales Rs.

    Materials Rs.

    Wages Rs.

    Overheads Rs.

    February

    14,000

    9,000

    3,000

    1,700

    March

    15,000

    9,000

    3,000

    1,900

    April

    16,000

    9,200

    3,200

    2,000

    May

    17,000

    10,000

    3,600

    2,200

    june

    18,000

    10,400

    4,000

    2,300

    1. 10% of the sales are in cash.
    2. Credit terms are:

    Debtors: 50% of the Credit Sales are collected next month and the balance in the following month.

    Creditors: For Materials – 2 months; For Wages – 1/4 month; For Overheads – 1/2 month.

    1. Plant & Machinery will be installed in February 2009 at a cost of Rs. 96,000. The monthly instalment of Rs. 2,000 is payable from April onwards.
    2. A Dividend @ 5% on Preference Share Capital of Rs. 2,00,000 will be paid on 1 June.
    3. Advance to be received for sale of vehicles of Rs. 9,000 in June.
    4. Dividend from investments amounting to Rs. 1,000 is expected to be received in June.
    5. Income Tax (advance) to be paid in June of Rs. 2,000.
    6. Cash and Bank Balance on 1 April 2002 is expected to be Rs. 6,000.

    from the following information prepare a cash budget of db ltd for 4 months that end 620403

    From the following information, prepare a Cash Budget of DB Ltd for 4 months that ended on 31 December 2006:

    Months

    Sales
    Rs.

    Purchases
    Rs.

    Wages
    Rs.

    Other
    Expenses
    Rs.

    July

    60,000

    40,000

    8,000

    9,000

    August

    90,000

    60,000

    10,500

    8,850

    September

    75,000

    50,000

    17,500

    8,000

    October

    90,000

    60,000

    17,100

    7,850

    November

    1,05,000

    70,000

    12,000

    7,300

    December

    1,20,000

    80,000

    12,000

    7,050

    Additional Information:

    1. Cash in hand on 01 September 2006 – Rs. 47,000.
    2. It is expected that 50% of the sales will be in cash and 25% of the purchases will be made on credit.
    3. 75% of the Credit Sales is realized 1 month after the sales, 20% realized is after 2 months of sale and the balance is bad debt.
    4. 70% of the credit purchases is paid after 1 month and the remaining 30% is paid after 2 months of purchase.
    5. Wages are paid on the 3rd day of the following month.
    6. Other Expenses include a depreciation of Rs. 2,000 p.m.
    7. Commission @ 5% on the total sales payable after 1 month is not included in the other expenses.
    8. Machinery is purchased @ Rs. 60,000 and the payment is to be made in September.
    9. A Dividend on investments of Rs. 10,250 to be received in November.
    10. The company has 10% Debentures of Rs. 1,00,000. The interest is payable quarterly in March, June, September and December.
    11. In case of deficit in cash in any month, the company can arrange an overdraft from the bank for that month, and such overdraft is to be repaid as early as possible out of the Surplus Cash of the subsequent month. Ignore the interest on the overdraft.

    prepare a cash budget for 3 months ending on 30 september 2000 from the following in 620404

    Prepare a Cash Budget for 3 months ending on 30 September 2000 from the following information:

    Month

    Sales Rs.

    Materials Rs.

    Wages Rs.

    Overheads RS.

    May

    56,000

    19,200

    6,000

    3,400

    June

    60,000

    18,000

    6,000

    3,800

    July

    64,000

    18,400

    6,400

    4,000

    August

    68,000

    20,000

    7,200

    4,400

    September

    72,000

    20,800

    8,000

    4,600

    1. Credit Terms are:

    Sales/Debtors: 10% sales are on cash. 50% of the Credit Sales are collected in the next month and the balance in the following month.

    Creditors: Raw Materials – 1 month; Wages – 1/2 month; Overheads – 1/4 month.

    1. Other Relevant Information:
      1. Rent from a godown let out on 1 January 1999 at a yearly contract of Rs. 2,25,000 with a condition of 12% increase in each year is receivable in equal instalments in each month.
      2. Interest @ 15% p.a. on an amount of Rs. 2,00,000 borrowed on 1 January 1998 is to be paid each month starting from 1 March 2000. Interest for the period from 1 January 1998 to 29 February 2000 is to be paid in 10 equal monthly instalments starting from 1 July 2000. Interest for the month of April 2000 remains unpaid. This unpaid amount is to be paid in the month of September 2000 with a penal interest of Rs. 100.
      3. An advance of Rs. 50,000 will be paid to a contractor for the construction of a building in September 2000.
      4. Adequate overdraft facility may be arranged for, if needed.

    prepare a cash budget for the 3 months that ended on 30 june 2010 on the basis of th 620405

    Prepare a Cash Budget for the 3 months that ended on 30 June 2010 on the basis of the following information:

    1. Estimated Sales and Expenses are as follows:

    January

    February

    March

    April

    May

    June

    Rs,

    Rs,

    Rs,

    Rs,

    Rs,

    Rs,

    Sales

    1,20,000

    1,00,000

    1,50,000

    2,40,000

    2,00,000

    2,00,000

    Wages & Salaries

    24,000

    24,000

    24,000

    30,000

    27,000

    27,000

    Miscellaneous Expenses

    21,000

    30,000

    30,000

    27,000

    34,000

    17,000

    1. 20% of the sales are in cash and the balance on credit.
    2. The firm has a Gross Margin of 25% on sales.
    3. 50% of the Credit Sales are collected in the month following the sales, 30% in the second month and balance 20% in the third month.
    4. Material for the sale of each month is purchased 1 month in advance on a credit for 2 months.
    5. Time lag in the payment of wages and salaries is one-third of a month and of Miscellaneous Expenses is 1 month.
    6. Debentures worth Rs. 40,000 are sold in April 2010.
    7. The firm maintains a minimum cash balance of Rs. 40,000. Funds can be borrowed @ 12% p.a. in the multiples of Rs. 1,000, the interest being payable on monthly basis.
    8. Cash Balance at the end of March 2010 is Rs. 64,800.

    from the following particulars prepare a forecasted profit loss a c p l a c for the 620407

    From the following particulars, prepare a Forecasted Profit & Loss A/c (P & L A/c) for the year that ended on 31 December 2009, a Forecasted Balance Sheet as on that date, a Purchase Budget for the year 2009, a Sales Budget for the year 2009 and a Cash Budget for the year 2009:

    i. Profit & Loss A/c for the year that ended on 31 December 2008

     

     

     

     

    To Materials Consumed

    50,000

    By Sales (1,000 units)

    2,00,000

    To Wages (direct)

    30,000

     

     

    To Factory Overheads [60% variable]

    20,000

     

     

    To Administrative Overheads [fixed]

    20,000

     

     

    To Selling & Distribution

    20,000

     

     

    Overheads [60% fixed]

     

     

     

    To Net Profit before Tax ad

    60,000

     

     

     

    2 00 000

     

    2 00000

    To Income Tax

    30,000

    By Net Profit before Tax b/d

    60,000

    To Net Profit after Tax c/d

    30,000

     

     

     

    60,000

     

    60,000

    To Dividend

    10,000

    By Net Profit after Tax b/d

    30,000

    To Balance c/f

    20,000

     

     

     

    30,000

     

    30,000

         i.        Balance Sheet as on 31 December 2008

    Liabilities

     

    Assets

     

    Share Capital:

     

    Fixed Assets

    1,00,000

    6,000 Equity Shares of Rs. 10 each fully paid up

    60,000

    [at cost less depreciation]

     

    Reserve & Surplus

    40,000

    Stock of Raw Materials

    20,000

    Sundry Creditors

    20,000

    Sundry Debtors

    30,000

    Provision for Tax

    30,000

    Cash & Bank Balance

    10,000

    Proposed Dividend

    10,000

     

     

     

    1,60,000

     

    1,60,000

    Additional Information:

    1. The present level of activity is 50%. In the year 2009, it is expected to operate at 75% capacity. However, in order to sell the additional production in the market, the Selling Price per unit is to be reduced by 5% in the year 2009.
    2. Market price forecasts indicate that cost of material, labour and variable overheads are likely to increase by 4%, 5% and 5% respectively. Fixed Costs (other than depreciation) are also expected to go up by 5% due to annual increments of salaries.
    3. Fixed Costs include depreciation, which is a Fixed Instalment of Rs. 5,000 p.a., charged in full to production overhead.
    4. Three months’ requirements of raw materials are to be held in stock. The FIFO method is generally used in pricing out the issues.
    5. All units started for production are expected to be completed and sold in the Budget period.
    6. Sales and purchases are generally made on 2 months’ credit. Wages and expenses are paid within the period.
    7. Machinery Costing Rs. 25,000 is expected to be purchased for cash in December 2009.
    8. Rate of Income Tax is 50% and, if profit permits, a dividend of 20% may be proposed.

    from the following information prepare the cash budget for the 3 months september oc 620408

    From the following information, prepare the Cash Budget for the 3 months—September, October and November of 2004:

    Factory

    Office

    Month

    Sales

    Purchase

    Wages

    Expenses

    Expenses

    July

    50,000

    28,000

    3,400

    3,200

    4,000

    August

    65,000

    32,500

    3,700

    3,300

    4,200

    September

    70,000

    37,200

    3,900

    3,450

    4,350

    October

    60,000

    29,500

    4,200

    3,600

    4,420

    November

    84,000

    39,700

    4,500

    3,700

    4,800

    Additional Information:

    1. A Sales Commission at 5% on sales, which is due in the month following the month in which the sales dues are collected, is payable in addition to the Office Expenses.
    2. The period of credit allowed to Debtors is 2 months.
    3. A month’s credit is obtained from the Creditors.
    4. Wages are paid on the 1st and 16th of each month in respect of dues for a period of 15 days, preceding those days.
    5. Other Expenses are paid in the month in which they are due.
    6. For purchase of an asset under instalment-payment system, an instalment of Rs. 1,250 per month is paid.
    7. Bank Balance on 1st September is Rs. 15,200.

    draw up a material purchase budget for the next year 620416

    The sales director of a manufacturing company reports that he expects to sell 54,000 units of a certain product in the next year.

    The production manager consults the store-keeper and casts his figures as follows:

    Two types of raw materials, P and Q, are required for manufacturing the product. Each unit of the product requires two units of P and three units of Q. The estimated stocks at the commencement of the next year are:

    Finished Products—10,000 units; Raw Material P—12,000 units; Raw Material Q—15,000 units.

    The desirable Closing Stocks at the end of the next year are:

    Finished products—14,000 units; Raw Material P—13,000 units; Raw Material Q—16,000 units.

    Draw up a material purchase Budget for the next year.

    prepare a production budget for each month and a summarized production cost budget f 620417

    Prepare a Production Budget for each month and a Summarized Production Cost Budget for the 6-month ,period ending on 31 December 2010, from the following data:

    Months

    Budgeted units to be sold

    July 2010

    1,100

    August 2010

    1,100

    September 2010

    1,700

    October 2010

    1,900

    November 2010

    2,500

    December 2010

    2,300

    January 2011

    2,000

    1. Estimated finished stock at the end of each month is equal to half of the estimated Sales for the next month.
    2. Budgeted production and production cost for the year ending 31 December 2010 are as follows:

    Production

    22,000 units

    Direct Materials per unit

    Rs. 10

    Direct Wages per unit

    Rs. 4

    Total Factory Overheads for the year (100% variable)

    Rs. 88,000

    prepare a production budget showing month wise number of units to be manufactured 620418

    A company is drawing its production plan for the year 2009–10 in respect of two of its products ‘Gamma’ and ‘Delta.’ The company’s policy is not to carry any closing WIP (work-in-progress) at the end of any month. However, its policy is to hold a Closing Stock of Finished Goods at 50% of the anticipated quantity of sales of the succeeding month. For the year 2009–10, the company’s Budgeted Production is 20,000 units of ‘Gamma’ and 25,000 units of ‘Delta.’ The following is the estimated cost data:

    Gamma Rs.

    Delta Rs.

    Direct Materials per unit

    50

    80

    Direct Labour per unit

    20

    30

    Other Manufacturing Expenses apportionable to each type of product, based on Production

    2,00,000

    3,75,000

    The estimated units to be sold in the first 7 months of the year 2009–10 are as follows:

    April

    May

    June

    July

    August

    September

    October

    Gamma

    900

    1,100

    1,400

    1,800

    2,200

    2,200

    1,800

    Delta

    2,900

    2,900

    2500

    2,100

    1,700

    1,700

    1,900

    You are required to:

    1. Prepare a Production Budget showing month-wise number of units to be manufactured.
    2. Present a summarized Cost Budget for the half-year ending on 30 September 2009.

    prepare a production budget for each month and a summarized production cost budget f 620419

    Lodha & Co. manufactures two products, R & S. A forecast of the number of units to be sold in the first 7 months of a year is given as follows:

    Months

    Product R units

    Product S units

    January

    1,000

    2,800

    February

    1,200

    2,800

    March

    1,600

    2,400

    April

    2,000

    2,000

    May

    2,400

    1,600

    June

    2,400

    1,600

    July

    2,000

    1,800

    It is anticipated that:

    1. There will be no WIP at the end of any month.
    2. Finished units equal to half the sales for the next month will be in stock at the end of each month.
    3. Budgeted Production and Production Cost for the whole Budgeted year are as follows:

    Product R

    Product S

    Production

    22,000 units

    24,000 units

    Direct Materials per unit

    Rs. 12.50

    Rs. 19.00

    Direct Wages per unit

    Rs. 4.50

    Rs. 7.00

    Total Factory Overhead apportioned to each type of
    product [100% variable]

    Rs. 66,000

    Rs. 96,000

    Prepare a Production Budget for each month and a summarized Production Cost Budget for the 6 months that ends on 30th June of the year.

    prepare the following for the next period i material usage and material purchase bud 620420

    A company manufactures two products A and B by making use of two types of materials, namely, X and Y. Product A requires 10 units of X and 3 units of Y. Product B requires 5 units of X and 2 units of Y. The price of X is Rs. 2 per unit and that of Y is Rs. 3 per unit. Standard hours allowed per product are 4 and 3, respectively. Budgeted wage rate is Rs. 8 per hour. Overtime premium is 50% and is payable, if a worker works for more than 40 hours a week. There are 150 workers.

    The Sales Manager has estimated the sales of product A to be 5,000 units and product B 10,000 units. The target productivity ratio (or efficiency ratio) for the productive hours worked by the direct worker in actually manufacturing the product is 80%; in addition, the non-productive downtime is Budgeted at 20% of the productive hours worked. In the Budget period, 5-day weeks are 12; and it is anticipated that sales and production will occur evenly throughout the whole period.

    It is anticipated that the stock at the beginning of the period will be: Product A—800 units and Product B—1,680 units.

    The targeted Closing Stock expressed in terms of anticipated activity during the Budget period are: Product A—12-day sales and Product B—18-day sales. The opening and Closing Stock of Raw Material of X and Y will be maintained according to the requirement of stock position for Product A and B.

    You are required to prepare the following for the next period:

    1. Material Usage and Material Purchase Budget in terms of quantities and values.
    2. Production Budget.
    3. Wages Budget for the direct workers.

    prepare the sales and production budget for the first quarter of 2010 620421

    A manufacturing company submits the following information for the first quarter of 2010:

    Product K

    Product L

    Product M

    Sales (in units):

    January

    25,000

    30,000

    10,000

    February

    20,000

    25,000

    10,000

    March

    30,000

    35,000

    10,000

    Selling price per unit [Rs)

    10

    20

    40

    Target for 1st quarter of 2010:

    Sales quantity increase [%]

    20

    20

    10

    Selling Price increase [%]

    Nil

    10

    25

    Stock position on 11anuary 2010:

    %oflanuary-2010 Sales NA

    50

    50

    50

    Stock position on 31 March 2010

    20,000

    25,000

    5,000

    Stock position at the end of January & February 2010:

    %of subsequent months Sales [%]

    50

    50

    50

    You are required to prepare the Sales and Production Budget for the first quarter of 2010.

    prepare a statement showing the profit at 50 and 90 capacities and also to calculate 620422

    A factory engaged in manufacturing plastic buckets is working @ 40% capacity and produces 10,000 buckets per month.

    The present cost break-up for one bucket is as follows:

    Rs

    Material

    10

    Labour

    3

    Overhead [60% fixed]

    5

    The Selling Price is Rs. 20 per bucket. If it is decided to work the factory at 50% capacity, the Selling Price falls by 3%. At 90% capacity, the Selling Price falls by 5%, accompanied by a similar fall in the price of material.

    You are required to prepare a statement showing the profit at 50% and 90% capacities and also to calculate the break-even points at each of these production levels.

    a company is currently running at 50 capacity and produces 5 000 units at a cost of 620423

    A company is currently running at 50% capacity and produces 5,000 units at a cost of Rs. 90 per unit as per the given following details:

    Rs

    Material

    50

    Labour

    15

    Factory Overheads [Rs. 6 fixed]

    15

    Administrative Overheads [Rs. 5 variable]

    10

    Current Selling Price

    100

    At 60% Working Capacity, the Material Cost per unit increases by 2% and the Selling Price per unit falls by 2%.

    At 80% Working Capacity, the Material Cost per unit increases by 5% and the Selling Price per unit falls by 5%.

    Estimate the Profits of the factory at 50%, 60% and 80% Working Capacity and offer your comments.

    from the following data prepare a flexible budget 620425

    From the following data, prepare a Flexible Budget for production of 40,000 units, 60,000 units and 75,000 units of product Z, distinctly showing the variable and Fixed Cost as well as the Total Cost. Also indicate the element-wise cost per unit.

    Budget Output

    1,00,000 units Rs.

    Budgeted Cost Per Unit:

    Direct Material

    90

    Direct Labour

    45

    Direct Variable Expenses

    10

    Manufacturing Variable Overheads

    40

    Fixed Production Overheads

    5

    Administration Overheads [fixed]

    5

    Selling Overheads [10% fixed]

    10

    Distribution Overheads [20% fixed]

    15

    rohini ltd prepared the budget for the production of 1 00 000 units of the only comm 620426

    Rohini Ltd prepared the Budget for the production of 1,00,000 units of the only commodity manufactured by it for the year 2010 as follows:

    Raw Material per unit

    2.52

    Direct Labour per unit

    0.75

    Direct Expenses per unit

    0.10

    Factory Overheads per unit [60% fixed]

    2.50

    Administrative Overheads per unit [80% fixed]

    0.40

    Selling Overheads per unit [50% fixed]

    0.20

    The Actual Production during the period was 60,000 units.

    Calculate the Budgeted Total Cost and per unit cost for the production of 60,000 units.

    the budgeted cost of a factory specializing in the production of a single product at 620428

    The Budgeted Cost of a factory specializing in the production of a single product at the optimum capacity of 6,400 units p.a. is Rs. 7,04,192, the details of which is as follows:

    Fixed Cost

    82,752

    Variable Cost:

    Power

    5,760

    Repairs

    6,800

    Miscellaneous Expenses

    2,160

    Direct Materials

    1,97,120

    Direct Labour

    4,09,600

    6,21,440

    Budgeted Total Cost

    7,04,192

    Having regard to a possible impact on the turnover by market trends, the company decides to have a Flexible Budget with a production target of 3,200 units and 4,800 units at 50% and 75% capacity of production respectively. Assume that the Selling Price per unit is maintained at Rs. 160 at present. Administration and Selling and Distribution Expenses continue to remain at Rs. 14,400.

    Prepare a Flexible Budget at 50% and 75% capacity and indicate the effect on the Net Profit.

    draw up a flexible budget for the overhead expenses on the basis of the following da 620429

    Draw up a Flexible Budget for the Overhead Expenses on the basis of the following data and determine the Overhead rates at 70%, 80% and 90% plant capacity levels:

    At 80% Capacity Rs.

    Variable Overheads:

    Indirect Labour

    12,000

    Indirect Material

    4,000

    Semi-Variable Overheads:

    Power [30% fixed]

    20,000

    Repairs and maintenance [40% variable]

    2,000

    Fixed Overheads:

    Depreciation

    11,000

    Insurance

    3,000

    Others

    10,000

    Total Overheads

    62,000

    Estimated Direct Labour hour work

    1,24,000 hrs

    from the following prepare the income and expenditure for the year ended dec 31 2008 620297

    From the following prepare the Income and Expenditure for the year ended Dec 31, 2008 and a balance sheet as on that date:

    Receipts

    Payments

    To Ralanro hid

    vino

    By Salving

    i5_.40

    To Subscriptions

    By Entertainment Expenses

    6.000

    2007

    1,000

    2008

    20,000

    2009

    2,000

    To Entertainment Receipts

    10,000

    By Electric Charges

    2,000

    To Sale of Old Furniture (cost Rs 1,000)

    600

    By General Expenses

    3,000

    To Sale of Newspapers

    400

    By Investments

    10,000

    by Stationary and Printing

    onn

    By Newspapers

    3.000

    By Garden Expenses

    2,000

    By Furniture

    3,000

    By Balance c/d

    3,000

    49,000

    49,000

    The club has 250 members each paying an annual subscription of Rs 100. Rs 500 is still in arrears for subscriptions for 2007. Ten members had paid their subscriptions for 2008 as well.

    Salaries paid included Rs 1,000 for 2007 and Rs 1,500 for 2009. Outstanding salaries for 2008 amounted to Rs 2,000.

    On Jan 1, 2008, the club owned land and building valued at Rs 1,00,000 and furniture valued at Rs 11,000.

    the receipts and payments account and the income and expenditure account of a recrea 620298

    The Receipts and Payments Account and the Income and Expenditure Account of a recreation club for the year ended Dec 31, 2008 were as follows:

    Receipts and Payments Account

    Receipts

    Rs

    Payments

    Rs

    To Balance bid

    15,000

    By Book Purchased

    10,000

    To Subscription

    43,000

    By Printing and Stationery

    2,000

    49,000

    To Interest

    5,000

    By Salary

    15,000

    To Donation for Special Fund

    3,000

    By Advertisement

    2,000

    To Rent

    By Electricity Charges

    4,000

    1,500

    3,000

    4,500

    By Balance c/d

    43,500

    76,500

    76,500

    Income and Expenditure Account

    Receipts

    Rs

    Payments

    Rs

    To Salary

    18,000

    By Interest

    4,000

    To Tent Hire

    2,000

    By Subscriptions

    48,000

    To Electricity Charges

    4,000

    By Rent

    3,000

    To Depreciation on Building

    7,500

    To Printing and Stationery

    2,000

    To Advertisement

    1,500

    To Surplus

    20,000

    55,000

    55,000

    The club’ assets as on Jan 1, 2008 were as follows:

    Building Rs 1,50,000, Books Rs 1,00,000

    Furniture Rs 10,000, Investments Rs 1,00,000

    Literalities as on the date were Rs 500 for advertisement and Rs 1,000 for salary

    You are required to prepare the Balance Sheets

    1. As on Dec 31, 2007
    2. As on Dec 31, 2008

    the accounts set out below are submitted to you for audit pass comments and prepare 620299

    The accounts set out below are submitted to you for audit. Pass comments and prepare corrected and proper final accounts for the year ending Dec 31, 2008.

    Income and Expenditure Account as on Dec 31, 2008

    Receipts

    Rs

    Payments

    Rs

    Entrance fees (21p100)

    2,100

    Salary and Wanes

    6,700

    Fc for I if Membership (50 Ps 520)

    2,600

    Secondary’s Salary

    1500

    Annual Subscription 15,650.

    16.300

    Rent. Wages. etc.

    12.650

    Add: Paid in Advance 650

    700

    Printing and Postage

    420

    Interest on GP Notes

    Repairs to Premises

    1.240

    Sundry Receipts

    600

    Interest on Bank Loan

    570

    Balance from last year

    12,380

    Balance c/d

    9400

    34,680

    34,680

    Treasurers Note

    Subscriptions in arrears amount to Rs 1,200. Sundry traduces bills Rs 420 were outstanding on Dec 31 but have since been paid. The secretary’s salary has not yet been paid. The 3½12; % G.P. notes of the face value of Rs 20,000 were purchased at Rs 960 the lease of the club premises costs Rs 21,240, the balance of the bank loan now outstanding is Rs 10,000, secured by mortgage on the leasehold premises.

    received from subscriptions rs 25 000 proceeds from entertainment and lectures rs 10 620300

    From the following particulars, which relate to a commercial and literacy society, prepare Receipts and Payments Account, Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet as on Dec 31, 2008.

    Balance Sheet as on Dec 31, 2007

    Receipts

    Rs

    Payments

    Rs

    Outstanding Creditors

    4,250

    Cash at Bank

    30,000

    Capital Fund

    Govt. Securities

    1100,000

    Excess of Income over Expenditure

    1,551750

    Accrued Interest

    1,250

    Accrued Subscriptions

    4,000

    Library Books

    10,000

    Furniture and Fittings

    14,750

    The transactions for the year 2008 were as follows:

    Received from subscriptions Rs 25,000, proceeds from entertainment and lectures Rs 10,000, received from interest on securities Rs 4,750, entrance fee received Rs 5,000, sale proceeds of old chairs Rs 750.

    Paid for rent Rs 6,000, for printing Rs 1,500, for advertising Rs 2,000, for petty disbursements Rs 550 and for purchase of government securities Rs 25,000.

    Paid for outstanding creditors Rs 4,250, for furniture Rs 4,000, for library books Rs 3,000; for cost of entertainment Rs 7,500.

    On Dec 31, 2008, the following liabilities were outstanding for printing Rs 750 and for rent Rs 1,000.

    There were also outstanding on account of interest on securities Rs 1,500 and subscriptions Rs 3,250.

    you are required to prepare receipts and expenditure account of dr renu for the year 620302

    Dr. Renu is a practicing surgeon. The Receipts and Payments Account for the year 2008 is as follows:

    Receipts

    Its

    Payments

    Its

    Balance b/d

    20,000

    Salaries to Nurses

    30,000

    Fees

    30,00,000

    Rent

    10,000

    Miscellaneous Receipts

    5,000

    Journals

    4,000

    Sale of Old Equipment

    20,000

    Books for Library

    16,000

    (cost of Rs 30,000)

    Purchases of Instruments

    40,000

    Stationery

    400

    Conveyance

    5,114.M

    Purchases of Medicines

    50,000

    Furniture

    5,000

    Drawings

    1,50,000

    Cash in Hand

    36,600

    3,45,000

    3,45,000

    Her position stood on Jan 1, 2008 as:

    Equipment Rs 1,50,000; medicines Rs 20,000; fees outstanding Rs 4,000; books Rs 20,000.

    Fees still outstanding Rs 10,000, salaries to nurses still payable Rs 4,000; stock of medicines Rs 4,000.

    Depreciate Equipment by 10% and Books @ 20.

    You are required to prepare Receipts and Expenditure Account of Dr Renu for the year ending Dec 31, 2008 and a Balance Sheet on that date.

    you are required to prepare the receipts and expenditure account for the year ended 620303

    Shree & Co is a firm of solicitors whose partners Vasanth and Sekar share profits equally after charging a management fee of 5% from the Vasanth for the year ended on Mar 31, 2009, the books maintained by the firm reveal the following particulars.

    Receipts

    Payments

    Capital

    66000

    Salary debuts owing by the farm

    6800

    Drawings Vacant Sekhar

    36 000

    Office Rent

    24000

    L.I.C. Premium Paid –

    12,000

    Office Expenses

    7200

    Vasanth

    24,000

    Furniture and Library Rooks

    49,200

    Sekhar

    9000

    Clients Disbursements

    5200

    Salaries to Juniors and Clerks

    64000

    Amount owing by clients for bills of cost rendered

    34400

    Amount received from

    10,000

    Receipts

    Rs

    Payments

    Rs

    Pending Matters

    Profit Cost

    284000

    Reserve against bills of cost

    Fixed sits with Bank

    30000

    not collected with work in progress as on Apr 1, 2008

    Bank Accounts Clients

    63,600

    Office

    13,200

    Work in progress on Mar 31, 2009

    16,400

    Information

    1. Capital accounts of partners at the beginning of the year were of equal amounts.
    2. Included in the bills of costs sent to clients are sundry disbursements like postage, telephone, etc. defied in the books of office expenses account. At the end of the year, items on the debit side of clients disbursements account, amounting to Rs 6,400, had not been charged to clients in bills of costs of these Rs 400 was received and credited to their accounts in the year.

    You are required to prepare the Receipts and Expenditure Account for the year ended on Mar 2009 and a Balance Sheet of the firm on that date.

    depreciate crockery on the following basis 1 5 15 of their value is to be written of 620305

    From the following trial balance and accompanying notes for adjustments, prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended Dec 31, 2008 and a Balance Sheet as on that date of a club:

    Debit Balance

    Credit Balance

    Building

    86,400

    Pent

    7,340

    Crockery Jan 1 2008

    4,000

    Sale of Tickets

    13,400

    Crockery purchased

    2,000

    Subscriptions

    24,300

    Printing and Stationery

    1,140

    Billiard Room Receipts

    7,690

    Billiard Board

    20,800

    Profit on Sale of Wire

    2,400

    Billiard Expenses

    4,270

    Entertainment Receipts

    3,200

    Arrear — subscriptions Jan 112008

    2,250

    Donations

    17,000

    Honorarium

    6,750

    Entrance Fees

    450

    Administration Expenses

    13490

    Newspapers

    240

    Stock of Wire (Dec 31, 2003)

    600

    Creditors

    6,270

    Cash in Hand and at Bank

    6,270

    Capital Fund

    65,820

    Note for adjustments

    1. Stock of Stationery and Printing on Dec 31, 2008 Rs 70.
    2. Out of the total subscription Rs 2,250 represented arrears collected and Rs 1,520 paid in advance.
    3. Entrance fees to be capitalised.
    4. Out of the donations, Rs 7,200 represented donation to election fund and of the balance 50% shall be capitalised.
    5. Depreciate crockery on the following basis: 1/5 15 of their value is to be written off in the year of purchase 2/5 the in each of the next two yeaRs Of the stock of crockery as on Jan 1, 2008 (Rs 4,000) one half was one-year old and the other half, two-year old.

    the following are the estimated sales of philips co for about 8 months that is endin 620383

    The following are the estimated sales of Philips Co. for about 8 months that is ending on 30 November 2008:

    2008

    Units

    2008

    Units

    April

    12,000

    August

    10,000

    May

    13,000

    September

    12,000

    June

    9,000

    October

    14,000

    July

    8,000

    November

    12,000

    As a matter of policy, the company maintains the Closing Balance of Finished Goods and Raw Materials as follows:

    1. Finished Goods—The Closing Stock of a month will be 50% of the estimated sales for the next month.
    2. Raw Material—The Closing Stock of a month will be equal to the estimated consumption for the next month. Each unit of production consumes 2 kg of raw material costing Rs. 6 per kg.

    Prepare the following Budgets for the half-year that is ending on 30 September 2008:

    1. Production Budget (month-wise in units).
    2. Raw Material Purchase Budget (month-wise in units and cost).

    from the following information as furnished by maocaro ltd prepare a month wise prod 620384

    From the following information as furnished by Maocaro Ltd, prepare a month-wise Production Quantity Budget and a summarized Production Cost Budget for the 6 months that ended on 31 December 2009:

    1. Estimated units to be sold:

    units

    units

    july2039

    4,000

    November 2009

    9,000

    August 2009

    5,000

    December 2009

    11,000

    September 2009

    7,000

    January 2010

    10,000

    October 2009

    8,000

    1. Estimated Finished Stock at the end of each month is equal to half of the estimated sales for the next month.
    2. Budgeted units to be produced during the year 2009 and details of production cost for the year that ended on 31 December 2009 are as follows:

    Estimated Production for the year

    1,00,000 units

    Direct Material Cost per unit

    Rs. 20

    Direct Wage Cost per unit

    Rs. 12

    Variable Factory Overhead cost per unit

    Rs. 6

    Total Fixed Factory Overhead for the year

    Rs. 5,00,000

    from the following information prepare the following budgets for the year 2009 a pro 620385

    From the following information, prepare the following Budgets for the year 2009: (a) Production Budget; (b) Material usage Budget; and (c) Material purchase Budget.

    Product (units)

    Sales

    P

    Q

    R

    10,000

    20,000

    15,000

    Finished Stock on I January 2009

    2,000

    6,000

    5,000

    Finished Stock on 31 December 2009

    7,000

    1,000

    10,000

    Matenals used in Production

    S1

    S2

    S3

    Stock of Materials on 1 January 2009 (kg)

    20,000

    50,000

    20,000

    Stock of Materials on 31 December 2009 (kg)

    60,000

    35,000

    55,000

    Quantities used in (kg):

    Product P

    3

    Product Q

    7

    8

    4

    Product R

    3

    6

    9

    Rate of Matenals per kg (Rs.)

    5

    4

    6

    prepare for the last quarter of the year a production budget in units b purchase bud 620386

    The following information relating to the 3rd and last quarter of 2003–04 is furnished by a company which manufactures and sells a single product:

    3rd Quarter (Actual)

    Last Quarter (Estimate)

    Sales

    Rs. 6,24,000

    Rs. 6,60,000

    Opening Balance

    Closing Balance

    Closing Balance

    Inventory of Raw Materials and Finished Goods:

    Raw Material A (kg)

    25,000

    23,500

    25,000

    Raw Material 8 (kg)

    12,650

    13,400

    15,000

    Finished Goods (units)

    670

    700

    1,000

    Unit Cost data:

    Raw Material A = 10 kg @ Rs. 3 = Rs. 30

    Raw Material B = 5 kg @ Rs. 2 = Rs. 10

    Direct Labour:

    Machine shop [Machine time of 5 hrs @ Rs. 4] = Rs. 20

    Assembly [Labour time of 2 hrs @ Rs. 5] = Rs. 10

    Production Overheads:

    Machine shop @ Rs. 12 per machine hour

    Assembly @ Rs. 10 per labour hour

    Selling and Administration Overheads:

    20% of production cost

    Profit Margin:

    10% on selling price

    Production and sales occur evenly during the Budget period.

    You are required to prepare for the last quarter of the year:

    (a) Production Budget (in units); (b) Purchase Budget (in quantity and value); and (c) Production Cost Budget.

    prepare a budget of production and requirements of components during next year 620387

    A company is engaged in manufacturing two products X and Y. Product X uses one unit of component P and two units of component Q. Product Y uses two units of component P, one unit of component Q and two units of component R. Component R which is assembled in the factory uses one unit of component Q.

    Components P and Q are purchased from the market. The company has prepared the following forecast of sales and inventory for the next year:

    Product X

    Product Y

    Sales (in units)

    80,000

    1,50,000

    At the end of the year

    10,000

    20,000

    At the beginning of the year

    30,000

    50,000

    The production of both the products and the assembling of the component R will be spread out uniformly throughout the year. The company at present orders its inventory of P and Q in quantities equivalent to 3 months’ production. The company has compiled the following data related to two components:

    P

    Q

    Price per unit (Rs.)

    20

    8

    Order Placing Cost per order (Rs.)

    1,500

    1,500

    Carrying Cost per annum

    20%

    20%

    Required:

    1. Prepare a Budget of production and requirements of components during next year.
    2. Suggest the optimal order quantity of components P and Q.

    prepare the following for a month i sales budget in quantity and value ii production 620390

    A company manufactures three products, namely, A, B and C. The current pattern of sales of A, B and C is in the ratio of 8:2:1 respectively. The relevant data are as follows:

    Products

    A

    B

    c

    Selling Price per unit (Rs.)

    130

    230

    417

    Raw Materials per unit (kg)

    0.50

    1.2

    2.5

    Direct Materials per unit (kg)

    0.25

    Skilled Labour hours /unit

    4

    6

    8

    Semi-skilled Labour hours per unit

    2

    2

    3

    Variable Overheads (Rs. per unit)

    20

    40

    80

    The price of raw materials and direct materials, respectively, are Rs. 100 and Rs. 40 per kg. The wage rates of skilled and semi-skilled labour, respectively, are Rs. 6 and Rs. 5. Each operator works for 8 hours a day for 25 days in a month.

    The positions of inventories are as follows:

    Openi

    Raw
    Materials kg

    Direct
    Materials kg

    A units

    B units

    C units

    Opening

    600

    400

    400

    100

    50

    Closing

    650

    260

    200

    300

    50

    The fixed overheads amount to Rs. 2,00,000 per month and the company desires a profit of Rs. 1,20,000 per month. You are required to prepare the following for a month:

    1. Sales Budget in quantity and value.
    2. Production Budget showing the quantity to be manufactured.
    3. Purchase Budget showing the quantity and value.
    4. Direct Labour Budget showing the number of workers and wages.

    prepare a flexible budget showing the individual expenses of production levels at 1 620393

    A company incurs the following expenses to produce 1,000 units of an article:

    Direct Materials

    30,000

    Direct Labour

    15,000

    Power [20% fixed]

    10,000

    Repairs & Maintenance [15% fixed]

    8,000

    Depreciation (40% variable)

    6,000

    Administrative Expenses [100% fixed]

    12,000

    Prepare a Flexible Budget showing the individual expenses of production levels at 1,500 units and 2,000 units.

    from the following information prepare a flexible budget for overheads at 50 60 and 620394

    From the following information, prepare a Flexible Budget for overheads at 50%, 60% and 70% capacity levels of production and also ascertain the overhead rate at these levels:

    At 60% Capacity Rs.

    Fixed Overheads:

    Depreciation

    20,000

    Salaries

    40,000

    Insurance

    10,000

    Semi-Variable Overheads:

    Repairs & Maintenance (20% variable)

    30,000

    Electricity (50% fixed)

    24,000

    Variable Overheads:

    Indirect Material

    36,000

    Indirect Wages

    48,000

    Total Overheads

    2,08,000

    Estimated Direct Labour Hours

    2,86,500

    the information relating to the budget prepared for two levels of capacity utilizati 620395

    The information relating to the Budget prepared for two levels of capacity utilization is given as follows:

    Capacity Output (units)

    60% 36,000 Rs.

    100% 60,000 Rs.

    Direct Materials

    3,60,00

    6,00,000

    Direct Wages

    2,16,000

    3,60,000

    Production Overhead

    5,40,000

    7,56,000

    Administrative Overhead

    1,80,000

    1,80,000

    Selling Overhead

    1,44,000

    1,92,000

    Prepare a Flexible Budget for 70%, 80% and 90% capacity utilization showing clearly the Unit Fixed Cost, Unit Variable Cost and Total Cost.

    prepare a flexible budget for the year and forecast the profit at 50 60 75 90 and 10 620397

    The following data are available in a manufacturing company for the year 2010:

    Rs. (Lakhs)

    Fixed Expenses:

    Wages & Salaries

    9.5

    Rent, Rates & Taxes

    6.6

    Depreciation

    7.4

    Sundry Administrative Expenses

    6.5

    Semi-Variable Expenses [at 50% capacity]:

    Repairs & Maintenance

    3.5

    Indirect Labour

    7.9

    Sales Department Salaries

    3.8

    Sundry Administrative expenses

    2.8

    Variable Expenses [at 50% capacity]:

    Materials

    21.7

    Labour

    20.4

    Other Expenses

    7.9

    98.00

    Assume that the Fixed Expenses remain constant for all levels of production, and Semi-Variable Expenses remain constant between 45% and 60% of capacity, increasing by 10% between 65% and 80% capacity and by 20% between 80% and 100% capacity.

    Sales at various levels are as follows:

    Rs. (Lakhs)

    50% Capacity

    100

    60% Capacity

    120

    75% Capacity

    150

    90% Capacity

    180

    100% Capacity

    200

    Prepare a Flexible Budget for the year and Forecast the Profit at 50%, 60%, 75%, 90% and 100% of capacity.

    the budget manager of jhumpa engineering ltd is preparing a flexible budget for the 620398

    The Budget manager of Jhumpa Engineering Ltd is preparing a Flexible Budget for the accounting year commencing from 1April 2009.

    The company produces a single product ‘Dimpu.’ Direct materials cost Rs. 7 per unit. Direct Labour averages Rs. 2.50 per hour and requires 1.60 hours to produce one unit of Dimpu. Salesmen are paid a commission of Re.1 per unit sold. Fixed Selling and Administrative Expenses amount to Rs. 85,000 per year.

    Manufacturing Overheads under specified conditions of volume have been estimated as follows:

    Volume of Production (units)

    1,20,000 Rs

    1,50,000 Rs

    Expenses:

    Indirect Materials

    2,64,000

    3,30,000

    Indirect Labour

    1,50,000

    1,87,500

    Inspection

    90,000

    1,12,500

    Maintenance

    84,000

    1,02,000

    Supervision

    1,98,000

    2,34,000

    Depreciation—Plan& Equipment

    90,000

    90,000

    Engineering Services

    94,000

    94,000

    Total Manufacturing Overheads

    9,70,000

    11,50,000

    Normal capacity of production of the company is 1,25,000 units. Prepare a Budget of Total Cost at 1,40,000 units of output.

    from the following information compute the collection from debtors for the month of 620399

    From the following information, compute the collection from Debtors for the month of June, July and August:

    April

    May

    June

    July

    August

    Sale(Rs.)

    1,00,000

    1,20,000

    90,000

    1,05,000

    1,25,000

    20% of sales are made in cash. Debtors are allowed a 2-month credit. They will receive 5% discount on sale if they pay off their dues within 1 month from the date of sale. About four-fifth of the Debtors normally clear their dues to avail the Cash Discount, but the remaining Debtors pay on the due date only.

    Problem 20

    From the following information, prepare the Cash Budget for the 3 months—September, October and November of 2004:

    Factory

    Office

    Month

    Sales

    Purchase

    Wages

    Expenses

    Expenses

    July

    50,000

    28,000

    3,400

    3,200

    4,000

    August

    65,000

    32,500

    3,700

    3,300

    4,200

    September

    70,000

    37,200

    3,900

    3,450

    4,350

    October

    60,000

    29,500

    4,200

    3,600

    4,420

    November

    84,000

    39,700

    4,500

    3,700

    4,800

    Additional Information:

    1. A Sales Commission at 5% on sales, which is due in the month following the month in which the sales dues are collected, is payable in addition to the Office Expenses.
    2. The period of credit allowed to Debtors is 2 months.
    3. A month’s credit is obtained from the Creditors.
    4. Wages are paid on the 1st and 16th of each month in respect of dues for a period of 15 days, preceding those days.
    5. Other Expenses are paid in the month in which they are due.
    6. For purchase of an asset under instalment-payment system, an instalment of Rs. 1,250 per month is paid.
    7. Bank Balance on 1st September is Rs. 15,200.

    the following is the trial balance of a pubic school on mar 31 2009 620268

    The following is the Trial Balance of a pubic school on Mar 31, 2009.

    Debit Balance

    Rs

    Credit Balance

    Rs

    Land

    25.000

    Capital Fund

    7.80,000

    Building

    7,50,000

    Tuition Fee Received

    12,55,000

    Furniture

    1,50,000

    Salaries Payable

    87,500

    Teacher Salary

    6,00,000

    Prize Fund

    1,00,000

    Clerks Salary

    1,30,000

    Tournament Fund

    1,50,000

    Investments

    3,50,000

    General Reserve fund

    1,00,000

    Stationery

    86,500

    General Reserve fund

    38,500

    Lighting

    18,000

    Interest received on

    75,000

    General Expenses

    32,500

    Investments

    Prizes Awarded

    10,000

    Donations for School Hall

    Tournament Express

    15,000

    Books

    1,87,500

    Bank Balance

    2,31,500

    25,86,000

    28,86,000

    Depreciate Building @ 2% furniture @ 10% and Books @ 20%. The investments were made against various funds commonly.

    Prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending Mar 31, 2009 and the Balance Sheet as on that date.

    from the following trial balance of the people rsquo s education society as at mar 3 620270

    From the following Trial Balance of the People’s Education Society as at Mar 31, 2009, prepare an Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending at Mar 31, 2009 and a Balance Sheet on that date:

    Particulars

    Rs

    Particulars

    Rs

    Buildings

    1,90,000

    Scholarship fund investment

    50,000

    Furniture and Fixtures

    52,500

    Capital Fund

    4,60,000

    Additions to Furniture and Fixtures

    10,000

    Donations received towards

    Capital Fund

    42,500

    Vehicles

    40,000

    Entrance Fees

    10,000

    Additions to Vehicles

    10,000

    Course Fees

    2,40,000

    Sundry Debtors

    8,000

    Examination Fees

    15,000

    Sundry Creditors

    5,000

    Ruts received from letting of auditorium Salaries

    47,500

    Investments

    2,50,000

    2,20,000

    Interest received on Investments

    30,000

    Printing and Stationery

    30,000

    Interest received on Scholarship

    6,000

    Scholarships awarded

    5,000

    Fund Investment

    Other Expenses

    50,000

    Scholarship Fund resave

    44,000

    Cash at Bank

    4,500

    Government Grant received

    20,000

    Additional Information

    1. Depreciation is to be provided at 5% on buildings, 10% on furniture and fixtures and 90% on vehicles.
    2. Additional rent received in advance amounts to Rs 7,500 while there is an amount of Rs 10,000 outstanding under this head.
    3. One month’s salary is outstanding.

    on dec 31 2008 value of consumable stores was rs 1 400 creditors amounted to rs 1 10 620271

    The following particulars relate to the cosmopolitan club for the year ended Dec 31, 2008. You are required to prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended Dec 31, 2008 and a Balance Sheet as on Dec 31, 2008.

    Rs

    Rs

    Balance from last year

    4,700

    Salaries

    2,400

    Entrance Fees

    600

    Electricity

    240

    Subscription Rs

    Newspapers and Journals

    1,050

    2007

    100

    Utensils

    400

    2008

    7,000

    Payments to Creditors

    2,000

    2009

    150

    7,250

    Balance Carried forward to next year

    2,300

    Profits from Refreshments

    200

    Locker Rents

    400

    Sundry Income

    240

    13,390

    13,390

    The assets and literalities on Jan 1, 2008 were as follows: Utensils: Rs 1,600, furniture Rs 5,000, consumable stores: Rs 700, Creditors: Rs 2,400.

    On Dec 31, 2008 value of consumable stores was Rs 1,400 creditors amounted to Rs 1,100, the subscriptions outstanding were Rs 150; and the interest accrued on fixed deposit was Rs 50.

    the following balances is obtained from the books of jaipur cricket as on mar 31 200 620272

    The following balances is obtained from the books of Jaipur Cricket as on Mar 31, 2008 and on Mar 31, 2009.

    Mar 31, 2008
    Rs

    Mar 31, 2009
    Rs

    Building

    1,60,000

    1,71,000

    Furniture

    80,000

    61,200

    Advance Subscription

    3,000

    2,000

    Pre-paid Expenses

    1,600

    2,000

    Outstanding Expenses

    6,000

    2,400

    Arrears of Subscriptions

    6,000

    10,000

    Sports Equipments

    48,000

    43,200

    Investments

    24,000

    Books

    30,000

    32,400

    Cash

    32,000

    34,200

    Consider the following information relevant to the year 2008–2009:

    1. Deprecation provided during the year:

    Building

    :

    Rs 9,000

    Furniture

    :

    Rs 6,800

    Sports Equipment

    :

    Rs 10,800

    Books

    :

    Rs 3,600

    1. Some old furniture standing in the books for Rs 12,000 on Mar 31, 2008 was sold for Rs 8,000.
    2. The club had 300 members on Mar 31, 2009. No fresh member was admitted during the year but 10 members left the club on Oct 1, 2008.
    3. Subscription payable: Rs 30 per month.
    4. Entrance fees received Rs 10,000 has been capitalised and you are required to prepare the Receipts and Payments Account and Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended Mar 31, 2009.

    from the following trial balance and other information given below prepare income an 620273

    From the following trial balance and other information given below, prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended Dec 31, 2008 and a Balance Sheet as on Dec 31, 2008.

    Debit Balances

    Rs

    Credit Balances

    Rs

    Building

    1,25,000

    Admission Fees

    2,500

    Furniture

    20,000

    Tuition Fees Received

    1,00,000

    Library Books

    30,000

    Creditors for Supplies

    3,000

    Investments @9%

    1,00,000

    Rent for the School Hall

    2,000

    Salaries

    1,00,000

    Miscellaneous Receipts

    6,000

    Stationery

    7,500

    Government Grant

    70,000

    General Expenses

    4,000

    General Fund

    2,00,000

    Sports Expenses

    3,000

    Donation for Library Books

    12,500

    Cash at Bank

    10,000

    Sales of Old Furniture

    4,000

    Cash in Hand

    500

    4,00,000

    4,00,000

    Fees yet to be received for the year are Rs 5,000; Salaries yet to be paid Rs 6,000, Furniture costing Rs 7,500 was purchased on July 1, 2008. The book value of the furniture sold was Rs 10,000, on Jan 1, 2008. Depreciation is to be charged @10% p.a. on furniture 15% p.a. on library Books and 5% p.a. on building.

    prepare income and expenditure for the year ending mar 31 2009 and a balance sheet o 620275

    Prepare Income and Expenditure for the year ending Mar 31, 2009 and a Balance Sheet on that date from the following details of Rock City Tennis Club, Tiruchirapalli.

    Receipts and Payments Account for the year ending as at Mar 31, 2009

    Receipts

    Rs

    Payments

    Rs

    Su bscription – Arrears

    1,400

    New Equipment

    1,800

    Subscription – Current

    22,000

    Repair to Nets

    1,200

    Locker Rents

    5,000

    New Balls

    10,000

    Lultural Show Receipts

    29,000

    band Fees

    3,200

    Sale of Olcl Balls

    2,400

    Match Expenses

    1,600

    Donation

    2,000

    Rates on Club House

    4,800

    Caters – Old Dues

    7,000

    Caters – Current

    18,400

    Information

    1. The Club has 60 members and the subscription rate is Rs 400 per year.
    2. On Mar 31, 2009, Rs 1,000 owing for tennis ball and the rates paid includes Rs 1,200 relating to the following year.
    3. Equipment is to be depreciated at 10% p.a. on cost including new equipment purchased.
    4. On Apr 1, 2008 the club had the following absents.

    Rs

    Freehold Club House

    :

    50,000

    Cash at Balance

    :

    18,000

    Equipment

    :

    27,000

    Cash in Hand

    :

    520

    from the following particulars relating to r m charitable hospital prepare 1 receipt 620277

    From the following particulars relating to R.M. Charitable Hospital, prepare (1) Receipts and Payments Account for the year ended Dec 31, 2008, and the Balance Sheet as on that date.

    Income and Expenditure Account for the Year Ended Mar 31, 2008

    Dr.

    Cr.

    Expenditure

    Rs

    Income

    Rs

    To Medica re”c 11SM

    S9.960

    By Subccription

    1.1),000

    To Honorarium to visiting Doctors

    24,000

    By Donations

    19,000

    To Salaries

    55,000

    By Interest on Investment.110/

    22,000

    To Printing and Stationery

    2,200

    To Electricity and Water

    950

    By Income from Film

    To Rent

    12,000

    Show proceeds 22,900

    21,340

    To Depreciation in Furniture and

    4,200

    Less: Expenses 1,560

    Fixtures

    To Depreciation on Equipments

    6,500

    To Surplus over Expenditure

    9,530

    1,74340

    1,74,340

    Additional Information

    Dec 31, 2007
    Rs

    Dec 31, 2008
    Rs

    Subscriptions Due

    240

    320

    Subscriptions Received in Advance

    128

    200

    Electricity and Water Bills Unpaid

    184

    230

    Stock of Medicines

    15,640

    19,500

    Estimated Value of Equipment

    23,200

    27,800

    Furniture and Fixtures (Cost less Depreciation)

    42,000

    37,800

    Land

    20,000

    Interest Accrued on Investment in 11%

    Debentures costing Rs 2,05,000
    (Face value Rs 1,00,000)

    7,500

    7,500

    Cash in Hand

    680

    320

    Cash at Bank

    18,000

    the income and expenditure account of chennai club for the year ended mar 31 2009 is 620278

    The Income and Expenditure Account of Chennai Club for the year ended Mar 31, 2009 is as follows:

    Dr. Cr.

    Expenditure

    Rs

    Income

    Rs

    To Salaries

    24,000

    By Subscriptions

    65,000

    To Rent

    6,000

    By Entrance Fees

    10,000

    To Printing and Stationery

    1,500

    By Contribution for Annual Dinner

    8,000

    To Traveling Expenses

    3,000

    By Profit on Annual Sports

    1,000

    To Annual Dinner Expenses

    7,000

    To Secretary”s Honorarium

    6,000

    To General Expenses

    3,000

    10 Interest and I3ank Charges

    900

    To Audit Fees

    1,000

    To Books cind Periodicals

    1,500

    -T-o-Berptei.ranun

    1,250

    To Excess of Income ovei Experidituie

    28/850

    84,000

    84,000

    The Income and Expenditure Account has been prepared after the following adjustments.

    Rs

    Subscriptions outstanding on Mar 31, 2008

    6,000

    Subscriptions received in advance on Mar 3, 2008

    4,500

    Subscription outstanding on Mar 3, 2009

    4,000

    Subscription received in advance on Mar 31, 2009

    7,000

    Salaries outstanding at the beginning of the year and at the end of the year were Rs 2,000 and Rs 1,500, respectively. Audit fees for the year has not been paid. Previous years audit fees Rs 750 was paid during the year. The clubs assets on Mar 31, 2008 were as follows: Freehold land Rs 50,000; sports equipments Rs 13,000. At the end of the year, after the depreciations the equipments amounted to Rs 13,500. Bank loan of Rs 5,000 as on Mar 31, 2008 was still due at the end of current year. On Mar 31, 2009, Cash at Bank amounted to Rs 34,850. You are required to prepare the Receipts and Payments Account for the year ended Mar 31, 2009 and the Balance Sheet on that date.

    prepare receipts and payments account for the year ended on mar 31 2009 and the bala 620279

    Following is the Income and Expenditure Account of Hyderabad Club for the year ended on Mar 31, 2009.

    Dr. Cr.

         

    Expenditure

    Rs

    Income

    Rs

    To Salaries

    31,590

    By Subscriptions

    90,000

    Tr) Stationpry

    7/con

    Ry Donation c

    1cfm0

    To Postage

    1,600

    By Sale of Furniture Profit

    2,000

    To Sundry Expenses

    9,400

    By Government Grant

    8,000

    To Repairs and Maintenance Expenses

    7,200

    By Interest on Fixed Deposit

    1,600

    To Sport Expenses

    3,600

     

     

    To Swimming Pool Expenses

    4,000

     

     

    To Affiliation Fee

    1,000

     

     

    To hlectricity

    6,59()

     

     

    To Billiards Room Expenses

    2,500

     

     

    To Periodicals

    2,400

     

     

    To Audit Fees

    SOO

     

     

    lo Depreciation on

    2,000

     

     

    To Sports Equipment Builc ing

    “5,000

     

     

    Furniture

    900

     

     

    To Surplus

    36,uou

     

     

     

    1,16,600

     

    1,16,600

    The above account is prepared after the adjustments from:

      

    Mar 31, 2008
    Rs

    Mar 31, 2009
    Rs

    Building

    2,00,000

    1,95,000

    Sports Ground

    2,00,000

    2,00,000

    Sports Equipment

      12,000

      18,000

    Furniture

      10,000

    Fixed Deposits

      16,000

      16,000

    Bank A/c – savings

      50,000

    Subscriptions Outstanding

      10,000

    4,000

    Subscriptions received in advance

    6,000

    2,000

    Stock of Stationery

    500

    1,000

    Audit Fee Outstanding

    400

    500

    Salaries Outstanding

    1,000

    2,000

    Affiliation fee paid in Advance

    500

    Cash on hand on Mar 31, 2008 was Rs 2,500. New Furniture of Rs 18,000 has been purchased on credit but not entered in books. Depreciate the furniture @ 5%.

    Prepare Receipts and Payments Account for the year ended on Mar 31, 2009 and the Balance Sheet on that date.

    the following is the receipts and payments account of a club for the year ended mar 620280

    The following is the Receipts and Payments Account of a club for the year ended Mar 31, 2009.

    Dr. Cr.

    Receipts

    Rs

    Payments

    Rs

    Cash in Hand 300

    Honorarium to Secretary and Treasurer

    9,600

    Balance as per

    Rents and Taxes

    2,520

    Bank Pass Book 16,460

    16,760

    Printing and Stationery

    940

    Subscriptions Receipts from Fees

    21,420
    4,800

    Other NAiscella neous Expenses Ground Man”s Wages

    3,060
    1,680

    Nei Proceeds from Variety

    8,540

    Expenditure on Fees

    4,780

    Entertainment

    Payments for Bar Purchases

    11,540

    Bank Interest Bar Takings

    460
    14,900

    Repairs
    Nevi,/Two Wheeler (less sale proceeds of old

    640
    25,200

    Cash Overspent

    40

    Rs 6,000)

    Balance as per Pass Book

    6,960

    66,920

    66,920

    Additional Information

    Apr 1, 2009
    Rs

    Mar 31, 2009
    Rs

    Subscriptions Due

    2,400

    1,960

    Unperfected Cheque being payment on printing

    180

    60

    Club Premises at cost

    58,000

    Depreciation on Club Premises

    37,600

    Two Wheeler at cost

    24,380

    Depreciation on Two Wheeler

    20,580

    Value of Bar Stock

    1,420

    1,740

    Amount due for Bar Purchases

    1,180

    860

    Cost overspent represents amount of honorarium to the treasurer not drawn due to shortage of funds. But the total salary payable to him for the year was already included in Rs 9,600.

    Depreciation is to be provided @ 5% p.a. on the written down value of the premises and @ 15% p.a. on two wheeler for the whole year.

    You are required to adjust Bank Balance according to Cash Book and prepare an Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended Mar 31, 2009 and the Balance Sheet on that date.

    information payments made to creditors for provisions rs 52 500 collection from cred 620282

    How will you deal with the following items while preparing the Restaurant Trading Account and Income and Expenditure Account of a club for the year ending on Mar 31, 2009.

    Apr 1, 2008
    Rs

    Mar 31, 2009
    Rs

    Stock of provisions

    1,500

    19,000

    Dues from members for provisions

    1,500

    2,000

    Creditors to provisions

    5,000

    2,500

    Creditors to Provisions

    Information: Payments made to creditors for provisions: Rs 52,500; Collection from credit members for Provisions Rs 44,500; cash sales being 10% of total sales. Cash purchases being 1/1 1 of the total purchases, wages, fund, etc. Rs 2,500.

    it was also found that subscriptions unpaid at mar 31 2009 amounted to rs 2 000 and 620283

    The following is summary of the cash book for the year ending Mar 31, 2009

    Dr. Cr.

    Receipts

    As

    Payments

    Rs

    Balance b/d

    9.480

    Wages – Outdoor Staff

    26,760

    Subscriptions

    59,440

    Restaurant Purchase

    1,00,800

    Entrance Fees

    6,400

    Rent – 18 months (July 30, 2009)

    15,000

    Restaurant Receipts

    1,13,600

    Rates

    5,400

    Games and Competition Receipts

    27,280

    Secretary”s Salary

    6,240

    Due to Secretary for Petty Expenses

    160

    Lighting

    14,400

    Composition Prizes

    8,000

    Printing and Postage, etc.

    12,000

    Fixed Deposit

    16,000

    Balance Cid

    11,760

    216,360

    2,16 360

    On Apr 1, 2008 the clubs assets were furniture Rs 96,000; restaurant stock Rs 5,200, stock of prizes Rs 1,600, Rs 10,400 was owing for supplies to the restaurant on Mar 31, 2009, the restaurant stock Rs 6,000, prizes in hand were Rs 1,000, while the club owed Rs 11,200 for restaurant supplies. It was also found that subscriptions unpaid at Mar 31, 2009 amounted to Rs 2,000, and that the figure of Rs 59,440 shown in the cash took included Rs 1,400, in respect of previous year and Rs 800 paid in advance for the following year.

    Prepare an account showing the profit or loss made on the restaurant and a General Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended Mar 31, 2009 together with a Balance Sheet as on that date, after writing 10% off the furniture.

    vasant sport and social clubs financial year on mar 31 the assets and liabilities of 620284

    Vasant sport and social clubs financial year on Mar 31. The assets and liabilities of the club at dates stated as follows:

    As on Mar 31, 2008
    Rs

    As on Mar 31, 2009
    Rs

    Equipment

    50,000

    56,000

    Subscription in Arrears

    4,000

    3,600

    Subscription in Advance

    2,600

    2,200

    Creditors for Bar Stocks

    7,000

    8,600

    Bar Stocks

    16,000

    12,000

    Electricity Owning

    2,010

    2,800

    Lottery Fund

    1,000

    Bank Balance

    14,460

    In the year to Mar 31, 2009 the cash receipts

    Subscriptions (including Rs 1,200 of arrears from previous year)

    42,000

    Bar Trading

    82,000

    Annual Dinner/Dance Sale of Tickets

    48,000

    Sale of Lottery Tickets

    3,600

    In the same period the following payments have been made

    Affiliation Fees (for four years)

    2,000

    Purchase of Equipment

    16,000

    Bar Stocks

    41,000

    Barman’s Wages

    15,000

    Catering (dinner/dance)

    28,800

    Hair of Baud

    6,000

    Lottery Prizes

    1,200

    Rent of Hall

    30,000

    Printing and Postage

    4,000

    Electricity

    11,620

    Honorary Secretary’s Expenses

    2,440

    Repairs to Equipment

    6,000

    Note: Subscription arrears of previous year written off Rs 800

    Prepare:

    (1) Bar Trading Account (2) Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending Mar 31, 2009 and (3) Balance Sheet as on that date.

    a member deposited subscription for 2009 direct into bank not passed through cash bo 620285

    Following is the summary of bank transactions of a club during the year 2008.

    Receipts and Payments Account

    Receipts

    Rs

    Payments

    Rs

    To Potty Cash in Hand

    300

    fly Pont

    1200

    To Balance ac per Pass Rook

    4000

    By Fntortainmpnt

    1.,600

    To Subscriptions

    5,000

    By Advertisement l 1

    400

    To Entertainment

    3,800

    (for 2007 Rs 100)

    To Legacy

    1,600

    By Capital Expenditure

    4,000

    To Donation for Books

    1,000

    By Upkeep of Grounds

    600

    To General Donation

    1,000

    By Bank Charges

    60

    By Salary

    3,000

    by Petty txpenses

    tbr)

    By Balance as per Pass Book

    5,540

    By Petty Cash in Hand

    140

    16,700

    16,700

    Additional Information

    Jan 1, 2008
    Rs

    Dec 31, 2008
    Rs

    Unperfected cheque, being payment for rent

    200

    100

    Interest on fixed deposit of Rs 20,000 not entered in the Pass Book

    1,200

    Entry in respect of bank charges was not passed through the cash book

    60

    A member deposited subscription for 2009, direct into bank, not passed through cash book

    40

    Cheque deposited for subscription but not yet cleared by the bank.

    1,600

    1,200

    You are required to prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending Dec 31, 2008 and Balance Sheet as on that date.

    an amusement club in a city prepared the following receipts and payment account for 620286

    An amusement club in a city prepared the following Receipts and Payment Account for the year ended on Dec 31, 2008 which showed a deficit of Rs 7,260:

    Rs

    Rs

    Receipts:

    Subscriptions

    31,065

    Fair Receipts

    3,600

    Variety Show Receipts

    6,405

    Interest

    345

    Bar Collections

    11,175

    Cash Spent more

    500

    53,090

    Payments:

    Premises

    15,000

    Honorarium to Secretary

    6,000

    Rent

    1,200

    Rates and Taxes

    1,890

    Printing and Stationery

    705

    Sundry Expenses

    2,675

    Wages

    1,260

    Fair Expenses

    3,585

    Bank Purchases and Payments

    8,655

    Repairs

    480

    New Moped (Less: Proceeds of old moped of Rs 4,500.00)

    18,900

    60,350

    Deficit

    7,260

    Jan 1, 2008
    Rs

    Dec 31, 2008
    Rs

    Cash in Hand

    225

    Bank Balance as per Pass book

    12,345

    5,220

    Cheque issued not presented for Sundry Expenses

    135

    45

    Subscriptions Due

    1,800

    1,470

    Premises at Cost

    43,500

    58,500

    Accumulated Depreciation on Premises

    28,200

    Moped at Cost

    18,285

    23,400

    Accumulated Depreciation Moped

    15,435

    Bar Stock

    1,065

    1,305

    Creditors for Bar Purchases

    885

    645

    1. Cash overspent represents honorarium to secretary not withdrawn due to cash deficit and his annual honorarium is Rs 6,000.
    2. Depreciations on premises and moped are to be provided at 5% and 20% on written down value.

    Prepare the correct Receipts and Payments A/c, Income and Expenditure A/c and Balance Sheet (for Dec 31, 2008).

    on dec 31 2008 subscription outstanding rs 60 subscription pre paid rs 20 stock of s 620287

    Following is the receipts and payments of a club prepared by an accounting aspirant.

    Receipts and Payments Account

    Dr. Cr.

    Receipts

    Rs

    Payments

    As

    To Balance b/d Its

    100

    By Expenses (including payment

    1,400

    To Annual Income from 1,020

    for sports material Its 600)

    Subscription

    By Loss on Sale of Furniture

    40

    Add: 0/s of last year 40

    (cost price Rs 1 00)

    Received this year 1,060

    By Balance C/d

    20,100

    Less:

    Pre-paid of last year 20

    1,040

    To Other Fees

    400

    To Donation for Building

    20,000

    21540

    21,540

    Additional Information

    Club had on Jan 1, 2008, furniture Rs 400, investments at 5% Rs 6,000, sports material Rs 1,480.

    On Dec 31, 2008, subscription outstanding Rs 60, subscription pre-paid Rs 20, stock of sports material Rs 400. Prepare the correct Receipts and Payments Account, Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet.

    subscriptions for 2008 still receivable were rs 700 interest due on savings certific 620290

    From the figures given below prepare an Income and Expenditure Account for 2008.

    Dr.

    Receipts

    Rs

    Payments

    Rs

    To Opening Balance

    200

    By Salaries

    4,800

    In Hand

    1,600

    At Bank

    To Subscriptions:

    By Rent

    500

    500
    8,300
    600

    9,400

    To Sale of Investments

    2000

    By Stationery and Postale

    200

    To Sale of Old Furniture (Book Value)

    300

    By Bicycle Purchase

    300

    By National Saying Certificate

    3,000

    By Help to Needy Students

    2,000

    By &lame

    in Hana 300

    AT bank 2400

    2700

    13,500

    13,500

    Subscriptions for 2008 still receivable were Rs 700 interest due on savings certificates Rs 100 and rent unpaid but due was Rs 60.

    given below is the receipts and payments account of the indian gymkhana for the year 620291

    Given below is the Receipts and Payments Account of the Indian Gymkhana for the year ended Dec 31, 2008.

    Receipts

    As

    Payments

    As

    To Donations

    501000

    By Buildings

    44,000

    To Reserve Fund

    4.000

    By Ot adran ular Match Fxpenses

    900

    To Quadrangular Match Fund

    10,000

    By Furniture

    2,100

    To Subscriptions

    3,200

    By Salaries

    1,800

    (including Rs 100 for 2009)

    By Cricket

    600

    To Lockers Rent

    100

    ByTennis

    540

    To Interest on Investment

    100

    By Insurance

    360

    To Cricket

    400

    (paid for period ending Seo 30, 2009)

    To Sundries

    co

    Ry Gardening

    170

    350

    By Printing

    180

    To Tennis

    To Billiards

    200

    By Telephone

    250

    By Investments

    14,000

    by tsaiance

    3,suu

    68,400

    68,400

    Subscriptions outstanding for 2008: Rs 300; salaries outstanding for Dec 2008: Rs 200.

    Prepare an Income and Expenditure for the period and the Balance Sheet as on Dec 31, 2008.

    the following are the items of receipts and payment of the bengal club as sum marrie 620292

    The following are the items of Receipts and Payment of the Bengal Club as sum married from the books of account maintained by the secretary.

    Dr.

    Receipts

    Rs

    Payments

    Rs

    Opening Balance clan 1,2008)

    4,200

    Manager”s Salary

    1,000

    Entrance Fees (2007)

    1,000

    Printing and Stationery

    2,600

    Entrance Fees (2008)

    10,000

    Advertising

    1800

    Subscriptions (2007)

    600

    Fire Insurance

    1,200

    Subscriptions (2008)

    15,000

    Investments Purchased

    20,000

    Interest Received on Investments

    3,000

    Closing Balance Dec 31, 2008

    7,600

    Subscriptions (2009)

    400

    34,200

    34,200

    It was ascertained from enquiry that the following represented a fair picture of Income and Expenditure of the club for the year 2008 for audit purpose.

    Expenditure

    Rs

    income

    its

    Manager”s Salary

    1,500

    Entrance Fees

    10,500

    Printing and Stationery

    Subscription

    15,600

    2,000

    Add:Accrued 400

    2,400

    Advertising

    1,600

    Interest on Investments

    4,000

    Audit Fees

    500

    Fire Insurance

    1,000

    Depreciation

    4,440

    Excess of Income over Expenditure

    18,160

    30,100

    30,100

    Value of fixed assets as on Dec 31, 2007 were building Rs 44,000; cricket equipments Rs 25,000 and furniture Rs 4,000. The rates of depreciation are on building 5%, cricket equipments 10% and furniture 6%. You are required to prepare the Balance Sheets of the club as on Dec 31, 2007 and Dec 31, 2008.

    from the following receipts and payments account of bangalore club prepare income an 620295

    From the following Receipts and Payments Account of Bangalore Club, prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended Dec 31, 2008 and its Balance Sheet on that date.

    Receipts

    Rs

    Payments

    Rs

    Cash in Hand

    8,000

    Salary

    4,000

    Cash at Bank

    20,000

    Repair Expenses

    1,000

    Donations

    10,000

    Purchase of Furniture

    12,000

    Subscriptions

    24,000

    Miscellaneous Expenses

    1,000

    Entrance Fees

    2.000

    Purchase of Investments

    12.000

    Interest on Investments

    200

    Insurance Premium

    400

    Interest Received from Bank

    800

    Billiard Table

    16,000

    Sale of Old Newspaper

    300

    Paper, etc.

    300

    Sale of Drama Tickets

    2,100

    Drama Expenses

    1,000

    Cash in Hand (closing)

    5,300

    Cash at Bank (closing)

    14,400

    67,400

    67,400

    Information

    1. Subscriptions in arrears for 2008 Rs 1,800 and subscription in advance for 2009 Rs 700.
    2. Insurance premium outstanding Rs 80.
    3. Miscellaneous expenses pre-paid Rs 180.
    4. 50% of Donation is to be capitals.
    5. Entrance Fees are to be treated as revenue income.
    6. 8% interest has accrued on investment for five months.
    7. Billiard Table costing Rs 60,000 was purchased during last year and Rs 44,000 were paid for it.

    prepare all necessary journal entries for 2014 for 1 rho jean inc and 2 debbie inc 619866

    Presented below are two independent situations.

    1. Rho Jean Inc. acquired 5% of the 400,000 shares of common stock of Stillwater Corp. at a total cost of $6 per share on May 18, 2014. On August 30, Stillwater declared and paid a $75,000 dividend. On December 31, Stillwater reported net income of $244,000 for the year.
    2. Debbie, Inc. obtained significant influence over North Sails by buying 40% of North Sails’ 60,000 outstanding shares of common stock at a cost of $12 per share on January 1, 2014. On April 15, North Sails declared and paid a cash dividend of $45,000. On December 31, North Sails reported net income of $120,000 for the year.

    Prepare all necessary journal entries for 2014 for (1) Rho Jean Inc. and (2) Debbie, Inc.

    Presume that the investor has relatively little influence over the investee when an investor owns less than 20% of the common stock of another corporation. In this case, net income earned by the investee is not considered a proper basis for recognizing income from the investment by the investor.

    Presume significant influence for investments of 20%–50%. Therefore, record the investor”s share of the net income of the investee.

    prepare the adjusting entry at december 31 to report the securities at fair value 619869

    In its first year of operations, DeMarco Company had the following selected transactions in stock investments that are considered trading securities.

    June 1Purchased for cash 600 shares of Sanburg common stock at $24 per share.

    July 1Purchased for cash 800 shares of Cey Corporation common stock at $33 per share.

    Sept. 1Received a $1 per share cash dividend from Cey Corporation.

    Nov. 1Sold 200 shares of Sanburg common stock for cash at $27 per share.

    Dec. 15Received a $0.50 per share cash dividend on Sanburg common stock.

    At December 31, the fair values per share were Sanburg $25 and Cey $30.

    Instructions

    (a)Journalize the transactions.

    (b)Prepare the adjusting entry at December 31 to report the securities at fair value.

    suppose that you have a risky asset that provides you with an expected return of 12 620185

    Suppose that you have a risky asset that provides you with an expected return of 12% per year with 20% volatility (standard deviation). Consider a risk-free asset that provides you with a 3% risk-free return.

    1. If you have $100,000 and invest 80% into the risky asset and 20% into the risk-free asset, what is the expected return and risk of your portfolio?
    2. How much will your portfolio be worth if the realized return on the risky asset is 15%?
    3. If you cannot borrow money, what is the maximum possible expected return on your portfolio, and what is the minimum?
    4. If you are allowed to borrow money at the risk-free rate, how can you get a portfolio with an 18% expected return and what is the risk of this portfolio?

    if we run the regression over all the stocks i e if the regression is run successive 620194

    In practice, to estimate an asset”s alpha and beta, the following linear regression is usually estimated:

    rj – rft = aj + ßj(rmt – rft)+ ?j

    where rj is the asset return, rft the risk-free rate, and rmt the market return.

    1. If the CAPM accurately describes the data one is using, should the estimated alpha be zero?
    2. If the estimated alpha is statistically different from zero, is the CAPM true or not?
    3. If the asset return is that of a mutual fund, and if the alpha is positive, does it mean that the mutual fund beat the market (i.e., outperformed the market)?
    4. If we run the regression over all the stocks (i.e., if the regression is run successively for each of the available stocks), what can we say about the average alpha, beta, and idiosyncratic risk?

    if the new stock in part d has a price of 201 today is there an arbitrage opportunit 620203

    Consider an economy with two stocks. Stock A has a price of $50 today, and will be either $60 or $40 next year, and stock B, with a price of $40, will be either $52 or $28 next year.

    1. In terms of the finite state economy in Section 16.1, what are the number of assets and states, and what is the payoff matrix?
    2. With $100 to invest, how do you purchase the equal-weighted portfolio?
    3. Suppose that there is an 80% chance for the first state (up state) to obtain. What is the expected return and risk of the equal-weighted portfolio?
    4. Suppose there is in addition a risk-free asset that pays you $105 for sure for a $100 investment. How does that alter your answer to part a?
    5. Suppose that there is a new stock available that will pay you $250 or $150 next year. Is this stock redundant and if so, why?
    6. If the new stock in part d has a price of $201 today, is there an arbitrage opportunity and if so why?

    assume a finite state economy with three assets whose payoff matrix is given by 620204

    Assume a finite state economy with three assets whose payoff matrix is given by

    X =

    $30

    $20

    $10

    $20

    $15

    $0

    1. What are the payoffs of the third asset?
    2. Is the third asset redundant and why?
    3. Is the second asset redundant and why?
    4. Is the market complete?
    5. Suppose the prices of the three assets are $25, $17, and $8. Does the Law of One Price hold in this market?
    6. What should be the price of a new asset that provides payoffs of $20 or nothing in the two states?

    what are the risk neutral probabilities 620207

    Assume a finite state economy with three assets whose payoff matrix is given by

    $110

    $100

    $48

    X =

    $110

    $50

    $40

    $110

    $40

    $36

    1. Is there a risk-free asset in the market?
    2. Suppose that asset prices are $100, $70, and $40. Is there an arbitrage opportunity in the market?
    3. Suppose there is an asset that hedges the downside risk with $10 payoff in the third (down) state and nothing in other two states. What should the price of this asset be?
    4. What are the risk-neutral probabilities?
    5. Using the risk-neutral valuation approach, recalculate the asset that hedges the downside risk with a $10 payoff in the third (down) state and nothing in other two states.

    if the firm s value reaches the high expectation of 90 million it would pay creditor 620211

    Suppose that today a firm”s value is $80 million and it is expected to be either $85 million or $90 million one year from now, depending on actual sales of new products that the firm has developed. Now a firm”s mangers have decided to issue a one-year debt obligation wherein the payment to the debt holders is as follows:

    1. If the firm”s value one year from now is $85 million (the lower expected firm value), investors would receive $84 million.
    2. If the firm”s value reaches the high expectation of $90 million, it would pay creditors $88 million.
    3. Assuming that the one-year risk-free rate is 10%, calculate the risk-neutral probability for this debt obligation.
    4. Create a table to illustrate the debt and equity facing the firm in time 2 (i.e., one year from now).

    a zero coupon bond promising to repay the principal of 1 at time 4 is available in t 620212

    A zero-coupon bond promising to repay the principal of $1 at time 4 is available in the market. Today (time 1), the risk-free interest rate between time 1 and time 2 (denoted by r12) is constant at 0.02. However, the interest rates r23 and r34 are only known probabilistically at time 1. The interest rates and probabilities are as follows:

    INTEREST RATES AND PROBABILITIES

    r12

    R23

    R34

    Risk- neutral Probability for each state

    0.07

    0.09

    0.6000

    0.02

    0.03

    0.06

    0.2000

    0

    0.04

    0.2000

    calculate the future and future prices 620223

    In an arbitrage-free market, there are two time intervals and random interest rates between time 2 and time 3. Assume that an asset would pay no dividends during these two intervals. Each row of the following table shows a possible evolution of asset prices from time 1 to time 3.

    EVOLUTION OF ASSET PRICES

    Time 1

    Time 2

    Time 3

    $5

    $6

    $8

    $5

    $6

    $5

    $5

    $3

    $5

    $5

    $3

    $3

    The interest rate between time 1 and time 2 is 10%; the interest rate for the first two situations between time 2 and time 3 is 12%, and 8% for the last two situations.

    1. Calculate all the risk-neutral probabilities between time interval 1 and 2 as well as time interval 2 and 3.
    2. Calculate the future and future prices.

    if the expected stock return is 20 what is the true probability that the call option 620231

    Consider the valuation of a European call on stock XYZ with a strike price of $110 and a term to maturity of three months. Assume the stock price is $100 today and it has a lognormal distribution with volatility of 40% over the life of the option. In addition, the continuously compounded risk-free rate is 2% per year. Using the Black-Scholes formula, answer the questions below.

    1. What is the theoretical value of the call?
    2. If the stock will pay a $4 dividend next month, what should the theoretical call price be?
    3. What is the risk-neutral probability that you will exercise the option at maturity?
    4. If the expected stock return is 20%, what is the true probability that the call option will be exercised prior to maturity?

    from the following extract of receipts and payments account and the additional infor 620249

    From the following extract of Receipts and Payments Account and the Additional Information, prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending on Dec 31, 2008 and the Balance Sheet on that date.

    Extract of Receipts and Payments Account for the Year Ending on Dec 31, 2008

    Receipts

    Payments

    Subcriptions

    2007:Rs.10,000

    2008:Rs.95,000

    2009:Rs.7,500

    Additional Information

    Subscription outstanding as on Dec 31, 2007: Rs 11,000

    Subscription received in advance as on Dec 31, 2007: Rs 5,400

    There are 1,000 memberships each paying an annual subscription of Rs 100.

    compute the amount of stationery to be shown in the income and expenditure account f 620259

    Compute the amount of stationery to be shown in the Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending at Dec 31, 2008.

    Rs

    Stock of Stationery as on Jan 1, 2008

    4,500

    Unpaid during the year ending

    500

    Unpaid during the year ending on Dec 31, 2008

    1,700

    Pre-paid during the year ending on Dec 31, 2007

    1,000

    Pre-paid during the year ending on Dec 31, 2008

    1,300

    Payments to stationery during the year 2008

    20,550

    from the following particulars prepare the income and expenditure account for the ye 620262

    From the following particulars prepare the Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending at Dec 31, 2008.

    Rs

    Subscriptions received during the year

    9,000

    Subscriptions outstanding at Dec 31, 2008

    1,700

    Subscriptions received in advance at Dec 31, 2008

    200

    Life membership fees

    2,500

    Donations received

    3,000

    Interest received

    250

    Printing, postage and stationery

    750

    Office Expenses

    1,200

    Investments purchased

    4,000

    Outstanding office expenses at Dec 31, 2008

    600

    prepare receipts and payments account of leo club delhi for the year ending on dec 3 620263

    Prepare Receipts and Payments Account of Leo Club, Delhi for the year ending on Dec 31, 2008.

    Rs

    Cash at Jan 1, 2008

    3,275

    Subscriptions received (including Rs 200 for the year 2007 and Rs 250 for the year 2009)

    9,725

    Salaries

    1,000

    Life Membership subscription

    500

    Newspapers purchased

    300

    Books purchased

    1,000

    Donations received

    2,000

    Taxes Paid

    250

    Sale of Old Newspaper

    50

    Sale of Old Sports Materials

    100

    10% Tournament Fund Investments
    (invested on Sep 30, 2008)

    5,000

    Subscription for Tournament Received
    (on Sep 30, 2008)

    5,000

    Tournament Expenses

    700

    Sale of Old Machine

    Sports Materials purchased

    1,000

    Interest on Tournament Fund Investment

    125

    Printing and Stationery

    200

    Furniture

    500

    prepare income and expenditure account for the year ending on dec 31 2008 620264

    Prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending on Dec 31, 2008

    Rs

    Subscriptions received (including Rs 5,000 for 2007 and Rs 4,000 for 2009)

    65,000

    Sports Equipment purchased

    20,000

    Printing and Stationery

    3,200

    Salary paid (including Rs 100 for 2007)

    12,000

    Donations received

    5,000

    Rent Paid

    6,000

    Salary outstanding for 2008

    700

    Tournament Expenses

    2,300

    Entrance Fees (60% to be capitalised)

    8,000

    Entertainment Expenses

    1,800

    Subscriptions due but not received for 2008

    7,500

    summary of cash book prepare income and expenditure account 620265

    Summary of Cash Book: Prepare Income and Expenditure Account

    Receipts

    Rs

    Payments

    Rs

    To Balance

    By Salaries

    2,000

    Cash at Bank: Rs 3,000

    By Rent

    600

    Cash at Hand: Rs 500

    3,500

    By Stationery

    1,400

    To subscriptions (including)

    19,500

    By Postage

    250

    Rs 400 for 2007)

    By Scooter

    17,000

    To Interest on Bank I.D.

    200

    By Fixed Deposit

    4,000

    To Sale of Old Scooter

    3,800

    By Balance

    1,500

    Cash at Bank

    250

    Cash in Hand

    27,000

    27,000

    Subscriptions due for the year are Rs 1,500 and received in advance for year 2009 are Rs 700. The written down value of scooter sold Rs 4,000. Depreciate the value of scooter @ 10%.

    from the following particulars you are required to prepare income and expenditure ac 620266

    From the following particulars you are required to prepare Income and Expenditure Account of Kolkata Golf Club for the year ending on Dec 31, 2008 and the Balance Sheet as on Dec 31, 2008.

    Rs

    Subscriptions received for 2008

    21,000

    Entrance fees received for 2008

    1,500

    Subscriptions for 2007, estimated Rs 300 has been realised

    560

    Subscriptions and entrances fees received for 2009

    3,100

    Subscriptions for 2008 due Rs 4,000 but to be taken at

    2,000

    Locker Rent received for 2008

    3,200

    Green fees received for 2008

    1,000

    Expenses for 2008 paid

    6,000

    Expenses unpaid

    460

    Liabilities for 2007 paid (estimated at Rs 1,400)

    1,200

    Audit fees for 2008 not paid

    400

    Profit on service account (met)

    4,600

    Interest on loan paid

    640

    Loan Taken

    8,000

    Balance of Capital Expenditure

    50,000

    Capital Expenditure written of

    2,400

    Surplus for 2007

    4,240

    Capital Expenditure in 2008

    600

    Cash in Hand

    5,000

    from the following receipts and payments account of stars cricket club prepare incom 620267

    From the following Receipts and Payments Account of Stars Cricket Club, prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending Dec 31, 2008 and the Balance Sheet as on that date.

    Receipts

    Rs

    Payments

    Rs

    Balance b/d

    5,700

    Salaries

    8,500

    Subscription

    Printing

    4,900

    2007

    500

    Purchase of Investments

    16,000

    2008

    17,900

    Expenditure on Refreshment

    8,400

    2009

    1,100

    19,500

    Payment of Expenses of the last year

    680

    Donations for Cricket Club

    12,000

    Additions of Club Building

    8,000

    Sale of Furniture

    600

    Cost of Gold Medal

    350

    Interest on Investments

    2,400

    balance c/d

    4,570

    Sale of Refreshments

    11,200

    51,400

    51,400

    In addition to the above, the following further details are available from the accounts of the club:

    1. The assets on Jan 1, 2008 include club building Rs 30,000; investments Rs 12,000; furniture Rs 4,000. The literalities on Jan 1, 2008 include an account styled Cricket Prizes Fund Account Rs 10,000.
    2. Of interest on investments, Rs 300 pertains to last year and Rs 640 is still owing.
    3. Stock of refreshments at the end of the year was valued at Rs 110.
    4. The Cricket Prize Fund was not separately invested. It was decided to set apart every year Rs 400 from the interest income of the club to be utilised for the purpose of awarding a gold medal to the best cricketer of the year.

    would the total bond interest expense be greater than the same as or less than the t 619843

    On July 1, 2014, Ashlock Chemical Company issued $4,000,000, 10%, 10 year bonds at $4,543,627. This price resulted in an 8% effective-interest rate on the bonds. Ash-lock uses the effective-interest method to amortize bond premium or discount. The bonds pay semiannual interest on each July 1 and January 1.

    Instructions

    (Round all computations to the nearest dollar.)

    (a)Prepare the journal entries to record the following transactions.

    (1)The issuance of the bonds on July 1, 2014.

    (2)The accrual of interest and the amortization of the premium on December 31, 2014.

    (3)The payment of interest and the amortization of the premium on July 1, 2015, assuming no accrual of interest on June 30.

    (4)The accrual of interest and the amortization of the premium on December 31, 2015.

    (b)Show the proper balance sheet presentation for the liability for bonds payable on the December 31, 2015, balance sheet.

    (c)Provide the answers to the following questions in letter form.

    (1)What amount of interest expense is reported for 2015?

    (2)Would the bond interest expense reported in 2015 be the same as, greater than, or less than the amount that would be reported if the straight-line method of amortization were used?

    (3)Determine the total cost of borrowing over the life of the bond.

    (4)Would the total bond interest expense be greater than, the same as, or less than the total interest expense if the straight-line method of amortization were used?

    quigley corporation s trial balance at december 31 2014 is presented below all 2014 619847

    Quigley Corporation”s trial balance at December 31, 2014, is presented below. All 2014 transactions have been recorded except for the items described below.

    Cash

    Accounts Receivable

    Inventory Land

    Buildings Equipment

    Debit

    Credit

    $ 23,000 51,000 22,700 65,000 95,000 40,000

    Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

    $ 450

    Accumulated Depreciation—Buildings

    30,000

    Accumulated Depreciation—Equipment

    14,400

    Accounts Payable

    19,300

    Interest Payable

    -0-

    Dividends Payable

    -0-

    Unearned Rent Revenue

    8,000

    Bonds Payable (10%)

    50,000

    Common Stock ($10 par)

    30,000

    Paid-in Capital in Excess of Par—Common Stock

    6,000

    Preferred Stock ($20 par)

    -0-

    Paid-in Capital in Excess of Par—Preferred Stock

    -0-

    Retained Earnings

    75,050

    Treasury Stock

    -0-

    Cash Dividends

    -0-

    Sales Revenue

    570,000

    Rent Revenue

    -0-

    Bad Debt Expense

    -0-

    Interest Expense

    2,500

    Cost of Goods Sold

    400,000

    Depreciation Expense

    -0-

    Other Operating Expenses

    39,000

    Salaries and Wages Expense

    65,000

    Total

    $803,200

    $803,200

    Unrecorded transactions

    1. On January 1, 2014, Quigley issued 1,000 shares of $20 par, 6% preferred stock for $22,000.
    2. On January 1, 2014, Quigley also issued 1,000 shares of common stock for $23,000.
    3. Quigley reacquired 300 shares of its common stock on July 1, 2014, for $49 per share.
    4. On December 31, 2014, Quigley declared the annual preferred stock dividend and a $1.50 per share dividend on the outstanding common stock, all payable on January 15, 2015.
    5. Quigley estimates that un collectible accounts receivable at year-end is $5,100.
    6. The building is being depreciated using the straight-line method over 30 years. The salvage value is $5,000.
    7. The equipment is being depreciated using the straight-line method over 10 years. The salvage value is $4,000.
    8. The unearned rent was collected on October 1, 2014. It was receipt of 4 months’ rent in advance (October 1, 2014 through January 31, 2015).
    9. The 10% bonds payable pay interest every January 1 and July 1. The interest for the 6 months ended December 31, 2014, has not been paid or recorded.

    Instructions

    (Ignore income taxes.)

    (a)Prepare journal entries for the transactions listed above.

    (b)Prepare an updated December 31, 2014, trial balance, reflecting the unrecorded transactions.

    (c)Prepare a multiple-step income statement for the year ending December 31, 2014.

    (d)Prepare a retained earnings statement for the year ending December 31, 2014.

    (e)Prepare a classified balance sheet as of December 31, 2014.

    what is the carrying value of the outstanding glover corporation 5 year bonds on jan 619852

    On January 1, 2012, Glover Corporation issued $2,400,000 of 5-year, 8% bonds at 95. The bonds pay interest semiannually on July 1 and January 1. By January 1, 2014, the market rate of interest for bonds of risk similar to those of Glover Corporation had risen. As a result, the market value of these bonds was $2,000,000 on January 1, 2014—below their carrying value. Joanna Glover, president of the company, suggests repurchasing all of these bonds in the open market at the $2,000,000 price. To do so, the company will have to issue $2,000,000 (face value) of new 10-year, 11% bonds at par. The president asks you, as controller, “What is the feasibility of my proposed repurchase plan?”

    Instructions

    With the class divided into groups, answer the following.

    (a)What is the carrying value of the outstanding Glover Corporation 5-year bonds on January 1, 2014? (Assume straight-line amortization.)

    (b)Prepare the journal entry to redeem the 5-year bonds on January 1, 2014. Prepare the journal entry to issue the new 10-year bonds.

    (c)Prepare a short memo to the president in response to her request for advice. List the economic factors that you believe should be considered for her repurchase proposal.

    compute the allocation of the cash dividend to preferred and common stock 619739

    The ledger of Giffin Corporation at December 31, 2014, after the books have been closed, contains the following stockholders’ equity accounts.

    Preferred Stock (10,000 shares issued)

    $1,000,000

    Common Stock (400,000 shares issued)

    2,000,000

    Paid-in Capital in Excess of Par—Preferred Stock

    200,000

    Paid-in Capital in Excess of Stated Value—Common Stock

    1,180,000

    Common Stock Dividends Distributable

    200,000

    Retained Earnings

    2,560,000

    A review of the accounting records reveals the following.

    1. No errors have been made in recording 2014 transactions or in preparing the closing entry for net income.
    2. Preferred stock is 6%, $100 par value, noncumulative, and callable at $125. Since January 1, 2013, 10,000 shares have been outstanding; 20,000 shares are authorized.
    3. Common stock is no-par with a stated value of $5 per share; 600,000 shares are authorized.
    4. The January 1 balance in Retained Earnings was $2,450,000.
    5. On October 1, 100,000 shares of common stock were sold for cash at $8 per share.
    6. A cash dividend of $500,000 was declared and properly allocated to preferred and common stock on November 1. No dividends were paid to preferred stockholders in 2013.
    7. On December 31, a 10% common stock dividend was declared out of retained earnings on common stock when the market price per share was $9.
    8. Net income for the year was $970,000.
    9. On December 31, 2014, the directors authorized disclosure of a $100,000 restriction of retained earnings for plant expansion. (Use Note A.)

    Instructions

    (a)Reproduce the Retained Earnings account (T-account) for 2014.

    (b)Prepare a retained earnings statement for 2014.

    (c)Prepare a stockholders’ equity section at December 31, 2014.

    (d)Compute the allocation of the cash dividend to preferred and common stock.

    prepare the stockholders rsquo equity section of the balance sheet at a march 31 b j 619740

    On January 1, 2014, Dingler Corporation had the following stockholders’ equity accounts.

    Common Stock (no-par value, 100,000 shares issued and outstanding)

    $2,800,000

    Retained Earnings

    1,000,000

    During the year, the following transactions occurred.

    1

    Declared a $1 cash dividend per share to stockholders of record on February 15, payable March 1.

    1

    Paid the dividend declared in February.

    1

    Announced a 4-for-1 stock split. Prior to the split, the market price per share was $36.

    July

    1

    Declared a 5% stock dividend to stockholders of record on July 15, distributable July 31. On July 1, the market price of the stock was $13 per share.

    31

    Issued the shares for the stock dividend.

    1

    Declared a $0.50 per share dividend to stockholders of record on December 15, payable January 5, 2015.

    31

    Determined that net income for the year was $700,000.

    Instructions

    Prepare the stockholders’ equity section of the balance sheet at (a) March 31, (b) June 30, (c) September 30, and (d) December 31, 2014.

    prepare the stockholders rsquo equity section of the balance sheet at december 31 20 619741

    On January 1, 2014, Hammond Inc. had the following shareholders’ equity balances.

    Common Stock, no-par value (1,000,000 shares issued)

    $3,000,000

    Common Stock Dividends Distributable

    400,000

    Retained Earnings

    1,200,000

    During 2014, the following transactions and events occurred.

    1. Issued 100,000 shares of common stock as a result of a 10% stock dividend declared on December 15, 2013.
    2. Issued 60,000 shares of common stock for cash at $5 per share.
    3. Corrected an error that had understated the net income for 2012 by $140,000.
    4. Declared and paid a cash dividend of $300,000.
    5. Earned net income of $600,000.

    Instructions

    Prepare the stockholders’ equity section of the balance sheet at December 31, 2014.

    discuss the reasons why a company might decide to issue a stock dividend rather than 619747

    The stockholders’ equity accounts of Gonzalez, Inc., at January 1, 2014, are as follows.

    Preferred Stock, no par, 4,000 shares issued

    $400,000

    Common Stock, no par, 140,000 shares issued

    700,000

    Retained Earnings

    550,000

    During 2014, the company had the following transactions and events.

    July

    1

    Declared a $0.50 cash dividend per share on common stock.

    1

    Discovered a $72,000 overstatement of 2013 depreciation expense. (Ignore income taxes.)

    1

    Paid the cash dividend declared on July 1.

    1

    Declared a 10% stock dividend on common stock when the market price of the stock was $12 per share.

    15

    Declared a $6 per share cash dividend on preferred stock, payable January 31, 2015.

    31

    Determined that net income for the year was $320,000.

    Instructions

    With the class divided into groups, answer the following questions.

    (a)Prepare a retained earnings statement for the year. There are no preferred dividends in arrears.

    (b)Discuss why the overstatement of 2013 depreciation expense is not treated as an adjustment of the current year”s income.

    (c)Discuss the reasons why a company might decide to issue a stock dividend rather than a cash dividend.

    is there anything unethical about lowery s intentions or actions 619749

    Molina Corporation has paid 60 consecutive quarterly cash dividends (15 years). The last 6 months, however, have been a cash drain on the company, as profit margins have been greatly narrowed by increasing competition. With a cash balance sufficient to meet only day-to-day operating needs, the president, Rob Lowery, has decided that a stock dividend instead of a cash dividend should be declared. He tells Molina”s financial vice president, Debbie Oler, to issue a press release stating that the company is extending its consecutive dividend record with the issuance of a 5% stock dividend. “Write the press release convincing the stockholders that the stock dividend is just as good as a cash dividend,” he orders. “Just watch our stock rise when we announce the stock dividend. It must be a good thing if that happens.”

    Instructions

    (a)Who are the stakeholders in this situation?

    (b)Is there anything unethical about Lowery”s intentions or actions?

    (c)What is the effect of a stock dividend on a corporation”s stockholders’ equity accounts? Which would you rather receive as a stockholder—a cash dividend or a stock dividend? Why?

    indicate the current and noncurrent amounts for the mortgage payable at december 31 619763

    Snyder Software Inc. has successfully developed a new spreadsheet program. To produce and market the program, the company needed $2 million of additional financing. On January 1, 2014, Snyder borrowed money as follows.

    1. Snyder issued $500,000, 11%, 10-year convertible bonds. The bonds sold at face value and pay semiannual interest on January 1 and July 1. Each $1,000 bond is convertible into 30 shares of Snyder”s $20 par value common stock.
    2. Snyder issued $1 million, 10%, 10-year bonds at face value. Interest is payable semiannually on January 1 and July 1.
    3. Snyder also issued a $500,000, 12%, 15-year mortgage payable. The terms provide for semiannual installment payments of $36,324 on June 30 and December 31.

    Instructions

    1. For the convertible bonds, prepare journal entries for:

    (a)The issuance of the bonds on January 1, 2014.

    (b)Interest expense on July 1 and December 31, 2014.

    (c)The payment of interest on January 1, 2015.

    (d)The conversion of all bonds into common stock on January 1, 2015, when the market price of the common stock was $67 per share.

    1. For the 10-year, 10% bonds:

    (a)Journalize the issuance of the bonds on January 1, 2014.

    (b)Prepare the journal entries for interest expense in 2014. Assume no accrual of interest on June 30.

    (c)Prepare the entry for the redemption of the bonds at 101 on January 1, 2017, after paying the interest due on this date.

    1. For the mortgage payable:

    (a)Prepare the entry for the issuance of the note on January 1, 2014.

    (b)Prepare a payment schedule for the first four installment payments.

    (c)Indicate the current and noncurrent amounts for the mortgage payable at December 31, 2014.

    lease a does not contain a bargain purchase option but the lease term is equal to 90 619774

    Lease A does not contain a bargain purchase option, but the lease term is equal to 90% of the estimated economic life of the leased property. Lease B does not transfer ownership of the property to the lessee by the end of the lease term, but the lease term is equal to 75% of the estimated economic life of the leased property. How should the lessee classify these leases?

    Lease A

    Lease B

    (a)Operating lease

    Capital lease

    (b)Operating lease

    Operating lease

    (c)Capital lease

    Operating lease

    (d)Capital lease

    Capital lease

    moby inc is considering two alternatives to finance its construction of a new 2 mill 619793

    Moby Inc. is considering two alternatives to finance its construction of a new $2 million plant.

    (a)Issuance of 200,000 shares of common stock at the market price of $10 per share.

    (b)Issuance of $2 million, 8% bonds at face value.

    Complete the following table, and indicate which alternative is preferable.

    Issue Stock

    Issue Bond

    Income before interest and taxes

    $700,000

    $700,000

    Interest expense from bonds

    Income before income taxes

    Income tax expense (30%)

    $

    $

    Outstanding shares

    500,000

    Earnings per share

    prepare the journal entry to record the payment of interest and the discount amortiz 619802

    Presented below is the partial bond discount amortization schedule for Ferree Corp. Ferree uses the effective-interest method of amortization.

    Semiannual

    Interest Periods

    Interest to

    Be Paid

    Interest

    Expense to

    Be Recorded

    Discount

    Amortization

    Unamortized Discount

    Bond

    Carrying

    Value

    Issue date

    $62,311

    $937,689

    1

    $45,000

    $46,884

    $1,884

    60,427

    939,573

    2

    45,000

    46,979

    1,979

    58,448

    941,552

    (a)Prepare the journal entry to record the payment of interest and the discount amortization at the end of period 1.

    (b)Explain why interest expense is greater than interest paid.

    (c)Explain why interest expense will increase each period.

    identify each statement as true or false if false indicate how to correct the statem 619810

    Nick Bosch has prepared the following list of statements about bonds.

    1. Bonds are a form of interest-bearing notes payable.
    2. When seeking long-term financing, an advantage of issuing bonds over issuing common stock is that stockholder control is not affected.
    3. When seeking long-term financing, an advantage of issuing common stock over issuing bonds is that tax savings result.
    4. Secured bonds have specific assets of the issuer pledged as collateral for the bonds.
    5. Secured bonds are also known as debenture bonds.
    6. Bonds that mature in installments are called term bonds.
    7. A conversion feature may be added to bonds to make them more attractive to bond buyers.
    8. The rate used to determine the amount of cash interest the borrower pays is called the stated rate.
    9. Bond prices are usually quoted as a percentage of the face value of the bond.
    10. The present value of a bond is the value at which it should sell in the marketplace.

    Instructions

    Identify each statement as true or false. If false, indicate how to correct the statement.

    compute the december 31 2014 balance in stockholders rsquo equity 619823

    Hatfield Corporation reports the following amounts in its 2014 financial statements:

    At December 31, 2014

    For the Year 2014

    Total assets

    $1,000,000

    Total liabilities

    580,000

    Total stockholders” equity

    ?

    Interest expense

    $ 20,000

    Income tax expense

    100,000

    Net income

    150,000

    Instructions

    (a)Compute the December 31, 2014, balance in stockholders’ equity.

    (b)Compute the debt to assets ratio at December 31, 2014.

    (c)Compute times interest earned for 2014.

    prepare the journal entry to record payment of interest on november 1 2015 619829

    On May 1, 2014, Herron Corp. issued $600,000, 9%, 5-year bonds at face value. The bonds were dated May 1, 2014, and pay interest semiannually on May 1 and November 1. Financial statements are prepared annually on December 31.

    Instructions

    (a)Prepare the journal entry to record the issuance of the bonds.

    (b)Prepare the adjusting entry to record the accrual of interest on December 31, 2014.

    (c)Show the balance sheet presentation on December 31, 2014.

    (d)Prepare the journal entry to record payment of interest on May 1, 2015, assuming no accrual of interest from January 1, 2015, to May 1, 2015.

    (e)Prepare the journal entry to record payment of interest on November 1, 2015.

    (f)Assume that on November 1, 2015, Herron calls the bonds at 102. Record the redemption of the bonds.

    how should the lease transaction for judson delivery be recorded on january 1 2014 619832

    Presented below are three different lease transactions that occurred for Ruggiero Inc. in 2014. Assume that all lease contracts start on January 1, 2014. In no case does Ruggiero receive title to the properties leased during or at the end of the lease term.

    Lessor

    Judson Delivery

    Hester Co.

    Gunselman Auto

    Type of property

    Computer

    Delivery equipment

    Automobile

    Yearly rent”

    $ 5,000

    $ 4,200

    $ 3,700

    Lease term

    6 years

    4 years

    2 years

    Estimated economic life

    7 years

    7 years

    5 years

    Fair value of lease asset

    $27,500

    $19,000

    $11,000

    Present value of the lease rental payments

    $26,000

    $13,000

    $ 6,400

    Bargain purchase option

    None

    None

    None

    Instructions

    (a)Which of the leases are operating leases and which are capital leases? Explain.

    (b)How should the lease transaction for Hester Co. be recorded in 2014?

    (c)How should the lease transaction for Judson Delivery be recorded on January 1, 2014?

    determine the total cost of borrowing over the life of the bond 619834

    On July 1, 2014, Kellerman Company issued $5,000,000, 8%, 10-year bonds at $4,376,892. This price resulted in an effective-interest rate of 10% on the bonds. Kellerman uses the effective-interest method to amortize bond premium or discount. The bonds pay semiannual interest July 1 and January 1.

    Instructions

    (Round all computations to the nearest dollar.)

    (a)Prepare the journal entries to record the following transactions.

    (1)The issuance of the bonds on July 1, 2014.

    (2)The accrual of interest and the amortization of the discount on December 31, 2014.

    (3)The payment of interest and the amortization of the discount on July 1, 2015, assuming no accrual of interest on June 30.

    (4)The accrual of interest and the amortization of the discount on December 31, 2015.

    (b)Show the proper balance sheet presentation for the liability for bonds payable on the December 31, 2015, balance sheet.

    (c)Provide the answers to the following questions in letter form.

    (1)What amount of interest expense is reported for 2015?

    (2)Would the bond interest expense reported in 2015 be the same as, greater than, or less than the amount that would be reported if the straight-line method of amortization were used?

    (3)Determine the total cost of borrowing over the life of the bond.

    (4)Would the total bond interest expense be greater than, the same as, or less than the total interest expense that would be reported if the straight-line method of amortization were used?

    prepare the journal entry to record payment of interest on december 1 2015 619838

    On June 1, 2014, Weller Corp. issued $2,000,000, 9%, 5-year bonds at face value. The bonds were dated June 1, 2014, and pay interest semiannually on June 1 and December 1. Financial statements are prepared annually on December 31.

    Instructions

    (a)Prepare the journal entry to record the issuance of the bonds.

    (b)Prepare the adjusting entry to record the accrual of interest on December 31, 2014.

    (c)Show the balance sheet presentation on December 31, 2014.

    (d)Prepare the journal entry to record payment of interest on June 1, 2015, assuming no accrual of interest from January 1, 2015, to June 1, 2015.

    (e)Prepare the journal entry to record payment of interest on December 1, 2015.

    (f)Assume that on December 1, 2015, Weller calls the bonds at 102. Record the redemption of the bonds.

    identify the leases above as operating or capital leases explain 619841

    Presented below are three different lease transactions in which Naylor Enterprises engaged in 2014. Assume that all lease transactions start on January 1, 2014. In no case does Naylor receive title to the properties leased during or at the end of the lease term.

    Lessor

    Baxter Springs Co.

    Mendenhall Co.

    Midas Inc.

    Type of property

    Bulldozer

    Thick

    Furniture

    Bargain purchase option

    None

    None

    None

    Lease term

    4 years

    6 years

    3 years

    Estimated economic life

    8 years

    7 years

    5 years

    Yearly rental

    $13,000

    $20,000

    $ 3,000

    Fair value of leased asset

    $80,000

    $96,000

    $20,500

    Present value of the lease rental payments

    $48,000

    $82,000

    $ 9,000

    Instructions

    (a)Identify the leases above as operating or capital leases. Explain.

    (b)How should the lease transaction for Mendenhall Co. be recorded on January 1, 2014?

    (c)How should the lease transaction for Midas Inc. be recorded in 2014?

    prepare the journal entry to record the accrual of interest and the amortization of 619842

    On July 1, 2014, Witherspoon Satellites issued $4,500,000, 9%, 10-year bonds at $4,219,600. This price resulted in an effective-interest rate of 10% on the bonds. Witherspoon uses the effective-interest method to amortize bond premium or discount. The bonds pay semiannual interest July 1 and January 1.

    Instructions

    (Round all computations to the nearest dollar.)

    (a)Prepare the journal entry to record the issuance of the bonds on July 1, 2014.

    (b)Prepare an amortization table through December 31, 2015 (3 interest periods), for this bond issue.

    (c)Prepare the journal entry to record the accrual of interest and the amortization of the discount on December 31, 2014.

    (d)Prepare the journal entry to record the payment of interest and the amortization of the discount on July 1, 2015, assuming that interest was not accrued on June 30.

    (e)Prepare the journal entry to record the accrual of interest and the amortization of the discount on December 31, 2015.

    method i only closing wip and ii no process loss 619679

    Method:(i) Only Closing WIP and ii) No Process loss

    Input

    5,000 units

    Output

    4,000 units

    Closing WIP

    1,000 units

    Degree of Completion:

    Materials

    100%

    Labour

    80%

    Overhead

    50%

    Process Costs

    Materials:

    Rs. 50,000

    Labour:

    Rs. 30,000

    Overhead:

    Rs. 20,000

    Yor are required to ascertain (i) Equivalent Production, (ii) Cost per unit of Equivalent Production and prepare (iii) Process Account assuming that there is no opening WIP and no process loss.

    STAGEI: Statement of Equivalent Production

    STAGEII: Statement of Cost

    STAGEIII:Statement of Evaluation

    1. Finished Goods:

    (i) Materials: 4,000 units @ Rs. 10

    =

    40,000

    (ii) Labour: 4,000 units @ 6.25

    =

    25,000

    (iii) Overhead: 4,000 units @ 4.44

    =

    17,780

    82,780

    1. WIP:

    (i) Materials (Ref: Stage I): 1,000 units @ Rs. 10

    =

    10,000

    (ii) Labour (Ref: Stage I): 800 units @ Rs. 6.25

    =

    5,000

    (iii) Overhead (Ref: Stage I): 500 units @ Rs. 4.44

    =

    2,220

    17,220

    STAGEIV:Preparation of Process Account

    Process Account

    model average cost method statement of cost preparation 619682

    Model: Average cost method statement of cost preparation

    Opening WIP: 5000 units

    Materials:100% of degree of completion

    = 12,500

    Labour: 60% ”

    = 7,500

    Overhead: 60% ”

    = 3,750

    Units introduced into this process: 20,000 units.

    There are 5,000 units in this process, and the stage of completion is estimated to be:

    Materials:

    100%

    Labour:

    50%

    Overhead:

    50%

    20,000 units are transferred to the next process.

    The process costs for the period are:

    Materials

    2,37,500

    Labour

    1,50,000

    Overhead

    75,000

    You are required to find the value of:

    (v) Output transferred and

    (vi) Closing WIP

    you are required to prepare all the necessary accounts 619683

    Model: Equivalent production abnormal loss

    During the month of September, 5000 units were introduced into Process I. The cost of 5000 units was Rs. 29,000. At the end of the month, 3,750 units had been produced and transferred to Process II. About 900 units were still in process and 350 units had been scrapped. A normal loss of 5% on input is allowed. It was estimated that the WIP units had reached a stage in the production as follows:

    Material: 75% completed

    Labour: 50% completed

    Overhead: 50% completed

    The total cost incurred, in addition to 5,000 units were:

    Direct materials introduced during the process

    7,700

    Direct wages

    17,200

    Overheads

    8,600

    Units scrapped realized (each)

    2.00

    The units scrapped have passed through the process and so were 100% completed in respect of material, labour and overhead.

    You are required to prepare all the necessary accounts.

    these prices are market prices or sales prices for products at split off point that 619689

    P, Q, R and S are four joint products produced at a total manufacturing cost of Rs. 6,00,000. The following details apply:

    Product

    Units Processed

    Ultimate Sales Value Rs.

    P

    1,00,000

    0.50

    Q

    75,000

    4.00

    R

    50,000

    4.00

    S

    75,000

    6.00

    These prices are market prices or sales prices for products at split-off-point, that is, it is assumed that they can be sold in their present state. You are required to allocate joint costs to the products on a market-value basis.

    this is an improvement over the previous methods here selling and administrative exp 619691

    Sale of product “A” during the year amounted to 1,000 units at Rs. 20 each. The total number of units produced was 1,200 units and the production costs were Rs. 16 per unit. The sale of by-product “B” amounted to Rs. 2,400 out of which goods worth Rs. 1,200 were returned by customers.

    The selling and distribution costs amounted to Rs. 1,000. Using total cost less revenue from the sale of byproduct, cost the by-products.

    Particulars

    Amount

    Step 1: Sales value of product “A”

    20,000

    Step 2: LESS: Cost sales:

    (i) Total production costs – 1,200 units × Rs. 16

    19,200

    (ii) Less: By-product sales

    1,200

    Step 3: Net cost by-product “A”

    18,000

    Step 4: LESS: Closing stock of Product A:

    Net cost of Product

    3000

    15,000

    Step 5: GROSS PROFIT (Step 1 – Step 4)

    5,000

    Step 6: Add: Other income:

    (i) Sales of by-product “B”

    5,000

    (ii) Less: Sales returns

    2,000

    3,000

    Step7: Net profit

    8,000

    Method (iii): Total Costs LESS value of By-Products (including Subsequent Costs and Distribution Expenses)

    This is an improvement over the previous methods. Here selling and administrative expenses are charged only against the by-products sold.

    compute a return on common stockholders rsquo equity for each year and b earnings pe 619714

    On January 1, 2014, Vahsholtz Corporation purchased 5,000 shares of treasury stock. Other information regarding Vahsholtz Corporation is provided.

    2013

    2014

    Net income

    $100,000

    $110,000

    Dividends on preferred stock

    $30,000

    $30,000

    Dividends on common stock

    $20,000

    $25,000

    Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding

    50,000

    45,000

    Common stockholders” equity beginning of year

    $600,000

    $750,000

    Common stockholders” equity end of year

    $750,000

    $830,000

    Compute (a) return on common stockholders’ equity for each year and (b) earnings per share for each year, and (c) discuss the changes in each.

    how are dividends and dividends payable reported in the financial statements prepare 619715

    On January 1, Guillen Corporation had 95,000 shares of no-par common stock issued and outstanding. The stock has a stated value of $5 per share. During the year, the following occurred.

    Apr. 1

    Issued 25,000 additional shares of common stock for $17 per share.

    June15

    Declared a cash dividend of $1 per share to stockholders of record on June 30.

    July 10

    Paid the $1 cash dividend.

    Dec. 1

    Issued 2,000 additional shares of common stock for $19 per share.

    15

    Declared a cash dividend on outstanding shares of $1.20 per share to stockholders of record on December 31.

    Instructions

    (a)Prepare the entries, if any, on each of the three dividend dates.

    (b)How are dividends and dividends payable reported in the financial statements prepared at December 31?

    indicate the balances in the three stockholders rsquo equity accounts after the stoc 619719

    On October 1, Little Bobby Corporation”s stockholders’ equity is as follows.

    Common stock, $5 par value

    $400,000

    Paid-in capital in excess of par—common stock

    25,000

    Retained earnings

    155,000

    Total stockholders” equity

    $580,000

    On October 1, Little Bobby declares and distributes a 10% stock dividend when the market price of the stock is $15 per share.

    Instructions

    (a)Compute the par value per share (1) before the stock dividend and (2) after the stock dividend.

    (b)Indicate the balances in the three stockholders’ equity accounts after the stock dividend shares have been distributed.

    indicate the effect s of each of the foregoing items on the subdivisions of stockhol 619720

    During 2014, Roblez Corporation had the following transactions and events.

    1. Declared a cash dividend.
    2. Issued par value common stock for cash at par value.
    3. Completed a 2-for-1 stock split in which $10 par value stock was changed to $5 par value stock.
    4. Declared a small stock dividend when the market price was higher than par value.
    5. Made a prior period adjustment for overstatement of net income.
    6. Issued the shares of common stock required by the stock dividend declaration in item no. 4 above.
    7. Paid the cash dividend in item no. 1 above.
    8. Issued par value common stock for cash above par value.

    Instructions

    Indicate the effect(s) of each of the foregoing items on the subdivisions of stockholders’ equity. Present your answer in tabular form with the following columns. Use (I) for increase, (D) for decrease, and (NE) for no effect. Item no. 1 is given as an example.

    Paid in capital

    Item

    Capital Stock

    Additional

    Retained Earnings

    1

    NE

    NE

    D

    prepare the correcting entries at december 31 619721

    Before preparing financial statements for the current year, the chief accountant for Toso Company discovered the following errors in the accounts.

    1. The declaration and payment of $50,000 cash dividend was recorded as a debit to Interest Expense $50,000 and a credit to Cash $50,000.
    2. A 10% stock dividend (1,000 shares) was declared on the $10 par value stock when the market price per share was $18. The only entry made was Stock Dividends (Dr.) $10,000 and Dividend Payable (Cr.) $10,000. The shares have not been issued.
    3. A 4-for-1 stock split involving the issue of 400,000 shares of $5 par value common stock for 100,000 shares of $20 par value common stock was recorded as a debit to Retained Earnings $2,000,000 and a credit to Common Stock $2,000,000.

    Instructions

    Prepare the correcting entries at December 31.

    prepare the stockholders rsquo equity section at december 31 assuming retained earni 619725

    The following accounts appear in the ledger of Horner Inc. after the books are closed at December 31.

    Common Stock, no par, $1 stated value, 400,000 shares authorized; 300,000 shares issued

    $ 300,000

    Common Stock Dividends Distributable

    30,000

    Paid-in Capital in Excess of Stated Value—Common Stock

    1,200,000

    Preferred Stock, $5 par value, 8%, 40,000 shares authorized; 30,000 shares issued

    150,000

    Retained Earnings

    800,000

    11easury Stock (10,000 common shares)

    74,000

    Paid-in Capital in Excess of Par—Preferred Stock

    344,000

    Instructions

    Prepare the stockholders’ equity section at December 31, assuming retained earnings is restricted for plant expansion in the amount of $100,000.

    calculate earnings per share and return on common stockholders equity for 2014 and 2 619729

    The following financial information is available for Plummer Corporation.

    2014

    2013

    Average common stockholders” equity

    $1,200,000

    $900,000

    Dividends paid to common stockholders

    50,000

    30,000

    Dividends paid to preferred stockholders

    20,000

    20,000

    Net income

    290,000

    200,000

    Market price of common stock

    20

    15

    The weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding was 80,000 for 2013 and 100,000 for 2014.

    Instructions

    Calculate earnings per share and return on common stockholders’ equity for 2014 and 2013.

    calculate earnings per share and return on common stockholders rsquo equity for 2014 619730

    This financial information is available for Klinger Corporation.

    2014

    2013

    Average common stockholders” equity

    $1,800,000

    $1,900,000

    Dividends paid to common stockholders

    90,000

    70,000

    Dividends paid to preferred stockholders

    20,000

    20,000

    Net income

    200,000

    191,000

    Market price of common stock

    20

    25

    The weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding was 180,000 for 2013 and 150,000 for 2014.

    Instructions

    Calculate earnings per share and return on common stockholders’ equity for 2014 and 2013.

    prepare a stockholders rsquo equity section at december 31 619732

    On January 1, 2014, Geffrey Corporation had the following stockholders’ equity accounts.

    Common Stock ($20 par value, 60,000 shares issued and outstanding)

    $1,200,000

    Paid-in Capital in Excess of Par—Common Stock

    200,000

    Retained Earnings

    600,000

    During the year, the following transactions occurred.

    1

    Declared a $1 cash dividend per share to stockholders of record on February 15, payable March 1.

    1

    Paid the dividend declared in February.

    1

    Announced a 2-for-1 stock split. Prior to the split, the market price per share was $36.

    July

    1

    Declared a 10% stock dividend to stockholders of record on July 15, distributable July 31. On July 1, the market price of the stock was $13 per share.

    31

    Issued the shares for the stock dividend.

    1

    Declared a $0.50 per share dividend to stockholders of record on December 15, payable January 5, 2015.

    31

    Determined that net income for the year was $350,000.

    Instructions

    (a)Journalize the transactions and the closing entries for net income and dividends.

    (b)Enter the beginning balances, and post the entries to the stockholders’ equity accounts. (Note:Open additional stockholders’ equity accounts as needed.)

    (c)Prepare a stockholders’ equity section at December 31.

    journalize the transactions events and closing entries for net income and dividends 619733

    The stockholders’ equity accounts of Karp Company at January 1, 2014, are as follows.

    Preferred Stock, 6%, $50 par

    $600,000

    Common Stock, $5 par

    800,000

    Paid-in Capital in Excess of Par—Preferred Stock

    200,000

    Paid-in Capital in Excess of Par—Common Stock

    300,000

    Retained Earnings

    800,000

    There were no dividends in arrears on preferred stock. During 2014, the company had the following transactions and events.

    July

    1

    Declared a $0.60 cash dividend per share on common stock.

    1

    Discovered $25,000 understatement of 2013 depreciation on equipment. (Ignore income taxes.)

    1

    Paid the cash dividend declared on July 1.

    1

    Declared a 15% stock dividend on common stock when the market price of the stock was $18 per share.

    15

    Declared a 6% cash dividend on preferred stock payable January 15, 2015.

    31

    Determined that net income for the year was $355,000.

    31

    Recognized a $200,000 restriction of retained earnings for plant expansion.

    Instructions

    (a)Journalize the transactions, events, and closing entries for net income and dividends.

    (b)Enter the beginning balances in the accounts, and post to the stockholders’ equity accounts. (Note:Open additional stockholders’ equity accounts as needed.)

    (c)Prepare a retained earnings statement for the year.

    (d)Prepare a stockholders’ equity section at December 31, 2014.

    compute the allocation of the cash dividend to preferred and common stock 619734

    The post-closing trial balance of Storey Corporation at December 31, 2014, contains the following stockholders’ equity accounts.

    Preferred Stock (15,000 shares issued)

    $750,000

    Common Stock (250,000 shares issued)

    2,500,000

    Paid-in Capital in Excess of Par–Preferred Stock

    250,000

    Paid-in Capital in Excess of Par–Common Stock

    400,000

    Common Stock Dividends Distributable

    250,000

    Retained Earnings

    1,042,000

    A review of the accounting records reveals the following.

    1. No errors have been made in recording 2014 transactions or in preparing the closing entry for net income.
    2. Preferred stock is $50 par, 6%, and cumulative; 15,000 shares have been outstanding since January 1, 2013.
    3. Authorized stock is 20,000 shares of preferred, 500,000 shares of common with a $10 par value.
    4. The January 1 balance in Retained Earnings was $1,170,000.
    5. On July 1, 20,000 shares of common stock were issued for cash at $16 per share.
    6. On September 1, the company discovered an understatement error of $90,000 in computing depreciation in 2013. The net of tax effect of $63,000 was properly debited directly to Retained Earnings.
    7. A cash dividend of $250,000 was declared and properly allocated to preferred and common stock on October 1. No dividends were paid to preferred stockholders in 2013.
    8. On December 31, a 10% common stock dividend was declared out of retained earnings on common stock when the market price per share was $16.
    9. Net income for the year was $585,000.
    10. On December 31, 2014, the directors authorized disclosure of a $200,000 restriction of retained earnings for plant expansion. (Use Note X.)

    Instructions

    (a)Reproduce the Retained Earnings account (T-account) for 2014.

    (b)Prepare a retained earnings statement for 2014.

    (c)Prepare a stockholders’ equity section at December 31, 2014.

    (d)Compute the allocation of the cash dividend to preferred and common stock.

    prepare the stockholders equity section of the balance sheet at a march 31 b june 30 619735

    On January 1, 2014, Ven Corporation had the following stockholders’ equity accounts.

    Common Stock (no par value, 90,000 shares issued and outstanding)

    $1,600,000

    Retained Earnings

    500,000

    During the year, the following transactions occurred.

    1

    Declared a $1 cash dividend per share to stockholders of record on February 15, payable March 1.

    1

    Paid the dividend declared in February.

    1

    Announced a 3-for-1 stock split. Prior to the split, the market price per share was $36.

    July

    1

    Declared a 5% stock dividend to stockholders of record on July 15, distributable July 31. On July 1, the market price of the stock was $16 per share.

    31

    Issued the shares for the stock dividend.

    1

    Declared a $0.50 per share dividend to stockholders of record on December 15, payable January 5, 2015.

    31

    Determined that net income for the year was $350,000.

    Instructions

    Prepare the stockholders’ equity section of the balance sheet at (a) March 31, (b) June 30, (c) September 30, and (d) December 31, 2014.

    prepare the stockholders equity section of the balance sheet at december 31 2014 619736

    On January 1, 2014, Shellenburger Inc. had the following stockholders’ equity account balances.

    Common Stock, no-par value (500,000 shares issued)

    $1,500,000

    Common Stock Dividends Distributable

    200,000

    Retained Earnings

    600,000

    During 2014, the following transactions and events occurred.

    1. Issued 50,000 shares of common stock as a result of a 10% stock dividend declared on December 15, 2013.
    2. Issued 30,000 shares of common stock for cash at $6 per share.
    3. Corrected an error that had understated the net income for 2012 by $70,000.
    4. Declared and paid a cash dividend of $80,000.
    5. Earned net income of $300,000.

    Instructions

    Prepare the stockholders’ equity section of the balance sheet at December 31, 2014.

    journalize the transactions and the closing entries for net income and dividends 619737

    On January 1, 2014, Chen Corporation had the following stockholders’ equity accounts.

    Common Stock ($5 par value, 200,000 shares issued and outstanding)

    $1,000,000

    Paid-in Capital in Excess of Par—Common Stock

    200,000

    Retained Earnings

    840,000

    During the year, the following transactions occurred.

    15

    Declared a $1 cash dividend per share to stockholders of record on January 31, payable February 15.

    15

    Paid the dividend declared in January.

    15

    Declared a 10% stock dividend to stockholders of record on April 30, distributable May 15 On April 15, the market price of the stock was $15 per share.

    May

    15

    Issued the shares for the stock dividend.

    July

    1

    Announced a 2-for-1 stock split. The market price per share prior to the announcement was $17. (The new par value is $2.50.)

    1

    Declared a $0.50 per share cash dividend to stockholders of record on December 15, payable January 10, 2015.

    31

    Determined that net income for the year was $250,000.

    Instructions

    (a)Journalize the transactions and the closing entries for net income and dividends.

    (b)Enter the beginning balances, and post the entries to the stockholders’ equity accounts. (Note:Open additional stockholders’ equity accounts as needed.)

    (c)Prepare a stockholders’ equity section at December 31.

    prepare the contract account in the company rsquo s books 619648

    M/s Rajesh and Co. commenced work on a particular contract on 1 April 2009. They closed their books of accounts for the year on 31 December each year. The following information is available from their closing records on 31 December 2009:

    Materials sent to site

    1,00,000

    Foreman’s salary

    24,000

    Wage paid

    2,00,000

    A machine consisting Rs. 64,000 remained in use on site for 1/5th of the year. Its working life was estimated at 5 years and scrap value at Rs. 4,000. A supervisor is paid Rs. 4,000 p.m. and had devoted one-half of his time on the contract.

    All other expenses were Rs. 30,000. The material on site was Rs. 18,000. The contract price was Rs. 8,00,000 on 31 December, 2/3rd of the contract was completed. However, the architect gave certificate only for Rs. 4,00,000 on which 75%was paid.

    Prepare the contract account in the company’s books.

    depreciation is at 10 p a on plant cash received is 80 of the work certified 8 of th 619649

    Khush Construction Co.undertook a contact for constructing a bridge for a total value of Rs. 12 lakhs on 1 January 2009. It was estimated that the contract would be completed by 30 June 2010. You are required to prepare a contract account for the year ending 31 December 2010.

    Wages

    3,00,000

    Materials

    1,50,000

    Materials at site on 31 December 2009

    20,000

    Special plant

    1,00,000

    Overheads

    60,000

    Work certified

    8,00,000

    Depreciation is at 10%p.a. on plant. Cash received is 80%of the work certified. 8%of the value of materials issued and 7%of wages may be taken to have been incurred for the portion of the work completed but not yet certified. Overheads are charged as a percentage of direct wages.

    prepare a contract account and show the profit that is to be taken to p amp l a c 619650

    Shree Construction Co.undertook a contract on 1 January 2009 for construction of a farm house with an escalation clause which provides that if material prices and wage rates increase by more than 12%, then the contractor gets a compensation for 35%of such rise in the cost of material and wages beyond 12%. It was agreed that since the signing of the agreement the material prices and wages rates have gone up by 42%on an average. The value of work certified does not take into account the effect of escalation clause.

    The following are the details relating to the contract for the year that ended on 31 December 2009.

    Contract price

    15,00,000

    Materials issued

    3,00,000

    Wages

    4,00,000

    Overheads

    25,000

    Plant installed at site

    50,000

    Material in hand as on 31

    25,000

    December 2009

    Work certified

    10,00,000

    Cash received

    8,00,000

    Work done but uncertified

    25,000

    Depreciate plant @ 10% p.a.

    Prepare a contract account and show the profit that is to be taken to P&L A/c.

    it was found that since the date of signing the agreement the prices of materials an 619651

    Excel Ltd. undertook a contract for Rs. 10,00,000 on 1 February 2009. On 31 January 2010, when the accounts were closed, the following details about the contract gathered:

    Materials purchased

    2,00,000

    Wages paid

    90,000

    General expenses

    20,000

    Plant purchased

    1,00,000

    Materials on hand on 31 January 2010

    50,000

    Wages accrued on 31 January 2010

    10,000

    Work certified

    4,00,000

    Cash received

    3,00,000

    Work uncertified

    30,000

    Depreciation of plant

    10,000

    The above contract contained an escalation clause which reads as follows:

    “In the event of prices of materials and rates of wages increase by more than 5%of the contract price, then the prices will be increased accordingly by 25%of the rise in the cost of materials and wages beyond 5%in each case”.

    It was found that since the date of signing the agreement the prices of materials and wage rates increased by 25%. The value of work certified does not take into account the effect of the above clause. Now prepare the contract account.

    prepare contract account contractee rsquo s account and show the balance sheet as on 619652

    Mr X and Mr Y undertook a contract for Rs. 5,00,000 for construction of a building. The following is the information concerning the contract during the year 2009:

    Materials sent to site

    1,70,698

    Labour engaged on site

    1,48,750

    Plant installed at site at cost

    30,000

    Direct expenditure

    6,334

    Establishment charges

    8,252

    Materials returned to store

    1,098

    Work certified

    3,90,000

    Value of plant as on 31 December 2009

    22,000

    Cost of work not yet certified

    9,000

    Materials at site – 31 December 2009

    3,766

    Wage accrued on 31 December 2009

    4,800

    Direct expenditure accrued on 31 December 2009

    480

    Cash received from contractee

    3,60,000

    Prepare contract account, contractee’s account and show the balance sheet as on 31 December 2009.

    the value of materials on site was rs 12 000 and the cost of work done but not certi 619653

    The following Trial Balance was extracted from the books of a contractor as on 31 December 2009:

    Dr Rs.

    Cr Rs.

    Share capital

    2,40,000

    Creditors

    24,000

    Land and Building

    1,02,000

    Cash at bank

    27,000

    Materials

    2,40,000

    Plant

    45,000

    Wages

    3,15,000

    Expenses

    15,000

    Cash received being 80%of the

    4,80,000

    work certified

    7,44,000

    7,44,000

    Of the plant and materials charged to the contract plant costing Rs. 6,000, materials costing Rs. 6,000 were destroyed by an accident. On 31 December 2009, the plant which cost Rs. 12,000 was returned to stores. The value of materials on site was Rs. 12,000 and the cost of work done but not certified was Rs. 6,000. Charge depreciation was at 10%on plant and carry to P&L A/c 2/3rd of profit on cash basis, after preparing the contract account.

    stock of materials at site on 31 december 2009 was of the value of rs 25 000 wages o 619654

    AONE Construction Co. Ltd which commenced its business of construction on 1 January 2009 showed the following balances:

    Dr Rs.

    Cr Rs.

    Paid-up share capital

    5,00,000

    Cash received on account of

    6,00,000

    contract (80%of work certified)

    Land and Buildings

    1,50,000

    Machinery at cost (75%at site)

    2,00,000

    Bank

    20,000

    Materials at site

    2,00,000

    Direct labour

    2,75,000

    Expenses at site

    10,000

    Lorries and Vehicles

    1,50,000

    Furniture

    5,000

    Office equipment

    50,000

    Postage and Telegrams

    2,500

    Office expenses

    10,000

    Rates and Taxes

    15,000

    Fuel and Power

    12,500

    11,00,000

    11,00,000

    The contract price is Rs. 15,00,000 and the work certified is Rs. 7,50,000. The work completed since certification is estimated at Rs. 5,000 (at cost). Machinery costing Rs. 10,000 was returned to stores at the end of the year. Stock of materials at site on 31 December 2009 was of the value of Rs. 25,000. Wages outstanding were Rs. 1,000. Depreciation on machinery is 10%. You are required to calculate the profit from the contract and prepare the Balance Sheet as on 31 December 2009.

    the plant was installed on the date of commencement of each contract depreciation is 619655

    Two contracts were commenced on the following months: 1 January and 1 July 2009. Their accounts as on 31 December 2009 showed the following:

    Contract I Rs.

    Contract II Rs.

    Contract Price

    16,00,000

    10,80,000

    Expenditure:

    Raw materials

    2,88,000

    2,32,000

    Wages paid

    4,40,000

    4,49,600

    General charges

    16,000

    11,200

    Plant installed

    80,000

    64,000

    Materials in hand

    16,000

    16,000

    Wages accrued

    16,000

    16,000

    Work certified

    8,00,000

    6,40,000

    Work finished but

    24,000

    32,000

    uncertified

    Cash received for

    6,00,000

    4,80,000

    work certified

    The plane was installed on the date of commencement of each contract, and depreciation is to be taken at 10%per annum.

    Prepare the contract accounts and show how they would appear in the Balance Sheet as on 31 December 2009.

    Three contracts were commenced on the following months: 1 January, 1 July and 1 October 2009. They were undertaken by a contractor and their accounts as on 31 December 2009 showed the following:

    The plant was installed on the date of commencement of each contract. Depreciation is to be taken at 10%p.a. You are required to prepare profit contract accounts.

    contractee rsquo s account for the years 2008 and 2009 taking into consideration suc 619656

    The following information relates to a construction company in respect of a contract for Rs. 20,00,000:

    2008 Rs.

    2009 Rs.

    Materials issued

    6,00,000

    1,68,000

    Direct wages

    4,60,000

    2,10,000

    Direct expenses

    44,000

    20,000

    Indirect expenses

    12,000

    2,800

    Work certified

    15,00,000

    20,00,000

    Work uncertified

    16,000

    Materials at site

    10,000

    14,000

    Plant issued

    28,000

    4,000

    Cash received from contractee

    12,00,000

    20,00,000

    The value of the plant at the end of 2008 and 2009 was Rs. 14,000 and Rs. 10,000, respectively.

    Prepare (i) Contract account and (ii) Contractee’s account for the years 2008 and 2009 taking into consideration such Profit for transfer to P&L A/c as you think appropriate.

    the amount certified by the engineer up to 31 december 2009 was rs 15 00 000 retenti 619657

    The following information was related to a construction company:

    The construction started on 1 January 2009: Expenditure incurred during the year 2009:

    Rs

    Materials issued

    5,50,000

    Wages

    2,00,000

    Direct expenses

    1,00,000

    Plant purchased on 1 January 2009

    5,00,000

    Materials in hand

    25,000

    Depreciate the plant @ 10%p.a. Other works expenses to be charged @ 20%of wages and office expenses @ 10%of work cost.

    The amount certified by the engineer up to 31 December 2009 was Rs. 15,00,000, retention money being 20%of certified value. Prepare a contract account showing there in the amount of profit or loss to be transferred to P&L A/c.

    his accounting year ends on 31 december 2009 state with reasons at what value the wi 619662

    A contractor undertook a contract for Rs. 50,000 on 1 January 2009 to be completed over a period of two years. His accounting year ends on 31 December 2009. State with reasons at what value the WIP on 1 January 2010 will appear in the contract account in each of the following cases:

    1. WIP on 1 January 2010 is Rs. 14,000 (including Rs. 800 estimated profit which was taken to P&L A/c in 2009)
    2. WIP on 1 January 2010 is Rs. 14,000 (including Rs. 800 which was not taken to P&L A/c in 2009)
    3. WIP on 1 January 2010 is Rs. 14,000 (excluding Rs. 800 estimated profit which was not taken to P&L A/c in 2009)
    4. WIP on 1 January 2010 is Rs. 14,000 (excluding Rs. 800 estimated profit which was taken to P&L A/c in 2009)

    in the second year the contract was completed and the sum of rs 8 75 00 was received 619665

    Excellent Erectors Ltd. took up a contract for construction of a building at a contract price of Rs. 15 lakhs. During the first year, the following amounts were spent as against a sum of Rs. 5,62,500, which represented 90%of the work certified and received by the contractor.

    Materials

    2,62,500

    Wages paid to workers

    1,50,000

    Overhead expenses

    37,500

    During the second year, the firm spent the following amounts:

    Materials

    3,75,000

    Labour cost

    3,00,000

    Overhead expenses

    75,000

    In the second year, the contract was completed and the sum of Rs. 8,75,00 was received by the contractor. Prepare the contract and contractee’s accounts for both the years and calculate the profit.

    determine the profit on the contract for the year 2009 ndash 2010 on a prudent basis 619666

    A contractor commenced a building contract on 1 October 2008. The contract price is Rs. 8,80,000. The following data pertaining to the contract for the year 2008–2009 have been compiled from his books and is as under

    1 April 2009

    WIP not certified

    1,10,000

    Materials at site

    4,000

    2009–2010

    Expenses incurred:

    Materials issued

    2,24,000

    Wages paid

    2,16,000

    Hire of plant

    40,000

    Other expenses

    68,000

    31 March 2010:

    Materials at site

    8,000

    WIP (not certified)

    16,000

    Certified

    8,10,000

    The cash received represents 80%of the work certified. It has been estimated that further costs to complete the contract will be Rs. 46,000 including the materials at site on 31 March 2010.

    Required:

    Determine the profit on the contract for the year 2009–2010 on a prudent basis, which has to be credited to P&L A/c.

    you are required to prepare the contract account after considering a reasonable marg 619667

    New Century Builders have entered into a contract to build an office building complex for 480 lakhs. The work started in April 2008 and is estimated that the contract will take 15 months to be completed. Work has progressed as per schedule and the actual costs charged till March 2010 are as follows:

    Rs.(in lakhs)

    Materials

    112–20

    Labour

    162–00

    Hire charges for equipments and other charges

    36–00

    Establishment charges

    32–40

    342–60

    The following information is available:

    Materials in hand (31 March 2010)

    6–60

    Work certified (of which Rs. 324 lakhs have been paid) as on 31 March 2010

    400–

    Work not yet certified as on 31 March 2010

    7–50

    As per management estimates, the following further expenditure will be incurred to complete the work:

    (Rs. in lakhs)

    Materials

    10 – 50

    Labour

    16–00

    Sub-contractors

    20–00

    Equipments hire and other charges

    3–00

    Establishment charges

    6–90

    You are required to prepare the contract account after considering a reasonable margin of profit. Make a provision for contingencies amounting to 5%of total costs.

    prepare the contract account for the year that ended on 31 december 2009 and show yo 619669

    LMN contractors obtained a contract to build houses, the contract being Rs. 2,00,000. Work commenced on 1 January 2009 and the expenditure incurred during the year was:

    Plant and tools: Rs. 10,000; Stores and materials: Rs. 36,000; Wages: Rs. 32,500; Sundry expenses: Rs. 2,650; and Establishment charges: Rs. 5,850.

    Certain materials costing Rs. 6,000 were unsuited to the contract and were sold for Rs. 7,250. A portion of the plant was scrapped and sold for Rs. 1,150.

    The value of the plant and tools on the sites on 31 December 2009 was Rs. 3,100 and the value of stores and materials on hand was Rs. 1,700. Cash received on account was Rs. 70,000 representing 80%of the work certified. The cost of the work done but not certified was Rs. 10,950 and this was certified for Rs. 12,500.

    LMN contractors decided (i) to estimate what further expenditure would be incurred, (ii) to compute from this estimate and expenditure already incurred, the total profit that would be made on the contract and (iii) to take to the credit of P&L A/c for the year 2009 that proportion of the total which corresponds to the work certified on 31 December. The estimate was as follows:

    1. That the contract would be completed by 30 September 2010
    2. That the wages on the contract in 2010 would amount to Rs. 35,750
    3. That the cost of stores and materials required in addition to those stock on 31 December 2009 would be Rs. 34,300 and that further expenses relating to contract would amount to Rs. 3,000
    4. That a further amount of Rs. 12,500 would have to be laid out on plant and tools on 30 September 2010 would be Rs. 1,500
    5. That the establishment charges would cost the same per month as in 2009.
    6. Thatof the total cost of the contract would be due to defects, temporary maintenance and contingencies.

    Prepare the contract account for the year that ended on 31 December 2009 and show your calculation of the amount credited to P&L A/c for the year

    a manufacturer makes two types of articles ldquo l rdquo and ldquo m rdquo they unde 619670

    A manufacturer makes two types of articles “ L” and “M”. They undergo two processes-namely, factory and finishing. Raw materials used in the factory and general expenses are apportioned in the ratio of output of each class. The output for the year that ended on 31 December 2009 was 6,000 for “ L” and 4,000 for “M”. The actual cost of labour for each process is ascertained. Other charges for each process are apportioned in the ratio of finishing wages.

    From the following particulars, prepare a statement of the cost per article of each item in each process in the cost of manufacture and the profit per article. The selling prices are Rs. 500 and Rs. 400, respectively.

    “Factory” raw materials:

    “Factory” raw materials:

    Opening stock

    4,00,000

    Purchases

    20,00,000

    Closing stock

    6,00,000

    “Finishing” raw materials:

    Opening stock

    1,50,000

    Purchases

    6,50,000

    Closing stock

    2,00,000

    Factory wages

    L

    2,00,000

    M

    1,50,000

    Finishing wages

    L

    1,50,000

    M

    1,00,000

    Factory charges

    6,00,000

    Finishing charges

    2,00,000

    General expenses

    2,40,000

    500 tonnes of raw material are used for producing a commodity which passes through t 619671

    Model: Normal loss with scrap value

    500 tonnes of raw material are used for producing a commodity which passes through two processes. The costs are as follows:

    Process I Rs.

    Process II Rs.

    Materials

    10,000

    Labour

    5,000

    2,500

    Work expenses

    2,000

    1,000

    10% of the material is wasted in the process. The wastage is normal. The scrap realized is Rs. 300. You are required to show Process No. I. Account.

    10 of the material is wasted in the process 10 of the material is wasted in the proc 619672

    Model: Normal wastage + Proportion of output reworked

    500 tonnes of raw material are used for producing a commodity, which passes through two processes. The costs are as follows:

    Process I Rs.

    Process II Rs.

    Materials

    10,000

    Labour

    5,000

    2,500

    Work expenses

    2,000

    1,000

    10% of the material is wasted in the process. 10% of the material is wasted in the process. 10% of material originally put in Process No. I is to be reworked. The scrap is realized at Rs. 300. You are required to show the process account.

    the capacity of the process plants for processes i ii iii and iv to hold material fo 619674

    Model: Loss in each process

    The product AA’ is produced by passing the chemical CC’ through four processes, where the output of the earlier process becomes the input of the subsequent process.

    The loss of materials expressed as a % of input is as follows:

    Process I – 20%, Process II – 10%, Process III –and Process IV –

    The material lost in each process does not have any resale value.

    You are required to calculate

    1. The cost per kg of product AA’ if the cost of chemical C’ is Rs. 10 per kg
    2. The capacity of the process plants for processes I, II, III and IV to hold material for processes expressed in metric tonnes of input for each process if the two conditions are to be fulfilled: (1) 25% of the space is to be allowed for chemical reactions and (2) the output of product XX’ from the final process IV is expected to be 10 metric tonnes

    the output is sold so as to show a profit ofon the selling price the rest of the out 619675

    Model: Normal loss with realized value + selling price determination

    At the end of Process A, which was carried on in a factory during the week that ended on 30 June 2009, the number of units produced was 1,750 excluding 50 units damaged at the very end of the process. The damaged units realized Rs. 5 per unit as the scrap. Generally, a normal wastage of 10% occurs during the process and so the wastage realized was Rs. 3 per unit.

    A unit of raw material costs Rs. 6. The other expenses of the week were:

    Wages

    1,000

    Power

    500

    General expenses

    900

    50% of the output is sold so as to show a profit ofon the selling price. The rest of the output is transferred to Process “B”. Prepare Process “A” Account.

    a works for 2 400 hours per annum out of which 400 hours are non productive but trea 619597

    A, an employee of XYZ Co., gets the following emoluments and benefits:

    1. Salary Rs. 250 p.m.
    2. Dearness allowance (DA)

    on 1st Rs. 100 of salary Rs. 400

    on next Rs. 100 of salary Rs. 100

    on balance every Rs. 100 Rs. 50 or part thereof

    1. Employer’s contribution to:

    Provident fund

    8% of salary and DA

    ESI

    4% of salary and DA

    Bonus 20% of salary and DA

    1. Other allowances 2,725 p.a.

    A works for 2,400 hours per annum; out of which 400 hours are non-productive but treated as normal idle time. A worked for 18 effective hours in Job No. 13 where the cost of direct material equals A’s earnings and the overhead applied is 100% of prime cost. The sale value of the job is quoted to earn a profit of 10% on such value.

    You are required to find out:

    1. the effective hourly cost of A and
    2. the expected sale value of Job No. 13.

    it is the practice of the business to make the jobs absorb factory overheads based o 619598

    X Co., engaged in job work, has completed all jobs in hand on 30 December, and showed direct materials and direct labour cost of Rs. 80,000 and Rs. 60,000 respectively as having been incurred on Job No. 501.

    The costs incurred by the business on 31 December 2009, the last day of the accounting year, were as under:

    Direct materials (Job 501)

    Rs. 4,000

    Direct wages (Job 501)

    Rs. 16,000

    Indirect labour

    Rs. 4,000

    Miscellaneous factory overheads

    Rs. 3,000

    It is the practice of the business to make the jobs absorb factory overheads based on 120% of direct labour cost. Calculate the value of work-in-progress of Job No. 501 on 31 December 2009.

    assuming that 1 000 units were produced in batch no 37 calculate 619601

    Batch No. 37 incurred the following costs:

    Direct materials

    Rs. 3,280

    Department A

    420 labour hours @ Rs. 3.50

    Department B

    686 labour hours @ Rs. 3.00

    Factory overheads are absorbed on labour and the rates are Rs. 8 per hour for Department A and Rs. 5 per hour for Department B. The firm uses a cost plus system for setting selling price and expects a 25% gross profit (sales value minus factory cost).

    Administrative overheads are absorbed as 10% of selling price.

    Assuming that 1,000 units were produced in Batch No. 37, calculate:

    1. the selling price per unit
    2. the total amount of administrative overheads recovered by patch No. 37
    3. the notional net profit per unit

    how would you treat the above under back flush costing apply all the versions 619602

    Purchase of raw materials in January 2010

    25,000

    Conversion costs (inclusive of labour) in January

    20,000

    Units computed in January

    1,200

    Units sold in January

    1,000

    Standard cost per unit of output

    Materials

    12

    Conversion cost

    6

    18

    There are no direct material variances in January. It is also found that there are no opening stocks of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods. How would you treat the above under back flush costing. Apply all the versions.

    the contract price was rs 5 00 000 and the same was duly received when the contract 619603

    Model: Simple Finished Contracts

    The following are the expenses of Renu & Co in respect of a contract which commenced on 1 April 2009.

    Materials Purchased

    60,000

    Materials on hand

    5,000

    Direct wages

    80,000

    Plant issued

    50,000

    Direct expenses

    30,000

    The contract price was Rs. 5,00,000 and the same was duly received when the contract was completed in December 2009. The charge indirect expenses at 10% on direct wages provide a 10% depreciation on the plant per annum.

    You are required to prepare the contract A/c and the Contractee’s A/c.

    cash received is 80 of the work certified 10 of the value of materials issued and 6 619606

    Vasanth Construction Co. has undertaken a contract for construction of a Conference Hall in a Star Hotel for a total value of Rs. 72 lakhs on 1 January 2009. It was estimated that the contract would be completed by 30 June 2010. You are required to prepare a contract A/c for the year ending 31 December 2009 from the following information:

    Wages

    18,00,000

    Materials

    9,00,000

    Materials at site (on 31 December 2009)

    1,00,000

    Special plant

    5,00,000

    Overheads

    3,60,000

    Work certified

    50,00,000

    Depreciation at 10% per annum on the plant.

    Cash received is 80% of the work certified, 10% of the value of materials issued, and 6% of the wages that may be taken to have been incurred for the portion of the work completed but not yet certified. Overheads that are charged as percentage of direct wages have been incurred for the portion of work completed but not yet certified. Overheads are charged as percentage of direct wages.

    vrs ltd is engaged in construction of a flyover project in chennai from the followin 619608

    Model: Estimated Profit on Completion of Contract

    VRS Ltd is engaged in construction of a Flyover Project in Chennai. From the following information as on 31 March 2010 you are required to calculate:

    1. Profit to be transferred to P&L A/c (i.e., estimated profit to date on the contract)
    2. Estimated profit on completion of the contract
    3. Cost of the WIP at the year end.

    Contract price

    Rs.40,00,000

    Work certified

    Rs.20,00,000

    Uncertified work

    Rs.10,00,000

    Surveyor’s estimation of work completed:

    Direct labour

    50%

    Direct materials

    80%

    Overheads

    50%

    Materials sent to site

    Rs.5,00,000

    Labour

    Rs.2,80,000

    Overhead

    Rs.3,20,000

    Materials in hand

    Rs.1,00,000

    you are required to prepare an account showing profit on contract up to 31 march 201 619610

    Model: Profit on Contract

    Vijay & Co. obtained a contract for the construction of a residential building of Rs. 9,00,000.Building operations are started on 1 April 2009 and at the end of the financial year, that is, 31 March 2010, they received from the party a sum of Rs. 3,60,000 being 80% of the amount of the surveyor’s certificate. The following additional information is available:

    Stores issued to contract

    1,80,000

    Stores on hand as on 31 March 2010

    15,000

    Wages paid

    2,46,000

    Plant purchased for the contract

    30,000

    Direct expenses

    12,900

    Plant to be depreciated @ 10%

    You are required to prepare an account showing profit on contract up to 31 March 2010. Also discuss whether Vijay & Co. would be justified in taking the full amount of this profit to the credit of their P&L A/c.

    prepare the contract account for the year ended 31 december 2009 619612

    Model: Balance Sheet Entries

    A company undertook a contract for construction of large housing apartments. The construction work commenced on 1 January 2009 and the following data are available for the year that ended on 31 December 2009.

    Rs.(in ‘000)

    Contract price

    70,000

    Work certified

    40,000

    Progress payments received

    30,000

    Materials issued to site

    15,000

    Planning and estimate costs

    2,000

    Direct wages paid

    8,000

    Materials returned from site

    500

    Plant hire charges

    3,500

    Wage-related costs

    1,000

    Site-office costs

    1,356

    Head-office expenses apportioned

    750

    Direct expenses

    1,804

    Work uncertified

    298

    The contractors own a plant which originally cost Rs. 40 lakhs and it has been continuously in use in this contract throughout the year. The residual value of the plant after 5 years of life is expected to be Rs.10 lakhs. Straight Line Method of depreciation is in use.

    As on 31 December 2009, the direct wage that is due and payable amounted to Rs.5,40,000 and the materials at site were estimated at Rs.4,00,000.

    1. Prepare the contract account for the year ended 31 December 2009
    2. Show the calculation of profit to be taken to P&L A/c of the year
    3. Show the relevant balance-sheet entries

    xl amp co ltd has undertaken the construction of a bridge over the river cauvery for 619613

    Model: Contractee Account Retention of % for a specified period

    XL & Co. Ltd has undertaken the construction of a bridge over the River Cauvery for Trichy Municipal Corporation. The value of the contract is Rs. 50,00,000 subject to a retention of 20% until one year after the certified completion of the contract and the final approval of the Corporation engineer. The following are the details as shown in the books on 31 December 2009:

    Labour on site

    16,20,000

    Materials direct to site Less returns

    16,80,000

    Materials from store

    3,24,800

    Hire and use of plant—plant upkeep Account

    48,400

    Direct expenses

    92,000

    General overhead allocated to the contract

    1,48,400

    Materials in hand on 30 June 2009

    25,200

    Wages accrued on 30 June 2009

    31,200

    Direct expenses accrued on 30 June 2009

    6,400

    Work not yet certified at cost

    66,000

    Amount certified by the Corporation engineer

    44,00,000

    Cash received on account

    35,20,000

    You are required to prepare

    1. Contract account
    2. Contractee’s account and
    3. Show how the relevant items would appear in the Balance Sheet

    during the period materials amounting to rs 4 500 have been transferred from contrac 619616

    Model: Two Contracts & Material transfer from one to another

    RR Construction Ltd is engaged on two contracts, Contract No, 105 and 106 during the year 2009. The following particulars are obtained at the end of the year 31 December 2009.

    Contract 105 Rs.

    Contract 106 Rs.

    Contract price

    3,00,000

    2,50,000

    Materials issued

    80,000

    30,000

    Materials returned

    2,000

    1,000

    Materials on site

    11,000

    4,000

    Direct labour

    75,000

    21,000

    Direct expenses

    33,000

    17,500

    Establishment expenses

    12,500

    3,500

    Plant installed at cost

    40,000

    35,000

    Value of plant (December 31)

    32,500

    32,000

    Cost of work not yet certified

    11,500

    5,000

    Value of work certified

    2,10,000

    67,500

    Cash received from contractees

    1,89,000

    62,500

    Architect’s fees

    1,000

    500

    During the period, materials amounting to Rs. 4,500 have been transferred from Contract 105 to Contract 106. The date of commencement of Contract No.105 is 1 April and Contract No. 106 is1 September. You are required to show:

    1. Contract Accounts
    2. Contractee’s Accounts, and
    3. Extract from Balance Sheet as on 31 December, clearly showing the calculation of WIP.

    a fabrication company undertakes long term contracts which involve the fabrication o 619617

    Model: Estimated Profit

    A fabrication company undertakes long-term contracts which involve the fabrication of pre-stressed concrete blocks and the erection of the same on the construction site:

    The following information is supplied regarding the contract which is incomplete on 31 March 2010:

    Cost incurred:

    Fabrication costs to date:

    8,40,000

    Direct materials

    2,70,000

    Direct labour

    2,25,000

    Overheads

    13,35,000

    Escalation costs to date

    45,000

    Total

    13,80,000

    Contract price

    24,57,000

    Cash received on account

    18,00,000

    Technical estimate of work complete to date:

    Fabrication:

    Direct materials: 80%

    Direct labour & overheads = 75%

    Erection = 25%

    You are required to prepare a statement of

    1. The estimated profit on completion of contract
    2. The estimated profit to date on the contract

    the plant is subjected to annual depreciation 20 of cost the contract is likely to b 619618

    Model: Actual & Estimate Contract Particulars—Ascertainment of Profit.

    VPR Ltd commenced a contract on 1 January 2009. The total contract was Rs. 40,00,000 (estimated by the contractee) and was accepted by VPR Ltd at 10% less. It was decided to estimate the total profit and take to the credit of P&L A/c that the proportion of estimated profit on cash basis which the work completed bore to the total contract price. Actual expenditure in 2009 and estimated expenditure in 2010 are given as follows:

    2009 Actual Rs.

    2010 Estimated Rs.

    Materials

    6,00,000

    10,40,000

    Labour: Paid

    4,00,000

    4,80,000

    Accrued

    40,000

    Plant purchased

    3,20,000

    Expenses

    1,60,000

    Plant returned to store (on cost)

    80,000

    2,00,000

    on 31 December 2009

    on 30 September 2010

    Materials at site

    40,000

    Work certified

    16,00,000

    Full

    Work uncertified

    60,000

    Cash received

    12,00,000

    Full

    The plant is subjected to annual depreciation @ 20% of cost. The contract is likely to be completed by 30 September 2010. You are required to prepare the contract Account.

    you are required to calculate the proportion of profit to be taken to the profit and 619620

    Model: Profit to be taken to P & L A/C Different methods

    An expenditure of Rs. 3,88,000 has been incurred on a contract to the end of 31, March 2010. The value of work certified is Rs. 4,40,000. The cost of work done but not yet certified is Rs. 12,000. It is estimated that the contract will be completed by 30 June 2010, and an additional expenditure of Rs. 80,000 will have to be incurred to complete the contract. The total estimated expenditure on the contract is to include a provision of 2½%for contingencies. The contract price is Rs. 5,60,000 and Rs. 4,00,000 has been realized in cash upto 31 march 2010.

    You are required to calculate the proportion of profit to be taken to the profit and loss Account as on 31 March 2010 under different methods.

    when the completion stage of contract is less than 1 4 the total expenditure on cont 619624

    1. Contract cost may be defined as the aggregate cost relative to a ______ designated a cost unit.
    2. In a contract, work is mainly involved in ______ activity.
    3. Generally, contracts are of ______ duration.
    4. Contract-costing method is similar to ______ .
    5. The contract work is carried out according to ______ of customers.
    6. Progress payments are made on the basis of ______ .
    7. Deductions that are made from progress payments are called __________ .
    8. To encourage an early completion of contracts, ________ clause and _____ clause are incorporated in contracts.
    9. The contractor is compensated for price rise by including ________ clause.
    10. There are two types of contracts: 1: fixed-price contract and 2: _________ .
    11. The costs which are incurred for contracts are mainly of _________ .
    12. Apportionment of administration overheads are done on the basis of _________ .
    13. Payments to sub-contractors are charged to respective _________ .
    14. Where no cost estimate is possible ________ contracts are suitable.

    When the completion stage of contract is less than 1/4, the total expenditure on contract is transferred to _________ .

    the following expenses were incurred on a contract that was still unfinished on 31 d 619639

    The following expenses were incurred on a contract that was still unfinished on 31 December 2009:

    Materials

    1,50,000

    Wages

    1,30,000

    Other expenses

    95,000

    Rs. 7,50,000 was received from the contractee being 75%of work certified. Work uncertified was Rs. 37,500. You are required to calculate the profit to be credited to P&L A/c:

    1. If the contract price was Rs. 20,00,000
    2. If the contract price was Rs. 30,00,000
    3. If the contract price was Rs. 50,00,000

    you are required to prepare a contract account keeping in view that material returne 619640

    The following is the summary of transactions as on 31 December 2009, relating to a special contract completed during the year:

    Materials purchased

    7,500

    Materials issued from stores

    2,500

    Wages

    12,200

    Direct expenses

    1,470

    Work on cost

    25% of direct wages

    Office on cost

    10% of prime cost

    Contract price

    Rs. 30,000

    You are required to prepare a contract account keeping in view that material returned amounted to Rs. 1,200.

    a construction company took a contract for the construction of a certain building on 619643

    A construction company took a contract for the construction of a certain building on 1 January 2009. The contract price was agreed at Rs. 40,00,000. The company had made the following expenditure during the year:

    Direct materials purchased

    1,00,000

    Materials issued from stores

    1,50,000

    Direct labour

    1,50,0000

    Plant

    4,00,000

    Direct expenses

    1,00,000

    From the following information, prepare a contract account and find out the value of tender:

    Direct materials purchased

    1,00,000

    Value of plant on 31 December 2009

    3,00,000

    Stock of materials at site

    50,000

    Materials returned to stores

    10,000

    Cash received from contractee

    7,00,000

    Cost of work not yet certified

    40,000

    [As the work certified is less thanth (25%) of the contract price, no profit would be taken to P&L A/c. WIP = Rs. 5,40,000]

    [Model: Work certified is 1/4th or more than 1/4th but less than 1/2 of the contract price]

    lsquo x rsquo undertook several contracts and his ledger contained a separate accoun 619644

    ‘x’ undertook several contracts and his ledger contained a separate account for each contract. On 30 June 2009, the account of the Contract No 108 showed the following amount expended there on:

    Materials directly purchased

    2,70,000

    Materials issued from stores

    2,40,000

    Plant purchased

    10,80,000

    Wages

    3,66,000

    Direct expenses

    36,000

    Proportion of establishment charges

    81,000

    10,68,000

    of the plant and materials charged to the contract the plant which cost rs 7 500 and 619647

    M/s Verma Building Contractors began to trade on 1 January 2009. The following was the expenditure on contract for Rs. 9,00,000.

    Materials issued from stores

    2,25,000

    Materials purchased

    60,000

    Plant installed at cost

    1,05,000

    Wages paid

    3,60,000

    Direct expenses paid

    33,000

    Establishment expenses

    30,000

    Direct expenses accrued due

    4,500

    on 31 December 2009

    Wage accrued due on

    3,000

    31 December 2009

    Of the plant and materials charged to the contract, the plant which cost Rs. 7,500 and materials costing Rs. 6,000 were lost. Some parts of the materials costing Rs. 3,750 were sold at a profit of Rs. 750. On 31 December 2009 the plant which cost Rs. 3,000 was returned to stores and the plant which cost Rs. 2,250 was transferred to some other contract.

    The work certified was Rs. 7,20,000 and 80%of the same was received in cash. The cost of work done but uncertified was Rs. 4,500. Charge depreciation on plant was at 10%p.a. You are required to prepare the contract account for the year that ended on 31 December 2009, by transferring to P&L A/c the portion of profit, if any, you consider reasonable.

    also calculate the percentage of works expenses to direct wages and the percentage o 619548

    From the following particulars, prepare a cost statement:

    Stock (1 January 2009)

    Raw materials

    91,500

    Finished goods

    61,200

    Stock (31 December 2009)

    Raw materials

    1,45,500

    Finished goods

    30,000

    Purchase of raw materials

    75,000

    Work-in-progress

    On 1 January 2009

    24,000

    On 31 December 2009

    27,000

    Sales

    2,85,000

    Direct wages

    61,200

    Factory expenses

    31,500

    Office expenses

    16,200

    Selling expenses

    11,400

    Distribution expenses

    7,500

    Also calculate the percentage of works expenses to direct wages and the percentage of office expenses to works cost.

    from the following particulars of a manufacturing company prepare a statement showin 619549

    From the following particulars of a manufacturing company, prepare a statement showing (a) cost of materials used; (b) prime cost; (c) works cost; (d) percentage of works overheads to productive wages; (e) cost of production; (f) percentage of general overheads to works cost; and (g) net profit.

    Stock of materials on 01 March 2010

    10,000

    Purchase of materials in March

    2,75,000

    Stock of finished goods on 1 March 2010

    12,500

    Productive wages

    1,25,000

    Finished goods sold

    6,00,000

    Works overheads

    37,500

    Office and general overheads

    25,000

    Stock of materials on 31 March 2010

    35,000

    Stock of finished goods on 31 March 2010

    15,000

    you are required to prepare a cost sheet in respect of the above showing a cost per 619550

    The following data are related to the manufacture of a standard product during the month of January 2010:

    Raw materials

    4,00,000

    Direct wages

    2,40,000

    Machine hours worked

    8,000 hours

    Machine hour rate

    Rs. 20

    Administration overheads

    10% of works cost

    Selling overheads

    Rs. 7.50 per unit

    Units produced

    4,000

    Units sold

    3,600 @ Rs. 250 each

    You are required to prepare a cost sheet in respect of the above showing (a) cost per unit and (b) profit for the month.

    if the scrapped production fetches only rs 940 find the production cost per unit if 619551

    The following particulars are obtained from the records of a factory:

    Materials issued

    1,28,000

    Wages paid

    1,12,000

    Factory overheads

    60% of wages

    Materials returned to stores:

    1,600

    Materials transferred to other jobs:

    800

    10% of the production has been scrapped as bad and a further 20% has been brought up to the specification by increasing the factory overheads to 80% of wages. If the scrapped production fetches only Rs. 940, find the production cost per unit if the finished product of the total production (including the quantity scrapped) is 100 units.

    ascertain the price to be charged of these different types of castings on the basis 619552

    A steel company has received an order for the supply of three different types of castings A, B and C, weighing 36, 90 and 54 tonnes respectively. 10% of raw materials used is wasted in manufacturing and sold as scrap for 25% of its cost. The cost of raw materials is Rs. 1,000 per tonne. The wages for the three types of casting amount to Rs. 24,000, Rs. 63,000 and Rs. 33,000 respectively. The costs of the moulds for the three types of castings are Rs. 2,400, Rs. 2,000 and Rs. 1,800 respectively. Factory overheads are to be charged at 30% of wages and selling, and distribution and administration overheads at 20% of works cost. It is desired to earn a profit of 25% on selling price. Ascertain the price to be charged of these different types of castings on the basis of the above information.

    the following inventories data relate to bright ltd 619554

    The following inventories data relate to Bright Ltd.

    Inventories

    Beginning
    Rs.

    Ending
    Rs.

    Finished goods

    55,000

    47,500

    Work-in-progress

    35,000

    40,000

    Raw materials

    45,000

    47,500

    Additional information

    Cost of goods available for sale

    3,42,000

    Total goods processed during the period

    3,27,000

    Factory overheads

    83,500

    Direct materials used

    96,500

    Requirements:

    1. Determine raw material purchases.
    2. Determine the direct labour cost incurred.

    Determine the cost of goods sold.

    compute the cost of work in progress inventory lost on 30 june 2009 by preparing a s 619555

    On 30 June 2009, a flash flood damaged the warehouse and factory of ABC corporation, completely destroying the work-in-progress inventory. There was no damage to either the raw materials or finished goods inventories. A physical verification taken after the flood revealed the following valuations:

    Raw materials

    1,24,000

    Work-in-progress

    ?

    Finished goods

    2,38,000

    The inventory on 1 January 2009 consisted of the following:

    Raw materials

    60,000

    Work-in-progress

    2,00,000

    Finished goods

    2,80,000

    5,40,000

    A review of the books and records disclosed that the gross profit margin historically approximated 25% of sales. The sales for the first six months were Rs. 6,80,000. Raw material purchases were Rs. 2,30,000. Direct labour costs for this period were Rs. 1,60,000 and manufacturing overhead has historically been 50% of direct labour.

    Compute the cost of work-in-progress inventory lost on 30 June 2009 by preparing a statement of cost and profit.

    calculate the cost of each pen drive per unit giving reasons for the basis of apport 619559

    A company makes two different types of pen drives XZ and YZ. The total expenses during the period as shown by the books – 600 of XZ and 800 of YZ – are as follows:

    Material

    99,000

    Direct wages

    6,000

    Stoves overheads

    9,900

    Running expenses of machine

    2,200

    Depreciation

    1,100

    Labour amenities

    750

    Works general

    15,000

    Administration and selling

    13,400

    Other date available to you

    XZ : YZ

    Materials cost ratio per unit

    1 : 2

    Direct labour ratio per unit

    2 : 3

    Machine utilization ratio per unit

    1 : 2

    Calculate the cost of each pen drive per unit giving reasons for the basis of apportionment by you.

    you are required to calculate the cost of job no 108 and calculate the selling price 619560

    Following data are available from the cost records of Aditya & Co. Ltd with respect to Job No. 108.

    Materials

    Rs. 10,000

    Wages:

    Department X

    40 hours @ Rs. 10 per hour

    Department Y

    50 hours @ Rs. 12 per hour

    Department Z

    60 hours @ Rs. 15 per hour

    Factory overheads (Variable):

    Department X

    Rs. 8,000 (estimated)

    Department Y

    Rs. 10,000 (estimated)

    Department Z

    Rs. 12,000 (estimated)

    The estimated direct labour hours during the budget period:

    Department X

    4,000 hours

    Department Y

    4,000 hours

    Department Z

    4,000 hours

    Fixed overheads: Rs. 20,000 for 20,000 normal working hours.

    You are required to calculate the cost of Job No. 108 and calculate the selling price required to earn a profit of 20% on cost.

    if the manufacturer wants to make a profit of 20 on the total cost of the work order 619561

    A work order for 500 units of a commodity has to pass through three different machines for which the machine hour rates are:

    Machine No. 1 – Rs. 1.00; Machine No. 2 – Rs. 2.00; and Machine No. 3 – Rs. 3.00.

    The following expenses have been incurred on the work order:

    Materials Rs. 10,500, Wages Rs. 1,000.

    Machine No. 1 has been engaged for 250 hours

    Machine No. 2 has been engaged for 150 hours

    Machine No. 3 has been engaged for 120 hours

    After the work has been completed, materials worth Rs. 500 are returned to the stores.

    Office overheads used to be 40% of works cost. But on account of rise in the cost of administration, distribution and sale, there has been a 50% rise in the office overhead expenditure.

    It is known that 10% of the production will have to be scrapped as not being up to the specification, and the sale proceeds of the scrapped output will be only 5% of cost of sales.

    If the manufacturer wants to make a profit of 20% on the total cost of the work order, compute the selling price of a unit of commodity.

    you are required to compare the cost of the work in progress 619562

    The quantity specified on a production order was 5,000 units of an article in the manufacture of which four operations were involved. The piece rates for these four operations were in the following sequence: Rs. 30; Rs. 40; Rs. 30; and Rs. 50 per unit. The company recovered factory overhead expenses based on direct labour cost, and the current overhead rate is 75%. The entire quantity of material authorized for the order, namely, 2000 kg @ Rs. 300 per kg, was issued to the shop. Of this, 100 kg was returned as scrap arising in course of manufacture, valued at Rs. 2,000.

    At the year end, the order was incomplete; only 500 units were fully completed and transferred to finished stock. Stock-taking of the work-in-progress revealed the following position:

    Material in process:

    1,400 kg

    Material in hand, in shop (unprocessed):

    300 kg

    Production in partly completed stage:

    4,000 units

    Extent of work performed:

    Up to first operation stage:

    2,000 units

    Up to the second operation stage:

    1,500 units

    Up to the third operation stage:

    500 units

    Up to the fourth operation stage:

    nil

    You are required to compare the cost of the work-in-progress.

    there are no direct material variances in june it is also found that there are no op 619566

    Following information relates to the manufacture of a component in a cost centre:

    Cost of materials

    10 paise per component

    Operator’s wages

    80 paise an hour

    Machine hour rate

    Rs. 2

    Set-up time of the machine

    2 hrs 30 minutes

    Manufacturing time

    10 minutes per component

    You are required to prepare cost sheets showing both production and set-up costs–total and per unit when a batch consists of 10, 100 and 1,000 components.

    Purchase of raw materials in June

    Rs. 22,000

    Conversion costs (including labour) in June

    Rs. 20,000

    Units completed in June

    2,000

    Units sold in June

    1,600

    Standard cost per unit of output

    Materials Rs. 20

    Conversion cost Rs. 10

    Rs. 30

    There are no direct material variances in June. It is also found that there are no opening stocks of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods.

    the main difference between these methods version 1 and version 2 is in version 1 th 619567

    To record purchases and consumption by units sold, a combined direct raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods inventory has to be maintained. The account under this method is christened as “inventory control account”. To calculate the cost of direct materials consumed, standard rates or budgeted rates are used.

    The cost of units sold is recorded in the cost of goods sold account. At the end of the month, unabsorbed conversion costs are transferred to cost of goods sold account.

    The main difference between these methods (version 1 and version 2) is: In version 1, the physical sequences are taken as complete when the units of output have been completelymanufactured, whereas in version 2, physical sequences are taken as complete onlyon saleof units produced.

    the contract price of job no 15 which is completed is fixed at rs 2 20 000 job no 16 619582

    From the following information, prepare Job No. 15, and Job No. 16 accounts in the job cost ledger:

    Job No. 15 Rs.

    Job No. 16 Rs.

    Direct materials

    9,600

    4,800

    Materials received from stores

    67,200

    57,600

    Direct wages

    38,400

    20,000

    Other direct expenses

    4,000

    2,000

    The production overheads are to be taken at 100% of wages and administration overheads at 20% of the production cost. The contract price of Job No. 15, which is completed, is fixed at Rs. 2,20,000. Job No. 16 is in progress.

    you are required to calculate the cost of job no 415 and calculate the price to give 619584

    The following direct costs were incurred on Job No. 415 of Standard Radio Company:

    Materials: Rs. 4,010

    Wages:

    Department A; 60 hours @ Rs. 3 per hour

    Department B; 40 hours @ Rs. 2 per hour

    Department C; 20 hours @ Rs. 5 per hour

    Overhead expenses for these three departments were estimated as follows:

    Variable Overheads:

    Department A: Rs. 5,000 for 5,000 labour hours

    Department B: Rs. 3,000 for 1,500 labour hours

    Department C: Rs. 2,000 for 500 labour hours

    Fixed Overheads: Estimated at Rs. 20,000 for 10,000 normal working hours.

    You are required to calculate the cost of Job No. 415 and calculate the price to give profit of 25% on selling price.

    prepare a cost sheet and find out overhead recovery rates and percentage of profit o 619585

    A factory follows job costing. The following cost data are obtained from its books for the year ending 31 March 2010.

    Direct materials

    45,000

    Direct wages

    37,500

    Profit

    30,450

    Selling and distribution overheads

    26,250

    Administration overheads

    21,000

    Factory overheads

    22,500

    Prepare a cost sheet and find out overhead recovery rates and percentage of profit on sales.

    find out the rate of selling price per unit if 20 profit on sale price is desired as 619592

    A work order for 500 units of a commodity has to pass through four different machines, the machine hour rates of which are:

    Machine No. 1

    Rs. 1.25

    Machine No. 2

    Rs. 3.00

    Machine No. 3

    Rs. 4.00

    Machine No. 4

    Rs. 2.50

    The following expenses have been incurred on the work order:

    Materials Rs. 20,000; Wages Rs. 1,500

    Machine 1 worked for 200 hours

    Machine 2 worked for 300 hours

    Machine 3 worked for 240 hours

    Machine 4 worked for 100 hours

    After the work order has been executed, materials worth Rs. 1,000 were returned to stores.

    Office overheads are to be estimated at 60% of works cost; 10% of the production is going to be discarded, being unsatisfactory for which ½ of the cost can be realized from sale in the scrap market.

    Find out the rate of selling price per unit if 20% profit on sale price is desired. Assume the net result output is 500 units.

    a factory can produce 60 000 units per annum at its optimum capacity the estimated u 619595

    A factory can produce 60,000 units per annum at its optimum capacity. The estimated unit cost of production is as follows:

    Direct material

    3

    Direct labour

    2

    Indirect expense

    1,50,000 p.a.

    Fixed

    5/unit

    Variable–Semi–variable: Rs. 50,000 p.a. up to 50% capacity and an extra of Rs. 10,000 for every 25% increase in capacity or part thereof.

    The factory produces only against orders (and not for stock). The production programme of the factory is as indicated below. The management desires to ensure a profit of Rs. 1,00,000 for the year. Work out the average selling price at which each unit should be quoted:

    First 3 months of the year: 50% of the capacity

    Remaining 9 months: 80% of the capacity

    Ignore selling and administration overheads.

    calculate the amount of factory overheads administration overhead and profit for eac 619596

    In an engineering company the factory overheads are recovered on a fixed percentage basis on direct wages and administrative overheads are absorbed on a fixed percentage basis on factory cost.

    The company has furnished the following data relating to two jobs undertaken by it in a period:

    Job 101 Rs.

    Job 102 Rs.

    Direct material

    54,000

    37,500

    Direct labour

    42,000

    30,000

    Selling price

    1,66,650

    1,28,250

    Percentage profit on total cost

    10%

    20%

    Required:

    1. Compute the percentage recovery rates of factory overheads and administrative overheads.
    2. Calculate the amount of factory overheads, administration overhead and profit for each of the two jobs.
    3. Using the above recovery rates, fix the selling price of Job 103, the additional data being:

    Direct materials Rs. 24,000

    Direct wages Rs. 20,000

    the company follows the practice of transferring 25 to general reserve similar types 619466

    Balance Sheet of Super Gain Ltd. As on 31 March 2010

    Liabilities:

    Share Capital:

    5,00,000

    5,000 Shares of Rs.100 each

    1,00,000

    General Reserve

    70,000

    Profit and Loss Account

    1,45,000

    Sundry Creditors

    Income Tax Reserve

    8,50,000

    Assets:

    Land & Buildings

    2,00,000

    Plant & Machinery

    3,00,000

    Patents & Trade Marks

    25,000

    Stocks

    75,000

    Debtors

    2,00,000

    Bank balance

    35,000

    Preliminary expenses

    15,000

    The expert valuer valued the land and buildings at Rs.2,50,000; plant and machinery at Rs.2,80,000 and Goodwill at Rs.2,00,000. Out of the total debtors, it is found that debtors of Rs.20,000 are bad. The profits of the company were as follows:

    2007–08

    :

    1,00,000

    2008–09

    :

    1,30,000

    2009–10

    :

    1,50,000

    The Company follows the practice of transferring 25% to general reserve. Similar types of companies earn at 10% of the value of their shares.

    You are required to ascertain the value of the shares of the company as follows:

    1. Intrinsic value method
    2. Yield value method
    3. Fair value method

    model value of few shares are to be sold and majority are to be sold from the data g 619468

    Model: Value of few shares are to be sold and majority are to be sold From the data given below, you are required to compare the value of each share when (a) only a few shares are to be sold and if (b) majority shares are to be sold:

    1. Share capital: 10,000 shares of Rs.100 each, fully paid
    2. Profits after tax and dividends

    Year

    Profits

    Dividends

    2008

    3,00,000

    12%

    2009

    4,00,000

    16%

    2010

    5,00,000

    20%

    1. Normal rate of return 12%

    they have approached you to make an assessment of the price per equity share a purch 619472

    Model: Value of shares—Net assets and PE ratio methods) Dev Ltd. is a going concern and its directors who are also owners have decided to sell their business. They have approached you to make an assessment of the price per equity share a purchaser might offer. The relevant information is as follows:

    Balance Sheet as on 31 March 2010

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital:

    Fixed Assets (Net Book Value)

    50,000 Equity Shares of Rs. 10 Each

    5,00,000

    Land & Buildings

    14,00,000

    Reserves Dividend Equalization Fund

    12,00,000

    Plant & Equipment

    7,50,000

    Secured Loan

    1,50,000

    Motor Vehicle

    1,40,000

    Staff Welfare Fund

    6,00,000

    Intangible Assets

    10,000

    Current Liabilities

    50,000

    Current Assets:

    Creditors

    2,75,000

    Stock

    3,00,000

    Accrued Expenses

    1,25,000

    Debtors

    2,50,000

    Proposed Dividend

    75,000

    Cash and Bank

    50,000

    Deferred Advertisement Cost

    75,000

    29,75,000

    29,75,000

    Net profits after tax and interest but before payment of dividends were: 2005–06: Rs.1,50,000; 2006–07: Rs.1,60,000; 2007-08: Rs.1,20,000; 2008–09: Rs.1,50,000; 2009–10: Rs.1,70,000. The fixed assets of the company have been valued by independent experts as follows:

    Land & Buildings

    17,40,000

    Plant & Equipment

    8,60,000

    Motor vehicle

    1,00,000

    The applicable price earnings PE ratio is 10. You are required to compute the value per equity share of the company based on:

    1. Net assets
    2. PE ratio

    state whether the following statements are true or false i goodwill is a tangible as 619473

    State whether the following statements are true or false
    i) Goodwill is a tangible asset.

    a) Goodwill is not recorded in the books of accounts, generally.

    b) The capacity of a business to earn profit at the current accounting period is termed as goodwill.

    c) When evaluating goodwill, income from non-trading assets should be excluded.

    d) Profitability is one of the main factors that affect the value of goodwill. Here, profit refers to the past year’s profit earned by the firm.

    e) While computing capital employed, all current liabilities should be excluded.

    f) Fictitious assets should be included, when capital employed is computed.

    g) Provision for taxation, if it appears in the balance sheet, should be treated as a part of profit for the purpose of computing (average) capital employed.

    h) The value of goodwill is directly proportionate to the amount of capital employed.

    i) Weighted average method can be used to calculate future maintainable profit, if the trend is increase in profit every year.

    j) Normal rate of return is the rate of profit generally earned by other similar firms in that industry.

    k) By the use of capitalization of super profit method, the value of goodwill will be maximum.

    l) While valuing the intrinsic value of shares, investment should be valued at their book value.

    m) The value of shares of a company is affected by proportion of liabilities and the capital.

    n) Provision for bad and doubtful debts should not be taken into consideration while valuing the assets in ascertaining the intrinsic value of shares.

    o) In case the preference shares are participating preference shares, their claim for surplus should not be deducted from the value of the assets In case of partly paid-up and fully paid-up shares, it is imperative to convert partly paid-up shares into fully paid-up shares by making a notional call.

    p) Fair value of share is not connected with intrinsic value and yield value of shares.

    q) When only a few shares are to be sold, profits for the past few years are to be determined, from which expected rate of return is computed.

    r) Another name of intrinsic value method is asset backing method.

    evaluate the goodwill of the company at 5 times of the super profit model super prof 619495

    The balance sheet of ABC Ltd. on 31 March 2010 is as follows:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    15,0008%

    1,50,000

    Goodwill

    30,000

    Preference

    Fixed Assets

    5,40,000

    Shares of Z10

    investment (5%

    60,000

    Each

    Govt Loan)

    30,000 Equity

    3,00,000

    Current Assets

    3,00,000

    Shares of Z10

    Preliminary

    30,000

    Each

    Expenses

    Reserves (including

    3,00,000

    Discount on debentures

    15,000

    Provisions for

    Taxation

    T 30,000)

    8% Debentures

    1,50,000

    Creditors

    75,000

    9,75,000

    9,75,000

    The average profit of the company (after deducting interest on debentures and taxes) is 90,000. The market value of the machinery included in fixed assets is Rs.15,000 more. Expected rate of return is 10%. Evaluate the goodwill of the company at 5 times of the super profit. [Model: Super profit method (Capitalization of super profit method)]

    there was a liability of rs 12 500 which remained unrecorded assume preference share 619504

    From the following balance sheet, you are required to value the equity shares:

    Liabilities

    ?

    Assets

    ?

    5,0006% Prefer- ence Shares of !100 Each
    75,000 Equity Shares of Z 10 Each
    Current Liabilities

    5,00,000
    7,50,000
    2,50,000

    Assets at Book Value

    15,00,000

    15,00,000

    15,00,000

    The market value of 50% of the assets is considered at 10% more than the book values and that remaining 50% at 5% less than the book values. There was a liability of Rs.12,500, which remained unrecorded. Assume preference shares have no priority as to the repayment of capital or dividend.

    the company is yet to declare its main dividend on 31 march 2010 the fixed assets ar 619505

    VRS Ltd. started its business on 1 April 2007. On 31 March 2010, its balance sheet in a summarized from was as follows:

    Liabilities

    Rs. Rs.

    Assets

    Share Capital

    3,00,000

    Fixed Assets (Less

    9,00,000

    3,000, 10%

    Depreciation)

    Preference

    Current Assets

    12,00,000

    Shares of Rs. 100

    Preliminary

    15,000

    Each, Fully Paid

    Expenses

    90,000 Equity

    9,00,000

    Shares of Rs. 10

    Each Fully Paid

    Capital Reserve

    7,500

    P&L A/c

    1,65,000

    13% Debentures

    1,50,000

    Sundry Creditors

    5,40,000

    Provision for

    51,500

    Income Tax

    21,15,000

    21,15,000

    The company is yet to declare its main dividend on 31 March 2010. The fixed assets are revalued at Rs.9,60,000. You are required to calculate the value of two classes of shares.

    for the valuation of shares goodwill shall be taken at 2 years rsquo purchase of the 619506

    From the following information, you are required to compute the value of each share:

    Current

    1,00,000

    Loans &

    1,50,000

    Liabilities

    Advances

    Miscellaneous

    50,000

    Expenditure

    29,00,000

    29,00,000

    For the valuation of shares, goodwill shall be taken at 2 years’ purchase of the average profit of the last 5 years. The profits for the last 5 years were: Rs.3,00,000; Rs.3,50,000; Rs.2,00,000; Rs.2,50,000 and Rs.2,50,000.

    calculate the value of the goodwill of the business on the basis of an annuity of su 619514

    The net profits of a company after providing for taxation for the past Rs.years are 2006: 37 lakh; 2007: Rs.42 lakh; 2008: Rs.44 lakh; 2009: Rs.47 lakh and 2010: Rs.50 lakh.
    The capital employed in the business is Rs.4 crore, on which a reasonable rate of return of 10% is expected. It is expected that the company will be able to maintain its super profits for the next 5 years.
    i.Calculate the value of the goodwill of the business on the basis of an annuity of super profits, taking the present value of Rs.1 for the 5 years at 10% interest as Rs.3.78.
    ii.How would your answer differ if the goodwill is valued by capitalizing the excess of the annual profits over the reasonable return on capital employed on the basis of the same return of 10%?

    income tax 50 has been payable on these profits dividends have been distributed from 619516

    Ascertain the value of goodwill of Rainbow Ltd. carrying on business from the following:

    Balance Sheet as at 31 March 2010

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Paid-up Capital:

    Goodwill at Cost

    5,00,000

    50,000 Shares of Z 100 Each Fully

    50,00,000

    Land & Buildings at Cost

    22,00,000

    Paid

    Bank Overdraft

    9,60,000

    Plant & Machin-

    20,00,000

    Sundry Creditors

    16,10,000

    ery at Cost (Less

    Depreciation)

    Provision for

    8,50,000

    Stock-in-trade

    30,00,000

    Taxation

    Profit & Loss

    12,00,000

    Book Debts (Less

    19,20,000

    Appropriation

    Provision for Bad

    Account

    Debts

    96,20,000

    96,20,000

    The company started operations in 2005 with a paid-up capital as aforementioned of Rs.50,00,000. Profits earned before providing for taxation have been as follows:

    Year ended 31 March

    2006

    12,50,000

    2007

    13,00,000

    2008

    17,00,000

    2009

    20,00,000

    2010

    17,50,000

    Income tax @ 50% has been payable on these profits. Dividends have been distributed from the profit of the first 3 years @ 10% and from those of next 2 years @ 15% of the paid-up capital.

    profits after tax for 3 years 2007 2008 and 2009 are after charging debentures inter 619517

    The summarized balance sheet of Six Stars Ltd as on 31 December 2009:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital:

    Goodwill

    2,00,000

    (In Shares of

    Rs.100 Each)

    6,000, 6% Prefer- ence Shares

    6,00,000

    Freehold Prop- erty

    15,00,000

    26,000 Equity

    26,00,000

    Plant &

    14,00,000

    Shares

    Machinery (Less

    Depreciation)

    Profit & Loss A/c

    18,00,000

    Stock

    14,80,000

    5% Deben- tures-2001

    12,00,000

    Debtors (Net)

    15,97,000

    Sundry Creditors

    9,57,000

    Bank Balance

    9,80,000

    71,57,000

    71,57,000

    Profits after tax for 3 years 2007, 2008 and 2009 are after charging debentures interest were 8,82,000; Rs.12,90,000 and Rs.9,60,000, respectively. Mr. Manu is interested in buying all the equity shares and requests you to let him know the proper price. You get the following information:

    1. The normal rate of return is 10% on the net assets attributed.
    2. Goodwill may be calculated at 3 times adjusted average super profits of the 3 years referred to above (Present value of Rs.1 is Rs.2.487).
    3. The value of freehold is to be ascertained on the basis of 8% return. The current rental value is Rs.2,01,600.
    4. Rate of tax applicable is 50%.
    5. 10% of profits for 2008 referred to above arose from a transaction of non-recurring mature.
    6. A provision of Rs.63,000 on sundry debtors was made in 2009 which is no longer required; profit for the year 2009 is to be adjusted for this item.
    7. A claim of Rs.33,000 against the company is to be provided and against profit for 2009.

    Ascertain the value of goodwill of the company by taking the capital employed as on 31 December 2009.

    from the following information supplied to you ascertain the value of goodwill of xy 619518

    From the following information supplied to you, ascertain the value of goodwill of XYZ Ltd. which is carrying on business as a retail trader, under super profits method:

    Balance Sheet as on 31 March 2010

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Paid-up Capital:

    Goodwill

    2,50,000

    25,000 Shares of
    Rs. 100 Each, Fully

    25,00,000

    Land & Building at Cost

    11,00,000

    Paid

    Bank Overdraft

    5,83,000

    Plant &

    10,00,000

    Sundry Creditors

    9,05,000

    Machinery at

    Cost

    Provision of

    1,95,000

    Stock-In-trade

    15,00,000

    Taxation

    Profit & Loss

    5,66,500

    Book Debts (Less

    9,00,000

    Appropriation

    Provision for Bad

    A/c

    Debts)

    47,50,000

    47,50,000

    The company commenced operations in 1990 with a paid-up capital of Rs.25,00,000. Profits for recent years (after taxation) have been as follows:

    Year Ended 31 March

    2006

    (2,00,000)

    2007

    4,40,000

    2008

    5,15,000

    2009

    5,80,000

    2010

    6,50,000

    The loss in 2005-06 occurred due to a prolonged strike. The income tax paid so far has been at the average rate of 40% but it is likely to be 50% from 2010-11 onwards. Dividends were distributed at the rate of 10% on the paid-up capital in 2006-07 and 2007-08 at the rate of 15% in 2008-09 and 2009-10. The price of shares is ruling at Rs.125 at the end of the year ended 31 March 2010. Profits till 2009-10 have been ascertained after debiting Rs.2,00,000 as remuneration to the managing director. The government has approved a remuneration of Rs.3,00,000 with effect from 1 April 2010. The company has been able to secure a contract for supply of materials at advantageous prices. The advantage has been valued at Rs.2,00,000 p.a. for the next 5 years.

    the following is the balance sheet of good morning ltd as at 31 march 2010 619519

    The following is the balance sheet of Good Morning Ltd. as at 31 March 2010:

    Liabilities

     

    Assets

     

    Share Capital:

     

    Fixed Assets:

     

    Equity Shares of

    20,00,000

    Goodwill

    2,00,000

    Rs.100 Each

     

    Machinery

    10,00,000

    Less: Calls In

    2,00,000

    Factory Shed

    11,00,000

    Arrears (!20 on

     

    Vehicle

    3,00,000

    Final Call)

     

    Furniture

    1,00,000

     

    18,00,000

     

     

    10% Preference

    8,00,000

    Investments

    4,00,000

    Shares of Rs. 10

     

    Current Assets:

     

    Each Fully Paid

     

    Stock In Trade

    8,00,000

    Reserves &

     

    Sundry Debtors

    14,00,000

    Surplus:

     

     

     

    General Reserve

    8,00,000

    Cash At Bank

    2,00,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    6,00,000

    Miscellaneous

     

    Current Liabilities:

     

    Expenditure:

     

    Bank Loan

    4,00,000

    Preliminary

    1,00,000

    Sundry Creditors

    12,00,000

    Expenses

     

     

    56,00,000

     

    56,00,000

    Additional information:

    1. Fixed assets are worth above their book value. Depreciation on approved value of fixed assets is not to be considered for valuation of goodwill.
    2. Of the investment, 60% is non-trading and the balance is trading. All trade investments are to be valued at 25% the above cost. A uniform rate of dividend @ 15% is earned on all investments.
    3. For the purpose of valuation of shares, goodwill is to be considered on the basis of 4 years’ purchase of the super profits based on average profit (after tax) of the last 3 years. Profits (after tax) are as follows:

     

     

    2007–08

    8,00,000

    2008–09

    8,60,000

    2009–10

    9,00,000

    1. In a similar business, return on capital employed is 15% (after tax).
    2. In 2007–08, new machinery costing Rs.40,000 was purchased but wrongly charged to revenue (no effect has been given yet for rectifying the same) Depreciation on machinery is charged @ 10% on reducing balance method. Find out the value of each fully paid and partly paid equity share on net assets basis

    x ltd manufactures a consumable product from the following data relating to a year y 619523

    Model: Preparation of cost sheet

    X Ltd manufactures a consumable product. From the following data relating to a year, you are required to prepare the cost sheet.

    Materials (opening)

    30,000

    Materials (closing)

    25,000

    Work-in-progress (opening)

    50,000

    Work-in-progress (closing)

    55,000

    Finished goods (opening)

    60,000

    Finished goods (closing)

    80,000

    Materials purchased during the year

    1,20,000

    Direct labour

    90,000

    Manufacturing overhead

    80,000

    Selling expenses

    40,000

    General expenses

    32,000

    Sales

    3,92,000

    vasant ltd manufactures a product a summary of its activities for the year 2009 ndas 619527

    Model: Cost sheet (value of stock to be computed)

    Vasant Ltd manufactures a product. A summary of its activities for the year 2009–2010 is given below:

    Units

    Sales

    1,00,000

    10,00,000

    Material, 1 April 2009

    50,000

    Material, 31 March 2010

    35,000

    Work-in-progress, 1 April 09

    45,000

    Work-in-progress, 31 March 10

    60,000

    Finished goods, 1 April 2009

    20,000

    1,00,000

    Finished goods, 31 March 2010

    40,000

    Materials purchased

    2,00,000

    Direct labour

    1,60,000

    Manufacturing overhead

    1,20,000

    Selling expenses

    1,10,000

    General expenses

    50,000

    Prepare a cost sheet.

    [B.Com (Hons), Delhi. Modified]

    the following particulars have been extracted from the books of a manufacturing comp 619528

    Model: Cost sheet with the following columns: Total cost, % to Total cost, Cost/unit

    The following particulars have been extracted from the books of a manufacturing company for the month of December 2009

    Stock of materials as on 1 December 2009

    40,000

    Stock of materials as on 31 December 2009

    50,000

    Materials purchased during the month

    2,00,000

    Drawing office salaries

    9,000

    Counting house salaries

    9,000

    Carriage on purchases

    7,000

    Carriage on sales

    4,000

    Cash discount allowed

    2,750

    Bad debts written off

    3,000

    Repairs of plant, machinery and tools

    8,000

    Rent, rates, taxes and insurance (factory)

    4,000

    Rent, rates, taxes and insurance (office)

    600

    Travelling expenses

    3,000

    Traveller’s salaries and commission

    10,000

    Productive wages

    1,20,000

    Depreciation written off on plant, machinery, tools

    6,000

    Depreciation written off on office furniture

    400

    Director’s fees

    5,000

    Gas and water charges (factory)

    1,000

    Gas and water charges (office)

    250

    General charges

    4,750

    Manager’s salary

    18,000

    Out of 48 working hours in a week, the time devoted by the manager to the factory and office was on an average 40 hours and 8 hours respectively. 1,00,000 units were produced and sold. There was no opening and closing stock of it.

    You are required to prepare a cost sheet showing:

    1. Cost of materials consumed
    2. Prime cost
    3. Works overhead
    4. Works cost
    5. Office and administration overhead
    6. Cost of production
    7. Selling and distribution overhead
    8. Cost of sales

    Each with percentage to total cost and cost per unit.

    Cost Sheet for the Month of December 2009

    the following data have been extracted from the records of xyz co ltd for the month 619532

    Model: Cost of production of goods manufactured – statement of cost of sales and profit earned

    The following data have been extracted from the records of XYZ Co. Ltd for the month of December 2009.

    Cost of raw materials on 1 December 2009

    25,000

    Raw materials purchased during the month

    4,20,000

    Wages paid

    2,00,000

    Factory overheads

    70,000

    Cost of work-in-progress on 1 December 2009

    10,000

    Cost of raw materials on 31 December 2009

    15,000

    Cost of work-in-progress on 31 December 2009

    12,000

    Cost of stock of finished goods on 1 December 2009

    40,000

    Cost of stock of finished goods on 31, December 2009

    37,000

    Administration overheads

    25,000

    Selling and distribution overheads

    20,000

    Sales

    8,00,000

    You are required to prepare:

    1. Cost sheet showing the cost of production of goods manufactured
    2. Statement showing the cost of sales and the profit earned.

    the cost structure of an lcd t v the selling price of which is rs 90 000 is as follo 619535

    The cost structure of an LCD T V, the selling price of which is Rs. 90,000, is as follows:

    Direct materials = 50%

    Direct labour = 20%

    Overheads = 30%

    An increase of 15% in the cost of materials and 25% in the cost of labour is anticipated. These increased costs in relation to the present selling price would cause a 25% decrease in the amount of present profit per T V. You are required to (1) prepare the statement of profit per TV at present and (2) the revised selling price to produce the same percentage of profit to sales as before.

    works on cost 50 of wages office on cost 20 on works cost selling on cost 10 of work 619544

    The following data relate to the manufacture of a standard product during the month of March 2010:

    Raw materials:

    Opening stock

    30,000

    Purchases

    70,000

    Closing stock

    20,000

    Wages

    1,20,000

    Works on cost, 50% of wages; office on cost, 20% on works cost; selling on cost, 10% of works cost; profit, 20% on sales; and number of units produced, 10,000. Prepare a statement showing the total cost and profit.

    draw a statement of cost from the following particulars 619546

    Draw a statement of cost from the following particulars.

    Opening stock:

    Materials

    1,00,000

    Work-in-progress

    30,000

    Finished goods

    2,500

    Closing Stock:

    Materials

    90,000

    Work-in-progress

    25,000

    Finished goods

    7,500

    Materials purchased

    2,50,000

    Direct wages

    75,000

    Manufacturing expenses

    50,000

    Sales

    4,00,000

    Selling and distribution expenses

    10,000

    prepare the profit and loss account for the year ended 31 march 2011 and a balance s 619434

    Prepare the profit and loss account for the year ended 31 March 2011 and a balance sheet as on that date from the following ledger balances:

    Particulars

     

    Particulars

     

    Opening Stock:

     

    Sales

    49,50,000

    Finished Goods:

    3,60,000

    Export Subsidy & Drawback

    1,50,000

    Work-in-Progress

    1,65,000

    Share Capital

    14,70,000

    Raw Material Consumed

    10,50,000

    General Reserve

    2,25,000

    Stores Consumed

    52,50,000

    P&L A/c (1 April 2010)

    30,000

    Wages

    1860,000

    Secured Loans

    11,55,000

    Closing Stock:

     

    Sundry Creditors

    4,05,000

    Raw Material

    60,00,000

    Outstanding expenses

    2,46,000

    Stores

    45,000

    Proposed Dividend

    90,000

    Staff Salary

    60,000

    Motor Car Sales A/c

    27,000

    Audit Fees

    15,000

    Provision for Bad Debts

    45,000

    Sundry Debtors

    7,65,300

    Interest Received

    24,000

    Bad Debts

    24,000

       

    Cash & Bank Balances

    4,68,600

       

    Fixed Deposit

    4,05,000

       

    Income Tax Advance Payment

    6,00,000

       

    Fixed Assets

    10,50,000

       

    Managing Director”s Remuneration

    36,000

       

    General Expenses

    6,94,500

       

    Director”s Fees

    3,600

       

    Dividend Paid

    90,000

       
     

    88,17,000

     

    88,17,000

    Further available information:

    1. Closing stock valued at cost:

    Finished Goods   Rs. 2,01,000

    Work-in-Progress Rs. 2,85,000

    1. Managing director is entitled to a maximum commission @5% of profits as per Companies Act, subject to a minimum of Rs.3,000 per month.
    2. Details of fixed assets;

    Assets

    Original Cost Up to
    last Year

    Depredation Up To
    Last Year:

    Arkational on 1 April
    2010Rs.

    Rate of Depredation
    %

    Machinery

    1050,000

    1,50,000

    IS

    Furniture

    50,000

    StODO

    10

    Motor Car

    99,000

    75.000

    90.000

    20

    4. An old motor car having original cost of Rs.54,000 and depreciation allowed Rs.45,000 up to last year was sold on 30 September 2010 for Rs27,000 and proceeds were credited to Motor Car Sales A/c without any adjustment.

    5. Depreciation allowed under income tax rule is Rs.1,35,000.

    6. Provision for taxation to be made at 50%.

    7. Directors recommend payment of dividend @10% on paid-up capital.

    8. Excess provision for doubtful debts is no longer required.

    trial balance of nirmal ltd as on 30 september 2010 619435

    Trial Balance of Nirmal Ltd. as on 30 September 2010

    Particulars

     Rs.

    Particulars

     Rs.

    Preference Share Redemption

    24,000

    Share Capital (Authorized & Issued)

     

    Land (cost)

    1,00,000

    Equity Share 75,000 Shares

    7,50,000

    Building (Cost Less Depreciation)

    3,50,000

    8% Redeemable Preference Shares (200

     

    Furniture (Cost Less Depreciation)

    10,000

    Shares)

    20,000

    Motor Vehicle (Cost Less Depreciation)

    17,500

    Securities Premium

    12,500

    Establishment Expenses

    1,25,000

    General Reserve

    50,000

    Rent, Taxes & Insurance

    6,000

     

     

     

     

    Trading A/c—Gross Profit

    4,00,000

    Commission

    2,000

     

     

     

     

    Discount Received

    2,500

    Directors” Fees

    1,000

     

     

    Depreciation

    30,000

    Interest on Investments Tax Free

    4,000

    Sundry Expenses

    30,000

    Sundry Creditors

    12,800

    Payment to Auditors

    2,000

    Profit & Loss A/c (30 September 2009)

    5,000

    Interim Dividend

    38,300

    Unpaid Dividend

    1,000

    Sundry Debtors

    15,000

    Outstanding Expenses

    3,000

    Cash in Hand

    6,000

    Provision for Taxation

    35,000

    Cash as Bank in Current A/c

    97,500

     

     

    Security Deposit

    5,000

     

     

    Investment in GI Notes

    1,00,000

     

     

    Stocks at or Below Cost

    1,76,500

     

     

    IncomeTax Paid Under Dispute

    50,000

     

     

    Advance Payment of IT

    1,10,000

     

     

     

    12,95,800

     

    12,95,800

    The following additional information is available:

    1. The preference shares were redeemed on 1 April 2010 at a premium of 20% but no entries were passed for giving effect there to except payment standing to the debit of preference share redemption account.
    1. Depreciation as per income tax rules provided up to 30 September 2010 is as follows: Building: Rs.1,05,000; furniture: Rs.10,000; Motor vehicles: Rs.30,000.
    2. Payment to auditors includes Rs.500 for taxation work in addition to audit fees.
    3. Market value of investment as on 30 September 2010 Rs.90,000.
    4. Interim dividend includes dividend on equity shares Rs.37,500 and dividend on preference shares Rs.800.
    5. Sundry debtors include Rs.10,000 due for a period exceeding 6 months.
    6. All receivables and deposits are considered good.
    7. Income tax demand for provided for in full against which an appeal is pending.
    8. Directors have recommended payment of a further dividend on equity shares at Rs.0.50 per share after appropriating Rs.15,000 to general reserve.
    9. Ignore previous year’s figures.

    Prepare the profit and loss account for the year ended 30 September 2010 and the balance sheet on that date.

    the company earned a profit of rs 108 lakh the company desires to transfer rs 50 lak 619436

    Vas Ltd closes its accounts on 31 March each year. Its paid-up share capital consists of:

    1. 10 lakh 11% Preference shares of Rs.10 each fully paid Rs.1 crore
    2. 40 lakh Equity shares of Rs.10 each fully paid Rs.4 crore

    The profit earned after tax and dividends paid by the company have been given in the following:

    Year

    Profit Rs.(In Lakhs)

    Rs.Total Dividend Paid (In Lakhs)

    2005–06

    104

    51

    2006–07

    96

    51

    2007–08

    106

    59

    2008–09

    112

    63

    2009–10

    120

    67

    During 2010–11, the company earned a profit of Rs.108 lakh The Company desires to transfer Rs.50 lakh each to reserves because of a contemplated project. Comment on the proposal. Will your answer differ if the profit earned during 2010-11 was only Rs.90 lakh?

    calculate the value of goodwill on the basis of 2 years rsquo purchase of weighted a 619440

    Model: Weighted average method The profits of a company for the year ended 31 March for the last 5 years were as follows:

    Year

    Profit

    2006

    1,20,00,000

    2007

    15,00,000

    2008

    9,00,000

    2009

    7,00,000

    2010

    4,00,000

    Calculate the value of goodwill on the basis of 2 years’ purchase of weighted average profits after weights 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 respectively to the profits for the years 2006 to 2010.

    model weighted average method with adjustments calculate the goodwill of a company o 619441

    Model: Weighted average method with adjustments Calculate the goodwill of a company on the basis of 2 years’ purchase of weighted average profits for the last 3 years. Purchase of weighted average profits for the last 3 years. 2007: Rs.1,00,000; 2008: Rs.70,000; 2009: Rs.50,000. The weights assigned to each year are: 2007: 1; 2008: 2; 2009: 3.

    Further information:

    1. On 1 October 2008, repair in respect of machinery was Rs.5,000, which was charged to revenue. This is to be capitalized for goodwill calculation subject to depreciation of 10% p.a. on reducing balance method.
    1. The closing stock for the year 2007 was overvalued by Rs.3,000.
    2. To cover the management cost and annual charge, Rs.4,000 should be made for the purpose of goodwill valuation.

    you are required to calculate the value of goodwill based on 3 years rsquo purchase 619442

    Model: Super profits method The books of the business showed that the capital employed on 31 March 2010, Rs.6,00,000 and the profits for the last 5 years were:

    Years

    2005–06:

    50,000

    2006–07:

    60,000

    2007–08:

    70,000

    2008–09:

    80,000

    2009–10:

    1,40,000

    You are required to calculate the value of goodwill based on 3 years’ purchase of the super profits of the business, given that the normal rate of return is 10%.

    model annuity method of super profit a company has made a forecast of profit for the 619443

    Model: Annuity method of super profit A company has made a forecast of profit for the coming 5 years as follows:

    Year

    1

    2

    3

    4

    5

    Profit(Rs.)

    50,000

    60,000

    70,000

    80,000

    1,00,000

    The total assets of the firm are Rs.6,00,000 and outside liabilities are Rs.2,00,000. The present value factor @ 10% are as follows:

    Year

    1

    2

    3

    4

    5

    PVF

    0.9091

    0.8264

    0.7513

    0.683

    0.6209

    Calculate the value of goodwill.

    model employed and average capital employed mdash computation of you are required to 619446

    Model employed and average capital employed—Computation of You are required to calculate (a) capital employed and (b) average capital employed from the following balance sheet:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    12% Preferences Share Capital

    1,00,000

    Goodwill

    30,000

    Equity Share Capital

    3,00,000

    Land & Buildings

    90,000

    Reserves (Including a Profit of ? 50,000

    90,000

    Plant

    1,50,000

    for Current Year

    Current Assets

    4,00,000

    Workmen Compensation Fund

    60,000

    Investments

    70,000

    Depreciation Fund:

    Investments for Replacement of Plant

    30,000

    Land & Buildings 30,000

    Preliminary Expenses

    10,000

    Plant 30.000

    60,000

    Debentures

    90,000

    Creditors

    80,000

    7,80,000

    7,80,000

    buildings are now worth rs 5 00 000 and plant and machinery is worth rs 4 75 000 you 619447

    Model: Capital employed—Computation of The following is the balance sheet of Vasanth Ltd. as at 31 March 2010:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Equity shares of ? 10 Each Fully Paid Up

    10,00,000

    Goodwill

    1,00,000

    General Reserve

    Buildings (Cost): 30,00,000

    Profit and Loss Account

    3,00,000

    Less: Depreciation 30,000

    2,70,000

    15% Debentures

    2,00,000

    Plant & Machinery (Cost): 6,00,000

    Creditors

    2,00,000

    Less: Depreciation: 1 00 000

    5,00,000

    Workmen”s Profit Sharing Reserve

    60,000

    Furniture (Cost): 70,000

    Workmen”s Compensation Reserve

    50,000

    Less: Depreciation: 20.000

    50,000

    30,000

    Trade Investments

    (Cost: ? 2,00,000)

    1,75,000

    Stock

    2,80,000

    Debtors: 40,00,000

    Less: Prov. for Bad Debts: 50,000

    3,50,000

    Cash at Bank

    90,000

    Preliminary Expense

    25,000

    18,40,000

    18,40,000

    Buildings are now worth Rs.5,00,000, and plant and machinery is worth Rs.4,75,000. You are required to compute the value of capital employed.

    model capital employed and super profits the following is the balance sheet of raj c 619448

    Model: Capital employed and super profits The following is the balance sheet of Raj Co Ltd. as on 31 March 2010:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Paid-up Capital:

    Goodwill at cost

    50,000

    50,000 Shares of Rs.10 Each Fully Pad

    5,00,000

    Land & Buildings at Cost

    2,50,000

    Capital Reserve

    30,000

    (Less Depreciation)

    Sundry Creditors

    1,00,000

    Plant & Machinery at Cost (Less

    2,00,000

    Provision for Taxation

    70,000

    Depreciation)

    P&L A/c

    50,000

    Stock at Cost

    1,50,000

    Debtors: 1,00,000

    Less: Provision

    for Bad Debts 5,000

    95,000

    Cash at Bank

    5,000

    7,50,000

    7,50,000

    You are asked to value the goodwill of Raj Co Ltd. on the basis of 5 years’ purchase of super profits, for which the following information is supplied:

    1. Adequate provisions have been made in the accounts for income tax and depreciation.
    2. The rate of income tax may be taken at 50%.
    3. The average rate of dividend by the company for the past 5 years was 15%.
    4. The reasonable return on capital invested in the class of business done by the company is 12%.

    income tax 50 has been payable on these profits dividends have been distributed from 619449

    Ascertain the value of goodwill of Sudarsan Ltd. carrying on business from the following:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Paid-up Capital:

    Goodwill at Cost

    2,00,000

    2,00,000 Shares of Z 10 Each Fully Paid

    20,00,000

    Land & Building at Cost

    9,00,000

    Bank Overdraft

    3,00,000

    Plant & Machinery at Cost (Less

    8,00,000

    Sundry Creditors

    7,00,000

    Depreciation)

    Provision for Taxation

    3,75,000

    Stock in Trade

    12,00,000

    Profit and Loss Appropriation A/c

    5,00,000

    Book Debts (Less Provision for Bad

    7,75,000

    Debts)

    38,75,000

    38,75,000

    The Company started operations in 2005 with paid-up capital as aforementioned of 20,00,000. Profits earned before providing for taxation have been as follows:

    Year Ended 31 March

    2006

    6,00,000

    2007

    7,00,000

    2008

    8,00,000

    2009

    5,00,000

    2010

    9,00,000

    Income tax @ 50% has been payable on these profits. Dividends have been distributed from the profits of first 3 years @ 10% and from those of next 2 years @ 15% of the paid-up capital.

    model future maintainable profit for the year ended 31 march 2010 a public limited c 619450

    Model: Future maintainable profit For the year ended 31 March 2010, a public limited company reported a profit of Rs.14,00,00,000 after paying income tax @ 30%. It was found that the year’s income included Rs.1,00,00,000 for a claim lodged in 2007–08 for which no entry had been passed then. The year 2008–09 was a normal year for trading concern. The company plans to launch a new product and the following are the estimates in respect of this

    Sales

    Expenditure on raw material

    12,00,00,000

    Wages

    5,00,00,000

    Share of fixed expenses (including an expected increase of Rs.1,50,00,000)

    4,50,00,000

    model goodwill mdash valuation of mdash comprehensive the following particulars are 619452

    Model: Goodwill—Valuation of—Comprehensive The following particulars are available in respect of the business of X Ltd:

    1. Profits earned for the years:

    2006–07

    Rs.9,00,000

    2008–09

    Rs.11,00,000

    2009–10

    Rs.10,00,000

    1. Normal rate of return: 10 %
    2. Capital employed: Rs.50,00,000
    3. Present value of an annuity of Rs.1 for 5 years as 10% = Rs.3.78.
    4. The profits included non-recurring profits on an average basis of Rs.50,000 a year.

    You are required to calculate the value of goodwill:

    1. As per 5 years’ purchase of super profits
      1. As per capitalization of super profits method
      2. As per annuity method

    model computation of expected rate of return x ltd rsquo s financial position is as 619453

    Model: Computation of expected rate of return X Ltd’s financial position is as follows:

    (a) Sundry assets

    40,00,000

    (b) Current liabilities

    4,50,000

    (c) Average net profit of the last 4 years

    4,82,000

    (d) Average capital employed

    36,00,000

    (e) Managers’ average annual remuneration

    72,000

    (f) The goodwill valued at 4 year’s purchase

    2,00,000

    Price of super profits

    Compute the expected rate of return.

    find the value of each equity share assuming that preference shares have no prior cl 619455

    Model: Intrinsic value—Pref. shareholders not having preference The following is the balance sheet of VRS Ltd. as on 31 March 2010:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    3,000 10% Preference Shares of Z 100

    3,00,000

    Sundry Assets as

    10,00,000

    Each
    50,000 Equity Shares of Z10 Each

    5,00,000
    80,000

    Book Value

    Bills Payable

    1,20,000

    Creditors

    10,00,000

    10,00,000

    The market value of 70% of the assets is estimated to be 20% more than the book value and that of the remaining 30% at 10% less than the book value. There is an unrecorded liability of Rs.10,000. Find the value of each equity share assuming that preference shares have no prior claim as to payment of dividend or as to payment of capital.

    you are required to calculate the value of the company rsquo s share after taking in 619457

    Model: Rate of return; Average capital employed and Intrinsic value of share The following is the balance sheet of VRV Ltd. as on 31 December 2009:

    Liabilities

    Rs.

    Assets

    Rs.

    Share Capital:

    Land & Buildings

    5,00,000

    1,50,000 Equity Shares of Z 10 Each Fully

    15,00,000

    Plant & Machinery

    3,00,000

    Paid

    Stock

    10,00,000

    P&L A/c

    2,00,000

    Sundry Debtors

    4,50,000

    Sundry Creditors

    2,50,000

    Bank Overdraft

    50,000

    Provision for Taxation

    1,00,000

    Dividend Equalization Fund

    1,50,000

    22,50,000

    22,50,000

    The net profit of the company, after deducting all working charges and providing for depreciation and taxation were:

    2005: Rs.2,00,000; 2006: Rs.2,25,000; 2007: Rs.2,50,000;

    2008: Rs.2,75,000; 2009: Rs.3,00,000

    On 31 December 2009, land and buildings were valued at Rs.6,25,000 and plant and machinery at 3,75,000. In view of the nature of business, it is considered that 10% is reasonable on capital.

    You are required to calculate the value of the company’s share after taking into account the revised values on fixed assets and your own valuation of goodwill based on 3 years’ purchase of annual super profits.

    you are required to calculate the value of each equity share assuming that the avera 619458

    Model: Valuation of shares—Treatment of non-trading assets On 31 March 2010, the balance sheet of RBS Ltd. was as follows:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital:

    Goodwill

    50,000

    10% Preference Shares (1,000) of Rs. 100

    1,00,000

    Land & Buildings

    2,00,000

    Each Fully Paid

    Machinery

    2,50,000

    50,000 Equity Shares of Rs. 10 Each Fully

    5,00,000

    Furniture

    20,000

    Paid

    Investment in 5% Govt. Securities at Cost

    75,000

    General Reserve

    1,00,000

    (Face Value of Rs.60,000)

    Capital Reserve

    20,000

    Stock

    4,00,000

    P&L A/c

    80,000

    Book Debts

    80,000

    6% Debentures

    1,60,000

    Cash at Bank

    25,000

    Sundry Creditors

    1,00,000

    Provision for Taxation

    40,000

    11,00,000

    11,00,000

    The assets were revalued as follows

    Land & Building

    2,80,000

    Machinery

    2,20,000

    Furniture

    30,000

    The normal return on capital employed for valuation of goodwill is 10%, the basis of valuation being 4 years’ purchase of super profits.

    50% of investment in building is treated as non-trading asset because a sum of Rs.12,000 is collected annually as rent from building.

    You are required to calculate the value of each equity share assuming that the average annual profit after tax at 50% is Rs.1,32,500.

    you are required to ascertain the value of each equity share assuming that liquidati 619459

    Model: Valuation of fully paid and partly paid shares Following is an extract of the balance sheet of SR Ltd. as on 31 March 2010:

    Share capital:

    5,000, 10% Preference shares of Rs.100 each

    5,00,000

    10,000 Equity shares of Rs.10 each, Rs.5 paid up

    50,000

    10,000 Equity shares of Rs.10 each, Rs.2.50 paid up

    25,000

    10,000 Equity shares of Rs.10 each, fully paid up

    1,00,000

    6,75,000

    Reserves and surplus

    2,00,000

    P&L A/c

    1,25,000

    10,00,000

    On revaluation of assets, on 31 March 2010, it was found that they had appreciated by 1,00,000 over their value in the aggregate.

    The Articles of Association of the Company state that in case of liquidation, the preference shareholders would have a further claim of the surplus assets, if any.

    You are required to ascertain the value of each equity share assuming that liquidation of the company has to take place on 31 March 2010 and that the expenses of winding up are NIL.

    debtors are expected to realize only 80 of their book value you are informed that th 619463

    Model: Net assets method The Following is the Balance Sheet of Raj Ltd. as on 31 March 2010: The Following is the Balance Sheet of Raj Ltd. as on 31 March 2010: Liabilities:

    1,00,000 Equity Shares ofl 10 Each, Fully Paid

    10,00,000

    1,00,000 Equity Shares ofl 10 Each, 5 Paid Up

    5,00,000

    80,000 14% Cumulative Pref. Shares ofl 10 Each, Fully Paid

    8,00,000

    Long-Term Secured Loan

    12,00,000

    Sundry Creditors

    3,00,000

    38,00,000

    Assets:

    Land & Buildings

    20,00,000

    Furniture, Fixtures & Fittings

    1,00,000

    Stock

    5,00,000

    Debtors

    3,00,000

    Cash at Bank

    1,00,000

    P&L A/c

    8,00,000

    38,00,000

    The current value of land and buildings is Rs.27,00,000 and that of furniture, fixture and fittings is Rs.60,000. Stock is valued at Rs.7,00,000. Debtors are expected to realize only 80% of their book value. You are informed that the preference dividend has not been paid for the last 5 years. Calculate the intrinsic value of equity share by the net assets method.

    the company is yet to declare its maiden dividend a revaluation reveals that the fix 619464

    Model: Value of two classes of shares intrinsic method X Ltd. started its business on 1 April 2007. On 31 March 2010, its balance sheet in a summarized form was as follows:

    Liabilities

    Assets

    Share Capital: 10,000, 12% Preference

    Fixed Costs (Less Depreciation)

    25,00,000

    Shares of Rs. 100 Each, Fully Paid

    10,00,000

    Current Assets

    35,00,000

    2,50,000 Equity Shares of Rs. 10 Each, Fully

    25,00,000

    Preliminary Expenses

    25,000

    Paid

    Profit Prior to Incorporation

    25,000

    P&L A/c

    5,00,000

    15% Debentures

    4,00,000

    Sundry Creditors

    14,00,000

    Provision for Income Tax

    2,00,000

    60,25,000

    60,25,000

    The company is yet to declare its maiden dividend. A revaluation reveals that the fixed assets as on 31 March 2010 are really worth Rs.30,00,000. Calculate the intrinsic value of two classes of shares.

    if jkl rsquo s financial statements adequately disclose its financial difficulties g 619246

    Green, CPA, concludes that there is substantial doubt about JKL Co.’s ability to continue as a going concern. If JKL’s financial statements adequately disclose its financial difficulties, Green’s auditor’s report should

    Include an emphasis-of-matter paragraph following the opinion paragraph

    Specifically use the word “going concern”

    Specifically use the words substantial doubt”

    Yes

    Yes

    Yes

    Yes

    Yes

    No

    Yes

    No

    Yes

    No

    Yes

    Yes

    due to inadequate financial records park could not verify tech rsquo s january 1 200 619278

    Park, CPA, was engaged to audit the financial statements of Tech Co., a new client, for the year ended December 31, 2009. Park obtained sufficient audit evidence for all of Tech’s financial statement items except Tech’s opening inventory. Due to inadequate financial records, Park could not verify Tech’s January 1, 2009 inventory balances. Park’s opinion on Tech’s 2009 financial statements most likely will be

    Balance sheet

    Income statement

    Disclaimer

    Disclaimer

    Unmodified

    Disclaimer

    Disclaimer

    Adverse

    Unmodified

    Adverse

    when disclaiming an opinion due to a client imposed scope limitation on a nonpublic 619281

    When disclaiming an opinion due to a client-imposed scope limitation on a nonpublic company’s financial statements, an auditor should indicate in a separate paragraph why the audit did not comply with generally accepted auditing standards. The auditor should also omit which of the two sections (paragraphs) below?

    Auditor responsibility

    Opinion

    No

    Yes

    Yes

    Yes

    Yes

    No

    No

    No

    a group engagement partner decides not to refer to the audit of another cpa who audi 619285

    A group engagement partner decides not to refer to the audit of another CPA who audited a component of the overall group financial statements. After making inquiries about the other CPA’s professional reputation and independence, the principal auditor most likely would

    a. Add an emphasis-of-matter paragraph to the auditor’s report indicating that the subsidiary’s financial statements are not material to the consolidated financial statements.

    b. Document in the engagement letter that the principal auditor assumes no responsibility for the other CPA’s work and opinion.

    c. Obtain written permission from the other CPA to omit the reference in the principal auditor’s report.

    d. Perform additional audit procedures based on the significance of the subsidiary.

    those statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to u 619286

    The auditor’s responsibility section of a nonpublic company’s auditor’s report contains the following sentences:

    We did not audit the financial statements of EZ Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary, which statements reflect total assets and revenues constituting 27% and 29%, respectively, of the related consolidated totals. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for EZ Inc., is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

    These sentences

    a. Indicate a division of responsibility.

    b. Assume responsibility for the other auditor.

    c. Require a departure from an unmodified opinion.

    d. Are an improper form of reporting.

    which auditor s is are responsible for evaluating the appropriateness of the adjustm 619290

    A client follows US GAAP for its domestic operations and foreign GAAP for a foreign subsidiary. The foreign subsidiary is audited by a component auditor, while the group auditor audits the remainder of the corporation and issues an audit report on consolidated operations. Which auditor(s) is (are) responsible for evaluating the appropriateness of the adjustment of the foreign GAAP statements to US GAAP?

    Group auditor

    Component auditor

    Yes

    Yes

    Yes

    No

    No

    Yes

    No

    No

    in an audit of a nonissuer company which statement is correct concerning required su 619301

    In an audit of a nonissuer company, which statement is correct concerning required supplementary information by a designated accounting standards setter?

    a. The auditor has no responsibility for required supplementary information as long as it is outside the basic financial statements.

    b. The auditor’s only responsibility for required supplementary information is to determine that such information has not been omitted.

    c. The auditor should apply certain limited procedures to the required supplementary information, and report deficiencies in, or omissions of, such information.

    d. The auditor should apply tests of details of transactions and balances to the required supplementary information, and report any material misstatements in such information.

    how may kcp america rsquo s auditor report on these financial statements 619308

    The financial statements of KCP America, a US entity, are prepared for inclusion in the consolidated financial statements of its non-US parent. These financial statements are prepared in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in the parent’s country and are for use only in that country. How may KCP America’s auditor report on these financial statements?

    I. A US-style report (unmodified).

    II. A US-style report modified to report on the accounting principles of the parent’s country.

    III. The report form of the parent’s country.

    1

    2

    3

    Yes

    No

    No

    No

    Yes

    No

    Yes

    No

    Yes

    No

    Yes

    Yes

    An auditor should disclose the substantive reasons for expressing an adverse opinion in a basis for modification paragraph

    a. Preceding the scope paragraph.

    b. Preceding the opinion paragraph.

    c. Following the opinion paragraph.

    d. Within the notes to the financial statements.

    a cpa has performed an examination of the general purpose financial statements of bi 619388

    A CPA has performed an examination of the general-purpose financial statements of Big City. The examination scope included the additional requirements of the Single Audit Act. When reporting on Big City’s internal accounting and administrative controls used in administering a federal financial assistance program, the CPA should

    a. Communicate those weaknesses that are material in relation to the general-purpose financial statements.

    b. Express an opinion on the systems used to administer major federal financial assistance programs and express negative assurance on the systems used to administer nonmajor federal financial assistance programs.

    c. Communicate those weaknesses that are material in relation to the federal financial assistance program.

    d. Express negative assurance on the systems used to administer major federal financial assistance programs and express no opinion on the systems used to administer nonmajor federal financial assistance programs.

    model tax adjustments from the following items found in the trial balance of exe ltd 619418

    Model: Tax adjustments From the following items found in the trial balance of Exe Ltd on 31 December 2010 and the adjustment given in the following, show how the items would appear in the relevant accounts:

    Trial Balance

    Particulars

    Advance Tax Paid (2009)

    50,000

    Provision for Taxation (2009)

    75,000

    Tax Deducted at Source (TDS)

    10,000

    Adjustments:

    1. Income tax for 2009 has been assessed at Rs.90,000 against which the advance payment of tax and TD are to be adjusted
    2. Provide Rs.50,000 for taxation on current profits

    model computation of managerial remuneration from the particulars given below determ 619419

    Model: Computation of managerial remuneration From the particulars given below, determine the maximum remuneration available to a full-time director of a manufacturing company:

    The P&L A/c showed a net profit of Rs.65,00,000 after taking into account the following terms:

    (i) Depreciation (Including Special Depreciation of 60,000)

    : 1,50,000

    (ii) Provision for Income Tax

    : 2,25,000

    (iii) Donation to Political Parties

    : 25,000

    (iv) Ex-gratia Payment to a Worker

    : 25,000

    (v) Capital Profit on Sale of Assets

    : 30,000

    model managerial remuneration salary as part of commission from the following profit 619422

    Model: Managerial remuneration salary as part of commission From the following profit and loss account of Seven Hills Ltd for the year ended 31 December 2010 and additional data given, calculate commission due to managing director @ 5% of net profit. Salary of managing director is to be treated as part statement of the commission.

    Particulars

    Particulars

    To Opening Stock

    25,000

    By Sales

    2,10,000

    To Bonus (Including Z 2000 for 2009)

    15,000

    By Closing Stock

    35,000

    To Director”s Fees

    4,000

    By other incomes:

    To Managing Director:

    Discount

    3,000

    Salary

    3,000

    Profit on Sale of investments

    2,000

    Commission

    1,000

    To Development Rebate Reserve

    1,000

    To Provision for Tax

    5,000

    To Establishment Expenses

    50,000

    To Loss of Sale of Investments

    1,000

    To Net Profit c/d

    1,45,000

    2,50,000

    2,50,000

    The book value of fixed assets sold was Rs.4,000 and their original cost was Rs.5,000.

    profit was brought forward from last year following recommendations made by the dire 619424

    Model: P &L appropriation A/c M/s Yogan Ltd had Rs.40, 00,000 profit on 31 March 2011 after making provision for depreciation and taxation Rs.2,10,000. Profit was brought forward from last year following recommendations made by the directors of the company to appropriate the profits:

    1. To transfer to general reserve: Rs.10,25,000
    2. To pay Rs.1,45,000 as ex-gratia bonus to employee of the company
    3. To declare dividend @ 5% on equity shares
    4. To transfer Rs.80,000 to staff gratuity reserve
    5. To transfer Rs.95,000 to development rebate reserve
    6. To transfer Rs.1, 20,000 to deferred taxation reserve

    The company’s capital consisted of 20,000 equity shares of each fully paid. For the year ended 31 March 2011, the directors transferred Rs.90,000 to dividend equalization reserve and Rs.75,000 to debenture redemption fund. You are required to prepare profit and loss appropriation A/c.

    prepare the profit and loss account for the year ended 31 march 2011 and a balance s 619426

    Model: Preparation of P&L A/c and balance sheet The following is the trial balance of Vir Ltd. as on 31 March 2011:

    Particulars

    Particulars

    Stock as on 1 April 2010

    7,50,000

    Purchase Returns

    1,00,000

    Purchase

    24,50,000

    Sales

    34,00,000

    Wages

    3,00,000

    Discount

    30,000

    Carriage Inwards

    9,500

    Profit & Loss Account

    1,59,000

    Furniture

    1,70,000

    Share Capital

    10,00,000

    Salaries

    75,000

    Sundry Creditors

    1,75,000

    Rent

    40,000

    General Reserve

    1,55,000

    Sundry Trade Expenses

    60,500

    Bills Payable

    70,000

    Dividend Paid for 2009-10

    90,000

    Corporate Dividend Tax Paid

    9,000

    Sundry Debtors

    2,85,000

    Plant & Machinery

    2,90,000

    Cash at Bank

    4,62,000

    Patents

    48,000

    Bills Receivable

    50,000

    50,89,000

    50,89,000

    Prepare the profit and loss account for the year ended 31 March 2011 and a balance sheet as on that date after considering the following adjustments:

    1. Stock as on 31 March 2011 was valued at Rs.8,81,000
    2. Make a provision for income tax as 35%
    3. Depreciate plant and machinery at 15%; furniture at 10% and patents at 5%
    4. On 31 March 2011, outstanding rent amount to Rs.8,000
    5. The Board recommends payment of dividend @15% p.a. Then transfer the minimum amount required to general reserve. Also make a provision for corporate dividend tax @10% of the amount proposed to be distributed.
    6. Provide Rs.3,100 for doubtful debts
    7. Provide Rs.52,000 for managerial remuneration

    the authorized capital of durai ltd is rs 24 00 000 consisting of 12 000 equity shar 619428

    The authorized capital of Durai Ltd. is Rs.24,00,000 consisting of 12,000 equity shares of Rs.100 each and 12,000 preferences shares of Rs.100 each. The balances appearing in the books on 31 December 2010 were given as follows:

    Debit

     

    Credit

     

    Investment in Shares at Cost

    2,00,000

    Sundry Creditors

    3,51,400

    Purchase

    19,62,000

    6% Preference Share Capital

    8,00,000

    Packing Charges

    72,000

    Equity Share Capital

    8,00,000

    Delivery Expenses

    1,41,600

    5% Mortgage Debentures Secured on

     

    Stock (1 January 2010)

    5,80,800

    Freehold Properties

    6,00,000

    Salaries &Wages

    2,08,000

    Dividend Interest

    17,000

    Rents & Rates

    70,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    1,14,000

    Freight & Carriage Outward

    32,800

    Sales (Net)

    26,81,400

    Final Dividend for 2009

    48,000

    Bank 0/D by Hypothecation of Stocks

     

    Preference Dividend for 6 months to

     

    and Receivables

    6,00,000

    30 June 2010

    24,000

       

    Discount on Issue of Debenture

    8,000

       

    Preliminary Expenses

    4,000

       

    Bills Receivable

    1,66,000

       

    Interest on Bank 0/D

    31,200

       

    Debenture Interest HaLF. Year

         

    Up To 30 June 2010

    15,000

       

    Sundry Debtors

    2,00,400

       

    Freehold Property at Cost

    14,00,000

       

    Furniture at Cost Less

         

    Depreciation of Rs. 60,000 }

    1,40,000

       

    Taxation Advance of 2010

    60,000

       

    Technical Know-How at Cost

    6,00,000

       
     

    59,63,800

     

    59,63,800

    You are required to prepare profit and loss account for the year ended 31 December 2010 and balance sheet as on that date after taking into account the following:

    1. Closing stock was valued at Rs.5,70,000
    2. Purchases included Rs.20,000 worth of goods and articles for distribution among valued customers
    3. Salaries and wages include Rs.8,000 being wages incurred for installation of electrical fittings in the factory. Electrical fittings have been recorded under “Furniture”
    4. Bills receivable include Rs.6,000 which has been considered to be irrecoverable
    5. Bills of Rs.8,000 maturing after December 2010 were discounted
    6. Charge depreciation @20% on furniture
    7. Write off 50% of discount on debenture
    8. Dividend as 5% proposed on equity share capital
    9. Provision for taxation Rs.32,000
    10. Technical know-how is to be written off over a period of 15 years
    11. Salaries and wages include Rs.40,000 being the director’s remuneration
    12. Previous year’s figures not to be mentioned.

    the following balances were extracted from the books of m s madhura co ltd as on 30 619429

    The following balances were extracted from the books of M/s Madhura Co. Ltd. as on 30 September 2010:

    Particulars

    Particular

    Plant (Cost Less Depreciation)

    90,000

    Share Capital

    6,00,000

    Furniture (Cost Less Depreciation)

    24,000

    Development Rebate Reserve

    8,100

    Motor Car (Cost Less Depreciation)

    48,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    9,000

    Sundry Debtors

    3,60,000

    Shares Forfeited A/c

    3,000

    Closing Stock

    2,10,000

    Sundry Creditors

    66,000

    Selling Expenses

    60,000

    Liabilities for Expenses

    21,000

    Rent &Taxes

    48,000

    Gross Profit

    324,900

    Administrative Expenses

    72,000

    Bank Overdraft

    1,50,000

    Advance Payment of IT

    54,000

    Voluntary Compensation to Employee

    12,000

    Cash in Hand

    15,000

    Bank Balance

    1,65,000

    Security Deposits

    24,000

    11,82,000

    11,82,000

    The following further particulars were available:

    1. Share Capital is represented by 3,000 equity shares of Rs.100 each fully called up; 3,000 8% cumulative preference shares of Rs.100 each fully called up
    2. Amounts of development rebate reserve and P&L A/c are as at 30 September 2009.
    3. Rs.5,400 to be transferred to development rebate reserve for the year ended 30 September 2010.
    4. Bank overdraft is secured by hypothecation stock.
    5. The managing director is entitled to a remuneration of 5% on the yearly net profits of the company.
    6. Addition made to plant during the year ended 30 September 2010 was Rs.48,000.
    7. Depreciation written off up to last year at rates mentioned against each are as follows:

    Asset

    Amounts (Rs.)

    Rate %

    Plant

    12,000

    15

    Furniture

    6,000

    10

    Motor Car

    60,000

    20

    1. Provisions for taxation to be made at Rs.57,600.
    2. The amount shown against share forfeited account represents unadjusted profit on re-issue of forfeited shares made during the year.
    3. Recommendation for payment of dividend on preference shares had been made.
    4. Of sundry debtors, Rs.,6,000 is outstanding for more than 6 months.
    5. Administrative expenses include Rs.9,000 paid to the auditor as audit fee and Rs.3,000 as his expenses.

    You are required to draw up the P&L A/c for the year ended 30 September 2010 and the balance sheet on that date.

    prepare trading account profit amp loss a c profit amp loss appropriation a c for th 619431

    The following is the trial balance of Naveen Ltd. as on 31 March 2011:(Rs. in 000’s)

    Particulars

    Rs. Rs.

    Stock: 1 April 2010

    15,000

    Purchase Returns

    2,000

    Purchases & Sales

    49,000

    68,000

    Wages

    6,000

    Discount

    600

    Carriage Inwards

    190

    Furniture & Fittings

    3,400

    Salaries

    1,500

    Rent

    800

    Sundry Expenses

    1,410

    Profit & Loss Appropriation A/c (31 March 2010)

    3,180

    Dividend Paid for 2009-10

    1,800

    Corporate Dividend Tax Paid

    180

    Equity Share Capital

    20,000

    Debtors and Creditors

    5,500

    3,500

    Plant & Machinery

    5,800

    Cash at Bank

    9,240

    General Reserve

    3,100

    Patents & Trademarks

    960

    Bills Receivable & Bills Payable

    1,000

    1,400

    1,01,780

    1,01,780

    Prepare trading account, profit & loss A/c, profit & loss appropriation A/c for the year ended 31 March 2011 and balance sheet at that date. Take into consideration the following adjustments:

    1. Stock on 31 March 2011 was valued at Rs.1,58,48,000
    2. Make a provision for income tax @35%
    3. Depreciation plant & machinery @15%; furniture & fitting @10% and patents and trademarks @5%
    4. On 31 March 2011, outstanding rent amounted to Rs.1,60,000 while outstanding salaries totaled Rs.1,30,000
    5. Provide managerial remuneration @10% of the net profits before tax but after such managerial remuneration
    6. The directors propose a dividend @15% p.a. for the year ended 31 March 2011 after the minimum transfer to general reserve as required by law
    7. Make a provision for corporate dividend tax @10%

    prepare the profit and loss appropriation account ignore corporate dividend tax 619432

    The articles of association of Kavya Ltd. provide for the following:

    1. That 10% of the profits of each year shall be transferred to reserve fund
      1. In paying 7% on cumulative preference shares
    1. That an amount equal to 10% of the equity dividend shall be set aside for bonus to staff
    2. That the balance available for distribution shall be applied:
      1. In paying 10% on equity shares
      2. One-third of the balance available as additional dividend on preference shares and two-third as additional equity dividend

    Further condition was also imposed by the Articles, viz. that the balance carried forwards shall not-be reduced by the provisions under (2), (3b) or (3c) below a sum equal to 6% of the preference share capital.

    The Company has issued 78,000 7% cumulative participating preference shares of Rs.100 each fully paid up, and 7,80,000 equity shares of Rs.10 each fully paid up. The profit for the year 2010–11 was Rs.43,28,967 and the balance brought forward from the previous year was Rs.4,71,510. Provide Rs.18,81,900 for taxation before making other appropriations.

    Prepare the profit and loss appropriation account. Ignore corporate dividend tax.

    due to inadequacy of profit during the year the company proposes to declare dividend 619433

    Due to inadequacy of profit during the year, the company proposes to declare dividend out of general reserves, from the following particulars. You are required to ascertain the amount that can be drawn by applying the Companies (Declaration of dividend out of reserves) Rules 1975:

    (i)

    52,500 % Preference shares of 100 each fully paid

    =

    52,50,000

    (ii)

    21,00,000 Equity shares of 10 each fully paid

    =

    2,10,00,000

    (iii)

    Capital reserve on revaluation of assets

    =

    10,50,000

    (iv)

    General reserve

    =

    63,00,000

    (v)

    Securities Premium

    =

    10,50,000

    (vi)

    P&L A/c balance (Cr.)

    =

    1,89,000

    (vii)

    Net profit for the year

    =

    10,71,000

    Average rate of dividend during the last five years is 15%.

    from the following particulars prepare a cash flow statement of gulmohor co ltd for 619124

    From the following particulars, prepare a Cash Flow Statement of Gulmohor Co. Ltd for the year that ended on 31 March 2007:

    1. Profit & Loss A/c for the Year that Ended on 31 March 2007           Cr.

    Particulars

     

    Particulars

     

    To Opening Stock

    45,000

    By Sales (Less Return)

    7,50,000

    To Purchases (Less Return)

    3,60,000

    By Closing Stock

    70,000

    To Wages

    1,75,000

     

     

    To Gross Profit c/d

    2,40000

     

     

     

    8,20,000

     

    8,20,000

    To Office Expenses

    50,000

    By Gross Profit b/d

    2,40,000

    To Selling Expenses

    30,000

    By Interest on Deposit with Bank

    10,000

    To Depreciation on Fixed Asset

    40,000

     

     

    To Income Tax

    50,000

     

     

    To Net Profit c/d

    80,000

     

     

     

    2 50 000

     

    2 50 000

    To Dividend

    30,000

    By Balance b/d

    20,000

    To Balance c/d

    70,000

    By Net Profit b/d

    80,000

     

    1,00,000

     

    1,00,000

     

    Balance Sheets as on_____________

    Liabilities

    31 March
    2006
    Rs.

    31 March
    2007
    Rs.

    Assets

    31 March
    2006
    Rs.

    31 March
    2007
    Its.

    Share Capital

    3,00,000

    3,80,000

    Plant & Machinery (net)

    3,15,000

    4,60,000

    Profit & Loss a/c

    20,000

    70,000

    Investment

     

    50,000

    Loan from Bank

    1,00,000

    1,25,000

    Deposit with Bank

    50,000

     

    Sundry Creditors

    60,000

    55,000

    Stock

    45,000

    70,000

    Bills Payable

    30,000

    40,000

    Sundry Debtors

    65,000

    42,500

    Outstanding Expenses

    10,000

    15,000

    Bills Receivable

    40,000

    45,000

    Tax Liability

    15,000

    25,000

    Cash

    17,000

    35,000

     

     

     

    Prepaid Expenses

    3,000

    7,500

     

    5,35,000

    7,10,000

     

    5,35,000

    7,10,000

     

    the summarized balance sheets of klm ltd as on 31 march 2007 and 31 march 2008 are g 619125

    The summarized Balance Sheets of KLM Ltd as on 31 March 2007 and 31 March 2008 are given as follows:

    Liabilities

    As on 31
    March 2007
    Rs.

    As on 31
    March 2008
    Rs.

    Assets

    As on 31
    March 2007
    Rs.

    As on 31
    March 2008
    Rs.

    Share Capital

    4,00,000

    4,40,000

    Fixed Assets

    3.40,000

    4,60,000

    General Reserve

    40,000

    70,000

    Investment

    125,000

    1,50,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    1,00,000

    1,80,000

    Stock

    45,000

    70,000

    Mortgage Loan

    60,000

    50,000

    Sundry Debtors

    65,000

    80,000

    Sundry Creditors

    30,000

    40,000

    Bills Receivable

    25,000

    30,000

    Provision for Tax

    10,000

    15,000

    Bank

    40000

    45000

    6,40,000

    8,35,000

    6,40,000

    8,35,000

    Additional Information:

    1. An investment costing Rs. 35,000 was sold during the year for Rs. 45,000.
    2. Provision for tax made during the year was Rs. 12,000.
    3. Dividend paid during the year amounted to Rs. 20,000.
    4. During the year, a part of the Fixed Assets costing Rs. 10,000 was sold for Rs. 12,000, and the depreciation provided on the Fixed Assets for the year 2007–08 was Rs. 25,000.

    You are asked to prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2008 as per AS-3.

    jaroa ltd has the following balances as on 1 april 2008 619126

    Jaroa Ltd has the following balances as on 1 April 2008:

    Fixed Assets

    8,50,000

    Less:

    Depreciation

    1,20,000

    7,30,000

    Stock & Debtors

    3,25,000

    Bank Balance

    65,000

    Creditors

    84,000

    Bills Payable

    44,000

    Capital (Shares of Rs. 100 each)

    4,00,000

    The company made the following estimates for the financial year 2008–09:

    1. The company will pay a free-of-tax dividend @ 10%, the rate of tax being 20%.
    2. The company will acquire Fixed Assets costing Rs. 1,20,000 after selling one machine for Rs. 30,000, costing Rs. 65,000, and on which the depreciation provided amounted to Rs. 12,500.
    3. Stock and Debtors, Creditors and Bills Payable at the end of the financial year are expected to be Rs. 4,30,000, Rs. 1,08,000 and Rs. 58,000 respectively.
    4. The Net Profit would be Rs. 87,500 after a depreciation of Rs. 36,000.

    Prepare the projected Cash Flow Statement and ascertain the bank balance of R Ltd at the end of the financial year 2008–09.

    raj ltd gives you the following information for the year that ended on 31 march 2006 619127

    Raj Ltd gives you the following information for the year that ended on 31 March 2006:

    1. Sales for the year—Rs. 48,00,000. The company sold goods for cash only.
    2. Cost of Goods Sold was 75% of sales.
    3. Closing inventory was higher than the opening inventory by Rs. 50,000.
    4. Trade Creditors on 31 March 2006 exceed the outstanding on 31 March 2005 by Rs. 1,00,000.
    5. Tax paid during the year amounts to Rs. 1,50,000.
    6. Amount paid to Trade Creditors during the year was Rs. 35,50,000.
    7. Administrative and selling expenses paid was Rs. 3,60,000.
    8. One new machinery was acquired in December 2005 for Rs. 6,00,000.
    9. Dividend paid during the year was Rs. 1,20,000.
    10. Cash in hand and at bank on 31 March 2006 was Rs. 70,000.
    11. Cash in hand and at bank on 1 April 2005 was Rs. 50,000.

    Required: Prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2006, as per the prescribed accounting standard.

    the balance sheet of bollywood ltd as on 31 march 2008 and 31 march 2009 are as foll 619128

    The Balance Sheet of Bollywood Ltd as on 31 March 2008 and 31 March 2009 are as follows:

    Balance Sheets (Rs. in ’000)

    Liabilities

    As on 31
    March 2008

    As on 31
    March 2009

    Assets

    As on 31
    March 2008

    As on 31
    March 2009

    Equity Share Capital

    350

    400

    Fixed Assets

    210

    320

    General Reserve

    20

    Stock

    90

    140

    Profit & Loss A/c

    40

    Debtors

    60

    44

    Secured Loan

    180

    Bills Receivable

    50

    75

    Sundry Creditors

    30

    45

    Investment

    70

    40

    Bills Payable

    50

    25

    Cash

    30

    31

    Outstanding Expenses

    10

    30

    Profit & Loss A/c

    30

    Unpaid Dividend

    10

    510

    680

    510

    680

    Accumulated depreciation was Rs. 60,000 on 31 March 2008 and on 31 March 2009, it was Rs. 57,000. Machinery costing Rs. 1,70,000, having a WDV of Rs. 80,000, was sold for Rs. 70,000.

    Prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2009 as per AS-3.

    prepare a cash flow statement for the year that ended on 31 march 2009 619129

    Following are the Balance Sheets as on 31 March 2008 and 31 March 2009:

    Liabilities

    As on 31
    March 2008
    Rs.

    As on 31
    March 2009
    Rs.

    Assets

    As on 31
    March 2008
    Rs.

    As on 31
    March 2009
    Rs.

    Equity Share Capital

    1,00,000

    1,50,000

    Land &Building

    80,000

    75,000

    General Reserve

    60,000

    10,000

    Plant & Machinery

    42,000

    85,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    5,000

    30,000

    Furniture &Fittings

    7,000

    6,000

    Mortgage Loan (Against

    40,000

    Investment

    6,000

    12,000

    Plant & Machinery)

    Stock

    27,500

    94,500

    Sundry Creditors

    30,000

    20,000

    Sundry Debtors

    46,500

    77,200

    Provision for Tax

    10,000

    15,000

    Cash

    2,000

    7,300

    Bills Payable

    10,000

    30,000

    Preliminary Expenses

    4,000

    3,000

    Bank Overdraft

    65,000

    2,15,000

    3,60,000

    2,15,000

    3,60,000

    During the year that ended on 31 March 2009, the following transactions took place:

    1. Bonus shares have been issued at one for every two held out of General Reserve.
    2. Company purchased plant and machinery for Rs. 60,000, out of which Rs. 20,000 was paid in cash and for the rest, plant and machinery was mortgaged to the seller.
    3. Dividend Paid was Rs. 15,000.
    4. Furniture (Book value —Rs. 2,100) was sold for Rs. 3,045.
    5. Investment costing Rs. 3,000, written off in the year 2002, were sold for Rs. 5,000 on 12 March 2009.
    6. Furniture purchased during the year was for Rs. 1,500.
    7. Net Profit for the year, after charging a depreciation on land and building, plant and machinery, furniture and fittings, and Rs. 21,000 as provision for tax.

    Prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2009, as per AS-3.

    the balance sheets of klo ltd as on 31 march 2008 and 31 march 2009 are as follows 619130

    The Balance Sheets of KLO Ltd as on 31 March 2008 and 31 March 2009 are as follows:

    Liabilities

    31 March
    2008
    Rs.

    31 March
    2009
    Rs.

    Assets

    31 March
    2008
    Rs.

    31 March
    2009
    Rs.

    Share Capital

    12,00,000

    14,00,000

    Axed Assets

    20,00,000

    24,00,030

    General Reserve

    4,00,000

    5,00,000

    Less: Accumulated Depreciation

    4,00,000

    5,00,000

    Profit on Sale of

    20,000

    16,00,000

    19,03,000

    Investment

    7% Debentures

    6,00,000

    4,00,000

    Stock (at Cost)

    4,00,000

    5,40,000

    Creditors for Goods

    3,20,000

    5,00,000

    Sundry Debtors (Less

    4,50,000

    4,90,000

    Provision of Rs. 40,000 &

    Rs. 50,000 respectively)

    Creditors for Expenses

    20,000

    24,000

    Bills Receivable

    80,000

    1,30,000

    Proposed Dividend

    60,000

    70,000

    Prepaid Expenses

    20,000

    24,000

    Provision for Tax

    1,40,000

    1,50,000

    Miscellaneous

    30,000

    20,000

    Expenditure

    29,40,000

    34,64,000

    29,40,000

    34,64,000

    Additional Information:

    1. During the current year, the Fixed Assets (valued at Rs. 20,000, depreciation written off —Rs. 60,000) was sold for Rs. 16,000.
    2. Proposed dividend for the last year paid in the current year.
    3. During the current year, investments costing Rs. 1,60,000 were sold and later in the year, investments of the same cost were purchased.
    4. Debentures were redeemed at a premium of 10%.
    5. Liability for tax for the last year came to Rs. 1,10,000.
    6. During the current year, the bad debts written off were Rs. 30,000 against provision.

    You are asked to prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2009 as per AS-3.

    the following are the summarized balance sheets of a company as on 31 march 2007 and 619131

    The following are the summarized Balance Sheets of a company as on 31 March 2007 and 31 March 2008:

    Liabilities

    Rs. in “000

    Assets

    Rs. in “000

    As on 31
    March

    As on 31
    March

    As on 31 March

    As on 31
    March

    2007

    2008

    2007

    2008

    Share Capital

    100.00

    125.00

    Land & Building

    100.00

    95.03

    General Reserve

    25.00

    30.00

    Plant & Machinery

    75.00

    84.50

    Profit & Loss Ak

    15.25

    15.30

    Stock

    50.00

    37.00

    Bank Loan

    35.00

    Sundry Debtors

    40.00

    32.10

    Sundry Creditors

    75.00

    67.60

    Cash

    0.25

    0.30

    Provision for Tax

    15.00

    17.50

    Bank

    4.00

    Goodwill

    2.50

    265.25

    255.40

    265.25

    255.40

    Additional Information:

    1. Dividends of Rs. 11,500 were paid.
    2. The following assets of another company were purchased for a consideration of Rs. 25,000 paid for in shares: Stock—Rs. 10,000 and Machinery—Rs. 12,500.
    3. Machinery was further purchased for a cash of Rs. 12,500.
    4. Depreciation written off: on building—Rs. 5,000 and on machinery—Rs. 7,000.
    5. Income tax paid during the year—Rs. 14,000.
    6. Net profit for the year was Rs. 33,050.

    Prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2008 as per AS-3.

    prepare a cash flow statement for the year that ended on 31 march 2009 as per as 3 619132

    The following are the Balance Sheets of a company as on 31 March 2008 and 31 March 2009:

    Liabilities

    Rs. in “000

    Assets

    Rs. in “000

    As on 31
    March
    2008

    As on 31
    March
    2009

    As on 31 March 2008

    As on 31
    March
    2009

    Equity Share Capital

    300

    3500

    Goodwill

    100

    89

    8% Preference Share Capital

    150

    100

    Land & Building (At Cost)

    200

    170

    General Reserve

    40

    75

    Plant & Machinery (Net)

    80

    200

    Capital Reserve

    20

    Investment

    20

    35

    Securities Premium

    20

    25

    Stock

    77

    100

    Profit & Loss A/c

    30

    73

    Sundry Debtors

    140

    170

    Sundry Creditors

    55

    83

    Bills Receivable

    20

    30

    Bills Payable

    20

    16

    Cash & Bank

    25

    18

    Provision for Tax

    40

    50

    Preliminary Expenses

    35

    30

    Proposed Dividend

    42

    50

    697

    842

    697

    842

    Additional Information:

    1. One piece of land was sold at a profit and the profit was transferred to Capital Reserve.
    2. One machine was sold for Rs. 15,000, WDV of which on the date of sale was Rs. 18,000.
    3. The depreciation charged on plant and machinery amounted to Rs. 16,000.
    4. A dividend of Rs. 4,000 was received from investment, of which Rs. 2,000 was credited to investment account, being a dividend declared from pre-acquisition profit.
    5. The actual amount of dividend and tax paid were Rs. 35,000 and Rs. 38,000 respectively.

    Prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2009 as per AS-3.

    from the following balance sheets and income statement of tiku ltd prepare a cash fl 619133

    From the following Balance Sheets and income statement of Tiku Ltd, prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2009:

    Balance Sheets as on____________

    Liabilities

    Rs. in “000

    Assets

    Rs. in “000

    As on 31 March 2008

    As on 31
    March
    2009

    As on 31 March 2008

    As on 31
    March
    2009

    Paid-up Capital

    50

    50

    Fixed Assets (After

    900

    950

    Accumulated Depreciation of 100 & 175 respectively)

    Retained Earnings

    350

    415

    Long-term Debt

    500

    550

    Notes Payable

    80

    100

    Accounts Payable

    80

    90

    Inventory

    100

    110

    Accounts Receivable

    50

    60

    Cash

    10

    85

    1,060

    1,205

    1,060

    1,205

    Income statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2009

    (Rs. in ’000)

    Sales

    1,200

    Less:

    Cost of Goods Sold

    800

    Gross Profit

    400

    Less:

    Selling, General & Administrative Expenses

    150

    Earnings before interest & tax (EBIT)

    250

    Less:

    Interest Expenses

    50

    Earnings Before Tax (EBT)

    200

    Less:

    Tax @ 50%

    100

    Net Income

    100

    Additional Information:

    Rs. in ’000

    Dividend Paid

    35

    Addition to retained earnings

    65

    Depreciation

    75

    the balance sheets of bharbi ltd as on 31 march 2008 and 31 march 2009 are as follow 619135

    The Balance Sheets of Bharbi Ltd as on 31 March 2008 and 31 March 2009 are as follows:

    Liabilities

    As on 31
    March
    2008

    As on 31 March 2009

    Assets

    As on 31
    March
    2008

    As on 31
    March
    2009

    Share Capital

    3,00,000

    4,00,000

    Fixed Assets at Cost

    8,00,000

    9,50,000

    General Reserve

    1,70,000

    2,00,000

    Less: Depreciation

    2,30,000

    2,90,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    60000

    75,000

    5,70,000

    6,60.000

    Capital Reserve

    10,000

    Trade Investment

    1,00,000

    80,000

    Debentures

    2,00,000

    1,40,000

    Current Assets

    2,00,000

    3,00,000

    Provision for Tax

    90,000

    85,000

    Bank

    80,000

    30,000

    Proposed Dividend

    30,000

    36,000

    Preliminary Expenses

    20,000

    10,000

    Unpaid Dividend

    4,000

    Current Liabilities

    1,20,000

    1,30.0E0

    9,70,000

    10,80,000

    9,70,000

    10,80,000

    During the year 2008–09, the company:

    1. Sold one machine for Rs. 25,000, the cost of which was Rs. 50,000 and the depreciation provided on it was Rs. 21,000.
    2. Provided Rs. 95,000 as depreciation.
    3. Redeemed 30% of the debentures @ 103.
    4. Sold some trade investment at a profit which was credited to Capital Reserve.
    5. Decided to value the stock at cost whereas previously the practice was to value the stock at cost less 10%. The stock according to books on 31 March 2008 was Rs. 54,000. The stock on 31 March 2009 was correctly valued at cost Rs. 75,000.
    6. Decided to write off Fixed Assets costing Rs. 14,000 (fully depreciated).

    Prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2009 as per AS-3.

    the balance sheets of jhajha ltd as on 31 march 2008 and 31 march 2009 are as follow 619137

    The Balance Sheets of Jhajha Ltd as on 31 March 2008 and 31 March 2009 are as follows:

     

    Balance Sheet of Jhajha Ltd (Rs. in Lakhs)1Jabilities

    As on 31
    March
    2008

    As on 31
    March
    2009

    Assets

    As on 31
    March
    2008

    As on 31
    March
    2009

    Share Capital

    300.00

    300.00

    Freehold Property at Cost

    225.00

    240.00

    Reserve

    225.00

    240.00

    Plant & Machinery

    135.00

    165.00

     

     

     

    (at Cost less Depredation)

     

     

    6% Debentures (Unsecured)

    75.00

    75.00

    Investment in Shares of companies under same management (unquoted)

    150.00

    150.00

    Mortgage Loan (by Freehold

    27.00

    14.25

    Investment in Shares of other

    112.50

    112.50

    Property)

     

     

    Companies (quoted)

     

     

    Creditors

    45.00

    45.00

    (Market Value on 31 March 2CO3

     

     

     

     

     

    – 150 Laths, and on 31

     

     

     

     

     

    March 2009- 120 Laths)

     

     

    Proposed Dividend

    (subject to Deduction of Tax)

    22.50

    23.25

    Stock

    52.50

    75.00

    Provision for Taxation

    21.00

    37.50

    Debtors

    45.00

    75.00

    Secured Overdraft (by Floating

    15.00

    82.50

    Bank

    10.50

     

    Charge on Assets)

     

     

     

     

     

     

    730.50

    817.50

     

    730.50

    817.50

    The following additional information for the year 2008–09 are relevant:

     

     

    Credit Sales

    Rs. 675 lakhs

     

    Credit Purchases

    Rs. 520 lakhs

     

    Overheads

    Rs. 83.75 lakhs

     

    Depreciation on Plant & Machinery

    Rs. 17.50 lakhs

     

    Dividend for 2007–08 was paid in full.

     

     

    Amount paid towards taxation for the year 2007–08

    Rs. 21.50 lakhs

     

    In view of credit squeeze, the company has been asked by the bank to reduce the overdraft substantially within 6 months, if possible by 50%.

    Prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2009 as per AS-3.

    you are asked to prepare a cash flow statement for the year that ended on 31 march 2 619138

    Following are the Balance Sheets of a company as on 31 March 2008 and 31 March 2009:

    Liabilities

    As on 31 March 2008

    As on 31 March 2009

    Assets

    As on 31 March 2008

    As on 31
    March
    2009

    Equity Share Capital (Rs. 10 each, fully paid)

    3,00,000

    3,50,000

    Fixed Assets (Net)

    4,00,000

    4,75,000

    General Reserve

    1,50,000

    2,25,000

    Long-term Investment (at Cost)

    90,000

    90,000

    Capital Reserve

    5,000

    Stock at Cost

    1,00,000

    1,35,000

    (Profit on Sale of Investment)

    15% Debentures

    1,50,000

    1,00,000

    Debtors

    1,12,500

    1,22,500

    Accrued Expenses

    5,000

    6,000

    Cash

    32,500

    43,500

    Creditors

    80,000

    1,25,000

    Proposed Dividend

    15,000

    17,000

    Provision for Tax

    35,000

    38,000

    7,35,000

    8,66,000

    7,35,000

    8,66,000

    Additional Information:

    1. The balance of accumulated depreciation stood at Rs. 1,00,000 on 31 March 2008 and Rs. 1,25,000 on 31 March 2009.
    2. During the year 2008–09, Fixed Assets having a book value of Rs. 5,000 (accumulated depreciation— Rs. 15,000) was sold for Rs. 4,000.
    3. During the year 2008–09, investments costing Rs. 40,000 were sold.
    4. Debentures were redeemed at a premium of 10%.
    5. Tax of Rs. 2,75,500 was paid.
    6. Dividend proposed in 2007–08 was paid in 2008–09.

    You are asked to prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2009 as per AS-3.

    swastik oils ltd has furnished the following information for the year that ended on 619139

    Swastik Oils Ltd has furnished the following information for the year that ended on 31 March 2003:

    Rs. in Lakhs

    Net Profit

    37,500

    Dividend (including Interim Dividend paid)

    12,000

    Provision for Income Tax

    7,500

    Income Tax paid during the year

    6,372

    Loss on Sale of Assets (Net)

    60

    Book Value of Assets Sold

    277

    Depreciation charged to Profit & Loss A/c

    30,000

    Profit on Sale of Investments

    150

    Interest Income on Investments

    41,647.50

    Value of Investments Sold

    3,759

    Interest Expenses

    15,000

    Interest paid during the year

    15,780

    Increase in Working Capital (excluding Cash & Bank Balance)

    84,112.50

    Purchase of Fixed Assets

    21,840

    Investments on Joint Venture

    5,775

    Expenditure on Construction WIP

    69,480

    Proceeds from Long-term Borrowings

    38,970

    Proceeds from Short-term Borrowings

    30,862.50

    Opening Cash & Bank Balances

    11,032.50

    Closing Cash & Bank Balances

    2,569

    You are required to prepare the Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2003 as per AS-3 (make assumption wherever necessary).

    financial statements of murli ltd for the year 2007 and 2008 were as follows 619140

    Financial Statements of Murli Ltd for the year 2007 and 2008 were as follows:

     Balance Sheets (Rs. in ’000)

    Liabilities

    As on 31
    December

    As on 31 December

    Assets

    As on 31 December

    As on 31 December

     

    2007

    2008

     

    2007

    2008

    Share Capital

    800

    900

    Fixed Assets

    600

    800

    General Reserve

    300

    400

    Additions

    200

    100

    Profit & Loss A/c

    200

    300

    Depreciation

    (300)

    (350)

    Bank Overdraft

    300

    400

     

    500

    550

    Sundry Creditors

    1,200

    1,000

    Investment

    200

     

    Provision for Tax

    300

    400

    Stock

    1,400

    1,230

    Proposed Dividend

    80

    90

    Debtors

    1,080

    1,774

     

    3,180

    3,554

     

    3,180

    3,554

    Profit & Loss A/c (Rs. in ’000)

    Particulars

    For 2007

    For 2008

    Particulars

    For 2007

    For 2008

    To Taxation

    250

    450

    By Trading Profit

    430

    660

    To Proposed Dividend

    80

    90

    By Profit on Sale of Investment

    30

    To Transfer to General Reserve

    100

    100

    By income Tax Excess provided

    50

     

     

     

    In the previous year

     

     

    To Balance c/f

    200

    300

    By Balance from last year

    200

    200

     

    630

    940

     

    630

    940

    Additional Information:

    1. For the year that ended on 31 December 2008, purchases were Rs. 60 lakhs and sales were Rs. 70 lakhs.
    2. Trading profit for the year 2008 was arrived at after charging a depreciation of Rs. 50,000 and directors’ remuneration was Rs. 1,20,000.

    from the following balance sheets as on 31 december 2000 and 31 december 2001 and fr 619141

    From the following Balance Sheets as on 31 December 2000 and 31 December 2001 and from the additional information of Kalyani Ltd, you are required to prepare a Cash Flow Statement:

    Liabilities

    As on 31
    December
    2000
    Rs.

    As on 31
    December
    2001
    Rs.

    Assets

    As on 31
    December
    2000
    Rs.

    As on 31
    December
    2001
    Rs.

    Share Capital

    1,82,000

    1,86,000

    Goodwill

    10,000

    5,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    13,040

    13,560

    Land

    40,000

    50,000

    Debentures

    40,030

    Plant & Machinery

    1,00,000

    66,000

    Sundry Creditors

    14,360

    15,840

    Closing Stock

    69,200

    62,700

    Provision for Doubtful Debt

    1,000

    1,100

    Sundry Debtors

    19,200

    22,000

    Cash in Hand

    12,000

    10,800

    2,50,400

    2,16,500

    2,50,400

    2,16,500

    Additional Information:

    1. A dividend of Rs. 5,000 was paid.
    2. Provision for tax made during the year—Rs. 9,000.
    3. During the year, a machine costing Rs. 20,000 (accumulated depreciation—Rs. 6,000) was sold for Rs. 11,000.
    4. The provision for depreciation against Plant and Machinery as on 31 December 2000 was Rs. 30,000 and on 31 December 2001 was Rs. 44,000.

    the summarized balance sheets of lalgola ltd as on 31 march 2009 and 31 march 2008 a 619143

    The summarized Balance Sheets of Lalgola Ltd as on 31 March 2009 and 31 March 2008 are given as follows:

    Liabilities

    As on 31
    March
    2009

    As on 31
    March
    2008

    Assets

    As on 31 March 2009

    As on 31
    March
    2008

    Equity Share Capital (of Rs. 100 each)

    2,30,000

    1,97,003

    Fixed Assets

    6,00,000

    3,60,000

    Investment

    10,000

    11250

    Reserves & Surplus

    3,12,000

    1,48,000

    Stock

    1,96,000

    1,42,500

    Secured Loan

    87,000

    Sundry Debtors

    1,40,000

    90,700

    Sundry Creditors

    2,98,000

    2,51,450

    Bank

    45,000

    1,30,000

    Provision for Tax

    1,72,000

    65,000

    Prepaid Expenses

    21,000

    14,000

    10,12,000

    7,48,450

    10,12,000

    7,48,450

    Additional Information:

    1. Investments costing Rs. 5,000 were sold during the year for Rs. 4,800 and government securities with the face value of Rs. 4,000 were purchased during the year for Rs. 3,750.
    2. The position of reserves and surplus was as follows:

    Balance on 1 April 2008

    1,48,000

    Add:

    Net Profit for 2008–09

    1,98,500

    3,46,500

    Less:

    Dividend

    34,500

    Balance on 31 March 2009

    3,12,000

    1. Accumulated depreciation on Fixed Assets on 31 March 2009 and on 31 March 2008 were Rs. 1,80,000 and Rs. 1,60,000 respectively. Depreciation provided for 2008–09 amounted to Rs. 30,000.
    2. Machinery costing Rs. 20,000, which was one-half depreciated, was discarded and written off in 2008–09.

    You are asked to prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2009 as per AS-3.

    financial statements for the year that ended on 30 september 2008 of karol bag ltd a 619144

    Financial Statements for the year that ended on 30 September 2008 of Karol Bag Ltd are given as follows:

     

     

    Rs. in ’000

    Sales (A)

     

    5,684

    Cost of Goods Sold (including a Depreciation of Rs. 2,80,000)

     

    2,740

    Operating Expenses (including a Depreciation of Rs. 3,10,000)

     

    1,030

    Interest Expenses

     

    80

    Loss on Sale of Equipment

     

    76

    Net Loss on Fire

     

    220

    Income Tax

     

    615

     

    Total Expenses (B)

    4,761

     

    Net Income (A – B)

    923

    Comparative Balance Sheet (Rs. in ’000)

     

    As on 30 June 2008

    As on 30 June 2007

    Liabilities

     

     

    Capital stock, Rs. 10 per value

    9,600

    6,800

    Premium on Stock

    6,400

    3,600

    Retained Earnings

    2,477

    1,872

    Bonds Payable, Net of Amortized Amount

    3,765

    3,750

    Bank Loan Payable

    1,230

    850

    Accounts Payable

    1,094

    963

    Accrued Operating Expenses

    167

    152

    Income Tax Payable

    370

    210

     

    25,103

    18,197

     

     

    As on 30 June 2008

    As on 30 June 2007

    Assets

     

     

    Land

    2,630

    1,520

    Building, Net of Accumulated Depreciation

    4,360

    3,810

    Equipment, Net of Accumulated Depreciation

    4,784

    4,400

    Investment in Hudco Ltd

    3,800

    0

    Inventory

    3,872

    2,960

    Accounts Receivable

    2,641

    2,840

    Temporary Investment

    150

    65

    Cash

    2,820

    2,567

    Prepaid Expenses

    46

    35

     

    25,103

    18,197

    Additional Information:

    1. The investments in Hudco Ltd were acquired upon the issuance of 1,90,000 shares of capital, having a market value of Rs. 20 per share at the time of acquisition.
    2. A fire during the financial year destroyed the wing of a building that had a Net Book Value of Rs. 2,60,000 at the time of loss. Equipment having a Net Book Value of Rs. 3,80,000 was also destroyed in the fire. The insurance recovery amounted to Rs. 4,20,000.
    3. The Net Book Value of the equipment sold during the financial year was Rs. 2,38,000.
    4. Included in the total depreciation charges for the year was depreciation of Rs. 1,60,000 on building.
    5. No bonds were issued during the financial year.
    6. The only entries to retained earnings were those to close out the net income for the year and to record the dividend declared for the year.

    You are asked to prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 30 June 2008 as per AS-3.

    if the entity rsquo s financial statements adequately disclose its financial difficu 619243

    An auditor concludes that there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time. If the entity’s financial statements adequately disclose its financial difficulties, the auditor’s report is required to include an emphasis-of-matter paragraph that specifically uses the phrase(s)

    “Reasonable period of time, not to exceed 1 year”

    “Going concern”

    Yes

    Yes

    Yes

    No

    No

    Yes

    No

    No

    what is mead rsquo s reporting responsibility if tech is presenting its financial st 619244

    Mead, CPA, had substantial doubt about Tech Co.’s ability to continue as a going concern when reporting on Tech’s audited financial statements for the year ended June 30, 20X1. That doubt has been removed in 20X1. What is Mead’s reporting responsibility if Tech is presenting its financial statements for the year ended June 30, 20X2, on a comparative basis with those of 20X2?

    a. The emphasis-of-matter paragraph included in the 20X2 auditor’s report should not be repeated.

    b. The emphasis-of-matter paragraph included in the 20X2 auditor’s report should be repeated in its entirety.

    c. A different emphasis-of-matter paragraph describing Mead’s reasons for the removal of doubt should be included.

    d. A different emphasis-of-matter paragraph describing Tech’s plans for financial recovery should be included.

    the following figures have been extracted from the books of x ltd for the year that 619090

    The following figures have been extracted from the books of X Ltd for the year that ended on 31 March 2004. You are required to prepare a Cash Flow Statement.

    1. Net profit, before taking into account the income tax and income from law suits but after taking into account the following items, was Rs. 20 lakhs:
      1. Depreciation on Fixed Assets – Rs. 5 lakhs.
      2. Discount on issue of debentures written off – Rs. 30,000.
      3. Interest on debentures paid – Rs. 3,50,000.
      4. Book value of investment – Rs. 3 lakhs (sale of investment for Rs. 3,20,000).
      5. Interest received on investment – Rs. 60,000.
      6. Compensation received was Rs. 90,000 by the company in a suit filed.
    2. Income tax paid during the year – Rs. 10,50,000.
    3. 15,000, 10% preference shares of Rs. 100 each were redeemed on 31 March 2004 at a premium of 5%. Further the company issued 50,000 equity shares of Rs. 10 each at a premium of 20% on 2 April 2003. Dividend on preference shares were paid at the time of redemption.
    4. Dividends paid for the year 2002–03 was Rs. 5 lakhs and interim dividend paid was Rs. 3 lakhs for the year 2003–04.
    5. Land was purchased on 2 April 2003 for Rs. 2,40,000, for which the company issued 20,000 equity shares of Rs. 10 each at a premium of 20% to the land owner as consideration.
    6. Current Assets and Current Liabilities at the beginning and at the end of the year were detailed as follows:

    31 March 2003 Rs.

    31 March 2004 Rs.

    Stock

    12,00,000

    13,18,000

    Sundry Debtors

    2,08,000

    2,13,000

    Cash in Hand

    1,96,300

    35,300

    Bills Receivable

    50,000

    40,000

    Bills Payable

    45,000

    40,000

    Sundry Creditors

    1,66,000

    1,71,300

    Outstanding Expenses

    75,000

    81,800

    how would you deal with the following items while calculating the cash flow from ope 619092

    How would you deal with the following items while calculating the cash flow from operating activities from the given figure of net profit earned during a year:

    1. Increase in creditors for goods.
    2. Increase in creditors for furniture.
    3. Decrease in debtors for goods.
    4. Increase in Stock in Trade.
    5. Decrease in Bills Payable.
    6. Decrease in Bills Receivable.
    7. Increase in Outstanding Expenses.
    8. Increase in Prepaid Expenses.
    9. Issue of Preference Shares.
    10. Redemption of Debentures.
    11. Increase in Cash Balance.
    12. Decrease in Short-term Investment.
    13. Purchase of Machinery.
    14. Payment of Dividend.
    15. Receipt of Interest on Investment.

    choose correct alternative from the following 619093

    Choose the correct alternative from the following:

    1. Cash and cash equivalent refers to: (i) Cash in hand; (ii) Cash at bank; (iii) Cash in hand & at bank; (iv) Cash in hand & at bank and Short-term Investments.
    2. Cash purchases of raw materials used in production causes cash outflow from: (i) operating activities; (ii) investing activities; (iii) financing activities; (iv) none of these.
    3. Interest received from Long-term Investment in Debentures of a company causes cash inflow from: (i) Operating Activities; (ii) Investing Activities; (iii) Financing Activities; (iv) none of these.
    4. Interest paid on Long-term Loan causes cash outflow from: (i) Operating Activities; (ii) Investing Activities; (iii) Financing Activities; (iv) none of these.
    5. Redemption of Preference Share causes cash outflow from: (i) Operating Activities; (ii) Investing Activities; (iii) Financing Activities; (iv) none of these.
    6. Payment of Administrative and Selling Overheads causes cash outflow from: (i) Operating Activities; (ii) Investing Activities; (iii) Financing Activities; (iv) none of these.
    7. Depreciation on Fixed Assets: (i) causes cash inflow; (ii) causes cash outflow; (iii) has no effect on cash flow.
    8. Sale of Fixed Assets causes cash inflow from: (i) Operating Activities; (ii) Investing Activities; (iii) Financing activities; (iv) none of these.
    9. Repayment of borrowing causes cash outflow from: (i) Operating Activities; (ii) Investing Activities; (iii) Financing Activities; (iv) none of these.
    10. Amortization of patent right: (i) causes cash inflow; (ii) causes cash outflow; (iii) has no effect on cash flow.
    11. If net profit of a business concern is Rs. 1,40,000 and its creditors have gone up by Rs. 15,000 during the year, cash from operation is equal to: (i) Rs. 1,55,000; (ii) Rs. 1,25,000; (iii) Rs. 1,40,000.
    12. If the net profit of a business concern is Rs. 75,000 and its debtors have gone down by Rs. 20,000 during the year, the cash from operation is equal to: (i) Rs. 95,000; (ii) Rs. 55,000; (iii) Rs. 75,000.

    from the following information calculate the net cash flow from operation of a compa 619098

    From the following information, calculate the Net Cash Flow from operation of a company for the year that ended on 31 March 2009 under traditional approach:

    31 March 2008 Rs.

    31 March 2009 Rs.

    Balance in Profit & Loss A/c

    4,20,000

    6,80,000

    Stock in Trade

    75,000

    55,000

    Sundry Debtors

    92,000

    1,24,000

    Sundry Creditors

    63,000

    91,000

    Bills Receivable

    22,000

    34,000

    Bills Payable

    18,000

    15,000

    Outstanding Expenses

    10,000

    15,000

    Prepaid Expenses

    12,000

    7,000

    Cash at Bank

    42,000

    71,000

    While ascertaining the Net Profit for the year that ended on 31 March 2009, the following items were taken into the Profit & Loss A/c:

    Transfer to General Reserve

    36,000

    Proposed Dividend

    24,000

    Goodwill written off

    18,000

    Preliminary Expenses written off

    7,000

    Interest on Debentures

    12,000

    Depreciation on Fixed Assets

    28,000

    Provision for Taxation

    22,000

    Loss on Sale of Investment

    12,000

    Profit on Sale of Machinery

    18,000

    Income from Investment

    8,000

    Discount on Issue of Shares

    5,000

    from the information given in the following relating to q ltd calculate cash flow fr 619099

    From the information given in the following relating to Q Ltd, calculate cash flow from operating activities:

    Operating Profit before Changes in Operating Assets

    Rs. 76,000

    Stock (Decrease)

    Rs. 18,000

    Debtors (Increase)

    Rs. 14,000

    Creditors (Decrease)

    Rs. 22,000

    Bills Payable (Increase)

    Rs. 6,000

    Outstanding Expenses (Decrease)

    Rs. 4,000

    Prepaid Expenses (Increase)

    Rs. 5,000

    Cash at Bank (Increase)

    Rs. 37,000

    compute the net cash flow from the operating activities from the following details b 619100

    Compute the Net Cash Flow from the operating activities, from the following details, by indirect method:

    Particulars

    2008 Rs.

    2009 Rs.

    Profit & Loss A/c

    1,50,000

    1,40,000

    Debtors

    70,000

    94,000

    Outstanding Rent

    18,000

    34,000

    Goodwill

    20,000

    10,000

    Prepaid Insurance

    14,000

    9,000

    Creditors

    42,000

    56,000

    Preliminary Expenses

    8,000

    6,000

    the following is the position of current assets and current liabilities of dee ltd 619101

    The following is the position of Current Assets and Current Liabilities of Dee Ltd:

    Particulars

    2007–08 Rs.

    2008–09 Rs.

    Provision for Bad Debts

    7,000

    12,000

    Short-term Loan

    24,000

    42,000

    Creditors

    39,000

    33,000

    Bills Receivable

    18,000

    21,000

    Debtors

    47,000

    29,000

    The company incurred a loss of Rs. 27,000 during the year. Calculate the Net Cash Flows from the Operating Activities by Indirect Method.

    from the following you are required to calculate the net cash flow from the operatin 619102

    From the following you are required to calculate the Net Cash Flow from the operating activities by indirect method:

    Particulars

    31 March 2008 Rs.

    31 March 2009 Rs.

    Balance of Profit & Loss A/c

    76,000

    98,000

    Debtors

    72,000

    51,000

    Bills Receivable

    17,000

    53,000

    General Reserve

    1,20,000

    1,60,000

    Dividend Equalization Fund

    62,000

    87,000

    Salary Outstanding

    15,000

    7,000

    Wages Prepaid

    6,000

    10,000

    Goodwill

    75,000

    60,000

    Creditors

    38,000

    47,000

    from the following information calculate the net cash flow from operating activities 619104

    From the following information, calculate the Net Cash Flow from operating activities:

    Cash Sales

    2,40,000

    Credit Sales

    4,60,000

    Opening Debtors’ Balance

    70,000

    Closing Debtors’ Balance

    90,000

    Cash Purchases

    1,40,000

    Credit Purchases

    2,10,000

    Opening Creditors’ Balance

    50,000

    Closing Creditors’ Balance

    60,000

    Sales Return

    20,000

    Bad Debt

    15,000

    Discount Allowed

    25,000

    Return Outward

    30,000

    Discount Received

    20,000

    Wages & Salaries Paid

    80,000

    Wages & Salaries Outstanding

    20,000

    Overhead Charges Paid

    60,000

    Depreciation

    45,000

    Interest on Investment Received

    27,000

    Interest on Debentures Paid

    30,000

    Income Tax Provided

    60,000

    Income Tax Paid (of which Rs. 45,000 was paid for Operating Income and the balance for Investing Income)

    50,000

    from the following information calculate the net cash flow from the operating activi 619105

    From the following information, calculate the Net Cash Flow from the operating activities by Indirect Method for the year that ended on 31 March 2009:

    Profit & Loss A/c for the Year that Ended on 31 March 2009

    Particulars

    Particulars

    To Loss on Sale of Land

    26,000

    By Gross Profit

    6,90,000

    To Discount on Issue of Shares written off

    5,000

    By Interest on Investment

    17,000

    To Interest on Debentures

    15,000

    By Dividend Received

    22,000

    To Depreciation

    64,000

    By Profit on Sale of Plant

    25,000

    To Goodwill written off

    10,000

    By Rent Received

    14,000

    To General Reserve

    20,000

    By Refund of Tax

    6,000

    To Tax Provision

    35,000

    By Insurance Claim for earthquake

    60,000

    To Proposed Dividend

    75,000

    By Commission Receivable

    16,000

    To Interim Dividend

    25,000

    To Net Profit

    5,75,000

    8,50,000

    8,50,000

    Additional Information:

    Particulars

    31 March 2008 Rs.

    31 March 2009 Rs.

    Debtors

    57,000

    89,000

    Creditors

    33,000

    66,000

    Stock

    74,000

    51,000

    Provision for Tax

    45,000

    40,000

    Accrued Commission

    9,000

    15,000

    Outstanding Wages

    23,000

    29,000

    Prepaid Expenses

    15,000

    24,000

    Proposed Dividend

    65,000

    85,000

    from the following information calculate the net cash flow from the operating activi 619106

    From the following information, calculate the Net Cash Flow from the operating activities of a concern for the year that ended on 31 March 2009:

    Cash Sales for the year

    1,45,000

    Credit Sales for the year

    5,85,000

    Collection from Debtors During the year

    3,98,000

    Cash Purchases for the year

    77,000

    Credit Purchases for the year

    2,96,000

    Payment to Creditors during the year

    1,91,000

    Wages Paid during the year

    63,000

    Outstanding Wages for the year

    15,000

    Salaries Paid during the year

    37,000

    Salaries for the year

    45,000

    General Expenses Paid during the year

    35,000

    Unpaid General Expenses for the year

    10,000

    Depreciation on Fixed Assets for the year

    32,000

    Loss of stock due to Fire

    25,000

    Insurance Claim Received against Loss of Stock

    12,000

    Interest Received on Investment during the year (of which Rs. 5,000 provided for Interest Income)

    17,000

    Payment of Income Tax during the year (of which Rs. 3,000 paid for Interest Income)

    43,000

    from the following information calculate the net cash flow from the operating activi 619107

    From the following information, calculate the Net Cash Flow from the Operating Activities of Sosa Ltd for the year that ended on 31 March 2009:

     

    Profit & Loss A/c for the Year that Ended on 31 March 2009

     

     

       

     

       

    To Opening Stock

     

    62,000

    By Saks:

     

     

    To Purchases:

     

     

    Cash

    93,000

     

    Cash

    60,000

     

    Credit

    3,94,000

     

    Credit

    2,23,000

    2,83,000

     

     

    4,87,000

    To Wages:

     

     

    By Closing Stock

     

    52,000

    Paid

    62,000

     

    By Interest from Investment

     

    11,000

    Outstanding

    6,000

    68,000

     

     

     

    To Salaries:

     

     

     

     

     

    Paid

    32,000

     

     

     

     

    Outstanding

    3,000

    35,000

     

     

     

    To Rent Paid

     

    8,000

     

     

     

    To Depreciation on

     

    16,000

     

     

     

    Assets

     

     

     

     

     

    To Preliminary Expenses written off

     

    7.000

     

     

     

    To Provision for Taxation

     

    48,000

     

     

     

    To Net Profit for the year

     

    23.000

     

     

     

     

     

    5,50,000

     

     

    5,50,000

     

    Additional Information:

     

    1. Balance of debtors and creditors were as follows:

     

    1 April 2008 Rs.

    31 March 2009 Rs.

    Debtors

    46,000

    62,000

    Creditors

    49,000

    42,000

    2. Tax paid during the year amounted to Rs. 45,000.

    calculate the cash flow from the operating activities as per as 3 revised 619109

    The financial position of A Ltd was as follows:

    Liabilities

    2001 Rs.

    2002
    Rs.

    Assets

    2001 Rs.

    2002
    Rs.

    Equity Share Capital

    4,50,000

    5,00,000

    Goodwill

    1,15,000

    90,000

    General Reserve

    40,000

    70,000

    Land & Building

    2,00,000

    1,70,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    30,000

    48,000

    Rant

    80,000

    2,00,000

    Creditors

    55,000

    83,000

    Stock

    77,000

    1,09,000

    Bills Payable

    20,000

    16,000

    Debtors

    1,60,000

    2,00,000

    Proposed Dividend

    42,000

    50,000

    Bills Receivable

    20,000

    30,000

    Provision for Taxation

    40,000

    50,000

    Cash

    25,000

    18,000

    6,77,000

    8,17,000

    6,77,000

    8,17,000

    Additional Information:

    1. Depreciation of Rs. 15,000 and Rs. 25,000 had been charged on plant and land & building respectively.
    2. An interim dividend of Rs. 20,000 had been paid in 2002.
    3. An income tax of Rs. 35,000 was paid during 2002.

    Required:

    Calculate the cash flow from the operating activities as per AS-3 (Revised).

    from the following information calculate the net cash flow from the investing activi 619110

    From the following information, calculate the Net Cash Flow from the investing activities:

    Particulars

    Opening Rs.

    Closing Rs.

    Plant & Machinery (at cost)

    6,00,000

    7,40,000

    Accumulated Depreciation on above

    1,40,000

    2,00,000

    Patents

    1,40,000

    80,000

    Additional Information:

    1. During the year, a machine costing Rs. 60,000 with an accumulated depreciation of Rs. 32,000 was sold for Rs. 25,000.
    2. Patents were written off to the extent of Rs. 20,000 and some patents were sold at a profit of Rs. 30,000.

    from the following particulars as furnished by jhajha ltd calculate its net cash flo 619113

    From the following particulars as furnished by Jhajha Ltd, calculate its Net Cash Flow from the financing ­activities for the year that ended on 31 March 2009:

    31 March 2008 Rs.

    31 March 2009 Rs.

    Equity Share Capital

    2,00,000

    3,00,000

    Preference Share Capital

    1,00,000

    1,50,000

    Debentures

    1,20,000

    1,70,000

    Long-term Loan

    1,00,000

    1,20,000

    Proposed Dividend (Equity)

    24,000

    38,000

    Outstanding Interest on Debentures

    10,000

    8,000

    During the year 2008–09, the following events took place:

    New Issue of Preference Shares at 10% discount

    1,00,000

    New Issue of Debentures at 20% discount

    1,50,000

    Repayment of Long-term Loan

    70,000

    Payment of Preference Dividend

    22,000

    Payment of Interest on Long-term Loan

    14,000

    Interim Equity Dividend paid during the year in addition to Proposed Dividend

    16,000

    Interest on Debentures for the year

    18,000

    New Equity Shares issued at a 10% Premium

    balance sheets of babul supriyo co are given as follows 619115

    Balance Sheets of Babul & Supriyo Co. are given as follows:

    Liabilities

    Year 2007
    Rs.

    Year 2008
    Rs.

    Assets

    Year 2007
    Rs.

    Year 2008
    Rs.

    Current Liabilities

    1,20,000

    1,50,000

    Cash

    50,000

    30,000

    Loan from Babul

    70,000

    Debtors

    70,000

    70,000

    Bank Loan

    1,80,000

    1,20,000

    Stock

    80,000

    80,000

    Capital

    2,40,000

    4,20,000

    Land

    1,00,000

    140,000

    Building

    1,20,000

    2,00,000

    Machinery

    1,60,000

    2,20,000

    5,40,000

    7,60,000

    5,40,000

    7,60,000

    During the year 2008 Babul & Supriyo introduced an additional capital of Rs. 50,000 and drew Rs. 70,000.

    Provision for depreciation on Machinery: Opening balance—Rs. 60,000 and Closing balance—Rs. 90,000. No depreciation was provided on the other assets. The value of building was increased by Rs. 20,000 and the same was adjusted with the Capital Account. Prepare the Cash Flow Statement of Babul & Supriyo Co. for the year 2008.

    from the following information prepare the cash flow statement for the year that end 619116

    From the following information, prepare the Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2009:

    Balance Sheets as on____________

    Liabilities

    31 March
    2008
    Rs.

    31 March
    2009
    Rs.

    Assets

    31 March
    2008
    Rs.

    31 March
    2009
    Rs.

    Share Capital

    2,00,000

    3,00,000

    Land & Building

    1,20,000

    1,70,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    40,000

    90,000

    Machinery

    1,60,000

    2,40,000

    Bank Loan

    1,00,000

    60,000

    Stock

    60,000

    40,000

    Creditors

    50,000

    75,000

    Debtors

    50,000

    50,000

    Bills Payable

    40,000

    25,000

    Cash

    40,000

    50,000

    4,30,000

    5,50,000

    4,30,000

    5,50,000

    Additional Information:

    1. Net profit for the year 2008–09 amounted to Rs. 50,000.
    2. During the year 2008–09, a machine costing Rs. 50,000 (accumulated depreciation—Rs. 20,000) was sold for Rs. 25,000. The provision for depreciation against Machinery as on 31 March 2008 was Rs. 30,000 and on 31 March 2009 was Rs. 70,000.

    prepare a cash flow statement of jungle ltd for the year that ended on 31 december 2 619117

    Prepare a Cash Flow Statement of Jungle Ltd for the year that ended on 31 December 2008 from the following particulars

    Balance Sheets as on____________

    Liabilities

    31 December
    2007
    Rs.

    31 December
    2008
    Rs.

    Assets

    31 December
    2007
    Rs.

    31 December
    2008
    Rs.

    Equity Share Capital

    2,00,000

    2,50,000

    Goodwill

    80,000

    50,000

    9% Preference Share

    1,00,000

    1,50,000

    Building

    2,50,000

    3,30,000

    Capital

    Profit & Loss A/c

    1,40,000

    2,20,000

    Machinery

    1,60,000

    2,35,000

    10% Debentures

    1,50,000

    1,00,000

    Stock

    70,000

    50,000

    Creditors

    50,000

    40,000

    Debtors

    1,10,000

    1,40,000

    Proposed Dividend

    40,000

    Bank

    40,000

    10,000

    Provision for Taxation

    50,000

    40,000

    Preliminary Expenses

    10,000

    5,000

    7,20,000

    840,000

    7,20,000

    8,40,000

    Additional Information:

    1. A building having a book value of Rs. 40,000 was sold for Rs. 50,000. Depreciation on the building provided for 2008 was Rs. 60,000.
    2. A machinery having a book value of Rs. 45,000 was sold for Rs. 35,000. Depreciation provided on the Machinery for the year 2008 amounted to Rs. 40,000.
    3. Tax paid during the year 2008 was Rs. 45,000.
    4. 10% Debentures were redeemed at a 10% premium.

    prepare a cash flow statement as per as 3 and interpret it 619120

    Balance Sheet of Tamta Ltd (Rs. in ’000)

    Liabilities

    As on 31
    March 2009

    As on 31
    March 2008

    Assets

    As on 31
    March 2009

    As on 31
    March 2008

    Share Capital

    1,500

    900

    Machinery

    800

    400

    Reserve

    350

    280

    Building

    700

    500

    Profit & Loss A/c

    170

    90

    Investment

    200

    Debentures

    100

    , –

    Debtors

    400

    750

    Tax Provision

    70

    50

    Stock

    300

    250

    Proposed Dividend

    60

    40

    Cash &Bank

    300

    100

    Sundry Creditors

    450

    640

    2,700

    2,000

    2,700

    2,000

    Additional details:

    1. Building is still under construction and no depreciation was charged.
    2. Depreciation was charged @ 20% on the opening value of the machinery.
    3. An old machine costing Rs. 70,000 was sold for Rs. 40,000 (WDV—Rs. 30,000).
    4. Income Tax paid during the year—Rs. 60,000.

    Prepare a Cash Flow Statement as per AS-3 and interpret it.

    from the following details relating to the accounts of grow more ltd prepare a cash 619122

    From the following details relating to the accounts of Grow More Ltd, prepare a Cash Flow Statement:

    31 March 2002 Rs.

    31 March 2001 Rs.

    Liabilities:

    Share Capital

    10,00,000

    8,00,000

    Reserve

    2,00,000

    1,50,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    1,00,000

    60,000

    Debentures

    2,00,000

    Provision for Taxation

    1,00,000

    70,000

    Proposed Dividend

    2,00,000

    1,00,000

    Sundry Creditors

    7,00,000

    8,20,000

    25,00,000

    20,00,000

    Assets:

    Plant & Machinery

    7,00,000

    5,00,000

    Land & Building

    6,00,000

    4,00,000

    Investments

    1,00,000

    Sundry Debtors

    5,00,000

    7,00,000

    Stock

    4,00,000

    2,00,000

    Cash in Hand/at Bank

    2,00,000

    2,00,000

    25,00,000

    20,00,000

    1. Depreciation @ 25% was charged on the opening value of Plant and Machinery.
    2. During the year, an old machine costing 50,000 (WDV – 20,000) was sold for Rs. 35,000.
    3. Rs. 50,000 was paid towards income tax during the year.

    The building under construction was not subject to any depreciation.

    an inexperienced book keeper prepared the following trial balance as on mar 31 2010 619038

    An inexperienced book keeper prepared the following Trial Balance as on Mar 31, 2010

    Debit Balance

    Rs

    Credit Balance

    Rs

    Capital

    34000

    Building

    25,000

    10% Loan

    30000

    Furniture

    5,000

    Creditors

    15000

    Plant

    20,000

    Bills Receivable

    6000

    Debtors

    25,000

    Returns Inward

    3000

    Bills Payable

    5,500

    Carriage Outward

    2000

    Commission Received

    2,500

    Sales

    15000

    Opening stock

    15,000

    Wages

    7,500

    Salaries

    6,000

    Rent and Rates

    5,000

    Printing and Stationery

    2,000

    Purchases

    40,000

    Interest on loan(Paid up to Mar 31, 2010)

    2,500

    Returns Inward

    2,500

    Carriage Inward

    1,500

    1,60,000

    1,60,000

    Correct the Trial Balance.

    Prepare Trading and P and L account for the year ending on Mar 31, 2010 and the Balance Sheet on that date after considering the following adjustments:

    1. Closing stock was valued at Rs 20,500
    2. Write off bad debts of Rs 500
    3. Outstanding salary Rs 500
    4. Depreciate building and furniture by 10% p.a.
    5. Depreciate plant by 15% p.a.

    from the following trial balance and information prepare trading and profit and loss 619040

    From the following Trial Balance and information prepare Trading and Profit and Loss Account of Mr. Kumar for the year ending on Mar 31, 2010 and a Balance Sheet on that date.

    Particulars

    Dr. Rs

    Dr. Rs

    Capital/Drawings

    6,000

    50,000

    Land and Buildings

    45,000

    Plant and Machinery

    10,000

    Furniture

    2,500

    Sales/Purchases

    40,000

    70,000

    Returns

    2,500

    2,000

    Debtors/Creditors

    9,200

    6,000

    Loam from “x” on July 1, 2009 @ 6% p.a.

    15,000

    Carriage

    5,000

    Sundry Expenses

    300

    Printing and Stationery

    250

    Insurance

    500

    Provision for Doubtful Debts

    500

    Provision for Discount on Debtors

    190

    Bad Debts

    200

    Profit of Textile Department

    5,000

    Stock of general goods on Apr 1, 2009

    10,650

    Salaries and Wages

    9,250

    Trade Expenses

    400

    Stock of goods (textiles) on Mar 31, 2010

    4,000

    Cash at bank

    2,300

    Cash in hand

    640

    1,48,690

    1,48,690

    Information

    1. Stock of general goods on Mar 31, 2010 valued at Rs 13,650.
    2. Fire occurred on Mar 25, 2010 and Rs 5,000 worth of general goods were destroyed. The insurance company accepted claim for Rs 3,000 only and paid the claim money on Apr 15, 2010.
    3. Bad debts amounting to Rs 200 are to be written off.
    4. Provision for doubtful debts is to be made at 5% and for discount at 2% on debtors.
    5. Make a provision of 2% on creditors for discount.
    6. Received Rs 3,000 worth of goods on Mar 28, 2010 but the invoice of purchase was not recorded in purchases book.
    7. Kumar took away goods worth Rs 1,000 for personal use but no record was made thereof.
    8. Depreciate land and buildings as 2%, plant and machinery at 20% and furniture at 5%.
    9. Insurance prepaid amounts to Rs 100.

    following figures are extracted from the books of bintu 619043

    Following figures are extracted from the books of Bintu:

    Capital

    2,28,800

    Stock (Apr 1, 2009)

    38,500

    Drawings

    13,200

    Wages

    35,200

    Plant and Machinery

    99,000

    Sundry Creditors

    44,000

    Freehold Property

    66,000

    Postage and Telegrams

    1,540

    Purchases

    1,10,000

    Insurance

    1,760

    Returns Outwards

    1,100

    Gas and Fuel

    2,970

    Salaries

    13,200

    Bad Debts

    660

    Office Expenses

    2,750

    Office Rent

    2,860

    Office Furniture

    5,500

    Freight

    9,900

    Discount (Dr.)

    1,320

    Loose Tools

    2,200

    Sundry Debtors

    20,260

    Factory Lighting

    1,100

    Loan to “x” @ 10% p.a.

    Provision for Doubtful Debts

    880

    on Apr 1, 2009

    44,000

    Interest on loan to “x”

    1,100

    Sales

    2,31,440

    Cash at bank

    29,260

    Bills Payable

    5,500

    Cash in hand

    2,640

    Adjustment

    1. Stock on Mar 31, 2010 was valued as Rs 72,600
    2. A new machine was installed during the year costing Rs 15,400, but it was not recorded in the books and no payment was made for it. Wages Rs 1,100 paid for its erection have been debited to wages account.
    3. Depreciate plant and machinery by 33 1/3%, Furniture by 10% and Freehold property by 5%.
    4. Loose tools were valued at Rs 1,760 on Mar 31, 2010.
    5. If the Sundry Debtors Rs 660 are bad and should be written off.
    6. Maintain a provision of 5% on Sundry Debtors for doubtful debts.
    7. The manager is entitled to a commission of 10% of the net profits after charging such commission.

    following is the trial balance as on dec 31 2009 619044

    Following is the Trial Balance as on Dec 31, 2009

    Particulars

    Dr:

    Rs.

    Dr:

    Rs.

    Opening Stock

    15,000

    Drawings and Capital

    5,000

    50,000

    Purchases and Sales (adjusted)

    75,000

    1,37,500

    Wages

    3,000

    Salaries

    10,000

    Import Duty

    2,500

    Carriage Inwards

    2,000

    Insurance

    2,500

    Advertisement

    5,000

    Furniture

    20,000

    Bad Debts

    2,500

    Book Debts

    25,000

    Creditors

    15,000

    Loose Tools

    12,500

    Reserve for Bad Debts

    1,000

    Rent

    2,500

    Discount Received

    4,000

    Depreciation of Furniture

    2,500

    Depreciation of Loose Tools

    2,500

    Closing Stock

    15,000

    Outstanding Import Duty

    5,000

    Premises

    35,000

    Commission Received

    5,000

    Cash Balance

    10,000

    Bank Balance

    2,500

    32,500

    2,50,000

    2,50,000

    Adjustments

    1. A customer of Rs 2,500 is also a creditor of Rs 5,000. Create Reserve for Bad Debts @ 5% p.a. after writing off further bad debt of Rs 2,500.
    2. Depreciate furniture and loose tools @ 25% and by Rs 5,000, respectively, and appreciate premises by Rs 5,000.
    3. Annual payment is salaries Rs 12,500 and rent Rs 5,000.
    4. Unexpired import duty and insurance are Rs 500 each.
    5. Sale of furniture (book value nil) for Rs 1,500 to be accounted for as omitted in the books.
    6. Withdrawn from the bank by the owner for domestic use of Rs 7,500.

    You are required to prepare the final accounts by applying marshalling of balance sheet as on Dec 31, 2009.

    from the following balances extracted from this books of mrs rukhmani prepare tradin 619045

    From the following balances extracted from this books of Mrs. Rukhmani, prepare Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year Mar 31, 2010 and a Balance Sheet as on that date:

    Particulars

    Dr:

    Rs.

    Dr:

    Rs.

    Purchases

    35,640

    Mrs. Rukhmani’s Capital

    30,000

    Computer at Cost

    9,190

    Cash at Bank

    2,000

    Cash in Hand

    1,418

    Sundry Creditors

    6,500

    Bills Payable

    5,110

    Furniture and Fittings

    770

    Rent

    6,270

    Discount Received

    11,000

    Bills Receivable

    3,360

    Trade Charges

    460

    Sundry Debtors

    17,078

    Sales

    30,360

    Return Outwards

    5,716

    Drawings

    2,600

    Rent Due

    160

    Discount Allowed

    270

    Wages

    900

    Salaries

    8,390

    Returns Inwards

    500

    88,846

    88,846

    Adjustments

    1. Closing stock on Mar 31, 2010 was valued at cost Rs 12,800 (Market value, Rs 13,100)
    2. Rs 3,000 paid to Mrs. Y against bill payable were debited by mistake to Mrs. Z. and included in the list of Sundry Debtors.
    3. Travelling expenses paid to sales representative Rs 2,500 for the month of Mar 2010 were debited to his personal account and included in the list of Sundry Debtors.
    4. Depreciate furniture and fittings by 10% p.a.
    5. Provide for doubtful debts at 5% on Sundry Debtors.
    6. Goods casting Rs 750 were used by the proprietor. Entry for it has not yet been passed.
    7. Salaries include Rs 6,000 paid to the sales representative who is further entitled to a commission of 5% on net sales.
    8. Stationery charges Rs 600 on Mar 31, 2010.
    9. Purchases include opening stock values at Rs 3,500 (cost price).
    10. Sales representative is further entitled to an extra commission of 5% on net profit after charging his extra commission.
    11. No depreciation need be provided for computer, as it was purchased on Mar 31, 2010 and not to put to use on that date.

    the accountant of khurana ascertained the business profits but due to his defective 619046

    The accountant of Khurana ascertained the business profits; but due to his defective knowledge or otherwise a number of discrepancies have crept in the Trading and Profit and Loss Account prepared by him. You are requested to draft these accounts properly ascertaining the cost of goods produced. The accounts prepared by the accountant are as under: 

    Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ending on Mar 31, 2010

    Pardettlars

     Rs.

    Rs

    Particulars

     Rs.

     Rs.

     

    . Purchases of

     

     

    By Lasrlear”s Balance

     

    21,550

     

    Raw Materials

    67,475

     

    By Operung Stock

     

     

     

    Add Returns las

    350

     

    Raw Materials

    2000,

     

     

    Adel: CI.* Stock:

    67,825

     

    Wark-m-Progress

    1,500

     

     

    Raw 111alesials 6,075

     

     

    n3119.110:I Stock

    2,050

    5,550

     

    W.I.P. 5,000

     

     

    By Sales

    85,500

     

     

    Finish…a& 6,850

     

     

    Less: Rerun. Outwards

    425

    85,075

     

    To Wages Produchve

    17,925

    85,750

    By Carriage Outward

    525

     

     

    To Factory Expenses

     

    10.000

    Lam Canine Inuvara

    500

    25

     

    To Factory Expenses

     

    8200

    By Szade Discount

     

     

     

    pant in Advance

     

    2.900

    On Purchases

    1,500

     

     

    To General Office Expmses

     

    1250

    Less: Cash au…lowed

     

     

     

     

    3,000
    500

    By Net Lou

    50

    1,450
    4,700

     

    To astributron Expenses

     

    . Sales Expenses

    3,500

     

     

     

     

     

    Les, Purchase Expenses

    3,000

    500

     

     

     

     

    To Export Duty

    1,500

     

     

     

     

     

    Les, Impart duty

    1,000

    500

     

     

     

     

    To Interest oar.. Loan

     

    3,000

     

     

     

     

    To Deprecrahon on Plant

     

    2,500

     

     

     

     

    To Deprecratran on

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Office Furruture

     

    250

     

     

     

     

     

     

    1,18,350

     

     

    1,18,3D0

     

     

    from the following particulars for the year ending on mar 31 2010 of m s gemini comp 619047

    From the following particulars for the year ending on Mar 31, 2010 of M/s Gemini Company, prepare Trading and Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet on that date:

    Stock Apr 1, 2009

    46,400

    Land and Building

    3,19,000

    Capital Apr 1, 2009

    2,90,000

    Furniture and Fixture

    14,500

    Purchases

    1,16,000

    Bills Receivable

    20,300

    Sales

    4,64,000

    Bills Payable

    14,500

    Office Expenses

    46,690

    Sundry Debtors

    1,16,000

    Return Inward

    8,700

    Plant and Machinery

    26,100

    Interest on Loan

    1,740

    Sundry Creditors

    91,640

    Return Outward

    2,320

    Loan (Dr.) @ 10% on Apr 1, 2009

    29,000

    Drawings

    17,400

    Investment

    17,400

    Wages

    40,020

    Cash at Bank

    20,300

    Advertisement

    31,900

    Cash in Hand

    1,450

    Apprenticeship Premium

    6,960

    Stock as on Mar 31, 2010

    40,600

    Adjustments to be made for the current year are:

    1. Interest on capital to be allowed at 5% for the year.
    2. Interest on drawings to be charged to him as ascertained for the year Rs 464.
    3. Apprenticeship premium is for three years received in advance on Apr 1, 2009.
    4. Stock valued at Rs 17,400 destroyed by fire on Mar 26, 2010 but the insurance company admitted a claim of Rs 11,600 only to be paid in the year 2011.
    5. Rs 29,000 out of advertisement expenses are to be carried forward.
    6. The manager is entitled to a commission of 10% of the net profit calculated after charging such commission.
    7. The stock includes material worth Rs 5,800 for which bill had not been received and therefore, not yet accounted for

    select following statements as true or false 619048

    State whether the following statements are true or false

    1. Capital expenditure is money spent on purchase of fixed assets for immediate resale.
    2. Fixtures and fittings are intangible assets.
    3. Copyrights belong to intangible assets.
    4. Legal expenses incurred in connection with the purchase of property are revenue expenditures.
    5. Interest paid on a loan to purchase a fixed asset is also a capital expenditure.
    6. The direct benefit of revenue expenditure is usually exhausted in the accounting period itself.
    7. The cost of raw materials used in the manufacture of goods intended for resale is capital expenditure.
    8. All expenses incurred for upkeep of fixed assets are capital expenditure.
    9. Capital expenditure may result in enhancement of the value of an existing asset.
    10. Capital expenditure is transferred to trading and profit and loss account.
    11. The money spent on repairs of a second hand machine is capital expenditure.
    12. Prepaid expense is a capital expenditure.
    13. Preliminary expenses incurred on the formation of a limited company are deferred revenue expenditure.
    14. Any contributions to the capital of the business are capital receipts.
    15. Sale of inventories is a capital receipt.

    fill in the blanks with appropriate word s 619049

    Fill in the blanks with appropriate word(s)

    1. Expenditures which results in the acquisition of a permanent asset is a __________expenditure.
    2. Amounts written off from the cost of fixed assets is __________ expenditure.
    3. Wages paid for the erection of machinery is a __________ expenditure.
    4. Amount spent on acquiring goodwill is a __________ expenditure.
    5. Amount spent to put second hand machinery in working condition is a __________ expenditure.
    6. Amount spent for replacement of part of a machine is __________ expenditure.
    7. Expenses incurred on whitewashing the factory premises at regular intervals are __________ expenditure.
    8. Heavy advertising to introduce a new product is __________ .
    9. Travelling expenses of Rs 30,000 paid to a technician for the erection of a new machine is __________ expenditure.
    10. Expenses incurred on consultancy service are __________ expenditure.
    11. Wages paid to workers for manufacturing a part of its plant are __________ expenditure.
    12. Temporary shed put up in the factory premises to store finished product is __________ expenditure.
    13. Gain on sale of fixed assets is treated as __________
    14. Assets minus liabilities is equal to __________
    15. Any expenditure incurred to reap benefit for a few accounting periods in future is called __________ expenditure.

    mark statements as true or false 619069

    State whether the following statements are True or False

    1. Receipts and Payments Account is a summary of cash transactions during an accounting period.
    2. Receipts and Payments Accounts only items relating to revenue in nature.
    3. Receipts and payments records items which relate to current accounting period only.
    4. Non-cash items are shown in Receipts and Payments Account.
    5. Closing Balance in Receipts and Payments Account represents either Surplus or Deficit.
    6. Opening Balance is recorded in Income and Expenditure Account.
    7. Income and Expenditure Account is a Nominal Account.
    8. Income and Expenditure Account is a summarized cash book.
    9. Income and Expenditure Account records only items of revenue in nature.
    10. NPOs undertake trading activities also.
    11. Amount spent for the purchase of books by a public library is of revenue nature.
    12. Entrance fee is always to be capitalised.
    13. Donations received for specific purposes is of revenue nature.
    14. Outstanding incomes need not be adjusted, if accounts are kept on an accrual basis.
    15. All assets will be shown in Income and Expenditure Account as income.
    16. Donations will appear on the liabilities side of a Balance Sheet.
    17. Life membership fees have always to be treated as of revenue nature.
    18. Fixed Deposit has always to be capitalised.
    19. Balancing figure in the preparation of Balance Sheet at the beginning of the year represents surplus of deficit.
    20. Expenses paid for current year will appear in the Balance Sheet.
    21. Pre-paid expenses is an asset.
    22. Outstanding income is a liability.
    23. While preparing final accounts of a professional firm, value of work in progress is not to be taken into account.
    24. Balance of surplus is allocated among the partners in an agreed ratio.

    from the following particulars prepare a cash flow statement of chalsa ltd for the y 619071

    From the following particulars, prepare a Cash Flow Statement of Chalsa Ltd for the year that ended on 31 December 2007:

     

    Dr.                                     Profit & Loss A/c for the Year that Ended on 31 December 2007                             Cr.

     

     

     

     

    To Opening Stock

    5,500

    By Sales

    2,16,000

    To Purchases

    80,500

    By Closing Stock

    20,000

    To Wages

    16,000

    By Loss of Stock

    5,000

    To Gross Profit c/d

    1,39,000

     

     

     

    2,41,000

     

    2,41,000

    To Expenses

    10,000

    By Gross Profit b/d

    1,39,000

    To Depreciation

    12,000

    By Income from Investment (Tax Free)

    6,000

    To Bad Debt

    1,000

     

     

    To Loss on Sale of Plant

    5,000

     

     

    To Loss of Stock less Insurance Claim (i.e., Net loss)

    1,000

     

     

    To Deferred Expenses

    5,000

     

     

    To Income Tax

    10,000

     

     

    To Net Profit c/d

    1,01,000

     

     

     

    1 45000

     

    1 45000

    To Dividend

    8,000

    By Balance b/d

    30,000

    To Reserve

    23,000

    By Net Profit b/d

    1,01,000

    To Balance c/d

    100,000

     

     

     

    1,31,000

     

    1,31,000

    Balance Sheets

    Liabilities

    2006
    Rs.

    2007
    Rs.

    Assets

    2006
    Rs.

    2007
    Rs.

    Share Capital

    80,000

    90,000

    Fixed Assets

    80,000

    2,10,000

    Reserve

    50,000

    73,000

    Investment

    68,500

    30,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    30,000

    1,00,000

    Stock in Trade

    5,500

    20,000

    Creditors

    30,000

    20,000

    Debtors

    50,000

    55,000

    Liabilities for Expenses

    8,000

    10,000

    Cash & Bank

    3,500

    1,500

    Proposed Dividend

    5,000

    10,000

    Prepaid Expenses

    5,000

    4,000

    Provision for Taxation

    15,000

    20,000

    Deferred Expenses

    10,500

    5,500

    Advance Income from Investment

    5,000

    3,000

     

     

     

     

    2,23,000

    3,26,000

     

    2,23,000

    3,26,000

     

    from the following balance sheets of jp international prepare a cash flow statement 619073

    From the following Balance Sheets of JP International, prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 December 2006, as per AS-3:

    Balance Sheets as on

    Liabilities

    31
    December
    2005
    Rs.

    31
    December
    2006
    Rs.

    Assets

    31
    December
    2005
    Rs.

    31
    December
    2006
    Rs.

    Equity Share Capital

    150

    350

    Goodwill

    75

    60

    Redeemable Preference

    Fixed Assets

    355

    620

    Share Capital

    100

    150

    Inventories

    110

    70

    Debenture

    150

    100

    Debtors

    120

    75

    Long-term loan

    100

    50

    Bank

    Nil

    25

    Reserves &Surplus

    40

    50

    Prepaid Expenses

    30

    20

    Bank Overdraft

    60

    Miscellaneous Expenditure

    40

    30

    Sundry Creditors

    80

    100

    Proposed Dividend

    30

    60

    Provision for Taxation

    20

    40

    730

    900

    730

    900

    Additional information available on 31 December 2006:

    1. Accumulated Depreciation on Fixed Assets amounted to Rs. 1,60,000 and Rs. 1,85,000, as on 31 December 2005 and 31 December 2006, respectively; and a Plant Costing Rs. 30,000 (25% depreciated) was sold for Rs. 50,000.
    2. A land of Rs. 1,50,000 and stock of Rs. 40,000 were purchased for a consideration of Rs. 2,00,000, paid for in shares.
    3. Dividend for 2005 was paid along with an interim Dividend of 5% on the Opening Equity Capital.
    4. Tax Liabilities for 2005 was settled at Rs. 28,000.

    following were the balance sheets of a company as on 31 december 2007 and 31 decembe 619074

    Following were the Balance Sheets of a company as on 31 December 2007 and 31 December 2006:

    Liabilities

    2007
    Rs. In “000

    2006
    Rs. in “000

    Assets

    2007
    Rs. in “000

    2006
    Rs. in “000

    Share Capital

    1,500

    1,250

    Fixed Assets at cost

    2,180

    1,910

    Reserves

    3,410

    1,380

     

     

     

    Long-term Loan

    1,110

    1,040

    Less:           Provision for

     

     

     

     

     

    Depreciation

    1,450

    1,060

    Sundry Creditors

    150

    1,890

     

    730

    850

    Interest Payable

    230

    100

    Long-term Investments

    2,500

    2,500

    Income Tax Payable

    400

    1,000

    Inventories

    900

    1,950

     

     

     

    Sundry Debtors

    1,700

    1,200

     

     

     

    Short-term Investments

    670

    135

     

     

     

    Cash & Bank

    200

    25

     

     

     

    Income Receivable on

     

     

     

     

     

    Investments

    100

     

    6,800

    6,660

     

    6,800

    6660

    Statement of Profit & Loss A/c for the year that ended on 31 December 2007

     

    Rs. in “000

    Rs. in “000

    Sales

     

    30,650

    Less:           Cost of Sales:

     

     

    Materials Consumed

    19,000

     

    Wages &Overheads

    7.000

    26,000

    Gross Profit

     

    4,650

    Less:             Depreciation on Fixed Assets

    450

     

    Administrative &Selling Expenses

    850

     

    Interest on Loan

    400

     

    Loss on Sale of long-term Investment

    100

    1.800

     

     

    2,850

    Add:         Income from Investment

    SOO

     

    Insurance Claim Received from Earthquake Disaster settlement

    180

    680

    Net Profit before Tax

     

    3,530

    Less:        Income Tax

     

    300

    Net Profit after Tax

     

    3,230

    Additional Information:

    1. Plant, having an Original Cost of Rs. 80,000 and accumulated Depreciation of Rs. 60,000, was sold in 2007 for Rs. 20,000.
    2. Investments (long-term) further made during 2007 was Rs. 500 (in lakhs).
    3. An amount of Rs. 2,50,000 was raised from the long-term borrowing.
    4. Income Tax of Rs. 3,00,000 as provided in the statement of Profit & Loss A/c included Rs. 30,000 as Tax deducted at source on income from the Long-term Investment.

    Prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 December 2007 separately under Direct Method and Indirect Method.

    following were the balance sheets of macao ltd as on 31 march 2007 and 31 march 2008 619078

    Following were the Balance Sheets of Macao Ltd, as on 31 March 2007 and 31 March 2008:

    Liabilities

    Mon
    31 March
    2007
    Rs.

    As on
    31 March
    2008
    Rs.

    Assets

    As on
    31 March
    2007
    Rs.

    Mon
    31 March
    2008
    Rs.

    Equity Share Capital

    3,00,000

    3,50,000

    Goodwill

    1,00,000

    85,000

    Preference Share Capital

    1,50,000

    1,00,000

    Land & Bulk:ling

    2,00,000

    1,70,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    30,000

    73,000

    Plant & Machinery

    80,000

    2,00,000

    General Reserve

    40,000

    75,000

    Investment

    20,000

    35,000

    Securities Premium

    20,000

    25,000

    Stock

    77,000

    1,00,000

    Capital Reserve

    20,000

    Debtors

    1,40,000

    1,70,000

    Sundry Creditors

    55,000

    83,000

    Bills Receivable

    20,000

    30,000

    Proposed Dividend

    42,000

    50,000

    Cash & Bank

    25,000

    22,000

    Provision for Taxation

    40,000

    50,000

    Preliminary Expenses

    35,000

    30,000

    Bills Payable

    20.000

    16,000

    6,97,000

    8,42,000

    6,97,000

    8,42,000

    Additional Information:

    1. One piece of land was sold at a profit which was credited to Capital Reserve.
    2. One machine, having a Book Value of Rs. 18,000, was sold for Rs. 15,000.
    3. Depreciation charged on Plant and Machinery for the year 2007–08 was Rs. 16,000.
    4. Tax Paid for the year 2006–07 amounted to Rs. 36,000.
    5. Dividend on Investment of Rs. 4,000 was received during the year, which included a pre-acquisition Dividend of Rs. 1,000.
    6. Out of the Proposed Dividend for the year 2006–07, Rs. 35,000 was approved by the Share Holders and paid in 2007–08, along with an Interim Dividend for the year of Rs. 12,000.

    Prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2008.

    balance sheets of honululu ltd as on 31 march 2007 and 31 march 2008 were as follows 619080

    Balance Sheets of Honululu Ltd as on 31 March 2007 and 31 March 2008 were as follows:

    Liabilities

    As on 31 March 2007

    As on 31 March 2008

    Assets

    As on 31 March 2007

    As on 31
    March
    2008

    Equity Share Capital (Rs. 10)

    3,00,000

    4,00,000

    Land & Building

    2,00,000

    1,70,000

    896 Preference Shares of Rs. 100
    each, Rs. 75 per share

    called up & paid up

    1,12,500

    Plant & Machinery

    80,000

    2,00,000

    Securities premium

    20,000

    7,000

    Furniture

    80,000

    2,00,000

    Capital Redemption Reserve

    1,10,000

    Investment

    20,000

    35,000

    General Reserve

    30,000

    50,000

    Inventory

    77,000

    1,00,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    60,000

    40,000

    Sundry Debtors

    1,40,000

    1,70,000

    Sundry Creditors

    12,500

    50,000

    Cash & Bank

    25,000

    22,000

    Proposed Dividend

    20,000

    30,000

    Preliminary Expenses

    35,000

    30,000

    Provision for Taxation

    20,000

    30,000

    Bills Payable

    5,000

    Unclaimed Dividend

    3,000

    5,80,000

    7,20,000

    5,80,000

    7,20,000

    Additional Information:

    1. During the year 2007–08, an old machine, whose book value was Rs. 60,000, was sold at a loss of Rs. 8,000, and it was replaced by a new machine costing Rs. 1,60,000.
    2. Depreciation on furniture provided for the year 2007–08 amounted to Rs. 15,000. A part of the furniture was sold at a Profit of Rs. 3,000 and the cost of new furniture acquired during the year was Rs. 78,000.
    3. A Preference Share final call @ Rs. 25 per share was made before redeeming the preference shares at a premium of 10%. The Securities Premium Account was utilized to provide the premium paid and the redemption was made partly out of profit and partly out of new issue of Equity Shares at 5% premium.
    4. A bonus Dividend was declared during 2007–08 to the old Equity Shareholders, @ one Equity Share at par for every five Equity Shares held, out of general reserve.
    5. Before Redemption, a Preference Dividend for the year 2007–08 was paid by the company.

    Prepare a Cash Flow Statement for the year that ended on 31 March 2008.

    from the following balance sheet and information prepare a cash flow statement of ry 619081

    From the following Balance Sheet and information, prepare a Cash Flow Statement of Ryan Ltd for the year that ended on 31 March 2003.

    31 March 2003 Rs.

    31 March 2002 Rs.

    Liabilities

    Equity Share Capital

    6,00,000

    5,00,000

    10% Redeemable Preference capital

    2,00,000

    Capital Redemption Reserve

    1,00,000

    Capital Reserve

    1,00,000

    General Reserve

    1,00,000

    2,50,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    70,000

    50,000

    9% Debentures

    2,00,000

    Sundry Creditors

    95,000

    80,000

    Bills Payable

    20,000

    30,000

    Liabilities for Expenses

    30,000

    20,000

    Provision for Taxation

    95,000

    60,000

    Proposed Dividend

    90,000

    60,000

    15,00,000

    12,50,000

    Assets

    Land & Building

    1,50,000

    2,00,000

    Plant & Machinery

    7,65,000

    5,00,000

    Investments

    50,000

    80,000

    Inventory

    95,000

    90,000

    Bills Receivable

    65,000

    70,000

    Sundry Debtors

    1,75,000

    1,30,000

    Cash & Bank

    65,000

    90,000

    Preliminary Expenses

    10,000

    25,000

    Voluntary Separation Payments

    1,25,000

    65,000

    15,00,000

    12,50,000

    Additional Information:

    1. A piece of land has been sold out for Rs. 1,50,000 (cost – Rs. 1,20,000) and the balance land was revalued. The capital reserve consisted of Profit on sale and Profit on revaluation.
    2. On 1 April 2002, a Plant was sold for Rs. 90,000 (original cost – Rs. 70,000 & WDV – Rs. 50,000), and Debentures worth Rs. 1 lakh was issued at par as a part of consideration for a Plant of Rs. 4.5 lakh acquired.
    3. Part of the Investments (cost – Rs. 50,000) was sold for Rs. 70,000.
    4. Pre-acquisition Dividend received was Rs. 5,000 and it was adjusted against the Cost of Investment.
    5. Director has proposed a 15% Dividend for the current year.
    6. Voluntary Separation cost of Rs. 50,000 was adjusted against General Reserve.
    7. Income Tax liability for the current year was estimated at Rs. 1,35,000.
    8. Depreciation @ 15% has been written off from the Plant account but no depreciation has been charged on land and building.

    the balance sheet of x limited as on 31 march 2007 is as follows 619084

    The Balance Sheet of X Limited as on 31 March 2007 is as follows:

    Liabilities

    Rs. In “000

    Assets

    Rs. In “000

    Equity Share Capital

    6,000

    Fixed Assets (at cost)

    16,250

    8%Preference Share Capital

    3,250

    Less: Depreciation written off

    5,200

    Reserves & Surplus

    1,400

    11,050

    10% Debentures

    1,950

    Stock

    1,950

    Sundry creditors

    3,250

    Sundry Debtors

    2,600

    Cash

    250

    15,850

    15,850

    The following additional information is available:

    1. The stock turnover ratio based on Cost of Goods Sold would be 6 times.
    2. The cost of Fixed Assets to sales ratio would be 1:4.
    3. Fixed Assets costing Rs. 30,00,000 to be installed on 1 April 2007, payment would be made on 31 March 2008.
    4. In March 2008, a dividend of 7% on equity capital would be paid.
    5. Rs. 5,50,000 and 11% debentures would be issued on 1 April 2007.
    6. Rs. 30,00,000 as equity shares would be issued on 31 March 2008.
    7. Creditors would be 25% of materials consumed.
    8. Debtors would be 10% of sales.
    9. The Cost of Goods Sold would be 90% of sales and includes material of 40% and a depreciation of 5% of sales.
    10. The profit is subject to debenture interest and taxation @ 30%.

    Required:

    1. Prepare the projected Balance Sheet as on 31 March 2008.
    2. Prepare the projected Cash Flow Statement in accordance with AS-3.

    the following are the changes in the account balance taken from the balance sheets o 619086

    The following are the changes in the account balance taken from the Balance Sheets of Dada Ltd at the beginning and end of the year:

    Changes in Rupees in Debit (or Credit)

    Equity Share Capital of 30,000 Shares of Rs. 10 each, issued and fully paid

    0

    Capital Reserve

    (49,200)

    8% Debentures

    (50,000)

    Debenture Discount

    1,000

    Freehold Property at Cost/Revaluation

    43,000

    Plant and Machinery at Cost

    60,000

    Depreciation on Plant and Machinery

    (14,400)

    Debtors

    50,000

    Stock and Work-in-progress (WIP)

    38,500

    Creditors

    (11,800)

    Net Profit for the year

    (76,500)

    Dividend Paid in respect of earlier year

    30,000

    Provision for Doubtful Debts

    (3,300)

    Trade Investments at Cost

    47,000

    Bank

    (64,300)

    0

    You are informed that:

    1. Capital Reserve as at the end of the year represented realized profits on the sale of one freehold property together with the surplus arising on the revaluation of the balance of freehold properties.
    2. During the year, the plant costing Rs. 18,000, against which a depreciation provision of Rs. 13,500 was lying, was sold for Rs. 7,000.
    3. During the middle of the year, Rs. 50,000 debentures were issued for cash at a discount of Rs. 1,000.
    4. The Net Profit for the year was after crediting the profit on sale of plant and charging debenture interest.

    You are required to prepare a statement which will explain, why bank borrowing has increased by Rs. 64,300 during the year-end. Ignore taxation.

    xyz co ltd s comparative balance sheet for 2002 and the company s income statement f 619088

    XYZ Co. Ltd’s Comparative Balance Sheet for 2002 and the company’s income statement for the year are as follows:

    Income statement for the year that ended on 31 December 2002

    (Rs. in Crores)

    Sales

    1,000

    Less:

    Cost of Goods Sold

    530

    Gross margin

    470

    Less:

    Operating Expenses

    352

    Net operating income

    118

    Less:

    Non-operating items:

    Loss on Sale of Equipment

    4

    Income before taxes

    114

    Less:

    Income tax

    48

    Net income

    66

    Comparative Balance Sheet for the years that ended on 31 December 2002 and 31 December 2001 (Rs. in crores)

    Additional Information:

    1. Dividends of Rs. 48 crores were paid in 2002.
    2. The loss on sale of Rs. 4 crores reflects a transaction in which the equipment, with original cost of Rs. 12 crores and accumulated depreciation of Rs. 5 crores, was sold for Rs. 3 crores in cash.

    Required: Using the indirect method, determine the net cash provided by operating activities for 2002 and construct a statement of Cash Flows.

    from the following information provided prepare a cash flow statement as per as 3 an 619089

    From the following information provided, prepare a Cash Flow Statement as per AS-3 and comment on the financial position of the company.

    Balance Sheets as on

    Liabilities

    31 March
    2007
    Rs.

    31 March
    2008
    Rs.

    Asses

    31 March
    2007
    Its.

    31 March
    2008
    Rs.

    Equity Share Capital

    1,00,000

    1,50,000

    Freehold Property

    1,10,000

    1,30,000

    Securities Premium

    15,000

    35,000

    Plant & Machinery

    1,20,000

    1,51 ,000

    Profit & Loss A/c

    28,000

    70,000

    Furniture

    24,000

    29,000

    10% Debentures

    70,000

    30,000

    Stock

    37,000

    51,000

    Bank Overdraft

    14,030

    Debtors

    43,000

    44,000

    Creditors

    34000

    48,000

    Bank

    16,000

    Proposed Dividend

    15,000

    20,000

    Premium on Redemption

    of Debentures

    1,000

    Provision for Depreciation on:

    Plant 81Machinery

    45,000

    54,000

    Furniture

    13,000

    15,000

    3,34,000

    4,22,000

    3,34,000

    4,22,000

    Additional Information:

    1. There had been no disposal of freehold propery in the year.
    2. The machine, which had cost Rs. 8,000 and in respect of which Rs. 6,000 depreciation had been provided, was sold for Rs. 3,000, and furniture, which had cost Rs. 5,000 and in respect of which a depreciation of Rs. 2,000 had been provided, was sold for Rs. 1,000. The profits and losses on these transactions had been dealt with through Profit & Loss A/c.
    3. Actual premium on the redemption of debentures was Rs. 2,000, of which Rs. 1,000 had been written off to the Profit & Loss A/c.
    4. No interim dividend has been paid.

    make out the three column cash book of raj and co from the following transactions 618995

    Make out the Three Column Cash Book of Raj and Co. from the following transactions:

    Rs

    2009 June

    1

    Cash in hand

    500

    Bank overdraft

    1,500

    Paid salaries for Mar

    3,600

    2

    Cash sales

    10,000

    3

    Purchased goods for cash

    2,000

    5

    Issued cheque in favour of Mohan and Co.
    (discount allowed Rs 20)

    480

    7

    Received cheque from Ram Dev. 385 (in full settlement of their debt of Rs 400)

    385

    9

    Cheque issued in favour of Nayak for purchase of a ceiling fan

    750

    11

    Cheque of Ram Dev, dishonoured, bank charges

    15

    15

    Cash sales

    5,000

    17

    Rent paid by cheque

    1,000

    20

    Bank collects interest on securities

    750

    on 1 january 2009 vas had the following assets and liabilities 618998

    On 1 January 2009, Vas had the following assets and liabilities:

    Building Rs 5,000; A’s acceptance Rs 1,000; Due from X Rs 3,000; Due from Y Rs 2,000; Cash Rs 1,500; Shares Rs 5,000; B’s acceptance Rs 2,000; Stock-in-hand Rs 20,000; Overdraft at bank Rs 1,500; Bills Payable Rs 1,200; Due to Kumar Rs 1,000; Due to Ravi Rs 2,500; Reserve for doubtful debts Rs 250; Wages due Rs 250.

    Transactions during the month of January 2009.

    Rs

    Jan

    1

    Paid wages due

    200

    3

    Sold goods to Mr. P less 10% for cash in 20 days.

    2,000

    5

    Sold goods to Mr. X less 5% trade discount

    5,000

    7

    Cash paid into bank

    7,000

    9

    Paid Kumar by cheque in full settlement

    950

    11

    Sent Mr. X a credit note for Rs 250 for an allowance claimed by him for inferior goods

    15

    Discounted A’s acceptance at bank for

    975

    17

    B became insolvent; received from him first and final dividend of forty-paise in the rupee.

    19

    Withdrew from bank for office use

    750

    23

    Received cheque from Mr. P for the amount due and paid the same into bank.

    25

    Sold shares Rs 5,000 at a premium of 3% less brokerage 1%

    27

    Paid Ravi by cheque in full settlement

    2,450

    28

    Mr. P’s cheque was returned dishonoured and the discount was disallowed.

    prepare a cash book with cash bank and discount columns from the transactions given 618999

    Prepare a Cash Book with cash, bank and discount columns from the transactions given below:

    Rs

    2009 Sep

    1

    Cash balance

    1,50,000

    Bank balance

    90,000

    5

    Deposited into bank

    1,20,000

    6

    Bought fans for office by cheque

    15,000

    8

    Paid for repairs

    1,300

    10

    Goods purchased by cheque

    25,000

    13

    Received a cheque for Rs 42,000 from Govind and allowed him discount Rs 400.

    17

    Gave Lal a cheque for Rs 23,000 and received a discount of Rs 300.

    21

    Sharath directly paid into our bank account

    30,000

    23

    Withdrew from the bank for office use

    5,000

    25

    Withdrew from the bank for personal use

    1,000

    insert the following transactions in tabular petty cash book on 1st november 2009 th 619002

    Insert the following transactions in Tabular Petty Cash Book. On 1st November 2009, the petty cashier begins with an imprest amount of Rs 3,000.

    Rs

    2009 Nov

    1

    Postage stamps

    120

    7

    Travelling expenses

    225

    9

    Cartage

    450

    11

    Lorry freight

    150

    15

    Repairs

    750

    16

    Cleaning the office

    150

    19

    Stationery

    525

    21

    Office refreshment expenses

    510

    the following transactions took place during the week ending 25 apr 2009 prepare the 619003

    The following transactions took place during the week ending 25 Apr 2009. Prepare the Petty Cash Book which is maintained with a weekly ‘float’ of Rs 4,500.

    Rs

    2009 Apr

    19

    Sweeper and scavenger paid

    225

    Conveyance

    1,371

    20

    Fax

    132

    Stationery purchased

    204

    21

    Freight

    975

    Cooly

    90

    Service charges to computers

    225

    22

    Advertisement charges

    500

    Subscription to “Daily”

    100

    23

    Copier Papers

    150

    24

    Refreshment to customers

    103

    state whether the following statements true or false 619004

    State whether the following statements are True or False

    1. Trial Balance is a statement which shows debit balances and credit balances of all accounts in the ledger.
    2. The total of debit balances and the total of credit balances need not tally, always.
    3. Trial Balance can be prepared only at the end of an accounting period. It cannot be prepared at any date.
    4. Trial Balance is the basis on which final accounts are prepared.
    5. If any error is found in the preparation of a Trial Balance, such errors can be rectified only when the balance sheet is prepared.
    6. A debit balance is either an asset or expense or loss.
    7. All the errors committed are not disclosed by the Trial Balance.
    8. A Trial Balance will disclose errors of principle.
    9. If any of the GAAP is violated, error resulting from such violation is called “errors of principle.”
    10. Error of complete omission affects the Trial Balance.
    11. Error of partial omission does not affect the Trial Balance.
    12. Error of recording does not affect the Trial Balance.
    13. Error of posting may or may not affect the Trial Balance.
    14. When it is difficult to locate and rectify errors, the difference caused due to such errors is transferred to a new and temporary account known as “Suspense Account.”
    15. When all the errors affecting the Trial Balance are located and rectified, the “Suspense Account” gets closed automatically.
    16. Journal entries passed to rectify the errors are called “rectifying entries.”
    17. Suspense Account having credit balance will be shown on the assets side of a balance sheet.
    18. Excess debit of an account can be rectified by debiting the same amount.
    19. Short debit of an account can be rectified by further debit (of the short amount) of the same account.
    20. Suspense Account in the Trial Balance is entered in the Profit and Loss Account.

    fill in the blanks with suitable words 619005

    Fill in the blanks with suitable words

    1. Trial Balance is prepared as per the rules of _____ system.
    2. Trial Balance is a statement prepared with the debit and credit balances of ______accounts.
    3. Trial Balance is the basis on which _______ are prepared.
    4. List of names with debit balances are grouped under a common caption known as ________
    5. List of names with credit balances are grouped together under a single heading called _________
    6. A ______balance is either a liability or income or gain.
    7. If the totals of debit balances and credit balances in a Trial Balance do not tally, it implies that some ________would have been committed.
    8. If the debit column or credit column is totaled wrongly in a Trial Balance as Rs 15,100 instead of Rs 11,500, it is called _________.
    9. In the same case (as in Q.8), if it is wrongly totalled as Rs 10,150 it is called __________
    10. Errors of posting in the wrong side of the correct account are ________by Trial Balance.

    what is a trial balance 619007

    1. What is a Trial Balance?
    2. What are the objectives of Trial Balance?
    3. What are the main advantages of a Trial Balance?
    4. State the principle on which the agreement of Trial Balance is based.
    5. Explain the term “Sundry Debtors.”
    6. What are the limitations of a Trial Balance?
    7. “The Trial Balance ensures arithmetical accuracy and not accounting accuracy” – why?
    8. Why do errors occur in the preparation of Trial Balance?
    9. Name the two main classification of errors.
    10. What do you mean by errors of principle? Give two examples.
    11. What are the two types of “errors of omission”?
    12. What are the types of “errors of commission”?
    13. Explain: (i) overcasting (ii) undercasting
    14. Give any four examples of errors which are disclosed by Trial Balance.
    15. Give any four examples of errors which are not disclosed by Trial Balance.
    16. What do you mean by “Suspense Account”?
    17. How will you close a “Suspense Account”?
    18. Mention the main three steps to be adopted to rectify an error.
    19. Mention the two important stages involved in the rectification process.
    20. How will you rectify the following:
      1. Short debit
      2. Excess debit

    prepare trial balance as on 31 12 2009 from the following balances of mr raj 619009

    Prepare Trial Balance as on 31.12.2009 from the following balances of Mr. Raj.

    Capital

    1,70,000

    Creditors

    6500

    Drawings

    2,000

    Salaries

    19,100

    Purchases

    97,000

    Sales retunes

    1,700

    Purchases return

    1.200

    Carriage inwards

    700

    Bills receivable

    2,900

    Bills payable

    3,500

    Debtors

    8,000

    Sales

    72,000

    Printing and stationery

    2500

    Insurance

    1,100

    Stock

    14,950

    Machinery

    25,000

    Wages

    2500

    Rent

    800

    Land

    1,25.000

    Electricity charges

    1200,

    Interest received

    850

    Communication received

    400

    the following balances are extracted from the books of mr vas prepare trial balance 619010

    The following balances are extracted from the books of Mr. Vas. Prepare Trial Balance as on 31.12.2009.

    Stock (1.1.2009)

    15,000

    Purchases

    1,47,850

    Drawings

    37.400

    Capital

    1,25,000

    Discount received

    500

    Discount allowed

    975

    Sales

    1,67,675

    Furniture

    16.500

    Sundry creditors

    37,500

    Bank loan

    60,000

    Rent

    36,250

    Punting charges

    750

    Sundry expenses

    10,500

    Freight

    1750

    Taxes

    4,750

    Machinery

    1,57,700

    Bills receivable

    26,250

    Bills payable

    15,850

    Insurance

    600

    Carriage outward

    750

    prepare a trial balance from the following balances of mrs renuka as on 31 12 2009 619013

    Prepare a Trial Balance from the following balances of Mrs. Renuka as on 31.12.2009.

    Capital 1stachmery

    2,10,000

    Building

    13,000

    Machinery

    30,000

    Furniture

    5.500

    Salaries

    47,000

    Rent

    24,000

    Two wheeler

    34,000

    Commission

    700

    Rates and taxes

    1,300

    Stock (1.1. 2009)

    43000

    Purchases

    47,000

    Sales

    98,000

    Debtors

    13,100

    Bad debts

    1000

    Insurance

    1,200

    General expenses

    400

    Creditors

    34,000

    Reserve for doubtful debts

    36,550

    Cash-in-hand

    2,500

    Cash at Bank

    52,350

    a book keeper could not tally the trial balance the difference of rs 1 040 was tempo 619018

    A book-keeper could not tally the Trial Balance. The difference of Rs 1,040 was temporarily placed to the credit of Suspense Account and subsequently the following errors have been detected.

    1. A sale of Rs 1,000 to Shankar has been entered in the Purchase Book.
    2. The total of Purchase Book was short by Rs 1,200.
    3. The total of the “Discount column” on the debit side of the Cash Book Rs 300 was omitted to be posted in the ledger.
    4. The total of the “Discount column” on the credit side of the Cash Book of Rs 460 was not posted in the ledger.
    5. A sale of Rs 6,390 was entered in the Sales Book as Rs 6,990.

    You are required to rectify the errors through Suspense Account. Give rectifying entries also.

    the following trial balance was drawn by an apprentice in the field although both si 619019

    The following Trial Balance was drawn by an apprentice in the field. Although both sides were equal, it has been done incorrectly. You are required to re-draft the Trial Balance correctly.

    Trial Balance for the year ended Mar 31, 2010

    Debit
    Rs

    Credit
    Rs

    Capital

    3,00,000

    Opening Stock

    49,770

    Closing Stock

    61,740

    Sundry Creditors

    37,500

    Sundry Debtors

    62,280

    Machinery

    2,37,000

    Gross Purchases

    1,82,760

    Gross Sales

    3,07,800

    Returns Inwards

    7,200

    Returns Outwards

    3,690

    Carriage Inwards

    2,400

    Carriage Outwards

    5,550

    Import Duty

    3,600

    Export Duty

    2,400

    Wages and Salaries

    94,200

    Bills Receivables

    45,000

    24,000

    Bills Payable

    Rent Receivable

    11,400

    3,300

    Rent Paid

    2,610

    Commission Received

    2,280

    Discount Allowed

    Rates and Taxes

    21,390

    Bank Overdraft

    33,000

    Cash-in-Hand

    1,140

    7,50,870

    7,50,870

    record the following transactions in proper books post them to ledger and extract a 619020

    Record the following transactions in proper books, post them to ledger and extract a Trial Balance.

    Date

    Rs

    2009

    Dec

    1

    Bhamini commenced business with cash

    1,20,000

    2

    Goods purchased for cash

    18,000

    3

    Goods purchased from Lal

    24,000

    4

    Goods sold for cash

    36,000

    5

    Goods sold to Krishna

    30,000

    6

    Goods returned by Krishna

    6,000

    7

    Goods returned to Lal

    1,200

    8

    Furniture bought for cash

    2,400

    9

    Cartage paid

    600

    10

    Cash received from Krishna allowed discount 5%

    24,000

    11

    Cash paid to Lal

    22,200

    Lal allowed us discount

    600

    12

    Paid charities

    1,200

    13

    Goods sold for cash

    36,000

    14

    Goods purchased for cash

    18,000

    15

    Goods sold to Singh

    30,000

    16

    Goods purchased from Hemant

    12,000

    17

    Goods returned by Singh

    1,200

    18

    Cash paid by Singh

    28,200

    Discount received

    600

    19

    Goods returned to Hemant

    1,200

    21

    Cash paid to Hemant

    9,000

    Discount received

    300

    22

    Old newspapers sold to Mohan on credit

    150

    27

    Paid for interest

    600

    31

    Paid for salaries

    3,000

    31

    Deposited with bank

    1,50,000

    enter the following transactions in proper books post them to ledger and draw out a 619021

    Enter the following transactions in proper books, post them to ledger and draw out a Trial Balance:

    2009

    Dec

    1

    Assets: Cash-in-hand Rs 4,000; Cash at Bank Rs 6,000; Leela Rs 16,000;

    Shekar Rs 10,000; Furniture Rs 20,000; Building Rs 1,60,000;

    Stock Rs 1,62,000

    Liabilities: Sundry creditors – Arun Rs 9,200;

    Gopi Rs 18,000

    2

    Cash sales

    60,000

    3

    Employed Madhavan, accountant and received from him security deposit

    1,00,000

    4

    Purchased goods from Babu

    2,00,000

    6

    Sold goods to Titus

    80,000

    7

    Leela cleared her account less 5% discount

    9

    Payment made to Arun less discount 8% in full settlement

    10

    Cash sales

    88,000

    11

    Shekar clears his account

    13

    Sale of old newspapers

    600

    15

    Sold goods to Bharat

    44,000

    16

    Bought goods from Gopi

    88,000

    17

    Purchased stationery

    1,000

    20

    Paid Gopi and availed a discount at 5%

    80,000

    21

    Returned defective goods to Gopi

    2,000

    22

    Sold goods to Nataraj

    60,000

    23

    Paid rent

    2,000

    24

    One old computer, fully depreciated, sold

    2,200

    25

    Paid insurance premium

    1,800

    26

    Repairs to building

    3,000

    26

    Cash sales

    1,80,000

    27

    Paid Babu

    1,20,000

    Discount received

    6,000

    27

    Sales returns from Nataraj

    8,000

    28

    Paid Hostel bill for proprietor’s son

    6,000

    30

    Paid sales tax

    10,000

    state whether the following statements are true t or false f 619022

    State whether the following statements are True or False

    1. Balance Sheet is not an account but only a statement.
    2. According to business entity concept, business is a separate identity for accounting purposes.
    3. The final accounts of sole trader are governed by specific statue – Schedule VI of Companies Act, 1956.
    4. Trading Account is prepared to know whether the business entity has earned gross profit or suffered gross loss.
    5. Trading Account is prepared after the preparation of Profit and Loss Account.
    6. If closing stock is given in the Trial Balance, it will be shown on the credit side of the Trading Account.
    7. Gross Profit/Loss is shown in the Balance Sheet.
    8. The nominal accounts are transferred to either Trading Account or Profit and Loss Account.
    9. Profit and Loss Account is prepared to ascertain net profit or net loss of a firm for a specified accounting period.
    10. Net profit increases the capital.
    11. Accrued income means that amount which has been earned but yet due.
    12. Profit and Loss Account deals with both direct expenses and indirect expenses.
    13. Carriage inward and carriage outward – both are debited to Profit and Loss Account.
    14. Charity is a direct expense and should be debited to Trading Account.
    15. Manufacturing Account is prepared to ascertain the cost of the goods produced.
    16. Manufacturing Account deals with finished goods only.
    17. The Balance Sheet contains only personal and real accounts.
    18. The Balance Sheet contains both opening and closing stock.
    19. Putting together items of the same nature under the common heading is called “Marshalling.”
    20. Contingent liability is not shown in the Balance Sheet.

    from the following balances of m s kapil and sons prepare a trading and profit and l 619029

    From the following balances of M/S Kapil and Sons, prepare a Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ending on Mar 31, 2010.

    Rs. Rs.

    Opening Stock

    1,60,000

    Creditors

    56000

    Stock (Apr 1, 2009)

    21600

    Bills Payable

    36,000

    Sales

    100,864

    Purchases

    56,912

    Returns Inwards

    2,000

    Returns Outwards

    4,200

    Discount (Cr.)

    440

    Discount (Dr.)

    200

    Commission

    1,600

    Salaries

    6,000

    Wages

    8,400

    Insurance

    600

    Interest

    520

    Bad Debts

    204

    Postage

    540

    Carriage

    1,600

    Carnage on Sales

    2,100

    Depreciation

    600

    General Charges

    2,460

    Travelling Expenses

    1,640

    Building

    20000

    Advertisements

    1700

    prepare manufacturing and trading account and profit and loss account from the follo 619031

    Prepare Manufacturing and Trading account and Profit and Loss Account from the following information for year ending on Mar 31, 2010.

    Stock of raw materials (opening)

    7,31,520

    Stock of raw materials (closing)

    8,89,200

    Purchases of raw materials

    6,25,824

    Work-in-progress on Apr 1, 2009

    2,25,072

    Work-in-progress on Mar 31, 2009

    2,47,824

    Finished goods on Apr 1, 2009

    5,15,232

    Finished goods on Mar 31, 2010

    3,04,560

    Productive Wages

    5,02,568

    Unproductive Wages

    14,160

    Carriage Inward

    9,648

    Rent and Taxes

    15,840

    Lighting and Heating

    8,064

    Depreciation and Maintenance of Plant

    76,896

    Works Salaries

    56,304

    Stores Expenses

    10,512

    General Works Expenses

    2,01,600

    Sales

    21,60,000

    Sales Returns

    60,000

    Sale of Scrap

    60,000

    Office Rent

    2,400

    Office Salaries

    6,000

    Distribution Expenses

    7,200

    Bad Debts

    8,400

    from the following data prepare trading and profit and loss account for the year end 619035

    From the following data prepare Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ending on Mar 31, 2010 and a Balance sheet as on that date:

    Cash at bank

    45,800

    Purchases

    2,24,800

    Accounts Receivable

    81,300

    Sales

    7,14,000

    Merchandise Inventory

    122,200

    Dealing Expenses

    24400

    Stores Equipment

    77,000

    Selling Expenses

    2.400

    Office equipment

    51,600

    Accumulated Depreciation

    Salaries

    64,000

    On Stores equipment

    24.500

    Drawings

    48,000

    On Office equipment

    18.500

    Sales Returns

    8,240

    Accounts Payable

    77,200

    Office Expenses

    36,000

    Capital

    1,77000

    Rent

    18,400

    Purchases Returns

    5440

    Insurance

    15,500

    Merchandise inventory on Mar 31, 2010 is Rs 1,14,600. Depreciation for current year on stores equipment is Rs 6,200; and on office equipment: Rs 5,400; Rs 3,200 for rent is due but not paid. Insurance prepaid is Rs 5,500. At computer of the value of Rs 10,000 purchased during the year is included in the purchase.

    a trader maintained provision for doubtful debts 5 provision for discount 2 on debto 619036

    A trader maintained provision for doubtful debts @ 5%; provision for discount @ 2% on debtors and reserve for discount @ 2% on creditors which on Jan 1, 2008 stood at Rs 4,500, Rs 1,500 and Rs 1,200, respectively. His balances on Dec 31, 2008 and on Dec 31, 2009 were:

    Dec 31, 2008 Rs

    Dec 31, 2009 Rs

    Bad Debts written off

    5,400

    900

    Discount Allowed

    1,800

    600

    Sundry Debtors

    60,000

    18,000

    Discount Received

    900

    150

    Sundry Creditors

    45,000

    90,000

    You are required to show necessary accounts in the ledger:

    choose the correct answer 618972

    Choose the Correct Answer

    1. Ledger is a book of:
      1. journalizing
      2. original entry
      3. secondary
      4. all credit transaction
    2. L.F. column in the Journal is to be entered at the time of:
      1. journalising
      2. casting
      3. balancing
      4. posting
    3. The process of transferring the transactions relating to changes in a particular item at one place in the form of an account is called:
      1. posting
      2. balancing
      3. journalizing
      4. none of the above
    4. The process of recording a transaction in the journal is called:
      1. posting
      2. journalising
      3. balancing
      4. none of the above
    5. The words “To Balance b/f, By Balance b/d are recorded in the “Particular Column” of the ledger book: at the time of
      1. opening entry
      2. closing entry
      3. simple entry
      4. compound entry
    6. Personal and real accounts are:
      1. at sometimes balance
      2. always balance
      3. closed
      4. closed and transferred
    7. The column of ledger which links the entry with journal is:
      1. L.F. Column
      2. J.F. Column
      3. Amount Column
      4. Date Column
    8. Real accounts always show:
      1. debit balance
      2. credit balance
      3. nil balance
      4. cannot be balanced
    9. Nominal account having credit balance represents:
      1. income and gain
      2. expense or loss
      3. assets
      4. liabilities
    10. Nominal account having debit balance represents:
      1. assets
      2. liabilities
      3. expense or loss
      4. income or gain
    11. When the total of the debits and the total of the credits are equal, it represents:
      1. nil balance
      2. debit balance
      3. credit balance
      4. none of the above
    12. Account having credit balance is closed by writing:
      1. To Balance c/d
      2. By Balance b/d
      3. To Balance b/d
      4. By balance b/f
    13. The balances of personal and real accounts are shown in the:
      1. Balance Sheet
      2. Profit and Loss Account
      3. both
      4. none of the above
    14. The nominal accounts are closed by transferring to:
      1. Balance Sheet
      2. Profit and Loss Account
      3. both
      4. none of the above
    15. In general, the following accounts are balanced:
      1. real accounts and nominal accounts
      2. personal accounts and real accounts
      3. personal accounts and nominal accounts
      4. none of the above

    what is a ledger 618973

    1. What is a ledger?
    2. “Ledger is the book of final entry.” Why?
    3. Explain the utilities of a ledger
    4. What is “posting”?
    5. Mention the different forms in which a ledger may be kept.
    6. What are the utilities of ledger?
    7. Explain the meaning of balancing in account.
    8. Explain the significance of balancing.
    9. What is debit balance?
    10. What is credit balance?
    11. Indicate the nature of balance in the following accounts
      1. Cash
      2. Debtors
      3. Creditors
      4. Capital
      5. Purchases
      6. Sales
      7. Wages Paid
      8. Interest Received
      9. Rent Paid
      10. Computer
    12. Distinguish Journal with Ledger.

    journalise the following transaction in the books of govind post them in the ledger 618976

    Journalise the following transaction in the books of Govind. Post them in the ledger and balance the various accounts opened in the ledger.

    2009

    Apr 1

    Govind commenced business with the following assets and liabilities.

    Cash

    Rs 1,00,000

    Stock

    Rs 75,000

    Machinery

    Rs 90,000

    Furniture

    Rs 5,000

    Creditors

    Rs 1,00,000

    Apr 4

    Sold goods to Kamal Rs 1,15,000.

    Apr 7

    Bought goods from Ajay Rs 75,000.

    Apr 9

    Paid to Ajay Rs 50,000 on account.

    Apr 11

    Withdraw cash for personal use Rs 3,500.

    Apr 13

    Received Commission Rs 6,000.

    Apr 15

    Furniture purchased Rs 9,000.

    Apr 17

    Brought in additional capital Rs 25,000.

    Apr 18

    Issued a cheque for rent Rs 6,000.

    Apr 19

    Drew from bank for personal use Rs 4,000.

    Apr 21

    Paid life insurance premium Rs 1,327.

    on 1 apr 2009 the following were the ledger balance of vasant 618977

    On 1, Apr 2009, the following were the ledger balance of Vasant.

    Cash-in-hand – Rs 5,000.

    Cash at Bank – Rs 60,000.

    Bills-Payable – Rs 7,000.

    Stock – Rs 30,000.

    Mr. A – Rs 7,000 (Dr.).

    Mr. B – Rs 15,000; (Cr).

    Mr. C. –Rs 9,000 (Dr.).

    Mr. D – Rs 4,300 (Cr).

    Other transactions

    Apr 2

    Bought goods from Mr. B – Rs 7,500.

    Apr 4

    Sold goods to Mr. B – Rs 6,000.

    Apr 6

    Bought goods from Mr. D – Rs 7,000.

    Apr 8

    Sold to Mr. A – Rs 4,000.

    Apr 10

    Paid to Mr. by cheque – Rs 9,000.

    Apr 12

    Received from Mr. C – Rs 10,000.

    Allowed him discount – Rs 100.

    Apr 14

    Accepted Mr. D‘s bills at 2 months Rs 5,000.

    Apr 15

    Sold goods to Mr. C – Rs 6,500.

    Apr 17

    Paid rent by cheque – Rs 2,300.

    Apr 20

    Sold to Mr. A – Rs 8,000.

    Apr 22

    Paid salaries by cheque – Rs 4,800.

    Make journal entries and post them to ledger and balance them.

    record the following transactions in the journal of anand and open only personal acc 618978

    Record the following transactions in the journal of Anand and open only personal account in the ledger and balance them.

    2009

    May 1

    Anand

    started business with Rs 1,00,000.

    May 2

    Purchased goods from Sachin Rs 25,000.

    May 7

    Purchased furniture Rs 12,000 from King Enterprises.

    May 9

    Goods returned to Sachin – Rs 650.

    May 13

    Goods sold to Gopi for Rs 9,000.

    May 15

    Paid to Sachin Rs 19,500 and discount received Rs 500.

    May 17

    Goods returned by Gopi Rs 350.

    May 25

    Cash returned from Gopi – Rs 7,000.

    May 27

    Paid rent by cheque to the landlord Rs 5,000.

    May 30

    Paid to Sachin Rs 2,000.

    state whether the following statements are true or false 618979

    State whether the following statements are True or False

    1. Each one of the subsidiary books is a special journal and a book of original or prime entry.
    2. Journal entries are passed in all the subsidiary books.
    3. Purchases Book records all purchases of goods by the trader.
    4. Purchases Return Book records the goods returned by the customers.
    5. Sales Book is meant for recording only credit sales of goods.
    6. Sales Return Book records the goods returned by the trader to suppliers.
    7. Bills Receivable Book records the receipt of bills
    8. Bills Payable Book records the acceptance of Bills Receivable.
    9. Cash Book is used for recording only cash transactions.
    10. Journal Proper is the journal which records the entries which cannot be entered in any of the subsidiary books.
    11. When a customer returns the goods, a Debit Note is sent to him.
    12. When the goods are sent to a supplier, a Credit Note is sent to him.
    13. Cash Book is Journal as well as Ledger.
    14. Closing entries are recorded in Balance Sheet.
    15. The source document used for recording entries in Sales Book is invoice sent out.
    16. The Sales Day-Book is a part of the Ledger.
    17. The debit notes issued are used to prepare Sales Return Book.
    18. Trade discount is not recorded in the books.
    19. Cash discount is shown in the invoice.
    20. In the calculation of the due date five extra days are added to the specified period of the bill are known as “Days of Grace.”
    21. Cash Book will always show debit balance.
    22. When an entry affects both cash and bank accounts, it is called a Contra Entry.
    23. Discount Account must be balanced in the Cash Book.
    24. The balance in the Cash Book shows net income.
    25. Petty Cash is an expense.
    26. A cheque received and paid into the bank on the same day is recorded in the cash column of Three Column Cash Book.
    27. When a cheque received from a customer is dishonoured his account is debited.
    28. In Triple Column Cash Book, cash withdrawn from the bank for office use will appear on credit side of the Cash Book only.
    29. The total of Journal Proper will be debited Cash Account.
    30. The total of Return Inward Book is posted to Purchase Returns Book.

    choose the correct answer 618980

    Choose the Correct Answer

    1. Purchase Book is used to record
      1. all purchases
      2. Only cash purchases
      3. Only credit purchases
      4. none of the above
    2. Sales Book is kept to record
      1. all sales of goods
      2. all credit sales of goods
      3. all cash sales of goods
      4. all goods sent on consignment
    3. Purchase of Machinery is recorded in
      1. Sales Book
      2. Purchases Book
      3. Cash Book
      4. Journal Proper
    4. Purchases Return Book is used to record
      1. returns of goods purchased on credit
      2. returns of goods purchased for cash
      3. returns of goods purchased by cash and credit
      4. returns of goods by the seller
    5. Sales Return Book is used to record
      1. returns of goods sold for cash
      2. returns of goods sold on credit
      3. returns of goods sold on both cash and credit
      4. none of the above
    6. On 1st May 2009, Vivek draws a bill on Bhaskar for three months, its due date is:
      1. 1st August, 2009
      2. 4th August, 2009
      3. 31st July, 2009
      4. none of the above
    7. The Cash Book records
      1. all cash payment
      2. all cash receipts
      3. all cash receipts and cash payments
      4. goods purchased for cash only
    8. The balance of Cash Book indicates
      1. cash in hand
      2. cash in bank
      3. net profit
      4. only the difference between creditors and debtors
    9. If a cheque issued by us is dishonoured the credit is given to:
      1. bank account
      2. supplier’s account
      3. customer’s account
      4. none of the above
    10. The balance in the Petty Cash Book is
      1. a liability
      2. profit
      3. an asset
      4. an income
    11. On 1 January 2009, Rs 1,750 was given to a petty cashier. The amount spent by him was Rs 1,250. On 1 February the cashier under the imprest system will receive:
      1. Rs 1,250
      2. Rs 500
      3. Rs 1,750
      4. Rs 3,000

    fill in the blanks with suitable word s 618981

    Fill in the blanks with suitable word(s)

    1. Subdivisions of the journals into various books for recording transactions of similar nature are known as __________.
    2. Each one of the Subsidiary books is a special journal and a book of ________ entry.
    3. Purchases book is meant for recording ________.
    4. Only credit sales are recorded in ___________.
    5. Goods returned by customers are recorded in ________.
    6. The goods returned by their trader to suppliers are recorded in ________.
    7. The person who prepares the bill of exchange is called the ________.
    8. Bills Receivable Book records the _____ of Bills
    9. Entries which cannot be entered in any of the subsidiary books are entered in ________.
    10. When a customer returns the goods, a ________ note is sent to him.
    11. When the goods are sent to a supplier, a ________ note is sent to him.
    12. Purchase – Day-Book is a part of ________.
    13. Closing entries are recorded in ________.
    14. In general, Cash Book shows ________ balance
    15. Petty cash is an ________.

    what is a source document 618982

    1. What is a source document?
    2. What is an “Invoice”?
    3. What is a “Cash Memo”?
    4. What is a “Receipt”?
    5. What is a “Pay-in-slip”?
    6. What is a “Debit-note”?
    7. What is a “Credit-note”?
    8. What do you mean by “subsidiary books”?
    9. What is a trade discount?
    10. What is cash discount?
    11. What is a “Purchase Book”?
    12. What is a “Sales Book”?
    13. What is a “Purchase Returns Book”?
    14. What is a “Sales Returns Book”?
    15. Define a “Bill of Exchange”.
    16. What do you mean by endorsement of bill?
    17. Explain “Returning” of a bill.
    18. How can a bill of exchange be renewed?
    19. What is Journal Proper?
    20. Give four examples that appear in Journal Proper.
    21. What do you mean by an “Opening Entry”?
    22. Write a note on “Closing Entries”.
    23. Name the parties involved in a Bill of Exchange.
    24. What is a Cash book?
    25. What are the various kinds of Cash Book?
    26. What do you mean by Double Column Cash Book?
    27. What are the contents of Triple Column Cash Book?
    28. What is an “Imprest System”?
    29. Explain: “Contra Entry”.
    30. What are the advantages of Petty Cash Book?
    31. Distinguish between trade discount and cash discount.

    enter the following transactions in the sales day book of king electricals 618985

    Enter the following transactions in the Sales Day Book of King Electricals.

    2009

    Feb 1

    Sold on credit to Azhar and Co:

    (i) 100 Osram bulbs @ Rs 190 each

    (ii) 100 electrical main switches @ Rs 150 each

    Feb 10

    Sold to Thomas and Co:

    (i) 1 H.P. motors, 15 each at the cost of Rs 2,100

    (ii) 50 fans each @ Rs 1,200

    Feb 20

    Sold to Bhamini Mart:

    (i) 15 electric chimneys @ Rs 4000 each

    (ii) 100 exhaust fans @ Rs 2000 each

    enter the following transactions in the proper subsidiary books and post them to the 618986

    Enter the following transactions in the proper subsidiary books and post them to the respective ledger accounts:

    2009

    Mar 1

    Purchased goods from Kamala and Co. Rs 25,000

    Mar 4

    Sold goods to Susheela Rs 15,000

    Mar 7

    Goods purchased from Vimala Rs 20,000

    Mar 10

    Sold goods to Kala Rs 22,000

    Mar 14

    Sold goods to Surya Rs 17,000

    Mar 17

    Goods returned by Kala Rs 2,000

    Mar 19

    Goods returned to Kamala and Co. Rs 3,000

    Mar 21

    Goods returned to Vimala Rs 1,250

    Mar 23

    Goods returned by Surya Rs 700

    Mar 27

    Sold goods to Vijaya Rs 12,500

    enter the following transactions in the proper subsidiary books 618987

    Enter the following transactions in the proper subsidiary books

    2009

    Apr 1

    Bought goods from Mr. A. Rs 20,000 less trade discount at 10%

    Apr 3

    Sold goods to Mr. B Rs 25,000. Trade discount at 5%

    Apr 5

    Purchased goods Rs 40,000 from Mr. C. Trade discount at 10%

    Apr 6

    Returned to Mr. A. goods Rs 5,000

    Apr 10

    Mr. B returned goods Rs 6,000

    Apr 15

    Returned goods to Mr. C Rs 4,500

    enter the following transactions in the appropriate special journal of m s vas and c 618988

    Enter the following transactions in the appropriate special journal of M/s Vas and Co.

    2009

    May 1

    Bought goods from Mr. X Rs 30,000 as per invoice No. 15

    May 3

    Sold goods to Mr. Y Rs 40,000 as per invoice No. 32

    May 3

    Sold goods to Mr. Y Rs 40,000 as per invoice No. 32

    May 7

    Returned to Mr. X goods Rs 1,000 as per debit note No. 1

    May 9

    Y returned goods Rs 7,500 as per credit note No. 7

    May 15

    Purchased goods from Mr. Z Rs 50,000 as per invoice no. 51

    May 19

    Returned goods to Mr. Z Rs 1,600 as per debit note no. 9.

    write up the appropriate journals of aishwarya for june 2009 from the following info 618989

    Write up the appropriate journals of Aishwarya for June 2009 from the following information.

    1 June

    Received invoice from Sneha:

    100 chudidhars at Rs 275 each

    100 top ups at Rs 250 each

    All subject to 20% trade discount

    6 June

    Sent invoice to Shreya:

    40 chudidhars at Rs 325 each

    50 top ups at Rs 270 each

    All subject to 10% discount

    10 June

    Received credit note from Sneha:

    2 chudidhars damaged as invoiced on June 1

    15 June

    Invoiced to Banu:

    100 baba suits at Rs 600 each

    All subject to 25% trade discount

    write up the appropriate journals of the following business transaction in the books 618990

    Write up the appropriate journals of the following business transaction in the books of Hans Raj and Co.

    2009 June

    1

    Bought goods from Mr. P., less 10% trade discount Rs 5,000

    3

    Sold goods to Mr. Q. less 20% trade discount Rs 8,000

    5

    Returned goods to Mr. P. Rs 500 (Gross)

    7

    Mr. Q. returned goods Rs 200 (Net)

    9

    Advised Mr. R. to dispatch goods worth Rs 6,000 gross to Mr. S. under advice to us.

    10

    Mr. R. advised us of the dispatch of goods to Mr. S. and sent their invoice for Rs 6,000 off 10% trade discount.

    12

    Mr. S returned to us goods invoiced to them Rs 350 which we promptly returned to Mr. R with our debit note

    enter the following transactions into a single column cash book of mr sekhar 618991

    Enter the following transactions into a Single Column Cash Book of Mr. Sekhar:

    2009 June

    1

    Cash in hand

    1,00,000

    2

    Introduced additional capital

    1,00,000

    3

    Purchased goods for cash

    50,000

    5

    Sold goods to Moon Enterprises for cash

    75,000

    6

    Paid for stationery purchased

    2,500

    7

    Bought ceiling fans

    7,500

    9

    Received form Kashyap, a customer

    10,000

    12

    Paid to Anju, a creditor

    7,000

    15

    Paid to Verma an account

    20,000

    17

    Purchased goods

    70,000

    20

    Sales (cash)

    50,000

    30

    Paid salaries

    36,000

    enter the following transactions in cash book with cash and discount columns and bal 618992

    Enter the following transactions in Cash Book with cash and discount columns and balance the same.

    Rs

    2009 July

    1

    Cash in hand

    25,000

    2

    Received from Stalin (discount Rs 1,500)

    60,000

    3

    Paid cash to Gopi

    7,500

    5

    Paid to Senthil (discount Rs 700)

    9,300

    7

    Purchased goods from Narayana

    12,500

    9

    Cash Sales

    35,000

    11

    Received from Raj on account (Discount Rs 800)

    20,800

    13

    Paid rent

    3,200

    15

    Received interest on bank account in cash

    1,500

    17

    Received commission

    1,750

    19

    Paid cartage

    500

    20

    Paid to Narayana on account (discount Rs 400)

    10,400

    22

    Paid electricity bill

    600

    25

    Paid telephone bill

    500

    mrs renu deposits all receipts into bank and makes all payments through cheques 618993

    Mrs Renu deposits all receipts into bank and makes all payments through cheques:

    2009 Sep

    1

    Started business by opening bank account

    1,50,000

    Bought goods from Sun Enterprises on credit

    15,000

    5

    Sold goods for cash to Rani

    12,000

    9

    Purchased furniture (cheque no. … 601)

    9,000

    12

    Paid Sun Enterprises in full settlement (Cheque … 602)

    4,700

    15

    Ashok sent an advance of Rs 10,000 for goods to be supplied on 25th. Show how would you maintain her Cash Book?

    mr kalyan maintains cash book with bank columns enter the following transactions of 618994

    Mr. Kalyan maintains cash book with bank columns. Enter the following transactions of June 15, 2009 in the Cash Book.

    1. Balance (Opening on that date)

    Rs

    Cash

    500

    Indian Bank

    50,000

    State Bank of India (Overdraft)

    2,500

    1. Received a cheque of Rs 9,610 from ABC and Co., in full settlement of invoice for Rs 10,000. The cheque was deposited in State Bank of India, who charged Rs 15 as collection charges.
    2. Cash purchases Rs 15,000. Paid bearer cheque on Indian Bank.
    3. Transferred Rs 15,000 from Indian Bank to State Bank of India
    4. Withdrew Rs 4,000 from Indian Bank – Rs 2,500 for office use and Rs 1,500 for personal use.
    5. Paid advance salary to clerk Rs 1,500 by bearer cheque on State Bank of India.

    analyse the following transactions by applying accounting equation approach 618970

    Analyse the following transactions by applying Accounting Equation Approach.

    1. Mr. Roy started his business with Rs 1,70,000 from his personal funds.
    2. He invested additionally in the form of machinery worth Rs 50,000.
    3. He purchased additional machinery for cash Rs 10,000.
    4. He purchased goods for Rs 15,000.
    5. Creditors were paid Rs 5,000.
    6. He sold goods costing Rs 10,000 for Rs 15,000.
    7. He paid for the following expenses:

    Salaries — Rs 3,000

    Rent — Rs 1,500

    Repairs — Rs 500

    Electricity — Rs 600

    1. He withdraws Rs 2,500 cash for his personal use.
    2. Machinery was depreciated by Rs 1000.
    3. Sold goods for cash Rs 30,000.

    a partial balance sheet of greenleaf state university a public university as of the 615204

    Public university, various transactions, statement of current funds revenues, expenses, and other changes. A partial balance sheet of Greenleaf State University, a public university, as of the end of its fiscal year, July 31, 20X5, is as follows:

    Greenleaf State University
    Current Funds Balance Sheet
    July 31, 20X5

    Assets

     

    Liabilities and Fund Balances

    Unrestricted:

     

    Unrestricted:

    Cash                  

    $200,000

    Accounts payable                

    $100,000

    Accounts receivable (net of $15,000

     

    Due to other fund                

    40,000

    allowance)            

    360,000

    Deferred revenue—tuition & fees      

    25,000

    Prepaid expenses          

    40,000

    Fund balance                  

    435,000

    Total unrestricted          

    $600,000

    Total unrestricted                

    $600,000

    Restricted:                

     

    Restricted:

     

    Cash                  

    $ 10,000

    Accounts payable                

    $ 5,000

    Investments              

    210,000

    Fund balance                  

    215,000

    Total restricted            

    $220,000

    Total restricted                  

    $220,000

    Total current funds          

    $820,000

    Total current funds                

    $820,000

             

    The following information pertains to the year ended July 31, 20X6:

    a. Cash collected from students’ tuition totaled $3,000,000. Of this amount, $362,000 represented accounts receivable outstanding at July 31, 20X5; $2,500,000 was for current-year tuition; and $138,000 was for tuition applicable to the semester beginning in August 20X6.

    b. Deferred revenue at July 31, 20X5, was earned during the year ended July 31, 20X6.

    c. Accounts receivable at July 31, 20X5, that were not collected during the year ended July 31, 20X6, were determined to be uncollectible and were written off against the allowance account.

    At July 31, 20X6, the allowance account was estimated at $10,000.

    d. During the year, an unrestricted appropriation of $60,000 was made by the state, to be paid to Greenleaf sometime in August 20X6.

    e. During the year, unrestricted cash gifts of $80,000 were received from alumni. Greenleaf’s board of trustees allocated $30,000 of these gifts to the student loan fund.

    f. During the year, restricted fund investments costing $25,000 were sold for $31,000. Restricted fund investments were purchased at a cost of $40,000. Restricted fund investment income of $18,000 was earned and collected during the year. This income is restricted for an ongoing research project.

    g. Unrestricted general expenses of $2,500,000 were recorded in the voucher system. At July 31, 20X6, the unrestricted accounts payable balance was $75,000.

    h. The restricted accounts payable balance at July 31, 20X5, was paid. The restricted fund paid $10,000 from its investment income for costs of an ongoing research project.

    i. The $40,000 due to other funds at July 31, 20X5, was paid to the plant fund as required.

    j. One-quarter of the prepaid expenses at July 31, 20X5, expired during the current year and pertained to general education expense. There was no addition to prepaid expenses during the year.

    1. Prepare journal entries in summary form to record the foregoing transactions for the year ended July 31, 20X6. Letter each entry to correspond with the letter indicated in the description of its respective transaction, and omit explanations. Use the following format:

     

    Entry

       

    Unrestricted

    Current Funds

    Restricted

    Letter

     

    Accounts

    Debit

    Credit

    Debit

    Credit

    2. Prepare a statement of current funds revenues, expenditures, and other changes, including a total column, for the year ended July 31, 20X6, and conclude with the fund balances at yearend.

    public university various transactions the following events occurred as part of the 615205

    Public university, various transactions. The following events occurred as part of the operations of Craig State University, a public university:

    a. To construct a new computer complex, the university floated at par a $22,000,000, 7% serial bond issue on October 1, paying interest on June 30 and December 31. Accrued interest is to be transferred to the retirement of indebtedness plant fund when construction begins. Construction costs are to be accumulated in the unexpended plant fund until the unit is completed.

    b. Since construction has begun, the accrued interest, which must be used to assist in meeting bond interest payments, is transferred. Payments for construction to date total $5,000,000.

    c. On December 31, a mandatory transfer of $385,000 is made from the unrestricted current fund to cover the remainder of the interest due on December 31 on the bond issue.

    d. The bond interest due on December 31 is paid.

    e. Construction of the complex is completed at an additional cost of $17,000,000. Payment is made for $16,000,000; the balance will be paid in one year under a retained percentage agreement.

    f. The cost of the complex is transferred.

    g. A required transfer of $2,770,000 is made from the unrestricted current fund to cover redemption of the first serial bond of $2,000,000 plus interest.

    h. Payments are made for the bond principal and interest in item (g).

    i. Gifts of land and a building were received, appraised at $200,000 and $350,000, respectively.

    The state’s leading industrialist made the gift on condition that the university would assume a $90,000 mortgage on the property.

    j. Pledges of $100,000 to be paid in one year were received with the understanding that the funds would be used to remodel the building received in item (i). It is estimated that $5,000 of the pledges will not be collected.

    k. A donor contributed $100,000 in cash for the acquisition of rare first editions for the university library. The director of the library located a collection of the first editions that was available for $160,000. The university board transferred $60,000 from the unrestricted current fund to cover the difference.

    l. The first edition collection is purchased, and payment is made.

    Prepare journal entries to record the events, indicating in which funds the entries are made.

    private university various transactions statement of activities the balance sheet of 615206

    Private university, various transactions, statement of activities. The balance sheet of Washbush Private University as of the end of its fiscal year, June 30, 20X7, is as follows:

    Washbush Private University
    Statement of Financial Position
    For Year Ended June 30, 20X7

    Assets

     

    Liabilities and Fund Balances

    Cash                  

    $257,000

    Accounts payable      

    $ 40,000

    Accounts receivable student tuition and

     

    Deferred revenue      

    66,000

    fees less allowance for doubtful

     

    Long-term debt        

    100,000

    accounts of $9,000        

    311,000

    Total liabilities        

    $206,000

    State appropriations receivable  

    75,000

    Net assets:

     

    Endowment investments      

    50,000

    Unrestricted        

    $487,000

    Property, plant, and equipment (net)

    90,000

    Temporarily restricted  

    40,000

    Total assets              

    $783,000

    Permanently restricted  

    50,000

       

    Total net assets        

    $577,000

       

    Total net assets and liabilities

    $783,000

    The following transactions occurred during the fiscal year ended June 30, 20X8:

    a. On July 7, 20X7, a gift of $90,000 was received from an alumnus. The alumnus requested that one-half of the gift be used for the purchase of equipment for the university athletic department and the remainder be used for the establishment of a permanently restricted endowment.

    The alumnus further requested that the income generated by the endowment be used annually to award a scholarship to a qualified disadvantaged student. On July 20, 20X7, the board of trustees resolved that the funds of the newly established endowment would be invested in savings certificates. On July 21, 20X7, the savings certificates were purchased.

    b. Revenue from student tuition and fees applicable to the year ended June 30, 20X8, amounted to $1,900,000. Of this amount, $66,000 was collected in the prior year, and $1,686,000 was collected during the year ended June 30, 20X8. In addition, at June 30, 20X8, the university had received cash of $158,000 representing fees for the session beginning July 1, 20X8.

    c. During the year ended June 30, 20X8, the university had collected $308,000 of the outstanding accounts receivable at the beginning of the year. The remainder was determined to be uncollectible and was written off against the allowance account. At June 30, 20X8, the allowance account was adjusted to $6,000.

    d. During the year, interest charges of $6,000 were earned and collected on late student fee payments.

    e. During the year, the state appropriation was received. An additional unrestricted appropriation of $40,000 was made by the state, but it had not been paid to the university as of June 30, 20X8.

    f. A gift of $30,000 cash restricted was received from alumni of the university for economic research expenses.

    g. During the year, endowment investments that cost $21,000 were sold for $24,000. This includes accrued investment income amounting to $1,900. All income was restricted for programs to enhance teaching effectiveness.

    h. During the year, unrestricted operating expenses of $1,800,000 were recorded. They include the following:

    Instruction                

    $ 500,000

    Research                

    400,000

    Institutional support          

    100,000

    Student aid              

    100,000

    Student services            

    200,000

    Operation and maintenance of plant

    500,000

    Total                

    $1,800,000

    At June 30, 20X8, $60,000 of these expenses remained unpaid.

    i. Temporarily restricted funds of $13,000 were spent for specified economic research described in item (f).

    j. The accounts payable at June 30, 20X7, were paid during the year.

    k. During the year, $7,000 interest was earned and received on the savings certificates purchased in item (a).

    l. In honor of its 25th anniversary, Washbush Private University conducted a fund drive. Contributions of $16,000 were received. Additional unconditional pledges of $14,000 were promised for payment in December 20X8. It is anticipated that $2,000 of the pledges will be uncollectible.

    1. Prepare journal entries to record the transactions. Assume fund accounting is not used.

    2. Prepare a statement of activities for the year ended June 30, 20X8, using a column for each of the three net asset classifications and a total column.

    private college closing entries statement of activities the preclosing trial balance 615208

    Private college, closing entries, statement of activities. The preclosing trial balance of Park Private College has the following balances:

     

    Debit

    Credit

    Expenses—Instruction                    

    1,230,000

     

    Expenses—Research                      

    840,000

     

    Expenses—Academic Support                

    250,000

     

    Expenses—Student Services                

    200,000

     

    Expenses—Institutional Support              

    225,000

     

    Expenses—Operation and Maintenance of Plant    

    400,000

     

    Expenses—Student Aid                    

    350,000

     

    Expenses—Auxiliary Enterprises Expenses        

    475,000

     

    Reclassification Out—Temporarily Restricted—

     

     

    Satisfaction of Program Restrictions          

    75,000

     

    Reclassification Out—Temporarily Restricted—

     

     

    Satisfaction of Equipment Acquisitions Restrictions  

    250,000

     

    Reclassification Out—Temporarily Restricted—

     

     

    Expiration of Time Restrictions              

    50,000

     

    Tuition and Fees                        

     

    1,500,000

    Contributions—Unrestricted                

     

    265,000

    Government Appropriations, Grants, and Contracts  

     

    800,000

    Other Investment Income—Unrestricted          

     

    250,000

    Sales and Services of Auxiliary Enterprises      

     

    500,000

    Reclassification In—Unrestricted—Satisfaction of

     

     

    Program Restrictions                    

     

    75,000

    Reclassification In—Unrestricted—Satisfaction of

     

     

    Equipment Acquisition Restrictions            

     

    250,000

    Reclassification In—Unrestricted—Expiration of

     

     

    Time Restrictions                      

     

    50,000

    Contributions—Temporarily Restricted          

     

    200,000

    Endowment Income—Temporarily Restricted      

     

    15,000

    Contributions—Permanently Restricted          

     

    500,000

    Net Realized Gains on Endowment—

     

     

    Temporarily Restricted                  

     

    25,000

    Unrestricted Net Assets, Jan 1, 20X5          

     

    675,000

    Temporarily Restricted Net Assets, Jan 1, 20X5    

     

    975,000

    Permanently Restricted Net Assets, Jan 1, 20X5    

     

    2,500,000

    1. Prepare closing entries for the three net asset classifications.

    2. Prepare a statement of activities for the year ended December 31, 20X5, using a column for each of the net asset classifications.

    private college statement of financial position and the following additional informa 615209

    Private college, statement of financial position. and the following additional information, prepare a statement of financial position for Park Private College.

    Debit

    Credit

    Cash

    275,000

    Accounts Receivable (net)

    625,000

    Contributions Receivable

    85,000

    Inventory of Supplies

    55,000

    Student Loans Receivable

    300,000

    Land, Buildings, and Equipment (net)

    1,000,000

    Long-Term Investments

    3,025,000

    Accounts Payable

    220,000

    Amounts Held on Behalf of Others

    250,000

    Long-Term Debt

    560,000

    US Government Grants Refundable

    100,000

    rowe appointed west national bank as trustee of this fund what journal entry is requ 615210

    Health care, multiple choice. Select the best answer for each of the following multiple-choice items dealing with hospitals.

    On March 1, 20X8, A. C. Rowe established a $100,000 endowment fund, the income from which is to be paid to Elm Hospital for general operating purposes. Elm does not control the fund’s principal. Rowe appointed West National Bank as trustee of this fund. What journal entry is required by Elm to record the establishment of the endowment?

    a Cash

    100,000

    Nonexpendable Endowment Fund

    100,000

    b Cash

    100,000

    Nonoperating Revenue

    100,000

    c Nonexpendable Endowment Fund

    100,000

    Endowment Fund Balance

    100,000

    d A memorandum entry only

    patient service revenues at established rates using the discharge method amounted to 615217

    Health care, multiple choice. Select the best answer for each of the following multiple-choice items dealing with hospitals.

    Palma Hospital’s patient service revenues for services provided in 20X8, at established rates, amounted to $8,000,000 on the accrual basis. For internal reporting, Palma uses the discharge method. Under this method, patient service revenues are recognized only when patients are discharged, with no recognition given to revenues accruing for services to patients not yet discharged.

    Patient service revenues at established rates using the discharge method amounted to $7,000,000 for 20X8. According to GAAP, Palma should report patient service revenues for 20X8 of

    a. either $8,000,000 or $7,000,000, at the option of the hospital.

    b. $8,000,000.

    c. $7,500,000.

    d. $7,000,000.

    health care various transactions statement of activities the june 30 20×7 adjusted t 615221

    Bayfield Community Health Care Association
    Adjusted Current Funds Trial Balances
    June 30, 20X7

     

    Unrestricted

     

    Restricted

     

    Cash                        

    11,000

     

    29,000

     

    Bequest Receivable              

     

     

    5,000

     

    Pledges Receivable              

    12,000

         

    Accrued Interest Receivable          

    1,000

         

    Investments (at cost, which

     

     

       

    approximates market)            

    140,000

         

    Endowment Investments            

     

     

    250,000

     

    Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

     

    50,000

     

    1,000

    Refundable Deposits              

     

    2,000

       

    Allowance for Uncollectible Pledges    

     

    3,000

       

    Net Assets, July 1, 20X6:

     

     

       

    Designated, Unrestricted          

     

    12,000

       

    Undesignated, Unrestricted        

     

    26,000

       

    Temporarily Restricted            

     

     

     

    3,000

    Permanently Restricted            

     

     

     

    250,000

    Endowment Revenue—Temporarily Restricted

     

     

     

    20,000

    Contributions                  

     

    300,000

     

    15,000

    Membership Dues                

     

    25,000

       

    Program Service Fees            

     

    30,000

       

    Investment Income                

     

    10,000

       

    Auction Proceeds                

     

    42,000

       

    Auction Expenses                

    11,000

         

    Deaf Children’s Program          

    120,000

         

    Blind Children’s Program          

    150,000

         

    Management and General Services    

    49,000

         

    Fund-Raising Services              

    9,000

         

    Provision for Uncollectible Pledges    

    2,000

         

    Reclassification In—Satisfaction of

     

     

     

     

    Program Restrictions            

     

    5,000

       

    Reclassification Out—Satisfaction of

     

     

    5,000

     

    Program Restrictions            

    505,000

    505,000

    289,000

    289,000

               

    1. Prepare a statement of activities for the year ended June 30, 20X7.

    2. Prepare a statement of financial position as of June 30, 20X7.

    health care various transactions statement of activities the following nominal accou 615222

    Health care, various transactions, statement of activities. The following nominal accounts were extracted from the December 31, 20X7 adjusted trial balance of Downs Private Hospital:

    Gross patient service revenue                  

    11,049,200

     

    Research grant revenue to the extent expended      

    361,000

     

    Revenue from sale of cafeteria meals to guests and employees

    108,000

     

    Donated services of nurses and physicians (skilled services

     

     

    otherwise purchased)                      

    145,000

     

    Unrestricted gifts and grants                    

    100,200

     

    Unrestricted endowment income                

    12,000

     

    Gifts restricted for equipment purchase                  

     

    540,000

    Donor-restricted investments for permanent endowment        

     

    150,000

    Temporarily restricted endowment income                

     

    25,000

    Revenue from parking lot                          

     

    31,000

    Revenue from vending machines                      

     

    68,000

    Income on investments whose use is limited by the board for

     

     

    capital improvements                            

     

    207,000

    Contributions restricted by donor for pediatric unit operations  

     

    225,000

    Reclassification in—unrestricted—satisfaction of program restrictions

     

    125,000

    Reclassification in—unrestricted—satisfaction of plant acquisition

     

     

    restrictions                                  

    125,000

    220,000

    Unrestricted net assets, Jan 1, 20X7                  

     

    625,000

    Temporarily restricted net assets, Jan 1, 20X7            

     

    825,000

    Permanently restricted net assets, Jan 1, 20X7            

     

    2,350,000

    Reclassification out—temporarily restricted—satisfaction of

     

     

    program restrictions                            

    125,000

     

    Reclassification out—temporarily restricted—satisfaction of

     

     

    plant acquisition restrictions                        

    220,000

     

    Administrative services (including $30,000 malpractice cost)    

    112,500

     

    Contractual adjustments under third-party reimbursement programs

    1,328,500

     

    Charity care                                  

    215,000

     

    Provision for uncollectibles                          

    341,600

     

    Nursing services (including $125,000 in pediatric unit)      

    6,589,100

     

    Dietary services                                

    1,511,200

     

    Maintenance services                            

    838,300

     

    Depreciation and amortization                      

    478,200

     

    Interest expense                                

    142,200

     

    Loss on sale of endowment investments                  

    5,300

     

    Prepare a statement of activities for the year ended December 31, 20X7.

    prepare a statement of cash flows using the direct method for the year ended decembe 615223

    Health care, statement of cash flows. You are provided with a summarized version of the cash account of Lakeside Hospital, a not-for-profit organization for

    Cash Account

    Debit

    Credit

    Cash balance, January 1, 20X7

    275,900

    Cash received from: Patients

    2,061,900

    Third-party payors

    6,500,000

    Operation of gift shop

    517,700

    Unrestricted gifts

    323,500

    Contributions restricted for endowment

    500,000

    Donor-restricted contributions for purchase of property

    and equipment

    183,000

    Early repayment of long-term debt

    242,300

    Cash paid to: Employees

    1,151,000

    Suppliers

    6,200,000

    Providers of consultation services

    800,000

    Bank for interest

    147,000

    Contractor for purchase of property

    and equipment

    501,200

    Cash balance, December 31, 20X7

    $1,320,500

    Prepare a statement of cash flows, using the direct method, for the year ended December 31, 20X7.

    health care reconciliation of change in net assets to net cash provided by operating 615224

    Health care, reconciliation of change in net assets to net cash provided by operating activities. and the following additional information, prepare a reconciliation of change in net assets to net cash provided by operating activities that would accompany Lakeside Hospital’s statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 20X7. The following condensed statement of activities for the year ended December 31, 20X7, shows the following:

    Total operating revenues

    $9,302,400

    Total operating expenses

    8,780,100

    Income from operations

    $ 522,300

    Nonoperating revenue

    1,102,900

    Excess of revenues over expenses

    $1,625,200

    Included in the condensed statement of activities were as follows:

    Depreciation and amortization

    $422,500

    Noncash gifts and bequests

    37,500

    Increase in expense and liability for estimated

    malpractice costs

    12,300

    An analysis of comparative balance sheet items showed the following changes in balances during 20X7:

    Increase in patient accounts receivable

    $266,300

    Decrease in supplies inventory

    11,800

    Increase in accounts payable

    10,100

    recording disbursements of an estate casey jones died testate on may 1 20×0 as the a 615229

    Recording disbursements of an estate. Casey Jones died testate on May 1, 20X0. As the approved executor, prepare journal entries to record the following activities related to the estate:

    a. The assets are inventoried, and the following listing is filed with the probate court:

    Cash

    $ 60,000

    Stock of Trains, Inc

    40,000

    Zip Railroad 10% bonds, interest payable March 1 and

    September 1, at face value (also fair value)

    120,000

    Accrued interest on Zip bonds

    2,000

    Personal and household effects

    30,000

    Total

    $252,000

    b. Funeral expenses paid, $2,800.

    c. Dividends were declared on May 10 by Trains, Inc., and the check for $800 was received on June 1.

    d. Interest on Zip Railroad bonds was collected on September 1.

    e. Half of the Zip Railroad bonds were sold on October 1 at 103 plus accrued interest.

    f. Casey was a bachelor. The will stipulates that his personal and household effects be given to his housekeeper, Karen Kay. The executor released the items to her.

    g. On December 1, the executor’s fee of $3,000 was approved by the court and paid. Of the total amount, $200 is to be charged against income of the estate.

    state the following statements true or false 618953

    State whether the following statements are True or False

    1. Accounting information is useful only to the management.
    2. Accounting is the language of business.
    3. Accounting involves communication.
    4. Financial statements are the channel of accounting communication.
    5. If the transaction cannot be translated in monetary terms, it is not considered as part of the accounting information system.
    6. Information needs of accounting are not required for owners of small business enterprises.
    7. Most of the needs of the accounting information are met from unpublished internal reports by the management.
    8. Under cash basis of accounting, credit transactions are not at all recorded in the books of account.
    9. Under accrual basis of accounting, revenue is recognized only when cash is actually received.
    10. Under cash basis of accounting, no adjustments are made for outstanding expenses and accrued income.

    fill in the blanks with suitable words 618954

    Fill in the blanks with suitable words

    1. The information generated by final reports of an enterprise is generally known as __________ information.
    2. The two broad categories of users of the financial accounting information are __________ and __________.
    3. Ability of the firm to meet its long term obligations is referred to as __________.
    4. Ability of the firm to meet its short term obligations is referred to as __________.
    5. The major internal user of the accounting information is __________ of an enterprise.
    6. Consistency __________ the switching of accounting methods from year to year.
    7. Under cash basis of accounting __________ transactions are not recorded.
    8. Under accrual basis of accounting, revenues are recognised when they are __________.
    9. Under hybrid basis of accounting, revenues are recognised on __________ basis while expenses are recorded on __________ basis.
    10. Under accrual basis of accounting, outstanding expenses and unaccrued income will affect the Profit and Loss Account showing a __________ profit.

    state whether the following statements are true or false 618957

    State whether the following statements are True or False

    1. Accounting principles are judged on their general acceptability (subject to laws of the land) is the underlying concept of GAPP.
    2. Accounting principles are final statement.
    3. In all types of organisations, business is an accounting entity that separates from the owners.
    4. Different accounting concepts are independent of each other.
    5. GAPP manifest themselves through basic accounting concepts and accounting conventions.
    6. Accounting concepts are based on accounting conventions
    7. Accounting concepts are not internally inconsistent.
    8. The capital of the owner is treated as a creditor for his investment in business.
    9. The separate legal entity is recognised in law in the case of partnership firms.
    10. As per entity concept, income is the property of the business and not that of the owners.
    11. Money, the unit of measurement, has always a constant value.
    12. The going concern concept facilitates the classification of assets and liabilities into short term and long term.
    13. The accounting period concept necessitates the preparation of income statement on accrual basis.
    14. As per the cost concept, assets are always values at historical cost.
    15. Unexpired costs are not recorded in the balance sheet.
    16. Realisation of revenue occurs at the time of exchange of goods or services.
    17. Under accrual basis of accounting, revenue is recognised when the cash is received.
    18. The accrual concept can also be described as the matching concept.
    19. As per prudence convention, the accountants should anticipate profit and should not make provision for loss
    20. As per materiality convention, the accountants should disclose all information in the financial statements, irrespective of the nature of materiality.

    fill in the blanks with suitable word 618958

    Fill in the blanks with suitable words

    1. In double entry accounting, all business transactions are marked as having __________ aspect.
    2. Accounting principles are only __________ based on usage, and experience over a period of years.
    3. Accounting concepts are not _________ forever.
    4. The separate legal entity is recognised by law in the case of a _______ form of business organisation.
    5. Though separate entity is not recognised by law in some types of organisations, the assumption of separate entity has to be followed in __________ types of business organisations.
    6. The capital of the business is considered as a __________ of the business to its owners.
    7. At cost or book value means cost ____________ depreciation.
    8. Periodicity concept emphasises _____________ period assumption.
    9. The cost concept is also referred at as ________ cost concept.
    10. __________ concept assumes that the business entity will continue its activities independently.
    11. The money measurement assumption which assumes that purchasing power of money is always __________.
    12. The realisation concept emphasises the timing of __________.
    13. The essence of accrual concept is that the earning of a revenue and consumption of expenses are related to a __________.
    14. Disclosure is the_________ and _________ of financial information to its users.
    15. Accounting records and statements must confirm to __________.

    state whether the following statements is true or false 618965

    State whether the following statements are True or False

    1. A business transaction not necessarily involves an exchange of money or money’s worth.
    2. Business transactions are classified into Cash Transactions, Credit Transactions and Non-cash Transactions.
    3. Depreciation is a credit transaction.
    4. Only one account is prepared for all transactions and it is not prepared for each and every item.
    5. Credit transactions are always nominal account.
    6. Accounts of legal entities in the nature of limited companies accounts belong to groups or representative personal accounts.
    7. Goodwill is a tangible account.
    8. Bad debt is a nominal account.
    9. Valuation accounts are also known as Contra Accounts.
    10. Interest received in advance is a Personal Account.
    11. Insurance Premium Account is a Personal Account.
    12. The giving and receiving aspects take place between accounts and in different account books and not in the same set of books.
    13. The giving and receiving aspects of a business transaction must be recorded simultaneously and at the same time.
    14. Double Entry System means recording each transaction twice.
    15. Every debit must have a corresponding credit
    16. A Goods account is generally not opened.
    17. In accounting, transactions are recorded on the basis of business entity concept.
    18. The business transactions are not recorded chronologically.
    19. The terms “General Journal” and “Journal Paper” both denote the same meaning.
    20. A Journal is a permanent record of the business
    21. Each transaction is provided with an explanation (written at the end of transaction briefly within brackets) is referred to as “narration.”
    22. The application of debit-credit rules do not apply to American approach of journalising.
    23. The accounts with the balances in the previous year, comprising Real and Personal Accounts are entered in the new books of account with the help of “Opening Entry.”
    24. In an Accounting Equation Approach, transactions are analysed in terms of variables: assets, liabilities, capital, revenues and expenses.
    25. In an Accounting Equation Approach, decrease in an asset item is debited
    26. In an Accounting Equation Approach, decrease in liability is debited
    27. In an Accounting Equation Approach, increase in Capital is debited
    28. In an Accounting Equation Approach, increase in an expense item is debited
    29. Increase in an income item is debited as per American procedure.
    30. Journal entry will be the same for both the conventional approach and accounting equation approach in recording business transactions.

    give examples to real accounts 618966

    1. Define Double Entry System.
    2. Explain the principles of Double Entry System.
    3. What are the advantages of Double Entry System?
    4. What are the two different approaches of recording of business transactions?
    5. How are accounts classified?
    6. Write short notes on personal accounts.
    7. Give examples to real accounts.
    8. Explain nominal accounts with examples.
    9. What are the golden rules of accounting?
    10. What do you mean by an “entry”? What is an Opening Entry?
    11. How accounts are classified under accounting equation approach?
    12. What is a “journal”?
    13. What are special journals? Name any four of the Special Journals.
    14. Distinguish between a simple entry and a compound entry.
    15. What do you mean by “double compound entry”?
    16. Explain “Accounting Equation Approach.”

    analyse the following business transactions accounts affected classification of acco 618968

    Analyse the following business transactions: accounts affected, classification of accounts, apply rules of debit and credit

    1. Sri Ram commences a business with a capital of Rs 5,00,000 in the name of Ram Enterprises.
    2. Bought goods for Rs 1,00,000.
    3. Bought goods from Jain for Rs 75,000.
    4. Goods sold to Gupta for Rs 90,000.
    5. Goods sold to Lal for cash Rs 60,000.
    6. Bought machinery for cash Rs 2,20,000.
    7. Paid into State Bank of India Rs 55,000.
    8. Bought office furniture from Modern Furn Mart for Rs 45,000.
    9. Received rent Rs 3,000.
    10. Paid salary to staff Rs 65,000.
    11. Bought shares in Real Ltd for Rs 15,000.
    12. Paid Ram’s insurance premium Rs 3,300.
    13. Withdraw from Bank Rs 10,000.
    14. Bank collected dividends on investments on our behalf Rs 6,200.
    15. Received from Ashok a bill at two months for Rs 25,000.
    16. Accepted the bill drawn by Sathyam Rs 55,000.
    17. Paid by cheque for an advertisement Rs 7,500.
    18. Paid by cheque for rent Rs 11,000.
    19. Received commission from Balu and Co. Rs 3,500.
    20. Paid for repairs (office) Rs 3,000.

    journalise the following transactions in the books of mr vas 618969

    Journalise the following transactions in the books of Mr. Vas.

    1. Vas started his business with cash Rs 1,00,000.
    2. Purchased goods from Star and Co for cash Rs 20,000.
    3. Bought office furniture for cash Rs 7,500.
    4. Bought from Kumar, goods on credit for Rs 30,000.
    5. goods to Ravi for Rs 5,000 against a cheque.
    6. Purchased machinery from Biswas and Co. for Rs 1,00,000 out of which Rs 40,000 was paid by cheque.
    7. Paid office rent Rs 6,000.
    8. Received from Shekar Rs 4,850 in full settlement of his account for Rs 5,000.
    9. Salary to a salesman paid by cheque Rs 9,000.
    10. Received as commission Rs 350.
    11. Withdrawn cash from bank Rs 6,000 for personal use.
    12. Cash deposited into Bank Rs 10,000.
    13. Received on sale of investments Rs 37,000.
    14. Bank paid directly insurance premium Rs 1,100 for Vas.
    15. Paid Rs 300 for repair to furniture.
    16. Wages paid for erection of machinery Rs 600.
    17. Purchase of a computer on credit from Aditya and Co for Rs 40,000.
    18. Issued a cheque in favour of Aditya and Co for the purchase of a computer.
    19. Paid rent by cheque Rs 2,900.
    20. Paid electricity bill Rs 700 for the month.
    21. Paid for stationery Rs 250.
    22. Bank collected interest on our investments Rs 1,200.
    23. Bought shares in XY Ltd. for Rs 20,000.
    24. Received Rs 15,000 from Devi by cheque.
    25. Paid Devi’s cheque into Bank for Rs 15,000.

    who have discontinued their participation have been replaced by an equal number of n 615155

    Journal entries, statement of activities. Thirty years ago, a group of civic-minded merchants in Mayfair organized the “Committee of 100” for the purpose of establishing the Mayfair Sports Club, a not-for-profit sports organization for local youth. Each of the Committee’s 100 members contributed $1,000 toward the Club’s capital. In addition, each participant agreed to pay dues of $200 a year for the Club’s operations. All dues have been collected in full by the end of each fiscal year, which ends on March 31. Members who have discontinued their participation have been replaced by an equal number of new members by transferring the participation certificates from the former members to the new ones. Following are the Club’s trial balances at April 1, 20X6:

     

    Debit

    Credit

    Cash                                

    29,000

     

    Investments (at market value, equal to cost)        

    88,000

     

    Inventories                            

    5,000

     

    Land                                

    10,000

     

    Building                              

    164,000

     

    Accumulated Depreciation—Building            

     

    130,000

    Furniture and Equipment                    

    54,000

     

    Accumulated Depreciation—Furniture and Equipment  

     

    46,000

    Endowment Investments                    

    400,000

     

    Accounts Payable                        

     

    10,000

    Participation Certificates (100 @ $1,000 each)    

     

    100,000

    Unrestricted Net Assets                    

     

    12,000

    Temporarily Restricted Net Assets              

     

    52,000

    Permanently Restricted Net Assets              

     

    400,000

    Totals                              

    750,000

    750,000

    Transactions and adjustment data for the year ended March 31, 20X7, are as follows:

    a. Collections from participants for dues totaled $20,000.

    b. Snack bar and soda fountain sales amounted to $31,000.

    c. Interest and dividends totaling $6,000 were received. This investment income is unrestricted.

    d. The following additions were made to the voucher register:

    House expense          

    $17,000

    Snack bar and soda fountain  

    26,000

    General and administrative    

    11,000

    e. Vouchers totaling $55,000 were paid.

    f. Assessments for capital improvements not yet incurred totaled $10,000. The assessments were made on March 20, 20X5, and were to be collected during the year ending March 31, 20X7.

    g. An unrestricted bequest of $5,000 was received.

    h. Investments are valued at fair value, which amounted to $95,000 at March 31, 20X5. There were no investment transactions during the year.

    i. Depreciation for the year is as follows:

    Building        

    $4,000

    Furniture and equipment

    8,000

    Depreciation is allocated to

    House expense        

    $9,000

    Snack bar and soda fountain

    2,000

    General and administrative

    1,000

    j. The actual physical inventory, which was $1,000 at March 31, 20X7, pertains to the snack bar and fountain.

    k. A donor contributed $10,000 to be used to acquire land for expansion.

    l. An unconditional pledge of $100,000 to be permanently restricted is received. Income is to be used to maintain the building.

    1. Prepare entries for each of the above transactions.

    2. Prepare the statement of activities for the year ended March 31, 19X7.

    allocation of expenses journal entries the caring clinic a vhwo conducts two program 615156

    Allocation of expenses, journal entries. The Caring Clinic, a VHWO, conducts two programs: Alcohol and Drug Abuse and Outreach to Teens. It has the typical supporting services of management and fund raising. Expense accounts from the preallocation trial balances as of December 31, 20X7, are as follows:

     

    Funded by

    Funded by

     
     

    Unrestricted

    Donor-Restricted

     

     

    Resources

    Resources

    Total

    Salaries and Payroll Taxes          

    63,000

    23,000

    86,000

    Telephone and Miscellaneous Expenses

    10,000

    2,000

    12,000

    Nursing and Medical Fees        

    70,000

    50,000

    120,000

    Educational Seminars Expense      

    46,000

    20,000

    66,000

    Research Expense              

    137,000

    16,000

    153,000

    Medical Supplies Expense          

    65,000

    22,000

    87,000

    Rent Expense                  

     

    10,000

    10,000

    Interest Expense on Equipment Mortgage

    4,000

     

    4,000

    Depreciation Expense            

     

    20,000

    20,000

    Provision for Uncollectible Pledges    

    26,000

     

    26,000

    Totals                    

    421,000

    163,000

    584,000

    In preparation for the allocation of expenses to programs and supporting services, a study was conducted to determine an equitable manner for assigning each expense. The study resulted in the following table for percentage allocations.

    Percentage of Allocations

       

    Programs

    Supporting Services

    Expenses to Be Allocated

     

    Outreach
    to Teens

    Management

    Fund
    Raising

    All expenses (other than depreciation) financed by

     

     

     

     

    donor-restricted contributions                  

    60%

    40%

       

    Expenses financed by unrestricted resources:

     

     

     

     

    Salaries and payroll taxes                  

    30

    20

    30%

    20%

    Telephone and miscellaneous                  

    20

    20

    15

    45

    Nursing and medical fees                  

    70

    30

       

    Educational seminars                      

    30

    60

     

    10

    Research

    60

    40

       

    Medical supplies

    90

    10

       

    Equipment-related expenses:

     

         

    Interest

    50

    10

    30

    10

    Depreciation

    50

    10

    30

    10

    1. Using a total of allocable expenses financed by donor-restricted resources, prepare a journal entry to assign those expenses to the programs.

    2. With the following format, prepare a schedule to show the assignment of the allocable expenses financed by unrestricted resources to the various programs and supporting services, using the percentages provided by the problem.

    Caring Clinic Allocation of Expenses
    For Year Ended December 31, 20X7

       

    Programs

     

    Supporting Services

     

    Expense

    Total

    Alcohol and

    Outreach

     

    Fund

    Allocated

    Amount

    Drug Abuse

    to Teens

    Management

    Raising

                 

    3. Using the schedule from requirement 2, prepare a journal entry to record the allocation and closing of expenses financed by unrestricted resources.

    4. Prepare a journal entry to assign plant-related expenses to programs and support services.

    it has the typical supporting services of management and fund raising the condensed 615157

    Statement of activities, closing entries. The Caring Clinic, a VHWO, conducts two programs: Alcohol and Drug Abuse and Outreach to Teens. It has the typical supporting services of management and fund raising. The condensed trial balances after allocable expenses have been assigned and are presented as follows:

    Caring Clinic
    Condensed Post-Allocation Trial Balances
    December 31, 20X7

     

    Debit

     

    Assets                            

     

    716,000

    Endowment Assets                    

     

    256,000

    Alcohol and Drug Abuse Program          

     

    322,200

    Outreach to Teens Program                

     

    184,100

    Management and General Services          

     

    27,600

    Fund-raising Services                  

     

    50,100

    Cost of Special Events                  

     

    18,000

    Reclassification Out—Temporarily Restricted—

     

     

    Satisfaction of Program Restrictions        

     

    143,000

    Reclassification Out—Temporarily Restricted—

     

     

    Satisfaction of Equipment Acquisition Restrictions

     

    20,000

    Totals                          

     

    1,737,000

     

    Credit

     

    Liabilities                          

     

    179,000

    Unrestricted Net Assets                

     

    202,000

    Temporarily Restricted Net Assets          

     

    196,000

    Permanently Restricted Net Assets          

     

    201,000

    Contributions—Unrestricted              

     

    407,000

    Contributions—Temporarily Restricted

     

    254,000

    Special Events Support—Temporarily Restricted  

     

    48,000

    Legacies and Bequests—Permanently Restricted  

     

    30,000

    Investment Revenue—Unrestricted

     

    13,000

    Investment Revenue—Temporarily Restricted    

     

    11,000

    Gain on Sale of Investments—Temporarily Restricted

     

    8,000

    Gain on Sale of Investments—Permanently Restricted

     

    25,000

    Reclassification In—Unrestricted—

     

     

    Satisfaction of Program Restrictions        

     

    143,000

    Reclassification In—Unrestricted—

     

     

    Satisfaction of Equipment Acquisition Restrictions

     

    20,000

    Totals                          

     

    1,737,000

    1. Prepare a statement of activities in the format shown in Illustration 18-2 on page 18-20.

    2. Prepare closing entries for each net asset classification.

    funds journal entries listed are five independent transactions or events that relate 615159

    Funds, journal entries. Listed are five independent transactions or events that relate to a local government and to a VHWO:

    a. $30,000 was disbursed from the general fund (or its equivalent) for the cash purchase of new equipment.

    b. An unrestricted cash gift of $100,000 was received from a donor.

    c. A cash gift of $40,000 was received. The use of the funds was restricted to purchase lifesaving equipment. To purchase qualifying equipment, $15,000 was used.

    d. Listed common stocks with a total carrying value of $50,000 were sold by an endowment fund for $55,000 before any dividends were earned on these stocks.

    e. $1,000,000 (face amount) of general obligation bonds payable were sold at par, with the proceeds required to be used solely for construction of a new building. This building was completed at a total cost of $1,000,000, and the total amount of bond issue proceeds was disbursed in payment.

    1. For each of the listed transactions or events, prepare journal entries, without explanations, specifying the affected funds and account groups and showing how these transactions or events should be recorded by a local government whose debt is serviced by general tax revenues.

    2. For each of the listed transactions or events, prepare journal entries, without explanations, specifying the affected funds and showing how these transactions or events should be recorded by a VHWO that maintains a separate plant fund.

    a check for 10 000 and a pledge for 4 500 are received from the local medical societ 615168

    Public and private universities, operating activities. Record the following operating activities. Omit explanations.

    a. Student fees of $600,000 were assessed, of which $575,000 has been collected and $4,000 is estimated to be uncollectible.

    b. The bookstore operates in rented space and is run on a break-even basis. Revenues totaled $100,000, of which 80% was collected to date. Salaries of $35,000 and rent of $10,000 are paid. Other operating expenses amount to $60,000, of which $15,000 has not been paid.

    c. A mandatory transfer of $75,000 was made for a payment due on the gymnasium building mortgage.

    d. The Student Aid Committee report showed the following:

    Cash scholarships issued

    $25,000

    Remission of tuition

    10,000

    e. A check for $10,000 and a pledge for $4,500 are received from the local medical society to cover part of the cost of research on drug effects, one of the university’s educational programs.

    The educational programs will be conducted and paid for in the next fiscal period.

    f. The endowment fund received a check for $12,000 of interest on investments. The premium amortization on the investment is $240. The unrestricted current fund is the recipient of the income.

    public and private universities plant fund transactions record the following capital 615173

    Public and private universities, plant fund transactions. Record the following capital-related transactions for Private University plant funds.

    a. Transfers of $250,000 are received from the current unrestricted fund for the purpose of funding the payment of existing debt principal ($50,000) and building an addition to the science building ($200,000).

    b. Contributions of $30,000 restricted for major repairs of university buildings are received.

    $20,000 is spent for appropriate repairs.

    c. A partial payment of $50,000 is made on the debt principal.

    d. Work on the science building addition is completed with a total cost of $220,000. Unpaid contract costs total $35,000.

    e. New gymnasium equipment costing $25,000 is purchased from funds previously donated by a former Olympic medalist for that purpose.

    f. A building with a fair value of $300,000 was donated to the university by an alumnus.

    g. Depreciation on all assets totaled $75,000.

    h. During a celebration after a basketball victory, $2,000 of gym equipment disappeared.

    what adjustments must be made at year end to settle up with medicare and properly re 615174

    Private health care, journal entries, revenue and cash flow. The following transactions took place in the Brook Private Hospital during the year ending December 31, 20X1:

    1. Gross revenues of $7,800,000 were earned for service to Medicare patients.

    2. Expected contractual adjustments with Medicare, a third-party payor, are $3,605,000; and allowance for contractual adjustments account is used by Brook.

    3. Medicare cleared charges of $7,800,000 with payments of $3,960,800 and contractual allowances of $3,839,200.

    4. Interim payments received from Medicare amounted to $260,000.

    5. The hospital made a lump-sum payment back to Medicare of $100,000.

    a. Record the transactions in the general journal.

    b. Calculate the amount of net patient service revenue.

    c. What is the net cash flow from transactions with Medicare?

    d. What adjustments must be made at year-end to settle up with Medicare and properly report the net patient service revenue after this settlement?

    health care revenues expenses contributions record the following events of elmwood h 615176

    Health care, revenues, expenses, contributions. Record the following events of Elmwood Hospital.

    a. Patients were billed for the following gross charges:

    Room and board

    $680,000

    Physicians’ care

    220,000

    Laboratory and radiology

    110,000

    b. A donation of drugs with a fair value of $12,000 was received from a doctor. The drugs are normally purchased.

    c. Revenues were reported from:

    Newsstand and snack bar

    $15,800

    Parking lot charges

    3,200

    Vending machines

    9,800

    d. A charity allowance of $13,000 was granted to indigent patients.

    e. Contractual adjustments granted to patients for Medicare charges totaled $68,000.

    f. The hospital recorded an increase in the provision of $26,000 for uncollectible receivables.

    health care financial statement impact of transactions alpha hospital a nongovernmen 615178

    Health care, financial statement impact of transactions. Alpha Hospital, a nongovernmental not-for-profit organization, has adopted an accounting policy that does not imply a time restriction on gifts of long-lived assets. For items 1 through 6, indicate the manner in which the transaction affects Alpha’s financial statements.

    A. Increase in unrestricted revenues, gains, and other support.

    B. Decrease in an expense.

    C. Increase in temporarily restricted net assets.

    D. Increase in permanently restricted net assets.

    E. No required reportable event.

    1. Alpha’s board designates $1,000,000 to purchase investments whose income will be used for capital improvements.

    2. Income from investments in item (1) above, which was not previously accrued, is received.

    3. A benefactor provided funds for building expansion.

    4. The funds in item (3) above are used to purchase a building in the fiscal period following the period the funds were received.

    5. An accounting firm prepared Alpha’s annual financial statements without charge to Alpha.

    6. Alpha received investments subject to the donor’s requirement that investment income be used to pay for outpatient services.

    what amount should brook include in educational and general current funds revenues f 615179

    Public and private schools, multiple choice. Select the best answer for each of the following multiple-choice items dealing with universities:

    For the 20X7 fall semester, Brook Public University assessed its students $4,000,000 (net of refunds), covering tuition and fees for educational and general purposes. However, only $3,700,000 was expected to be realized because tuition remissions of $80,000 were allowed to faculty members’ children attending Brook, and scholarships totaling $220,000 were granted to students. What amount should Brook include in educational and general current funds revenues from student tuition and fees?

    a. $4,000,000

    b. $3,920,000

    c. $3,780,000

    d. $3,700,000

    Public and private schools, multiple choice. Select the best answer for each of the following multiple-choice items dealing with universities:

    what amount should private record as expenses in 20×6 for these volunteers rsquo ser 615180

    For the 20X7 fall semester, Brook Public University assessed its students $4,000,000 (net of refunds), covering tuition and fees for educational and general purposes. However, only $3,700,000 was expected to be realized because tuition remissions of $80,000 were allowed to faculty members’ children attending Brook, and scholarships totaling $220,000 were granted to students.

    Private College is sponsored by a religious group. Volunteers from this religious group regularly contribute their skilled services to Private and are paid nominal amounts to cover their commuting costs. If Private did not receive these volunteer services, it would have to purchase similar services. During 20X6, the total amount paid to these volunteers was $12,000. The gross value of services performed by them, as determined by reference to lay-equivalent salaries, amounted to $300,000. What amount should Private record as expenses in 20X6 for these volunteers’ services?

    a. $312,000

    b. $300,000

    c. $12,000

    d. $0

    Public and private schools, multiple choice. Select the best answer for each of the following multiple-choice items dealing with universities:

    the amount that should be included in revenues is 615182

    For the 20X7 fall semester, Brook Public University assessed its students $4,000,000 (net of refunds), covering tuition and fees for educational and general purposes. However, only $3,700,000 was expected to be realized because tuition remissions of $80,000 were allowed to faculty members’ children attending Brook, and scholarships totaling $220,000 were granted to students.

    The following receipts are among those recorded by Curry Private College during 20X9:

    Unrestricted gifts

    $500,000

    Restricted gifts (expended for current operating purposes)

    200,000

    Restricted gifts (not yet expended)

    100,000

    The amount that should be included in revenues is:

    a. $800,000

    b. $700,000

    c. $600,000

    d. $500,000

    Public and private schools, multiple choice. Select the best answer for each of the following multiple-choice items dealing with universities:

    who specified that the bequest was to be used for hiring teachers to tutor handicapp 615183

    For the 20X7 fall semester, Brook Public University assessed its students $4,000,000 (net of refunds), covering tuition and fees for educational and general purposes. However, only $3,700,000 was expected to be realized because tuition remissions of $80,000 were allowed to faculty members’ children attending Brook, and scholarships totaling $220,000 were granted to students.

    In 20X7, the board of trustees of Burr Private University designated $100,000 from its current funds for college scholarships. Also in 20X7, the university received a bequest of $200,000 from an estate of a benefactor who specified that the bequest was to be used for hiring teachers to tutor handicapped students. None of the bequest has been spent. What amount should be accounted for as restricted net assets?

    a. $0

    b. $100,000

    c. $200,000

    d. $300,000

    Public and private schools, multiple choice. Select the best answer for each of the following multiple-choice items dealing with universities:

    what amount should be credited to endowment income for the year ended june 30 20×8 615184

    For the 20X7 fall semester, Brook Public University assessed its students $4,000,000 (net of refunds), covering tuition and fees for educational and general purposes. However, only $3,700,000 was expected to be realized because tuition remissions of $80,000 were allowed to faculty members’ children attending Brook, and scholarships totaling $220,000 were granted to students.

    The following information pertains to interest received by Beech Public University from endowment fund investments for the year ended June 30, 20X8:

    Expended for

    Received

    Current Operations

    Unrestricted

    $300,000

    $100,000

    Restricted

    500,000

    75,000

    What amount should be credited to endowment income for the year ended June 30, 20X8?

    a. $800,000

    b. $375,000

    c. $175,000

    d. $100,000

    Public and private schools, multiple choice. Select the best answer for each of the following multiple-choice items dealing with universities:

    what total amount should be included in sabio rsquo s plant funds at july 31 20×8 615185

    For the 20X7 fall semester, Brook Public University assessed its students $4,000,000 (net of refunds), covering tuition and fees for educational and general purposes. However, only $3,700,000 was expected to be realized because tuition remissions of $80,000 were allowed to faculty members’ children attending Brook, and scholarships totaling $220,000 were granted to students.

    On July 31, 20X8, Sabio Public College showed the following amounts to be used for:

    Renewal and replacement of college properties

    $200,000

    Retirement of indebtedness on college properties

    300,000

    Purchase of physical properties for college purposes,

    but unexpended at July 31, 20X8

    400,000

    What total amount should be included in Sabio’s plant funds at July 31, 20X8?

    a. $900,000

    b. $600,000

    c. $400,000

    d. $200,000

    Public and private schools, multiple choice. Select the best answer for each of the following multiple-choice items dealing with universities:

    the amount to be included in the functional classification ldquo institutional suppo 615186

    For the 20X7 fall semester, Brook Public University assessed its students $4,000,000 (net of refunds), covering tuition and fees for educational and general purposes. However, only $3,700,000 was expected to be realized because tuition remissions of $80,000 were allowed to faculty members’ children attending Brook, and scholarships totaling $220,000 were granted to students.

    The following expenditures were among those incurred by Cheviot Public University during 20X7:

    Administrative data processing

    $ 50,000

    Scholarships and fellowships

    100,000

    Operation and maintenance of physical plant

    200,000

    The amount to be included in the functional classification “Institutional Support” expenditures account is:

    a. $50,000

    b. $150,000

    c. $250,000

    d. $350,000

    Public and private schools, multiple choice. Select the best answer for each of the following multiple-choice items dealing with universities:

    assets that the governing board of a public university rather than a donor or outsid 615187

    For the 20X7 fall semester, Brook Public University assessed its students $4,000,000 (net of refunds), covering tuition and fees for educational and general purposes. However, only $3,700,000 was expected to be realized because tuition remissions of $80,000 were allowed to faculty members’ children attending Brook, and scholarships totaling $220,000 were granted to students.

    Assets that the governing board of a public university, rather than a donor or outside agency, has determined are to be retained and invested for purposes other than loan or plant would be accounted for as

    a. an endowment.

    b. unrestricted net assets.

    c. deposits held in custody for others.

    d. restricted net assets.

    Public and private schools, multiple choice. Select the best answer for each of the following multiple-choice items dealing with universities:

    what amount should state college classify as permanently restricted endowments 615193

    Public and private schools, multiple choice. Select the best answer for each of the following multiple-choice items.

    The following funds were among those held by State College at December 31, 20X1:

    Principal specified by the donor as nonexpendable

    $500,000

    Principal expendable after the year 20X9

    300,000

    Principal designated from unrestricted net assets

    100,000

    What amount should State College classify as permanently restricted endowments?

    a. $100,000

    b. $300,000

    c. $500,000

    d. $900,000

    are public and private colleges and universities required to report depreciation exp 615194

    Public and private schools, multiple choice. Select the best answer for each of the following multiple-choice items.

    Are public and private colleges and universities required to report depreciation expenses in their financial statements?

    Public

    Private

    a. Yes

    Yes

    b. Yes

    No

    c. No

    No

    d. No

    Yes

    Public and private schools, multiple choice. Select the best answer for each of the following multiple-choice items.

    public and private schools contributions vs exchange transactions record the followi 615203

    Public and private schools, contributions vs. exchange transactions. Record the following transactions. Identify each as a contribution agency or an exchange transaction, and prepare any appropriate entries.

    1. Private University coordinated its annual special event with the opening of the alumni weekend. Tickets to the special event were $200 and included a buffet (cost, $30), admission to the university symphony (cost, $30), and a reception (cost, $35). A total of 1,000 tickets was sold.

    2. A local manufacturing company gave $2,000,000 to Private University to commission a study on the relationship of worker stress to chronic disease. The results of the study will be used to educate the general public.

    3. Allen Corporation gave a contribution of $850,000 to Private University. Allen Corporation specifies that the gift is to be invested in perpetuity and that the income may be used by Private

    University to pay operating costs.

    4. Local Corporation donated a building to Private College for use as new office space. The cost to Local was $75,000. The building was appraised by a professional real estate appraiser at $100,000, while another appraiser valued it at $110,000.

    5. An alumna of XYZ Private College has notified the school that she will donate to the school any net proceeds in excess of $50,000 from her next novel. She stipulates that the college use her gift to buy new equipment for the writing lab.

    6. Cheryl Debit, an accountant, spent Sunday afternoon at Private University sending out to alumni a mailing seeking more contributions for the building fund.

    7. A very famous artist notified the local private university that she has included in her will her plans to donate all of her paintings for exhibit at the university art gallery. A copy of her will is included with her letter.

    8. A grant in the amount of $400,000 from the U.S. Department of Labor and Economics was received by Private University to fund research on the impact of accounting standards. A report of research findings is to be submitted to the grantor.

    9. U.S. government funds amounting to $50,000 flow to Private University to be held for students qualifying for financial aid.

    compute the missing information 615110

    Compute the missing values

    The following information was extracted from annual reports of 3M (dollars in millions).

    2008

    2007

    2006

    Balance inventory

    ?

    ?

    $2,162

    Purchase

    13,540

    ?

    12,152

    Goods available for sale

    ?

    ?

    14,314

    Ending inventory

    ?

    2,852

    ?

    Cost of goods sold

    $13,379

    $12,735

    $11,713

    Compute the missing information

    Compute the missing information.

    assume that inventory purchases and transportation in are both reflected in the inve 615111

    Carrying inventories: Perpetual and periodic methods

    The following information comes from the records of Telly”s Supply:

    Beginning inventory

    $32,000

    Inventory purchases

    85,000

    Transportation-in

    4,300

    An inventory count taken at year-end indicates that inventory with a cost of $50,000 is on hand as of December 31, 2011.

    Assume that inventory purchases and transportation-in are both reflected in the inventory account, which shows an ending balance of $52,000. Compute cost of goods sold along with any adjusting entries required at the end of the period.

    what is the impact of these errors on cost of goods sold over the two year period en 615112

    The financial statement effects of inventory errors

    The Finish Line, Inc. reported the following items in its fiscal 2008 financial report (dollars in millions).

    Sales

    Cost of goods sold:

    2008

    2007

    $1262

    $1,177

    Beginning inventory

    $ 268

    $287

    Purchases

    857

    887

    Goods available for sale

    $1,125

    $1,174

    Less: Ending inventory

    239

    268

    Cost of goods sold

    886

    906

    Cross profit

    $376

    $371

    Assume that counting errors caused the ending inventory in 2007 to be understated by $50 and the ending inventory in 2008 to be overstated by $50.

    a. Compute the impact of these errors on cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2007, and on the inventory balance as of December 31, 2007.

    b. Compute the impact of these errors on cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2008, and on the inventory balance as of December 31, 2008.

    c. What is the impact of these errors on cost of goods sold over the two-year period ended December 31, 2008?

    did sony s inventory increase or decrease during the year and how do you know 615113

    Inventory and the statement of cash flows

    The Japanese firm Sony prepares its financial statements using U.S. GAAP. Two items related to its inventory appeared in the operating section of the 2009 statement of cash flows, both in millions of yen: loss on impairment of assets (38,308) and change in inventories (160,432). On the statement of cash flows both items were being added to Sony”s 2009 net loss of 98,938 in the calculation of a highly positive (407,153) net cash provided by operating activities number. Included in the loss on impairment of assets was a sizable inventory write-down.

    a. Explain how net cash provided by operating activities can be such a large positive number while net income is negative.

    b. Provide the basic structure of the inventory write-down entry, and explain why this amount would appear in the operating section of the statement of cash flows and be added to the net loss in the calculation of net cash provided by operating activities.

    c. Did Sony”s inventory increase or decrease during the year, and how do you know?

    compute the gross profit on the sale and january s ending inventory discuss why mari 615114

    Income manipulation under specific identification

    Marian”s Furs specializes in full-length mink coats. As of January 1, Marian had four top-of-the-line coats. Although the four coats are equivalent, they were purchased the previous year at different costs:

    Cost

    Cost 1

    $8,400

    Cost 2

    7,100

    Cost 3

    7,600

    Cost 4

    6,800

    During January a customer decided to buy any one of the mink coats for $12,000. This was the only sale in January.

    a. If Marian wished to maximize January”s profits and ending inventory, which of the minks would she have sold to the customer? Compute the gross profit on the sale and January”s ending inventory. Discuss why Marian might wish to maximize profits and ending inventory.

    b. If Marian wished to minimize January”s profits and ending inventory, which of the minks would she have sold to the customer? Compute the gross profit on the sale and January”s ending inventory. Discuss why Marian might wish to minimize profits and ending inventory.

    complete the following schedule and briefly discuss the trade offs associated with c 615116

    Inventory cost flow assumptions

    Watkins Corporation began operations on January 1, 2010. The 2010 and 2011 schedules of inventory purchases and sales are as follows:

    2010:

    Purchase 1

    10 units @ $10 per unit

    $100

    Purchase 2

    20 units @ $12 per unit

    240

    Total purchase costs

    Sales

    15 units @ $30 per units

    $450

    2011:

    Purchase 1

    10 units @ $13 per units

    $130

    Purchase 2

    15 units @ $15 per units

    225

    Total purchase costs

    $355

    Sales

    20 units @ $35 per units

    $700

    Complete the following schedule, and briefly discuss the trade-offs associated with choosing an inventory cost flow assumption.

    2010

    FIFO

    Weighted Average

    LIFO

    Cost of goods sold

    Gross profit (Sales – COGS)

    Ending inventory

    2011

    FIFO

    Weighted Average

    LIFO

    Cost of goods sold

    Gross profit (Sales – COGS)

    Ending inventory

    if the choice of a cost flow assumption does not affect net income over the life of 615117

    Inventory flow assumptions over several periods and income taxes

    Heller Bottling Company began business in 2008. Inventory units purchased and sold for the first year of operations and each of the following four years follow:

    Units Purchased

    Cost per Units

    Units Sold

    2008

    10,000

    $12

    5,000

    2009

    12,000

    16

    16,000

    2010

    5000

    18

    2,000

    2011

    10,000

    21

    10,000

    2012

    2000

    23

    6,000

    Inadequate cash flows forced Heller Bottling Company to cease operations at the end of 2012.

    a. Compute cost of goods sold for each of the five years if the company uses the following:

    (1) LIFO cost flow assumption

    (2) FIFO cost flow assumption

    (3) Averaging cost flow assumption

    b. Does the choice of a cost flow assumption affect total net income over the life of a business? Explain your answer.

    c. If the choice of a cost flow assumption does not affect net income over the life of a business, how does the choice of LIFO give rise to a tax benefit?

    explain why caterpillar might oppose a requirement to adopt ifrs by u s companies 615118

    Using the LIFO reserve

    The following disclosure was included in the footnotes of Caterpillar”s 2008 annual report. The company uses the LIFO cost flow assumption and reported net income of $3,557 for 2008. The company”s effective tax rate is 21 percent (dollars in millions).

    2008

    2007

    Inventories at current cost

    $11,964

    $9,821

    Less: Adjustment to LIFO basis

    3,183

    2,617

    Inventories on LIFO basis

    $8,781

    $7,204

    a. Compute 2008 ending inventory for Caterpillar assuming it changed from LIFO to FIFO at the end of 2008.

    b. Compute the accumulated income tax savings enjoyed by Caterpillar due to the choice of LIFO as opposed to FIFO.

    c. Compute 2008 reported net income for Caterpillar assuming it changed from LIFO to FIFO several years before.

    d. Explain how the information generated in (a), (b), and (c) could be useful.

    e. Explain why Caterpillar might oppose a requirement to adopt IFRS by U.S. companies.